Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 34080 SECRETARYCITY ("O" " 0 1 t Illw I City of Fort Worth Texas Water De rtm--- i EXPANSION OF THE COMO PUMP STATION Pump Station Project No.: P264-607160019080 r I 'I J f�, j CERTINCATE OF CORTORATE RESOLDITON I, KENNY CLaDFELTER, Sezrutwy, of HOLLOMAN CORPORATION, a Texas corporation, do hereby certt#'y that said corporation is duly organized and existing u ader the lawn of the State of Texas; that all Franchise and other taxes required to maintain its caorporee existence have been paid when due and that no such taxes are delinquent:that no proceedings are pending for the forfeiture of Its certificHin of incorporation or i'vr its dissoIuticcn4 voluntary or lavoltintary, that it is duly T= fied to do business ins the State of Texas and is in good standing in such Stabs that there is no provision of the articles of incorporation, or bylaws of said corporation limited the power of the Dkectvo to pass the resolution or resokm=sa out below and that the same is in coafmnay witb the provision-, of said articles of incorporations and bylaws; that the Sem-etary is the keeper of the records and mimacs of the proc=ding of the Dh=wrs of said corporation;that by�n-nimom cowwt dated Decettsber 2,2002,the Directors of the corporation adopted the following resosolWow and that the same have not been altered, amended, rescinded or repealed and are now in toll form and effect It is RESOLVED that COLLIN HOB YOUNG, is duly authorized and empowered by-HOLLOMAN CORPORATION to ngpdafie, wahact for, sp and ezearte conbwU and other doct eats of any nature or regarding nay matter, as necessary, to bind the corporation to obligations, eontraa�,or such other legal documents as may be required_ CLOA Tl� Secre�ry ATTEST: S ,Pr'esideut Zp Mark Stevenson, president of the Corporation, do hereby certify that Kenny Clodfel'ter` is duly elected and qualif ed Secretary o£this Corporation and the signature appcoing opposite his nave is his genuine signahve. DATED: As of the :z• dry,of December, 2002. . J ' STEVENSON,MOM President A TABLE OF CONTENTS EXPANSION OF THE COMO PUMP STATION Project Number: P264-607160019080 PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS Notice to Bidders Special Instructions to Bidders PART B - PROPOSAL Proposal M/WBE Specifications PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART CS - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01060 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 01062 MAJOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS 01340 SUBMITTALS 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SPECIAL CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 01601 JOB CONDITIONS { 01640 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01650 FACILITY START-UP 01710 CLEANING 01800 OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 2 -SITE WORK 02072 DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING 02110 SITE CLEARING 02200 EARTHWORK 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 02224 PIPELINE UNDERCROSSINGS 02260 TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING 02441 IRRIGATION SYSTEM ` 02444 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES 02529 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND STEPS - TOC - 1 02900 TREE PLANTING 02930 SEEDING, SODDING AND LANDSCAPING DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03002 CONCRETE 03482 PRECAST SPLASH BLOCKS 03540 SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT DIVISION 4-MASONRY 04050 COLD AND HOT WEATHER MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 04110 CEMENT AND LIME MORTARS 04155 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 04210 BRICK MASONRY 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY 04510 MASONRY CLEANING DIVISION 5-METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05313 METAL DECK 05425 PRE-ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED STEEL TRUSSES 05505 METAL FABRICATIONS 05800 INTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVERS DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS 06000 CARPENTRY DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07190 UNDER SLAB VAPOR RETARDER 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07605 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 07900 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 -DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING } TOC- h" DIVISION 9— FINISHES 09904 INTERIOR PAINTING 09905 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES 10200 LOUVERS 10400 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10802 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 —EQUIPMENT 11005 EQUIPMENT: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 11060 PUMPING EQUIPMENT: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 11071 PUMPING EQUIPMENT: HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS DIVISION 13 —SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13440 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS a 13441 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS 13442 PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND TRANSMITTERS 13446 CONTROL AUXILIARIES 13448 CONTROL PANELS AND ENCLOSURES 13500 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER(PLC) CONTROL SYSTEM DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 15061 PIPE— STEEL 15062 PIPE: DUCTILE 15090 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS 15100 VALVES —BASIC REQUIREMENTS 15101 GATE VALVES 15106 CHECKVALVES 15114 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 15183 PIPE,DUCT AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 15605 HVAC—EQUIPMENT 15890 HVAC —DUCTWORK 15990 HVAC SYSTEMS —BALANCING AND TESTING OC- 3 d '` DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRICAL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 16060 GROUNDING 16120 WIRE AND CABLE -600 VOLT AND BELOW 16121 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE 16125 HEAT TRACING CABLE 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16135 ELECTRICAL-EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16220 MOTORS 16221 MEDIUM VOLTAGE HORIZONTAL ELECTRIC MOTORS 16275 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 16285 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT 6340 MEDIUM VOLTAGE METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 16410 SAFETY SWITCHES 16411 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16415 POWER SYSTEM STUDY 16441 PANELBOARDS 16442 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16460 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16490 OVERCURRENT AND SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16491 LOW VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD) 16492 ELECTRICAL METERING DEVICES 16493 CONTROL EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES 16500 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART F - BONDS AND INSURANCE Certificate of Insurance Performance Bond Payment Bond Maintenance Bond Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Laws PART G - CONTRACTS G-100 Contract APPENDIX" " GEOTECHNICAL REPORT APPENDIX"B" HSQ ALLOWANCE TOC -4 1 PART A /AIL i i NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the Expansion of the Como Pump Station,Project Number P264- 607160019080,will be received at the office of the Purchasing Manager until 1:30 P. ., Thursday,June 1 P,2006 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 P.M. Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents for this project maybe obtained by paying a non- refundable fee of$150.00 payable to HDR Engineering,Inc., at the following location: HDR Engineering,Inc. 512 Main Street, Suite 600 Fort Worth,Texas 76102 Tel: (817) 333-2800 General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department projects, dated January 1, 1978,with the latest revisions, also compromise a part of the Contract Documents for this project and may be obtained by paying a non-refundable fee of$50.00 for each set, at the office of Water Department,Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street,Fort Worth,Texas. Bid security required P is r ired in accordance with the Special Instructions to Bidders. A pre-bid conference will be held at 2:00 PM on Thursday,June 1, 2006 at the Water Administration Conference Room,f Floor, City Hall, 1000 Throckmorton Street, 76102,Fort Worth,Texas. The Engineer will transmit to all prospective bidders of record such Addenda as he considers necessary in response to questions arising at the pre- bid conference. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected `v . the to of addenda may be obtained b as being non-responsive. Information regarding status d y y contacting Mr. Mark Mihm or Brad Martin with HDR Engineering at(972) 960-4400. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all formalities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety(90) days from the date the bids are received. For additional information, contact Mark Mihm or Brad Martin at(972) 960-4400. Advertising Dates: May 18th,2006 May 25th, 2006 " SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1) PREOUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: All contractors submitting bids are required to be prrqualified by the Fort Worth Water Department prior to submitting bids. This prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. It is the bidder's responsibility to submit the following documentation:a current financial statement,an acceptable experience record,an acceptable equipment schedule and any other documents the Department may deem necessary,to the Director of the Water Department at least seven calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids. a) The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State licensing agency and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the financial status to the submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one(1)year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared,the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. b) For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project,it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and technical level as that of the project for which bids are to be received. c) The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. ) Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non-responsive and will be rejected as such. e) The City,in its sole discretion,may reject any bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or expertise. f} Any proposals submitted by a non-pre qualified bidder shall be returned o ene and if inadvertently opened,shall not be considered. ) The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications(financial or experience) are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are to be received. Failure to notify shall not be a waiver of any necessary prequalification. . BID SECURITY: A cashier's check,or an acceptable bidder's bond,payable to the City of Fort Worth,in an amount of not less than five( %)percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid,and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the Contract Documents within ten(1 )days after the contract has been awarded To be an acceptable surety on the bond,(1)the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S.Treasury List,or( the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the limit of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the treasury list or one-tenth(1/ )the total capital and surplus. . BONDS: A performance bond,a payment bond,and a maintenance bond each for one hundred (100%)percent of the contract price will be required,Reference C 3-3.7. . WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates established by the City of Fort Worth,Texas, and as set forth in the Contract Documents must be paid on this project 5. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal,the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the Proposal. 4 6. BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas. . NONRESIDENT_BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g,Texas Revised Civil Statutes,the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business in located. "Nonresident bidder"means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state,but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for the bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 8. PAYMENT: If the bid amount is$25,000.00 or less,the contract amount shall be paid within forty- five(45)calendar days after completion and acceptance by the City. . AGE: In accordance with the policy("Policy")of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers,members,agents employees,program participants or subcontractors,while engaged in performing this contract,shall,in connection with the employment,advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms,conditions or privileges of their employment,discriminate against persons because of their age except on the bases of a bona fide occupational qualification,retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor fiu-ther covenants that neither it nor its officers,members,agents,employees, subcontractors,program participants,or persons acting on their behalf,shall specify,in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract,a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational cation,retirement plan or statutory requirements. Contractor wan-ants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors'alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement 10. DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"),Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public,nor in the availability,terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with,or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisionsand any other applicable federal,state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors'alleged failure to comply with the above referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement 11. MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with i of Fort Worth t Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary.The bidder shall submit the MBEIWBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("Documentation")as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m.,five(5)City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City.Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. 12. ADDENDA: Bidders wanting further information,interpretation,or clarification of the Contract Documents must submit their request in writing on the Pre-Bid Inquiries Form on the following page to HDR Engineering,Inc.at least 96 hours prior to the Bid Opening. Answers to all such requests will be bound and made part of the Contract Documents,or should the bidder be in doubt to their meaning,the bidder should at once notify HDR Engineering,Inc.in order that a written addendum may be sent to all bidders. Any addendum issued will be either mailed,faxed,or be delivered to each prospective bidder. The bid proposal as submitted to the bidder must be so constructed as to include any addenda issued by HDR Engineering,prior to 24 hours of the opening of bids with appropriate recognition of addenda so noted in the bid proposal. Revised 1/27/ 9 V' u � PRE-BID INQUIRIES FOR EXPANSION OF THE COMO PUMP STATION PROJECT NO. P264-607160019080 QUESTIONS ALL, PRE-BID INQUIRIES MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING AT LEAST 96 HOURS PRIOR TO THE BID OPENING. ONLY WRITTEN QUESTIONS WILL RECEIVE A RESPONSE. A RESPONSE WILL BE ISSUED BY ADDENDUM TO ALL WRITTEN QUESTIONS SUBMITTED. FAX PRE-BID INQUIRIES TO THE ATTENTION OF MARK S. MIHM, HDR ENGINEERING, INC. FAX: 972-960-4471. Company Name: Telephone No. Question(s) By: Date Submitted: " Question Question Plan Sheet and/or No. Speciflcation Reference 1. 2. 3. PART B r. ?" I PART B -PROPOSAL This proposal must not be removed from this book of Contract Documents. TO: Charles R. Boswell City Manager Municipal Office Building 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth,Texas PROPOSAL FOR: The furnishing of all equipment, materials, and labor required to expand the Como Pump Station, and all necessary appurtenances and incidental work to provide a complete and serviceable project designated as: PROJECT NAME Expansion of the Como Pump Station Water Department Project No. P264-607160019080 Pursuant to the foregoing 'Notice to Bidders', the undersigned Bidder, having thoroughly examined the Contract Documents, including plans, special contract documents, and the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects, the site of the project and understanding the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions, hereby proposes to do all the work, furnish all labor, equipment and material except as specified to be fiunished by the City, which is necessary to fully complete the work as provided in the Plans and Special Contract Documents and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas; and binds himself upon acceptance of this Proposal to execute a contract and furnish an approved Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and such other bonds, if any, as may be required by the Contract Documents for the performing and completing of the said work. Contractor proposes to do the work within the time stated and for the following sums: i Fort Worth Water Dept. -1 Proposal EXPANSION OF THE COMO PUMP STATION ItemDescription of Item with Unit Unit Price Amount Bid Approx. Unit No. Quantity Price Written in Words Bid 1 L.S. Construction of the Como Pump Station Expansion,complete in p ace for the sum of Awr m*2Z�;, jW' AW&W01A,4 Dollars��ts and Cents Per Unit �41 2. 500 L.F. Provide a Trench Excavation Safety Protection System in Accordance with the Specifications and OSHA Regulations, and the Assumption of the Responsibility of Said Protection Syst=4 Including Design and Implementation. Complete in place for the sum of—A•4�24W Dollars and Cents per I miea foot. $ $ 61A C747 3. 1 L.S. Provide a Pollution Prevention System for Stormwater Discharge in Accordance with the EPA Regulations and the Assumption of Responsibility of Said Pollution Prevention System,Including Design and Implementation of Said System, Complete in place for the sum of Dollars and Cents per lump sum. $ '24/ f3l'o 7 4. 1 L.S. Provide an allowance of$48,860.00 for HSQ Technology per Appendix B. Forty Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Dollars and Zero Cents per $ 48,860.00 $ 48,860.00 TOTAL AMOUNT BID $ 0 7174 1.12 a Foil Worth Water Dept. B-2 Proposal Within ten (10) days after acceptance of this Proposal, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract Documents, for the faithful performance of the Contract. The attached bid security in the amount of 5% of the Total Amount Bid is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work caused thereby. The undersigned bidder certified that he has been furnished at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects dated January 1, 1978, and that he has read and thoroughly understands all the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and the specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency in either futnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400. V (Complete A or B below, as applicable:) A. The principal place of business of our company is in the State of Nonresident bidders in the State of ,our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. Non resident bidders in the State of ,our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. I The Bidder agrees to begin construction within 10 calendar days after issue of the work order, and to substantially complete the contract within 290 calendar days after beginning construction and 340 calendar days for final completion as set forth in the written work order to be furnished by the Owner. I(we)acknowledge receipt of the following addenda to the plans and specifications,all of the provisions and requirements of which have been taken into consideration on preparation of the foregoing bid: Fort Worth Water Dept. B03 Proposal i Addend . 1 (Initials)- Addend . 3 (Initials)- Addendum o. 2 (Initials Addendum No. 4 (Initials) Respectfully submitted, #041-OWAA1 e-048M,07-ioW y: i Title � aee-r Address lP�� w. yw,%gg*r-Y ba- I DcNTo�i✓. TFrrAI 7l0.�0/ Telephone: (Seal) Date: - ,2- Fort Worth Water Dept B-4 Proposal i FORT WORTH City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY 4 tf the total dollar value of the contract is$25,000 or more,the M/WBE goal Is applicable. If the total dollar value of the contract is less than$25,000,the M/WBE goal is not applicable. E' LICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Minority and Women Business Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid. M/WBE PROJECT GOALS The City's M/WBE goal on this project is 18%of the total bid(Base bid applies to Parks and Community Services). COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On;City contracts of$25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's M/WBE Ordinance by either of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated M/WBE goal,or 2. Good Faith Effort documentation,or; 3. Waiver documentation,or; 4. Joint Venture. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The applicable documents m6beceived by the Managing Department,within the followin times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considponsive to the specifications. ME= 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if goal is received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid met or exceeded: opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if participation is less than opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. statedgoal: 3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if no M/WBE participation: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form,if you will received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid perform all subcontracting/supplier work: opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. 5. Joint Venture Form, if utilize a joint venture received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid to met or exceed goal. opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. ` FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S,M/WBE ORDINANCE,WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS Any questions,please contact the M/WBE Office at(817)392-6104. ATTACHMENT 1A Page 1 of FORT'WORTH City of Fort Worth Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form PRIME,COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe prime M/W/DBE NON-M/W/DBE PROJECT NAME: BID DATE City's MNVBE Project Goal: Prime's MIWBE Project Utilization: PROJECT NUMBER 18 % / ,3 % —6 o 716,oalf Lq Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. fire (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. The undersigned 9 - rsi ned Offeror agrees to -enter.into a formal agreement. with. the MNVBE firm(s) listed in this. utilization schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or'knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration o disqualification and will result in the bid being.considered non-responsive to bid specifications MNVBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the nine (9) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant, Parker, Johnson, Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Kaufman and Rockwall counties. Identifyeach Tiepr level. ' Tier is the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor,- i.e.,,,a direct 9 P payment from the rime contractor to.a.subcontractor is considered 1 tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier ALL MIWBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be bonafide minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX DOT), highway division. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) is synonymous withMinority/Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE). If hauling services are utilized, the prime will be given credit as long as the M/WBE listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The MNVBE may lease trucks from another M/WBE firm, including M/WBE owner-operators, and receive full M/WBE credit. The M/WBE may lease trucks from non-M/WBEs, including own er-operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the M/WBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Rev.5/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1A Page 2 of 4 FORT W9RTH MNV Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status;i.e., Minority,Women and non- BEs. Please list MNVBE firms first,use additional sheets if necessary. Certification N0 SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T (check one) n Detail Detail Company Name i N T Purchased Dollar Amount Address e M w C X m Subcontracting Work Supplies Telephone/Fax r B B E E R 0 B c T E A L &Vdd.c;DEUV sewg'5� A V V 116/7 R.11 ekW&-R-et Vh s rE, r A&44S 79;22-,7 ;?/,Y- 3*- 9 ogre gqFe- Aiv- SIff- r-fX 7-X 7&,9Ao YJ 7-;2 70 - opc '07- e91- -'2/V5/ Fwx. ACT 7S-A r I AF Lokvt�$410 ;Zo// d,41-1�Ca4dj�q P,41-Z-4SI ri< 7S" o q V-- 1/&?- 9 2 0 0 0 r-C- -2/q 57 f I-�,V'7-7 OWX &516AI 15�El-relC V/ e1-6-C7X--,C 610,4C79, 0,9 A6 S70 14"Va-ToAl j)4zLASJ-r,4 arc -R,'je-5S;7-57 9Y AAX lo 0, ae> Rev.5/30/03 ATTACHMENT to FORT WORTH Page 3 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers,regardless of status®i.e., Minority,Women and non- Es. Please list M/WBE firms first, use additional sheets if necessary. Certification N (check one SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER T N T Detail Detail Company Name i C X M Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Address e M W T D Telephone/Fax r B B R o JE E E C T A ' Ramp 4/ , / ?C) a, cv / 0 0 /�- 9 o / ,93 r r, i S-0 aO 6 r 4,0 / / �1 t/CC.G�r�./ P.0-6ax / / 9-17 - t-0,V SA41,16,7 7 Al 16 p ° 7 0Z., , - 7 Rev. 5/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1A FORT WORTH Page 4 of 4 P*qotal Dollar Amount of M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ Total Dollar Amount of Non-M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ g TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ The Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office Manager or designee through the submittal of a Request for Approval of Change/Addition. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance. The contractor shall submit a detailed explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed M/WBE goal. If the detail explanation is not submitted, it.will affect the final compliance determination. By affixing a signature to this form, the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/W/DBE(s) arrangements submitted with the bid. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The bidder agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers/contractors participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/W/DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any tentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and create a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. ® [. Authorized Signature Printed Signature 0 Title Contact Namerntle(ff different) Company lame Telephone and/or Fax 39 Address E all dress s City/State/Zip — Date Rev.5/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1 B FORT WORTH Page 1 of 1 City of Fort Worth Prime Contractor Waiver Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe prime PROJECT NAME: M/W/DBE NON-M/W/DBE BID DATE City's M/WBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER 18 % If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1 C(Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided, if applicable. If the answer to either question is NO,then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1 C. This form is only applicable if both answers are yes. allure to c4mple#e this form trti its entirety and be;recelved bythe Manapinst Detiartment on or before 5100 11 m ,five(5)CIIW business days after t d opening,exciuslVe of the bid operong date;will result -hA bid being considered non responsive ton bid'specifications , Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this NO project,this is your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of your business. Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of your business. NO The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/WBE(s) on this contract, the payment therefore and any proposed changes to the original M/WBE(s)arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/WBEs on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three(3)years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one(1)year. Authorized Signature Printed Signature Title Contact Name(it different) Company Name Phone Number Fax u r Address Email Address !` p Data Rev.5/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 1 of 3 F RT WQ RT H City of Fort Worth Good Faith Effort Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe rime PROJECT NAME: MNV/DBE NON-MAW/DBE BID DATE City's M/WBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER 18% If you have failed to secure M/WBE participation and you have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities or if your DBE participation is less than the City's project goal,you must complete this forma If the bidder's method of compliance with the M/WBE goal is based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement ° absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received.by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date,will result in the,bid being considered non-responsive,to bid specifications. 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunityl for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a MfWBE or non-M/WBE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) On Combined Projects, list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the 2" tier. (Use additional sheets,if necessary) List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities V Rev.05/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 2 of 3 2.) Obtain a current(not more than three(3) months old from the bid open date) list of M/WBE "` - subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's MMIBE Office. Yes Date of Listing / / No 3.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms,within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail,exclusive of the day the bids are opened? Yes (If yes,attach M/WBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed.) No 4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms,within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone,exclusive of the day the bids are opened? YeS (if yes,attach list to include name of M/WBE firm,Person contacted,phone number and date and time of contact.) No NO E: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for both. If a facsimile is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide M/WBE name, date, time, fax number and documentation faxed. NOTE:'If the list of M/WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10)or less,the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. If the list of M/WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier o ortuni is ten 10 or more, the bidder must contact at least two-thirds (2/3) of opportunity � ( ) theIist within such area of opportunity,but not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. 5.) ',Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs? Yes No 6.) Submit documentation if MfWBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the M/WBE was rejected and any supporting documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes, the bidder will provide for confidential in-camera access to and inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. Please use additional sheets,ifnecessa ,and attach. Company Name Tele hone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for ftection ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Pie se provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain E participation on this project. Rev.05/30/03 C' ATTACHMENT 1C Page 3 of 3 The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's M/WBE Office. Authorized Signature Printed Signature Title Contact Name and Title(if different) Co I pany Name Phone Number Fax Number Address Email Address CitylStatelZip Date Rev.05/30/03 Joint Venture Page 1 of 3 FORT WORTH CITY OF FORT WORTH Joint Venture Eligibility Form AU questions must be answered;use"NA"if appficabl& Nfme of City project: joint venture form must be compleWt PBid/Purchasing Number: 1.Joint venture information: Joint Venture Name: Joint Venture Address: of applicable) Telephone: Facsimile: E-mail address: Cellular: Identify the firms that comprise the joint venture: Please attach extra sheets if additional space is required to provide detailed explanations of work to be performed by each firm comprising the joint venture M/WBE firm Non-M/WBE name: firm name: Business Address: Business Address: Cityo State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Telephone Facsimile E-mail Telephone Facsimile Cellular Cellular Certification Status: E-mail address Name of Certifying Agency: 2.Scope of work performed by the Joint Venture: Describe the scope of work of the NLIWBE: Describe the scope of work of the non-M/WBE: Rev.5/30/03 Joint Venture Page 2 of 3 3.What is the percentage of N11"E participation on this joint venture that you wish to be counted toward meeting the project goal? 4.Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement. 5.Dist components of ownership of joint venture: (Do not complete if this information is described in joint venture agreement) Profit and loss sharing: Capital contributions,including equipment: Other applicable ownership interests: 6.Identify by name,race,sex and firm those individuals(with titles)who are responsible for the day-to-day management and decision making of the joint venture: Financial decisions (to include Account Payable andReceivable): Margement decisions: Estimating ---------------------------------------------- b. Marketing ---------------------------------------------- c. Hiring and Firing of management personnel ---------------------------------------------- d. Purchasing of major equipment and/or supplies Supervision of field operations The City's Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office will review your joint venture submission and will have final approval of the M/WBE percentage applied toward the goal for the project listed on this fora. NOTE: From and after the date of project award, if any of the participants, the individually defined scopes of work or the dollar amounts/percentages change from the originally approved information, then the participants must inform the City's °`. M/WBE Office immediately for approval. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the City's M/WBE Ordinance. Rev.5/30/03 Joint Venture Page 3 of 3 AFFIDAVIT The undersigned affirms that the foregoing statements are true and correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of the joint venture. Furthermore,the undersigned shall agree to provide to the joint venture the stated scope of work, decision-making responsibilities and payments herein. The City also reserves the right to request any additional information deemed necessary to determine if the joint is eligible. Failure to cooperate and/or provide requested information within the time specified is grounds for ermination of the eligibility process. The undersigned agree to permit audits,interviews with owners and examination of the books,records and files of the joint venture by any authorized representatives of the City of Fort Worth. Failure to comply with this provision shall result in the termination of any contract, which may be awarded under the provisions of this joint venture's eligibility and may initiate action under Federal, State and/or Local laws/ordinances concerning false statements or willful misr resentation of facts. Name of M/WBE firm Name of non-M/WBE firm Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Title Title Date Date Notarization Stat D of County of On s day of ,20 ,before me appeared and to rae personally known and who,being duly swom,did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state that they were properly authorized to execute this affidavit and did so as their free act and deed. Nottuy Public Pdnt Notary Public Signature Crmission Expires (seal) Rev.5130/03 i r �I Q Vi i i 1 PART C II I +I 6 1 r , s i f PART C GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION Cl-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents,the following terms or pronouns in place are used,the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: C 1-1-2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are all the written and draw.n documents, such as specifications,bonds,addenda,plans, etc.,which govern the terms and performance of the contract These are contained in the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. A. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS WHITE PART B - PROPOSAL WHITE PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS YELLOW PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS GREEN PART E - SPECIFICATIONS WHITE PARTF - BONDS WHITE PART G - CONTRACT WHITE B. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS PART B - PROPOSAL PART C - GENERAL CONDITION'S PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PARTF BONDS PART G CONTRACT PART H PLANS (Usually bond separately) CI-13 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the Notice to Bidders. Fort Worth Water Department C- I General Conditions C I-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal,which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner,has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. C I-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm,or partnership,company,,association, corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for perform® the work contemplated under the Contract Documents, constitutes a bidder. C1-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction, and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances. C1-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special.Conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General. Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. C1-1.8 SPEC IFICAIIONS: The Specifications is that section of part of the Contract Documents which sets forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, Workmanship, equipment, and services in order to render a completed and useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations,requirernerits,statutes,etc., such referred to documents all become apart of the Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein. C1-1.9 BOND: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnishedby the Contractor for the prompt and faithful performance of the contract and shall include the following: A. Performance Bond(See paragraph C3-3.7) B. Payment Bond(See paragraph C3-3.7) C. Maintenance Bond (See paragraph C3-3.7) D. Proposal of Bid Security(See Special Instructions to the Bidders,Part A and C2-2.6) C I�1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is the formal signed agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. C I-1.1.1 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension, and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles,typical cross-sections, layout diagrams, Fort Worth Water Department C-2 General Conditions 1 working drawings,preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from other parts of the Contract Documents,but they are a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. C1-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth,Texas,a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final enforcement of Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by charter vested in the City Manager. Terms City and Owner are synonymous. C1-1.13 C CO CIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence,the Mayor Pro Te of the City of Fort Worth,Texas. C1-1.15 CITY STAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth,Texas, or his duly authorized representative. CI-1.16 C ATTOR Y: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. CI-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The duly appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly,authorized representative, assistant, or agents. CI-1_.15 DIRECTOR- CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The duly appointed official o the City of Fort Worth, Texas,referred to in the Charter as the City Engineer, or his authorized representative. C1-1.19 ENGINER: The Director of Public Works,the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors, or superintendents,acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. C1-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person,persons,partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of the work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative., A sub-contractor is a person, firm, corporation, or others under contract with the principal contractor, supplying labor and materials, or only labor, for work at the site of the project. C1-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds are required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set f forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes herein. Fort Worth a Department C-3 General Conditions i C1-1.22 THE WORK OR THE PROJECT: The completed.work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the fimlishing of all labor,materials,tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. C1-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal.holidays, in which the weather 6i other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less than seven(7) hours between 7:00 AM and 6:00 PM, with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6. C1-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month,no days being excepted. C1-1.25 LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council.of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City Employees as follows: New Year'Day January I M.L.King,Jr.Birthday Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November 10011"11111, Thanksgiving Friday Fourth Friday in November. Christmas Day December 25 Such other days in lieu of holidays as the City Council may determine %en one of the named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council, falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the -following Monday,by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar holiday as a holiday. C1-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Wherever the abbreviations defined herein appear in Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows: AASHTO American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers LAW In Accordance With ASTM American Society of Testing Materials AWWA American Water Works Association ASA American Standards Association HI Hydraulic Institute As ph. Asphalt Ave. Avenue Blvd. Boulevard CI Cast Iron Fort Worth Water Department C-4 General Conditions 1 G CL Center Line GI Galvanized Iron Lin. Linear or Lineal MH Manhole Max. Maximum Min. Minimum MGD Million Gallons Per Day CFS Cubic Foot per Second Radius I.D. Inside Diameter O.D. Outside Diameter Fahrenheit C Centigrade In. Inch Ft. Foot St. Street CY Cubic Yard Yd.. Yard f SY Square Yard L.F. Linear Foot D.I. Ductile Iron CHANGE between ORDER:Contnactor t�rderso addagreement"Change ", s en supplement agreement and d or deducted item or featurewhich may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in e scope of the project on which the bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is ore than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change ge Orders"shall be prepared by the City frominformation as necessary furnished by the Contractor. Cl-1.25 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface; A. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material B. Any type of asphalt surface treatment,not including oiled., surface C. Brick,with or without separate base material D. Concrete, with or without separate base material E. Any combination of the above Cl-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: An unpaved street,alley, roadway, or other surface is any area, except those defined above for"Paved. Streets and Alleys" CI®1.30 CITY ST ETS: A city street is defined as that area between the right of way lines as the street is dedicated. { f Fort Worth Water Department C®5 General Conditions CI-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (2')feet back of the curb lines or four(4')feet back of the average edge of pavement Where no curb exists. CI-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is any unpaved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any im pro vernent was made. Fort Worth Water Department C-6 General Conditions SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will famish bidders with proposal forin, which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be famished and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's general understanding of the project to be completed,provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record!', "Equipment Schedule",and "Financial Statement", all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week Rrior to the hour for opening of bids. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the current financial status. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding to falls within the time a new statement is being prepared,the previous statements be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of ten(10%)percent of the estimated project cost will be required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in or of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are being received,and such experience must have been on projects completed not more than five(5) years prior to the date on which bids are to be received. The Director of the Water Department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any For Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he submits a bid. C2-2.2 INTERPRETATION OE_QIL LTITIES: The quantities of work and materials to be famished as may be listed in the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the actual quantities of'work performed' materials famished in strict accord a irce with the Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work.to be performed and materials to be famished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents. C2-23 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner will fimiish. All additional information and data which the Owner supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. Fort w® Water Department C-7 General Conditions Bidders are required,prior to filing of proposal,to read and become familiar with the Contract Doc eats, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations, tests,borings, and by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which may be encountered during the construction of the project. They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the or and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing work or the time required for its completion., and obtain all information given by the Owner or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation,research, tests, explorations,and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigations, examinations, and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between the conditions encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. The to of Soil Borings, if any, showing on the plans are for general inform.ation only and may not be correct. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. C2-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the form furnished by the Owner. All blank.spaces applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices,written in ink in both words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the or contemplated or furnish the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between the price written words and the price written ® numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is submitted by an individual,his or her name must be signed by him(her), or his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm,association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given, and the proposal must be signed by a member of the firm, association, or partnership, or by a person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporates must be affixed. Power of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign the proposal Must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration or words or figures, additions not called for,conditional or uncalled for alternate bids, incomplete bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalanced value of any items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. Fort Worth Water Department C-8 General Conditions 1; Y„ C2-2.6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a "Proposal Security"of the character and in the amount indicated in the"'Notice to Bidders" and the"Proposal". The Bid security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract,the Bidder will, within the required time, execute a formal contract and furnish the required performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof The bid security of all other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids. C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his representative in the official place of business as set forth in the"Notice to Bidders". It is e Bidders sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the work"PROPOSAL",and the name or description of the project as designated in the"Notice to Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the City Manager, City Hall,Fort Worth, Texas. C'2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening the proposals. A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud,the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner,be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals,provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further,that the City Manager i satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the written signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within the forty-eight 48)hours after the proposal opening time,no further consideration will be given to the proposal. C2-2.1 q PUBL.ICOPENIN.GOF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly filed and for which no"Non-consideration Request''has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his duly authorized representative at the time and place indicated in the"Notice to Bidders". All proposals which have been opened and read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening o bids. C2-2.11 UtUGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as being "Irregular"if they show any omissions, alterations of form,additions, or conditions not Fort Worth Water Department -9 General Conditions I called for, unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering of a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which cannot be waived. C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of,but not limited to ,the following reason: A. Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders B. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. C. The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the bidder. D. The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. E. The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. F. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement, experience of record, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see fit to make. G. Uncompleted or which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded., H. The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: I Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder as specified in Part"A"—Special Instructions. 2. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been successfully completed by the Bidder, 3. An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has available for use on the project. The Bid Proposal of a bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened. Fort Worth Water Department C- 10 General Conditions SECTION C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS C3-3.1 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After the proposals have been opened and read aloud,the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices,the quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents. The to obtained by taking the sum of the products of unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project wiH be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the award of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities,to re-advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as may be considered for the best interest of the Owner. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTER-PRISE/WOMEN OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE_COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner,upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise(MBE) and or a Woman-Owned Business Enterprise(WEE) on the contract and the payment therefore. Contractor further agrees,upon request by the Owner,to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books,records, or files in the possession of Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE or WISE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion or bidding on future Contracts with the Owner for a period of time not less than six (6)months. C3-3.2EQ UAL EMPLOYMENT TRQYIEIQNLS: The Contractor shall comply with Current City Ordinance prohibiting discrimin,-,tion in employment practices. The Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and, at his request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. C3-3.4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: After a proposal has been read by the Owner it cannot be with by the Bidder within forty-five (45)days after the to on which the proposals were opened. C3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a reasonable time,not to exceed forty-five(45) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made at to the responsibility of the proposed awardee. Fort Worth Water Department C_ 11 General Conditions The award of the contract, if an award is made,will be to the lowest and best responsible bidder. The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award. C3-3.6 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals have been determined for comparison of bids,the Owner may,at its discretion,return the proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment,would not be considered for the award. All other proposal securities,usually those of the three lowest bidders,will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished by the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. C3-3.7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to,and file with the Owner in thi amounts herein required,the following bonds: A. Performance Bond: A good and sufficient performance bond in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced.by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection of the Owner and all other persons against the damage by reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work or the use of inferior materials. This performance bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor,materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in the construction of the world and shall remain in fall force and effect until the provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is made on the project by the city. B. Maintenance Bond® A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set forth in paragraph C8-8.10. C. Payment Bond: A good and sufficient paymentbond, in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, fall and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article 5160,Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925,as amended by House Bill 344 Acts 56h Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27, 1959, and/or the latest version.thereof, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the or provided for in the contact being constructed under these specifications. Payment on shall remain in full force until all payments as above stipulated are made. D. Other Bonds: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. Fort Worth Water Department C- 12 General Conditions No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or Which are interested in any litigation against the owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the Owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond Written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and the Surety Company. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the contract until the new surety or sureties, as required,have qualified and have been accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due or paid until approval of bonds by the Owner. C3-3.8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten(10)days after the Owner has by appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract,the Contractor shall execute and file with the Owner the Contract and other such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. No contract shall be binding upon the Owner until it has been attested by the City Secretary,approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager., C3-3.9 FAIN.LRE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee to execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten(10)days after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the Owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the Owner may annul the award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occurring to the Owner by reason of said Awardee's failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten(10)days,the proposal security accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which the Owner will suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon ilmediately be forfeited to the Owner. The filing of a proposal will be considered as an acceptance of this provision by the Bidder. Q3-3.10 BEGanjING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization -usually termed the"Work Order" or"Proceed Order", it is agreed that the Surety. Company will, within ten(10) days after the commencement date set forth in such written authorization,commence the physical execution of the contract. Fort Worth Water Department C® 13 General Conditions C3-3.11 INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractor's certificate of insurance for approval. The prime contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all sub-contractors. A. Compensation Insurance: The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract, Workers Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub- contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workers Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. B. Comprehensive Ge_neralLiability Insurance® The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in the amount not less than$500,000 covering each occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of property damage with$2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage. C. Additional Liability: The Contractor shall furnish insurance as separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage, the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability(covers General Contractor's Liability for acts of sub-contractors.) 2. Blasting,prior to any blasting being done. 3. Collapse of building orstructures adjacent to excavation(if excavations are to be performed adjacent to same). 4. Damage to underground utilities for$500,000. 5. Builders risk(where above-ground structures are involved) 6. Contractual Liability(covers all indemnification requirements of Contract). Fort Worth Water Department C- 14 General Conditions D. Automobile Insurance—Bodily Injury and P,rol2Lrty Dgma ge.. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the life of the Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance in an amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than$500,000 on account on one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than$100,000. E. ScoDe of'Insurance and St)ecial Hazard: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub-contractors, respectively,against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract,whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special,hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. F. Proof of Carriaize of Insurance: The Contractor shall fiHM'sh the Owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in amounts and by carriers satisfactory to the Owner. All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub- contractor, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not cover the sub- contractor's work operations. G. Local ALrent for Insurance Bonding: The insurance and bonding companies with who the Contractor's insurance and performance, payment,maintenance and all such other bonds as written shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within the city limits of the City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas. Each such agent shall be a duly qualified one upon who service of process may be had, and must have the authority and power to act on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, any claims that the City of Fort,Worth or other claimant,or any property owner who has been damaged,may have against the Contractor, insurance,and/or bonding company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex,the Fort Worth-Dallas area. The name of the agent or agents shall be set forth on all of such bonds and certificates of insurance, C3-3.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Con-tract,the Contractor shall pay for all materials, labor, and services when due. C3-3.13 WEEKLY PAYROLL: A certified copy of each payr,oll covering payment of wages to all persons engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be Fort Worth Water Department C- 15 General Conditions fin-nished to the Owner's representative within seven(7) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract Documents all be kept posed in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be fimuished the Contractor,by the Owner; however,posting and protection of the wage rates shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT AD.MINISTRATION: Any Contractor, whether a person,persons,partnership, company, firm,association, corporation, or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities,will have or shall establish a fully operational business office within the Fort Worth—Dallas metropolitan area. The Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign,this office or he may delegate his Project Superintendent)with fall authority to transact all business actions required in the performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the or governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or otherwise, and as such all be empowered,thus delegated and directed, to settle all material., labor,or other expenditures, all claims against the work or any other matter associated with such as maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the project. Such local authority for administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete. Should the Contractor's principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth- Dallas metropolitan area,notification of the Contractor's assignment of local authority shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project,all appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable,by the Contractor's responsible officers with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to a local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents. The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the Contractor's administration, whether it be oriented in fin-therin.g the work, or other,be governed directly by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may,at his discretion, stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer, is assigned. No credit of workmig time sill be for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason. C3-3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action here` under shall be exclusively in Tarrant County,Texas. Fort Worth Water Department C® 16 General Conditions SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete,useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish, all in fall compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract.Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special or as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor,tools,materials,machinery, equipment, special services,and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project., C442 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated.or covered by the General or Special.Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents,the"Special Provisior&' covering all such or will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of receiving bids or proposals for such work and flimished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda. All such"Special Provisions" shall be considered.to be a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were originally written therein. C4-43 INCREASED )R DECREASEUjQ11AN=: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the it prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items or work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 percent or more,then either party to the contract all upon written request to the other part be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for"Extra Work". No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size,but not to the various depth categories. C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change Order,the Owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable t insure completion in the most satisfactory manner,provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes all not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the Contract Documents. Fort Worth Water Department C- 17 General Conditions C4-4.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "Extra Worle'and shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto;provided however, that before any extra work is begun a"Change Order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the or for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: A. Unit bid price previously approved B. An agreed lump sum C. The actual reasonable cost of( ) labor, (2)rental of equip me nt used on the extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates; (3)materials entering permanently into the project, and(4) actual cost of insurance,bonds, and social security as detern-dned by the Owner,plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10%of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owned by him and used for the extra work- The fee shall be full and complete compensation,to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, other profit,general and all other expense not included in(1), (2), (3), and(4) above® The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and in the method suggested by the Owner and shall give the Owner access to all accounts,bills,vouchers,and records relating to "Extra Work". No "Change Order"shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each of the contracting parties. No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve "Extra Worle'for which he should receive compensation.,he all make written request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such"Extra Work",prior to beginning such wo& Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof,and the Engineer insists upon its performartce,the Contractor shall proceed with the ork after making written request for written orders and shall keep an accurate account of the actual and reasonable cost thereof as provided under method (Item Q. Claims for"Extra Work"will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five(5)before the time for making the first estimate after such or is one and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon said Extra Work. Fort Worth Water Department C- 18 General Conditions The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record acorrected set of plans showing the actual installation. The compensation agreed on for"Extra Work"whether or not initiated by a"Change Order"shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or extra work,whether said costs are known,unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead,ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or extra work. C4-4.6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS: Before commencing any work under this Contract,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval thereof, a"Schedule of Operations" showing by a straight line method the date of commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the Contract. There shall be also shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected.. There shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction within the time being plotted horizontally and the percentage of completion plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8 1/2"x I I" sheets and at least five black or blue prints shall b e furnished to the Owner. C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITES: Within ten(10) days prior to submission of first monthly progress payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work,the date of which he will start the several major activities (including procurement of materials,plans, and equipment.) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method(CPM) network diagram. As the or progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Ergineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments in the contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated.schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Owner. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications. Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule,the Contractor shall review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor's understanding of the contract requirements. The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule: Fort Worth Water Department C- 19 General Conditions A. Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements, and completion time. B. The construction process shall be divided.into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen(14) days and construction values not to exceed$50,000. Fabrication, delivery and submittal activities are exceptions to this guideline., C. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather conditions over the duration of the Contract shall not be accounted for within the duration of each activity. D. One critical path shall be shown,on the construction schedule. E. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. F. Thirty days shall be used for sub review unless otherwise specified. The construction schedule shall as a minimum be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen(14) days duration. For each general category, the construction. schedule shall be identify all trades or subcontracts whose or is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this section. For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the following procurements, construction and pre-acceptance activities and events in their logical sequence for equipment and materials. 1. Preparation and,transmittal of submittals 2. Submittal review periods 3. Shop fabrication and delivery ® Erection or installation 5. Transmittal of manufacturer's operation.land maintenance:manuals 6. Installed equipment and materials testing 7. Owner"s operation instruction.(if applicable) 8. Operational testing 9. Final inspection Fort Worth Water Department C-20 General Conditions If, in the opinion of the Owner, or accomplished falls behind that scheduled,the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the Owner may req'uire the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in schedule progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the Owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable,he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment,the number of work shifts or the overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. ........ ..... Fort Wordi Water Department C-21 General ConditiGns SECTION C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. He shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work overall sequence of construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fulfillment of the contract, compensation, mutual rights between the Contractor and Owner under the Contract Documents, supervision of the work,resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. He shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such event shall be a condition of the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time,upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the Owner and Contractor, a written decision on the matter in controversy. Q5-5.2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The finished project in all cases shall conform with the lines, grades, cross-sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or any other requirements otherwise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. C5-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are made up of several sections,which, taken together, are intended to describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in one of the sections is as binding as though it occurred in all sections. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions,plans shall govern over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions, and standard specifications, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the Owner shall be permitted to nial.ce such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. In the event that the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy,he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a conflict in the drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. Fort Worth Water Department C-22 General Conditions C5-5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of the Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project at all times one set of such Contract Documents. The Contractor shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other Contractors in every way possible. e Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at the site of the project a competent,English—speaking superintendent and an assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent,to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas and shall be a subject to call, as is the project superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to adequately provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which the project extends or the safety of property contiguous to the project routing. e Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION PTO When, in the opinion o the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night,whether the project is scheduled on a calendar day or on a working day basis. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or corrections necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours,the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall then deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action,plus 25%, from any funds due the Contractor on the project. Fort Worth Water Department C-23 General Conditions C5-5.6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field office shall be not less than 10 by 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, well heated, air conditioned, lighed and weather-proof, so that documents will not be darnaged by the elements. C5-5.7 CONSTRUCTION STAKES: The City,through its Engineer,will famish the Contractor will all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these Contract Documents, and lines grade, and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary method of marking as may be found consistent with good practice. These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for the Contractor's use or guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed.by the Contractor or any of his employees,the fall cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25%will be charged against the Contractor, and the fall amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. C5-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTOR: City inspectors will be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials famished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being famished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the material or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have authority to reject materials or equipment and to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and be decided by the Engineer. The it Inspector will not,however,be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work,not to issue any instructions contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents. He will in no case act as superintendent or foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work- He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents,provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions of the City Inspector, the Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on the matter in controversy. Fort Worth Water Department C-24 General Conditions C5-5.9 INSPECTOR: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the or as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests,the Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work,remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination,the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable,the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work,but should the work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable,the uncovering or removing and the replacing of all adjacent, defective, or damaged parts shall be at the Contractor's expense. No or shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision or inspection. C5-5.10 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All work, materials,or equipment which has been rejected shall eremedied.or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specifically provided, or any Extra or one without written,authority,will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph,the Engineer will have the authority to cause the defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed,and the cost thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due to the Contractor. Failure to require the removal of any defective work or unauthorized work shall not constitute acceptance of such works. C5-';.l I SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT.- If the Specifications, law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit the Contractor to fumish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if the Contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall,prior to the preconstruction conference, make written application to Engineer for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design,be similar and of the equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of perfon-ning the same fimction as that specified; and identify" g all variations of the proposed substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written. approval of the Engineer who will be the judge of the equality and may require the Contractor to fiu-nish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of hern from and against the claims,damages, losses Fort Worth Water Department C®25 General Conditions and expenses(including attorney's fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. C5-5.12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OF MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents,tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing agency by the Owner unless otherwise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests and sampling of the materials,unless otherwise specified, will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall no .without specific written permission of the Engineer,use the materials represented by the samples until the tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete,the aggregates, design minimum, and the mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the placing of concrete,using samples from the aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change,new tests all be made prior to the use of the new materials. C5-5.13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction operation shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of the quality and fitness of the work. When,directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed.on wooden platforms or other hard, clean, durable surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. C5-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions shown on the Plans relative to existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission ftom, or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains,water mains, conduits, sewer lines, and service lines for all utilities, etc, is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the pla ns or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation.,for Extra or or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision for which is not made in the Contract Documents, in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. Fort Worth Water Department C-26 General Conditions It shall be the Contractors responsibility to verify the locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities, structures, and service lines. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all existing utility companies at least forty- eight(48)hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All verification of existing utilities and their adjustment shall be considered as subsidiary work. C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE: A. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosecution of work where the interruption of service is necessary,the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance, all be required to: 1. Notify the Water Department as to location,time, and schedule of service interruption. 2. Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as to time and schedule of interruption of their service, or 3. In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer's entrance door knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, an in large bold type shall say: 41 NOTICE Due to Utility Improvement in Your neighborhood, your(water) (sewer)service will be interrupted on between the hours of d- This inconvenience will be as short As possible. Thank You, Contractor Address hone J Fort Worth Water Department C-27 General Condifions B. Emergency: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs, )0"ft14, notice shall be as above,but immediate. C5-5.16 MU"MAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS,: If,through acts or neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work,the Contractor agrees to settle with such other Contractor or sub-contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub- contractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained,the Owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against such claim. C5-5.17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or to materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Twenty-four(24)hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure,the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice,, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of such costs, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor'. Upon the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents, and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the project all surplus or discarded materials, temporary structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work all be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished, and new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the contactor for any clean-up required on the project. C5-5.18 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the or provided for in and contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final cleanup performed,the Engineer ill notify the proper officials of the Owner and request that the Final in be made. Such inspection will be made within ten(10) days after such notification. After s'uch final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory,the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the to of final inspection of the work. Fort Worth water Departrnent C-28 General Conditions 1 1 1 f, SECTION LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC SPONS IL .Y 1' C6-6.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED: The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which.in y way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply with 1 orders,laws,ordinances, and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea of misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify d save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and 1 claims or liability ansing from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, f, regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees. 6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses,pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the e and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6.3 PATENTED DEVICES 1yIATEP.IALS AND PRQQESSES: If the contractor is frequired or desires to use any design,device,material, or process covered by Letter, patent, or copyright,he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreernent with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract prices shall include all royalties or cost `sing from the patents, trade-marks, and copyrights in ay involved in e work. e Contractor and his sureties shall i de 'fy and save harmless m a Owner from any and all claims for in.f mgernent by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material, or process, or any trade-mark or copyright in connection with the work agreed. to be performed under these Contract Documents, and shall indemnify the fawner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay for reason of such infringement at y time during the prosecution of the work, provided,however, that the Owner will assume the responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon y the design, type of construction or material or equipment specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such suits. C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce among his employees such regulations in regard to the cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend to prevent the inception spread of infectious or contagious diseases and to effectively prevent the creation or a nuisance about the work on any property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall e put into 1 immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for e of laborers on the work,properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained y the Contractor and theire shall be strictly enforced by e Contractor. All such facilities shall be kept free from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with. i Fort Worth water Department ®29 General Conditions C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment stored about the or shall be so placed and used, and the work shall at all times be son conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the engineer. The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his or in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including,but not limited to, safe and convenient ingress and egress to properly contiguous to the work area. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except dun. n.g actual trenching or pipe installation operation,at all driveway crossings. Such provisions may include bridging,placement of crushed stone or gravel, or such other me s of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic,with specific approval by the Engineer., If diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his own expense,provide all materials and perform all or necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer. The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in the construction of the work, shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes,police call boxes,water valves, gas valves, or manholes in the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to the attention, after twenty-four(24)hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when itshall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case,the cost of such work done or materials furnished by the Owner,or by the City-, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department, Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when a street or alley is requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible,and, when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are again placed back into service. NVhere the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges, or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams,his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the structures or such crossings. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and the use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and shrubs located in close proximity to or on the site of the work. Whenever any such damage may be done,the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of the property owners, and no payment will be made by Fort Worth Water Department C-30 General Conditions sff the Owner in settlement of the claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement showing all such claims adjusted. C6-6.6 PRIVELEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS. ALLEYS. AND RIGHT OF WAY: For performance o f the contract, the Contractor shall be penmitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other right- of-ways as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. A reasonable amount of tools,materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space,but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or stacked in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by railway tracks,the work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the Contractor,and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense. C6-6.7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way of any railway, the City shall secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the railway tracks are to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railway company as to the method of performing the work and take all precautions for safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway companies for permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City notice not less than five(5) days prior to the time of his intentions to begin the work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties. The Contractor will not be given.extra or additional compensation for such rail-way crossings unless specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS,AND WATCHMEN. Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall at his own fences, li is ger signals,gh and dan expense furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, f shall provide such watchmen,and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary. Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunnise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burnin,g light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on or into,any work under construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall fim-iish watchmen and keep them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident or damage. All installations and procedures shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways", Fort Worth Water DeTarftnenr C®31 General Conditions issued under the authority of the"State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways", codified as Article 6701d Veron's Civil Statutes,pertinent sections being as. 27,29, 30, and 3 1. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction,the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division,to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the perinanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. It the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the perm.anent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re-installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re-install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re-installation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible for all darnage to the work or the public due to failure of barn.cades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect the Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the or the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately,removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences, and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents,will be paid to the Contractor for the work and materials involved in the constructing,providing, and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or for salaries of watchmen, for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. C6-6.9 'USE OF EXPLOSIVES,,DROP,MMIGHT.,ETC.: Should the Contractor elect to use explosives, drop weight, etc., in the prosecution of the work,the utmost care shall be exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify the proper representative of any public service corporation, any company, individual, or utility,and the Owner,not less than twenty-four(24)hours in advance of the use of any activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the work. Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project,as specified in the Special Construction Docurnents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four(24)hours prior to commencing and Fort Worth Water Department C-32 General Conditions i shall R=sh evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages 1, and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives.. All claims arising out of the use of explosives shall be investigated and a written report made by the Contractor's insurers to the Engineer with" ten ( )days after receipt o written notice of the claim to the Contractor from either the City or the claimant. The City shall proceed to give notice to the Contractor of any such claim.. The use of explosives may be suspended by the Engineer if any complaint is received and such use shall not be resumed until the cause of the complaint has been addressed. Whenever explosives are stored,or kept, they shall be stored in a safe and secure.manner and all storage places shall be plainly marked"DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES" shall e under the care of a competent watchmen at all times. All vehicles in which explosives are being transported shall be plainly marked as mentioned above and shall., insofar as possible,not use heavy traffic routes. G C -6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, thr ough, or into private property,the Owner will provide such right-of-way easement privileges as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights-of-way or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his own expense. Such additional rights-of-way or work are shall be acquired for the benefit of e City. The Cityshall be notified in iting as to the rights so acquired before work bens in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any f purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. The Contractor will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a coy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided otherwise, the Contractor shall clear1 rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project construction operations. e Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use every precaution to prevent damage to all trees, shrubbery,plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements,provements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, and to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences, and to all other public or private property along or kr adjacent to the work- The Contractor s 1 notify proper representatives of owners or occupants of public or private lands or interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall e made at least forty-eight )hours in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices n shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, f company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants,whose land or interest in land might be affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting,from any act,omission,neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to 1 defective work,material, or equipment. F Fort Worth war Department C-33 General Conditions s i �j When and where any direct or indirect injury is don to public or private property on account of any act, ornission,neglect, or misconduct of the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor,he all restore or have restored at his own cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done,by repairing,rebuilding, or otherwise replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner,or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer. All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project all be restored to the original,condition or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed,the Contractor shall set cross braced posts on either side of permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross braced posts provided,at the permanent easement,limits,before the fence is cut. Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight,and/or at all times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal,temporary closures, and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various its bid in the project proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property to make good such damage or injury,the Owner may, on forty-eight(48)hours written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results,proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. C6-6.11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the Contractors perform all or and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant or employee of the Owner. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of all the or and services performed hereunder,and all persons performing same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, and invitees. The doctrine of respond eat superior shall not apply as between the Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership orjoint enterprise between the Owner and Contractor. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor covenants and agrees to and does hereby indemnify, of harmless and defend, at its own expense, Owner, its officers,agents, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss or damage and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of whatever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of Fort Worth Water Department C-34 General Conditions f r, �^ or in connection with, directly or indirectly,the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers,agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LISCENSEES, AND INVITEES OF THE CITY; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of City, its officers, agents, servants and employees for any and all claims or suits for proper,ty loss or damageand/or personal injury, including death.,to any and all persons, of whatsoever kind of character, whether real or 1 asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees and invitees,WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY THE ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF THE OFFICERS,AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES AND INVITEES OF THE CITY. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to,and does hereby indemnify and holdharmless the City from and against any and all injuries, f damage, loss or destruction to property of the City during the performance of any of the terms and conditions of the Contract,WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR IN �I CONNECTION WITH OR RESULTING FROM, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY AND ALL ALLEGED ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE OFFICERS,AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVItEES OF THE OWNER. 1 In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or subcontractors remains settled at the time 1 work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended to the Director of the Water Department for a period of thirty(3 ) days after the date of such inspection,unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved. If the claims concerned remains a` unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in ount equal to the dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor ansmg out of performance of such wore and such semi-final payment may be reco . ended by the Director. e Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that: A. e claim.has been settled and a release has beenobtained e claimant involved, or i �r w Fort Worth Water Department C-35 General Conditions r B. Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims,andYr such good faith efforts have failed. If condition(A) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition(B) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director may recommend that final payment to the Contractor be made. At the expiration of the six month period,the Director may recommend that firlal payment be made if all other work has been performed and all other obligations to the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. The Director may,if he deems it appropriate,refuse to accept bids on other Water Department Contract or from a Contractor against who a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation for any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner,he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage,make a written statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the month succeeding that in which any such damage is clairned to have been sustained,the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account,receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless such statements all be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for compensation shall be waived,and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such damages. PUBLIC UTILITIES: In case it is necessary to change,move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be necessary by the performance of this contract. C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIQNS: When existing sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain,at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or diversions. The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, all construct such troughs,pipes, or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage received from these temporary connections until such times as the penn.anent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service Fort Worth Water Department C-36 General Conditions and maintained under the Contract, except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be 1 adequately protected. C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT D CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY: When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any construction work.,he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery all be installed by the Contractor at his own expense. t e Contractor's responsibility in e use of all existing fire hydrants and/or valves is 6 detailed in Section E2-1.2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be at the regularly established rates° When meters are notused, the c harges, if any, will be as Gprescribed by the City Ordinance, or where no ordinance applies,pa3ment shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department. C6-6.17 USE OF A. SECTION OR.PORTION OF THE G Whenever, in e h opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the Engineer, and such usage all not be held to be in cep ce of said workor structure or any part thereof or as a waiver or any of the provisions these Contract Documents. All necessary repairs and removals of any section of the workso put into to defective materials or workmanship, equipment,or to deficient operations on the part of the Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his own expensed C6-6.18 CON CTOR S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents,the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or from y cause whatsoever,whether arising from the execution or non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild,repair,restore, and make good at his own expense all juries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove causes. C6-6.1.9 NO WAIVER OF LEGALRIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any order by e Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work, o any y p y 1 not operate a waiver of extension of time, or possession en i shall � Gany provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Fort Worth Water Depattment General Conditions C 37 o ons f f The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any power or authority granted thereunder,there shall be no liability upon the authorized representatives of the Own.ier, either personally or otherwise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort,Worth,an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04(H) of the Texas Limited Sales, excise, and Use Tax Act,the Contractor may purchase,rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuinig to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with the to Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exempfi.on certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provisions of State Comptroller's Ruling .0 11, and any other applicable to Comptroller rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owned improvement in a street right of way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20.04(H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act,the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. Limited Sale,Excise, and Use Tax permits and information can be obtained from: Comptroller of Public Accounts Sale Tax Division Austin, Texas Fort Worth Water Department C-38 General Conditions J SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION PROGRESS C,7-7°1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization,and with assistance of workman under his immediate superintendence,work of a value of not less than fifty(50)percent of the value embraced in the contract. If the Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents,he will not der any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed ed der these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees and workren.en.of the Contractor and shall be subject to the same requirements as to character and competency., The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times,when the work is in operation,be represented either in person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives. i C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractors all not assign, transl r, f sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights,ts, `t e, or interest in r to e same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by J resolution of the City Council and concurred in the Sureties. If I e Contractor does,without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey,o otherwise dispose of the contract or his right,title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm, or corporation, or does by 1 bankruptcy,voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any state, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled,unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract,and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the damages. i C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THEWORK: Prior to beginning any construction. operation,the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if requested by e Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in or diagram form, or a brief outlining in detail! and stepy step mannero prosecuting the work ordering. materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled time. There shall also be submitted le of estimated o is to be earned by the Contractor during each monthly pay estimate,period. e Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the time limit stated in se Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous manner and withsufficient equipment,materials,and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times specified in e Special Contract Documents. Any deviation from such sequencing shall b submitted to e Engineer or s approval. Contractor shall of proceed i deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the i Fort Worth water Deparnment C-39 General Conditions Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the full responsibility of the complete performance of the Contract. The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 "Extension of Time of Completion"of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time. C7-7.4 LIM [ATIONS OF OPERATIONS: The working operations all at all times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer,the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public right of way greater than is necessary for the proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on the additional section,or street. C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND_EDUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor if available. The Contractor may bring in from outside the City of Fort Worth his key man and his superintendent. All other workmen, including equipment operators,may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are careful, competent and fully qualified to perform the duties or tasks assigned to them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the or who, in the opinion of the Owner, shall misconduct himself or be found to be incompetent,disrespectful, intemperate, dishonest, or otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper performance of his or their duties, or who neglects or refuses to comply with or carry out the directions of the Owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without written consent of the Engineer. All workmen all have sufficient skill,ability, and experience to properly perform the work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the performance of the assigned duties. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is considered to be necessary for prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment,tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the or shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition. Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work, workmeu or adjacent property will result from its use. C7-7.6 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting with the first day of work completed as defined in CI-1.23 "WORKING DAY" or the to stipulated in the "WORK ORDER"for beginning work,whichever comes first. Fort Worth Water Department C®40 General Conditions Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holidays,providing that the following requirements are met: A. A request to or on a specific Saturdayt,Sunday, or Legal Holiday must be made to the Engineer no later than the preceding Thursday. B. Any work to be done on the project on such a specific Saturday, Sunday, ore Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer, essential to the timely completion of the project. The Engineer's decision shall be final in response to such a request for approval to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation.will be allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such specific Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holiday. Calendar Days shall be defined in C 1-1.24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires. C7-7.7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the or Order. Failure to do so all be considered by the Owner as abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees it. The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work w i'11 b e performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established M' such documents and such extension of time as may be properly authorized by the Owner. C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the time alleged cause of delay shall have occurred. Should an extension of time of completion,be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval. In adjusting the contract time or completion of the work-,consideration will be given.to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of an without the fault of negligence of the Contractor, including but not limited to acts of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, fire, flood,tornadoes, epidemics,quarantine restrictions, strikes,freight embargoes, or delays of sub-contractors due to such causes. When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid,a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time due to inability to obtain supplies and,materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery Fort Worth Water Department C®41 General Conditions on schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make delivery. If satisfactory execution.and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents,then the contract time may be increased by Change Order. C7-7.9 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed,a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by him found correct shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineer to stop work, or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide materials or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall,however,be subject to the approval of the City Council; and no such extension.of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential element of the contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the Proposal the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the Proposal section of the Contract Documents. The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, or the increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically increased by additional or or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule,unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents,will be deducted from monies due the Contractor,not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner. Fort Worffi Water Department C-42 General ConcUtions I AMOUNTOF CONTRACT CT Less than $5,000 inclusive$35.00 $5,001 to $15,000 inclusive $45.00 $15,001 to $25,000 inclusive $63.00 $25,001 t $50,000 inclusive $105.00 $50,001. to 100,000 inclusive $154.00 00,001 to $ 00,000 inclusive 1 .0 $500,001 to $1,000,000 inclusive $315.00 $1,000,001 to $2,000,000, inclusive $420.00 $2,000,000 and over $630.00 e parties hereto understand and agreee City caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, and that e"Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is a reasonable forecast ofjust compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7.11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend operations on such or parts of the work ordered by any court, and will not be entitled t additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the city in the event the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not f solely responsible. C7-7.12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem 6 necessary a to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unfavorable conditions 1 which in e opinion,of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to it e unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension of work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra payment forstand-by time of construction equipmentand/or construction crews. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period,the Contractor s store l materials ° c manner t they ill not obstruct r impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in y way, and he shall take every precaution t prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed;he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, as set forth Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THE TIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be 1 deternimed by mutual,consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time,then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer tat I' r m i f Fort Worth Water Department C-43 General Conditions construction.may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed, No reimbursement shall be allowed.if the equipment,is moved to another construction project for the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall not suspend or without written notice from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly, when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONT U.CTDUE TO_NATIONAL EMERGENCY- Whenever,because of National Emergency, so declared by the President of the United States or other'Lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months,the Contractor shall within seven days notify the City in writing,giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary-items of labor,materials,and equipment not obtainable. If, after investigations, the Owner in such conditions existing and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contract, then if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort, assist the Contractor in procuring and making available the necessary labor,materials, and equipment within thirty days, the Contractor may request the Owner to terminate the contract and the Owner shall comply with-the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement,which shall include,but not be limited to,the payment for all work executed,but no anticipated profits on work which has not been performed. C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT: The or operations on all or any portion or section of the or under contract shall be suspended immediately upon written order of the Engineer or the contract may be declared cancelled by the City,Council for any good and sufficient cause. The following,by way of example,but not of limitation,may be considered grounds for suspension or cancellation: A. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the or Order issued by the Owner. B. Substantial evidence that the progress of the or operations by the Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. C. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations. D. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work.. E. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent.or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry out the work satisfactorily. Fort Worth Water Department C-44 General Conditions l F. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner prodded for in e Contract Documents. G. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or worlananship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writingy the Engineer or the Owner. H. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or . fraud.on e i construction of work. perpetrating under contract. I. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized �y assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose. J. If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working operation in an acceptable manner. Ie Contractor commences legal action against the Owner. oA copy of the suspension order or action of the City Councils all be served on the Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the contract is cancelled,the Contractor shall discontinue the workr such thereof as the Owner shall designate,whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and may perform the same or may,withthe written consent of the Owner, sublet the workr that portion work as taken over,prodded however, that the Sureties shall exercise theiroption,if 1, within o weeks after e written notice to discontinue or has been serer upon Contractor and the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in such event shall assume the contractor's place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contact Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within e herein above specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which.the Owner has ordered by the Contractor to discontinue,then the Owner shall have the power to complete,by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such part thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the Owner shall have the right to take possession of an use any materials,plants,tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials,labor, and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of Fort Worth Water Department -45 General Conditions said contract expense for labor,materials,tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the Owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the or completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work. In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner,by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor all continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the to of the Contract Documents in such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as having been fulfilled, save as provided.in any bond or bonds or by law,when all the work and all sections or parts of the project oovered by the Contract Documents have been finished and completed, the fmal inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and fmal payment made by the Owner. C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: A. Notice of Termination: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section,whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. Any such termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination is to become effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the Owner. Further, itshall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner, regarding such discretionary action, B. Contractor Action: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer,the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination. 2. Place no her orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated. Fort Worth Water Department C-46 General Conditions 3. Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the perf6rmance of work terror hated by the notice of termination. 4. Transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer. a. The fabricated or un-fabricated part, work in process, completed work, supplies, and other material produced as part of, or acquired in connection with, the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination., b. The completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the contract had been completed, would have been required to be fimushed by the Owner. 5. Complete performance of such part of the or as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination. ® Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Engineer may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Owner has or may acquire the rest. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list,certified as to the quantity and quality of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by the Engineer. Not later than 15 days thereafter,the Owner shall accept title to such items provided,that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of the it or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list, as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.. C. Termination Claim: Within 60 days after notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60 day period or authorized extension thereof, any an all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived.. D. Amounts: Subject to the provision if to C7-7.16, the Contractor and Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant hereto;provided,that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as Fort Worth Water Department C-47 General Conditions further reduced by the contract price of or not terminated. The contract shall 0010"I'll, be amended accordingly,and the Conti-actor shall be paid the agreed.amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. Nothing in C7-7.16 hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit,restrict, or otherwise determine or a the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph.. E. Failure to Aimee: In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7.16(D)upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work on the basis of information available to it,the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. F. Deductions: In arriving at the amount due the contractor. (under this section,there shall be deducted(a) all un-liquidated advance or other paymen.ts on account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion. of this contract; (b) an y claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and(c)the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of, any materials, supplies, or other things kept by the Contractor or of pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. G. Adjustment: If the termination hereunder be partial,prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of the contrac4 the Contractor may file with the Engineer a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or price specified ® the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract(the portion not terminated by the notice of termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; nothing contained herein, however, all limit the right of the Owner an d the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. No Limitation of Ri&Ls: Nothing contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this contract under C7-7.14 hereof entitled"Suspension of Abandonment of the Work and Amendment of Contract'' or any other right which Owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor. C7-7.17 RACTICES: The Contractor shall be responsible -5AEE.TY METHODS AND P. for initiating,maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for their enforcement. Fort Worth Water Department C-48 General Conditions G The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage in connection with the work. i ti F k' i f Fort o at Department C-49 General Conditions J J SECTION C8-8 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8.1 MEASURMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the to of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer, based on measurements made by the Engineer. These:measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will be the actual length, area, solid contents,numbers,and weights of the materials and items installed. C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a"Unit Price"is set forth, the said"Unit Price"shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor,tools,materials, machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. The"Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, surface,and underground structures, cleanup, finished,overhead expense,bond, insurance, patent fees,royalties, risk due to the elements and other causes, delays,profits, injuries,damage claims,taxes, and a other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place an in a satisfactory condition of operation. C8-83 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a"Lump Sinn."is set forth,the said"Lump Sum" shall represent the to cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor,, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary or necessary for the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans. C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation, as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor,tools, materials, and incidentals for perfibrining all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or form the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in Paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expense incurred by or in consequence of suspension.or discontinuance of such prosecution of the Working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements or patents,trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the to of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estim ate prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct,renew, or replace at his own and proper expense, any defects Fort Worth Water Department C-,50 General Conditions or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or duality of the material used or equipment and machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects,which defects, imperfection, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or during the one year tee period after final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, d the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND TAINAGE: Between the I"and 5 day or each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the work done during the previous month, or estimate period under the Contract Documents. Not later than the IOh day of the month the Engineer shall verify such estimate, and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars in amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is less am $400,000, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor,if the total contract amount is $400,000 or greater within twenty-five(25)days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimated on form furnished y the City. The partial estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work,which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part Jy thereof, t been s allowed on a bass of 8 % of the net invoice value e C such Contractor payment will on tor. shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial,estimates. It is understood that the partial estimate from month to month will be approximate only, and all partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimates rendered,following the discovery of an error in y previous estimate, and such estimate shall not, in any respect,be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its duality of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. e City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any.monthly estimate if the Contractor fails to perform,the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or provisions of this contract. C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PA ENT® Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C8-83 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in iting that the improvements are ready for the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within reasonable Fort Worth Water Department C-51 General Conditions I time make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory,in an acceptable condition, and has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof,the Engineer will initiate the processing of the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment thereof as outlined in C8-8.8 below. C8-8.8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions ® the final payment. The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sum that have been deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents,will be paid to the Contractor within 60 days after final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution of the City Council,provided the Contractor has furnished to the Owner satisfactory I evidence of payment as follows: prior submission of the final estimate for payment, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, as ftimisbed by the City, certifying that all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing labor and/or,materials have been paid in fall,that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the Owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or finuished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent Engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is,therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the Contract Documents,the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of the completed project,provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all approved additions and alterations thereto. Fort Worth Water Department C-52 General Conditions i C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTEE: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall fumish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guarantee as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Q-8.11 SUBSIDIARY PTO y and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents, or the Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid item. Surface restoration,rock excavation, and clean-up are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary,work. C8-8.12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be y ,rya allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by e Engineer,depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement o material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one- tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with e General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. C8- .13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications,plans, addenda,modifications, shop drawings, and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work. Fort Worth Water Department C-53 General Conditions f 1[ 4, 1 F r l' �I ((i f 4 r� 'A►RT CS E, u J 4 . u' r c I i R r I', I 1 SECTION Cl: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS A. General These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. Provisions F which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and affect. B. C8-8.5 PARTIAL EST TES AND RETAINAGE: Page C — O, should be deleted i its entirety and replaced with the following: Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor or prepared by the City on the 5th day and 20th day of each month that the work is in progress. The estimate shall be proceeded by the City on the 10th day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid within 25 days following the end of the estimate period, less the appropriate rctainage as set out below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered, to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof,but which at the time of the pay estimate have not been so installed. If such materials are included within a pay estimate,ate,payment shall be based upon 85% of the net voice value thereof The Contractor will furnish the Engineer such information as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate. For contracts of less t $400,000 at the time of execution, ret ° age shall be ten per cent 0%a). For contracts o 400,000 or more at the time execution,retainage shall be five percent(5%). 0 Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with the subcontract agreement within five (5) business days after receipt by Contractor of the payment by City. Contractor's failure to make the required payments to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold fia e payments from the Contractor until compliance with thisparagraph is accomplished. It is understood that the partial pay estimates will be approximate only, and all partial pay estimates and payment of same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of the mistake in y previous estimate. Partial payment by Owner for the amount of workdone or of its quality or sufficiency or acceptance of the work done; shall not release the Contractor of any of its responsibilities under, the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right t to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other provisions of this contract. a Part C - General Conditions: Paragraph C - . 1 of the General Conditions is deleted and 1 replaced with D-3of P - Special Conditions. C3-3.11_I INSURANCE:CEO Page 3-3 Oa Delete subparagraph " . LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING' Revised Pg. 1 0 /30/0 E. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLIT`Y FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS:Page C6-6 (8),is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and arcbitect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor' covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, fi-om and against any and all claims orsuits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor,its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not an such in&CL damage or death is caused, in whole or in gart, by the ngggLence or gtkLed ne,�ence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employm& Contractor likewise . covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Ownees officers, servants and employees and any dw.nage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not an such in&EE or dam Me is caused in whole or in part by the nCggLence or alleged nEggLence of Owner its o ffcers servants or eml!16Ltes. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment all not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or,a release from the claimant involved, or(b)provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids ono City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. F. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: Part C- General Conditions, Section C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK,Page C 4-4 (1),revise paragraph C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES to read as follows: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary� and the Contractor,shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices as established in the contract documents. No allowance will be made for any changes in lost or anticipated profits nor all such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions ons of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories all be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size but not to the various depth categories. Revised Pg. 2 09/30/02 G. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (7): Add subparagraph"h.ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQ1MLMENTS- a. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employees liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton. Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. g. Other than worker's compensation. insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. i. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner,to Citys officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. evised Pg. 3 9/30/02 1. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. in. Upon the request of City., Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. H. C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: Delete C8-8.4, Scope of Payment at page C8-8(l) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein provided, in full payment for fin-nishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the to of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery fin-nished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to Luc h defects, which defects, imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or during the two (2) year guaranty period after the final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. I. C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY:Delete C8-8.10,General Guaranty at page C8-8(4)is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents,nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two(2)years from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract Revised 09/30/02 R000-%,", which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Any reference to any shorter period of time of warranty contained elsewhere within the specifications shall be resolved in favor of this specifications, it being the City's intent that the Contractor guarantee its work for a period of two (2) years following the date of acceptance of the project. In the Special Instructions to Bidders, TPW contracts place the following in lieu of the existing paragraph 2. J. Part C -General Conditions, Section C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OFPROPO Page C2-2 (4) exchange paragraphs C2-2.7, C2-2.8 and C2-2.9 with the following: C2-23 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied.by its proper Bid Security,to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the"Notice to Bidders." It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project as designated in the"Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division,P.O. Box 17027, Fort Worth,Texas 76102. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for-die opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-considcration are opened and publicly read aloud,the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option,of the Owner,be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegrapluc communication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated, confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confinnation is not received within forty-eight(48)hours after the proposal opening time,no finther consideration will be given to the proposal K. C3-3.7 BONDS (CITY LET PROJECTS): Reference Part C, General Conditions, dated November 1, 1987; (City let projects)make the following revisions: Revised Pg. 5 09/30/02 I.Page C3-3(3);the paragraph after paragraph C3-3.7d Other Bonds should be revised to read: In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or(2)have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 2.Pg. C3-3(5)Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph"a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE". 3.Pg. C3-3(6),,Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph"g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING". L. RIGHT TO AUDIT: Part C - General Conditions, Section C8- ME EME YMENT,Page C8-8 (5), add the following: C8-8.14 RIGHT TO AUDIT: (a)Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three(3)years after final payment under this contract,have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents,papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City all give contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (b)Contractor further agrees to include ® all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall,until the expiration of three(3) years after final payment under the subcontract,have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books,documents,paper's and records of such subcontractor,:involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normalworking hours to all subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (c) Contractor and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse the Contractor for the cost of copies as follows: Revised 09/30/02 1. 5 0 copies and under- 10 cents per page 2,More than 50 copies - 85 cents for the first page plus fifteen cents for each page thereafter SITE PREPARATION: The Contractor shall clear rights-of-way or easements of obstruction which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of this project construction operations. The contractor's attention is directed to paragraph C6-6.10 work within easements,page C6-6(4), part C -General Conditions of the Water Department General Contract Document and General Specifications. Clearing and restoration shall be considered as incidental to construction and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe. iN. Reference Part C - General Conditions, Section C6-6.8 BARRICADES. WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: 1. Wherever the word Watchmen appears in this paragraph, it shall be changed to the word flagmen. 2. In the first paragraph, lines five(5) and six (6), change the phrase take all such other precautionary measures to take all reasonable necessary measures. 0., MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLLANCE: Reference Part C (General Conditions), Section C3-3.2 Entitled "MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLLANCE" shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise(MBE) and/or a Woman Business Enterprise(WBE)on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books,records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or VVTBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation(other than negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than thee(3)years. Revised Pg. 7 0,91/30/02 P. WAGE RATES: Section C3-3.13 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with the following: (a)The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. (b)The contractor shall, for a period of three(3) years following the date of acceptance of the work,maintain records that show(i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and(ii)the actual per them wages paid to each worker. These records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Section C-1,L.Right to Audit(Rev. 9/30/02)pertain to this inspection. (c)The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs(a) and(b) above. (d)With each partial payment estimate or payroll period,whichever is less, an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code. 0 The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. flpp"010�%' Revised Pg. 8 09/30/02 PARTD j ,{ PART D Special Conditions D-1 General; Subject to modifications as herein contained,the Fort Worth Water Department's General Contract Documents and Specifications, effective July 1, 1978,with the latest revisions are made a part of the Contract Documents for this project. The Plans, Special Conditions and Provisions Documents, and the rules,regulations,requirements,instructions, drawings or details referred to by manufacturer's name,number or identification included therein as specifying,referring or implying product control,performance,quality,or other shall be binding upon the Contractor. The specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative°, therefore,work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or shed in a faithful manner as though required by all. The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally,but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below: 1. Plans 2. Contract Documents 3. General Contract Documents and Specifications The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project and shall govern over i y conflicts with the General Contract Documents under the provisions stated above. D-2 Pre-Construction Conference and Submittals . A pre-construction conference shall be held with representatives of the following agencies: City Water Department, interested utilities such as electricand/or telephone, Engineer,and the successful Contractor. Submittals at time of pre-construction meeting shall include(but not li . ®ted)to. Contractors Work Plan and Schedule Disposal Site for Waste Material Information Sub-Contractor Identification Trench and Shoring Safety Design ' Dame and number of responsible person for off hour emergencies Project Schedule Pump Station Shut-Down Schedule The pre construction conference is intended as a forum between the Contractor and the f appropriate city staff to go over the project in detail and to afford the Contractor the Fort Worth Water Department D—1 Special Conditions opportunity to submit all the required documents listed above. If the Contractor fails to submit any of the required documents, the Contractor shall not be allowed to begin work; however, contract time shall be as stipulated in this paragraph. D-3 Pro lectDesignation: Construction under these Special Documents shall be performed under the Fort Worth Water Department Project Designations: MANSION OF THE CONIC PLTMP STATION Water Project Number P264-607160019080 D-4 Time of Completigul: The Owner desires the Contractor to substantially complete the project within 290 calendar days. 'Substantial completion shall be defined as all work performed to place the new pump station in proper working order,with all pumps operational., Thereafter, final completion shall occur within 340 calendar days. Final completion shall consist of final acceptance of all work required under the contract. In the event that the Contractor fails to meet the substantial completion or the final completion date for the project, the Owner shall withhold money permanently form the Contractor's total compensation at the rate specified in Item C7-7.10 per calendar day as liquidated damages until substantial completion is met. D-5 Wage Rates: The labor classifications and minimum wage rates set forth herein have been predetermined by the City Council of the City of Fort WoTtb,Texas,in accordance with statutory requirements,as being the prevailing classifications and rates that shall govern on all work performed by the Contractor or any sub-contractor on the site of the project folio wing rates of covered by these Contract Documents. In no event shall less than the f wages be paid. Where conflicts exist between two wage rate tables, use higher rate. PREVAILING WAGE RATE FOR 2000—HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION HOURLY RATE Asphalt Raker $10.32 Asphalt Shoveler $9.75 Batching Plant Weigher '$9.65 Carpenter(Rough) $13.64 Concrete Finisher-Paving $10.16 Concrete Finisher Helper(Paving) $9.70 Concrete Finisher-Structures $13.44 Flagger $7.00 Form Builder-Structures $13.44 Form Setter-Paving&Curbs $10,25 Form Setter-Structures $9.75 Fort Worth Water Department D-2 Special Conditions 1 + Laborer Common $7.64 Laborer-Utility $8.64 Mechanic $13.25 Servicer $10.13 Pipe Layer $7.35 Pipe Layer Helper $6.75 Asphalt Distributor Operator $11.45 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $11.0 Concrete Paving Saw $10.53 Crane, Cla shell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel (C 1 1/2 CY) $10.O0 Crane,Clashell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline,Shovel (> 1 1/2 CY) $11.52 Front End Loader(2 1/2 CY&less) $9.94 Front End Loader(over 2 1/2 CY) $9.32 Milling Machine Operator $8.00 Mixer $11.00 Motor Grader Operator(FineGrade) $12.31 Motor Grader Operator $13.75 Pavement Marking Machine $11.00 Roller,Steel Wheel Plant-Mix Pavements $9.88 Roller,Steel Wheel Other Flatwheel or Tamping $12.12 Roller,Pneumatic,Self-Propelled Scraper $8.02 Traveling Mixer $10.00 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Paving) $9.75 Truck Driver-Single Axle(Light) $8.00 Truck Driver-Tandem Axle Semi-Trailer $10.22 Truck Driver-Lowboy/Float $10.54 Truck Driver-Transit Mix $10.63 Truck Driver-Winch $9•80 City of Fort Worth Building and Construction Trades Pre`►ailing Wage Rates for 2000 Classifications Hourly Rates Air Condition Mechanic $15.98 `r Condition Mechanic Helper $10.75 Acoustic Ceiling Installer $14..02 Acoustic Ceiling Installer Helper $10.88 Asbestos Worker $10.50 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $17.21 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $10.16 Carpenter $13.92 Carpenter Helper $10.38 Concrete Finisher $12.68 Concrete Finisher Helper $9.73 Concrete Form Builder $11.97 Concrete Form Builder Helper $9.42 Drywall Taper $11.33 'Drywall Taper Helper $8.00 Electrician Journeyman $17.4 Electrician Helper $11.30 Electronic Technician $12.50 Electronic Technician Helper $8.50 Floor Layer(Carpet) $17.00 Floor Layer(Resilient) $16.00 Floor Layer Helper $13.50 Fort Worth Water Department D-3 Special Conditions Glazier .$15.02 Glazier Helper $10.90 Insulator $12.04 Insulator Helper $9.40 Laborer Common $7.85 Laborer Skilled $10.35 Lather $14.00 Lather Helper $11.00 Metal Building Assembler $10.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $8.70 Painter $12.83 Painter Helper $8.35 Pipefifter $17.60 Ppefitter Helper $10.18 Plasterer $16.00 Plasterer Helper $11.00 Plumber $16.91 Plumber Helper $9.75 Reinforcing Steel Setter $10.40 Roofer $11.87 Roofer Helper $8.33 Sheet Metal Worker $14.45 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $9.57 Sheetrock Hanger $12.45 heetrock Hanger Helper $9.64 Sprinkler System Installer $16.87 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $10.13 Steel Worker Structural $11.36 Steel Worker Structural Helper $8.80 Welder $14.70 Welder Helper $11.74 HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Crane,Clamshell, 8ackhoe, Derrick, Dragline,and Shovel $12.50 Forklift Operator .$9.63 Foundation Drill Operator $13.00 Front End Loader Operator $11.22 Truck Driver $10.31 D-6 Contractor Comg1jance With W2rkers ryCoMRensatiou Laws • Contractor's Worker's Compensation Ins ce. Contractor agrees to vide to the p Owner(City) a certificate shoving that it has obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project in compliance With state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section. B: Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor Who Will perform Work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of Workers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project. Contractor Fort Worth Water Dep t -4 special Conditions a y; will not permit any subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificate to the Owner(City). . Workers Compensation Insurance Coverage 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage("®certificate"): A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate o authority to self=insure issued by the Texas Workers"Compensation Commission,or a coverage agreement(TWCC-81, TWCC-82,TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers"compensation,insurance coverage for the person"s or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the Project: Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractors/persons work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor")includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project,regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes,without limitation, ,0 independent contractors, subcontractors,leasing companies,motor carriers,owner- operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include,without limitation, providing,hauling,or defivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to aproject. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors,office supply deliveries,and delivery of portable toilets. . The contractor shall provide coverage,based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services of the project,for the duration of the project. . The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract, . If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must,prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been j extended. f 5. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City: Fort Worth Water Deparhnent D—5 Special Conditions (a) a certificate of coverage,prior to that person beginning work on the project,so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b)n, o later than seven days after receipt by the contractor,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the pmject. 6. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten(10) days after the contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. -8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice,in the text,-form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers Compensation Commission,informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered,and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: (a)provide coverage,based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011(44)for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b)provide to the contractor,prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the proj ect; (c)provide the contractor,prior to the end of the coverage period,a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d)obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning work on the project;and Fort Worth Water Department D-6 Special Conditions j f (2) anew certificate'of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e)retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. (o notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within ten(10) days after the person knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as t required by paragraphs (a)-( ),with the certificates of coverage to be provided t } the person for whom they are providing services. 10.By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,the contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements I' will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self�i.nsured,with the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission's Division of Self-Insurance regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative Jpenalties,criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. 11 The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. . Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements posed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 3 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text,without any additional words or changes- D WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services.related to this construction project must be covered y worker's compensation,insurance. 's includes persons providing,hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing Fort Worth Water Department D 7 Special Conditions j labor or transportation or other service related to the project,regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". "Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage,to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage,or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. D-7 Additional In surance Requirements A. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an, additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employees liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers'compensation insurance policy. B. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. C. Any failure on part of the City torequest required insuran ce documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specifiedherein. D. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy teens or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. E. Insurers must be authorized to do' business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. R Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. G. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage, H. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees em,ployed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. I. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. Fort Worth Water Department D—8 Special Conditions J. Contractor's insiiran6e, policie's Shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. K. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report,in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. L. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. M. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. D-8 Coordination with Fort Worth Water Department: During the construction of this project; it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing sewer mains. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those mains. D-9 Damage to Private Property The Contractor shall immediately repair or replace any damage to private property, including but not limited to fences,walls,pavement and water and sewer services, at no cost to the Owner. This shall be subsidiary to the contract and not a pay item. D-10 Project Designation Sign. Project Sips are required at all locations which will be under construction for more than .thirty(30)calendar days. Project Signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30(dated 9- 18-96) of the General Contract Documents. The signs may be mounted on skids or on,, posts. The exact location and methods of mounting shall be approved by the Engineer. Any and all costs for the required materials,labor,and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. D-11 Traffic Control The Contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic control during construction of this project consistent with the provisions set forth in the"1980 Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways"issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways",codified as Article 701d Vernon's Civil Statutes,pertinent sections being Section Nos 27, 29, 30, and 3 . Fort Worth Water Department ®9 Special Conditions The Contractor shall execute this work in such a manner as to create a minimum of interruption to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to allow flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic within the prof area. Barricades,warning, and detour signs shall conform.to the Standard Specifications for Street and to Drain Construction, "Barriers and Warning and/or Detour Signs", Item 524, and/or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which may be erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, (817-871-8075)to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs,the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly of if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re- installed,the Contractor shall again contact the Sign,s and Markings Division to re-install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re-installation is complete. D-12 Existing Utilities: The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures.However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all existing utilities, service lines,or other property crossed or exposed by his construction operations. Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for the support, protection,relocation, and or temporary relocation of all utility poles, gas lines,telephone cables,utility services, water mains, sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables,drainage pipes,and all other utilities and structures both above and below and during construction® The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection and or temporary relocation of such facilities shall be included in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut,broken or damaged,the Contractor shall replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or better,unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense, The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or Fort Worth Water Department D-10 Special Conditions /r service line.He shall cooperate with the owners of all utilities to locate"existing underground facilities and notify the Engineer at once of any conflicts in grades and alignment. In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits o the project for the purpose of making such changes or repairs, of their property that may e made necessary by perforniance of this contract. D-13 ExRloratoKy Excavations;: In addition to those areas as may be designated on the Drawings,it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to excavate and locate existing utilities which may affect . construction of the water and/or sewer facilities.All exploratory excavations shall occur far enough in advance to permit any necessary relocation to be made with minimum delay. All costs incurred by the Contractor in making exploratory excavations shall be considered to be included in the unit price bid for constructing of water/sewer line or the associated structures. D-14 Safety Restrictions,—Work Near High voltage Lines The following procedures will be followed regarding the subject item on this contract: � l. When necessary to notification shall be erk within six feet ven the power corn f high voltage electric lines, no given p company(T who will erect 'temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines,or raise or lower the lines. The work done by the electric company shall not be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to T , and shall record action taken in each case. 2. The Contractor is responsible for making arrangements with TXU for the relocation of existing high voltage lines at the Contractor's sole expense® D45 Water Far ConstrMet on Water for construction shall be furnished by the City at no expense to the Contractor® Contractor shall be required to secure the use of a fire hydrant meter. D-16 Connection of Existing Mains: The Contractor shall determine the exact location, elevation,configuration and angulation of existing water or sanitary sewer lines prior to manufacturing of the connecting piece. Any f between the contract drawing s and what may be a on, and or atuan of existing lines differences locations elevation configuration, g encountered in the said work shall be Fort Worth Water Department D—11 Special Conditions considered as incidental to construction. Where it is required to shut down existing mains in order to make proposed connections,such down time shall be coordinated with the Engineer,and all efforts shall be made to keep this down time to a minimum. In case of shutting down an existing main,the Contractor shall notify the project inspector at least 48-hours prior to the required shut down time. The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE,Page C5-5(5),PART C- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE WATER DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall notify the customer both personally and in writing as to the location,time, and schedule of the service interruption. The cost of removing any existing concrete blocking shall be included in the cost of connection. Unless bid separately all cost incurred shall be included in the linear foot price bid for the appropriate pipe size. D-17 Trench Excavation,Backfill. and CoWRaction Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways,gravel surface roads, Within easements,and within existing or future right of wayshall be in accordance with Section E 1-2 Backfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Specifications except as specified herein: A. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if the stated maximurn trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise,the Contractor will be required to support the pipe with an approved trench bottom. The expense of such remedial measures shall be entirely the Contractor's own. All trenching operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights of way, permanent easements, and any temporary construction easements. All excavations shall be in strict cortipliance with OSHA requirements. B. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall be backfilled above the top of the embedment material with type"C"backfill material. Excavated material used for Type"C"backfill must be mechanically compacted unless the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples of soils in all involved areas. If excavated material is obviously granular in nature,containing little or no plastic material,the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See El-2.3,Type "C"or'T)"Backfill, and E2-2.11 Trench Back fill for additional requirements. When Type"C"backfill is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer,Type"B"backfill material shall be used. In general, sand material specified shall be obtained from an approved source and shall consist of durable particles, free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, loarr4 or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation: Fort Worth Water Department D—12 Special Conditions k Sieve Size %Retained #4 0-5 #16 0-20 #50 '0—50 #100 60—95 #200 90 100 C. TRENCH COMPACTION® All trench backfill shall be in lifts per E2-2.9 Backfill. Trenches which lied outside of existing or future pavements shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Density(ASTM D69 )by paeans of tamping. Trenches which lie under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per details to 100%Standard Proctor Density by jetting,mechanical tamping,or a combination of methods. Backfill material to be mechanically tamped must be within+-4%of its optimum moisture content. The top two (2) feet of trenches may be rolled in with heavy equipment,provided it is placed in lifts appropriate to the material being used and the operation can be performed without damage to the installed pipe. The Contractor shall obtain the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform trench compaction tests per ASTM standards on trench backfill. Soil densities shall be t< performed at two (2) foot vertical intervals beginning at a level two(2)feet above the top of the installed pipe and continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals along the trench not to exceed 100 linear feet. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing access and trench safety system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No extra compensation will be allowed for exposing the backfill layer to be tested or providing trench safety system for tests. D-18 Valve Blocking All buried valves shall have concrete blocking'for support. Valves shall have polyethylene wrapping per Material Specification E1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13 installed prior to concrete blocking. No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved with this item and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the lump sum price for buried valves. D-19 Detectable Warning Take Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a pipe detector shall be installed directly above non-metallic water or sanitary sewer pipe. The detectable tape shall be"Detect Tape"manufactured by Allen Systems Inc., or approved equal, and shall consist of a minimum thickness of 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a protective inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acids,chemical reagents, and solvents found in soil. The minimum overall thickness of Fort Worth Water Department D—13 Special Conditions the tape shall be 5.5 mils and the width shall not be less than 2 p ". The tape shall be color coded and imprinted with the following message as follows, Water Safety Blue Caution! Buried Water Line Below Sewer Safety Green Caution! Buried Sewer Line Below Installation of detectable tape shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be as close to the grade as practical for optimum protection and detectability. Allow a minimum of 1.8"between the tape and pipe. Payment for work such as backfill,bedding, blocking, detectable tape,and all other appurtenances required shall be considered Subsidiary to the cost of pipe installation. D-20 Disposal ofSpoil/Fill Material: Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill material,the contractor shall advise the Director of the Department of Engineering, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator("Administrator"),of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth(Ordinance No. 11517). All disposal I ites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit® A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of f necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the contractors disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Peirnit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at contractors' expense. In the event that the contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of the Department of Engineering, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. D-21 TeMgorM Soil Erosion, Sedimen:Land Water Pollution Prevention Control A. DESCRIPTION: Temporary soil erosion, sediment, and water pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the contract shall be placed by the Contractor. These measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The temporary measures shall include dikes,dams,berms,sediment basins,fiber mats,jute netting, temporary seeding, straw mulch, asphalt mulch,plastic liners,rubble liners,baled hay retards, slope drains, and other devices. B. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible earth material Fort worth Water Department D—14 Special Conditions f i ff: t . posed by'preparing of riot of way and le i g"and grabbing and shall direct the Contractor to provide temporary pollution control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams,other water courses, lakes,ponds, or other areas of water impoundment. Temporary pollution control measures shall be used to prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of permanent pollution control installations. The Engineer shall limit the area of preparing of right o*f way,clearing and grubbing, excavation, and borrow to be proportional to the Contractor's capability and progress. e Con for shall also confo to the fcllowin pr tices and con ls: 1. Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams. f 2. Frequent fording of live streams will not be permitted,therefore, temporary bridges or other structures shall be used. 3. When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams,such areas shall be separated from the stream y a dike or other barrier to keep sediment from entering a flowing stream. C. SUBMITTAL: Prior to start of the applicable construction,the Contractor shall submit for approval his schedules for accomplishment of soil erosion control work and his plan to keep the area of erodible soil to a minimum. No work shall be started until the erosion control schedules have been submitted and reviewed by the Engineer. .D. PA All labor,tools,equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work under Temporary Water Pollution Control will not be paid tly but will be "considered to be subsidiary to the work under various items within the contract. D-22 Protection of Trees, Plants, and Soil: All property along and adjacent to the Contractor's operations including lawns,yards, shrubs,trees, etc. shall be preserved or restored, after completion of the work,to a condition equal to or better than existed prior to the start of work. y ordinance,the Contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work (trimming, removal, or root pruning)can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public property including street Rights-of-Ways and designated alleys. This permit can be obtained by calling the Forestry Office at 871- 738. All tree work shall be in compliance with pruning standards for Class II Pruning as described by the National Arborist Association. A copy of these standards can be provided by calling e above number. Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the Contractor shall be assessed using Fort Worth Water Department D—15 Special Conditions e curre nt formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society o Arboriculture. Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City o Fort Worth and may be withheld from fiends due the Contractor by the City. To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. This is the only instance :when pruning paint is recommended. o separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for this item and all costs incurred will be considered a subsidiary cost of the project. i.. Jh, Fort Worth Water Department —16 Special Conditions PART E The following specifications were prepared under my direction: Division 1, Divis' n ,Division 11,Division 15, and Section 10400. F ' � 9 MARK ............I.................. 847, ENS Mark S. Milim,P.E. HDR ENGINEERING, INC. The following specification was prepared under my direction: SectioRO . 051 ,05313, 05505 and 07190 AD �,� ® F� AF��.•• 6ii SAiGGI ........ . . i^ G Zeev Sagi,P.E. HDR ENGINEERING, INC. , The following specifications were prepared under my direction: Division 4,Division 6,Division 8,Division 9 Sections: 03482,03540, 05425, 05800, 07210, 07600, 07605, 07900, 10800 & 10802 Karl A. Komatsu KOMATSU ARCHITECTURE f' The following specifications in were prepared under m direction: E � g P P P Y Sections 10200, 15090, 15183, 15605, 15890, and 15990 of tF�s ............. V. K. C ;^ SS�oNALV- "A^ 5�%,1 VK Gupta, P.E. GUPTA &ASSOCIATES The following specifications in were prepared under my direction: Sections 13440, 13441, 13442, 13446, 13448, and 13500. tiS OF ff tit Cape.. i......................':* , 'ANTHONY MOROH ;.�.....95793......: R ............ �'►�� llf°'�f M'�+IVA�f��S4n��L Anthony Mbroh,P.E. GUPTA&ASSOCIATES The following specihcations in were prepared under mydirection: All Sections in Division 16. OF M ...........:.... i •ROBERI A.)NILLiA"I& r P.. ..................... �/i 553 A ' Robert Williams,P.E. GUPTA&ASSOCIATES m, 1 2001/09/14 2 SECTION 01 060 . . SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE f A A preconstruction conference shall be held slier award of Contract.Engineer will notify the 7 Contractor as to the date and time of the conference 2 weeks in advance of the proposed date. Contractor's Project Manager and Project Superintendent and Contractor's Subcontractor Representatives shall attend. IC 1.2 PROJECT SIGNS I A. Furnish and install the following si 1 1. Owner's standard sign,see Figure 30 referenced in Part D=Special Conditions. 13 B. Install in location approved by Owner. 14 C. Signs not listed in this Specification permitted only upon approval of Owner. 1 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT'S FIELD OFFICE it The Contractor is not required to establish a field office for this project. Il B. If desired,a field office shall be established at site of Project at the field office location shown U I on the plans. 19 C. Equipment:Telephone,fax machine,mailing address,and sanitary facilities. 2q D. At this office,maintain complete field file of Shop s,posted Contract Drawings and 21 Specifications,and other files of field operations including provisions for maintaining"As 2 Recorded Drawings." 2 E. Remove field office from site upon acceptance of the entire work by the Owner. 2 F. Owner will provide potable water free of charge. 2 G. Contractor is responsible for plumbing and plumbing inspection all the way to the trailer. 2. , Sanitary sewer can be connected to the nearby manhole or 4-inch Sanitary Sewer line. 2 1.4 DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR USE 2 A. Refer to General Conditions. 2 B. Contractor shall pickup all"no-charge"documents within 10 days from date of Notice to 3 Proceed. 31 C. Additional documents after"no-charge"documents will be finished to Contractor at cost. 32 1.5 ORDER OF CONSTRUCTION AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3 Construction operations will be scheduled to allow the Owner uninterrupted operation of 3 existing adjacent facilities.Coordinate connections with existing work to ensure timely 3 completion of interfaced items. 3 B. At no time shall Contractor or his employees modify operation of the existing facilities or start construction modifications without approval of the Owner except in emergency to prevent or 3 minimize age. 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01 -1 I C. Within 10 days after award of Contract,submit for approval a critical path type schedule. i� 2 Account for schedule of Subcontracts.Include proper sequence of construction,various crafts, 3 purchasing time,Shop Drawing approval,material delivery,equipment fabrication,startup, 4 demonstration,and similar time consuming factors.Show on schedule as a minimum,earliest 5 starting,earliest completion,latest starting,latest finish,and free and total float for each task or 6 item. 7 D. Evaluate schedule no less than monthly. Update,correct,and rerun schedule and submit to 8 Engineer in triplicate with pay application to show rescheduling necessary to reflect true job 9 conditions. When shortening of various time intervals is necessary to correct for behind 10 schedule conditions,indicate actions to implement to accomplish work in shorter duration. 11 Information shall be submitted to Engineer in writing with revised schedule. 12 E. If Contractor does not take necessary action to accomplish work according to schedule, 13 Contractor may be ordered by Owner in writing to take necessary and timely action to improve 14 work progress.Owner may require increased work forces,extra equipment,extra shifts or other 15 action as necessary. Should Contractor refuse or neglect to take such action authorized,under 16 provisions of this contract,Owner may take necessary actions including,but not necessarily 17 limited to,withholding of payment and termination of contract. 18 F. Upon receipt of approved"Work Schedule,"within 10 days,submit to Engineer an estimated 19 payment schedule by each month of project duration.Include a composite curve to show 20 estimated value of work complete and stored materials less specified retainage.Establish key 21 months when work will be 50, 80,90,and 100 percent complete.During the course of work, 22 update with new composite curves at key months or whenever variation is expected to be more 23 than plus or minus 10 percent.Retain original or previous composite curves as dashed curves on 24 all updates.Include a heavy plotted curve to show ACTUAL payment curve on all updates. 25 1.6 PROJECT PHOTOGRAPHS 26 A. At least once each month during construction of the Work,provide a professional photographer 27 to take progress pictures as directed by Engineer.Furnish three(3)glossy prints(approximately 28 4 x 6 IN)and a negative for each picture taken,with all rights of reproduction,to Owner.Each 29 set of prints and negatives shall be placed in sleeves in a three ring binder. (3 binders total with 30 the negatives included with one set of prints). Furnish one copy of all photos digitally in a 31 format specified by the Engineer. Provide number of photographs as follows: 32 1. Thirty-six photos per month from notice-to-proceed through final acceptance. Photos shall 33 document the Work completed in the prior month and shall accompany monthly progress 34 reports. 35 B. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate photographer with Engineer's Field Representative. 36 C. Each photograph shall be labeled with a minimum of the following information: 37 1. Specific subject of the photograph. Where multiple subjects exist that are similar,the label 38 shall be specific enough to determine the particular subject in the photograph. 39 2. Proper date and time the photograph was taken. 40 3. Name of the individual taking the photograph. 41 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS 42 A. Construction Meetings: 43 1. The Engineer will conduct construction meetings involving: 44 a. Contractor's project manager. 45 b. Contractor's project superintendent. 46 c. Engineer's designated representative(s). 47 d. Contractor's subcontractors as appropriate to the work in progress. 48 2. Meetings will be conducted monthly. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01060-2 3. The Engineer will take meeting minutes and submit copies of meeting minutes to participants and designated recipients identified at the Preconstruction Conference. Corrections,additions or deletions to the minutes shall be noted and addressed at the following meeting. 4. The Engineer will schedule meetings for most convenient time frame. 5. The Engineer will have available at each meeting full chronological files of all previous meeting minutes. 1 6. The Contractor shall have available at each meeting up-to-date record drawings. S 1.8 TESTING A. Payment for Soil,Concrete and Other Testing: 1. Soils and concrete testing- Soils and concrete testing and the cost of testing associated with establishment of mix design are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1� 2. Other testing:Required testing,testing procedures,reports,certificates,and costs associated ij with all phases of securing required satisfactory test information which may be required by II individual sections of Specifications or Drawings are the fall responsibility of the Contractor. 17 1.9 VIDEO RECORDING EQUIPMENT I Provide full access to Owner or Owner's authorized representative to perform video recording of 15 construction activities,training sessions,start-up,trouble shooting,etc. 2( 1.10 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 21 A- Contractor shall be responsible for negotiations of any waivers or alternate arrangements required to enable transportation of materials to the site. 21 B. Maintain conditions of access road to site such that access is not hindered as the result of 21 construction related deterioration. 2f, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2f 2.1 MOBILITMATION 21 A. Contractor shall not mobilize at the site until the Owner obtains the building permit and gives 2q approval to Contractor. If approval to mobilize on-site is delayed,Owner will grant Contractor a 29 change in Contract time,however the Contractor shall not be entitled to increase in contract R amount die to any delay. 31 PART 3- EXECUTION -(NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 31 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01060-3 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01060-4 1 1990/05/02 SECTION 01062 MAJOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. A listing of the equipment for the Project,which is considered to be major equipment 2. A listing of the approved suppliers of said major equipment. 3. Certain instructions concerning the bidding of major equipment. I B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division I -General Requirements. 1.) 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 Manufacturers or suppliers,as used in the context of"approved manufacturers or suppliers of V major eqaipment,"shall mean the manufacturers or suppliers listed in Article 1.4 of this Section. U 1.3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR BEDDING MAJOR EQUIPMENT 1 Furnish,for base bid,equipment by any of the suppliers listed in Article 1.4 ACCEPTABLE I I MANUFACTURERS OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT,or as added to Article 1.4 by addendum. 1! B. Proposal shall be considered irregular and subject to rejection if the Bidder: 2( 1. Fails to list an approved supplier for each item. 21 2. Lists more than one approved supplier for each item. 2, C. If the Bidder fails to list an approved supplier,the Owner has the sole right to select one of the 1 suppliers from the list of acceptable Manufacturers of Major Equipment in Article 1. . 2d D. If the Bidder lists more than one approved supplier,the Owner has the sole right to select one of 2 the suppliers so listed. 2 E. Requests for prequa lift cation of equipment to be listed in Article 1.4 must comply specifically 21 with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.Refer to Special Instruction to Bidders. 2 1.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT 25 A. Major Equipment and Acceptable Manufacturers: Y 1. Pumping Equipment Horizontal Split Case Centrifugal Pumps(Section 1107 1) 31 a. Patterson Pump Company. 3 b. Paco Pumps. 31 c. Flowserve. 3 d. Or approved equal. 3 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BUD SET Corno Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01062-1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01062-2 „ 1 2003/07/30; . 2 SECTION 01340 3 SUBMITTALS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL . 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6; A. Section Includes: 7 1. Mechanics and administration of the submittal'pr ss for: 8 a. Shop Drawings. b. Samples. 10 6. Miscellaneous submittals. 11 dOperation and maintenance manuals. 121 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 14' 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 15 3. Sections in Divisions 2 through 15 identifying required submittals. 16 1.2 DEFINITIONS 17 A. Shop Drawings: 18 1. See General Conditions. 19 2. Product data and samples are Shop Drawing information. 20 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 21 1. Submittals other than Shop Drawings: 22 . Representative types of miscellaneous submittal items include but are not limited to: 23' a. Construction schedule. 24 b. Concrete,soil compaction,and pressure test reports. 25 c. HVAC test and balance reports. 26 d. Installed equipment and systems performance test reports. 27 e. Manufacturer's installation certification letters. 8 f. Instrumentation and control commissioning reports. 29 g. Warranties. 30 h. Service agreemerts. 31 i. Construction photographs. 32 j. Survey data. 33 k. Cost breakdown(Schedule of Values). 34 13 TRANSMITTAL OF SUBMITTALS 35 Shop Drawings and Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 36 . Transmit all submittals to: 37; HDR Engineering,Inc. 17111 Preston Road,Suite 200 Dallas,Texas 75248 Attn: Jenifer Rayshell 38 39 2. Utilize two copies of attached Exhibit” "to transmit all Shop Drawings and samples. 40 3. Utilize two copies of attached Exhibit"B"to transmit all Operation and Maintenance 41 Manuals. 42 4. All submittalsapproval s must be from Contractor and bear his tarnP• 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como PunT Station Expamon May 18,2006 01340-1 I a. Submittals will not be received from or returned to subcontractors. Submittals from 2 Contractor indicating Contractor does not approve or has not reviewed the submittal wil 3 be returned to Contractor without Engineer review. 4 b. Shop Drawing submittal stamp shall read"(Contractor's Name)has satisfied 5 Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's 6 review and approval as stipulated under General Conditions Paragraph 6.17D". 7 c. Operation and Maintenance Manual submittal stamp may be Contractor's standard 8 approval stamp. 9 5. Provide submittal information defining specific equipment or materials utilized on the 10 project. 11 a. Generalized product information,not clearly defining specific equipment or materials 12 to be provided,will be rejected. 13 6. Calculations required in individual Specification Sections will be received for information 14 purposes only,as evidence calculations have been performed by individuals meeting 15 specified qualifications,and will be returned stamped"E.Engineer's Review Not Required" 16 to acknowledge receipt. 17 7. Submittal schedule: 18 a. Schedule of Shop Drawings: 19 1) Submitted and approved within 20 days of receipt of Notice to Proceed. 20 2) Account for multiple transmittals under any Specification Section where partial 21 submittals will be transmitted. 22 b. Shop Drawings: 23 1) Submittal and approval prior to 50 percent completion. 24 c. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Equipment Record Sheets: 25 1) Initial submittal within 60 days after date Shop Drawings are approved. 26 8. Shop drawings must be approved prior to construction of the affected work. 27 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 28 1. Transmit under Contractor's standard letter of transmittal or letterhead. 29 2. Submit in triplicate or as specified in individual Specification Section. 30 3. Transmit to: 31 HDR Engineering,Inc. 17111 Preston Road,Suite 200 Dallas,Texas 75248 Attn: Jenifer Rayshell 32 33 4. Provide carbon copy of letter of transmittal to Owner's Resident Project Representative. 34 a. Exception for concrete,soils compaction and pressure test reports. 35 1) Transmit one copy to Resident Project Engineer. 36 2) Transmit one copy to location and individual indicated above for other 37 miscellaneous submittals. 38 1.4 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS 39 A. Shop Drawings: 40 1. Scope of any submittal and letter of transmittal: 41 a. Limited to one Specification Section. 42 b. Do not submit under any Specification Section entitled(in part) "Basic Requirements". 43 c. Contractor should maintain a submittal log for reference. 44 2. Numbering letter of transmittal: 45 a. Include as prefix the Specification Section number followed by a series number,"-xx", 46 beginning with"01"and increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 47 b. If more than one submittal under any Specification Section,assign consecutive series 48 numbers to subsequent transmittal letters. 49 3. Describing transmittal contents: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01340-2 I a. Provide listing of each component or item in submittal capable of receiving an . independent review action. 3 . Identify for each item: 1) Manufacturer and Manufacturer's or data number. 5 2) Contract Document tag number(s). 4. Contractor stamping: 7 a. General: 1) Contractor's review and approval stamp shall be applied either to the letter of transmittal or a separate sheet preceding each independent item in the submittal. 1 a) Contractor's signature and date shall be original ink signature. 11 2)' Letters of transmittal may be stamped only when the scope of the submittal is one 1 item. 13 3) Submittals containing multiple independent items shall be prepared with an index I sheet for each item listing the discrete page numbers for each page of that item, 1 which shall be stamped with the Contractor's review and approval stamp. 1 ;; a) Individual pages or sheets of independent items shall be numbered in a manner 17 that permits Contractor's review and approval stamp to be associated with the l entire contents of a particular item and vice-versa. 1 4) In the event submittals are transmitted as a single item and found to include 2 multiple independent items,the Owner and Engineer reserve the right to limit 21 review to the single item listed,remove the other items from the submittal and 2 return them not reviewed to the Contractor for coordination,stamping and 3 submittal under a new transmittal number that is not a re-submittal number. 24 a) The items not listed in the transmittal letter will not be logged as received,or 25 in any other manner acknowledged as submitted. 26 b. Electronic stamps: 2 ) Contractor may electronically embed Contractor's review and approval stamp to 28 either the letter of transmittal or a separate index sheet preceding each independent 29 item in the submittal. 30 2) Contractor's signature and date on electronically applied stamps shall be original 31 ink signature. 32 5. Resubmittals: 33 a. Number with original root number and a suffix letter starting with" "on a(new) 34 duplicate transmittal form. 35 b. Do not increase the scope of any prior transmittal. 6 c. Account for all components of prior transmittal. 37 1) If items in prior trawn-d received"A"or"B"Action code,list them and indicate 38 "A"or"B"as appropriate. 3 ) Do not include submittal information for items with prior"A"or"B"Action in 40 transmittal. 41 2) Indicate"Outstanding-To Be Resubmitted At a Later Date"for any prior"C"or 2i " "Action item not included in resubmittal. 43 a) Obtain Engineer's prior approval to exclude items. 44 6. For 8-1/2 x 11 IN size sheets,provide three(3)copies of each page for Engineer plus the 45,' number required by the Contractor. 4 ' a. The number of copies required by the Contractor will be defined at the Preconstruction 7 Conference,but shall not exceed 5. 48 7. For items not covered in Paragraph 1. .,submit one reproducible transparency or 49 camera-ready quality print and one additional print of each drawing until approval is 50 obtained. 51 a. Utilize mail' ;do not fold. 52 b. The Engineer will mark and return the reproducible to the Contractor for his 53 reproduction and distribution. 54 8. Provide clear space(3 IN SQ)for Engineer stamping of each component defined in 55 Paragraph 1. A.4. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expanmon May 18,2006 01340-3 1 9. Contractor shall not use red color for marks on transmittals. 2 a. Duplicate all marks on all copies transmitted,and ensure marks are photocopy 3 reproducible. 4 b. Outline Contractor marks on reproducible transparencies with a rectangular box. 5 10. Transmittal contents: 6 a. Coordinate and identify Shop Drawing contents so that all items can be easily verified 7 by the Engineer. 8 b. Identify equipment or material use,tag number,drawing detail reference,weight,and 9 other project specific information. 10 c. Provide sufficient information together with technical cuts and technical data to allow 11 an evaluation to be made to determine that the item submitted is in compliance with the 12 Contract Documents. 13 d. Submit items like equipment brochures,cuts of fixtures,product data sheets or catalog 14 sheets on 8-1/2 x 11 IN pages.Indicate exact item or model and all options proposed. 15 e. Include legible scale details,sizes,dimensions,performance characteristics,capacities, 16 test data,anchoring details,installation instructions,storage and handling instructions, 17 color charts,layout drawings,parts catalogs,rough-in diagrams,wiring diagrams, 18 controls,weights and other pertinent data. 19 1) Arrange data and performance information in format similar to that provided in 20 Contract Documents. 21 2) Provide,at minimum,the detail provided in the Contract Documents. 22 f. If proposed equipment or materials deviate from the Contract Drawings or 23 Specifications in any way,clearly note the deviation and justify the said deviation in 24 detail in a separate letter immediately following transmittal sheet 25 B. Samples: 26 1. Identification: 27 a. Identify sample as to transmittal number,manufacturer,item,use,type,project 28 designation,tag number,Standard Specification Section or drawing detail reference, 29 color,range,texture,finish and other pertinent data. 30 b. If identifying information cannot be marked directly on sample without defacing or 31 adversely altering samples,provide a durable tag with identifying information securely 32 attached to the sample. 33 2. Include application specific brochures,and installation instructions. 34 3. Provide Contractor's stamp of approval on samples or transmittal form as indication of 35 Contractor's checking and verification of dimensions and coordination with interrelated 36 work. 37 4. Resubmit samples of rejected items. 38 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 39 1. Number transmittals for Operation and Maintenance Manual with original root number of 40 the approved Shop Drawing for the item 41 2. Submit two copies until approval is received. 42 3. Identify resubmittals with the original number plus a suffix letter starting with"A." 43 4. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals printed on 8-1/2 x 11 IN size heavy first 44 quality paper with standard three-hole punching and bound in stiff metal hinged binder 45 constructed as a three-ring style. 46 a. Provide binders with titles on front and on spine of binder. 47 b. Tab each section of manuals for easy reference with plastic-coated dividers. 48 c. Provide index for each manual. 49 d. Provide plastic sheet lifters prior to first page and following last page. 50 5. Upon final approval, submit Final O&M Manuals in approved binder and in electronic 51 format. 52 6. Reduce drawings or diagrams bound in manuals to an 8-1/2 x 11 IN or 11 x 17 IN size. 53 a. However,where reduction is not practical to ensure readability,fold larger drawings 54 separately and place in vinyl envelopes which are bound into the binder. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01340-4 1, b Identify vinyl envelopes with drawing numbers. ° 2 7. Transmittal contents: 3 a. Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manuals is applicable but not necessarily limited to: 5 1) Major equipment 2) Equipment used with electrical motor loads of 1/6 HP nameplate or greater. 3) Specialized equipment including valves and instrumentation and control system components for HVAC and process systems such as meters,recorders,and transmitters. 10, 4) Valves greater than 12 IN DIA 11 5). Water control gates. 12 b. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include,but not necessarily be limited to,the 13 following detailed information,as applicable: 14 1) Equipment function,normal operating characteristics,limiting operations. 1 ) Assembly,disassembly,installation,alignment,adjustment,and checking 16 instructions. 17 3) Operating instructions for start-up,routine and normal operation,regulation and control,shutdown,and emergency conditions. ) Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 211, 5) Guide to"troubleshooting." 21 6) Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear. 22 ) Outline,cross-section,and assembly s;engineering data;and electrical 23 diagrams,including elementary diagrams,wiring diagrams,connection diagrams, 24 word description of wiring diagrams and interconnection diagrams. 25 8) Test data and performance curves. 26 9) A list of recommended spare parts with a price list and a list of spare parts 21 provided under these Specifications. 1 ) Copies of installation instructions,parts lists or other documents packed with 2 equipment when delivered. 3 11) Instrumentation or tag numbers relating the equipment back to the Contract 31 Documents. 3 12) Include a filled-out copy of the Equipment Record Sheet,Exhibits C1 and C2 as 33 the first page(s)of each Operation and Maintenance Manual. 34 a) Complete maintenance requirements in detail.Simple reference to the Manual 35 is not acceptable. 3 ) A simplified(one page)Lubrication and Preventative Maintenance Schedule 37 and Instruction Sheet shall also be provided. 3 13) For equipment items involving components or subunits,an Equipment Record 3 Sheet for each operating component or subunit is required. 1.5 ENGINEER'S REVIEW ACTION 41 A. Shop Drawings and Samples: 42 1. Items within transmittals will be reviewed for overall design intent and will receive one o 43 the following actions: 44 a A-FURNISH AS SUBMITTED. 45 . B-FURNISH AS NOTED(BY ENGINEER). c. C-REVISE AND RESUBMIT. 4 d. D-REJECTED. 4 e. E-ENGINEER'S REVIEW NOT REQUIRED. . Submittals received will be initially reviewed to ascertain inclusion of Contractor's approval 5 s . 51 a. Drawings not stamped by the Contractor or stamped with a stamp containing language 52 other than that specified in Paragraph 1.3A. .a.,will not be reviewed for technical 53 content and will be returned without any action. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Stafion Expansion May 18,2006 01 -5 1 3. Submittals returned with Action"A"or"B"are considered ready for fabrication and 2 installation. 3 a If for any reason a submittal that has an"A"or"B"Action is resubmitted,it must be 4 accompanied by a letter defining the changes that have been made and the reason for 5 the resubmittal. 6 es troy or conspicuously mark"SUPERSEDED"all documents having previously 7 received"A"or"B"Action that are superseded by a resubmittal. 8 4. Submittals with Action"A"or"B"combined with Action"C"(Revise and Resubmit)or 9 "D"(Rejected)will be individually analyzed giving consideration as follows: 10 a. The portion of the submittal given"C"or"D'will not be distributed(unless previously 11 agreed to otherwise at the Preconstruction Conference). 12 1) .One copy or the one transparency of the"C"or"D"drawings will be marked up 13 and returned to the Contractor. 14 a) Correct and resubmit items so marked. 15 b. Items marked"A"or"B"will be fully distributed. 16 c. If a portion of the items or system proposed are acceptable,however,the major part of 17 the individual drawings or documents are incomplete or require revision,the entire 18 submittal may be given"C"or"D"Action. 19 1) This is at the sole discretion of the Engineer. 20 2) In this case,some drawings may contain relatively few or no comments or the 21 statement,"Resubmit to maintain a complete package." 22 3) Distribution to the Owner and field will not be made(unless previously agreed to 23 otherwise). 24 5. Failure to include any specific information specified under the submittal paragraphs of the 25 Specifications will result in the submittal being returned to the Contractor with"C"or"D" 26 Action. 27 6. Transmittals of submittals which the Engineer considers as"Not Required"submittal 28 information,which is supplemental to but not essential to prior submitted information,or 29 items of information in a transmittal which have been reviewed and received"A"or"B" 30 Action in a prior submittal,will be returned with Action"E.Engineer's Review Not 31 Required." 32 7. Samples may be retained for comparison purposes. 33 a. Remove samples when directed.Include in bid all costs of furnishing and removing 34 samples. 35 8. Approved samples submitted or constructed,constitute criteria for judging completed work. 36 a. Finished work or items not equal to samples win be rejected. 37 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 38 1. Engineer will review and indicate one of the folio wmig review actions: 39 a. ACCEPTABLE. 40 b. FURNISH AS NOTED. 41 c. REVISE AND RESUBMIT. 42 d. REJECTED. 43 2. Acceptable submittals will be retained with the transmittal form returned with a request for 44 eight(8)final copies in approved binder and electronic format. 45 3. Deficient submittals will be returned along with the transmittal form which will be marked 46 to indicate deficient areas. 47 4. Approved Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided before scheduling 48 training on equipment 49 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01340-6 EXHIBIT A Shop Drawing Transmittal No. (Spec Section) (Series) Project Name: Date Received: Project Owner. Checked By: Contractor. HDR Engineering,Inc. Log Page: —Address Address: HDR No. Spec Section: Drawing/Detail No. Attn: Attn: I r Date Transmitted: Previous Transmittal Date: Item No. No.Copies Description Manufacturer Mfr/Vendor Dwg Action Taken or Data No. Remarks: The Action Designated Above is in Accordance with the Following Legend: A-Furnish as Submitted D-Rejected B-Furnish as Noted E-Engineer's review not required. 1. Submittal not required. C-Revise and Submit 2. Supplemental information. Submittal refined for 1. Not enough information for review informational purposes only. 2. No reproducibles submitted. 3. Information reviewed and approved on prior 3. Copies Illegible. submittal. 4. Not enough copies submitted. 4. See Comments. 5. Wrong sequence number. 6. Wrong resubmittall number. 7. Wrong Spec section. 8. Wrong form used. 9. See Comments. BY 08% Distribution: Contractor File Field owner Other [_J Li Li Li FORM M-2020-2(Version 1.0 Jun 90XRevised June 1997) Task 2020 111-2020-2 1991 HDR Engineedug,Inc. u EXHIBIT B O&M Manual Transmittal No. - (Spec Section) (Series) Project Name: Date Received: Project Owner. Checked By. Contractor: Owner. Log Page: Address: Address: HDR No.: Attn: tin: 1st.Sub. ReSub. Date Transmitted: Previous Transmittal Date: No. Description of Item Manufacturer Dwg.or Data No. Action Taken' Copies Remarks: I-- TO: HDR Engineering,Inc. Date: The Action Designated Above is in Accordance with the Following Legend: 5. Lubrication&maintenance instructions. A-Acceptable,Provide five additional Copies 6. Troubleshooting guide. 7. Parts list and ordering instructions. B-Furnish as Noted 8. Organization(index and tabbing). . Wiring diagrams&schematics specific to installation. C-Revise and Resubmit 10. Outline,cross section&assembly diagrams. This Operation and Maintenance Manual Submittal is 11. Test data&performance curves. deficient in the following area: 1 . Tag or equipment identification numbers. 1. Equipment record sheets. 13. Other-see comments. . Functional description. 3. Assembly,disassembly,installation,alignment, D-Rejected adjustment&checkout instructions. . Operating instructions. Comments: BY Dab Distribution: contracior LJ File LJ Field LJ owna, LJ Other LJ FORM iU-2030-3(version 1.0 Jun 90) Tesk 2030 111-2030-3 Copyright 1991 HDR En ' Inc. EXHIBIT C1 Equipment Record Page 1 of 2 Equipment Maintenance Data Summary roject Name 1page of quip.Description lbate Installed jDate Started quip.Location st sUmated Life roject Equip.Tag No. Phop Dwg.Trans.No. ISpec.Sec. Equip.Manuf. Aanuf.Address jPhone ocalVendor endorAddress Phone BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS(INITIAL OIL CHANGES,ETC.) D w M Q S A Hours PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS D w M 0 S A Hours RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA Part No. Part Name Quantity Equip. lake anal No. D No. odel No. rams No. P P. Z H RPM F Duty Code Ins.Cl. as. Type Nema Amb. emp.Rise ating Misc. MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATA quip. k® erial No. D No. Model No. ram®No. P PM ap. ize DH Imp.Sz. S. FM SI sy.No. ase No. Misc. ubricant information on following page FORM 11I-2030-4(Version 1.0 Jun 90) Task 2030 111-2030-4 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineming,Inc. EXHIBIT C2 Equipment Record y,. Page 2 of 2 Lubrication Sufnrnafy Equipment Description Project Equip.fap No. Pape of Lubricant Point Lubt Manufacturer Product ALMA# SAE# ISO 2 3 4 5 Lubricant Point Lubi Manufacturer Product ALMA# SAE.# ISO 1 2 3 4 f 5 Lubricant Point Lubi Manufacturer Product ALMA# SAE# 1S0 t 2 3 4 5 Lubricant Point Lubi Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO tr, 1 2j 3 4 5 Lubricant Paint Lubu Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO 1 2 3 4 5 Lubricant Point Lubt Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO 1 2 3 4 5 Lubricant Point Lubt Manufadt-urer Product ALMA# SAE# ISO 1 2 3 4 5 rl FORM III-2030-3(Jun 90) Task 2030 tit-2030-3 C%rflight 1991 HDR Engte fi Inc. 1 1994/12/07 2, SECTION 01560 3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SPECIAL CONTROLS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL S, 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Addresses: 7' 1. Minimizing the pollution of air,water,or land,control of noise,the disposal of solid waste 8 materials,and protection of deposits of historical or archaeological interest_ 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 11. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 12 1.2 SUBMITTALS 131 A. Shop Drawings: 14 1, See Section 01340. 15 2. Prior to the start o any„construction activities submit 16 a. An approved Surface Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP). 17 b. A detailed proposal of all methods of control and preventive measures to be utilized for 18 environmental protection. 19 c. A drawing of the work area,haul routes,storage areas,access routes and current land 20: conditions including trees and vegetation. 21, d. A copy of the NPDES permit for storm water discharges from construction activities. 22 e. A copy of the approved pollution prevention plan. 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLATION 26' A. Employ and utilize environmental protection methods,obtain all necessary'permits,and fully 27' observe all local,state,and federal regulations. 28 B. Land Protection: 29 1. Except for any work or storage area and access routes specifically assigned for the use o 30 the Contractor,the land areas outside the limits of construction shall be preserved in their 31 present condition. Contractor shall confine his construction activities to areas defined for 32 work within the Contract Documents. 33 2. Manage and control all borrow areas,work or storage areas,access routes and embankments 34' to prevent sediment from entering nearby water or land adjacent to the work site. 5 3. Restore all disturbed areas including borrow and haul areas and establish permanent type of 36 locally adaptable vegetative cover. 37 4. Unless earthwork is immediately paved or surfaced,protect all side slopes and backslopes 38 immediately upon completion of final grading. 39 5. Plan and execute earthwork in a manner to minimize duration of exposure of unprotected 40 soils. l 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01560-1 1 6. Except for areas designated by the Contract Documents to be cleared and grubbed,the I"`*% 2 Contractor shall not deface,injure or destroy trees and vegetation,nor remove,cut,or 3 disturb them without approval of the Engineer.Any damage caused by the Contractor's 4 equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition at the 5 Contractor's expense. 6 C. Surface Water Protection: 7 1. Apply for and obtain a permit from the local environmental agency for storm water 8 discharges. 9 2. Prepare a surface water pollution prevention plan(SWPPP)that has been approved by the 10 local environmental agency.Plan shall be prepared by an engineer licensed and registered in 11 the State of Texas. 12 3. Utilize,as necessary,erosion control methods to protect side and backslopes,minimize and 13 the discharge of sediment to the surface water leaving the construction site as soon as rough 14 grading is complete.These controls shall be maintained until the site is ready for final 15 grading and landscaping or until they are no longer warranted and concurrence is received 16 from the Engineer.Physically retard the rate and volume of ration and runoff by: 17 a. Implementing structural practices such as diversion swales,terraces,straw bales,silt 18 fences,berms,storm drain inlet protection,rocked outlet protection,sediment traps and 19 temporary basins. 20 b. Implementing vegetative practices such as temporary seeding,permanent seeding, 21 mulching,sod stabilization,vegetative buffers,hydroseeding,anchored erosion control 22 blankets,sodding,vegetated swales or a combination of these methods. 23 c. Providing Construction sites with graveled or rocked access entrance and exit drives 24 and parking areas to reduce the tracking of sediment onto public or private roads. 25 4. Discharges from the construction site shall not contain pollutants at concentrations that 26 produce objectionable films,colors,turbidity,deposits or noxious odors in the receiving 27 stream or waterway. 28 5. The Contractor shall observe the rules and regulations of the City of Dallas,City of Fort 29 Worth,State of Texas and agencies of the U.S.Government prohibiting the pollution of any 30 lake,stream,river,or wetland by the dumping of any refuse,rubbish,dredge material,or 31 debris therein. 32 6. Contractors are specifically cautioned that disposal of materials into any waters of the State 33 must conform with the requirements of the State of Texas,and an applicable permit from 34 the U.S.Army Corps of Engineers.Contractor is responsible for obtaining all permits. 35 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing holding ponds or an approved method 36 which will handle,carry through,or divert around his work al:flows,including storm flows 37 and flows created by construction activity,so as to prevent exceEsive silting of waterways or 38 flooding damage to the property.Submit plan for Owner's(Engineer's)acceptance prior to 39 beginning work. 40 8. The Contractor shall comply with the procedures outlined in the U.S.Environmental 41 Protection Agency's"NPDES General Permits for Storm Water Discharges from 42 Construction Sites"published in the September 9, 1992 Federal Register,or latest revision 43 thereof. 44 D. Solid Waste Disposal: 45 1. Collect solid waste on a daily basis. 46 2. Provide disposal of degradable solid waste to an approved solid waste disposal site. 47 3. Provide disposal of nondegradable solid waste to an approved solid waste disposal site or in 48 an alternate manner approved by Engineer and regulatory agencies. 49 4. No building materials wastes or unused building materials shall be buried, dumped,or 50 disposed of on the site. 51 5. Dispose of pipeline trench spoil off site in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. 52 Contractor may negotiate with individual landowners for disposal of spoil. In no cases can 53 spoil be placed in jurisdictional wetlands or in areas natural drainage will be impeded. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01560-2 1, 6. Contractor is subject to submission`of proof to the Owner that owner(s)of the proposal 2 waste disposal site(s)have a valid fill permit issued by the appropriate governmental 3% agency. 4' 7. ' Unacceptabledisposal sites include,but are not limited to,sites which have a detrimental 5 effect on surface water or groundwater quality. 6 8. The Owner,at his discretion,may suspend operation of the Contractor for alleged non- 7 compliance with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission,Texas Department of 8 Health or Environmental Protection Agency regulations. 9 E. Fuel and Chemical H " g� . 10 1. Store and dispose of chemical wastes in a manner approved by regulatory agencies. 11 2.... Take special measures to prevent chemicals,fuels,'oils,greases,herbicides,and insecticides 11 from entering drainage ways. 13 3. Do not allow water used in onsite material processing,concrete curing,cleanup,and other 14 waste waters to enter a drainage way(s)or stream. .. 15 4. The Contractor shall provide containment around fueling and chemical storage areas to 16 ensure that spills in these areas do not reach waters of the state. . 17 5. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,whether 18 herbicide,pesticide,disinfectant,reactant,or of other classification,must show approval of 19' either the U.S.Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S.Department of Agriculture,or 20 any other applicable regulatory agency.Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues 21 shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's*instructions. a ctio .Petroleum pr®ducts shall be 22 identified and stored in safety approved containers.Contractor to provide MSDS sheets on 23 these products. 24 F. Control of Dust: 25 1. The control of dust shall mean that no construction activity shall take place without 26 applying all such reasonable measures as may be required to prevent particulate matter from 27' becoming airborne so that it remains visible beyond the limits of construction.Reasonable 28 measures may include paving,frequent road cleaning,planting vegetative groundcover, 29 application of water or application of chemical dust suppressants.The use of chemical 30 agents such as calcium chloride must be approved by the State of Texas DOT. 1 2. Utilize methods and practices of construction to eliminate dust in full observance of agency 32 regulations. 33 3. The Engineer will determine the effectiveness of the dust control program and may request 4 the Contractor to provide additional measures,at no additional cost to Owner. 35 4. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that they will cause the least annoyance to 36 the residents in the vicinity of the work,and shall comply with all applicable local 37' ordinances.The compressors,hoists,and other apparatus shall be equipped with such 38'; mechanical devices as may be necessary to minimize dust. 39 5. The operation of dumping materials and of carrying materials away in trucks shall be so 40 conducted as to cause a minimum of dust.Vehicles carrying sand,di rock,concrete,or 41 other material shall be routed over such streets as will cause the least annoyance to the 42 public and shall not be operated on public streets between the hours of 6:00 p.m.and 7:00 431 a.m.,or on Saturdays,Sundays,or legal holidays unless approved by the Owner. 44! 6. All unpaved streets,roads,detours,or haul roads used in the construction area shall be given 45' an approved dust-prevention treatment or periodically watered to prevent dust Applicable 46 environmental regulations for dust-prevention shall be strictly enforced. 47 G. Burning: 48 1. Do not bum material on the site.If the Contractor elects to dispose of waste materials by 49 burning,make arrangements for an off-site burning area and conform to all agency 50 regulations. 51 H. Control of Noise: 52 1. Control noise by fitting equipment with appropriate mufflers. 12502 City of fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01560-3 1 2. The Contractor shall so conduct all his operations that they will cause the least annoyance to 2 the residents in the vicinity of the work,and shall comply with all applicable local 3 ordinances.The compressors,hoists,and other apparatus shall be equipped with such 4 mechanical devices as may be necessary to minimize noise.Compressors shall be equipped 5 with silencers on intake lines.All gasoline or oil operated equipment shall be equipped with 6 silencers or mufflers on intake and exhaust lines. Storage bins and hoppers shall be lined 7 with material that will deaden the sounds if directed by the Engineer. 8 3. The operation of dumping materials and of carrying materials away in trucks shall be so 9 conducted as to cause a minimum of noise.Vehicles carrying sands,dirt,rock,concrete,or 10 other material shall be routed over such streets as will cause the least annoyance to the 11 public and shall not be operated on public streets between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 12 a.m.,or on Saturdays,Sundays,or legal holidays unless approved by the Owner. 13 I. Completion of Work: 14 1. Upon completion of work,leave area in a clean,natural looking condition. 15 2. Ensure all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of 16 required permanent work are removed. 17 3. Grade,fill and seed all disturbed areas. 18 J. _Historical Protection: 19 1. If during the course of construction,evidence of deposits of historical or archaeological 20 interests are found,cease work affecting find and notify Engineer.Do not disturb deposits 21 until written notice from Engineer is given to proceed. 22 2. The Contractor will be compensated for lost time or changes in construction to avoid the 23 find based upon normal change order procedures. 24 K. Protection of Air Quality: 25 1. Air pollution shall be minimized by wetting down bare soils during windy periods,or as 26 requested by Engineer;by requiring the use of properly operating combustion emission 27 control devices on construction vehicles and equipment used by Contractor;and by 28 encouraging the shutdown of motorized equipment not actually in use. 29 2. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of the work,such devices shall be 30 of a type that will not cause pollution of the air. 31 L. Protection of Storm Drainage and Sewer System 32 1. Take adequate measures to prevent the impairment of the operation of the existing storm 33 drainage and sewer systems. Prevent construction materials,concrete,earth,or other debris 34 from entering any storm drainage and sewer system. All storm or sewage flow interfering 35 with construction and requiring diversion shall be diverted by the Contractor to a point 36 acceptable to the Owner. 37 M. Maintenance Area 38 1. Concrete pad with area sized for oil changes and maintenance will be required. 39 2. Fuel storage areas will be protected from external flooding and internal spillage by berm. 440 END OF SECTION r 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01560-4 00 1� 1 1992/02/17 . 2 SECTION 01600 3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 4 PART1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Scheduling of product delivery. 2. Packaging of products for delivery. 9 3. Protection of products against damage from: 10 a. Handling. 11 b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments. 121 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1.3' 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1.41 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 15 C. Payment: 16 1, No payment will be made to Contractor for equipment or materials not properly stored and 17 insured or without approved shop drawings. 18 a. Previous payments for items will be deducted from subsequent progress estimate(s)if 19 proper storage procedures are not observed 20 1.2 DELIVERY 21 A. Scheduling: 22 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to 3! avoid prolonged storage. 24 B. Packaging. 25 L Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 26 containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physicalor environmental 27 damage. 28" C. Identification: 29 1. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer,item,and installation location. 10 D. Protection and Handling: 31 1. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) ,3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4' 3.1 PROTECTION,STORAGE AND HANDLING 35 A. Manufacturer's Instruction: 36 1. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 37 a. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 38 storage. 10 9 b. Handle products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and 40 instructions. 41' 2. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01 -1 1 3. When space beaters are provided in equipment,connect and operate beaters during storage 2 until equipment is placed in service. 3 3.2 STORAGE FACILITIES 4 A- Temporary Storage Building: 5 1. Provide a weatherproof temporary storage building specifically for the purpose of providing 6 for protection of products and equipment 7 2. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting,and provide electrical service for 8 equipment space beaters and beating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 9 environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 10 3. Provide methods of storage of products and equipment off the ground. 11 4. Provide this structure within 60 days after Notice to Proceed.Locate building on-site where 12 shown on the Drawings or in location approved by Engineer.Remove building from site 13 prior to startup and demonstration period. 14 3-3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 15 A. Inspect Deliveries: 16 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading.Reject all products 17 or equipment that are damaged,used,or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on Project 18 B. Monitor Storage Area: 19 1. Monitor storage area to ensure suitable temperature and moisture conditions are maintained. 20 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BD SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01600-2 1 2000/04/28 SECTION 01601 JOB CONDITIONS PARTI - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Job conditions. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract- 1 2. Division I -General Requirements. 1 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS 11 A. Prior to installation of material,equipment and other work,verify with subcontractors,material 13 or equipment manufacturers,and installers that the substrate or surface to which those materials 14 attach is acceptable for installation of those materials or equipment.(Substrate is defined as 15 building surfaces to which materials or equipment is attached to i.e.,floors,walls,ceilings,etc.). 16 B. Correct unacceptable substrate until acceptable for installation of equipment or materials. 17 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01601-1 a i° Wmia 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 01601-2 1 2003/07/16 SECTION 01640 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for requesting substitution approval for a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to one or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer. 1 b. Name of vendor. I c. Trade name. 1 d. Catalog number. 13 2. This Section does not address substitutions for ajor equipment See"Instructions to 14 Bidders." 15 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 C. Requests for Substitution-General: 1 1. Base all bids on materials,equipment,and procedures specified. 2 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of 21 references to names of manufacturers and vendors,trade names,or catalog numbers.When 22: this method of specifying is used,it is not intended to exclude from consideration other 23 products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names,trade names,or catalog numbers, 4 provided said products are capable of accomplishing the same tasks as the products 25 specifically indicated. 26 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable. 27 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 281 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product,Contractor represents: 29': 1. He has investigated proposed product,and has determined that it is adequate or superior in 30! all respects to that specified,and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 311 2. He will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified. 32 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work,to include building 33 modifications if necessary,making such changes as may be required for work to be 34 complete in all respects. 35 4. He waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise. 36 1.3 DEFINITIONS 37 A. Product: Manufactured material or equipment 38 1.4 PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING SUBSTITUTION 39 A. Considered after award of Contract 40 1. Considered only if: 41 a Or-equals are unavailable due to strike,discontinued production of products meeting 42 specified requirements,or other factors beyond control of Contractor;or, 43 b. Contractor proposes a cost reduction incentive to the Owner. 44 B. Written requests through Contractor only. 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station `on May 18,2006 01 -1 I C. Transmittal Mechanics: 2 1. Follow the transmittal mechanics prescribed for Shop Drawings in Section 01340.Product 3 substitution will be treated in a manner similar to"deviations," as described in Paragraph 4 1.4A.9.f. of Section 01340.List the letter describing the deviation and justifications on the 5 transmittal form in the space provided under the column with the heading 6 "DESCRIPTION."Include in the transmittal letter,either directly or as a clearly marked 7 attachment,the items listed in Paragraph D below. 8 D. Transmittal Contents: 9 1. Product identification: 10 a. Manufacturer's name. 11 b. Telephone number and representative contact name. 12 c. Specification section or drawing reference of originally specified product,including 13 discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents. 14 2. Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with 15 Contract Documents. 16 3. Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics 17 including but not necessarily limited to: 18 a. Size. 19 b. Composition or materials of construction. 20 c. Weight. 21 d. Electrical or mechanical requirements. 22 4. Product experience: 23 a. Location of past projects utilizing product. 24 b. Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects 25 knowledgeable concerning proposed product. 26 c. Available field data and reports associated with proposed product. 27 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 28 6. Data relating to changes in cost. 29 7. Samples: 30 a. At request of Engineer. 31 b. Full size if requested by Engineer. 32 c. Held until substantial completion. 33 d. Engineer not responsible for loss or damage to samples. 34 1.5 APPROVAL OR REJECTION 35 A. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the Engineer. 36 B. Engineer reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of 37 specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 38 C. In event substitution results in a change of Contract price or time,provisions in General 39 Conditions will be applied for adjustment. 40 D. Substitutions will be rejected if: 41 1. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval. 42 2. Requests are not made in accordance with this Section. 43 3. In the Engineer's opinion,acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design. 44 4. In the Engineer's opinion,substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent 45 with the design intent. 46 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01640-2 1 2001/09/17 r 2 SECTION 01650 3 FACILITY START-UP 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes:. 7 1. Procedures and actions,required of the Contractor,which are necessary to achieve and 8 demonstrate Substantial Completion. 9 2. Requirements for Substantial Completion Submittals. 110; B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 13 3. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 14 4. Section 13440-Instrumentation for Process Control: Basic Requirements. 15 1.2 DEFINITION'S 16 A. Project Classified System(PCS): A defined part of the Project,consisting of an arrangement of 17; items,such as equipment,structures,components,piping,wiring,materials,or incidentals,so 18 related or connected to form an identifiable,unified,functional,operational, e,and 19 independent system. 20' B. Pre-Demonstration Period: The period of time,of unspecified duration after initial construction 21 and installation activities during which Contractor,with assistance from manufacturer's 22 representatives,performs in the following sequence: 23 1. Finishing type construction work to ensure the Project has reached a state of Substantial 24 Completion. 251 2. Equipment start-up. 26 . Personnel 27 C. Demonstration Period: A period of time,of specified duration,following the Pre-Demonstration 28' Period,duringwhich the Contractor initiates process flow through the facility and starts up and 29 operates the facility,without exceeding specified downtime limitations,to prove the functional 30 integrity of the mechanical and electrical equipment and components and the control interfaces 31 of the respective equipment and components comprising the facility as evidence of Substantial 32 Completion. 33 D. Substantial Completion: See Division 0,General Conditions. 34 1.3 SUBMITTALS 35 Submit in the chronological order listed below prior to the completion of the Pre-Demonstration 36 Period. 37 1. Master operation and maintenance training schedule: 38 a. Submit 30 days(minimum)prior to first training session for Owner's personnel. 39 b. Schedule to include: 40 1) Target date and time for Owner witnessing of each system initial start-up. 41, 2) Target date and time for Operation and Maintenance g for each system,both .2 4 , field and classroom. 43 3) Target date for initiation of Demonstration Period „o 44 c. Submit for review and approval by Owner. 45 d. Include holidays observed by Owner. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01650-1 I e. Attend a schedule planning and coordination meeting 30 calendar days prior to first 2 anticipated training session. 3 1) Provide a status report and schedule-to-complete for requirements prerequisite to 4 manufacturer's training. 5 2) Identify initial target dates for individual manufacturer's training sessions. 6 f. Owner reserves the right to insist on a minimum 14 days notice of rescheduled training 7 session not conducted on master schedule target date for any reason. 8 g. Schedule to be resubmitted until approved. 9 2. Substantial Completion Submittal: 10 a. File Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection. 11 b. Approved Operation and Maintenance manuals received by Engineer minimum 1 week 12 prior to scheduled training. 13 c. Written request for Owner to witness each system pre-demonstration start-up.Request 14 to be received by Owner minimum 1 week before scheduled training of Owner's 15 personnel on that system. 16 d. Equipment installation and pre-demonstration start-up certifications. 17 e. Letter verifying completion of all pre-demonstration start-up activities including receipt 18 of all specified items from manufacturers or suppliers as final item prior to initiation of 19 Demonstration Period. 20 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 21 A. Phased Construction: 22 B. Schedule of Events: 23 1.5 COST OF START-UP 24 A. Contractor to pay all costs associated with Facility start-up. 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 26 PART 3 - EXECUTION 27 3.1 GENERAL 28 A. Facility Mart-up Divided into Two Periods: 29 1. Pre-Demonstration Period including: 30 a. Completion of construction work to bring Project to a state of Substantial Completion. 31 b. Start-up of Equipment. 32 c. Training of Personnel. 33 d. Completion of the filing of all required submittals. 34 e. Filing of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection. 35 2. Demonstration Period including: 36 a. Demonstration of functional integrity of facility or PCS. 37 3.2 PRE-DEMONSTRATION PERIOD 38 A. Completion of Construction Work: 39 1. Complete the work to bring the Project to a state of substantial completion. 40 B. Equipment Start-up: 41 1. Requirements for individual items of equipment are included in Divisions 2 through 16 of 42 these Specifications. 43 2. Prepare the equipment so it will operate properly and safely and be ready to demonstrate 44 functional integritythe Demonstration Period. during 45 3. Perform Equipment Start-up to extent possible without introducing process flow. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01650-2 1, 4. Introduce process flow to complete Equipment Start-up for the following equipment: d` 2 a, 15 MGD Pump. 3 b. Flow Meter c Ventilation System 5 .5. Procedures include but are not necessarily limited to the following: a. Test or check and correct deficiencies of: 1). Power,control,and monitoring circuits for continuity prior to connection to power source. 2) .Voltage of all circuits. 1 ) Phase se 11 4) Cleanliness of connecting piping systems. 1 S) Alignment of connected machinery. 13 6) Vacuum and pressure of all closed systems. 14 7) Lubrication. 1 ) Valve orientation and position status for manual operating mode. 16 9) Tankage for integrity using clean water. 17 10) Pumping equipment using clean water. 18 1 ) Instrumentation and control signal generation, s ission,reception,and 19 response.See Section 13440. 20 12) Tagging and identification systems. 2 f 1 ) All equipment Proper connections,alignment,calibration and adjustment 2 b. Calibrate all safety equipment 2 c. Manually rotate or move moving parts to assure freedom of movement. d. "Bump"start electric motors to verify proper rotation. 2 e. Perform other tests,checks,and activities required to make the equipment ready for 2 Demonstration Period. 2 f. Documentation: 2 1) Prepare a log showing each equipment item subject to this paragraph and listing 2 what is to be accomplished during Equipment Start-up.Provide a place for the 3 Contractor to record date and person accomplishing required work.Submit 31 completed document before requestinginspection for Substantial Completion 3 certification. 33 6. Obtain certifications,without restrictions or ions,and deliver to Engineer: 3 & Manufacturer's equipment installation check letters. 3 . Instrumentation Supplier's Instrumentation Installation Certificate. 3 C. Personnel Training- 37 1. See individual equipment specification sections. 3& 2. Conduct all personnel training after completion of Equipment -up for the'equipment for 3 which training is being conducted. a. Personnel training on individual equipment or systems will not be considered 1 completed unless: 1) All pretraining deliverables are received and approved before commencement o 43 training on the individual equipment or system. 2) No system malfunctions occur during training. 5 ) All provisions of field and classroom training specifications are met. 4 b. Training not in compliance with the above will be performed again in its entirety by the 47� manufacturer at no additional cost to Owner. 8 3. Field and classroom training requirements: 9 a. Hold classroom training on-site. 50 b. Notify each manufacturer specified for on-site training that the Owner reserves the right 51 to video record any or all training sessions.Organize each training session in a format 52 compatible with video recording. 53 c. Training instructor. Factory trained and familiar with giving both classroom and 54j "hands-on"instructions. 12502 City of fort Worth BID SET Como Punip Station Expansion May 15,2006 01650- I d. Training instructors: Be at classes on time. Session beginning and ending times to be 2 coordinated with the Owner and indicated on the master schedule.Normal time lengths 3 for class periods can vary,but brief rest breaks should be scheduled and taken. 4 e. Organize training sessions into maintenance verses operation topics and identify on 5 schedule. Multiple training sessions(2-4)will be held to allow shift workers to receive 6 training. 7 f. Plan and provide sufficient classroom materials, samples,and handouts for those in 8 attendance. 9 g. Instructors to have a typed agenda and well prepared instructional material.The use of 10 visual aids,e.g.,films,pictures,and slides is recommended for use during the 11 classroom training programs.Deliver agendas to the Engineer a minimum of 7 days 12 prior to the classroom training.Provide equipment required for presentation of films, 13 slides,and other visual aids. 14 h. In the on-site training sessions,cover the information required in the final approved 15 Operation and Maintenance manuals submitted according to Section 01340 and the 16 following areas as applicable to the project. 17 1) Operation of equipment. 18 2) Lubrication of equipment. 19 3) Maintenance and repair of equipment. 20 4) Troubleshooting of equipment. 21 5) Preventive maintenance procedures. 22 6) Adjustments to equipment. 23 7) Inventory of spare parts. 24 8) Optimizing equipment performance. 25 9) Capabilities. 26 10) Operational safety. 27 11) Emergency situation response. 28 12) Takedown procedures(disassembly and assembly). 29 i. Address above Paragraphs 1),2), 8),9), 10),and 11)in the operation sessions.Address 30 above Paragraphs 3),4),5),6),7),and 12)in the maintenance sessions. 31 j. Maintain a log of classroom training provided including: Instructors,topics,dates, 32 time,and attendance. 33 D. Complete the filing of all required submittals: 34 1. Shop Drawings. 35 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 36 3. Training material. 37 E. Filing of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection of Project: 38 1. File the notice when the following have been completed: 39 a. Construction work(brought to state of Substantial Completion). 40 b. Equipment Start-up. 41 c. Personnel Training. 42 d. Submittal of required documents. 43 2. Engineer will review required submittals for completeness within 10 calendar days of 44 Contractor's notice.If complete,Engineer will complete inspection of the Work,within 14 45 calendar days of Contractor's notice. 46 3. Engineer will inform Contractor in writing of the status of the Work reviewed,within 14 47 calendar days of Contractor's notice. 48 a. Work determined not meeting state of Substantial Completion: 49 1) Contractor: Correct deficiencies noted or submit plan of action for correction 50 within 10 days of Engineer's determination. 51 2) Engineer: Reinspect work within 10 days of Contractor's notice of correction of 52 deficiencies. 53 3) Reinspection costs incurred by Engineer will be billed to Owner who will deduct 54 them from final payment due Contractor. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01650-4 b. Work determined to be in state of tentative Substantial Completion: Engineer to prepare tentative "Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion." c. Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion: I) Certificate tentatively issued subject to successful Demonstration of functional integrity. 2) Issued for Project as a whole or for one or more PCS. 3) Issued subject to completion or correction of items cited in the certificate(punch list). 4) Issued with responsibilities of Owner and Contractor cited. 5) Executed by Engineer. 11, 6) Accepted by Owner. 11 7) Accepted by Contractor. I d. Upon successful completion of Demonstration Period,Engineer will endorse certificate P attesting to the successful demonstration,and citing the hour and date of ending the V successful Demonstration Period of functional integrity as the effective date of I( Substantial Completion. 11 3.3 DEMONSTRATION PERIOD I E A. General: is 1. Demonstrate the functional integrity of the mechanical,electrical,and control interfaces of 2( the respective equipment and components comprising the facility as evidence of Substantial 2 Completion. 2 2. Duration of Demonstration Period: 120 consecutive hours. 2 3. If,during the Demonstration Period,the aggregate amount of time used for repair� 2 alteration,or unscheduled adjustments to any equipment or systems that renders the affected 2 equipment or system inoperative exceed 10 percent of the Demonstration Period,the 21 demonstration of fiinctional integrity will be deemed to have failed.In the event of failure,a 27 new Demonstration Period will recommence after correction of the cause of failure.'Me 2 new Demonstration Period shall have the same requirements and duration as the 2 Demonstration Period previously conducted. 3 4. Conduct the demonstration of functional integrity under full operational conditions. 3 5. Owner will provide operational personnel to provide process decisions affecting plant 3 performance.Owner's assistance will be available only for process decisions.Contractor 3 will perform all other functions including but not limited to equipment operation and 3 maintenance until successful completion of the Demonstration Period. 3 6. Owner reserves the ri ght to simulate operational variables,equipment failures,routine 31 maintenance scenarios,etc.,to verify the functional integrity of automatic and manual 37 backup systems and alternate operating modes. 3 7. Time of beginning and ending any Demonstration Period shall be agreed upon by 3 Contractor,Owner,and Engineer in advance of initiating Demonstration Period. 4 8. Throughout the Demonstration Period,provide knowledgeable personnel to answer Owner's 41 questions,provide final field instruction on select systems and to respond to any system 4 problems or failures which may occur. 431 9. Provide all labor,supervision,utilities,chemicals,maintenance,equipment,vehicles or any 44, other it necessary to operate and demonstrate all systems being demons trated- 45! END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BD:)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01650-5 1 s 6 a 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 01650-6 1990/08/17` SECTION 01710 3 CLEANING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY b A. Section Includes: 7 1. Intermediate and final cl g o or not including specialcleaning of closedsystems 8' specified elsewhere. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 12 1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING 13 A. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those 14 materials. 15 1.3 SCHEDULING 1 A. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process I will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 18i PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 91,, 2.1 MATERIALS 20 A. Cleaning Agents: 21 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned. 22 . New and uncontaminated. 23 3. For Manufactured Surfaces:Material recommended by manufacturer. 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 CLEANING-GENERAL 26 A. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 27 B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders ofgoverning 285 authorities. 29�p' C. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits,oil,or paint thinner in storm or sanitary 3i1 drains or sewers. 31, D. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 32 E. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate 33 manner approved by Engineer and regulatory agencies. 34 F. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 35 G. Do not drop or throw materials from heights greater than 4 FT or less than 4 FT if conditions 36 warrant greater care. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01710-1 I H. On completion of work,leave area in a clean,natural looking condition.Remove all signs of 2 temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 3 I. Do not bum on-site. 4 3.2 INTERIOR CLEANING 5 A. Cleaning During Construction: 6 1. Keep work areas clean so as not to hinder health,safety or convenience of personnel in 7 existing facility operations. 8 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials,debris,and rubbish. 9 3. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting.Continue vacuum 10 cleaning on an as-needed basis,until substantial completion. 11 B. Final Cleaning: 12 1. Complete immediately prior to Demonstration Period. 13 2. Remove grease,mastic,adhesives,dust,dirt,stains,fingerprints,labels,and other foreign 14 materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 15 3. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors,lenses,lamps and trims clean. 16 4. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 17 5. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 18 6. Ventilating systems: 19 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during 20 construction. 21 b. Clean ducts,blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 22 construction. 23 7. Replace all burned out lamps. 24 8. Broom clean process area floors. 25 9. Mop office and control room floors. 26 3.3 EXTERIOR(SITE) CLEANING 27 A. Cleaning During Construction: 28 1. Construction debris: 29 a. Confine in strategically located container(s): 30 1) Cover to prevent blowing by wind. 31 2) Haul from site minimum once a week. 32 b. Remove from work area to container daily. 33 2. Vegetation: 34 a. Keep weeds and other vegetation trimmed to 3 IN maximum height. 35 3. Soils,sand,and gravel deposited on paved areas and walks: 36 a. Remove as required to prevent muddy or dusty conditions. 37 b. Do not flush into storm sewer system. 38 B. Final Cleaning: 39 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site: 40 a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 41 2. Clean paved roadways. 42 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 43 A. Immediately prior to Demonstration Period,conduct an inspection with Engineer to verify 44 condition of all work areas. 45 END OF SECTION ,OWN%" 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01710-2 2002/01/14 SECTION 01800 OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION 4 PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: . All openings and penetrations in construction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11. 3. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Metal. 12 4. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 13 . Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 1 a. 318,Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 8 2. ASTM International(ASTM): 19' a 6,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 20 b. A53,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated P 21 'Welded and Seamless. 22 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 23 a. 7 ,National Electrical Code(NEC). 4 b. 90A,Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 25 . Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, c.(S A). 26 B. Obtain prior approval from Engineer when any opening larger than 100 SQ IN must be made i 27 existing or newly completed construction. 28 13 DEFINITIONS 29 Hazardous Areas:Areas shown in the Contract Documents as having Class I or Class H area 0 classifications. 31. B. Washdown Areas:Areas having floor drains or hose bibs. 32 1.4 SUBMITTALS 33 Shop 34 I. See Section 01340. 5' 2. For each structure provide dimensioned or scaled(minimum 1/8 IN=1 FT)plan view 36 drawings containing the following information: 37 a. Vertical and horizontal location of all required openings and penetrations. 38 b. Size of all openings and penetrations. 39! c. Opening type. 41) d. Seal type. 1 3. ManufiLcturers installation instructions for standard manufactured prod . 12502 City of Fort Worth BUD SET Como Pump Station Expwsion May 18,2006 01 -1 1 1.5 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS 2 A. For purposes of this Project,no groundwater was encountered during drilling or after completion 3 of drilling,please refer to Geotechnical Investigation located in Appendix A. 4 PART 2- PRODUCTS 5 2.1 MATERIALS 6 A. Pipe Sleeves: Steel,ASTM A53,Schedule 40,black. 7 B. Pipe Sleeves Penetrating into Corrosive Areas: Stainless steel 8 C. Backing Rod and Sealant: See Section 07900. 9 D. Modular Mechanical Seals: 10 1. Acceptable Manufacturers. 11 a. Link-Seal. 12 2. 316 stainless steel bolts,nuts and washers. 13 E. Sheet Metal Sleeves: Steel,ASTM A36, 12 GA. 14 F. Commercial Wall Castings: 15 1. For Unclassified Areas both sides of penetration: 16 a. Ductile Iron,class equal to connecting piping system. 17 2. For Wet/Corrosive Areas either side of penetration: 18 a. Stainless Steel,304L. 19 PART 3 - EXECUTION 20 3.1 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION 21 A. Perform HVAC penetrations in accordance with NFPA 90A. 22 B. Perform electrical penetrations in accordance with NFPA 70,Article 501. 23 C. Install sleeves and castings in accordance with ACI 318,Chapter#6. 24 D. Hot dip galvanize(or paint in accordance with Section 09905)all steel sleeves installed. 25 E. When mechanical or electrical work cannot be installed as structure is being erected,provide and 26 arrange for building-in of boxes,sleeves,insets,fixtures or devices necessary to permit 27 installation later.Lay out chases,holes or other openings which must be provided in masonry, 28 concrete or other work. 29 F. Where pipes,conduits or ducts pass through floors in washdown areas,install sleeves with top 3 30 IN above finish floors.In non-washdown areas,install sleeves with ends flush with finished 31 surfaces. 32 G. Size sleeves,blockouts and cutouts which will receive sealant seal such that free area to receive 33 sealant is minimized and seal integrity may be obtained. 34 H. For insulated piping and ducts,size sleeves,blockouts and cutouts large enough to accommodate 35 full thickness of insulation. 36 I. Do not cut into or core drill any beams,joists,or columns. 37 J. Do not install sleeves in beams,joists,or columns. 38 K. Do not install recesses in beams,joists,columns,or slabs. 39 L. Field Cutting and Coring: 1292 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01800-2 i 1. Saw or core drill with non-impact type equipment 2. Mark opening and drill small 3/4 IN or less holes through structure following opening outline. . Sawcut opening outline on both surfaces.Knock out within sawcuts using impact type equipment.Do not chip or spall face of surface to remain intact. Do not allow any overcut with saw kerf. 7 M. Precast-Prestressed Concrete Construction: . Do not cut openings nor core drill vertically or horizontally through stems of members. 2. Do not locate or install sleeves or recess sleeves vertically or horizontally through or in 1 stems of members. 1 3....., Cast openings and sleeves into flanges of units. 1 4. Cast openings larger than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maxinium dimension in units at time o 1 manufacture. 1 5. Cast openings smaller than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maximum dimensions in flanges of 1 units at time of manufacture or field cut. 1 N. Where alterations are necessary or where new and old work join,restore adjacent surfaces to 1 ; their condition existing prior to start of work- 1 O. Provide waterstop platelanchor flange for piping,ducts,castings and sleevescast-in-place in 1 concrete. 2 1. For fabricated units,weld plate to sleeve,pipe,or ductwork. 2 2. For commercial castings,cast water stop/anchor with wall pipe. 2 3. Plate is to be same thickness as sleeve,pipe,casting or ductwork. . For fabricated units,diameter of plate or flange to be 4 IN larger than outside diameter o 2 sleeve,pipe or ductwork. 2 5. For commercial castings, to p/anchor size to be manufacturer standard. 2 6. Provide continuous around entire circumference of sleeve,pipe,or ductwork. 2 P. Where area is blocked out to receive sheet metal sleeve at later date: 2 1. If blockout size is sufficient to allow placement,utilize dowels for interface of initially 25 placed concrete and sleeve encasement concrete which is placed later. 30 a. Size blockout based on sleeve size required plus 4 to 6 IN each side of sleeve for 31 concrete encasement. 32 b. Provide#4 dowels at 12 IN spacing along each side of blockout with u of two 33 dowels required per side. . If blockout size is not sufficient to allow placement of dowels,provide keyway alongall 3 f sides of blockout. 36 a. Size blockout based on sleeve size required plus 2 to 4 IN each side of sleeve for 3 concrete encasement. 3 Q. For interior wall applications where backer rod and sealant are specified,provide backer rod and 3 sealant at each side of wall. 40' R. Refer to Drawings for location of fire-rated walls,floors,and ceilings. 41 S. Use full depth expanding foam sealant for seal applications into hazardous areas and 4 applications where multiple pipes,conduits,etc.pass through single sleeve.Use full depth 43 compressible sealant for applications involving single components passing through sleeves and 4+ for penetrations into non hazardous area. 45 . Do not make duct or conduit penetrations below high water levels when entering or leaving 46 tankage,wet wells,or other water holding structures. 47 U. Modular Mechanical Seals: 48 1. Utilize one seal for concrete thickness less than 8 IN and two seals for concrete,8 IN thick 49 or greater. 50 2. Utilize two seals for piping 16 IN diameter and larger if concrete thickness permits. 51 3. Install seals such that bolt heads are located on the most accessible side of the penetration. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion ' °'1E 2( „_-- 01800-3 til. I V. Backer Rod and Sealant: imk� 2 1. Install in accordance with Section 07900. 3 2. Provide backer rod and sealant for modular mechanical seal applications.Apply on top side 4 of slab penetrations and on interior,dry side wall penetrations. 5 3.2 SCHEDULES 6 A. General Schedule of Penetrations through Floors,Roofs,Foundation Base Slabs,Foundation 7 Walls,Foundation Footings,Partitions and Walls for Ductwork,Piping,and Conduit: 8 1. Provide the following opening and penetration types: 9 a. Type A-Block out 2 IN larger than outside dimensions of duct,pipe,or conduits. 10 b. Type B-Saw cut or line-drill opening.Place new concrete with integrally cast sheet 11 metal or pipe sleeve. 12 c. Type C-Fabricated sheet metal sleeve or pipe sleeve cast-in-place.Provide pipe sleeve 13 with water ring for wet and/or washdown areas. 14 d. Type D-Commercial type casting or fabrication. 15 e. Type E-Saw cut or line-drill opening.Place new concrete with integrally cast pipe, 16 duct or conduit spools. 17 f. Type F-Integrally cast pipe,duct or conduit. 18 g. Type G-Saw cut or line-drill and remove area 1 IN larger than outside dimensions of 19 duct,pipe or conduit. 20 h. Type H-Core drill. 21 i. Type I-Block out area.At later date,place new concrete with integrally cast sheet 22 metal or pipe sleeve. 23 2. Provide seals of material and method described as follows. 24 a. Category 1 -Modular Mechanical Seal. 25 b. Category 2-Roof curb and flashing according to SMACNA specifications unless 26 otherwise noted on Drawings.Refer to Section 07600 and roofing specification sections 27 for additional requirements. 28 c. Category 3- 12 GA sheet metal drip sleeve set in bed of silicon sealant with backing 29 rod and sealant used in sleeve annullus. 30 d. Category 4-Backer rod and sealant. 31 e. Category 5-Full depth compressible sealant with escutcheons on both sides of 32 opening. 33 f. Category 6-Full depth compressible sealant and flanges on both sides of opening. 34 Flanges constructed of same material as duct,fastened to duct and minimum 1/2 IN 35 larger than opening. 36 g. Category 7-Full depth compressible sealant and finish sealant or full depth expanding 37 foam sealant depending on application. 38 3. Furnish openings and sealing materials through new floors,roofs,partitions and walls in 39 accordance with Schedule A,Openings and Penetrations for New Construction. 40 4. Furnish openings and sealing materials through existing floors,roofs,partitions and walls in 41 accordance with Schedule B,Openings and Penetrations for Existing Construction. r� I2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01800-4 t yr » ] SCHEDULE A.OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SCHEDULE k FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION DUCTS PIPING CONDUIT OPENING I SEAL OPENING SEAL OPENING SEAL APPLICATIONS TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY Through floors with C 7 D Not Req C 7 bottom side a F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req hazardous location I 7 I(1) 7 Through floors on C 4 C 7 C 4 grade above water F Not Req F Not Req F . Not Req table I 4 I(1) 7 I(1) 7 Through slab on F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req grade below water table Through floors in C 4 C 4 F Not Req washdown areas I 4 H(2) 3 H(2) I ct� 4 1 7 Through is where C 7 D Not Req C 7 one side is a F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req hazardous area I 7 1(1) 7 Through exterior wall C 7 C I F Not Req below grade above F Not Req D Not Req I cl) 7 water table I 7 F Not Req y I ti) 1 Through wall from C 7 C 1 C 7 tankage or wet well F Not Req D Not Req F Not Req (above high water I 7 F Not Req H(2) 7 level)to dry well or H(2) 1 I(1) 7 dry area Through wall from F Not Req F Not Req F Not Req tankage or wet well (below high water level)to dry well or dry area Through exterior wall A 6 A 5 C 5 above grade B 6 B 5 H(2) 4 6 D Not Req H(2) 5 Roof penetrations 2 A 2 Tbrough interior A 4 A 4 A 4 walls and slabs not C 4 C 4 C 4 covered by the above F Not Req applications 12502 City of Pon Worth BID SET Coma Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 01 -5 1 SCHEDULE B.OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS SCHEDULE 2 FOR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION 3 DUCTS PIPING CONDUIT OPENING SEAL OPENING SEAL OPENING SEAL APPLICATIONS TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY TYPE CATEGORY Through floors with B 7 B(1) 7 B(1) 7 bottom side a E Not Req E(3) Not Req E(3) Not Req hazardous location H(2) 7 H(2) 7 Through floors on B 7 B 7 B 7 grade above water table Through slab on E Not Req E Not Req E Not Req grade below water table Through floors in G 3 G 3 G 3 washdown areas H(2) 3 H(2) 3 Through walls where B 7 B(1) 7 B(1)(3) 7 one side is a E Not Req B(3)- 1 E Not Req hazardous area E Not Req H(2) 7 H(2) 7 Through exterior wall B 7 B(1) 7 B(1)(3) 7 below grade above B(3) 1 H(2) 7 water table H(2) 7 Through wall from B 7 B 1 B(1)(3) 7 tankage or wet well E Not Req E Not Req E Not Req (above high water H(2) 1 H(2) 7 level)to dry well or dry area Through wall from E Not Req E Not Req E Not Req tankage or wet well (below high water level)to dry well or dry area Through exterior wall G 6 G(1)(3) 5 G(1)(3) 5 above grade H(2) 5 H(2) 7 Roof penetrations G 2 G(1)(3) 2 G 2 H(2) Through interior G 4 G(1)(3) 4 G(1)(3) 4 walls and slabs not H(2) 4 H(2) 4 covered by the above applications 4 5 (1) Multiple piping 3 IN and smaller or multiple conduits. 6 (2) Single pipe 3 IN and smaller or single conduit. 7 (3) Single pipe or conduit larger than 3 IN. 8 END OF SECTION A00m` )2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 01800-6 1 2001/04/30 SECTION 02072 DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND PATCHING 4 PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section Includes:. 1. Demolition,cutting and patching of existing construction where shown on Drawings,or as required to accommodate new work shown or specified. 91, B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Con 11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 3. Section 03002-Concrete. 13 4. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 15, A. Shop Drawings: 16 1. See Section 01340. 7 2. Indicating manufacturer and type of: 18 a. Proposed nonshrink grout 19 b. Epoxy bonding adhesive. 0 c. Proposed materials and methods to be used for matching and repairing existing 21 construction. i 22 13 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 23 A. General: 24 1. Salvage items,designated for Owner's salvage,as a functional unit 25 2. Clean,list and tag for storage. 26 3. Protect from damage and deliver to location designated. 7 4. Salvage each item with auxiliary or associated equipment required for o lion. 28 1.4 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS 29 A. Perform preliminary investigations as required to ascertain extent of work. 30 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 31 Coordinate and reschedule work as required to preclude interference with other operations. 32; PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 34 k Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 35acceptable: 36 1. Nonshrink grout: 7! a. Supreme Grout by Gifford Hill. 38 b. Masterflow 713 by Master Builders. 39 c. Sika Grout 212 by Sika. 40 2. Epoxy bonding adhesive: 41 a. Euco No.452 MV by Euclid Chemical Co. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02072-1 I b. Sikadur 32,Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation. iom*, 2 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 3 2.2 MATERIALS 4 A. Temporary Partitions: 5 1. Plywood: 1/2 IN minimum for interior or exterior use. 6 2. Paneling: 1/4 IN minimum for interior use. 7 B. Nonshrink Grout: 8 1. Nonmetallic,noncorrosive and nonstaining. 9 2. Premixed with only water to be added in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at 10 jobsite. 11 3. Grout to produce a positive but controlled expansion.Mass expansion not to be created by 12 gas liberation or by other means. 13 4. Minimum compressive strength at 28 days to be 6500 psi. 14 5. Coat exposed edges of grout with a cure/seal compound recommended by grout 15 manufacturer. 16 C. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: 17 1. Two component,moisture insensitive adhesive manufactured for the purpose of bonding 18 fresh concrete to hardened concrete. 19 PART 3 - EXECUTION 20 3.1 PREPARATION 21 A. Provide temporary partitions as required in public areas. 22 1. Construct partitions of braced plywood in exterior areas. 23 2. Adequately braced paneling may be used in interior areas. 24 B. Provide covered passageways where necessary to ensure safe passage of persons in or near areas 25 of work. 26 C. Provide substantial barricades and safety lights as required. 27 D. Provide temporary dustproof partitions where indicated or necessary. 28 1. Prevent infiltration of dust into occupied areas. 29 E. Provide temporary weather protection as necessary. 30 3.2 INSTALLATION 31 A. Cutting and Removal: 32 1. Remove existing work indicated to be removed,or as necessary for installation of new 33 work. 34 2. Neatly cut and remove materials,and prepare all openings to receive new work. 35 3. Remove masonry or concrete in small sections. 36 B. Modification of Existing Concrete: 37 1. Where indicated,remove existing concrete and finish remaining surfaces as specified in 38 Section 03348. 39 a. Protect remaining concrete from damage. 40 b. Make openings by sawing through the existing concrete. 41 c. Concrete may be broken out after initial saw cuts in the event concrete thickness 42 prevents cutting through. 43 d. Where sawing is not possible,make openings by drilling holes around perimeter of 44 opening and then chipping out the concrete. 45 1) Holes shall be sufficient in number to prevent damage to remaining concrete. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02072-2 1 2. Oversize required openings in existing concrete 1 IN on all sides and build back to required 2 opening size by means of nonshrink grout epoxy bonded to the existing concrete. 3 3. Where oversized openings cannot be made,remove the concrete to the required opening size and cut back exposed reinforcing 1 IN from face of concrete and fill resulting holes 5 with nonshrink grout. C. Removal of Existing Anchor Bolts or Other Protruding Elements: 7 1. Removal within a distance of 4 FT above finished floor or operating level elevation. 8 2. Removed to a depth of 1/2 IN from finished surface. 9'I 3. Fill void with non-shrink grout. .10'' D. Matching and Patching: 11 1. Walls,ceilings,floors or partitions: 12 a abutting walls,ceilings,floors or partitions disturbed byre oval. 13 b. Match and patch existing construction disturbed during installation of new work. 14 2. Methods and materials: 15 a. Similar in appearance,and equal in quality to adjacent areas for areas or surfaces being 16 repaired. I7 b. Subject to review of Engineer. 18 E. Salvaged Items: 19 1. Thoroughly dry and clean all metal surfaces. 0 2. Prime all bare metal in accordance with Section 09905. 21 3. Clean and lubricate motors and other moving parts. 22 4. Brace motors attached to flexible mountings until reinstallation. 23 5. Dispose of items or materials not designated for Owner's salvage or reuse.Promptly remove 24 from site. 25 6. Do not store or sell Contractor salvaged items or materials on site. 26= F. Clean Up: 27 1. Transport debris and legally dispose of off site. 28 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02072- 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station RTamnssion May 18,2006 020 d 1 1996/08/09 2 SECTION 02110 3 SITE CLEARING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7' 1. Site clearing,tree protection,stripping topsoil and demolition. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: . Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions 6f the Contract 11, 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. I 3. Section 02200-Earthwork. 1 4. Section 02260-Topsoiling and Finished Grading. 1 5. Section 02270-Soil Erasion and Sediment Control. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 PREPARATION 1 I A. Protect existing trees and other vegetation to remain against damage. 11 1. Do not smother trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within 1 line. 2 . Avoid foot or vehicular traffic or parking of vehicles within drip line. 21 3. Provide temporary protection as re 2 B. Repair or replace trees and vegetation damaged by construction operations. 2 1. Repair to be performed by a qualified tree surgeon. 2d 2. Remove trees which cannot be repaired and restore to full-growth status. 2 3. Replace with new trees of minimum 4 IN caliper. 21 C. Owner will obtain authority for removal and alteration work on adjoining property. 2 3.2 SITE CLEARING 2 Topsoil Removal: 1. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 3 a. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. 3 b. Stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to main 3 root system. 3 c. Separate from underlying subsoil or objectionable material. 3 2. Stockpile topsoil where directed. 3 a. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 3 i b. Seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. 3 7 3. Do not strip topsoil in wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. 3 . Borrow topsoil: 3 a. Reasonably free of subsoil,objects over 2 IN DIA,weeds and roots. 4 B. Clearing and Grubbing: 4 1. Clear from within limits of construction all trees not marked to remain. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 110-1 I a. Include shrubs,brush,downed timber,rotten wood,heavy growth of grass and weeds, At"UN, 2 vines,rubbish,structures and debris. 3 2. Remove from within limits of construction all stumps,roots,root mats,logs and debris 4 encountered. 5 a. Grubbing under areas to be paved: 6 1) Totally grub. 7 b. Grubbing in lawn areas: 8 1) In cut areas,totally grub. 9 2) In fill areas,where fill is less than 3 FT totally grub ground. 10 3) Where fill is 3 FT or more in depth,stumps may be left no higher than 6 IN above 11 existing ground surface. 12 C. Disposal of Waste Materials: 13 1. Do not burn combustible materials on site. 14 2. Remove all waste materials from site. 15 3. Do not bury organic matter on site. 16 3.3 ACCEPTANCE 17 A- Upon completion of the site clearing,obtain Engineer's acceptance of the extent of clearing, 18 depth of stripping and rough grade. 19 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02110-2 1 2002/09/12 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. Earthwork. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 3. Section 07190-Under Slab Vapor Retarder. 1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. ASTM International(ASTM): 1 a. C33,Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 1 b. D698,Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard 1 Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/fO). 1 c. D 1557,Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 1 Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf1f?(2,700 kN-m/m)). 2 d. D2487,Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes(Unified Soil 2 Classification System). 2 e. D3786,Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven 2 Fabrics: Diaphragm. 2 f. D4253,Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. g. D4254,Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative 2 Density. 2' h. D4632,Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 2 1.3 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Shop Drawings: 3 1. See Section 01340. 3 2. Product technical data including: 3 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 3 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3 3. Certifications. 3 4. Test reports: 3 a. Soils inspection and testing results. 3 B. Samples: 3 1. Submit samples and source of fill and backfill materials proposed for use. 2. Submit samples and source of borrow materials proposed for use. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 42 2.1 MATERIALS 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02200-1 I A. Fill and Backfill: Selected material approved by Soils Engineer from site excavation or from off 2 site borrow. 3 B. Granular Fill Under Building Floor Slabs-On-Grade: Clean,crushed,nonporous rock,crushed 4 or uncrushed gravel complying with ASTM C33 gradation size No. 67,3/4 IN to No.4. 5 C. Geotextile Filter Fabric: 6 1. Nonwoven type. 7 2. Equivalent opening size: 50-100(U.S.Standard Sieve). 8 3. Permeability coefficient(cm/second): 0.07 minimum,0.30 maximum. 9 4. Grab strength: 90 LBS minimum in either direction in accordance with ASTM D4632 10 requirements. 11 5. Mullen burst strength: 125 psi minimum in accordance with ASTM D3786 requirements. 12 D. Vapor Barrier: Refer to Section 07190. 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 3.1 PROTECTION 15 A. Protect existing surface and subsurface features on-site and adjacent to site as follows: 16 1. Provide barricades,coverings,or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to 17 existing items indicated to remain in place. 18 2. Protect and maintain bench marks,monuments or other established reference points and 19 property corners.If disturbed or destroyed,replace at own expense to full satisfaction of 20 Owner and controlling agency. 21 3. Verify location of utilities.Omission or inclusion of utility items does not constitute non- 22 existence or definite location. Secure and examine local utility records for location data. 23 a. Take necessary precautions to protect existing utilities from damage due to any 24 construction activity. 25 b. Repair damages to utility items at own expense. 26 c. In case of damage,notify Engineer at once so required protective measures may be 27 taken. 28 4. Maintain free of damage,existing sidewalks,structures,and pavement,not indicated to be 29 removed.Any item known or unknown or not properly located that is inadvertently 30 damaged shall be repaired to original condition.All repairs to be made and paid for by 31 Contractor. 32 5. Provide full access to public and private premises,fire hydrants,street crossings,sidewalks 33 and other points as designated by Owner to prevent serious interruption of travel. 34 6. Maintain stockpiles and excavations in such a manner to prevent inconvenience or damage 35 to structures on-site or on adjoining property. 36 7. Avoid surcharge or excavation procedures which can result in heaving,caving,or slides. 37 B. Salvageable Items: Carefully remove items to be salvaged,and store on Owner's premises 38 unless otherwise directed. 39 C. Dispose of waste materials,legally,off site.Burning,as a means of waste disposal,is not 40 permitted. 41 3.2 SITE EXCAVATION AND GRADING 42 A. The work includes all operations in connection with excavation,borrow,construction of fills and 43 embankments,rough grading,and disposal of excess materials in connection with the 44 preparation of the site(s)for construction of the proposed facilities. 45 B. Excavation and Grading: Perform as required by the Contract Drawings. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pomp Station Expansion May 18,2006 02200-2 1 1. Contract Drawings may indicate both existing grade and finished grade required for w 2 construction of Project.Stake all units,structures,piping,roads,parking areas and walks 3 and establish their elevations.Perform other layout work required.Replace property comer markers to original location if disturbed or destroyed. 5 2. Preparation of ground surface for embankments or fills: Before fill is started,scarify to a minimum depth of 6 IN in all proposed embankment and fill areas.Where ground surface is steeper than one vertical to four horizontal,plow surface in a manner to bench and break up surface so that fill material will bind with existing surface. 3. Protection of finish grade: During construction,shape and drain embankment and 1 excavations.Maintain ditches and drains to provide drainage at all times.Protect graded 1 areas against action of elements prior to acceptance of work.Reestablish grade where 1 settlement or erosion occurs. 1 C. Borrow: Provide necessary amount of approved fill compacted to'density equal to that indicated 1 in this Specification.Include cost of all borrow material in original proposal.Fill material to be 1 approved by Soils Engineer prior to placement. 1 D. Construct embankments and fills as required by the Contract Drawings: 1 1. Construct embankments and fills at locations and to lines of grade indicated.Completed fill li shall correspond to shape of typical cross section or contour indicated regardless of method 1 used to show shape,size,and extent of line and grade of completed work. 21 2. Provide approved fill material which is free from roots,organic matter,trash,frozen 2 material,and stones having maximum dimension greater than 6 IN.Ensure that stones larger 2 than 4 IN are not placed in upper 6 IN of fill or embankment.Do not place material in layers 2 greater than 8 IN loose thickness.Place layers horizontally and compact each layer prior to 2 placing additional fill. 2 3. Compact by sheepsfoot,pneumatic rollers,vibrators,or by other equipment as required to 2 obtain specified density.Control moisture for each layer necessary to meet requirements of 2 compaction. 2 3.3 ROCK EXCAVATION 2 A. All rock excavation shall be under one classification.This classification shall include solid ledge 3 rock in its natural location that requires systematic quarrying,drilling and/or blasting for its 3 removal and also boulders that exceed 1/2 CY in volume. 3 B. When rock is encountered,strip free of earth.Employ an independent surveyor to determine 3 rock quantities before removal operation begins.In computing the volumetric content of rock 3 excavation for payment,the pay lines shall be taken as follows: 3 1. For structures: 3 FT outside the exterior limits of foundations and from rock surface to 6 IN 3 below bottom of foundations. 3 2. For piping and utilities: A width 18 IN wider than the outside diameter of the pipe or 3 conduit and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom exterior surface of the pipe or conduit. 3 3. For paving: 2 FT outside the exterior limits of paving and from rock surface to 6 IN below 4 bottom of pavement subbase. 41 3.4 USE OF EXPLOSIVES 42 A. Blasting with any type of explosive is prohibited. 4 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not include in bid price the cost of inspection services indicated herein as being performed 4 by the Soils Engineer. 4 B. Moisture density relations,to be established by the Soils Engineer required for all materials to be compacted. 4 C. Extent of compaction testing will be as necessary to assure compliance with Specifications. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02200-3 I D. Give minimum of 24 HR advance notice to Soils Engineer when ready for compaction or 2 subgrade testing and inspection. 3 E. Should any compaction density test or subgrade inspection fail to meet Specification 4 requirements,perform corrective work as necessary. 5 F. Pay for all costs associated with corrective work and retesting resulting from failing compaction 6 density tests. 7 3.6 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS 8 A. Obtain approval from Soils Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade 9 prior to subsequent operations. 10 B. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction 11 requirements. 12 C. Remove frozen,loose,wet,or soft material and replace with approved material as directed by 13 Soils Engineer. 14 D. Stabilize subgrade with well graded granular materials as directed by Soils Engineer. 15 E. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the following requirements: 16 1. Sitework: 17 18 LOCATION COMPACTION DENSITY 19 20 UNDER PAVED AREAS,SIDEWALKS AND PIPING: 21 22 Cohesive soils 100 percent,ASTM D698 23 Cohesionless soils 75 percent relative density loon*., 24 per ASTM D4253 and D4254 25 26 UNPAVED AREAS: 27 28 Cohesive soils 85 percent,ASTM D698 29 Cohesionless soils 60 percent relative density 30 per ASTM D4253 and D4254 31 32 2. Structures: 33 34 LOCATION COMPACTION DENSITY 35 36 Inside of structures under 97 percent,ASTM D698 37 foundations,under equipment 38 support pads,under slabs-on-grade 39 and scarified existing subgrade 40 under fill material 41 42 Outside structures next to walls, 97 percent,ASTM D698 43 piers,columns and any other 44 structure exterior member 45 46 crushed stone or crushed concrete 95 percent,ASTM D1557 47 48 3. Specific areas: 49 50 LOCATION COMPACTION DENSITY loon*., 51 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02200-4 1 Outsidestructures under ,�:95 percent,ASTM D698 2 equipment support foundations 4 Under void 185 percent ASTM D1557 5 6 '' ular fill under base slabs 75 percent relative density 7 with pressure relief valves,and per ASTM D4253 and D4254 8 under building floor slabs-on-grade 9 3.7 EXCAVATION,FILLING,AND BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES 10 A. General: 11 1® In gene ,work includes;but`is notnecessarily`lin-fited to,in-fit excavation for structures and 12 retaining walls,removal of underground obstructions and undesirable material,bac lling, 13 filling,and fill,backfill,and subgrade compaction. 14 2. eObtain fill and backfill material necessary to produce grades required.Materials and source 15 to be approved by Soils Engineer.Excavated material approved by.Soils Engineer may also 16 be used for fill and backfill. 171 3. In this Section of the Specifications,the word"foundations"includes footings,base slabs, 18' foundation walls,mat foundations,grade ,piers and any other support placed directly 19 on soil. 20 4. In the paragraphs of tlus`Section of the Specifications,the word"soil"also includes any 21 type of rock subgrade that may be present at or below existing subgrade levels. 2 B. Excavation Requirements for Structures: 23 1. General.Do not commence excavation for foundations for structures until: 2 a. Soils Engineer approves: 2 1) The removal of topsoil and other unsuitable and undesirable material from existing subgrade. 27 2) Density and moisture content of site area co acted fill material meets requirements of specifications. 2 ) Site surcharge or mass fill material can be removed from entire construction site or portion thereof. 4) Surcharge or mass fill material has been removed from construction area or portions thereof. b. Engineer grants approval to begin excavations. 3 2. Dimensions: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated or specified. 3 b. Allow additional space as required for construction operations and inspection of foundations. . Removal of obstructions and undesirable materials in excavation includes,but is not necessarily limited to,removal of old foundations,existing construction,unsuitable 4 subgrade soils,expansive type soils,and any other materials which may be concealed beneath present grade,as required to execute work indicated on Contract Drawings.If undesirable material and obstructions are encountered during excavation,remove material and replace as directed by Soils Engineer. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pmnp Station Expansion ay 18,2006 02200-5 1 4. Level off bottoms of excavations to receive foundations,floor slabs,equipment support 2 pads,or compacted fill.Remove loose materials and bring excavations into approved 3 condition to receive concrete or fill material.Where compacted fill material must be placed 4 to bring subgrade elevation up to underside of construction,scarify existing subgrade upon 5 which fill material is to be placed to a depth of 10 IN and then compact to density stated in 6 this Section of Specifications before fill material can be placed thereon.Compact soil at 7 +2%to+5%above optimum. Clayey sand or very sandy clay having PI of less than 15 8 should be compacted at optimum to+3%above optimum.Do not cant'excavations lower 9 than shown for foundations except as directed by Soils Engineer or Engineer.If any part of 10 excavations is carried below required depth without authorization,maintain excavation and 11 start foundation from excavated level with concrete of same strength as required for 12 superimposed foundation,and no extra compensation will be made to Contractor therefore. 13 5. Make excavations large enough for working space,forms,dampproofmg,waterproofing, 14 and inspection. 15 6. Notify Soils Engineer and Engineer as soon as excavation is completed in order that 16 subgrades may be inspected.Do not commence further construction until subgrade under 17 compacted fill material,under foundations,under floor slabs-on-grade,under equipment 18 support pads,and under retaining wall footings has been inspected and approved by the 19 Soils Engineer as being free of undesirable material,being of compaction density required 20 by this specification,and being capable of supporting the allowable foundation design 21 bearing pressures and superimposed foundation,fill,and building loads to be placed 22 thereon. Soils Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect subgrade below fill 23 material both prior to and after subgrade compaction. 24 a. Place fill material,foundations,retaining wall footings,floor slabs-on-grade,and 25 equipment support pads as soon as weather conditions permit after excavation is 26 completed,inspected,and approved and after forms and reinforcing are inspected and 27 approved.Before concrete or fill material is placed,protect approved subgrade from 28 becoming loose,wet,frozen,or soft due to weather,construction operations,or other 29 reasons. 30 7. Dewatering: Where groundwater is or is expected to be encountered during excavation, 31 install a dewatering system to prevent softening and disturbance of subgrade below 32 foundations and fill material,to allow foundations and fill material to be placed in the dry, 33 and to maintain a stable excavation side slope.Groundwater shall be maintained at least 3 34 FT below the bottom of any excavation.Review soils investigation before beginning 35 excavation and determine where groundwater is likely to be encountered during excavation. 36 Employ dewatering specialist for selecting and operating dewatering system.Keep 37 dewatering system in operation until dead load of structure exceeds possible buoyant uplift 38 force on structure.Dispose of groundwater to an area which will not interfere with 39 construction operations or damage existing construction.Install groundwater monitoring 40 wells as necessary. Shut off dewatering system at such a rate to prevent a quick upsurge of 41 water that might weaken the subgrade. 42 8. Subgrade stabilization: if subgrade under foundations,fill material,floor slabs-on-grade,or 43 equipment support pads is in a frozen,loose,wet,or soft condition before constriction is 44 placed thereon,remove frozen,loose,wet,or soft material and replace with approved 45 compacted material as directed by Soils Engineer.Provide compaction density of 46 replacement material as stated in this specification section.Loose,wet,or soft materials, 47 when approved by Soils Engineer,may be stabilized by a compacted working mat of well 48 graded crushed stone or recycled crushed concrete. The base material should comply with 49 TxDOT Item 247 Type A,Grade 1.Compact stone mat thoroughly into subgrade to avoid 50 future migration of fines into the stone voids.Crushed stone or crushed concrete should be 51 compacted at or above optimum moisture content.Remove and replace frozen materials as 52 directed by Soils Engineer.Method of stabilization shall be performed as directed by Soils 53 Engineer.Do not place further construction on the repaired subgrades,until the subgrades 54 have been approved by the Soils Engineer. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02200-6 1 .9.° Do not place floor slabs-on-grade including equipment support pads until subgrade below 2 has been approved,piping has been tested and approved,reinforcement placement has been 3 approved,and Contractor receives approval to commence slab construction.Do not place 4 building floor slabs-on-grade including equipment support pads when temperature of air 5 surrounding the slab and pads is or is expected to be below 40 DegF before structure is 6 completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 DegF. 7 10. Protection of structures: Prevent new and existing structures from becoming aged due 8 to construction operations or other reasons.Prevent subgrade under new and existing 9 foundations from becoming wet and undermined during construction due to presence o 10 surface or subsurface water or due to construction operations. Shore and protect existing I 1 structures,from settlement or collapse. 12 11. So g Shore;sheet pile',slo e,orbrace excavations as requiredto prevent them from 13 collapsing.Remove shoring as backfilling progresses but only when banks are stable and 14 safe from caving or collapse. 15„ 12 e: Control grading around structures so that ground is pitched to prevent water from I ' ` g into excavated areas or damaging structures.Maintain excavations where foundations,floor slabs,equipment support pads or fill material are to be placed free of 1 water.Provide pumping required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during construction.Should any water be encountered in the excavation,notify Engineer and Soils Engineer.Provide free discharge of water by trenches,pumps,wells,well points,or other means as necessary and drain to point of disposal that will not damage existing or new construction or interfere with construction operations. 2 13. Frost protection: Do not place foundations,slabs-on-grade,equipment support pads,or fill materialon frozen ground.When freezing tempera temperaftues may be expected,do not excavate to full depth indicated,unless foundations,floor slabs,equipment support pads,or fill material 21 can be placed immediately after excavation has been completed and approved.Protect 2 excavation from frost if placing of concrete or fill is delayed. 21 a. Where a concrete slab is a base slab-on-grade located under and within a structure that 25 will not be heated,protect subgrade under the slab from becoming frozen until final 3 acceptance of the Project y the Owner. b. Protect subgrade under foundations of a structure from becoming frozen until structure 32 is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 DegF. 31 C. Fill and Backfill Inside of Structure and Below Foundations,Base Slabs,Floor Slabs,Equipment 3 Support Pads and Piping: .. 3 1. General: Sub de to receive fill or backfill shall be free of undesirable material as 3 de!--rmined by Soils Engineer and scarified to a depth of 10 IN and compacted to density 3 specified herein.Surface may be stepped by at not more than 12 IN per step or may be sloped at not more than 2 percent Do not place any fill or backfill material until subgrade 3 under fill or backfill has been inspected and approved by Soils Engineer as being free of 41 undesirable material and compacted to specified density. 2. Obtain approval of fill and backfill material and source from Soils Engineer prior to placing the material.. 3. Granular fill under floor slabs-on-grade: Place all floor slabs-on-grade on a minimum of 6 IN of granular fill unless otherwise indicated. . Vapor barrier: Install a continuous vapor barrier under floor slabs-on-grade as required b Section 07190 and shown on Contract Drawings. 5. Fill and backfill placement: Prior to placing fill and backfill material,optimum moisture and maximum densityproperties for proposed material shall be obtained from Soils Engineer.Place fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required 5 compaction density.Compact material by means of equipment of sufficient size and proper 5 type to obtain specified density.Use hand operated equipment for filling and bac ling 5 next to walls.Do not place fill and backfill when the temperature is less than 40 DegF and 5 when subgrade to receive fill and backfill material is z t,loose,or soft Use 5 vibratory equipment to compact granular material;do not use water. 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SE? Como Pump Station Expamon May 18,2006 02200-7 N 1 6. Where fill material is required below foundations,place fill material,conforming to the 2 required density and moisture content,outside the exterior limits of foundations located 3 around perimeter of structure the following horizontal distance whichever is greater: 4 a. As required to provide fill material to indicated finished grade. 5 b. 2 FT. 6 c. Distance equal to depth of compacted fill below bottom of foundations. 7 d. As directed by Soils Engineer. 8 D. Select Fill: 9 1. Select fill soils or crushed rocks or crushed concrete.The material used for select fill should 10 be very sandy clay to clayey sand with a liquid limit of 32 or less,and Plasticity Index 11 between 8 and 14. Compact to density specified herein. Compaction should be between 12 -2%and+2%above the soils optimum moisture content. 13 2. The upper 12 inches of fill in unpaved area should consist of approved compacted on-site 14 clay to minimize water infiltration in the select fill. Compact to density specified herein in 6 15 IN lifts. 16 E. Filling and Backfilling Outside of Structures. This paragraph of these Specifications applies to 17 fill and backfill placed outside of structures above bottom level of both foundations and piping 18 but not under paving.Provide material as approved by Soils Engineer for filling and backfilling 19 outside of structures. 20 1. Fill and backfill placement: Prior to placing fill and backfill material,obtain optimum 21 moisture and maximum density properties for proposed material from Soils Engineer.Place 22 fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. 23 Compact material with equipment of proper type and size to obtain density specified.Use 24 only hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls and retaining walls. 25 Do not place fill or backfill material when temperature is less than 40 DegF and when 26 subgrade to receive material is frozen,wet,loose,or soft.Use vibratory equipment for 27 compacting granular material;do not use water. 28 2. Backfilling against walls: 29 a. Do not backfill around any part of structures until each part has reached specified 28- 30 day compressive strength and bacld'tll material has been approved.Do not start 31 backfilling until concrete forms have been removed,trash removed from excavations, 32 pointing of masonry work,concrete finishing,dampproofing and waterproofing have 33 been completed. 34 b. Do not place fills against walls until floor slabs at top,bottom,and at intermediate 35 levels of walls are in place and have reached 28-day required compressive strength to 36 prevent wall movement. 37 c. Bring backfill and fill up uniformly around the structures and individual walls,piers,or 38 columns. 39 F. Backfilling Outside of Structures Under Piping or Paving: When backfilling outside of 40 structures requires placing backfill material under piping or paving,the material shall be placed 41 from bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving at the density required for fill under 42 piping or paving as indicated in this Section.This compacted material shall extend transversely 43 to the centerline of piping or paving a horizontal distance each side of the exterior edges of 44 piping or paving equal to the depth of backfill measured from bottom of excavation to underside 45 of piping or paving.Provide special compacted bedding or compacted subgrade material under 46 piping or paving as required by other sections of these Specifications. 47 3.8 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 48 A. Erosion Control: Conduct work to minimize erosion of site. Construct stilling areas to settle and 49 detain eroded material.Remove eroded material washed off site.Clean streets daily of any 50 spillage of dirt,rocks or debris from equipment entering or leaving site. 51 END OF SECTION 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02200-8 V 1 2002/09/12 2 SECTION 02221 3 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:-. ., Excavation,trenching,backfilling and compacting for all underground utilities. 2. Wastewater piping. 3. Process piping. I . Sewers,channel,and drain piping. It 5. Water piping(potable,plant,process and non- table). ' 1 6. Natural gas,propane,fuel oil piping. 1 7. Steam and condensate piping. 1 . Heating water,chilled water,cooling tower water pip` 9. Relocation of existing piping. . 11 10. Chemical feed piping. 11. Surface drainage conduits and piping. 11 12. Electrical ductbanks,conduits,and direct burial cables. 1 13. All related utility and process s. 2 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 2 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 2 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 2 3. Section 02200-Earthwork. 2 4. Section 02224-Pipeline Undercrossins. 21 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 A. Referenced Standards: 2 1. American Association of State Highway&Transportation Officials( ): a. T99,The Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 LB Rammer and a 12 IN Drop. 3 b. Tl80,Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LB Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. 3 2. ASTM International( 3 a ,Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 33 b. D698,Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard 3 Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ ). 3 c. D1557,Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 lf/ (2,700 - )). 37 d. D2487,Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes(Unified Soil 3 3 Classification System). e. D4253,Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. 41 f. D4254,Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. B. Qualifications: 1. Hire an independent soils laboratory to conduct in-place ois ity tests for 44 backfilling to assure that all work complies with this Specification. 45 1.3 DEFINITIONS 46 Excavation: 12502 CityofFortWorth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 0 1-1 1 1. All excavation will be defined as unclassified. 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Shop Drawings: 4 1. See Section 01340. 5 2. Product technical data including: 6 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 7 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 8 3. Trench Safety Plan and/or trench shoring drawings including current certification of trench 9 shields(trench boxes)if employed. 10 4. Submit respective pipe or conduit manufacturer's data regarding bedding methods of 11 installation and general recommendations. 12 5. Submit sieve analysis reports on all granular materials. 13 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 14 1. Submit test reports and fully document each with specific location or stationing information, 15 date,and other pertinent information. 16 1.5 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS 17 A. Avoid overloading or surcharge a sufficient distance back from edge of excavation to prevent 18 slides or caving.Maintain and trim excavated materials in such manner to be as little 19 inconvenience as possible to public and adjoining property owners. 20 B. Provide full access to public and private premises and fire hydrants,at street crossings, 21 sidewalks and other points as designated by Owner to prevent serious interruption of travel. 22 C. Protect and maintain bench marks,monuments or other established points and reference points 23 and if disturbed or destroyed,replace items to full satisfaction of Owner and controlling agency. 24 D. Verify location of existing underground utilities. 25 PART 2- PRODUCTS 26 2.1 MATERIALS 27 A. Backfill Material: 28 1. As approved by Engineer. 29 a. Free of rock cobbles,roots,sod or other organic matter,and frozen material 30 b. Moisture content at time of placement:3 percent plus/minus of optimum moisture 31 content as specified in accordance with ASTM D698. 32 B. Bedding Materials: 33 1. As approved by the Soils Engineer. 34 2. Granular bedding materials: 35 a. ASTM C33,gradation 67(3/4 IN to No.4 sieve)defined below: 36 Sieve Size 1 IN 3/4 IN 3/8 IN No.4 No.20 Percent Passing by Weight 100 90-100 20-55 0-10 0 37 38 1) Well-graded crushed stone. 39 PART 3 - EXECUTION 40 3.1 GENERAL 41 A. Contractor shall remove and dispose of,legally,unsuitable materials. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02221-2 1 3.2 EXCAVATION 2 A Unclassified Excavation: 3 1. Remove rock excavation,clay,silt,gravel,hard pan,loose shale,and loose stone as directed 4 by Engineer. 5 B. Excavation for Appurtenances: 6 L 12 IN(minimum)clear distance between outer surface and embankment. 7 2. See Section 02200 for applicable requirements. 8 C. Trench Excavation: 9 1. Excavate trenches by open cut method to depth shown on Drawings and necessary to 10 accommodate work. 11 a. Support existing utility lines and yard piping where proposed work crosses at a lower 12 elevation. 13 1) Stabilize excavation to prevent undermining of existing utility and yard piping. 14 2. Open trench outside buildings,units,and structures: 15 a. No more than the distance between two manholes,structures,units,or 300 LF, 16 whichever is less. 17 b. Field adjust limitations as weather conditions dictate. 18 3. Trenching within buildings,units,or structures: 19 a. No more than 100 LF at any one time. 20 4. Any trench or portion of trench,which is opened and remains idle for 7 calendar days,or 1 Ionger,as determined by the Owner,may be directed to be immediately refilled,without 22 completion of work,at no additional cost to Owner. Said trench may not be reopened until 23 Owner is satisfied that work associated with trench will be prosecuted with dispatch. 24 5. Observe following trenching criteria: 25 a. Trench size. 26 1) Excavate width to accommodate free working space. 27 2) Maximum trench width at top of pipe or conduit may not exceed outside diameter 2 ` of utilityservice by more than the following dimensions: 2 OVERALL DIAMETER SERVICEOF UTILITY 33 IN and less 18 IN more than 33 IN 24 IN 3 31 3) Cut trench walls vertically from bottom of trench to 1 FT above top of pipe, 3 conduit,or utility service. 3 2 4) Keep trenches free of water.Include cost of dewateringin original proposal. 3A D. Trenching for Electrical Installations: 3 1. Observe paragraph 3.2C"Trench Excavation" 3 . Modify for electrical installations as follows: 3 a. Open no more than 600 LF of trench in exterior locations for trenches more than 12 IN 3 but not more than 30 IN wide. 3 y length of trench may be opened in exterior locations for trenches which are 12 IN 4 wide or less. c. o not over excavate trench. 4 Cut trenches for electrical runs with minimum 30 IN cover,unless otherwise specified 4 or shown on Drawings. e. See Division 16 for additional requirements. 4 3.3 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR PIPE LAYING A. Over-Excavation: 4 1. Backfill and compact to 90 Eli p percent of maximum dry density per ASTM D698. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02221-3 1 2. Backfill with granular bedding material as option. io*., 2 B. Rock Excavation: 3 1. Excavate minimum of 6 IN below bottom exterior surface of the pipe or conduit 4 2. Backfill to grade With suitable earth or granular material. 5 3. Form bell holes in trench bottom. 6 C. Subgrade Stabilization: 7 1. Stabilize the subgrade when directed by the Owner. 8 2. Observe the following requirements when unstable trench bottom materials are encountered. 9 a. Notify Owner when unstable materials are encountered. 10 1) Define by drawing station locations and limits. 11 b. Remove unstable trench bottom caused by Contractor failure to dewater,rainfall,or 12 Contractor operations. 13 1) Replace with subgrade stabilization with no additional compensation. 14 3.4 BACKFILLING METHODS 15 A. Do not backfill until tests to be performed on system show system is in full compliance to 16 specified requirements. 17 B. Carefully Compacted Backfill: 18 1. Furnish where indicated on Drawings,specified for trench embedment conditions and for 19 compacted backfill conditions up to 12 IN above top of pipe or conduit. 20 2. Comply with the following: 21 a. Place backfill in lifts not exceeding 8 IN(loose thickness). 22 b. Hand place,shovel slice,and pneumatically tamp all carefully compacted backfill. 23 c. Observe specific manufacturer's recommendations regarding backfilling and 24 compaction. 25 d. Compact each lift to specified requirements. loo'%., 26 C. Common Trench Backfill: 27 1. Perform in accordance with the following: 28 a. Place backfill in lift thicknesses capable of being compacted to densities specified. 29 b. Observe specific manufacturer's recommendations regarding backfilling and 30 compaction. 31 c. Avoid displacing joints and appurtenances or causing any horizontal or vertical 32 misalignment,separation,or distortion. 33 D. Water flushing for consolidation is not permitted. 34 E. Backflling for Electrical Installations: 35 1. Observe Paragraph 3AC or D"Backfilling Methods." 36 2. Modify for electrical installation as follows: 37 a. Observe notes and details on electrical drawings for fill in immediate vicinity of direct 38 burial cables. 39 3.5 COMPACTION 40 A. General: 41 1. Place and assure bedding,backfill,and fill materials achieve an equal or"higher"degree of 42 compaction than undisturbed materials adjacent to the work. 43 2. In no case shall degree of compaction below"Minimum Compaction" specified be accepted. 44 B. Compaction Requirements:Unless noted otherwise on Drawings or more stringently by other 45 sections of these Specifications,comply with following trench compaction criteria: ,#VERA., 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02221-4 I MINIMUM COMPACTIONS 2i 3 LOCATION SOIL TYPE DENSITY 4 5 1. Bedding material: 6 7 All locations Cohesionless soils 75 percent of max 81 relative density by ASTM 9 D4253 and D4254 11) 11 2. Carefully compacted backfill: 12 13 All applicable areas Cohesive soils 95 percent of max 14 dry density by 15 ASTM D698 16 17 Cohesionless soils 75 percent of max 18 relative density by 19 ASTM D4253 and D4254 2 21 3. Common trench backfill: 22 23 Under pavements Cohesive soils 95 percent of max 24 roadways surfaces, dry density by 25 within highway ASTM D698 261 right-of-ways 27 rm 29 Cohesionless soils 75 percent of relative 29v, density by ASTM D4253 30 and D4254 31 3 " Under turfed,sodded Cohesive soils 85 percent of max plant seeded,non- density by 3 traffic areas ASTM D698 3 Cohesionless soils 40 percent of relative density by ASTM D4253 3 and D4254 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A. Testing: 41 1. Perform in-place moisture-density tests as directed by the Owner. 4 2. Perform tests through recognized testing laboratory v by Owner. 3. Perform additional tests as directed until compaction meets or exceeds requirements. 49 4. All testing costs shall be paid by Contractor. 4j 5. Reference to Engineer in this section will imply Soils Engineer when employed by Owner and directed by Engineer to undertake necessary inspections as approvals as necessary. 4 6. Assure Owner has immediate access for testing of all soils related work. 40 7. Ensure excavations are safe for testing erso el. 4! END OF SECTION »i 12502 City of Fort Worth B®SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 0 1-5 i 2 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02221-6 1 196/07/31 a 2 , SECTION 02224 3 PIPELINE UNDERCROSSINGS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Construction of pipe undercrossings. g B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily 1`ni�to. 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms, d Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02221 -Trenching,Backfilling,and Compacting for Utilities. 12 4. Section 15061 -Pipe: Steel. 13 5. Section 15062-Pipe:Ductile. 1.4 1.2 SUBMITTALS 15 A. Shop Drawings: 16 1. See Section 01340. 17 2. Product technical data including: 18 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 19 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 20` c. Compliance with submittal requirements of authority or agency having jurisdiction over 21; undercrossing. 22 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 23 1. See Section 01340. 24 PART 2- PRODUCTS 25 2.1 MATERIALS 2 i : 2 1. Structural grade steel:Minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi or greater as required by the 2 permits. 2 2. Wall thickness:Minimum 0.250 IN or greater as required by the permits. 3 3. Diameter:Minimum of 4 IN larger than outside diameter of carrier pipe's jointing system. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLATION 3 A. General: 3 1. Install undercrossing to meet requirements of authority or agency having jurisdiction over 3 undercrossing. 3 2. Observe work requirements stipulated in any permit condition. 3 3. Consult Contract Drawings for limitation of constructionright-of-way. 3 B. If installation of crossing is by jacking or dry boring,the following will be required unless more m� 3 rigid requirements are specified by the authority or agency having jurisdiction over the cross' 4 1. Diameter of the hole:Not exceeding diameter of casing by more than 1-1/2 IN. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02224-1 1 2. Pressure grout all voids outside of casing,including abandoned or misaligned holes. 2 3. Fill void between carrier pipe and casing wall with blow sand.Install watertight grouted 3 plug minimum of 1 FT deep at both ends. 4 4. Undercrossingcasing: 5 a. Full lengths. 6 b. Weld pressure tight 7 5. After casing is installed,band wood blocks 120 degrees apart to each length of carrier pipe 8 to prevent displacement and pull pipe into place.Pipe must be straight and centered in 9 casing when in place. 10 6. Coordinate connections to system with authority or agency having jurisdiction over the 11 crossing. 12 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 0 2 -2 1 2001/09/17 SECTION 02260 3 TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 1. Topsoil' g and finished grading. r B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: . Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02110-Site Clearing. 1 4. Section 02200-Earthwork 1 5. Section 02930-Seeding, Sodding and Landscaping- 14 C. Location of Work:All areas within limits of grading and all areas outside limits of grading 1 which are disturbed in the course of the work. 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1J A. Shop V 1. See Section 01340. is 2. Project Data: Test reports for furnished topsoil. 2 13 PROJECT CONDITIONS 2 A. Verify amount of topsoil stockpiled and determine amount of additional topsoil,if necessary to 2 complete work. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 MATERIALS 2 A. Topsoil: 21 1. Original surface soil typical of the area. 2 Existing topsoil stockpiled under Section 02110. 2 3. Capable of supporting native plant growth. 2 2.2 TOLERANCES 3 Finish Grading Tolerance:0.1 FT plus/minus from required elevations. 31 B. Grading will result in smooth,continuous grades that meet required elevations and match 32 adjacent natural contours. 3' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 t 3.1 PREPARATION 35 A. Correct,adjust and/or repair rough graded areas. 3P 1. Cut off mounds and ridges. 37 2. Fill gullies and depressions. 38 3. Perform other necessary repairs. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02260-1 1 4. Bring all sub-grades to specified contours,even and properly compactedL 2 B. Loosen surface to depth of 2 IN,minimum. 3 C. Remove all stones and debris over 2 IN in any dimension. 4 D. Remove all remnants of stockpiled materials. 5 3.2 ROUGH GRADE REVIEW 6 Reviewed by Engineer in Section 02110,Site Clearing. 7 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL 8 k Do not place when sub de is wet or frozen enough to cause clodding 9 B. Spread to compacted depth of 4 IN for all disturbed earth areas. 10 C. If topsoil stockpiled is less than amount required for work,furnish additional*soil i at no cost to 11 Owner. 12 D. Provide finished surface free of stones,sticks,or other material 1 IN or more in any dimension. 13 E. Provide finished surface smooth and true to required grades. 14 F. Restore stockpile area to condition of rest of finished work. 15 3.4 ACCEPTANCE 16 A. Upon completion of topsoiling,obtain Engineer's acceptance of grade and surface. 17 B. Make test holes where directed to veri proper placement and thickness of topsoil. 18 END OF SECTIONz 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Purnp Station Expansion May 19,2006 02260-2 r a;. 1 2002/01/14 _ r, 2 SECTION 02441 3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Install underground automated irrigation system. 8 2. System includes but not limited to piping,backflow preventer issembHes,valves,fittings, !9 spray heads,controllers and wiring,and final adjustments to ensure complete coverage. 10 3. Trenching,stockpiling excavation materials and refilling and compacting trenches. 11 4. Water connection. 12 5. Removal and/or restoration of existing i ' rovements. 13 6. Replacement of unsatisfactory materials. 14 7. Clean u ,inspection,and tests. 15 8. Approval by Engineer. 16 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 17 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 18 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 3. Section 02221 Trenching, ackfil ° ,and Compacting for Utilities. 2 4. Section 02260-Topsoiling and Finish Grading. 21 5. Section 02930-Seeding,Sodding and Landscaping. 22 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 A. Referenced Standards:Comply with National Electric Code(NEC)or code of the local agency 24 having jurisdiction.If conflict occurs between these codes,the more stringent shall be adopted. 2 1. American National Standard Institute(ANSI).. 2 2. ASTM International( 2 a. D1248,Polyethylene Plastics Moldingand Extrusion Material. 2 b. D 1557,Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil 2 Using Modified Effort(56,000 -lbf/ ). 3 c. D 17 ,Standard Specification for Rigid of yl Chloride) )Compounds and 3 Chlorinated Pol inyl Chloride)(CPVC)Compounds. 3 d. D175,Standard Specification for Pol inyl Chloride)(PVC)Plastic Pipe,Schedules 3 40,$0,and 120. 3 e. D2239,Standard Specification for Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Pipe(SIDR-PR)Based on 3 Controlled Inside Diameter. 3 f. I D2241,(PVC)Plastic Pipe,SDR-PR.D2464,Threaded PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings 3 Schedule 80. 31 g. D2466,Socket Type PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings Schedule 40. 3 h. D2467,Socket Type PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings Schedule 80. 4 i. D2609,Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Pipe. 4 j. D2672,Bell-End PVC Pipe. 4k. D3350,Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Pipe Fittings Material. 4 3. American Water Works Association( WWA): a. C500,Gate Valves 3 through 48 IN NPS for Water and Sewage Systems. . 4 b. C506,Backflow Prevention Devises Reduced Pressure Principle and Double 4 Valve Type. 4 c. C900,Polyvinyl Chlorine(PVC)Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings,4 inThrough 4 12 in(100 min Through 300 mm),for Water Distribution. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02 1-1 1 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL):UL wires and cables. ig 2 B. Qualifications: 3 1. Currently licensed and bonded in the state in which the work is to be performed,for a 4 minimum of 5 years.Work shall be performed by skilled persons with a minimum of 2 5 years experience. 6 2. Submit names of three projects completed in the last 2 years. Include the following: 7 a. Name of project. 8 b. Location. 9 c. Owner. 10 d. Brief description of work and project manager's name. 11 3. Submit installer's current company financial statement 12 C. Irrigation Equipment Modification: 13 1. Review proposed and existing irrigation plan,revise as necessary to conform to irrigation 14 equipment furnished.Provide 100 percent coverage to all areas within limits to be irrigated 15 in this contract and as shown on the plans. Submit revised plans and computations for 16 approval.Designed irrigation water will not be allowed to spray on any building surfaces. 17 Plan scale to be no smaller than 1 IN equals 50 FT. 18 D. Miscellaneous: 19 1. Pre-construction conference: 20 a. Contractor shall schedule and conduct a conference to review in detail quality control 21 and construction requirements for equipment,materials,and systems used to perform 22 the Work.Conference shall be scheduled not less than 10 days prior to commencement 23 of Work.All parties required to be in attendance shall be notified no later than 7 days 24 prior to date of conference.Contractor shall notify qualified representatives of each 25 party concerned with that portion of Work to attend conference,including but not 26 limited to Engineer,Consultant,Contractor's Superintendent,and Installer. 27 b. Minutes of conference shall be recorded and distributed by Contractor to all parties in 28 attendance within five days of conference. 29 2. Special requirements: 30 a. All pressure piping from water supply source,including backflow preventer to zoned 31 irrigation control valves will be executed by licensed and bonded plumber(s). Secure 32 permit at least 48 HRS prior to start of installation. 33 b. Tolerances: Specified depths of mains and laterals and pitch of pipes are minimums. 34 Settlement of trenches is cause for removal of finish grade treatment,refilling, 35 recompaction,and repair of finish grade treatment. 36 c. Coordination with other contracts:Protect,maintain,and coordinate work with work 37 under other Sections. 38 d. Damage to other improvements:Contractor shall replace or repair damage to grading, 39 soil preparation,seeding,sodding,or planting done under other Sections during work 40 associated with installation of irrigation system at no additional cost to Owner. 41 e. Wire splicing in lengths less than 1000 FT will not be allowed in direct bury conditions. 42 When conduit is used a maximum of 300 FT will be allowed,however,pull boxes will 43 be installed at all splices. 44 1.3 DEFINITIONS 45 A. Installer or Applicator:Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 46 product in the field at the Project site. 47 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 48 1.4 SUBMITTALS 49 A. Shop Drawings: 50 1. See Section 01340. 51 a. Electric wiring design. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-2 � 1 b. ; Model make and numbers. 2 c Equipment name. 3 d. Manufacturer's specifications for all materials. . 4 B. Record Drawings(As Constructed): 1. Irrigation Contractor shall furnish Owner with a scaled"as constructed"Drawing of the 6 completed system.This original 3 mil mylar will be updated to scale of all changes or 7 modifications which occur during installation.This mylar Drawing will have dimensions, S from two permanent points of reference(building corners,sidewalk,road intersections or 9 permanent structures),location of the following items: 1.0 a. Connection to existing water lines. 11 b. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines(dimension maximum 100 FT along routing). 12 c. Sprinkler control valves. 13 d. Quick coupling valves. 14 e. Drain valves(manual and/or automatic). 15 f. I Drip line blow-out stubs. 16 g. All gate valves. 17 h. Other related equipment as directed. 18 2. Processing of final pay request will not occur until as-constructed plans have been 19 submitted,dated,and approved by the Engineer. 20 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 21 1. See Section 01340. 22 D. Operation Instructions: 23 1. Submit three written operating instructions,including winterization procedures and start-up 24 with cut sheets of products,and coordinate controller/watering operation instruction with 25 Owner maintenance personnel. 26 2. Controller charts: 27 a. Do not prepare charts until record(as constructed)Drawings have been reviewed by 28 Engineer. 29 b. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller installed. 30 1) Chart may be reproduction of record Drawing if scale permits fitting inside of 31 controller door.If photo reduction prints are required,keep reduction to maximum 32 size possible to retain full legibility. 33 2) Chart shall be copy of actual"as constructed"system showing area covered by that 34 controller. 35 c. Identify area of coverage of each remote control valve,using a distinctly difl=erer_t 36 pastel color over entire area of coverage. 37 d. Following review of charts by Consultant,they shall be hermetically sealed between 38 two layers of 20 min thick plastic sheet. 3 e. Charts shall be completed and reviewed prior to final review of irrigation system. 4 E. Submit thrust block design for pressure piping by registered professional Engineer in State of 41 Texas. 4 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 4 A. Deliver,unload,store,and handle materials,packaging,bundling,products in dry,weatherproof, waterproof condition in manner to prevent damage,breakage,deterioration,intrusion,ignition, 4 and vandalism.Deliver in original unopened packaging containers prominently displaying 4 manufacturer name,volume,quantity,contents,instructions,and conformance to local,state, 4 and federal law.Remove and replace cracked,broken,or contaminated items or elements 4 prematurely exposed to moisture,inclement weather,snow,ice,temperature extremes,fire,or 4 jobsite damage. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-3 1 1. Handling of PVC pipe:Exercise care in handling,loading and storing of PVC pipe.All 2 PVC pipe shall be transported in a vehicle which allows length of pipe to lie flat so as not to 3 subject it to undue bending or concentrated external loads.All sections of pipe that have 4 been dented or damaged shall be discarded,and,if installed,shall be replaced with new 5 piping. 6 1.6 WARRANTY 7 A. Owner will maintain turf and planting areas during warranty period,so as not to hamper proper 8 operation of irrigation system. 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 11 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 12 acceptable: 13 1. Sprinklers,valves and controller: 14 a. Base: 15 1) Rain bird. 16 2) Weathermatic. 17 3) Buckner. 18 4) Match existing irrigation system manufacturer. 19 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. General Piping: 22 1. Pressure supply lines(downstream of backflow prevention units to zone control valves)- 23 Class 200 PVC BE and Class 160 PVC RT. 24 2. Non-pressure lines:Class 200 PVC BE. 25 3. Drip tubing: 1-1/2 IN and smaller ASTM D2239. 26 4. Drip fittings:ASTM D2609. 27 5. Emitter tubing:As recommended by Emitter. 28 B. Plastic Pipe and Fittings: 29 1. Solvent weld pipe:Virgin polyvinyl chloride(PVC)compound;ASTM D2241 and ASTM 30 D 1784;cell classification 12454-B,Type 1,Grade 1. 31 a. Fittings: Standard weight,Schedule 40,injection molded PVC;complying with ASTM 32 D1784 and D2466,cell classification 12454-B,Type 1,Grade 1. 33 1) Threaded fittings: Schedule 80,injection molded PVC complying with ASTM 34 D2464,cell classification 12454-B,Type 1,Grade 1.(where required) 35 2) Tees and ells: Side gated. 36 b. Threaded nipples: 37 1) ASTM D2464. 38 2) Schedule 40. 39 3) Molded threads. 40 c. Joint cement and primer:Type as recommended by manufacturer. 41 2. Gasketed end pipe:Virgin polyvinyl chloride compound;ASTM D2241 and D1784;cell 42 classification 12454-B,Type 1,Grade 1. 43 a. Fittings: 44 1) Standard weight,Schedule 40,injection molded PVC. 45 2) ASTM D1784 and D2466. 46 3) Cell classification 12454-B. 47 b. Gaskets: 48 1) Factory installed in pipe and fittings. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-4 1 2) Metal or plastic support within gasket or plastic retainer ring for gasket 2 c. Flexible plastic pipe: 3 1) Virgin polyethylene,ASTM D2239. 4 ) Hydrostatic design stress of 630 psi,designated as PE 2306. 5 d. Fittings: 6 ` ) ASTM D2609;PVC Type 1. 7 2) Cell classification 12454-B. 8 e. Hose clamps: 9 1) Stainless steel band and worm gear screw clamps. 10 ) Two clamps per joint on 1-1/2 IN and larger fittings. 11 C. Gate Valves: 12 1. 3/4 through 2-1/2 IN pipe: 13 a. Brass construction 14 b. Solid wedge. ; 15 c. IPS threads. 16 d. Non-rising stem with wheel operating handle. 17 2. 3 IN and larger pipe: 18 a. Iron body. 19 b. Brass or bronze-mounted AWWA gate valves. 20 c. Clear waterway equal to full nominal diameter of valve. 21 d. Rubber gasket or mechanical joint-type. 2.2 e. 150 psi continuous working pressure. 2:3 f. Equip with a square operating nut 24 D. Quick Coupling Valves: 2.5 a. Brass two-piece body. 6 b. 150 psi,working pressure. 27 c. Operable with quick coupler. 28 1) Equip with locking rubber cover. 9 ) Key size and type as shown on Drawing. 30 E. Valve Boxes: 31 1. Gate valves, `p line blow-out stubs,and wire stub box: 10 IN circular box x 101N deep. 32 2. Control valves 3/4 through 2 IN: 33 a. 12 x 15 IN rectangular box. 34 b. Depth of cover denoted on the plans. 35 3. Drip valve assemblies: 36 a. 12 x 15 IN rectangular box. 37 b. Depth of cover denoted on the Plans. 38i 4. Control wiring splices: 10 IN circular box x 10 IN deep gray,as detailed. 39 F. Automatic Controller.Size and type shown on Drawings;mounted as shown. 40 G. Electric Control Valves: 41 1. Size and type shown on Drawings. 42 a. Manual flow adjustment(except drip valves). 3 b. Manual bleed nut. 44 H. Automatic Drain Valves: 45 1. Positive sealing at 3 psi line pressure or greater. n to drain at less than 3 psi line pressure. 47 3. 1/2 IN male pipe thread connection. 48 4. Geotextile encapsulation. 49 5. Granular drainage capacity for volume in pipe times maximum cycles per stop. 5C I. Sprinkler Heads: 51 1. As indicated on Drawings. 52 2. Fabricated riser units in accordance with details on Drawings. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-5 h I a. Riser nipples of same size as riser opening in sprinkler body. �o 2 J. Backflow Preventer: 3 1. Size and type indicated on Drawings. 4 2. Brass construction. 5 3. 150 psi working pressure. 6 K. Tensiometer:For measuring moisture content of soil type shown on Drawing. 7 L. Pumps:Type and size indicted on Drawings. 8 2.3 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 9 A. Furnish the following maintenance items to Owner prior to final acceptance: 10 1. Two sets of special tools required for removing,disassembling,and adjusting each type of 11 sprinkler head and valve supplied on this Project. 12 2. Two 6 FT valve keys for operation of gate valves or stop and waste valves(if applicable). 13 3. Two keys for each automatic controller. 14 4. Four quick coupler keys and two matching hose swivels for each type of quick coupling 15 valve installed. 16 5. Two aluminum drain valve keys of sufficient length for operation of drain valves. 17 B. Winterization:Include cost in bid for winterizing complete system at conclusion of sprinkling 18 season(in which system received final acceptance)within 3 days notification by the Owner. 19 System shall be voided of water using compressed air or similar method reviewed by 20 Architect/Consultant.Reopen,operate,and adjust system malfunctions accordingly during April 21 of following season within 3 days of notification by Owner. 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION 23 3.1 EXAMINATION 24 A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section is to be performed.Do not 25 proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 26 B. Grading operations,with the exception of final grading,shall be completed and approved by 27 Owner before staking or installation of any irrigation system begins. 28 3.2 PREPARATION 29 A. Staking: 30 1. Contact Consultant 48 HRS in advance and request review of staking. 31 2. Consultant will advise installer as to the amount of staking to be prepared. 32 3. Mark with powdered lime. 33 4. Flag heads for first few zones. 34 5. Consultant will review staking and direct changes,if required. 35 6. Review does not relieve installer from coverage problems due to improper placement of 36 heads after staking. 37 7. If Project has significant topography,freeform planting beds,or other amenities which 38 could require alteration of irrigation equipment layout as deemed necessary by Consultant, 39 do not install irrigation equipment in these areas until Consultant has reviewed equipment 40 staking. 41 B. Installation of sleeving under paving and concrete walks: 42 1. Extend a minimum 12 IN past edge of improvement prior to concreting and paving 43 operations. 44 C. Trenching: 45 1. Follow layout shown on Drawing where possible. 46 2. Dig trenches straight, support pipe continuously on bottom of trench. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-6 1 3: Remove rock and organic debris from trench bottom 2 D. Vibratory Plow: 3 1. Non-pressure piping installation if approved by Engineer based on soil conditions. 4 2. Maintain minimum pipe depths. 5 3. Clearances: 6 a. Piping 3 IN and larger: 7 1) Minimum clearance:`5 IN horizontally on each side of pipe. 8 b. Piping smaller than 3 IN:Minimum width of 7 IN. 9 c. Line clearance: 10 1) Not less than 6 IN of clearance between each line., I 1 2) Not less than 12 IN of clearance between lines of other trades. 12 4. Pipe and wire depth: 13 a. Pressure supply piping: 18 IN from top of pipe. 14 b. Non-pressure piping(rotor): 18 IN from top of pipe. 15 c. Non-pressure piping(pop-up): 12 IN from top of pipe. 16 d. Control wiring: Side of pressure main 17 5. Boring permitted where pipe must pass under obstructions)which cannot be removed. 18 3.3 INSTALLATION 19 A. Locate other equipment as near as possible to locations designated.Deviations shall be reviewed 20 by Consultant prior to installation. 21 B. PVC Piping: 22 1. Snake pipe in trench as much as possible to allow for expansion and contraction. 23 2. Do not install pipe when air temperature is below 40 DegF. 24 3. Place manual drain valves at low points and dead ends of pressure supply piping to ensure 25 complete drainage of system. ` 26 4. Close pipe ends with tight plug or cap when pipe la is not in progress. P�P � P g P P�P laying P � 27 5. Solvent weld PVC pipe: 28 a. Lay pipe and make all plastic to plastic joints in accordance with manufacturer's 29 recommendations. 30 b. Allow 24 HRS before pressurization. 31 6. Gasketed end pipes: 32 a. Lay pipe and make pipe to fitting or pipe to pipe joint,following pipe manufacturer's 33 recommendations. 34 7. Thrust block sizing: 35 a. Employ a State licensed Professional Engineer. 36 1) Design to support system based on existing soils. 37 2) Submit to Owner for approval. 38 b. Construct thrust blocks behind all gasketed fittings,tees,bends,reducers,line valves, 39 and caps. 40 c. Contact Consultant prior to placing thrust blocks,for observation of thrust block 41 excavation and initial placement 42 C. Drip Tubing: 43 1. Install in bed areas at 8 IN depth,below top of soil before installation of mulch. 44 2. Install at 12 IN depth if mulch is not to be installed. 5 3. In turf areas,install as non-pressure piping. 46 4. Install blow-out stubs at all dead ends. 47 D. Control Wiring: 48 1. Low voltage wiring: 49 a. Bury between controller and electric valves in pressure supply line trenches. 50 b. Locate as close as possible to main pipe lines. 51 1) Locate below and to one side of pipe,or: r 52 2) In separate trenches. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-7 I c. If separate trench is used,provide schedule 40 PVC conduit and 18 IN minimum cover. 2 d. Bundle all 24 V wires at 10 FT intervals. 3 e. Provide an expansion loop at every pressure pipe angle fitting,every electric control 4 valve location(in valve box),and every 500 FT. 5 1) Form expansion loop by wrapping wire at least eight times around a 3/4 IN pipe 6 and withdrawing pipe. 7 f. Make all splices and ECV connections using approved wire connectors and sealants. 8 g. Install all control wire splices not occurring at control valve in a separate splice valve 9 box. 10 h. Install control wire for each control valve. 11 i. Provide conduit for all pavement undercrossings or where other conditions make it 12 necessary. 13 j. Run two spare#14-1 wires from controller pedestal or electric control valve on each leg 14 of mainline. 15 1) Label spare wires at controller and wire stub box. 16 2. High voltage wiring for automatic controller: 17 a. Provide 120 V power connection to automatic controller. 18 b. All high voltage electrical work shall be performed by licensed electrician. 19 E. Automatic Controller: 20 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as detailed and where shown on 21 Drawings. 22 2. Connect remote control valves in numerical sequence as shown on Drawings. 23 3. Final location shall be reviewed by Consultant. 24 4. Furnish separate ground wire for each controller if multiple controllers are utilized. 25 5. All above ground conduit shall be rigid galvanized with appropriate fittings. 26 F. Electric Control Valves: 27 1. Install 3 IN below finished grade as shown on Drawings and as detailed. 28 2. When grouped,allow a minimum of 12 IN between valve boxes. 29 3. Install each valve in separate valve box. 30 4. Install individual valve box flush with ground. 31 5. Place a minimum of 2 CF of 3/4 IN crushed gravel in bottom of each box below valve. 32 G. Quick Coupling Valves: 33 1. Install quick couplers on double swing joint risers of Schedule 40 PVC pipe. 34 a. Plumb and flush to grade. 35 b. Angled nipple relative to pressure supply lin;shall be no more than 45 DegF and no 36 less than 10 DegF. 37 2. Install quick coupling valves as detailed on Drawings. 38 H. Drip Valve Assemblies:Install drip valve assembly as detailed on Drawings. 39 1. Drip Emitters: Stake surface emitters with acceptable tubing stakes as detailed on Drawings. 40 J. Drain Valves: 41 1. Install at all low points in pressure supply line as detailed. 42 2. Provide drainage sump for each drain valve based on the following: 43 44 CUBIC FEET OF GRAVEL PER DRAIN 45 VALVE DISTANCE OF PIPING TO BE DRAINED 46 PIPE SIZE 0-250 LF 250-500 LF 500-750 LF 750-1000 LF 1 IN 0.75 1.5 2.25 3.0 1-1/4 IN 0.75 1.5 2.25 3.0 1-1/2 IN 1.50 3.0 4.50 6.0 2IN 2.50 5.0 7.50 10.00 2-1/2 IN 4.00 8.0 12.00 16.00 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-8 3 IN 6.00 12.00 18°00 24.00 4IN 11.00 22.00 33.00 44.00 6IN 25.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 8IN 40.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 10IN 50.00 50.00 50.00 ,50.00 12 IN 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 1 2 K. Valve Boxes: 3 1. Install one valve box for each type of valve. ,4 a. Installed as detailed on Drawings. 5 b. Valve box extensions are acceptable for master valves only: 6 c. Install gravel sump after compaction of all trenches. 7 d. Place final portion of gravel inside valve box after valve box is baditfilled d 8 compacted. 9 2. Brand controller letter and station number on lid of each valve box. 10 a. Letter and number size shall be 1 IN minimum and 1-1/2 IN minimum. 11, b. Depth of brand shall be 1/8 IN maximum into valve box lid. 12 L. Crate Valves:Install where shown on Drawings as detailed. 13 M. Sprinkler Heads: 14 1. Install where designated on Drawings or where staked. 1 a. Set to finish as detailed. 1 i b. Spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum indicated on Drawing unless re-staked 11 as directed by Consultant 1 I c. In no case shall the spacing exceed um recommended by manufacturer. 1 d. Adjust part circle heads for proper coverage. 2 e. Adjust heads to correct height after sod is installed. 2 . Install heads on double swing joint risers of schedule 40 PVC pipe. aAngled nipple relative to non-pressure line shall be no more than 45 DegF or less than 2 10 DegF. 21 3. Plant placement shall not interfere with intended sprinkler head coverage,piping,or other 2 equipment 2 4. Engineer may request nozzle changes or adjustments without additional cost to the Owner. 2 N. Backflow Preventer°Install as detailed at location designated on Drawings. 2 0. Backfilling: See Section 02221, 2 1. Materials: 3 a.. Excavated material is generally considered satisfactory for backfill purposes. . Backfnll material shall be free of rubbish,vegetable matter,frozen materials,and stones 3 larger than 1 IN in maximum dimension. 3 c. Do not mix subsoil with topsoil. 3 d. Material not suitable for backfill shall be hauled away. 3 e. Contractor shall be responsible for providing suitable backfill if excavated material is 3 unacceptable or not sufficient to meet backfill,compaction',and final grade 3 requirements. 3 2. Do not leave trenches open for a period of more than 48 HRS. 3 a. Open excavations shall be protected in accordance with OSHA regulations. ® Compact backfill to 90 percent maximum density,determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557 utilizing the following methods: a. Mechanical tamping. P. Piping Under Paving: 44 1. Provide for a minimum cover of 18 IN between the top of the pipe and the bottom of the h 4 aggregate base. 4- a. Provide sand(backfill,6 IN below pipe and 3 IN above pipe). 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02 1-9 q 1 2. Compact backfill per Section 02221. 2 3. Set in place,cap,and pressure test all piping under paving prior to backfilling and paving 3 operations. 4 a. Notify Engineer prior to testing. 5 4. Piping under existing walks or concrete pavement: 6 a. Complete by jacking,boring,or hydraulic driving. 7 b. Where cutting or breaking of walks and/or concrete is necessary,remove in panels and 8 replace at no cost to Owner. 9 1) Obtain permission to cut or break walks and/or concrete from Owner. 10 Q. Water Supply and Point of Connection: 11 1. Water supply shall be extended as shown from water supply lines. 12 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Flushing: After piping,risers,and valves are in place and connected,but prior to installation of 14 sprinkler heads,quick coupler assemblies,and hose valves,thoroughly flush piping system 15 under full head of water pressure from dead end fittings. 16 1. Maintain flushing for 5 minutes through furthermost valves. 17 2. Cap risers after flushing. 18 B. Testing:Conduct tests in presence of Consultant. 19 1. Arrange for presence of Consultant 48 HRS in advance of testing. 20 2. Supply force pump and all other test equipment. 21 3. After backfilling,and installation of all control valves,fill pressure supply line with water. 22 a. Pressurize to 40 psi over the designated static pressure or 120 psi,whichever is greater. 23 b. Test for a period of 2 HRS. 24 4. Leakage,pressure loss: Test is acceptable if no leakage or loss of pressure is evident during 25 test period. 26 5. Leaks:Detect and repair leaks. 27 6. Retest system until test pressure can be maintained for duration of tests. 28 7. Before final acceptance,pressure supply line shall remain under pressure for a period of 48 29 HRs. 30 C. Walk Through for Substantial Completion: 31 1. Arrange for Consultant's presence 48 HRS in advance of walk-through. 32 2. Entire system shall be completely installed and operational prior to scheduling of walk- 33 through. 34 3. Operate each zone in its entirety for Consultant at time of walls-througb. 35 a. Open all valve boxes if directed. 36 4. During walk-through,expose all drip emitters under operations for observation. 37 a. Demonstrate they are performing and installed as designed. 38 1) Prior to placing of all mulch material. 39 D. Walk-Through for Final Completion: 40 1. Arrange for Consultant's presence 48 HRS in advance of walk-through. 41 2. Show evidence to Consultant that Owner has received all accessories,charts,record 42 drawings,and equipment as required before Final Completion walk-tbrougb is scheduled. 43 3. Operate each zone,in its entirety for Consultant at time of walk-through to ensure correction 44 of all incomplete items. 45 3.5 ADJUSTMENT 46 A. Upon completion of installation, "fine-tune" entire system by regulating valves,adjusting 47 patterns and break-up arms,and setting pressure reducing valves at proper and similar pressure 48 to provide optimum and efficient coverage. 49 1. Flush and adjust all sprinkler heads for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto ^. 50 walks,roadways,and buildings as much as possible. 51 2. Heads of same type shall be operating at same pressure+7 percent. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-10 , 1 B. If it is determined that irrigation adjustments will provide proper and more adequate coverage, �k 2 make such adjustments prior to Final Acceptance,as directed,at no additional cost to Owner. 3 1. Adjustments may also include changes in nozzle sizes,degrees of arc,and control valve 4 throttling. 5 C. All sprinkler heads shall be set perpendicular to finish grade unless otherwise designated. 6 3.6 CLEANING A. Maintain continuous cleaning operation throughout duration of work.Dispose o ,off-site at no 8 additional cost to Owner,all trash or debris generated by installation of irrigation system. 9 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02441-11 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02441-12 N 1 2002/01/14 2 SECTION 02444' 3 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 7 1. Chain link fencing and gates. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02200-Earthwork. 12 4. Section 03002-Concrete. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. ASTM International(ASTM): 16 a. Al53,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 17 b. A392,Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. 18 c. A428,Test Method for Weight of Coating on Aluminum Coated Iron or Steel Articles. 19 d. A824,Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Steel Marcelled Tension Wire for use 20 with Chain-Link Fence. 21 e. F552,Terminology Relating to Chain-Link Fencing. 22 f, F567,Standard Practice for Installation of Chain Link Fence. 23 g. F626,Standard Specification for Fence Fittings. 24 h. F900,Standard Specification for Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates. 25 i. F1043,Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial 26 Chain Line Fence Framework. 27 j. F1083,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) 28 Welded,for Fence Structures. 29 2. Chain Link Manufacturer's Institute for"Galvanized Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric and 3 Accessories." 31 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 3 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 33 B. Qualifications: 3 1. Installer bonded and licensed in the Project state. 35 2. Installer shall have a minimum 2 years experience installing similar fencing. 36 3. Utilize only AWS certified welders. 37 4. Electric gate operators to be UL listed. 38 5. Grounding by an electrician licensed in Project state. 39 1.3 DEFINITIONS 40 A. See ASTM F552. 41 B. NPS: Nominal pipe size,in inches. 42 C. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 43 product in the field at the Project site. 44 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 45 1.4 SUBMITTALS 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02444-1 I A. Shop Drawings: 2 1. See Section 01340. 3 2: Product technical data including: 4 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 5 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 6 3. Scaled plan layout showing spacing of components,accessories,fittings,and post 7 anchorage. 8 4. Mill certificates. 9 5. Source quality control test results. 10 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 11 1. See Section 01340. 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 14 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 15 acceptable: 16 1. Fence systems: 17 a. Cyclone. 18 b. Page-Wilson Corporation(Page Fence Division). 19 c. Anchor Fence,Inc. 20 d. Or approved equal. 21 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 22 2.2 COMPONENTS 23 A. Components shall match the fabric type,wire gage,mesh size,post,brace and rail sizes of the 24 existing surrounding fence system at the Como Pump Station Site. The following components 25 are for reference only and shall be field verified by Contractor prior to ordering fence materials. 26 B. Chain Link Fabric: 27 1. Fabric type: 28 a. ASTM A392 zinc-coated steel: 29 1) Coated before weaving,2.0 OZ/SF. 30 2. Wire gage: 9. 31 3. Mesh size: 2 IN. 32 4. Selvage treatment: 33 a. Top: Knuckled. 34 b. Bottom: Twisted and barbed. 35 C. Concrete: See Section 03002. 36 D. Line Post: 37 1. ASTM F1083 pipe: 38 a. Schedule 40,NPS 2. 39 E. Comer or Terminal Posts: 40 1. ASTM F1083 pipe: 41 a. Schedule 40,NPS 2-1/2. 42 F. Brace and Rails: 43 1. ASTM F1083 pipe: 44 a. Schedule 40,NPS 1-1/4. 45 G. Tension Wire: 46 1. Bottom of fabric: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02444-2 wP I ' a. ASTM A824,galvanized steel,Class 3; 2 H. Fence Fittings(Post and Line Caps,Rail and Brace Ends,Sleeves-Top Rail,Tie Wires and 3 Clips,Tension and Brace Bands,Tension Bars,Truss ): 4 1. ASTM F626. 5 I. Swing Gate: 6 1. ASTM F900. 7 2. Materials as specified for fence framework and fabric. 8 3. Hardware: 9 a. Galvanized per ASTM A15 . 10 b. Hinges to permit I90-degree gate opening,as shown on plans. 11 23 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 12 A. Test related fence construction materials to meet the following standards: 13 1. Posts and s: 14 a. ASTM F1043,Heavy Industrial. 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLATION 17 A. Install in accordance with: 18 1. Manufacturer's instructions. 1.9 2. Lines and grades shown on 20 3. In accordance with ASTM F567. 211 B. Do not start fence installation before final grading is complete and finish elevations are 22 established. 23 C. Drill holes in firm,undisturbed or compacted soil. 2 D. Place fence with bottom edge of fabric at maximum clearance above grade,as shown on 2 Drawings.Correct minor irregularities in earth to maintain maximum clearance. 2 E. Space line posts at equal teals not exceeding 10 FT OC. 2 F. Provide post braces for each gate,comer,pull and terminal post and first adjacent line post. 2 G. Install tension bars full height of fabric. 2 H. Provide concrete mow pad for new fence. . Install bracing assemblies at all end and gate posts,as well as side,comer,and pull posts. 1. Locate compression members at mid-height of fabric. 3 2. Extend diagonal tension members from compression members to bases of posis. 3 3. Install so that posts are plumb when under correct tension. J. Pull fabric taut and secure to posts and rails. 3 1. Secure so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. . Secure to posts at not over 15 IN OC,and to rails at not over 24 IN OC,and to tension wire at not over 24 IN OC. 3. Use U-shaped wire confo to diameter of pipewhich attached,clasping pipe and 3 fabric firmly with ends twisted at least two full turns. 4 4. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons or clothing. K. Install post top at each post, L. Gates: 1. Construct with fittings or by welding. 4 2. Provide rigid,weatherproof joints. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02444-3 1 3. Assure right non-sagging,non-twisting gate. ° 2 4. Coat welds in accordance with 09905 . ; 3 END OF SECTION ` . J 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET corno Ptmmp Station Expamon May 1 ,2006 02 -4 1 2002/01/14 2 SECTION 02529 3 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND STEPS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes:. 17 1. Concrete sidewalk and steps. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 03002-Concrete. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14' American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials( ): 15 a. M74,Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 16 b. M148,Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 17 c. M153,Standard Specifications for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete 18 Paving and Structural Construction. 19 d. M171,Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 20 e. MI82,Burlap Cloth Made From Jute or Kenaf. y 21, f. M213,Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structure 22 Construction. 23 g. M224,Protective Coatings for Portland Cement Concrete. 41 b. M233,Boiled Linseed Oil Mixture for Treatment of Portland Cement Concrete. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 6 a. 211,Selecting Proportions for Normal,Heavyweight,and Mass Concrete. 7 b. 214,Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. 28 c. Refer to Section 03308,Section 03311 and Section 03350 for additional standards. . ASTM International( 30 a 15,Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric,Plain,for Concrete 31 Reinforcement. b. A615,Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement(Including Supplementary Requirements S1). c. C33,Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 3 d. C150,Standard Specification for Portland Cement 3 e. C227,Standard Test Methods for Potential Alkali Reaction. 3 f. C289,Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates 3 (Chemical Method). 3 g. C295,Practice for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. 4 h. C309,Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing 4 Concrete. 4 i. D698,Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 4 Standard Effort(12, 00 -lbf/ft3). j. D4253,Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory 4 Table. k. D4254,Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weights of Soils t>, 4 and Calculation of Relative Density. 4 1. Refer to Section 03308,Section 03311 and Section 03350 for additional standards. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02529.1 1 4. Federal Specification(FS): 2 a. SS-S-1614,Sealants,Joint,Jet-Fuel-Resistant,Hot-Applied for Portland Cement and 3 Tar Concrete Pavements. 4 b. TT-S 00227 E(3),Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type,Multi-Component(for 5 Calking,Sealing,and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures. 6 5. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association(NRMCA). 7 6. Plant Manufacturer's Bureau of NRMCA. 8 1.3 SUBMITTALS 9 A. Shop Drawings: 10 1. See Section 01340. 11 2. Product technical data including: 12 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 13 3. Mix design(s)in accordance with Section 03002. 14 4. Qualifications of concrete installer. 15 5. Drawings detailing all reinforcing. 16 6. Concrete cylinder test results from field quality control. 17 B. Samples: 18 1. See Section 01340. 19 2. Samples of fabricated jointing materials and devices. 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 22 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are loom` 23 acceptable: 24 1. Chemical admixtures: 25 a. Sika Chemical Corporation. 26 b. Master Builders Company. 27 c. Protex Industries. 28 d. W.R.Grace and Company. 29 e. Or approved equal. 30 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 31 2.2 MATERIALS 32 A. Portland Cement: 33 1. ASTM C150,Type I or H. 34 B. Aggregates: 35 1. ASTM C33,gradation size#67,3/4 IN to#4. 36 C. Water: 37 1. Potable quality. 38 D. Admixtures: 39 1. Comply with Section 03002. 40 E. Reinforcing Bars: 41 1. ASTM A615,Grade 60. 42 F. Welded Wire Fabric: 43 1. ASTM A185. 44 2. Flat 45 3. Clean,free from dirt,scale,rust 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02529-2 I G. Preformed Joint Filler. 2: 1. Nonextruding cork,self-expanding sponge rubber or cork rubber. 3 ' 2. Meet AASHTO M153 or M213. 4 H. Hot-Poured Joint Sealing Material: 5 1. Fed Spec SS-S-1614. 6 I. Sidewalk Joint Sealant 7 1. Two compound,polyurethane sealant 8 2. Class A,Type 1. 9 :3. Self-leveling. 10 4. Nontracking. 11 5. Fed Spec TT-S 00227 E(3). 12 J. Membrane Curing Compound: 13 1. ASTM C309. 14 IC. Cover Materials for Curing: 15 1. Burlap: 16 a° AASHTO 182. 17 b. Minimum Class 2, 8 OZ material(I YD x 42 18 ' 2. Polyethylene film: 19 a. AASHTO M171. 2U L. Paper Subgrade Cover: 21 1. AASHTO M74 or polyethylene film. 22 2. Meet AASHTO M 171. 23 M. Concrete Treatment: " ° 24 1. Boiled linseed oil mixture. 2. 25 2. Meets AASHTO M233. 26 N. Forms: 27 1. Steel or wood. 28 2. Size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain hofizontal 29 vertical alignment. 30 3. Free of distortion and defects. 31 4. Full depth. 32 5. Metal Side Forms: 331 a. Minimum 7/32 IN thick 34 b. Depth equal to edge thickness of concrete. 35 c. Flat or rounded top minimum 1-3/4 IN wide, 36 d. Base 8 IN wide or equal to height,whichever is less. 37 e. Maximum deflection 1/8 IN under center load of 1700 LBS. 313 f° Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends. 39 23 MIXES 40 A. Mix design to provide 4,000 psi 28 y compressive s 1-1/ IN 1 IN slump,6 percent 41 air. 42 B. Comply with Section 03002. 43 PART 3 - EXECUTION 44 3.1 PREPARATION 45 A. Subgrade Preparation: 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02529-3 I 1. Prepare using methods,procedures,and equipment necessary to attain required compaction 2 densities,elevation and section. 3 2. Scarify and recompact top 6 IN of fills and embankments which will be sidewalk and step 4 areas. 5 3. Remove soft or spongy areas.Replace with aggregate material 6 4. Compact to the following densities: 7 a. Cohesive soils: 95 percent per ASTM D698. 8 b. Non-cohesive soils: 75 percent relative per ASTM D4253 and D4254. 9 5. Assure moisture content is within limits prescribed to achieve required compaction density. 10 6. Following compaction,trim and roll to exact cross section.Check with approved grading 11 template. 12 7. Perform density tests on subgrade to determine that subgrade complies with the 13 specification. 14 B. Aggregate Course: 15 1. Place material in not more than 6 IN thick layers. 16 2. Spread,shape,and compact all material deposited on the subgrade during the same day. 17 3.- Compact to {75) percent relative per ASTM D4253 and D4254. 18 C. Loose and Foreign Material: 19 1. Remove loose and foreign material immediately before application of paving. 20 D. Appurtenance Preparation: 21 1. Block out or box out curb inlets and curb returns. 22 2. Provide for joint construction as detailed and dimensioned on Drawings. 23 3. Adjust manholes,inlets,valve boxes and any other utility appurtenances to design grade. 24 a. Secure to elevation with concrete. 25 b. Place concrete up to 5 IN below design grade. 26 4. Clean and oil forms. 27 3.2 ERECTION,INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION 28 A. Concrete Production: 29 1. Comply with Section 03002. 30 B. Forms: 31 1. Form support: 32 a. Compact soil foundation and cut to grade to support forms. 33 b. Use bearing stakes driven flush with bottom of form to svipplement support as 34 necessary. 35 c. Do not use earth pedestals. 36 2. Staking forms: 37 a. Joint forms neatly and tightly. 38 b. Stake and pin securely with at least three pins for each 10 FT section. 39 3. Clean and oil forms prior to placement of concrete. 40 4. Set forms sufficiently in advance of work(minimum 2 HRS)to permit proper inspection. 41 5. Previously finished pavement or curb and gutter contiguous with new work may serve as 42 side form when specifically approved. 43 C. Reinforcing: 44 1. Lap mats one full space. 45 2. Tie end transverse member of upper mat securely to prevent curling. 46 3. Lap non-welded bars 12 IN minimum. 47 4. Support: 48 a. Place bars securely on chairs at called-for height. 49 b. Place other fabric on the first of a two-course pour and cover promptly with final pour, 50 or place fabric by a fabric-placer if procedure is reviewed and approved by Engineer. 51 D. Joints: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02529-4 I 1: Hold locations and alignment to within+1/4 IN. 2 2. Finish concrete surface adjacent to previous section to within+1/8 IN,with tooled radius of 3 1/4 IN. 3. Metal keyway joints: 5 a. Formby installing metal joint strip,left in place. 6 b. Stake and support like side form. 7 c. Provide dowels or tie bars. 8 4. Weakened plane joints: a Locate at intervals shown on the plans. 10 b. Tool groove in freshly placed concrete with tooling device. I I c. Groove dimensions shall be 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at root 1.2 5. Install construction joints at end of day's work or wherever concreting must be interrupted 13 for 30 minutes or more. 14 6. Expansion joints: 15 a. Locate at 20 FT intervals and at all intersection curb returns. 16 b. Stake in place load transfer device consisting of dowels. 17 c. Supporting and spacing means and premolded joint filler as per Drawing details. 18 d. Provide preformed joint filler at all junctions with existing sidewalks,steps,or other 19 structures. 20 7. Thoroughly clean and fill joints with joint sealing material as specified. 21 8. Upper surface of filled joint to be flush to 1/8 IN below finish surface. 22 E. Place Concrete: 23 1. Comply with Section 03002. 2 2. Construct driveway openings and other features as per Drawing details. 2 F. Cold and Hot Weather Concreting: 2 1. Cold weather: 2 a. Cease concrete placing when descending air temperature in shade falls below 40 DegF. 2 b. Do not resume until ambient temperature has risen to 40 DegF. 2 c. If placing is authorized below 40 DegF by Engineer,maintain temperature of mix 3 between 60 and 80 DegF. 31 d. Heat aggregates or water or both. 3 e. Water temperature may not exceed 175 DegF. 3 f, Aggregate temperature may not exceed 150 DegF. 3 g. Remove and replace frost damaged concrete. 3 h. Salt or other antifreeze is not permitted. 3 i. Comply with ACI 306. 3 2. Hot weather: 3 a. Temperature of concrete when placed: 3 1) Do not place concrete when the actual or anticipated evaporation rate equals or 4 exceeds 0.2 lb/sf/hr as determine from 305R,Figure 2.1.5. 4 2) If temperature of concrete exceeds 90°F Contractor places at his own risk. Under 4 no circumstances shall concrete temperate exceed 95°F at placement 4 3) Not so has as to cause: a) Shrinkage cracks. 4 b) Difficulty in placement die to loss of slump. c) Flash set 4 b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. 4 c. Cool water with crushed ice. 4 d. Cool aggregates by evaporation or water spray. 5 e. Never batch cement hotter than 160 DegF. 5 f. Comply with ACI 305R. 5 g. At air temperature 90°F and above,provide curing method that keeps the concrete 5 surface continuously wet"Curing compound will not be acceptable." 5 G. Finishing: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02529-5 1 1. As soon as placed,strike off and screed to crown and cross section,slightly above grade,so 2 that consolidation and finishing will bring to final Drawing elevations. 3 2. Maintain uniform ridge full width with first pass of first screed. 4 3. Test with 6 FT straightedges equipped with long handles and operated from sidewalk. 5 4. Draw excess water and laitance off from surface. 6 5. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks but to produce a uniform granular or sandy 7 texture. 8 6. Broom finish after floating. 9 7. Tool edges with suitable edger. 10 8. Provide exposed aggregate surfaces in areas indicated on the Drawings. 11 9. Provide method such as abrasive blasting,bush hammering,or surface retarder acceptable to 12 the Engineer. 13 H. Curing: 14 1. Apply membrane curing compound complying with ASTM C309,and in accordance with 15 manufacturer's directions but at a rate of minimum 200 SF per gallon. 16 2. Apply curing compound within 4 HRS after finishing or as soon as surface moisture has 17 dissipated. 18 3. Cure for minimum of 7 days. 19 4. When average daily temperature is below 50 DegF,provide insulative protection of 12 IN 20 minimum thickness loose dry straw,or equivalent,for 10 days. 21 5. Linseed oil sealant: 22 a. For concrete sidewalk and step,seal surface with linseed oil. 23 b. Apply linseed oil to clean surface as per AASHTO M224 after concrete has cured for 1 24 month. 25 c. Apply first application at rate of 67 SY per gallon. 26 d. Apply second application to a dry surface at rate of 40 SY per gallon. 27 I. Protection of Concrete: 28 1. Protect new sidewalk,steps,and their appurtenances from traffic for a minimum of 14 days. 29 2. Repair or replace parts of sidewalk and steps damaged by traffic,or other causes,prior to 30 final acceptance. 31 J. Opening to Traffic: 32 1. After 14 days,area may,at Owner's discretion,be opened to traffic if job cured cylinders 33 have attained a compressive strength of 3000 LBS per square inch when tested in 34 accordance with ASTM standard methods. 35 2. Prior to opening to traffic,clean and refill joints as required with specified filler material. 36 K. Ciean Up: 37 1. Assure clean-up work is completed within 2 weeks after sidewalk has been opened to 38 traffic. 39 2. No new work will begin until clean-up work has been completed,or is maintained within 2 40 weeks after sidewalk has been opened to traffic. 41 L. Handrails: 42 1. Provide handrails where required and as per Drawing details. 43 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 44 A. Provide test cylinders in accordance with Section 03002. 45 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02529-6 1 , . . SECTION 02900 2 TREE PLANTING 3 4 RT 1 - GENERAL.. 5 .1A SCOPE: 6 A. This work includes all final fine grading and minor leveling of planting areas,soil preparation,and 7 planting.Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and services required as herein specified and indicated on 8 the drawings.Refer to planting details on plans. 9 .2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 10 A Section 02260 -Topsoiling and Finished Grading. 11 B. Section 02441—Irrigation System. 12 C. Section 02930—Seeding,Sodding and Landscaping. 13 PART 2- PRODUCTS 14 1 TOPSOUL: 15 soil at the'sit6 will be used.If sufficient tities'o on-site topsoil are not available,off-site y, 16 sources may be used,upon approval by the Landscape Architect. 17 2.2 SOIL AMENDMENTS: 18 A. Fertilizer: Shall be a one hundred(100%)percent organic based product containing the following 19 minimum percentages of available nutrients(N-P- )6- -3 such as Sustain,Garden-ville Soil Food,or 20 Green Sense. 21 B. Root Stimulator. Shall be Liquid Seaweed el ). 22 pP MULCH: 23 A. Standard Mulch: Shall be shredded hardwood bark mulch for all planting areas. 24 B. Submittal: Submit a one(1)quart sample of proposed mulch for approval by Owner. 25 2.4 WATER: 26 A. Water shall be available at the site via irrigation system.Water required in connection with planting will 27 be furnished and paid for by the Owner provided it is not used in a wasteful manner.Any hose or other 28 watering equipment shall be provided by the Landscape Contractor to water planting areas until the job is 29 accepted by the Owner. 30 .5 PLANT MATERIALS: 31 A. Plant Name and Location:The names and locations of all plants are noted on the drawings.The 32 nomenclature of all plant materials is per Hortus Third by L.H.Bailey.Plant materials not conforminig 33 with this reference will be rejected by the Architect/Engineer. City of Port Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02900 -1 I B. Quality and Size:All plant materials shall be first class representatives of their normal species or variety 2 unless otherwise specified.They shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and shall be 3 healthy,shapely,well-rooted,and vigorous.All plant materials shall be free from insect pests,plant 4 diseases,and injuries.The containers and balls of all plants delivered to the site shall be free from any 5 weeds or grasses which could be considered noxious or objectionable;i.e.,nutgrass or Johnsongrass.ALL 6 PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR EXCEED THE MEASUREMENTS SPECIFIED 7 ON THE PLANTING PLAN WHICH ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES.They shall be 8 measured after pruning with the branches in normal position.The requirements for measurement, 9 branching,grading,quality,balling and burlapping of plants specified generally follow the code of the 10 standards currently recommended by the American Association of Nurserymen,Inc.,in the American 11 Standards for Nursery Stock. 12 C. Packaging: 13 1. Container Grown Plants:Plants designated as"Cont." on the plans shall be full or heavy grade and 14 shall have been growing in the specified size container for one full season prior to delivery to the site. 15 2. Balled and Burlapped Plants(B&B):Plants designated"B&B"on the plans shall be balled and 16 burlapped. They shall be dug with firm,natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to 17 encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant.Balls shall be 18 firmly wrapped with burlap or similar materials and bound with twine,cord,or wire mesh.Where 19 necessary,to prevent breading or cracking of the ball during the process of planting,the ball may be 20 secured to a platform. 21 3. Trees grown in root control bags will not be accepted as container grown.They will be accepted as 22 "balled and burlapped"if they meet the American Standards for Nursery Stock standards for balled 23 and burlapped trees. 24 4. Alternate to B&B:Plants grown in containers may be accepted as B&B provided that the plant has 25 been growing in the container for one full growing season prior to delivery.Alternate must be 26 approved by Owner. loom► 27 D. Substitutions: Substitutions will not be allowed. 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 LAYOUT: 30 A. Location and spacing for plants and outline of areas to be planted shall be as denoted by stem location or 31 by notations on the plan.All tree and shrub planting locations shall be staked by the Landscape Contractor 32 and shall be approved by the Owner prior to digging the planting pits. 33 3.2 SOIL PREPARATION: 34 A. Tree Planting Pits: 35 1. All tree pits shall be a minimum of three times larger in diameter than the tree ball or root spread as 36 shown on the planting details. 37 2. Soil Mix: Soil mix for backfilling the tree planting pits shall consist of native topsoil. 38 3.3 DELIVERY OF PLANT MATERIALS: 39 A. Plants shall be packed and protected during delivery and after arrival at the site,against climatic,seasonal, 40 wind damage,or other injuries,and at no time shall be allowed to dry out. 41 3.4 PROTECTION OF PLANT MATERIALS: 42 A. All plants shall be handled so that roots are adequately protected at all tunes from drying out and from 43 other injury.The balls of balled plants which cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be"heeled 44 in"for protection with soil mulch,straw,or other acceptable material. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02900 -2 1 .5 SETTING THE PLANTS: f 2 A. All plants shall be planted in pits,centered,and set to touch such depth that the finished grade level at the 3 plant after settlement will be the same as that at which the plant was grown.Each plant shall be planted 4 upright and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to adjacent plants or structures.No burlap 5 shall be pulled out from under balls or balls broken when taken from containers.All broken or frayed 6 roots shall be cut off cleanly.When the hole is nearly filled with the specified soil,add water and the 7 specified root stimulator,and allow it to soak away.Fill the hole to finished grade and form a shallow 8 saucer around each tree by placing a ridge of topsoil around the edge of each pit after planting. 9 3.6 MULCHING: 10 A. All trees,except as noted in the planting details,shall be mulched after planting with a one(1")inch deep 11 layer of compost and a three( ")inch deep layer of mulch entirely covering the excavated area around 12 each plant.All planting beds shall be mulched with a one(1")inch layer of compost and a three( ")inch 13 deep layer of mulch. 14 �7 GRADING: 15 A. The surface of all planting areas shall slope as shown on the plans.Unless otherwise shown,slope one- 16 quarter('/4")inch per foot(two(2%)percentgradient)away from foundations and walk. 17 m CLEANUP: 18 A_ All excess soil,soil preparation materials,fertilizer,or plant containers shall be removed form the site 19 upon completion of the work. 20 . PRUNING: 21 A_ Each tree will be pruned only as necessary to preserve the natural shape and character of the plant All 22 pruning will be done after delivery to the site,under supervision of the Architect/Engineer.All soft wood 23 or sucker growth and all broken or badly bruised branches and roots shall be removed. 24 .10 MAINTENANCE: 25 A. The Landscape Contractor is responsible for watering,cultivating,and other necessary maintenance until 26 the completion and acceptance of all the work. 27 .11 WEED INFESTATION: 28 A. Any shrub or groundcover bed that becomes infested with noxious weeds or nut sedge shall be excavated 29 to a minimum depth of 18",the soil removed,and completely replaced with new materials at no additional 30 cost to the Owner. 1 .12 INSPECTION FOR ACCEPTANCE: 32 A. Inspections:Inspection of work and planting to determine completion of the work,exclusive of possible 33 warranty plant replacement,will be made by the Owner at the time of the final inspection for the entire 34 project. 35 13 GUARANTEE: 36 A. Terms:All trees shall be guaranteed for one(1)year.Guarantee begins upon final acceptance of work by 37 the Owner. 38 B. Plant Replacement At the end of the guarantee period,inspection will be made by the Owner and the 39 Contractor.Any plant material required under this contract that is dead or not in satisfactory 40 condition shall be removed and replaced with the same size and kind of plant specified,at no cost to the 41 Owner. 42 END OF SECTION 1'i02: City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 16,2006 02 -3 , �l G U 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02900 ®4 i. 2002/01/14 SECTION 02930 3 SEEDING, SODDING AND LANDSCAPING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes:. 1. Seeding,sodding and landscape planting: a. Soil preparation. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 12 3. Section 02260-Topsoiling and Finished Grading. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE , 14 A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. American Standard for Nursery Stock( S). it 2. ASTM International(ASTM): Y a. D997,Drop Test for Loaded Cylindrical Containers. 1 . D2028,Standard Specification for Cutback Asphalt. 1 . Standard Methods of the Association of Official Agricultural °sts. 2 4. United States Department of Agriculture,(USDA): 21, a. Federal Seed Act. 22 1.3 SUBMITTALS 2 ShopDrawings: 2 1. See Section 01340. 2Layout drawings: 2 a. Scaled site plan(scale l IN=20 FT or equal to scale of Project site plan wing)on 2 reproducible drawing to show: 2 b. Tree,plant and planting location. 2 3. Certification: 3 a. Certify each container of seed delivered will be labeled in accordance with Federal and 3 State Seed Laws and equals or exceeds Specification requiremints. 3 4. Other documents: 3 a. Copies of invoices for fertilizer used on Project showing grade furnished,along with 3 certification of quality and wammty.If Engineer determines fertilizer requires sampling 3 and testing to verify quality,testing will be done at Contractor's expense,in accordance 3 with current methods of Association of OfficialAgricultural emists.Upon 3 completion of Project,a final check of total quantities of fertilizer used will be made 3 against total area seeded.If minimum rates of application have not been met, 3S Contractor will be required to distribute additional quantities to make up minimum application specified. 41 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 4 A. Installation Schedule: 42, 1. Provide schedule showing when trees,shrubs,groundcovers and other plant materials are anticipated to be planted. 4 2. Show schedule of when lawn type and other grass areas are anticipated to be plirnted. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 02930-1 1 3. Indicate planting schedules in relation to schedule for irrigation system installation,finish 2 grading and topsoiling. 3 4. Indicate anticipated dates Engineer will be required to review installation for initial 4 acceptance and final acceptance. 5 B. Pre-installation Meeting: 6 1. Meet with Engineer and other parties as necessary to discuss schedule and methods,unless 7 otherwise indicated by Engineer. 8 PART 2- PRODUCTS 9 2.1 MATERIALS 10 A. Water: Water free from substances harmful to grass or sod growth.Provide water from source 11 approved prior to use. 12 B. Plants: 13 1. See plant list on Drawings. 14 2. Sound,healthy,vigorous,with normal top and root systems,free from disease,insect pests 15 or their eggs,grown in same or colder climatic zone as project. 16 a. Nursery grown stock,freshly dug.No heeled-in,cold storage or collected stock_ 17 b. Species and size as indicated on Drawings. 18 PART 3- EXECUTION 19 3.1 SOIL PREPARATION 20 A. General: 21 1. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted soon after. 22 2. Provide facilities to protect and safeguard all persons on or about premises. 23 3. Protect existing trees designated to remain. 24 4. Verify location and existence of all underground utilities.Take necessary precaution to 25 protect existing utilities from damage due to construction activity.Repair all damages to 26 utility items at sole expense. 27 5. Provide facilities such as protective fences and/or watchmen to protect work from 28 vandalism. Contractor to be responsible for vandalism until acceptance of work in whole or 29 in part. 30 B. Preparation for Lawn-Type Seeding,Sprigging,Plugging or Sodding: 31 1. Loosen surface to minimum depth of 4 IN.Remove stones over 1 IN in any dimension and 32 sticks,roots,rubbish,and other extraneous matter. 33 2. Prior to applying fertilizer,loosen areas to be seeded with a double disc or other suitable 34 device if the soil has become hard or compacted.Correct any surface irregularities in order 35 to prevent pocket or low areas which will allow water to stand. 36 3. Distribute fertilizer uniformly over areas to be seeded: 37 a. For lawn-type seeding: 15 LBS per 1000 SF,or as recommended in writing by 38 fertilizer manufacturer. 39 b. For pasture seeding: 200 LBS per acre. 40 4. Incorporate fertilizer into soil to a depth of at least 2 IN by disking,harrowing,or other 41 approved methods.Remove stones or other substances from surface which will interfere 42 with turf development or subsequent mowing operations. 43 5. Grade lawn areas to a smooth,even surface with a loose,uniformly fine texture.Roll and 44 rake,remove ridges and fill depressions,as required to meet finish grades.Limit fine 45 grading to areas which can be planted soon after preparation. ^\ 46 6. Restore lawn areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading 47 and before planting. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02930-2 � wr 1 3.2 'INSTALLATION 2 i A. Lawn-Type and Pasture Seeding: 3 1. Do not use seed which is wet,moldy,or otherwise damaged. 4 2. Perform seeding work from April 20 to May 15 for spring planting,and August 1 to 5 September 15 for fall planting,unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 6 3. Employ satisfactory methods of sowing using mechanical power-driyen power-driven drills or seeders,or 7 mechanical hand seeders,or other approved equipment 8 4. Distribute seed evenly over entire area at rate of application not less than 4 LBS(PLS)of 9! seed per 1000 S ,50 percent sown in one direction,remainder at right angles to first 10 sowing. 11 5. Stop work when work extends beyond most favorable planting season for species 12 designated,or when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of drought high winds 13 excessive moisture,or other factors.Resume work only when favorable conditions develop. 14 6. Lightly rake seed into soil followed by light rolling or cultipacking. 15 7. Immediately protect seeded areas against erosion by mulching.Spread mulch in continuous 16 blanket using 1-1/2 tons per acre to a depth of 4 or 5 straws. 17 8. .Protect seeded slopes against erosion with erosion netting or other methods approved b 18 Engineer.Protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by erecting barricades and placing 19 warning signs. 20 9. Immediately following spreading mulch,anchor mulch using a rolling coulter or a 21 wheatland land packer having wheels with V-shaped es to force mulch into soil surface, 22 or apply evenly distributed emulsified asphalt at rate of 10-13 GAL/1000 SF.SS-1 emulsion 23 in accordance with ASTM D997 or RC-1 cutback asphalt in accordance with ASTM D2028 24 are acceptable.If mulch and asphalt are applied in one treatment,use SS-1 emulsion with 5 penetration test range between 150-200.Use appropriate shields to protect adjacent site 26 improvements. 271 3.3 PLANTING TREES,SHRUBS,AND GROUND COVERS 2 ' A. Notification: 2 1. Notify Engineer of source of plants and plant materials at least 30 days prior to planting to 3 permit En ' eer's inspection of source qualifications. 31 B. Preparation: 3 1. Handle plants so that roots or balls are adequately protected from breakage of balls,from 3 sun or drying winds.Ensure tops or roots of plants are not permitted to dry out 3 2. During trariVortation,protect materials from wind and sun to prevent tops and roots from 3 drying out 3 ® Protect tops of plants from damage.Plants with damaged tops will be rejected. 3 4. For purpose of inspection and planting identification,attach durable,legible labels to bundle 31 or container of plant material delivered at the planting site. State correct plant name and size 3 of each plant in weather-resistant ink on labels. 4 5. Do not prune trees and shrubs at nursery. 4 C. Planting Season: 4 1. Plant deciduous shade trees and shrubs any time the ground is suitable between October 15 4 and June 1. 2. Plant evergreen material between September 1 and June 1. 4 3. Plant ground covers between March 15 to June 1. D. Planting Procedure: 1. Indicate locations of plants for approval by Engineer before excavating plant locations. 2. In event underground construction,utilities,obstructions,or rock are encountered in 4 excavation of plantings,secure alternate locations from Engineer.Make said changes 5 without additional compensation.Where tree locations fall under existing overhead s,or 5 crowd existing trees,adjust locations as directed by Engineer. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station 'on May 1 ,2006 02930-3 1 3. Excavate pits and beds as necessary and in accordance with American Standard for Nursery 2 Stock.Loosen bottom of pits prior to planting.Excavation is unclassified,excavate all 3 materials without additional cost. 4 4. Tree and shrub pits to be circular in shape with vertical sides at least 1 FT greater in 5 diameter than ball diameter.Pit to be of sufficient depth to provide 6 IN of planting soil 6 under ball when set to natural grade. 7 5. Shrub and ground cover beds: 8 a. Plant shrubs used in mass plantings in individual holes of required size.Strip all sod 9 from among mass planting. 10 b. For ground cover beds,remove sod from within limits of bed.Add soil amendments as I 1 specified and mix or rototill with existing topsoil to a depth of 6 IN. 12 6. Set plants straight or plumb,in locations when indicated and at such level that after 13 settlement they bear same relationship to finished grade as they did in their former setting. 14 Carefully tamp planting soil under and around base of balls to prevent voids.Remove 15 burlap,rope and wires from top of balls.Do not remove burlap from sides and bottom of 16 balls. 17 7. Backfill plants with planting soil. Tamp to 1/2 depth of pit and thoroughly water and puddle 18 before bringing backfill to proper grade.After planting has been completed,flood pit again 19 so that backfill is thoroughly saturated and settled. 20 8. After planting is complete,form a level saucer 3 IN high around each tree extending to limit 21 of plant pit for watering purposes. 22 9. Mulch plant pit after saucer has been shaped.Mulch to limits of pit and uniformly over 23 ground cover beds to a depth of 3 IN.In mass plantings of shrubs,mulch entire area 24 uniformly among shrubs to a depth of 3 IN.If mulching is delayed and soil has dried out, 25 water plants thoroughly before spreading mulch. 26 10. Staking: Stake trees immediately after planting as detailed on Drawings or in accordance 27 with Nursery Standards. 28 11. Wrap deciduous trees 2 IN or more in caliper by neatly overlapping wrapping material 29 between ground line and second branch.Place ties at top and bottom of wrapping material 30 and not more than 12 IN apart between top and bottom ties. 31 12. Remove dead or damaged branches.Thin deciduous material to about two-thirds of initial 32 branching.Remove only dead or damaged branches from evergreens. 33 13. Water plants during planting operations.Water each plant a minimum of once each week 34 until final acceptance.Apply sufficient water to moisten backfill about each plant so that 35 moisture will extend into the surrounding soil. 36 3.4 MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT 37 A. General: 38 1. Begin maintenance of planted areas immediately after each portion is planted and continue 39 until final acceptance or for a specific time period as stated below,whichever is the longer. 40 2. Provide and maintain temporary piping,hoses,and watering equipment as required to 41 convey water from water sources and to keep planted areas uniformly moist as required for 42 proper growth. 43 3. Protection of new materials: 44 a. Provide barricades,coverings or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage 45 to existing improvements indicated to remain.Repair and pay for all damaged items. 46 4. Replace unacceptable materials with materials and methods identical to the original 47 specifications unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 48 B. Seeded or Sodded Lawns: 49 1. Maintain seeded lawns: 90 days,minimum,after installation and review of entire project 50 area to be planted. 51 2. Maintenance period begins at completion of planting or installation of entire area to be 52 seeded or sodded. 53 3. Engineer will review seeded or sodded lawn area after installation for initial acceptance. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02930-4 4. Maintain lawns by watering,fertilizing,weeding,mowing, g,and other operations such as rolling,regrading,and replanting as required to establish a smooth,uniform lawn, free of weeds and eroded or bare areas. 5. lAy out temporary lawn watering system and arrange watering schedule to avoid walking over muddy and newly seeded areas.Use equipment and water to prevent puddling and water erosion and displacement of seed or mulch. 6. Mow lawns as soon as there is enough top growth to cut with mower set at recommended height for principal species planted.Repeat mowing as required to maintain height.Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted.Do not mow when grass is 1 wet Time initial and subsequent mowings as required to maintain a height of 1-1/2 to 2 IN. 1' Do not mow lower than 1-1/2 IN. L 7. Remulch with new mulch in areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance 1 operations sufficiently to nullify its purpose.Anchor as required to prevent displacement ld 8. Unacceptable plantings are those areas that do not meet the quality of the specified material, V produce the specified results,or were not installed to the specified methods. H 9. Replant bare areas using same materials specified. 1 10. Engineer will review final acceptability of installed areas at end of maintenance period. 1 1 . Maintain repaired areas until remainder of maintenance period or approved by Engineer, 1 whichever is the longer period. 2 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 020-5 �y 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 02930®6 O1K01 r� SECTION 03002 CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUAU IARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast-in-place concrete and grout B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division 1-General Requirements. 11 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Referenced Standards: ® American Concrete Institute( a. 116R,Cement and Concrete Terminology. b. 211.1,Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. c. 212.31t,Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. d. 229R,ControlledLow-Strength Materials. e. 304R,Guide for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting,and Placing Concrete. 2 f. 304.2R,Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. , 2 g. 305R,Hot Weather Concreting. 2 h. 306R,Cold Weather Concreting. 2 i. 318,Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 2 j. 34M Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 2 2. American Society for Testing and Materials(AS & A82,Standard Specification Steel Wire,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement 27 b. A615,Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete 2 Reinforcement(Including Supplementary Requirements S1). 2 c. C31,Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. d. C33,Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 3 e. C39,Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 31 f. C94,Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 31 g. C138,Standard Method of Test for Unit Weight,Yield,and Air Content(Gravimetric) of Concrete. 3 i It. C143,Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 3 F i. C15 ,Standard Specification for Portland Cement 3 j. C157,Standard Test Method for Len Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete. k. C171,Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 1. C17 ,Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. in. 17 ,Standard Test Method for Content o Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method n. C231,Standard Test Method for Content o Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 4 o. C260,Standard Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. w� ha 47 p. C289,Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates 41 (Chemical Method). 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-1 I q. C309,Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing 2 Concrete. 3 r. C494,Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 4 s. C595,Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 5 t. C618,Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan 6 for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. 7 u. C 1315,Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having 8 Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 9 v. D994,Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete 10 (Bituminous Type). 11 w. D 1056,Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded 12 Rubber. 13 x. D1751,Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete 14 Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 15 y. E329,Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of 16 Materials Used in Construction. 17 3. United States Army Corps of Engineers(COE): 18 a. CRD-0572, Polyvinyl Waterstops. 19 4. Federal Specification(FS): 20 a. CEGS 03300,Vegetable Fiber. 21 B. Quality Control: 22 1. Concrete testing agency. 23 a. Contractor to employ and pay for services of a testing laboratory to: 24 1) Perform materials evaluation. 25 2) Design concrete mixes. 26 b. Concrete testing agency to meet requirements of ASTM E329. 27 2. Do not begin concrete production until proposed concrete mix design has been approved by 28 Engineer. 29 a. Approval of concrete mix design by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of his 30 responsibility to provide concrete that meets the requirements of this Specification. 31 3. Adjust concrete mix designs when material characteristics,job conditions,weather,strength 32 test results or other circumstances warrant. 33 a. Do not use revised concrete mixes until submitted to and approved by Engineer. 34 4. Perform structural calculations as required to prove that all portions of the structure in 35 combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely 36 suppor,its own weight plus the loads placed thereon. 37 C. Qualifications: 38 1. Ready nixed concrete batch plant certified by National Ready Mixed Concrete Association 39 (NRMCA). 40 2. Formwork,shoring and reshoring for slabs and beams except where cast on ground to be 41 designed by a professional engineer currently registered in the state where the project is 42 located. 43 1.3 DEFINITIONS 44 A. Per ACI 116R except as modified herein: 45 1. Concrete fill:Non-structural concrete. 46 2. Concrete Testing Agency:Testing agency employed to perform materials evaluation,design 47 of concrete mixes or testing of concrete placed during construction. 48 3. Exposed concrete:Exposed to view after construction is complete. 49 4. Indicated:Indicated by Contract Documents. 50 5. Nonexposed concrete:Not exposed to view after construction is complete. 51 6. Required:Required by Contract Documents. 52 7. Specified strength: Specified compressive strength at 28 days. 53 8. Submitted: Submitted to Engineer. 12.502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-2 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Shop Drawings: 3 1. See Section 01340. 2. Concrete mix designs proposed for use.Concrete mix design submittal to include the 5 following information: a. Sieve analysis and source of fine and coarse aggregates. . Test for aggregate organic iiiipurities. c. Test for deleterious aggregate per ASTM C289. d. Proportioning of all materials. 1 e. Type of cement with mill certificate for cement 1 L' £ Type of fly ash with certificate of conformance to specification u° 'ments:'' . Slump. 1h. Air content 1 L Brand,type,ASTM designation,and quantity of each admixture proposed for use. I j> 28-day cylinder compressive test results of trial mixes per ACI 318 and as indicated 1 herein. k- Shrinkage test results. ® Standard deviation value for concrete production cili . 3. Manufacturer and type o jo° t filler,joint sealant,curing agent and chemical floor hardener. 2( 4. Manufacturer and type of bonding and patching mortar and bonding adhesive used at construction joints. 5. Manufacturer and type of nonshrink grout and the cure/seal compound required for the 2 nonshrink grout Zi 6. Reinforcing steel:Show grade,sizes,number,configuration,spacing,location and all fabrication and placement details. a. In sufficient detail to permit installation of reinforcing without having to make 2 reference to Contract Drawings. 2 b. Obtain approval of shop drawings by Engineer before fabrication. 2 c. Mill certificates. 3 d. Manufacture and type of proprietary rebar mechanical splices. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Storage of Material: 3 1. Cement and fly ash: 3 a. Store in moistureproof,weathertight enclosures. 3 b. Do not use if caked or lumpy. 3 2. Aggregate: a. Store to prevent segregation and contamination with other sizes or foreign materials. 3 b. Obtain samples for testing from aggregates at point of batching. 3 c. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. 4 d. Do not use bottom 6 IN of stockpiles in contact with ground. 4 e. Allow sand to drain until moisture content is uniform prior to use. . Admixtures: a. Protect from contamination,evaporation, ezing,or damage. b. Maintain within temperature range recommended by manufacturer. 4 c. Completely mix solutions and suspensions prior to use. 4 4. Reinforcing steel: 4 a. Support and store all rebars above ground. 4 B. Delivery: 4.1 Concrete: 5 a. Prepare a delivery ticket for each load for ready-mixed concrete.' 51 b. Truck operator shall hand ticket to Engineer at the time of delivery. 5 1 c. Ticket to show: 51 1) Mix identification mark. 12102 City of Fort Worth BID SET Coma Punip Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-3 1 2) Quantity delivered- 2 3) Amount of each material in batch. 3 4) Outdoor temp in the shade. 4 5) Time at which cement was added. 5 6) Numerical sequence of the delivery. 6 7) Amount of water added. 7 2. Reinforcing steel: Ship to jobsite with attached plastic or metal tags with permanent mark 8 numbers. 9 a. Mark numbers to match shop drawing mark number. 10 PART 2- PRODUCTS 11 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 12 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 13 acceptable: 14 1. Nonshrink,nonmetallic grout: 15 a. Sika"SikaGrout 212." 16 b. Gifford Hill"Supreme Grout." 17 c. Master Builders"Masterflow 713." 18 2. Epoxy grout: 19 a. Master Builders"Brutem MPG." 20 b. Euclid Chemical Company,"High Strength Grout." 21 c. Fosroc,"Conbextra EPHF". 22 3. Expansion joint fillers: 23 a. Permaglaze Co. 24 b. Rubatex Corp. �� 25 c. Williams Products,Inc. 26 4. Waterstops,Bulb Type: 27 a. Greenstreak Plastic Products,Inc. 28 b. W.R.Meadows,Inc. 29 c. Burke Company. 30 5. Waterstops,Preformed-Strip Type: 31 a. Hydrotite CJ by Greenstreak Plastics,Inc. 32 b. Synko Flex. 33 c. Volclay Waterstop Rx. 34 6. Form coating: 35 a. Richmond"Rich Cote." 36 b. Industrial Lubricants"Nox-Crete Form Coating." 37 c. Protex"Pro-Cote." 38 7. Prefabricated forms: 39 a. Simplex"Industrial Steel Frame Forms." 40 b. Symons"Steel Ply." 41 c. Universal"Uniform." 42 8. Chemical sealer: 43 a. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. 44 b. Euclid Chemical Co. 45 c. Dayton Superior. 46 9. Rebar mechanical splices: 47 a. Lenton Rebar Splicing by Erico,Inc. 48 b. Richmond dowel bar splicer system by Richmond Screw and Anchor Co.,Inc. 49 c. Bar-Grip Systems by Barsplice Products,Inc. 50 10. Bonding Agent: 51 a. L&M Construction Materials. 52 b. Sika. 12302 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-4 c. Euclid Chemical Co. 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Portland Cement:Conform to ASTM C150 Type 11. B. Fly Ash: 1. ASTM C618,Class F or Class C. 2. Nonstaining. a. Hardened concrete containing fly ash to be uniform light gray color. 3. Maximum loss on ignition:4 percent 4. Compatible with other concrete ingredients. 1 5. Obtain proposed fly ash from a source approved by the Texas State Highway Department 1 for use in concrete for bridges. 1 C. Admixtures: 1 1. Air entraining admixtures:ASTM C260. 1 2. Water reducing,retarding,and accelerating admixtures: 1 a. ASTM C494 Type A through E. 1 b. Conform to provisions of ACI 212.3R 1 c. Do not use retarding or accelerating admixtures unless specifically approved in writing 1 by Engineer and at no cost to Owner. 1 d. Follow manufacturer's instructions. 2 e. Use chloride free admixtures only. 2 3. Maximum total water soluble chloride ion content contributed from all ingredients of 2 concrete including water,aggregates,cementitious materials and admixtures by weight 2 percent of cement: 2 a. 0.10 all concrete. 2 4. Do not use calcium chloride. 5. Pozzolanic admixtures:ASTM C618. 21 6. Provide admixtures of same type,manufacturer and quantity as used in establishing required 2E concrete proportions in the mix design. 25 D. Water:Potable,clean,free of oils,acids and organic matter. 3 E. Aggregates: 3 1. Normal weight concrete:ASTM C33,except as modified below. 3 2. Fine aggregate:Clean natural sand. 3 a. No manufactured or artificial sand. 3 3. Coarse aggregate: Crushed rock,natural gravel,or other inert granular material. 3 a. Maximum amount of clay or shale particles: 1 percent. 3 4. Gradation of coarse aggregate: 3 a. Lean concrete: Size#7. 3 b. All other concrete:Size#57 or#67. 3 5. Aggregate source approved by Texas State Highway Department of use in bridges. 4 F. Concrete Grout: 4 1. Nonshrink nonmetallic grout: 4 a. Nonmetallic,noncorrosive,nonstaining,premixed with only water to be added. 4 b. Grout to produce a positive but controlled expansion. c. Mass expansion not to be created by gas liberation. 4 d. Minimum compressive strength of nonshrink grout at 28 days:6500 psi. 4 2. Epoxy grout: 4 a. 3-component epoxy resin system. 4 1) Two liquid epoxy components. 4 2) One inert aggregate filler component. 51 b. Each component packaged separately for mixing at jobsite. 5 G. Reinforcing Steel: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-5 1 1. Reinforcing bars:ASTM A615,Grade 60. 2 2. Reinforcing bars to be welded:ASTM A706 Grade 60. 3 3. Welded wire fabric:ASTM A185. 4 a. Minimum yield strength: 60,000 psi. 5 4. Column spirals:ASTM A82. 6 5. Proprietary Rebar Mechanical Splices:To develop in tension and compression a minimum 7 of 125 percent of the yield strength of the rebars being spliced. 8 6. Protective plastic caps at mechanical splices. 9 H. Forms: 10 1. Prefabricated or job built. 11 2. Wood forms: 12 a. New 5/8 or 3/4 IN 5-ply structural plywood of concrete form grade. 13 b. Built-in-place or prefabricated type panel 14 c. 4 x 8 FT sheets for built-in-place type except where smaller pieces will cover entire 15 area. 16 d. When approved,plywood may be reused. 17 3. Metal forms: 18 a. Metal forms excluding aluminum may be used: 19 b. Forms to be tight to prevent leakage, free of rust and straight without dents to provide 20 members of uniform thickness. 21 4. Chamfer strips:Clear white pine,surface against concrete planed. 22 5. Form.ties:Removable end,permanently embedded body type with cones on outer ends not 23 requiring auxiliary spreaders. 24 a. Cone diameter:3/4 IN minimum to 1 IN maximum. 25 b. Embedded portion 1 IN minimum back from concrete face. " 26 c. If not provided with threaded ends,constructed for breaking off ends without damage to 27 concrete. 28 d. Provide ties with built-in waterstops at all walls that will be in contact with process 29 liquid during plant operation. 30 6. Form release:Nonstaining and shall not prevent bonding of future finishes to concrete 31 surface. 32 I. Waterstops,Bulb Type: 33 1. Virgin polyvinyl chloride compound not containing any scrap or reclaimed materials or 34 pigment. Corp of Engineers Specification CRD-0572. 35 2. Serrated with center bulb. Similar to Greenstreak Plastic Product Style#700. 36 3. Thickness:3/8 IN. 37 4. Length(general use):6 IN unless indicated otherwise. 38 5. Expansion joints: Serrated with center tear web. 39 a. Length:9IN. 40 b. Thickness: 3/8 IN. 41 c. Capable of withstanding 2 IN horizontal without rupturing. 42 6. Provide hog rings or grommets spaced at maximum 12 IN OC along the length of the water 43 stop. 44 7. Provide factory made waterstop fabrications at all changes of direction,intersections and 45 transitions leaving only straight butt splices for the field. 46 J. Waterstops,Preformed-Strip Type,where noted on the drawings. 47 1. Hydrophilic type waterstop manufactured solely for the purpose of preventing water from 48 traveling through construction joints. 49 K. Chairs,Runners,Bolsters,Spacers,and Hangers: 50 1. Stainless steel,epoxy coated,or plastic coated metal. 51 a. Plastic coated:Rebar support tips in contact with the forms only. 52 L. Chemical Floor Sealer: 53 1. Colorless low VOC water-based solution containing acrylic copolymers. !2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-6 r� 11 a. ASTM C1315,Class B,minimum 30 percent solids. 2 2.` Similar to L&M Construction Chemicals Inc.Dress&Seal WB 30. M. Under-slab Vapor Retarder,Class A: 1. Meet or exceed ASTM-E1745 Class 5 a°. Maximum Water Vapor Peimeance: 0.3 Perm(US). 6 b. Minimum Tensile Strength: 45 FT-LB/IN. 7 c. Minimum Puncture resistance:2,200 Grams. & 2. "Moistop Ultra A, 15 mil polyolefiW'by Fortifiber. 9'' a. "Stego Wrap 10-mil class A'by Ste go., 10j b. "65 "by Reef Giffolyn I 1 c. "Rufco 3000B"by Raven 12 d. r Mat— 10 mil"by WR Meadows. 13 3. Tape as recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. 1 4. Place vapor retarder over granular fill. 15 N. Membrane Curing Compound:ASTM C309,Type I-D. 1 L Resin based,dissipates upon exposure to UV light 1 2. Curing compound shall not prevent bonding of any future coverings,coatings or finishes. 1 3. , Curing compounds used in water treatment plant construction to be nontoxic and taste and 1 odor 2 0. Expansion Joint Filler: 21 1. In contact with water or sewage: 2 a. Closed cell neoprene. 2 b. ASTM D 1056,Class SC(oil resistant and medium swell)of 2 to 5 psi compression 2 deflection(Grade C 1). 2 2. Exterior driveways,curbs and sidewalks: 2 a halt expansion joint filler. 27 b. ASTM D994. 2 3. Other use: 2 a. Fiber expansion joint filler. 3 b. ASTM D 1751 a 3 23 CONCRETE MIXES 3 A. General: 3 1. All concrete to be ready mixed concrete conforming'to ASTM C94. 39 2. Provide concrete of specified capable of being placed without segregation d,when 3 d,of developing all properties required. 3 3. All concrete to be normal weight concrete. 3 B. Strength: 1. Provide specified strength and type of concrete for each use in structure(s)as follows: 3 SPECIFIED WEIGHT STRENGTH* Normal,Lean Concrete i t 3000 psi All other Concrete Normal weight 4000 psi Concrete Precast Normal weight 5000 psi i;o *Minimum 28-day compressive strength. dl C. Air Entrainment Provide air entrainment in all concrete resulting in a total air co ntent percent by 4 volume as follows: 4, MAX AGGREGATE SIZE TOTAL AIR CONTENT PERCENT �Y 1 IN or 3/4 IN 5 to 7 1/2 IN 6 to 7 1,2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Corso Pump Sffition.Expansion May 18,2006 03002-7 1 .wa" 2 1. Air content to be measured in accordance with ASTM C231,ASTM C173,or ASTM C138. 3 D. Slump:4 IN maximum, 1 IN minimum. 4 1. Measured at point of discharge of the concrete into the concrete construction member. 5 2. Concrete of lower than minimum slump may be used provided it can be properly placed and 6 consolidated. 7 3. Pumped concrete: 8 a. Provide additional water at batch plant to allow for slump loss due to pumping. 9 b. Provide only enough additional water so that slump of concrete at discharge end of 10 pump hose does not exceed maximum slump specified above. 11 4. Determine slump per ASTM C143. 12 E. Selection of Proportions: 13 1. General-Proportion ingredients to: 14 a. Produce proper workability,durability,strength,'and other required properties. 15 b. Prevent segregation and collection of excessive free water on surface. 16 2. Minimum cement contents and maximum water cement ratios for concrete to be as follows: 17 MWIMUM CEMENT,LB/CY MAXIMUM WATER SPECIFIED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE,IN CEMENT RATIO BY STRENGTH 1/2 3/4 1 WEIGHT 3000 --- 517 517 0.45 4000 580 580 580 0.45 5000 -- 686 665 0.40 18 19 3. Substitution of fly ash: 20 a. Maximum of 25 percent by weight of cement at rate of 1 LB fly ash for 1 LB of loom., 21 cement. 22 4. Sand cement grout: 23 a. Three parts sand 24 b. One part Portland cement. 25 c. Entrained air:Six percent plus or minus one percent. 26 d. Sufficient water for required workability. 27 e. Minimum 28-day compressive strength:3,000 psi. 28 5. Flowable fill,per ACI 229R: 29 a. Proportions(per 1 CY): 30 1) Cement(Type I or I1) 60 LBS Minimum 31 2) Fly Ash 200 LBS 32 3) Fine sand 2,980 LBS 33 4) Water(approx.) 49 to 57 Gallons 34 5) Air content(approx) 10 percent 35 b. Actual quantities shall be adjusted to provide a yield of 1 CY with the materials used. 36 c. The unconfined compressive strength should be 200 to 300 psi. 37 d. Fine sand shall bean evenly graded material having not less than 95 percent passing the 38 No.4 sieve and not more than 5 percent passing the No.200 sieve. 39 6. Submit mix design data as required by this specification section. 40 7. Normal weight concrete:Proportion mixture to provide desired characteristics using one of 41 methods described below: 42 a. Method 1 (Trial Mix):Per ACI 318,Chapter 5,except as modified herein. 43 1) Air content within range specified above. 44 2) Record and report temperature of trial mixes. 45 3) Proportion trial mixes per ACI 211.1. 46 b. Method 2(Field Experience):Per ACI 318,Chapter 5,except as modified herein: �1 47 1) Field test records must be acceptable to Engineer to use this method. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-8 �I � , 1 2) Test records shall represent materials,proportions and conditions similar to those 2 specified. 3 8. 'Required average strength to exceed the specified 28-day compressive strength by the 4 amount determined or calculated in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.3 o 5 ACI 318 using the standard deviation of the proposed concrete production facility as 6 described in Paragraph 5. .1 of ACI 318. 7 F. Allowable Shrinkage:0.048 percent per ASTM C157. 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMING AND PLACING CONCRETE I Formwork: I1 1, Contractor is responsible for design and erection of formwork. 12 2. Construct formwork so that concrete members and structures are of correct size,shape, l3i alignment,elevation and position. 14 a. Allowable tolerances:As recommended in ACI 347R- 15 3. Provide slabs and beams of minimum indicated depth when sloping foundation base slabs or 1 ' elevated floor slabs to . 1 a. For slabs on e,slopetop o sub to provide floor slabs of uniform 1 indicated depth. 1 b. Do not place floor drains through beams. 4. Openings:Provide openings in formwork to accommodate work of other trades. 2 a. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. 5. Chamfer Strips:Place 3/4 IN chamfer strips in forms to produce 3/ IN de beveled edges on permanently exposed comers of members. y 2 6. Clean and adjust forms prior to concrete placement. 2 7. Tighten forms to prevent mortar leakage. 8. Coat form surfaces with form release agents prior to placing reinforcing bars in forms. B. Reinforcement 1. Position,support and secure reinforcement against displacement. 25 2. Locate and support with chairs,runners,bolsters,spacers and hangers,as required. 3. Set wire ties so ends do not touch forms and are directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 4. Lap splice lengths:ACI 318 Class B top bar tension splices unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 34 5. Extend reinforcement to within 2 IN of concrete perimeter edges. 3 a. If perimeter edge is earth formed,extend reinforcement to within 3 IN of the edge. 6. Unless otherwise indicated,provide minimum concrete cover as follows: . Concrete deposited against earth:3 IN. 31 . All other surfaces: 2 IN. 7. Do not weld reinforcing bars. 8. Welded wire fabric: a. Install welded wire fabric in maximum practical sizes. b. Splice sides and ends with a splice lap length measured between outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet not less than: 1) One spacing of cross wires plus 2 IN. 2) 1.5 x development length. ) 6 IN. 4 c, Development length:ACI 318 basic development length for the specified fabric yield 4 strength. 4 C. Construction,Expansion,and Contraction Joints: 5 1. Provide at locations indicated. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-9 1 2. Locate wall vertical construction joints at 30 FT maximum centers and wall horizontal 2 construction joints at 10 FT maximum centers. 3 3. Locate construction joints in floor slabs and foundation base slabs so that concrete 4 placements are approximately square and do not exceed 2500 SF. 5 4. Locate construction joints in walls: 6 a. At the underside of beams,girders,haunches,and at floor panels. 7 5. Locate construction joints in beams: 8 a. At the middle of the span. 9 b. Provide satisfactory means for transferring shear and other forces through the 10 construction joint. 11 6. Install construction joints in beams and slabs perpendicular to the planes of their surfaces. 12 7. At least 48 HRS shall elapse between placing of adjoining concrete construction. 13 8. Thoroughly clean and remove all laitance and loose and foreign particles from construction 14 joints. 15 9. Before new concrete is placed,coat all construction joints with an approved bonding 16 adhesive used and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 17 D. Embedments: 18 1. Set and build in anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is 19 attached to,or supported by concrete. 20 2. Use setting diagrams,templates and instructions for locating and setting. 21 3. Secure waterstops in correct position using hog rings or grommets spaced along the length 22 of the waterstop and wire tie to adjacent reinforcing steel. 23 E. Placing Concrete: 24 1. Place concrete in compliance with ACI 304R and 304.2R- 25 2. Place in a continuous operation within planned joints or sections. 26 3. Begin placement when work of other trades affecting concrete is completed. 27 4. Place concrete by methods which prevent aggregate segregation. .So1 28 5. Do not allow concrete to free fall more than 4 FT. 29 6. Where free fall of concrete will exceed 4 FT,place concrete by means of tremie pipe or 30 chute. 31 F. Consolidation: 32 1. Consolidate all concrete using mechanical vibrators supplemented with hand rodding and 33 tamping,so that concrete is worked around reinforcement and embedded items into all parts 34 of forms. 35 G. Protection: 36 1. Protect concrete irom physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes. 37 2. In cold weather comply with ACI 306R except as modified herein. 38 a. Do not place concrete on frozen ground or in contact with forms or reinforcing bars 39 coated with frost,ice or snow. 40 b. Minimum concrete temperature at the time of mixing: 41 OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE CONCRETE TEMPERATURE AT PLACEMENT(IN SHADE) AT MIXING Below 30 DegF 70 DegF Between 30-45 DegF 60 DegF Above 45 DegF 50 DegF 42 43 c. Do not place heated concrete that is warmer than 80 DegF. 44 d. If freezing temperatures are expected during curing,maintain the concrete temperature 45 at or above 50 DegF for 7 days or 70 DegF for 3 days. 46 e. Do not allow concrete to cool suddenly. 47 3. In hot weather comply with ACI 305R except as modified herein. A00=VN 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-10 y 1 a. ,At air temperature of 90 DegF and above,keep concrete as cool as possible during 2 placement and curing. 3 b. Do not allow concrete temperature to exceed 90 DegF at placement 4 c. Prevent plastic shrinkage cracking due to rapid evaporation of moisture. 5 d. Do not place concrete when the actual or anticipated evaporation rate equals or exceeds 6 0.2 LBS/SF/HR as determined from ACI 305R,Figure 2.1.5. 7 H. Curing: 8 1. Begin curing concrete as"soon as free water has disappeared from exposed'surfaces. '9 2. Cure concrete by use of moisture retaining cover,burlap kept continuously wet or by 10, membrane curing compound. 11 3. Provide protection as required to prevent damage to concrete and to prevent moisture loss 12'' from concrete during curing period. 13 4. Provide curing for minimum of 7 days. 14 5. Form materials left in place may be considered as curing materials for surfaces in contact 15 with the form materials except in periods of hot weather. 16 6. In hot weather follow curing procedures outlined in ACI 305R. 17 7. In cold weather follow curing procedures outlined in ACI 306R 18 8. If forms are removed before 7 days have elapsed,finish curing of formed surfaces by one of 19 above methods for the remainder of the curing period. 20 9. Curing vertical surfaces with a curing compound-Cover vertical surfaces with a um 21 of two coats of the curing compound. 2 a ow the preceding coat to completely dry prior to applying the next coat 2 b. Apply the fast coat of curing compound immediately after form removal. 2 c. Vertical ace at the time of receiving the first coat shall be damp with no free water 2 on the surface. 2 d A vertical surface is defined as any surface deeper than 1'vertical to 4 horizontal. �- 2 I. Form Removal: 2 1. Remove forms after concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal 2 operations or lack of support. 3 2. Leave forms and shoring used to support concrete until it has reached its specified y 3 compressive strength. 3 3.2 CONCRETE FINISHES 3 Tolerances: 3 1. Class A: 1/8 IN in 10 FT. 3 2. Class B: 1/4 IN in 10 FT. 3 B. Surfaces Exposed to View: 3 1. Provide a smooth finish for exposed concrete surfaces and surfaces that are: 3 a. To be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. 3 b. Scheduled for grout cleaned finish. 4 2. Remove fins and projections,and patch voids,air pockets,and honeycomb areas with 4 cement grout 4 3. Fill tie holes with nonshrink nonmetallic grout 41 C. Surfaces Not Exposed to View: 1. Patch voids,air pockets and honeycomb areas with cement grout 4 2. Fill tie holes with nonshrink nonmetallic grout 4 D. Grout Cleaned Finish: 4 1. Mix one part Portland cement and 1-1/2 parts fine sand with sufficient bond' agent/water 4 mixture to produce a grout with the consistency of thick paint 4 a. White Portland cement shall be substituted for gray Portland cement to produce a color 5 that matches color of surrounding concrete as determined by trial patch for areas not to 5 . be painted 2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pamp Station Expansion May 18,2006 03 2-11 1 2. Wet surface of concrete to prevent absorption of water by grout and uniformly apply grout r*-, 2 with brushes or spray gun. 3 3. Immediately scrub the surface with a cork float or stone to coat and fill air bubbles and 4 holes. 5 4. While grout is still plastic,remove all excess grout by working surface with rubber float, 6 sack or other approved means. 7 5. After the surface whitens from drying,rub vigorously with clean burlap. 8 6. Keep final finish damp for a minimum of 36 HRS after final rubbing. 9 E. Slab Float Finish: 10 1. After concrete has been placed,consolidated,struck off,and leveled,do no further work 11 until ready for floating. 12 2. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to 13 permit operation. 14 3. During or after first floating,check planeness of entire surface with a 10 FT straightedge 15 applied at not less than two different angles. 16 4. Cut down all high spots and fill all low spots during this procedure to produce a surface 17 within Class B tolerance throughout. 18 5. Refloat slab immediately to a uniform sandy texture. 19 F. Troweled Finish: 20 1. Float finish surface. 21 2. Next power trowel,and finally hand trowel. 22 3. Produce a smooth surface which is relatively free of defects with first hand troweling. 23 4. Perform additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. 24 5. Final trowel when a ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. 25 6. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling. 26 7. Leave finished surface essentially free of trowel marks,uniform in texture and appearance 27 and plane to a Class A tolerance. 28 8. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings remove any defects of sufficient magnitude 29 that would show through floor covering by grinding. 30 G. Broom Finish:Immediately after concrete has received a float finish as specified,give it a 31 transverse scored texture by drawing a broom across surface. 32 3.3 GROUT 33 A. Preparation: 34 1. Nonshrinking nonmetallic grout: 35 a. Clean concrete surface to receive grout. 36 b. Saturate concrete with water for 24 HRS prior to grouting. 37 2. Epoxy grout: Apply only to clean,dry,sound surface. 38 B. Application: 39 1. Nonshrinking nonmetallic grout: 40 a. Mix in a mechanical mixer. 41 b. Use no more water than necessary to produce flowable grout. 42 c. Place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 43 d. Completely fill all spaces and cavities below the bottom of baseplates. 44 e. Provide forms where baseplates and bedplates do not confine grout. 45 f. Where exposed to view, finish grout edges smooth. 46 g. Except where a slope is indicated on Drawings,finish edges flush at the baseplate, 47 bedplate,member,or piece of equipment. 48 h. Protect against rapid moisture loss by covering with wet rags or polyethylene sheets. 49 i. Wet cure grout for 7 days,minimum. 50 2. Epoxy grout: 51 a. Mix and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 52 b. Completely fill all cavities and spaces around dowels and anchors without voids. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-12 I c. Obtain manufacturer's field technical assistance as required to ensure proper placement 2 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3 A. Owner will employ and pay for services of a concrete testing laboratory to perform testing of 4 concrete placed during construction. 5 1. Contractor to cooperate with Owner in obtaining and testing samples. B. Tests During Construction: 7 1. Strength test-procedure: & a. Three cylinders,6 IN DIA x 12 IN high,will be taken from each sample per ASTM C172 and C31. 1G b. Cylinders will be tested per ASTM C39: 11 1) One at 7 days. 1 ) Two at 28 days. 1 2. Strength test-frequency: a. Not less than one test each day concrete placed. 1 b. Not less than one test for each 25 CY or major fraction thereof placed in one day. 1 c. Not less than one test for each type of concrete poured. , 1 dL Not less than one test for each concrete structure exceeding 2 CY volume. 1 3. Slumptest Per ASTM C143. 1 a. Determined for each strength test sample. 2 b. Additional slump tests may be taken. 21 4. Air content:Per ASTM C231,C17 ,and C138. 2 a. Determined for each strength test sample. 2 5. Temperature:Determined for each strength test sample. 2 . Evaluation of Tests: 2 1. Strength test results:Average of 28-day strength of two cylinders from each sample. 2 a. If one cylinder manifests evidence of improper sampling,molding,handling,curing or 2 testings,strength of remaining cylinder will be test result 2 b. If both cylinders show any of above defects,test will be discarded. 20 D. Acceptance of Concrete: 3 1. Strength level of each type of concrete shall be considered satisfactory if both of the 3 following requirements are met: 3 a. Average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equals or exceeds the required 3 specified 28-day compressive strength- 3 b. No individual strength test falls below the required specified y compressive 3 strength y more than 500 psi. 3 2. If tests fail to indicate satisfactory strength level,perform additional tests and/or corrective 3 measures as directed by Engineer. 3 a. Perform additional tests and/or corrective measures at no additional cost to Owner. 3 3.5 SCHEDULES 4 A. Form s: 4 1. Surfaces exposed to view: 4 a. Prefabricated or job-built wood forms. 4 b. Laid out in a regular and uniform pattern with long dimensions vertical and joints aligned. 4 c. Produce finished surfaces free from offsets,ridges,waves,and concave or convex areas. 4 d. Construct forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 4 2. Surfaces normally submerged or not normally exposed to view: 4 a. Wood or steel forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 5 3. Other types of forms may be used-- 5 a. For surfaces not restricted to plywood or lined forms. 5 b. As backingfor form lining. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como P=p Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 03002-13 I B. Grout: 2 1. Nonshrinking nonmetallic grout:General use. 3 2. Epoxy grout: 4 a. Grouting of dowels and anchor bolts into existing concrete. 5 b. Other uses indicated on Drawings. 6 3. Sand cement grout: Patching. 7 C. Flowable fill where indicated on Drawings. 8 D. Concrete: 9 1. Lean concrete:Where indicated on Drawings. 10 2. Concrete fill: Where indicated on Drawings. 11 3. Normal weight concrete: All concrete. 12 4. General use concrete: All other locations. 13 E. Concrete Finishes: 14 1. Grout cleaned finish:Where indicated on Drawings. 15 2. Slab finishes: 16 a. Use following finishes as applicable,unless otherwise indicated: 17 1) Floated finish: Surfaces intended to receive lean concrete and concrete fill. 18 2) Troweled finish:Interior floor slabs,exposed roof slabs and base slabs of 19 structures,equipment bases. 20 3) Broom finish: Sidewalks. 21 END OF SECTION 1.3502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03002-14 rra. I SECTION 03482 2 PRECAST SPLASH BLOCKS ART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Precast concrete splash blocks. 7 2 SUBMITTALS 8 A. See Section 01340. 9 B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings of all items specially fabricated as a part of this section. Shop 10 drawings shall indicate all details necessary for complete fabrication and installation,including spacing 11 and sizes of connections and members,finishes of all members,and other necessary information as 12 required the Architect. 13 1..3 COORDINATION 14 A. Coordinate with other sections of the Specifications to ensure proper scheduling for delivery and 15 installation of the Work specified herein. Coordinate with other sections to ensure that proper provisions 16 are made for the installation of the work specified herein. 17 FART 2- PRODUCTS 18 2.1 MATERIALS 19 A. Concrete:ASTM C 9 ,using maximum 3/4 inch size aggregate,and having minimurn compressive 20 strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days. 21 B. Reinforcement:Welded wire fabric meeting ASTM A 185. 22 C. Reinforcing Steel:ASTM A 615 23 2 2 FABRICATION 24 D. Fabricate precast concrete,reinforced with manufacturer's standard mesh or deformed bars. 25 E. Concrete: Normal weight,minimum 4000 psi 28 day compressive strength. 26 F. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 27 "PART 3- EXECUTION 28 '3.1 INSTALLATION 9 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as detailed on Drawings. 30 END OF SECTION 125 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03482-1 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03482®2 r` 1 SECTION 03540 2 SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6 A. Installation of unerlayment must be by an applicator using mixing equipment,tools and 7; techniques.approved by the manufacturer. 8' B. Manufacturer's certification that the product is Portland cement-based having an inorganic 9 binder content which is a minimum 80%Portland cement when tested per ASTM-C150: 10 "Standard Specification for Portland Cement". 11 1.2 SUBMITTALS 12 A. See Section 01340. 13 B. Product Data. 14 C. Contract Closeout Information: 15 1. Certificates. 16 13 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.7 A. Deliver materials in their unopened packages and protect from extreme temperatures and 1& moisture. 191, 1. Protect liquids from freezing. 2Ori, 1.4 SITE CONDITIONS 21 A- Observe the basic rules of concrete work and cementitious materials. . 2 ` 1. Do not install below 50 degF surface temperature. 2 2. Install quickly if floor is warm and follow hot weather precautions available from the 2 manufacturer's Technical Service Department. 2 3. Do not use additives other than those products approved by manufacturer. 2 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2 2.1 MATERIALS 2 A- Acceptable manufacturers: 2 1. Self-leveling Underlayment,primers and related materials: 3 aBase: 311 1) Ardex Engineered Cements. 3 b. Optional: 3 1) Bonsal. 3 2) Dayton-Superior. 3 ) Latticrete. 3( 4) Summitville Tile. 31 5) Master Builders. 3E 6) US Mix Products Company. 39 2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Document 01640. 4C 2.2 MATERIALS 41 A. Self-leveling Underlayment: 12502 City of Fort Worth B®SET Como Putnp Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 03540-1 I 1. Portland Cement-based,self-leveling underlayment. 2 2. Minimum Compressive Strength(per ASTM-C109/mod;air cure only): 3 a. 2630 PSI after 1 day. 4 b. 4100 PSI after 28 days. 5 3. Flammability(based on ASTM-E84): 6 a. Flame spread:0. 7 b. Fuel Contribution:0. 8 c. Smoke development:0. 9 4. Base Product: "K-15 Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete"by Ardex. 10 B. Primer(s): 11 1. Use manufacturers recommended primer suitable for substrate condition(s). 12 a. For use with standard,absorbent concrete: 13 1) Base Product:"P-15 Primer"by Ardex. 14 C. Additives: 15 1. Base Product:"E-25 Resilient Emulsion"by Ardex. 16 D. Aggregate(where applicable): 17 1. Well graded,washed gravel. 18 2. Minimum Size: 1/8 to 1/4 IN. 19 E. Water: 20 1. Clean,potable,and sufficiently cool(not warmer than at 70 degF). 21 2.3 MIX DESIGNS 22 A. General: 23 1. Specific mixture ratios listed in the following pertain to Base Product,specific amounts of 24 ingredients may vary for Optional Products.Always comply with requirements of product 25 actually being used. 26 B. Standard Mix: 27 1. Follow manufacturers instructions for mixing and proportioning. 28 2. Utilize 7 QT water for every 55 LBS bag. 29 a. Equivalent Ratio: 1:3.5 parts by volume. 30 b. Proportions listed above pertain to Base Product. 31 3. Mix thoroughly for approximately 2-3 minutes to obtain a lump-free mixture. 32 C. Resilient Emulsion: 33 1. When Self-leveling Underlayment is to be used over cutback and non-water soluble 34 adhesive residues,metal,or wooden substrates:Use the following ratio in lieu of Standard 35 Mixing Ratio: 36 a. Utilize 6 QT water and 2 QT Resilient Emulsion for every 55 LBS bag. 37 D. Aggregate mix: 38 1. Maybe added to Standard Mix where underlayment is installed 1-1/2 IN or thicker. 39 2. Mix cementitious materials with water first,then add from 1/3 up to 1 part by volume of 40 aggregate. 41 3. Do not use sand. 42 E. Mixes for Pumping: 43 1. Follow manufacturer's instructions. 44 2. DO NOT OVERWATER. 45 3. Check the consistency of the product on the floor to ensure a uniform distribution of the 46 aggregate at both the top surface and bottom of the pour. 47 a. If settling is occurring,reduce the water amount and recheck. 48 4. Conditions during the installation,such as variations in water,powder,substrate,and 49 ambient temperature,require that the water setting be monitored and adjusted carefully to �^ 50 avoid overwatering. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03540-2 1. PART 3 EXECUTION 2 3.1 PREPARATION 3 A General: 4 1. Substrates shall be inspected and corrected for moisture or any other conditions that could affect the performance of the underlayment or the finished floor covering. Completely remove water-soluble adhesive residues. 3. Ensure that all substrates to receive Self-leveling Underlayment are sound,solid,cleaned, and primed 91, B. Concrete substrates: 10 1. Ensure that all concrete substrates to receive Self-leveling Underlaymentare of adequate 11«<,' strength,clean,and free of all oil,grease,dirt,curing compounds and any substance that might act as a bondbreaker before priming. 1 2. Mechanically clean if necessary shot blasting or other. 1 3. Acid etching and the use of sweeping compounds and solvents are not accep le. C. Joint Preparation: 1. Moving Joints: E a. Honor alleipansion and isolation joints up through the undeflaymefit 2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints: is a. Fill all non-moving joints with products recommended by manufacturer of 21 undeilayment. 2 b: Base Products: "SD-F Feather Finish"or"SD-P InstantPatch"by Ar ex. D. . Use manufacturers recommended primer suitable for substrate. 2 2. Primer(for concrete substrates of standard absorbency): a. Mix 1:1 with water and apply evenly with a soft push broom. b. Do not use paint rollers,mops,or spray equipment. c. Do not leave any bare spots. 2J d. Remove all puddles and excess primer. - .. 2 e. Allow to dry to a clear,thin fihn. 31 f. Underlayment shall not be applied until the primer is g. Approximate Primer coverage:400 to 600 SF/GAL. h. Highly absorbent substrates may require a second application. 3 . Primer(for non-porous substrates,cutback and other non-water soluble adhesive residues, metal,and wooden substrates): 3 a. Mix A and B components per manufacturer's instructions and apply with a short-nap short-nap or 3 sponge paint roller,leaving a thin coat of primer. b. Do not leave any bare spots. 3 c. Remove all puddles and excess primer. 3 d. Allow to dry to a clear,slightly tack film(minimum 3 hours,maximum 24 hours). 4 1) Minimum drying time over cutback adhesive is 18 hours. 4 e. Underlayment shall not be installed until primer is 4 f. Approximate Primer coverage:400 to 600 SF/GAL. 43 3.2 APPLICATION OF UNDERLAYMENT 441 A. Installation-General: 4. 1. Underla et shall be able to be installed from 1/ 1-1/ IN' one pour or up to 5 IN 4 withthe addition o suitable aggregate. 4 2. Note:The above limitations pertain to the limitations of the Base Product.When Optional 4 products are used;Do not exceed maximum thickness allowed by product being used. 4 3. Feather to match existing elevations where necessary. 1 4. Underlayment to be applied to a minimum thickness of 1/8 IN over highest point in the 51 sub floor,with an average typical thickness of 1/4 IN. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03540-3 I a. Exception:For application over wooden substrates with mesh:Minimum Thickness is 2 3/8 IN 3 5. Pour or pump the liquid self-leveling underlayment and spread in place. 4 6. Smooth to featheredge where required and touch-up. 5 B. Wooden substrates: 6 1. Require mesh-reinforcement. 7 2. After priming,install 3.4 galvanized diamond metal lath by stapling to the wooden subfloor 8 1 approximately every 6 IN on center. 9 3. Overlap adjacent pieces of lath mesh approximately 1 IN. 10 4. Utilize underlayment mix which includes resilient emulsion additive. 11 C. Steel substrates: 12 1. Steel substrates require that the substrate fast be pruned with an anti-corrosive paint. 13 2. After thorough drying of the paint,prime this surface with underlayment primer type 14 recommended. 15 3. Utilize underlayment mix which includes resilient emulsion additive. 16 3.3 PREPARATION FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION 17 A. At the earliest,underlayment can accept finish floor covering materials after 16 hours at 70 18 degF and 50%relative humidity. 19 1. Floor finishes may NOT be installed over self-leveling underlayment until its moisture level 20 has dropped to acceptable levels recommended by the makers of the scheduled finishes. 21 B. Caution: Some adhesives may dry more quickly over underlayments than over other substrates. 22 1. If this condition occurs,prime the surface of the underlayment with Ardex P-51 Primer 23 diluted 1:3 with water to even out the drying of the adhesive. 24 2. Allow the primer to dry 1-3 hours before proceeding with the adhesive installation. 25 3.4 PROTECTION 26 A. Prior to the installation of the finish flooring,the surface of the underlayment should be 27 protected from abuse by other trades by the use of plywood,Masonite or other suitable 28 protection course. 29 END OF SECTION 31 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 03540-4 1 2002/10/08 . SECTION 04050 COLD AND HOT WEATHER MASONRY CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. Cold weather protection_ 2. Hot weather protection B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: ff 1. Division 0--Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Referenced Standards: Id 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI)/American Society of Civil Engineers(ASCE): 1 a. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,Specifications for Masonry Structures. 1 2. National Concrete Masonry Association(NCMA): 1 a. TEK 3-1C,All Weather Concrete Masonry Construction. V 3. Brick Industry Association(BIA): 15 a. Technical Notes 1 -All-Weather Construction. 2 1.3 DEFINITIONS 21 A. Hot Weather Construction:Per ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 hot weather construction is defined 2 as occurring when ambient temperatures exceed 100 DegF or 90 DegF when the wind velocity is 2 greater than 8 mph. 29 B. Cold Weather Construction: Per ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 Cold Weather Construction is 2 defined as occurring when ambient temperature falls below 40 DegF or when the temperature of 2 the masonry units is below 40 DegF. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS- (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 ERECTION AND APPLICATION 31 A. General: 3 1. Comply with NCMA recommendations and practices. 3 2. Do not use frozen or ice coated materials. 31 3. At end of each day or at shutdown,cover tops of all walls not enclosed or sheltered with 34 clear polyethylene minimum 6 mil thick.Extend down each side of wall minimum of 16 IN 35 and secure. 3 6 B. Temporary Facilities: 3 1. Construct and maintain temporary protection required to permit continuous and orderly 3 Z progress of work. 39 2. Provide and maintain heat sufficient to assure temperature above 32 DegF within protected 40 areas. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04050-1 1 3. Remove all temporary facilities after completion of work. IOWA%, 2 C. Cold Weather Construction and Protection Requirements Prior to and During Installation: 3 1. Air temperature:32 to 40 DegF. 4 a. Heat mixing water or aggregate to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 5 DegF. 6 2. Air temperature:-25 to 32 DegF. 7 a. Heat mixing water or aggregate to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 8 DegF. 9 b. Maintain mortar temperatures above freezing until used. 10 3. Air temperature:Below 25 DegF. 11 a. Heat mixing water and aggregate to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 12 DegF. 13 b. Maintain mortar temperatures above freezing until used. 14 c. Maintain temperature of units until laid at not less than 20 DegF. 15 d. Provide heat on both sides of walls under construction to maintain air temperature 16 above freezing. 17 e. Provide windbreaks or shelters when wind is in excess of 15 mph. 18 1) Wind breaks or shelters shall be translucent. 19 D. Cold Weather Construction and Protection Requirements after Installation: 20 1. Air temperature:32 to 40 DegF. 21 a. Protect from rain or snow for not less than 24 HRS by covering with weather-resistive 22 translucent membrane. 23 2. Air temperature:25 to 32 DegF. 24 a. Completely cover with translucent weather-resistive membrane for not less than 24 25 HRS. 26 3. Air temperature: 20 to 25 DegF. 27 a. Completely protect with insulating blankets for not less than 24 HRS or provide other 28 protection approved by Engineer. 29 4. Air temperature:Below 20 DegF. 30 a. Provide enclosed translucent shelters and heating to maintain air temperature on each 31 side of wall above 32 DegF for 24 HRS. 32 b. Do not allow rapid drop in temperature after removal of heat. 33 E. Hot Weather Construction and Protection Requirements: 34 1. Comply with requirements of IMIAWC and ACl/ASCE/TMS. 35 2. Storage and preparation o:materials. 36 a. Cover or shade masonry units and mortar materials from direct sun. 37 b. Maintain sand in a damp loose condition. 38 1) Sand moisture shall be maintained at minimum 8 percent. 39 2) Sprinkle with cool water as required to maintain moisture content. 40 c. Use cool water for mixing mortars. 41 d. Avoid using tools and equipment that have been sitting in the sun. 42 1) Sprinkle mortar boards,mortar pans,wheel barrows,mixers,etc. with cool water. 43 e. Wet brick units having high initial rates of absorption. 44 f. Do not wet concrete masonry units prior to use. 45 3. Installation: 46 a. Masonry units shall be placed within one minute of the spreading of the mortar. 47 1) Mortar beds shall not be spread more than 4 FT ahead of the masonry unit being 48 placed. 49 b. Provide wind screens and shading partitions as required to eliminate direct sunlight 50 exposure. 51 c. Wet installed units using fog spray of clean water. 52 d. Cover installed work immediately after installation to slow rate of loss of moisture from ��. 53 units. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04050-2 I r e. Fog-spray new masonry work until damp. Repeat fog spraying minimum of three times ;Z per day until masonry work has cured for 72 FIRS. 3 1) In high humidity conditions,Engineer reserves the right to discontinue fog 4 spraying if operation is found to be introducing excessive amounts of moistureinto the Work. 6 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 S0-3 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Coma Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 04050-4 1 2 /03/03 7 SECTION 04110 3 CEMENT AND LIME MORTARS 4 PART1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 Section Includes: T . Cement and lime mortars and masonry grout B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: . 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 03002-Concrete. 12 4. Section 04210-Brick Masonry. 13 S. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 1 ` 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE , . 1 A. Referenced Standards: 1 1, American Concrete Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers/The Masonry Society 1 I/ S). 1 a. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,Specifications for Masonry Structures. 1 . ASTM International(AS 2 a. C109,Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 IN or Cube Specimens). . C143,Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 2 c. C144,Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 2A d. CI0,Standard Specification for Portland Cement. e. C207,Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 20 f. C270,Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 2 g. C404,Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry out 2 h. C476,Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry. 2 i. C7 0,Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation o Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 3 j. C119,Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout 3 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): 3 a. Fire Resistance Directory. 3 4. Building code: a. International Code Conference(ICC): 3 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2003 Edition including all 3 City of Fort Worth and State of Texas amendments,referred to herein as Building 3 Code. 3 B. Qualifications: 1. Testing shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the testing of mortar 4 and grout 2. Technician conducting tests shall have minimum of 5 years experience in the testing of mortar and grout C. Mock-Ups: 1. Provide mortar and pointing grout for mock-up panels specified in Section 04210 and Section 04220. f 47 13 DEFINITIONS 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 110-1 I A. Coarse grout and fine grout are defined by the aggregate size used in accordance with ASTM �^ 2 C476. 3 B. Coarse aggregate and fine aggregate are defined in ASTM C404,Table 1. 4 1.4 SUBMITTALS 5 A. Shop Drawings: 6 1. See Section 01340. 7 2. Product technical data including: 8 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 9 b. Proposed mortar mix design. 10 c. Proposed masonry grout mix design. 11 3. Test results: 12 a. Strength test results for all mortar and masonry grout(both coarse and fine grout) 13 placed during construction. 14 b. Preconstruction mortar test results. 15 c. Preconstruction masonry grout test results. 16 d. Slump test results of all masonry grout placed during construction. 17 B. Samples: 18 1. Actual colored mortar samples for color selection by Engineer. Color card and plastic 19 simulations are not acceptable. 20 C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 21 1. See Section 01340. 22 2. Qualifications of testing lab and technician. 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24 2.1 MATERIALS 25 A. Portland Cement: 26 1. ASTM C150,Type I or lI. 27 2. No air entrainment. 28 3. Natural color. 29 4. Maximum percent of alkalis: 0.60 in accordance with ASTM C150,Table 1A. 30 B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207,Type S. 31 1. Type SA not acceptable. 32 2. Lime substitutes are not acceptable. 33 C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144,free of gypsum 34 D. Masonry Grout: ASTM C476. 35 E. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. 36 F. Water: Potable. 37 G. Mortar Pigments: 38 1. Commercial colorants suitably compounded for use in mortar mixes.Do not exceed 39 manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratios. 40 a. Mortar Color: Match existing. 41 2.2 MIXES 42 A. Type "S" mortar shall be used: 43 1. Wherever a fire-resistance classification or rating is shown for unit masonry construction 44 provide mortar of type which has been tested and listed by UL for construction indicated. 45 2. Comply with ASTM C270,Table No. 1. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04110-2 3. Do not use masonry cement. 2 4. Mix materials minimum of 3 minutes and maximum of 5 minutes. 3 5. Adjust consistency to satisfaction of mason. 4 6. Use no anti-freeze additives. 5 B. Masonry Grout 6 1. Comply with ASTM C476. 7 2. Use no anti-freeze additives. 81 3. No fly ash additives will be accepted 9 4. Mix 5 minutes minimum. 10 5. Slump: 8 to I 1 IN. 11„ 6. At Contractor's option,manufactured grout meeting the above minimum requirements may 12 be used. 13 7. Minimum 28-day compressive strength: 2,000 psi. .. 14 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15 A. Perform preconstruction laboratory tests on proposed mortar and masonry grout mix prior to id start of masonrywork. 17 1. Perform tests far enough in advance so that any necessary retesting can be accomplished I before masonry construction begins. 1'. a. Test mortar per ASTM C109. 2 . Test grout per AS C 1019. 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLATION 2'., A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/T S 2 602. 2 B. Use coarse grout in spaces with least dimension over 2 IN. 2 C. Use fine grout for grouting door frames. 2 . Grout all door frames unless specifically noted not to be grouted. 21 D. Consolidate all grout while installing. 2 1. Copsolidate gout pours 12 IN or less in height by mechanical vibration or by puddling. 3 2. Consolidate grout pours exceeding 12 IN in height by mechanical vibration and 3 reconsolidate by mechanical vibration after initial water loss and settlement has occurred. 3 E. Use colored mortar for matching the existing gout color. 3 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3 A. Mortar. 3 1. Perform one ASTM C780 annex A- , -5,A-6 and A-7 test per week on field mortar used 3 during masonry construction. 3 2. If standard gray mortar begins to stiffen,it may be retempered by adding water and 3 re 3 a. Standard gray mortar shall not be reternpered more than one time. 4 3. Colored mortar shall not be retempered. 4 . . All mortar and pointing gout must be used within 1-1/2 HRS after initial mixing. B. Engineer reserves right to alter mix design based on initial rate of absorption of masonry units. 43 C. Masonry Grout: 1. Use gout within 1- /2 HRS after initial mixing. 4 2. Use no gout after it has begun to set. 4 3. Do not retemper gout after initial mixing. 12502 City ofFort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 110-3 1 4. Place grout in lifts not exceeding 4 FT. 2 D. Masonry Grout Testing: 3 1. Conduct compressive strength tests and slump tests on all masonry grout used during 4 masonry construction. 5 2. Perform all compressive strength test sampling,testing and reporting per ASTM C1019. 6 3. Perform all slump test sampling,testing,and reporting per ASTM C143. 7 4. Frequency of : One sample(three specimens)collected each grouting operation 8 during masonry construction. 9 5. Compressive strength testing. 10 a. One strength test shall be the average of three specimens from the same sample,tested 11 at 28 days. 12 END OF SECTION 13 y� ors 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Purnp,Station Expansion May 18,2006 110 d 4 ` 1 2003/01/10 2 SECTION 04155 3 MASONRY ACCESSORIES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 Section Includes: 7, 1. Masonry accessories. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 12, 4. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Metal. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ig A. Referenced Standards: 1. The Aluminum Association(AA): a. 45,Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 2. Amezican Architectural Manufacturer's Association( ): a. 2605-02,Voluntary Specification,Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for 1. Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 21 3. ASTM International( : 2 a. A82,Specification for Steel Wire,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement 2 b. A123,Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel 2 Products. 2 c. I A153,Specification for Zinc Coating of-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2 d. A951,Standard Specification for Masonry Joint Reinforcement 2 e. A1008,Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet,Cold-Rolled,Carbon,Strucairal, High- 2 Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. f. D624,Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and 21 e o lastic Elastomers. 31 g. D2287,Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer 3 Molding and Extrusion Compounds Building Code. 3 a. International Building Code and associated standards,2003 Edition,including all City 34 of Fort Worth and State of Texas amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. 3 B. Mock-Ups: 3 1. Provide specified products for inclusion into mock-up panels required by Section 04220. 31, . Coordinate with built-in items. 3 13 SUBMITTALS 3 Shop s: 41. See Section 01340. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. c. Tear resistance of flashing material. + its 4 d. Manufacturer's recommendations for flashing adhesive. 4 e. Manufacturer's data sheet on each product. 12.S02 City of Fort Worth BD SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 155-1 1 PART 2- PRODUCTS ^ 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. Weep vents for cavity wall construction: 6 a. Dur-O-WalInc. 7 b. Heckman Building Products Inc. 8 c. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 9 d. Wire Bond. 10 e. Mortar Net USA,Ltd. 11 2. Reglets: 12 a. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 13 b. W.P.Hickman Co. 14 c. Superior Concrete Accessories,Inc. 15 3. Masonry anchors,horizontal joint reinforcing and miscellaneous anchors: 16 a. Southern Slag. 17 b. Dur-O-Wal. 18 c. Heckman. 19 d. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 20 e. Wire Bond. 21 4. Thru wall flashing: 22 a. EPDM: 23 1) Carlisle Syntech Systems,Inc. 24 2) Firestone Building Products Co. 25 5. Weep joint mortar protection system: 26 a. Mortar Net USA,Ltd. �1 27 b. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 28 c. Wire Bond. 29 6. Preformed control joint inserts: 30 a. Dur-O-Wal. 31 b. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 32 7. Grout screen: 33 a. Wire Bond. 34 b. Dur-O-Wal. 35 c. Heckman Building Products. 36 d. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 37 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 38 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 39 A. Thru Wall Flashing: 40 1. 40 mil EPDM manufactured specifically for thru wall flashing. 41 2. Tear resistance: ASTM D624, 150 LB/IN minimum. 42 3. Width as required. 43 a. Provide single piece full width,no horizontal joints will be allowed unless approved in 44 writing by Engineer. 45 4. Factory precut wherever possible. 46 5. Factory fabricated inside and outside corners when available. 47 B. Flashing Adhesive: As recommended by flashing manufacturer for sealing laps and sealing to 48 vertical surfaces. 49 C. Weep Vent:90 percent open mesh vent designed to be placed in vertical mortar joint. 50 1. Similar to Mortar Net USA,Ltd. "Mortar Net Weep Vents". 51 2. Color: to match CMU. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04155-2 I D. Re ets: 2 1. Products specified are manufactured by Hohmann&Barnard,Inc.. . 3 2. For masonry construction: Type#MR-Masonry Relet 4 3. For concrete construction: Type#C -Concrete Reglet 51 E. Veneer Anchorage System for New Concrete Back-up: 6 L 1. Anchors,dovetail: 7,' a Galvanized,ASTM A153. 8 b. 16 GA corrugated steel with dovetail. . 9 1) 1 IN wide x 5 1/2 IN long minimum or as required by Projectconditions. 10` a) Provide minimum 2 IN embedment into veneer mortar joint 11 2. Dovetail slots: 12 a. Galvanized,ASTM 153. 13 b. 22 GA steel. 14 c. 1 IN wide, 1 IN deep,nominal 5/8 IN throat with filler. 15 F. Veneer Anchorage System for Existing Concrete or Concrete Masonry -up. 16 1. Adjustable pintle and plate: 17 a. Conform to ASTM A951. 1 b. Cold drawn steel wire pintle,ASTM A2. c. 14 GA steel plate,ASTM A1008. d. Galvanized,ASTM A153,Class B2. 2 e. 3/16 IN DIA wire x length required to embed pintle minimum'2 IN into veneer mortar 2 joint 2 f. Similar to - - D/A` 1 ® 2 G. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: 2 1. General: � 2 a. Conform to ASTM A951. 2 b. Cold drawn steel wire,ASTM A82. 2 c. 9 GA side rods. d. 9 GA cross rods. 3 e. Galvanized,ASTM A153,Class B2. 3 f° Prefabricated comer and tee sections with minimum length of 30 IN from point of intersection. 3 2. Single wythe wall joint reinforcing: a. Ladder design at walls with vertical reinforcing. b. Truss design at walls without vertical reinforcing. 3 3. ' osito wall joint reinforcing: a. Ladder design with double side rod. 3 4. Cavity wall joint reinforcing: 3 a. Ladder design horizontal joint reinforcing:` b. Wire eyes welded to horizontal joint reinforcing:" 1) Length as required to project through rigid insulation into . 4 c. 3/16 IN DIA adjustable pintle veneer anchors. 1) Length as required to provide minimum 2 IN embed into veneer mortar joint 4 d. Units similar to DUR-O-WAL"LADUR-EYE". 4 H. Anchors at Intersecting Load-Bearing Walls(Rigid Steel Masonry Anchors): 1 x 1/4 x 24 IN(or 4 length as shown on Drawings or as required by wall condition)galvanized steel,ASTM Al5 , 4. G60 minimum coatin&with ends turned up 2 IN. 4P I. Grout Screen: 4 1. Polypropylene monofilament 5 2. 1/4 x 1/4 IN mesh. � . r 5 . 3° Width of grout screen to be 2 IN less than nominal width of CMU. . 5' J. Weep Joint Mortar Protection System: 12502 City of Fort Worth ° BID SET Como Parnp Station Expansion May 1 8,2006 04155-3 1 1. 100 percent recycled polyester. iWA%, 2 2. 90 percent minimum open weave mesh. 3 3. Minimum 10 IN high by full width of air cavity. 4 K. Preformed Control Joint Inserts: 5 1. ASTM D2287. 6 2. Hardness: 85 durometer. 7 3. Shear strength: Minimum 2831 LBS/per/FT/joint. 8 4. Similar to Dur-O-Wal#D/A 2002 or Hohmann&Barnard#VS Series. 9 PART 3- EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLATION 11 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 12 B. Thru Wall Flashing: 13 1. Install to provide positive drainage of cavity moisture. 14 2. Extend flashing minimum 1/2 IN beyond the exterior face of the wall.After wall 15 construction is completed cut flashing to within 1/8 IN from exterior face of wall to form a 16 drip. 17 3. Extend flashings beyond edge of lintel or sills to next vertical mortar joint but not less than 18 4 IN and turn up edge one full veneer course. Seal all joints. 19 4. Where thru wall flashing steps up or down in the wall,provide end dam at step.End dam 20 shall extend up or down to tie into thru wall flashing step. Seal all joints for continuous 21 watertight barrier. 22 5. At control joint locations provide a piece of 24 GA galvanized sheet metal full width of 23 veneer x 6 IN long directly below the thru wall flashing centered on the joint. 24 a. Hem all edges to prevent sheet metal from cutting flashing. 25 b. See Section 07600 for sheet metal. 26 6. Lap flashing minimum of 6 IN and bond two pieces together with flashing adhesive. 27 7. Adhere vertical surface of flashing to back-up wall with adhesive recommended by flashing 28 manufacturer. 29 8. Lap and seal flashing at all inside and outside corners to provide continuous uninterrupted 30 barrier. 31 C. Weeps: 32 1. Provide weep joints at maximum 16 IN OC in head joint of first course of masonry 33 immediately above thru wall flashing. 34 a. Omit mortar bed on top of thru wall flashing at each weep joint location to allow 35 moisture an unobstructed path to the exterior. 36 b. At pedestrian openings,provide weeps on each side of opening.Do not provide weeps 37 above pedestrian door openings. 38 c. At openings other than pedestrian doors,weeps may be provided above opening if 39 required by spacing pattern. 40 d. Weep joints shall be not more than 4 IN high. 41 2. Provide weep vents maximum 16 IN OC in top of head joint of top course of veneer or as 42 indicated on Drawings. 43 a. Do not use weep vents in weep joints at the bottom of the wall. 44 b. Set weep vents back away from face of veneer slightly so the front edge of the vent is 45 contained within the mortar joint. 46 D. Weep Joint Mortar Protection System: 47 1. Install continuous row(s)of material. 48 2. Provide material in thicknesses required to completely fill the entire air cavity. 49 3. Set material directly on top of thru wall flashing. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04155-4 I E. Install preformed control joint inserts in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2 F. Anchoring Veneer- 3 1. Veneer with concrete block back-up: 4 a. Anchor veneer to new construction using horizontal joint reinforcing and adjustable 5 pintle veneer anchors. 6 2. Veneer with concrete back-up: 7 a. Anchor veneer to new construction using dovetail anchors and slots. 8 b. Anchor veneer to existing construction using adjustable pintle and plate. c. Provide veneer anchorage at not more than 16 IN OC vertically and 16 IN OC 10 horizontally. 11 G. Reinforcing Masonry: 12 1. General: 13 a. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing. 14 1) Embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for entire length with minimum cover of 15 518 IN on exterior side of walls and 1/2 IN at other locations. 16 2) Lap reinforcement minimum of 12 IN at ends. 17 a) Remove cross wires on one side of the lap splice and bend the side rods 1.8 slightly so the lap is provided with 12 IN of uninterrupted wire lap occurring 19 in the same plane. 20 3) Do not bridge control joints with horizontal joint reinforcing except at wall 21 openings. 2 a) Bridge control joints with horizontal bond beam reinforcing steel at all 23 locations. 2 b) Do not bridge expansion joints with horizontal bond beam reinforcing or 2 horizontal joint reinforcing. 2 4) At corners and wall intersections use prefabricated"L"and"T" sections. 2 5) Cut and bend as required. 2 b. Install reinforcing at 16 IN OC vertically unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 2 c. Install reinforcing 8 rN OC for a minimum of 24 IN at starter courses and over 3 openings. 3 1) Do not install horizontal joint reinforcing in veneer mortar joint having through- 3 wall flashing. 3 d. In concrete masonry back-up construction,install horizontal joint reinforcing and 3 adjustable pintle veneer anchors at 8 IN OC in parapets. 3 e. In concrete masonry back-up construction,install veneer horizontal joint reinforcing 8 3 IN OC in courses on each side of vertical control joints and on each jamb of openings 3 for full height of joint or opening.Extend reinforcing minimum 24 IN beyond joint or 3 jambs of opening. 3 f. In concrete masonry back-up construction,reinforce masonry openings over 12 IN wide 4 with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in two horizontal joints above lintel and below 4 sill. 4 1) Extend minimum of 24 IN beyond jambs of opening. 4 2) Bridge control joints where provided. 2. Reinforcing concrete masonry: 4 a. At intersecting load-bearing walls,provide rigid steel anchors 16 IN OC vertically, 4 embed ends in grout filled cores. 4 1) Alternate rigid steel anchors with horizontal joint reinforcing. 4 b. At intersecting non-load bearing walls or at intersecting load bearing/non-load bearing 4 walls provide grout screen in mortar joint at 16 IN OC vertically.Extend minimum 6 5 IN into each wall. 5 1) Alternate with walls primary horizontal joint reinforcing. 5 c. Install vertical reinforcing bars where indicated on Drawings. 5 1) Provide means necessary to ensure position of vertical steel reinforcing meets 5 requirements of Building Code. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04155-5 I d. Anchor intersecting concrete masonry to concrete back-up using dovetail slots and 2 anchors.Provide dovetail anchors at 16 IN OC or as noted on Drawings. 3 e. Repair all galvanized coatings damaged as a result of welding. 4 3. Reinforcing veneer: 5 a. Reinforce veneer with joint reinforcement placed in veneer mortar joints: 6 1) In new masonry back-up construction alternate veneer horizontal joint reinforcing 7 with horizontal joint reinforcing and adjustable pintle veneer anchors. 8 2) In new concrete back-up construction alternate veneer horizontal joint reinforcing 9 with dovetail anchors. 10 H. Install reglets as walls are being constructed. Set reglets true with wall,plumb and at consistent 11 depth 12 I. Remove all excess mortar and grout from reglets as walls are being constructed and protect 13 reglet openings from filling with mortar,grout and other construction debris. 14 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04155-6 1 2002/11/15 T SECTION 04210 3 BRICK MASONRY 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUWE% ARY A. Section Includes: 1. Brick masonry. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 l 3. Section 04050-Cold and Hot Weather Masonry Construction. 1 4. Section 04110-Cement and Lime Mortars. 1 5. Section 04155-Masonry Accessories. 1 6. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry. 1 7. Section 04510-Masonry Cleaning. 1 8. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE I k Referenced Standards: 1 1. ASTM International( ): 2 a. C216,Specification for Facing Brick(Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale). 21 B. Mock-Ups: 2 1. Brick shall match existing bricks. 2 2. After final brick selection has been made and prior to permanent wall construction, 2 construct sample wall,minimum 4 FT high x 8 FT long,utilizing all specified components 2 of exterior wall for Engineer review and acceptance. 2 3. Sample wall shall constitute minimum standard of quality for actual construction.Maintain 2 sample wall during construction. 2 4. If not acceptable,construct additional sample walls as required. 2 5. Remove when directed. 3 6. Build sample wall in conjunction with sample wall required for concrete masonry 3 construction. 3 7. Sample wall to include all special corners and other special brick detailing including all 3 special shapes. a. Step construction of sample wall to allow observation of all specified components. 3 b. Sample wall shall include as a minimum all special shapes,all types of brick coursing, 3 cavity insulation,veneer horizontal joint reinforcing,single wythe wall horizontal joint 3 7 reinforcing,composite wall horizontal joint reinforcing, random coursing veneer 31 anchorage system,thru wall flashing,weep joints,weep joint mortar protection system 3 and weep vents,minimum 12 IN long brick support angle properly flashed,typical control joint construction. 1) Sample wall shall include inside and outside corner showing thm wall flashing lapping,jointing and sealing. 2) Sample wall shall include example of flashing condition at bearing end of lintels as 44 outlined in Section 04155. 4 C. All brick provided on this Project shall be from same production run. 4 1, Produce special shapes and solid units in manner which will ensure matching of color and 47 texture with field brick. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 210-1 I a. Solid units shall be 100 percent solid. - 2 2. Special shapes shall be factory fabricated unless noted otherwise. 3 1.3 SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawings: 5 1. See Section 01340. 6 2. Product technical data including: 7 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 8 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 9 3. Results of cavity wall flood test. 10 B. Samples: 11 1. Minimum 12 x 12 IN banded brick sample incorporating actual brick and mortar color being 12 used on Project for Engineer review. 13 2. Samples of all special shapes prior to incorporating into sample wall. 14 3. Brick proposed for matching existing brick. 15 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 16 A. Deliver units on pallets with tight covers or deliver in cubes and store on dunnage. 17 B. Inspect masonry upon delivery to assure color match with sample wall and dimensional quality 18 and trueness of brick units. 19 C. Return unacceptable units. 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS OWN*., 22 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 23 acceptable: 24 1. Brick: 25 a. Acme. 26 b. Endicott Clay Product 27 c. Belden Brick 28 d. Glen-Gery brick. 29 B. Acceptable Product-Basis: 30 1. "Light"Colored Brick: Acme "Glacier White GL-50." 31 2. "Dark"Colored Brick: Acme"Alluvial Blend BL-13." 32 C. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 33 2.2 MATERIALS 34 A. Brick: 35 1. Size: Modular;nominal 2-2/3 inches by 4 inches by 8 inches. 36 2. Color Range: Match existing. 37 3. Finish: Velour finish. 38 4. ASTM C216,Type FBS as determined by product specified,Grade SW. 39 5. Include in bid special shaped,sized or cut brick units required for complete installation. 40 a. Special shaped brick shall be fabricated in manufacturing plant and shall not be field 41 fabricated by saw cutting unless otherwise noted. 42 B. Accessories: See Section 04155. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04210-2 I PART 3 - EXECUTION " a 3.1 INSTALLATION 3 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: B. Verify that all required accessory items are correct. C. General: 1. Build cavity walls to thickness indicated. 2. Build single-wythe walls to actual thickness of masonry units. 3. Build composite walls to thickness indicated. 4. Build in flashing,reinforcing,weeps,vents and related accessory items. 1 a. See Section 04155 for installation of accessory items. 11 5. Install field brick in running bond and match existing pattern. 1 a. Provide special coursing where indicated on the Drawings. 1 6. Perform all cutting with masonry saws using saw blades as recommended by masonry unit 1 manufacturer. 1 7. Drill holes with power drill using drill bits as recommended by masonry unit manufacturer. 1 8. Holes made by chipping not acceptable. 1 9. Cut as required to provide pattern required. 1 10. Use 100 percent solid units where cutting or laying would expose holes. " I a. Fill solid with mortar all units in first course directly below thru wall flashing. 2 b. Miter all brick at comers. 2 11. Avoid use of less than half size units whenever possible. 2 12. Do not install damaged units. 2 13. Wet brick having absorption rates greater than 0.025 OZ/SUMIN. 2 a. Wet brick in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2 14. Install brick work in conjunction with concrete unit masonry work and concrete work. 2 D. Laying and Tooling: 2 1. Lay out walls in advance for uniform and accurate spacing of bond patterns and joints. 2 Properly locate openings,movement type joints,returns and offsets. 2 2. Lay brick with completely filled bed and head joints except at weep locations. 3 a. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to completely fill head joints and shove into place. 3 b. Do not slush head joints. 3 c. See Section 04110 for mortar and grout. 3 3. Maintain nominal 3/8 IN joint widths. 3 a. Cut joints flush where concealed. 3 b. Tool exposed joints concave. 3 c. Compress mortar in below grade joints. 3 d. Provide wider joints where noted on the Drawings. 3 e. Where brick sets on top of steel support,omit the mortar joint on top of the support 3 under the brick and set the brick directly on the thru wall flashing or the steel support 4 member unless a mortar joint is required to maintain coursing. 4. During tooling of joints,enlarge any voids or holes, {except weep joints,} and completely fill with mortar. 4 5. Point-up all joints at corners,openings and adjacent work to provide neat,uniform appearance. 4 6. Remove brick units disturbed after laying. 4 a. Clean and relay in fresh mortar. 4 b. Do not pound units to fit. 4 c. If adjustments are required,remove units,clean and reset in fresh mortar. 4 7. Where work is stopped and later resumed,rack back 1/2 brick unit length in each course. 5 a. Wet units lightly. 5 b. Remove loose units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. 12_502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04210-3 1 8. As work progresses,build-in items indicated and specified. 2 a. Fill in solidly with mortar around built-in items. 3 E. Control Joints and Sealants: 4 1. Provide vertical expansion,control and isolation joints where indicated. 5 a. Where not indicated provide at maximum 16 FT OC. 6 b. Rake out all mortar from joint. 7 1) Exercise care not to damage thru wall flashing when cleaning mortar from vertical 8 joints. 9 c. Locate control joints at points of natural weakness in masonry. 10 2. See Section 07900 for sealant installation requirements. 11 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 12 A. Protect against weather when work is not in progress. 13 1. Cover top of walls with waterproof translucent membrane,extend at least 4 FT down both 14 sides of wall and anchor in place. 15 B. Protect against cold and hot weather as specified in Section 04050. 16 C. Remove and replace loose,stained,or damaged bricks. 17 1. Provide new units to match. 18 2. Install in fresh mortar. 19 3. Point to eliminate evidence of replacement. 20 D. Tolerances: 21 1. Maximum variation from plumb in vertical lines and surfaces of columns,walls and arises: 22 a. 1/4 IN in 10 FT. 23 b. 3/8 IN in a story height not to exceed 20 FT. 24 c. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 25 2. Maximum variation from plumb for external corners,expansion joints and other 26 conspicuous lines: 27 a. 1/4 IN in any story or 20 FT maximum. 28 b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 29 3. Maximum variation from level of grades for exposed lintels,sills,parapets,horizontal 30 grooves and other conspicuous lines: 31 a. 1/4 IN in any bay or 20 FT. 32 b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 33 4. Maximum variation from plan location of.-elated portions of columns,walls and partitions: 34 a. 1/2 IN in any bay or 20 FT. 35 b. 3/4 IN in 40 FT or more. 36 5. Maximum variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and thicknesses of walls from 37 dimensions shown on Drawings: 38 a. Minus 1/4 IN. 39 b. Plus 1/2 IN. 40 E. Inspect wall to ensure that mortar droppings have not plugged weep joints or weep vents. 41 3.3 CLEANING 42 A. Clean brick masonry as wall is being constructed using fiber brush,wooden paddles and 43 scrapers.After all brick construction is complete,wash wall using specified brick cleaning 44 solution.Refer to Section 04510. 45 END OF SECTION 1.2.02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04210-4 1 2004/04/28 2 SECTION 04220 3 CONCRETE MASONRY 14 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUAUM ARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Concrete masonry construction(C including all standard concrete masonry units. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 03208-Reinforcement. 12 4. Section 04050-Cold and Hot Weather Masonry Construction. 13 5. Section 04110-Cement and Lime Mortars_ 14 6. Section 04155-Masonry Accessories. 15 7. Section 04210-Brick Masonry. 16 8. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 17 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Referenced Standards: 19 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI)/American Society of Civil Engineers( C ) e 20 Masonry Society( ): 21 a. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602,Specifications for Masonry Structures. 22 2. ASTM International(ASTM): 23 a. C33,Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 24 b. C90,Specification for Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 25 c. C1314,Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms. 6 3. National Concrete Masonry Association ): 27 a. TEK 2-3A,Architectural Concrete Masonry Units. 28 b. TEK 3-4B,Bracing Concrete Masonry Walls During Construction. 29 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): 30 a. Building MaterialsDirectory- 31, 5. Building code: 32 a. International Code Conference(ICC): 33 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2003 Editionincluding all 34 City of Fort Worth and State of Texas amendments,referred to herein as Building 35 Code. 36' B. Mock-Ups: 7 1. Build in conjunction with work in Section 04210. 38 2. Prior to permanent wall construction,construct sample wall minimum 4 FT high x 8 FT 9 long utilizing all specified components for Engineer review and acceptance. 40 3. Sample wall shall constitute minimum standard of quality for actual construction.Maintain 41 sample wall during construction. 42 4. If not acceptable,construct additional sample walls as required. 43 5. Remove when directed by Engineer. 44 6. Sample wall to include all special corners and other special CMU detailing and standard 45 masonry units. 461 a. Step construction of sample wall to allow observation of all specified components. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04220-1 I b. Sample wall shall include as a minimum all special shapes,all types of masonry,reglet Alow%%, 2 installation,dovetail anchors,masonry core inserts type,insulation,vertical wall 3 reinforcing with grouted cell,all types of horizontal joint reinforcing,veneer anchorage 4 system,thru wall flashing,weep joints and weep vents,pointing grout, typical control 5 joint construction,typical bond beam construction,weep joint and weep vent 6 installation and liquid water repellent. 7 _ 1) Sample wall shall include inside and outside comer showing thru wall flashing 8 lapping,jointing and sealing. 9 2) Sample wall shall include example of flashing condition at bearing end of lintels as 10 outlined in Section 04155. 11 3) Cavity wall flood test: 12 a) Engineer shall witness demonstration. 13 b) Dam sample wall cavity at each end and plug all weep joints. 14 c) Flood cavity with a minimum 8 IN depth of water. 15 d) Remove weep joint plugs and allow cavity to drain to demonstrate 16 effectiveness of weep joints. 17 e) Test will be considered acceptable if no standing water remains in cavity after 18 a period of 15 minutes. 19 0 Correct deficiencies identified by Engineer and retest until acceptable to 20 Engineer. 21 C. See Section 04210 for additional sample wall information. 22 D. All masonry units of any one particular type,color or face style shall be from the same 23 production tun 24 1. Special shapes shall be factory fabricated unless noted otherwise. 25 13 DEFINITIONS 26 A. Definitions to be in accordance with Standard Unit Nomenclature Table 1,NCMA TEK 2-3A. 27 1.4 SUBMITTALS 28 A. Shop Drawings: 29 1. See Section 01340. 30 2. Product technical data including: 31 a. Manufacturer's information on aggregate and cement type used in manufacture. 32 3. Certifications: 33 a. Certification that concrete masonry units meet or exceed requirements of standards 34 referenced. 35 4. Qualifications of testing lab and technician. 36 5. Test results for all masonry testing. 37 B. Samples: 38 1. Minimum two 2 x 8 x 8 IN samples of units of color selected or specified. 39 C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 40 1. See Section 01340. 41 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 42 A. Deliver units on pallets with tight covers or deliver in cubes and store on dunnage. 43 B. Protect units from damage. 44 C. Inspect units upon delivery to assure color match with sample wall,dimensional quality,and 45 trueness of unit. 46 1. Return damaged or otherwise unacceptable units. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04220-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 MATERIALS 3 A. Concrete Masonry Units: 4 1. Modular normal(heavy)weight units,ASTM C90. Provide aggregate in accordance with 5 ASTM C33. Total linear drying shrinkage: ASTM C90, 0.065 percent maximum. 7 b. Weight: Minimum of 125 LB/CF. $ c. Medium weight or light weight units are not acceptable. 91 2. Face shell and web thickness: ASTM C90,Table 1. 10 3. Water-absorption: ASTM C90 Table 2. 11 4. Concrete bricks of same material,texture and quality. 12 5. Compressive strength: ASTM C90,Table 2. 13 6. Dimensional Tolerance: ASTM C90. 14 B. Reinforcing Bars: Refer to Section 03002 and as indicated on Drawings. 15 C. Mortar- Refer to Section 04110. I D. Masonry Grout: Refer to Section 04110. I E. Masonry Accessories: Refer to Section 04155. 1 F. Sealants: Refer to Section 07900. 1 2.2 FABRICATION 2 Concrete Masonry Units: 2 1. Color: 2 a. Interior units: Concrete gray. 2 b. Exposed exterior units: Concretdgray. 2 2. Design compressive strength: fm=1,500 psi minimum. 2 a. Determine in accordance with unit strength method per ACI 530.1/ 6/TMS 602. 2 resistive units: UL listed. 21 4. Fabricated in the manufacturing plant 2E PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 PREPARATION 3 that anchors and flash"flashings are correct 3 B. Layout walls in advance for uniform and accurate spacing of bond patterns and joints.Properly 3 locate openings,movement type joints,returns,and offsets {weep joints and weep vents). 3 3.2 INSTALLATION 3 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3 B. General: 3 1. Build cavity walls to thickness indicated on Drawings. 3 2. Build sin e- a walls to actual thickness of masonry units. 3 . Build compositewalls to thickness indicated on s. 3 . Build i ,reinforcing, (re ,) { e sJ ( vents) and related accessory 4 items. 4 a. See Section 04155 for installation of accessory items. 4 5. Perform all cutting with masonry saws using saw blades as recommended by masonry unit 4 manufacturer. 6. Drill holes with power drill using drill bits as recommended by masonry unit manufacturer. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 8,2006 0-3 1 7. Holes made by chipping unit will not be accepted. 2 8. Install field units in running bond. 3 a. Provide special coursing where indicated on the Drawings. 4 9. Cut as required to maintain bond pattern. 5 10. Use solid units where cutting or laying would expose holes and as noted on Drawings. 6 11. Avoid use of less than half size units,whenever possible. 7 12. Do not use chipped,cracked,spalled,stained or imperfect units exposed in finish work. 8 13. Do not wet concrete masonry units. 9 14. Build chases and recesses as indicated and required for work of other trades.Provide not 10 less than 8 IN of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings,and between 11 adjacent chases and recesses unless detailed otherwise on the Drawings. 12 C. Concrete Masonry Units: 13 1. Install grouted hollow units under lintel bearing points. 14 a. Refer to Section 04110 for grouting. 15 D. Laying and Tooling: 16 1. Lay masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints. 17 a. Provide full mortar bed on all block cross webs and completely fill head joints. 18 1) Do not slush head joints. 19 2) Protect cells requiring grout fill from mortar droppings. 20 3) Omit mortar from head joint at weeps. 21 2. Maintain nominal 3/8 IN joint widths {except at exterior joint of prefaced masonry). 22 a. Cut joints flush where concealed {and where veneer plaster coating is required). 23 b. Tool exposed joints concave. 24 c. Compress mortar in below ground joints. 25 d. Provide wider joints where noted on Drawings. 26 1) In no case shall any mortar joint be more than 3/4 IN wide. 27 e. Where masonry sets on top of steel support omit the mortar joint on top of the support r� 28 under the veneer and set masonry directly on top of the thru wall flashing or the steel 29 support member unless a mortar joint is required to maintain coursing. 30 3. During tooling of joints,enlarge any voids or holes {except weeps),and completely fill 31 with mortar. 32 4. Point-up all joints at corners,openings,and adjacent work to provide neat,uniform 33 appearance. 34 5. Remove masonry disturbed after laying. 35 a. Clean and relay in fresh mortar. 36 b. Do not pound units to fit. 37 c. If adjustments are required,remove units,clean,and reset in fresh mortar. 38 6. Where work is stopped and later resumed,rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each course. 39 a. Remove loose units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. 40 7. As work progresses,build in items indicated on Drawings and specified. 41 a. Fill in solidly with mortar around built-in items. 42 b. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units,place grout 43 screen in joint below and fill core solid with mortar. 44 E. Control Joints and Sealants: 45 1. Provide vertical expansion,control and isolation joints where indicated on Drawings. 46 a. Where not indicated on Drawings,provide control joints at maximum (24 FT) OC or at 47 natural point of weakness. 48 b. Provide at all T intersections. 49 c. Rake out mortar in joint. 50 1) Exercise care not to damage thru wall flashing when cleaning mortar from vertical 51 joints. 52 2. Refer to Section 07900 for sealant installation requirements. 53 a. Seal control and expansion joints. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04220-4 I F. Tolerances: 2 1. Maximum variation from plumb in vertical lines and surfaces of columns,walls,and arises: 3- a. 1/4 IN in 10 FT. 4 b. 3/8 IN in a story height not to exceed 20 FT. 5 c. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 2. Maximum variation from plumb for external comers,expansion joints,and other conspicuous lines: 981 a. 1/4 IN in any story or 20 FT maximum. b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 10 3. Maximum variation from level of grades for exposed lintels,sills,parapets,horizontal 11 grooves,and other conspicuous lines: 12 a. 1/4 IN in any bay or 20 FT. 13 b. 1/2 IN in 40 FT or more. 14 4. Maximum variation from plan location of related portions of columns,walls,and partitions: is a. 1/2 IN in any bay or 20 FT. 16 b. 3/4 IN in 40 FT or more. 17 5. Maximum variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and thicknesses of walls from 18 dimensions shown on Drawings: 19 a. Minus 1/4 IN. 20 b. Plus 1/2 IN. 21 G. Protect against weather when work is not in progress.During inclement weather conditions, 22 cover top of walls with translucent waterproof membrane,extend at least 4 FT down both sides 23 of walls and anchor in place. 24 H. Protect against cold/hot weather as specified in Section 04050. 251 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 216 A. Bracing Concrete Masonry Walls During Construction: 27 1. At a minimum,provide bracing in accordance with NCMA TEK 34B. 28 2. Contractor is responsible for adequately bracing all masonry during construction. 29 B. Remove and replace loose,stained,or damaged units as directed by Engineer. 30 1. Provide new units to match. 31 2. Install in fresh mortar. 32 3. Point to eliminate evidence of replacement. 33 3.4 CLEANING 34 A. Clean concrete masonry as the wall is being constructed using fiber brushes,wooden paddles 35 and scrapers.No acid-based cleaning solutions shall be used unless approved in writing by 36 Engineer. 37 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BD SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04220-5 i 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pomp Station Expansion May 18,2006 04220-6 � 1 2002/09/12 _ 'SECTION 04510 3 MASONRY CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A Section Includes: 1. Masonry cleaning. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1 C 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1.1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.2 A. Qualifications: 13 1. Use experienced workmen familiar with product and its application. 14 B. Test Panel—Cleaning Existing Masonry: 15 1. Test each type of substrate and stain for dilution and compatibility before beginning full 16 scale cleaning operations. 17 2. Test pressure rinsing on older masonry. Let test area dry 3 to 7 days before evaluating. 1.8 1.3 SUBMITTALS N,, 19 A. Letter stating that Contractor is experienced in this type of masonry cleaning. 20 B. Shop Drawings: 21 1. See Section 01340. 22 2. Product technical data including: 23 a. Manufacturer's application instructions. 24 b. Manufacturer's dilution recommendations. 2. c. Manufacturer's recommendations on neutralizing rinse. 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2 k Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 2, acceptable: 3 1. Cleaning solutions: 31 a. Pro So Co. 32 b. Diedrich Technologies,Inc. 33 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 34 2.2 MATERIALS 35 k Brick Cleaners: 36 1. Detergent-Type Cleaning Solution: 37 a. Similar to Pro So Co. "Sure Klean 600"detergent masonry cleaner. 38 2. Manganese or Vanadium-Stained Masonry: 39 a. Similar to Pro So Co. "Vana Trol." 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04510-1 I B. Cast Stone Cleaner: 2 1. Pro So Co"Light Duty Concrete Cleaner." 3 2. If etching is not acceptable: Pro So Co"Sure Klean Burnished Custom Masonry Cleaner." 4 3. If etching is acceptable: Pro So Co"Sure Klean Custom Masonry Cleaner"or Pro So Co 5 "Heavy-duty Concrete Cleaner. 6 C. Water:Potable. 7 D. Neutralizing rinse as required by manufacturer. 8 2.3 MIXES 9 A. Dilute cleaning solution with potable water at rate which will provide for the weakest solution 10 allowable for cleaning wall. 11 B. If project conditions require solution of greater than 5 percent acid obtain permission from 12 Engineer in writing prior to applying solution to wall surface. 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 3.1 PREPARATION 15 A. Prepare substrates in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 16 B. Allow 14-28 days after completion of masonry work before start of cleaning unless noted 17 otherwise in manufacturer's published instructions. 18 C. Remove excess mortar using wooden paddles and scrapers. 19 D. Protect adjacent surfaces not to be cleaned. 20 3.2 APPLICATION 21 A. Clean substrates in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 22 B. Protect adjacent surfaces subject to potential damage by cleaning solution. 23 C. Apply masonry cleaner to exposed-to-view masonry surfaces. 24 1. Do not use wire brushes. 25 2. Use only tools free of rust. 26 3. Apply solution using fibered wall-washing brush. 27 D. Thoroughly rinse and pre-soak walls. 28 E. Flush all loose mortar and dirt from surface. 29 F. Wet to prevent"run-off'streaking. 30 G. Scrape off mortar and reapply cleaning solution. 31 H. After scrubbing,clean thoroughly with pressurized water. 32 I. Apply neutralizing rinse as recommended by manufacturer. 33 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 04510-2 1 2002/01/14 2 SECTION 05120 3 STRUCTURAL STEEL 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Structural steel,including the fabrication and erection of framing and bracing members, 8 including connections. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division I -General Requirements. 12 3. Section 05505-Metal Fabrications. 13 4. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. American Institute of Steel Construction(RISC): 17 a. Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings(referred to herein as AISC Specification). 18 b. Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges dated March 7,2000. 19 c. Quality Certification Program for Fabricators 20 d. Erector Certification Program.. 21 e. Manual of Steel Construction. 22 2. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 23 a. B18.22.1,Plain Washers. 24 3. ASTM International(ASTM): 2 a. A2,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain,Grooved,and Guard 2 Types. 2 b. A6, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates,Shapes, 2 Sheet Piling,and Bars for Structural Use. 2 c. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 3C d. A53,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated, 31 Welded and Seamless. 32 e. A108,Standard Specification for Steel Bars,Carbon,Cold Finished,Standard Quality. 33 f. .A153,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 34 g. A307,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile 3 Strength. 3 h. A325,Standard Specification of Structural Bolts,Steel,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi 3 Minimum Tensile Strength. 3 i. A354,Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts,Studs, 3 and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners. 4 j. A449,Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs. 41 k. A490, Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Steel Structural Bolts. 4 1. A496,Standard Specification for Steel Wire,Deformed,for Concrete Reinforcement. 4 m. A500,Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel 42 Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 45 n. A501,Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel 46 Structural Tubing. 4 o. A563,Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-1 I p. A572,Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium 2 Structural Steel. 3 q. A582,Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars. 4 r. A992,Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building 5 Framing. 6 s. F436,Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 7 t. F593,Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts,Hex Caps Screws and Studs. 8 u. F959,Standard Specification for Compressible Washer Type Direct Tension Indicators 9 for Use with Structural Fasteners. 10 v. F1554,Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts,Steel,36,55,and 105-ksi Yield 11 Strength. 12 4. Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts as approved by the 13 Research Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation(referred to 14 herein as Specification for Structural Joints). 15 5. American Welding Society(AWS): 16 a. A5.1,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc 17 Welding. 18 b. A5.5,Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Covered Arc-Welding Electrodes. 19 c. A5.17, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged 20 Arc Welding. 21 d. A5.18,Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Gas Metal-Arc Welding. 22 e. A5.20,Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Flux-Cored Arc Welding. 23 f. A5.23,Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc 24 Welding. 25 g. A5.28,Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Arc 26 Welding. 27 h. D1.1,Structural Welding Code Steel(referred herein as AWS Code). 28 i. Steel stud connectors and their installation to comply with requirements of AWS Code. 29 6. International Code Conference(ICC): 30 a. International Building Code and associated standards,2003 Edition including all City 31 of Fort Worth and State of Texas amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. 32 B. Qualifications: 33 1. Steel fabricator:Minimum of 5 years experience in fabrication of structural steel and shall 34 be certified under AISC Quality Certification Program Category-I. 35 a. Use a professional engineer on fabrication staff. 36 2. Steel erector: Minimum of 5 years of experience in ere lion of structural steel. 37 a. With an active and enforced quality assurance program in place,as described in the 38 Code. 39 3. Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS. 40 4. Structural steel connections design:Professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. 41 1.3 SUBMITTALS 42 A. Shop Drawings: 43 1. See Section 01340. 44 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: 45 a. Prepare shop drawings under National Institute of Steel Detailing Quality Procedures 46 Program certification. 47 b. Complete shop drawings for all of the work showing clearly all pieces,sizes, 48 dimensions,details,connections materials and shop coatings. 49 1) All shop drawings must be checked and signed"approved"before submittal. 50 2) Show all cuts,copes,and holes. 51 3) Indicate all shop and field bolts. 52 4) Indicate all shop and field welds using AWS symbols. 53 c. Prepare complete erection drawings showing the location and marks of all pieces. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-2 1 1) Copies of up-to-date erection drawings shall accompany the shop drawings.Use 2 match marks on the erection drawings to indicate the sheet number on which each 3 particular member is detailed. 4 d. Correct any incorrect or unacceptable material or fabrication due to incorrect detailing, 5 shop work,or erection,without additional charge. 3. Product technical data including: 7 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 8 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 9 c. Detailed supplemental specification relating to load indicator washers or high-strength 10 bolts-alternate design for approval of Engineer(submitted at Contractor's option if 11 desired by Contractor for use). 12 d. Source and certification of quality for high-strength bolts,nuts and washers. 13 4. Certifications: 14 a. Certificates of compliance with standards specified for all major components and 15 fasteners incorporated into work. 16 b. Copies of current welding certificates for each welder assigned to perform welding 17 indicating compliance with testing specified by AWS. 18 c. Welder qualification data and prequalified procedures. 19 5. Test reports: 20 a. Certified copies of mill tests. 21 b. Manufacturer's load test and temperature sensitivity data for expansion anchor bolts and 22 adhesive anchor bolts. 23 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 24 A. Handle and store steel members above ground on skids or other supports. 25 1. Keep free of dirt and other foreign material and protect against corrosion. '10 ', 26 1.5 DEFINITION 7 A. Code: AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 28 B. Owner: May mean the Owner's Designated Representative for Construction as defined by the 29 Code. 30 C. Galvanizing: Hot-dipped galvanizing per ASTM A153 with minimum coating of 2.0 OZ of zinc 31 per square foot of metal(average of specimens)unless noted otherwise or dictated by standard. 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 34 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 35 acceptable: 36 1. High-strength bolts: 37 a. Bethlehem Steel Corporation. 3 b. Lewis Bolt&Nut Company. 39 c. Nucor Fasteners. 40 d. St.Louis Screw and Bolt Company. 41 2. Load indicator washers for high-strength bolts: 42 a. Bethlehem Steel Corporation. 43 b. Mid-South Bolt and Screw Co.,Inc. 44 c. J and M Turner,Inc. 45 3. Alternate design high-strength bolts: 46 a. T.C.Bolt Corporation. 47 b. Construction Fastener Systems Division of Bristol Machine Company. 48 c. LeJuene Bolt Co. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-3 1 4. Headed studs and deformed bar anchors: 2 a. Nelson Stud Welding Division,TRW,Inc. 3 b. Stud Welding Products,Inc. 4 5. Expansion anchor bolts: 5 a. Kwik Bolts by Hilti,Inc. 6 b. Trubolt by ITW Ramset/Red Head. 7 c. Powerbolt by Powers Rawl. 8 6. Adhesive anchors bolts: 9 a. HVA Adhesive Anchor System by Hilti. 10 b. HIT HY 150 Adhesive Anchor by Hilti. 11 c. HSE 2411 Epoxy Adhesive Anchor by Hilti. 12 d. EPCON Ceramic 6 Epoxy by ITW Ramset/Red Head. 13 e. Power Fast by Powers Rawl. 14 f. Needle Capsule Anchor Systems by Powers Rawl. 15 7. Anchor bolt sleeves: 16 a. Sinco/Wilson. 17 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 18 2.2 MATERIALS 19 A. Steel,Structural Shapes and Plate(unless noted otherwise on Drawings): 20 1. All W-shapes and WT-shapes: ASTM A572,Grade 50. 21 a. Provide ASTM A572,Grade 50 with special requirements per AISC Technical Bulletin 22 #3,New Shape Material,dated March 3, 1997. 23 b_ ASTM A992 may be used in lieu of ASTM A572,Grade 50. 24 2. All other plates and rolled shapes: ASTM A36. 25 B. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36. 26 C. Pipe: ASTM A53 Grade B(Type E or S)(Fy=35). 27 D. Hollow Structural Sections(HSS): 28 1. Round: ASTM A500 Grade B(Fy=42). 29 2. Square or rectangular: ASTM A500 Grade B(Fy=46). 30 E. High-Strength Bolts,Nuts and Washers,ASTM A325 with A563 nuts or ASTM A490 31 galvanized: 32 1. High-strength bolts: 33 a. Provide two ASTM F436 washers for all bolts. 34 b. Provide beveled washers at connections of sloped/tapered sections. 35 2. High-strength bolts with load indicating devices,ASTM F959,Type 325. 36 a. Provide at Contractor's option and subject to approval of Engineer. 37 3. Alternate high-strength design: 38 a. Provide at Contractor's option and subject to approval of Engineer. 39 F. Bolts and Nuts,Unfinished:ASTM A307,Grade A. 40 G. Washers,Plain(Unfinished Bolts):ANSI B 18.22.1,Type B. 41 H. Welding Electrodes(AWS): 42 1. Shielded metal arc:AWS A5.1 or AWS A5.5,E70XX or E801X-X. 43 2. Submerged arc:AWS A5.17 or A5.23,F7XX-EXXX or FBXX-EXXX-XX. 44 3. Gas metal arc:AWS A5.18,E70S-X or E70U-1 or AWS A5.28 ER805-XX,E80C-XXX. 45 4. Flux cored arc:AWS A5.20,E7XT-X(except 2, 3, 10, GS),AWS A5.29,E7XT-X or 46 EBXTX-X,EBXTX-XM. 47 I. Anchor Rods and Bolts: 48 1. ASTM F1554 Grade 55 with weldability supplement S 1 or ASTM A36 for threaded rods 49 galvanized. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-4 1 2. ASTM A307,Grade A for headed bolts galvanized. - 2 3. ASTM F593 type 304 or 316 stainless steel with matching nut and washer. 3 J. Headed Studs and Deformed Bar Anchors: 4 1. Studs:ASTM A108,complying with AWS Code Section 7,Type B;minimum yield 5 strength 50,000 psi,minimum tensile strength 60,000 psi. 6 a. Uniform diameter. 7 b. Heads:Concentric and normal to shaft. 8 c. Weld end:Chamfered and solid flux. 9 2. Deformed anchor bars:ASTM A496,complying with AWS Code Section 7 Type C. 10 Minimum yield strength 70,000 psi.Minimum tensile strength 80,000 psi. 11 a. Straight;unless indicated otherwise. 12 b. Solid flux. 13 3. After welding,remove ceramic ferrules and maintain free from any substance which would 14 interfere with function,or prevent bonding to concrete. 15 K. Nonshrink Grout: See Section 03002. 16 L. Crane Rails:Controlled-cooled,open-hearth carbon steel ASCE rails per ASTM A2,Class A,#1 17 rails,unless noted otherwise,of size and weight indicated.Furnish rails with milled tight end 18 joints suitable for crane service,with standard drilling,removable end stops and all related 19 accessories required,including: 20 1. Joint bars:Match rail section and properties,drilled to match rail drilling. 21 2. Joint bar bolts and nuts: High strength 22 3. Hardened washer:ASTM F436 for bar bolts. 23 4. Except as indicated otherwise,two-bolt type fixed or floating rail clamps to suit the 24 conditions,of forged or pressed steel,complete with ASTM A325 bolts,reversible fillers, 25 and self-locking nut or nut and lock washer. 26 M. Expansion Anchor Bolts and Adhesive Anchor Bolts for Fastening to Concrete: 27 1. Use of expansion bolts requires approval by Engineer. 28 2. Stainless steel,Type 304 or 316. 29 3. Provide minimum edge distance cover as recommended by manufacturer or as indicated on 30 Drawings. 31 4. Submit manufacturer's data to verify at least the load test capacities of the following 32 embedment depth: 33 a. Submit manufacturer's load test data to verify at least the anchor bolt capacities at the 34 folIowing embedment depths: 35 ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT MINIMUM ULTIMATE DIAMETER SION CAPACITY )* ** 3/8 3 4.8 1/2 4 8.1 5/8 5 11.4 3/4 6 15.4 7/8 7 20.0 1 8 24.7 1-1/4 10 34.3 36 Data must be based on actual tests preformed in unreinforced mass concrete of not more 37 than 4000 psi compressive strength. 38 Capacity must be at a concrete temperature of at least 130 DegF. 3 40 2.3 FABRICATION 41 A. Comply with requirements of applicable building codes and AISC Specification with 42 modifications and additional requirements specified herein. 43 1. Identify high-strength steel material in fabricated members in accordance with ASTM A6. I2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-5 I B. Minimize the amount of field welding. Shop,assemble components into largest size possible 2 commensurate with transportation and handling limitations. 3 1. Shop connections:Bolted with high-strength bolts or welded. 4 C. Connection Details: 5 1. Connections not fully detailed on Drawings shall be designed by a Professional Engineer 6 registered in the State of Texas,retained by Contractor,based on requirements of Contract 7 Documents. 8 2. Where beam reactions are shown on Drawings,design beam connection to support reaction 9 shown. 10 3. Where no reactions are shown each beam connection shall be designed to support one-half 11 of total uniform load capacity tabulated in AISC tables for"Uniform Load Constants for 12 Beams" for the given shape,span and steel specified. 13 4. Where indicated on the Drawings,design beam connections for the axial load or transfer 14 forces indicated in addition to the shear value indicated above. 15 5. Design bracing connections for loads indicated on the Drawings. 16 6. Design girt connections for a minimum of 25 psf horizontal load acting either inward or 17 outward in addition to a 10 psf vertical load due to panel and girt weight. 18 D. Provide as a minimum,two 7/8 IN DIA, high-strength bolts for all bolted connections. 19 E. Provide bearing type connections for all bolted connections,unless specified otherwise or 20 required to be slip-critical by the RCSC Specification for Structural Joints. 21 F. One-sided or other types of eccentric connections not indicated will not be permitted without 22 prior approval. 23 G. Field Connections: Provide bolts for all field connections except where shown otherwise on the 24 Drawings. 25 1. Use high-strength bolts unless shown or specified otherwise. 26 2. Use of high-strength bolts:Conform to RCSC's"Specifications for Structural Joints Using 27 ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts,"as approved by Specification for Structural Joints,and 28 published by AISC. 29 3. Unfinished bolts may be used for attaching stair treads to stringers. 30 4. If structural steel details(field welds versus shop welds,etc.)shown on design Drawings are 31 not compatible with selected erection procedures,submit proposed modifications for 32 review. 33 5. Connections to structural steel provided by others:Provide all connectors and coordinate 34 location of bolt holes to match connection holes in steel pruvided by others. 35 H. Accurately mill column end bearing surfaces to true plane. 36 I. Fabricate and erect beams with non-specified camber in accordance with AISC Specification 37 Chapter Ll. 38 J. Cut,drill,or punch holes at right angles to surface of metal. 39 1. Do not make or enlarge holes by bunting. 40 2. Make holes clean cut,without torn or ragged edges. 41 3. Remove outside burrs resulting from drilling or reaming operations with tool making 1/16 42 IN bevel. 43 4. Provide holes in members to permit connection of work of other trades or contractors. 44 K. Make allowance for draw in all cross bracing to provide small amount of initial tension in 45 members. 46 L. Make splices only where indicated or where approved. 47 M. Wall Girts:Extend past columns and miter ends unless noted otherwise. Connect girts to each 48 other at comers unless noted otherwise. loonk, 49 N. Cope at 45 degrees,comers of stiffener plates at junction of member flanges with webs. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-6 1 O. Flame cut bevels for welds,provided such cutting is done automatically.Leave free of burrs and 2 slag y grinding or planing the cut edges. 3 P. Grind smooth all rough welds and sharp steel edges shall be ground to approximately 1/8 IN 4 radius. 5 Q. Tolerances(unless noted otherwise on Drawings): . ASTM A& When material received from the mill does not satisfy ASTM A6 tolerances for camber,profile,flatness or sweep,the Contractor is permitted to perform corrective work by the use of controlled heating,and mechanical straightening,subject to the limitations of the AISC specification. 10 2. Fabrication tolerance: 11 a. Member length: 12 1) Both ends finished for contact bearing: 1/32 IN. 13% 2) Framed members 30 FT or less: 1/16 IN.Over 30 FT: 1/8 IN. 1 . Memberstraightness: 1) Compression members: 1/1000 of axial length between points laterally supported. H 2) Non-compression members:ASTM A6 tolerance for wide flange shapes. U c. Specified member camber(except compression members): 1 1) 50 FT or less: +1/2 IN. 1 ) Over 50 : +1/2 IN(plus 1/8 IN per 10 FT over 50 2 3) Members received from mill with 75 percent of specified camber require n er 2 cambering. 2 4) Beams/trusses without specified camber shall be fabricated so after erection, 2 camber is upward. 2 5) Camber shall be measured in fabrication shop in unstressed condition. 2 d. At bolted splices,depth deviation shall be taken up by filler plates.At welded joints, 2 adjust weld profile to conform to variation in depth.Slope weld surface per AWS � 2 requirements. 2 e. Finished members shall be free from twists,bends and open joints.Sharp kinks,bends 2 and deviation from the above tolerances are cause for rejection of material. 3 2.4 WELDING 3 k Comply with AWS Code,and other requirements indicated herein,for all welding,techniques o 3 welding employed,appearance and quality of welds,and methods used to correct defective 3 work. 3 1. Qualify joint welding procedures or test in accordance with AWS qualification procedures. 3 B. Test and qualify welders,welding operators and tacers in compliance AWS Code for 3position and type of weldingto which they will be assigned. 3 1. Conduct tests in presence of approved testing agency. 3 2. Certification within previous 12 months will be acceptable,provided samples of the 3 welder's work are satisfactory. 4 C. Before Starting Welding: 4 1. y plumb and alignmembers in co with specified requirements. 4 2. Fully tighten bolts. 4 3. Comply with Section 5 of AWS Code for assembly and surface preparation. 4. Preheat base metal to temperature stated in AWS Code. 4 a. When no preheat temperature is givenin AWS Code and base metal is below 50 e , preheat base me to at least 70 e . 4 b. Maintain temperature during welding. 4 c. Preheat surface of all base metal within distance from point of welding equal to 4 thickness of thicker part being welded or 3 IN,whichever is greater,to specified 5 preheat temperature. 5 d. Maintain this temperature during welding. 51 5. Each welder shall use identifying mark at welds. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 051 -7 I D. Make flange welds before making web welds. - 2 E. Where groove welds have back-up plates,make first three passes with 1/8 IN round electrodes. 3 1. Use backup plates in accordance with AWS Code,extending minimum of 1 IN either side 4 ofjoint. 5 F. Flame cut edges of stiffener plates at shop or field butt weld.Do not shear. 6 G. Grind flush web fillets at webs notched to receive backup plates for flange groove welds. 7 H. Low Hydrogen Electrodes:Dry and store electrodes in compliance with AWS Code. 8 I. Do not perform welding when ambient temperature is lower than 0 DegF or where surfaces are 9 wet or exposed to rain,snow,or high wind,or when welders are exposed to inclement 10 conditions. 11 J. Headed Studs and Deformed Bar Anchors: 12 1. Automatically end welded in accordance with the AWS Code and manufacturer's 13 recommendations. 14 2. Fillet welding of headed studs and deformed bar anchors is not allowed unless approved by 15 Engineer. 16 K. Test in-place studs in accordance with requirements of AWS Code to ensure satisfactory 17 welding of studs to members. 18 1. Replace studs failing this test. 19 L. When headed stud-type shear connectors are to be applied,clean top surface of members to 20 receive studs in shop to remove oil,scale,rust,dirt,and other materials injurious to satisfactory 21 welding.Do not shop paint or galvanize metal surfaces to receive field applied studs. 22 2.5 SHOP COATING 23 A. Refer to Section 09905 and coordinate shop primer,surface preparation and coating with field 24 applied primers and coatings where specified. 25 B. Provide suitable methods of handling and transporting painted steel to avoid damage to coating. 26 C. Do not coat following surfaces: 27 1. Machined surfaces,surfaces adjacent to field welds,and surfaces fully embedded in 28 concrete. 29 2. All other members for which no coating is specified. 30 3. Contact surfaces at bolted slip-critical connections,unless surface condition conforms to 31 Part 3b of the Specification for Structural Joints. 32 D. Clean thoroughly all surfaces not coated before shipping.Remove loose mill scale,rust,dirt,oil 33 and grease.Protect machined surfaces. 34 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 35 A. OWNER pays for inspection and testing: 36 1. Testing:Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to 37 inspect and test structural steel shop and field work for compliance with Specifications. 38 Contractor responsible for testing to qualify shop and field welders and as needed for 39 Contractor's own quality control to ensure compliance with Contract Documents.Contractor 40 provides sufficient notification and access so inspection and testing can be accomplished. 41 Contractor pays for retesting of failed tests and for additional testing required when defects 42 are discovered. 43 B. Responsibilities of Testing Agency: 44 1. Inspect shop and field welding in accordance with Section 6 of AWS Code including the 45 following non-destructive testing: 46 a. Visually inspect all welds. 1.2 M2 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-8 I b. In addition to visual inspection,test 50 percent of full penetration welds and 20 percent 2 of fillet welds with liquid dye penetrant. 3 c. Test 20 percent of liquid dye penetrant tested full penetration welds with ultrasonic or 4 radiographic testing. 5 2. Inspect high-strength bolting in accordance with Section 9 of the Specification for Structural 6 Joints. 7 a. Verify proper pretension for slip-critical bolted connection. 8 b. Verify direct tension indicator gaps. 9 3. Inspect structural steel which has been erected: 10 4. Inspect stud welding in accordance with Article 7.8,AWS Code. .. 11 5.... Prepare and submit inspection and test reports to Engineer.Assist Engineer to detemune 12 corrective measures necessary for defective work. 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 3.1 GENERAL 15 A. Contractor is solel y responsible for safety.Construction means and methods and sequencing of 16 work is the prerogative of the Contractor.Take into consideration that full structural capacity of 17 many structural members is not realized until structural assembly is complete;e.g.,until slabs, 18 decks, bracing or rigid connections are installed. 19 1. Partially complete structural members shall not be loaded without an investigation by the 20 Contractor. 21 2. Until all elements of the permanent structure and lateral bracing system are complete, 22 provide temporary bracing designed,furnished,and installed by the Contractor for the 23 partially complete structure. 24 B. Adequate temporary bracing to provide safety,stability and to resist all loads to which the 25 partially complete structure may be subjected,including wind,construction activities,and 26 operation of equipment is the responsibility of the Contractor. 27 1. Use temporary guys,braces,shoring,connections,etc.,necessary to maintain the structural 28 framing plumb and in proper alignment until permanent connections are made,the 29 succeeding work is in place,and temporary work is no longer necessary. 30 2. Use temporary guys,bracing,shoring,and other work to prevent injury or damage to 31 adjacent work or construction from stresses due to erection procedures and operation of 32 erection equipment,construction loads,and wind. 33 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the temporary bracing system and must 34 consider the sequence and schedule of placement of such elements and effects of loads 35 imposed on the structural steel members by partially or completely installed work,including 36 work of all other trades.If not obvious from experience or from the Drawings,the 37 Contractor shall confer with the Engineer to identify those structural steel element that must 38 be complete before the temporary bracing system is removed. 39 4. Remove and dispose of all temporary work and facilities off-site. 40 C. Examine work-in-place on which specified work is in any way dependent to ensure that 41 conditions are satisfactory for the installation of the work.Report defects in work-in-place which 42 may influence satisfactory completion of the work.Absence of such notification will be 43 construed as acceptance of work-in-place. 44 D. Field Measurement:Take field measurements as necessary to verify or supplement dimensions 45 indicated on the Drawings.Contractor responsible for the accurate fit of the work 46 E. Check the elevations of all finished footings or foundations and the location and alignment of all 47 anchor bolts before starting erection. Notify Engineer of any errors or deviations found by such 48 checking. y 49, 3.2 ERECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-9 I A. Framing member location tolerances after erection shall not exceed the frame tolerances listed in 2 Article 3.3. 3 B. Erect plumb and level;introduce temporary bracing required to support erection loads. 4 C. Use light drifting necessary to draw holes together.Drifting to match unfair holes is not allowed. 5 D. Welding:Conform to AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code"and requirements of this 6 Specification.When joining two sections of steel of different ASTM designations,welding 7 techniques shall be in accordance with a qualified AWS D1.1 procedure. 8 E. Shore existing members when unbolting of common connections is required.Use new bolts for 9 rebolting connections. 10 F. Clean stored material of all foreign matter accumulated during erection period. 11 G. Clean bearing and contact surfaces before assembly. 12 H. Set beam and column base and bearing plates accurately,as indicated,on nonshrink grout. 13 1. Set and anchor each base plate to proper line and elevation. 14 2. Use metal wedges,shims or setting nuts as required and tighten anchor bolts. 15 a. Use same metal as base plate. 16 b. Cut off protrusions of wedges and shims flush with edge of base plate. 17 3. Fill sleeves around anchor bolts with nonshrink grout. 18 4. Pack grout solidly between bottom of plate and bearing surface. 19 5. Refer to Section 03002 for nonshrink grout requirements. 20 I. Anchor: 21 1. Anchor location tolerance per Section 7.5 of the Code. 22 2. Tie anchor in position to embedded reinforcing steel using wire. 23 3. Welding or tack welding is prohibited. 24 4. Provide steel templates for locating anchor. 25 5. Coat bolt threads and nuts with heavy coat of clean grease. 26 J. Install high strength bolts with hardened washers.Install and tighten in accordance with Section 27 8 of Specifications for Structural Joints. 28 1. Coordinate installation with inspection.Do not start installation until coordination with 29 Testing Agency is complete. 30 2. Bearing-type connections:High-strength bolts shall be tightened to snug-tight condition. 31 3. Slip-critical connections:Perform calibration testing for all methods of installation of high- 32 strength bolts in accordance with Section 8(b)of Specification for Structural Joints,using 33 ASTM A325 or A490 bolts. 34 a. Turn-of-nut tightening:Torque wrenches shall be used only by laboratory personnel. 35 b. Calibrated wrench tightening: Calibrate on a daily basis. 36 c. Direct tension indicator tightening: If previously approved by Engineer. 37 d. Installation of alternate design bolts: If previously approved by Engineer. 38 4. In the event any bolt in a connection is found to be defective,check and retighten all bolts in 39 the connection. 40 K. Do not use gas cutting to correct fabrication errors. In case members do not fit or holes do not 41 match,ream out the holes and insert the next larger size bolt.If the connections require new 42 holes,then drill new holes.Make no such corrections without prior approval of the Engineer. 43 1. Burning of holes:Not permitted. 44 L. Prior to making field connections to existing structural steel,remove completely all paint from 45 existing steel which will be in contact with new steel and new welds. 46 M. Tighten and leave in place erection bolts used in welded construction. 47 N. Provide beveled washers to give full bearing to bolt head or nut where bolts are to be used on 48 surfaces having slopes greater than 1 in 20 with a plane normal to bolt axis. i2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-10 1 O. After bolts are tightened,upset threads of A307 unfinished bolts and anchor bolts to prevent nuts t 2 from backing off. 3 P. After erection,grind smooth all sharp surface irregularities resulting from field cutting or 4 welding;power tool clean welds,bolts,washers and abrasions to shop coat removing all rust and 51 foreign matter. 6 Q. Expansion anchor bolts and adhesive anchor bolts: 7 1. Minimum embedment as recommended by manufacturer or specified herein,whichever is 8 larger. 9 2. Notify Engineer if required depth of embedment cannot be achieved at a particular bolt 11), location. 11 , 3. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for installation and torque. 12 3-3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Testing Agency responsibilities are described in Article 2.6. 14 B. Erected Frame Tolerance(Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings): 15 1. Overall finished dimensions shall not exceed cumulative effect of rolling,fabrication and 16 erection tolerance. 17 2. Erection tolerances are defined relative to member working points and working lines as 18 follows: 19 a. Actual centerline of top flange or surface at each end for horizontal members. 20 b. Actual center of member at each end for all other members. 21 c. Other points may be used,providing they are based on these definitions. 22 d. Working line is straight line connecting member working points. 23 3. Tolerances on position and alignment are as specified in the Code,unless otherwise 24 modified. "Adjustable items"such as lintels,wall supports,curb angles,window mullions 25 and similar members shall be provided with adjustable connections to supporting structural 26 frame. 27 4. Steel erector shall certify the location of erected structural steel is acceptable for plumbriess, 28 level and aligned within tolerances specified.Such certification can be provided upon 21.9 completion of any part of work and shall be done prior to start of work by other trades that 310 may be supported,attached or applied to structural steel work. 31 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR OF SHOP PRIMER PAINT 32 A. After erection,clean all steel of mud or other foreign materials,and repair any damage.Touchup 33 coatings to comply with Section 09905. 1 34� END OF SECTION .......... ................. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Puinp Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-11 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05120-12 1 2002/11/26 2 SECTION 05313 3 METAL DECK 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Manufactured metal roof deck. 8 2. Manufactured composite metal form deck: 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 .1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 12 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISn: 16 a. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. 17 2. ASTM International(ASTM): 18 a. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 19 b. A446,Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process 20 Structural(Physical)Quality. 21 c. A611,Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet,Carbon,Cold Rolled,Structural Quality. 22 d. A653,Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron 23 Alloy-Coated Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process,Structural(Physical)Quality. 24 e. A780,Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dipped Galvanized 25 Coatings. 26 f. A924,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Metallic- 27 Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 28 g. D746,Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by 29 Impact. 30 h. D1056,Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded 31 Rubber. 32 3. American Welding Society(AWS): 33 a. Dl.1,Structural Welding Code Steel. 34 b. D1.3,Structural Welding Code Sheet Steel. 35 4. Steel Deck Institute(SDI): 36 a. Design Manual for Composite Decks,Form Decks,Roof Decks,and Cellular Metal 37 Floor Deck with Electrical Distribution. 38 5. Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.(UL). 39 B. Qualifications: 40 1. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Deck Institute. 41 a. Structural design of manufactured deck shall be prepared by a qualified professional 42 engineer retained by the manufacturer. 43 2. Qualification of welding work: 44 a. Qualify welding processes,operations,and operators in accordance with requirements 45 of AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3. 46 b. Welding operators to have been qualified during the 12-month period prior to 47 commencement of welding,and be experienced in welding light gage metal. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313-1 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Shop Drawings: 3 1. See Section 01340. 4 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: 5 a. Detailed Shop Drawings showing the following: 6 1) Complete framing and erection layouts. 7 2) Location,length,type,cross section,thickness,and markings of metal deck units. 8 Size and location of openings. Accessories and reinforcing. 9 3) Sequence and procedure to be followed for erecting,fastening,and securing the 10 deck units. 11 4) Shop applied coatings. 12 5) Location of required sboring for composite metal form decks. 13 6) Details and gages of accessories and miscellaneous items showing sump pans,cant 14 strips,ridge and valley plates,closure strips and insulation supports. 15 7) Welding procedures for installation including size,number,type and location of all 16 welds required to install deck units. 17 8) Recommended welding rod size,type,bum off rate and welder setting for deck 18 thickness to be joined.Define welds by use of standard AW S welding symbols. 19 9) Correct fitting of members and accessories. 20 10) Size and location of all openings in deck and all conditions requiring closure panels 21 and supplementary framing. 22 11) Shop drawings shall not be reproductions of the Contract Drawings. 23 3. Product technical data including: 24 a. Metal deck manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. 25 b. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for: 26 1) Welds and welding procedure. 27 2) Galvanizing repair paint. 28 3) Screws. 29 4)_ Joint sealing compound. 30 c. Manufacturer's load tables for deck to be furnished on this project,including: 31 1) Allowable gravity load for metal roof deck. 32 2) Allowable diaphragm shear values for metal roof deck. 33 3) Allowable superimposed load for composite metal form deck. 34 4) Allowable unshored span lengths for composite form deck. 35 4. Manufacturers certification that metal deck complies with specified requirements: 36 a. Manufacturer member of SDI. 37 b. Deck material,manufacturing,and shop testing and inspection ari in accordance with 38 SDI requirements. 39 c. Welders. 40 5. Test reports. 41 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 42 A. Deliver,store,and handle metal deck as recommended by SDI. Exercise care to avoid damage 43 to deck. 44 B. Protect materials from rusting,denting or crushing. 45 1. Store metal deck on project site off the ground with one end elevated to provide drainage 46 and protected from the elements with a waterproof covering,ventilated to avoid 47 condensation.Prevent rust,deterioration and accumulation of foreign material. 48 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS 49 A. Do not overload supporting members.Until the entire assembly is complete,the structural 50 elements may not be stable or capable of supporting code or stated design loads. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313-2 1 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. 1-1/2 IN deep metal roof deck: 6 a. Vulcraft,Type 1.5B. ' 7 b. United Steel Deck,Inc.,Type B. 8 c. BHP Steel Building products Type B-36 d. Epic Metals. 10 e. Verco Manufacturing,Type HSB-36. 11 2. 3 IN deep metal roof deck: 12 a. Vulcraft,Type 3N. 13 b. United Steel Deck Co.,Type N. 14 c. Verco Manufacturing,Type N-24. 15 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 16 2.2 METAL ROOF DECK 17 A. Design of the metal deck to be supplied to have been checked by the Steel Deck Institute and 18 found to conform to the standard specifications and load tables. 19 1. The allowable superimposed live uniform loading per square foot for metal roof deck 20 supplied for the spans indicated shall equal or exceed the allowable superimposed live 21 uniform load per square foot for the same spans as indicated in the Steel Deck Institute 22 latest tables. 23 2. Maximum Deflection: Less than 1/240 of span under live load. 24 B. Use deck configurations complying with SDI"Steel Deck Institute Design Manual"and as 25 indicated. 26 1. Painted deck: ASTM A611. 27 2. Galvanized deck: ASTM A653 with ASTM A924 G90 zinc coating. 28 C. Unless noted otherwise. Metal Roof Deck, 1-1/2 IN Deep: Wide rib type,sheet steel,20 GA, 29 minimum,with minimum uncoated thickness of 0.034 IN,galvanized. 30 a. Wide rib deck: Depth 1-1/2 IN,ribs spaced approximately 6 IN OC;width of rib 31 opening at top surface maximum 2-1/2 IN;width of bottom rib surface minimum 1- / 32 IN. 33 2.3 FABRICATION 34 A. Minimum Deck Thickness: 35 1. Where gage of metal is indicated,provide the following: 36 a. Minimum uncoated decimal thickness: 37 GAGE DESIGN THICKNESS 22 0.0295 IN 20 0.0358 IN 18 0.0474 IN 16 0.0598 IN 38 39 b. The delivered thickness of the uncoated steel shall not be less than 95 percent of the 40 design thickness. 41 2. The steel used shall have a minimum yield stress of 33 ksi. 42 B. Fabrication: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313-3 1 1. Fabricate deck units in lengths to span three or more support spacings with flush,telescoped t� 2 or nested 2 IN end laps. 3 a. Joints occur on supporting members. 4 b. Provide deck units having overlapping type side laps or joints to provide positive 5 vertical and lateral alignment of adjacent deck units. 6 2.4 ACCESSORIES 7 A. Metal closure strips: 8 1. Form to configuration required to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends and sides of 9 deck. 10 2. Minimum thickness before galvanizing 0.0358 IN(20 GA). 11 B. Ridge and valley plates: 12 1. Minimum width: 4-1/2 IN. 13 2. Bend to provide tight-fitting closure with deck units. 14 3. Provide plates in 10 FT length where possible. 15 4. Minimum thickness before galvanizing: 0.0358 IN(20 GA). 16 C. Roof sump pans: 17 1. Fabricate from a single piece of galvanized sheet steel with level bottoms and sloping sides 18 to direct water flow to drain. 19 2. Provide sump pans of adequate size to receive roof drains with bearing flanges minimum 3 20 IN wide. 21 3. Recess pans not less than 1-1/2 IN below roof deck surface,unless otherwise indicated or 22 required by deck configuration. 23 4. Minimum thickness before galvanizing: 0.0747 IN(14 GA). 24 D. Cant strips: 25 1. Bend cant strips to form 45 degree slope not less than 5 IN wide,with top and bottom 26 flanges not less than 3 IN wide. 27 2. Minimum thickness before galvanizing 0.0358 IN(20 GA). 28 E. Insulation supports. 29 F. Venting: Slotted openings in bottom flutes in accordance with manufacturer's standards. 30 G. Metal closures and pour stops: 31 1. Form to configuration required to provide mortar-tight closures at open sides and ends of 32 deck. 33 H. Primer faint Required for Metal Deck: Deck manufacturer's baked on,rust-inhibitive paint 34 applied to chemically cleaned and phosphate chemically treated metal surfaces. 35 I. Galvanized coating for metal deck accessories shall conform to ASTM A924 {G60} {G90} zinc 36 coating. 37 J. Galvanized Repair Paint: For repair of damaged galvanized surfaces,comply with Section . 38 09905. 39 K. Screws: Self-drilling,self-tapping,#12 size minimum hex washer head sheet metal screws. 40 1. Carbon steel by Hilti or equal. 41 a. Organic zinc chromate coated,Hilti Kwik-cote or equal. 42 L. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A36 or ASTM A572. 43 M. Sheet Metal Accessories: Same material and finish as deck members. 44 N. Flexible Closure Strips for Deck: Vulcanized,closed cell expanded chloroprene elastomer, 45 complying with ASTM D1056,Grade SCE 41. 46 1. Brittleness temperature: -40 DegF,ASTM D746. 47 2. Flammability resistance: "Self-extinguishing." 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313-4 1 3. Install with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Ensure complete ^ 2 closure. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which metal deck is to be installed for conditions 6 detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. 7 B. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 8 C. Do not start placement of metal deck until supporting work is in place and secured. D. Deck will be subject to rejection if 10 1. Metal deck units do not comply with requirements of SDI specifications and requirements I I herein. 12 2. Metal deck is improperly manufactured,painted or installed. 13 3. Metal deck is damaged so that strength is impaired. 14 4. Metal deck is not installed as indicated on Drawings. 15 3.2 INSTALLATION 16 A. Install roof deck units,or composite form deck units and accessories as indicated,in accordance 17 with SDI Design Manual,manufacturer's recommendations,final approved Shop Drawings and 18 as specified herein. 19 1. Furnish manufacturer's standard accessories as needed to complete the deck installation. 20 B. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of structure. 21 C. Do not overload metal deck or supporting members: 22 1. Contractor is solely responsible for safety,construction means,methods and sequencing of 23 the Work. 24 2. Until the entire assembly is complete,the structural elements may not be stable or capable 25 of supporting code or stated design loads. 26 3. Use care to assure deck construction loads are less than the recommendation of the SDI 27 Design Manual,except where temporary shoring is installed. 28 D. Place each deck unit on supporting structural frame,adjust to final position,accurately align 29 with ends bearing on supporting members. 30 1. Lap roof deck units at ends no less than 2 IN. 31 2. Place deck units flat and square and secure to framing without warp or excessive deflection. 32 3. Place units in accurate and close alignment for entire length of run and with close 33 registration of flutes of one unit with those of abutting unit. 34 E. Plug weld sizes specified are effective fusion diameter of welds. 35 1. Weld metal shall penetrate all layers of deck material and have good fusion to supporting 36 members. 37 2. Do not bum through deck. 38 F. Prevent overtorquing of screw fasteners by using a tool with a depth limiting nosepiece and a 39 clutch. 40 G. Fastening of 1-1/2 IN Deep Metal Roof Deck: 41 1. Secure deck units to supporting frame and side laps as follows: 42 a. Fasten edge ribs of panels at each support 43 b. At all interior supports and at ends of deck use: 44 1) For 24 IN wide deck: Three 5/8 IN round plug welds per deck unit.(24"/3) 45 2) For 30 and 36 IN wide deck: Four 5/8 IN round plug welds per deck unit.(36"/4) 46 3) Install 22 GA deck with welding washers at weld locations. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313-5 I c. At perimeter supports,use 5/8 IN round plug welds at 12 IN OC. 2 d. At side laps,use 5/8 IN round puddle weld or 3/8 x 1-1/2 IN arc seam weld at 18 IN 3 OC. 4 e. At all interior supports and at ends of deck use: 5 1) Four 5/8 IN round plug welds per deck unit(24 IN unit.) 6 2) Install 22 GA deck with welding washers at weld locations. 7 f. At perimeter supports 5/8 IN round plug welds at 12 IN OC. 8 g. At side laps,use 5/8 IN round puddle weld or 3/8 x 1-1/2 IN arc seam weld at 24 IN 9 OC. 10 H. Remove and replace deck which is structurally weak or unsound or which has bum holes due to 11 improper welding or damage which Engineer declares defective. 12 I. Cut and fit deck units and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to 13 decking. 14 1. Make cutting and fitting neat,square and trim. 15 a. Cut deck by mechanical means,not by burning. 16 2. Neatly and accurately install reinforcing at all openings except: 17 a. Circular openings less than 6 IN DIA. 18 b. Rectangular openings having no side dimension greater than-6 IN. 19 3. Reinforce openings that have not been framed between 6 and 12 IN with 20 GA flat steel 20 sheet 12 IN greater in each dimension than opening.Place sheet around opening and fusion 21 weld to top surface of deck at each comer and midway along each side. 22 J. Install insulation supports for support of roof insulation. 23 1. Provide where top surface of roof deck does not occur adjacent to edge and openings as 24 required to completely support roof insulation. 25 2. Weld into position. 26 K. Install metal closure strips at all open uncovered ends and edges of roof deck,and in voids 27 between deck and other construction. 28 1. Weld into position to provide a complete decking installation. 29 2. Provide flexible closure strips instead of metal closures,at Contractor's option and when 30 approved by Engineer wherever their use will ensure complete closure.Install with 31 elastomeric type adhesive in accordance with written directions and recommendations of 32 manufacturers of closure strips and adhesives. 33 L. Ridge and Valley Plates: 34 1. Weld ridge and valley plates to top surface of roof deck. 35 2. Lap end joints not less than 3 IN with laps indirection of water flow. 36 M. Cant Strips: 37 1. Weld cant strips to top surface of roof deck at 12 IN OC. 38 2. Lap end joints not less than 3 IN. 39 N. Install metal closures to close all openings and gaps between form deck and other construction, 40 at objects projecting through deck,at locations where deck changes direction,and at open ends 41 of deck units where deck units terminate. 42 1. Weld into position to provide a complete installation. 43 O. Clean and Touch Up: 44 1. Remove all surplus materials and debris from surface of deck after installation. 45 2. Wire brush,clean and paint scarred areas,welds and rust spots on top surfaces of deck units 46 and supporting steel members in compliance with Section 09905. 47 3. Touch-up damaged galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied {in 48 accordance with manufacturer's instructions) {in compliance with Section 09905). 49 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 50 A. Remove and replace defective or damaged deck units. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313-6 I B. Testing: 2 1. The following test shall be made in the presence of the Testing Agency employed on the 3 project on the first deck panel to be installed. 4 2. Place one end of panel over a perimeter support and attach it only to that support with two 5 welds as specified 6 IN apart. 6 3. The opposite end of the panel shall be moved in plane parallel to the span of the panel until 7 shear distress is noted in the weld. 8 4. The welds shall be of sufficient quality to cause local distortions in the panel around the 9 welds and show good perimeter contact between the welds and the panel. 10 5. When the results of this test are satisfactory and approved by the Testing Agency,the I I remainder of the deck may be installed using the same weld rod size and type,amperage 12 setting,and procedures used in the tested deck. 13 , 6. The remainder of the welds shall be visually inspected.When in the opinion of the Testing 14 Agency any weld is of poor quality,an additional weld shall be provided adjacent to the 15 rejected weld.It shall be a sufficient distance away from the rejected weld so that the new 16 weld will be done on sound,unburned deck. 17 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313-7 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05313 d 8 1 SECTION 05425 2 PRE-ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED STEEL TRUSSES 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 DESCRIPTION 5 A. Section includes the design,fabrication;and erection of cold-formed,light gage steel trusses 6 including anchorage to supporting structure,connections between trusses,bracing and bridging. 7 B. Trusses,metal trusses,steel trusses,and light-gage steel trusses shall be used interchangeably 8 and mean pre-engineered cold-formed steel trusses. 9 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10 A. Quality standards: Latest edition of the following standards plus any corresponding published 11, revisions at the time of bidding shall be the applicable standard. 12 1. The local building code shall govern when conflicts occur. 13 B. Building Code: 14 1. 2003 International Building Code. 15 2. Including City of Fort Worth adopted amendments. 16 C. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISn: 17 1. Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. 18 2. Design Guide for Cold-Formed Steel Trusses,Publication RG-9518. 19 D. American Welding Society(AWS): 20 1. Structural Welding Code-Steel ANSI/AWS D1.1. 21, 2. Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel ANSI/AWS D1.3. 22 E. ASTM-A370: Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products. 23 F. ASTM-A653/A653M: Sheet Steel,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated 24 (Galvannealed)by the Hot Dip Process. 25 G. ASTM-A780: Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. 26 H. Qualifications: 27 1. Truss Manufacturer: Minimum of 5 years experience in the manufacturing of light-gage 28 steel trusses. 29 2. Truss Erector Forman: Minimum of 3 years experience in the installation of light-gage steel 30 truss systems. Truss erector shall be approved by truss manufacturer. 31, I. Pre-installation meetings: 32 1. The truss manufacturer,truss erector,and steel erector shall meet prior to erecting trusses to 33 review possible interface conflicts,and to coordinate layout and support provisions. 34 J. Tolerances: 35 1. Member length: 36 a. Trusses up to 30 FT long: Max 1/2 IN variation from design length. 37 b. Trusses over 30 FT long: Max 3/4 IN variation from design length. 38 2. Member height: 39 a. Trusses up to 5 FT high: Max 1/4 IN variation from design height. 40 b. Trusses over 5 FT high: Max 1/2 IN variation from design height. 41, K. Provide engineering design of trusses,connections between trusses,connections between trusses 42 and supporting steel,bracing,and bridging performed by a registered Professional Engineer, 43 licensed in the state of Texas. e25U2 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05425-1 1 1. Minimum Design Loads: 2 a. Dead load of trusses plus 20 PSF allowance for superimposed dead load. 3 b. Snow load: 4 1) Ground snow load of 30 PSF plus the effects of drifting. 5 c. Basic Wind Speed,(3 second gust measured at 33.3 FT above the ground): 6 1) 90 MPH. 7 d. Exposure C shall be used. 8 e. Use only 10 PSF superimposed dead load to resist uplift 9 2. Deflections: Limit live load deflection to 1/360 of the span. 10 3. Design the truss system to allow for movement of the framing members without damage or 11 over-stressing members,sheathing failure,connection failure,undue strain on fasteners and 12 anchors,or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature range 13 of 120 degF. 14 4. Calculate structural characteristics of cold-formed steel truss members in accordance with 15 "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members". 16 1.3 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Shop Drawings: 18 1. See Section 01340. 19 2. Submit detailed truss erection plans,shop details,and erection details. 20 3. Indicate member type,location,spacing,size,and gage of members;method of attachment 21 to supporting members;and all necessary erection details. 22 4. Indicate supplemental bracing,strapping,splices,bridging,accessories,and details required 23 for proper installation. 24 B. Product Data: 25 1. Product data and installation instructions for each type of cold-formed steel framing and 26 accessory required. �1 27 2. Truss manufacturer's recommendations for handling trusses. 28 C. Project Information: 29 1. Certification that truss manufacturer has 5 years experience in the fabrication of light-gage 30 steel trusses. 31 2. Certification that truss erector has 3 years experience erecting light-gage steel trusses. 32 3. Truss design Calculations: 33 a. Sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer,licensed in the state of Texas. 34 b. Calculations shall include a description of the design criteria;engineering analysis to 35 determine member stresses and truss deflection;truss member sizes and gage, 36 connections between truss members;connections between trusses and supporting 37 members;top chord,bottom chord,and web bracing requirements. 38 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 39 A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers or bundles,fully identified by name, 40 brand,type,and grade. 41 B. Handle and lift trusses in accordance with truss manufacturer's recommendations. 42 C. Store trusses above ground on blocking,pallets,or other supports and in an upright position 43 sufficiently braced to avoid damage from excessive bending. 44 1. Protect trusses and accessories from corrosion and damage when stored at the job site. 45 Keep trusses free of dirt and other foreign matter. 46 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 47 2.1 MATERIALS rook 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05425-2 I A. Acceptable manufacturers: 2 1. Pre-Engineered,Cold-formed Steel Trusses: 3 a. Base: 4 1) Dietrich Industries,"Ultra-Span truss system 5 b. Optional: 6 1) Alpine Engineered Products,Inc.,"TrusSteel truss system". 7 2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Document 00440. Ii B. Truss members: 9 1. ASTM-A653/A653M(40 KSI minimum yieldstress)with G60 galvanized zinc coating. 10 2. Minimum uncoated steel thickness: 1 I a. 16 : 0.058 IN. 12 C. Bracing,bridging,and blocking members: 3 1. ASTM-A653/A653 (33 KSI minimum yieldstress)with G60 galvanized zinc coating. 14 2. Minimum uncoated steel thickness: 15 a. 16 GA: 0.058 IN. 16 D. Fasteners: Shall be truss manufacturer recommended self-drilling,self-tapping screws with 17 corrosion resistant plated finish. 18 2.2 FABRICATION 19 A. Factory fabricate trusses plumb,square,true to line,with connections securely fastened. 20 B. Fabricate trusses in jig assemblies. 21 C. Cut truss members by sawing,shearing,or plasma cutting. 22 D. Fasten truss members by welding or screwing as standard with fabricator. 23 1. Comply with AWS welding requirements. 24 2. Locate screws and install according to truss component manufacturer's instructions. Screw 25 shall penetrate joined members by a minimum of 3 exposed screw threads. 26 E. Brace,block,or reinforce truss as necessary to minimize member and connection stresses during 27 handling. 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 EXAMINATION 30 A. Examine supporting structure prior to installing trusses. 31 B. Do not install trusses until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 32 C. Installation of trusses constitutes acceptance of existing conditions and responsibility for 33 satisfactory performance. 34 3.2 INSTALLATION 3 Erection of trusses,including proper handling,safety precautions,temporary bracing,and other 36 safeguardsare the responsibility of the Contractor and the Truss Erector. 37 B. Provide erection bracing to prevent toppling of trusses during erection. 38 C. Erect trusses with plane of truss webs vertical d parallel to each other,accurately located at 39 design spacing indicated. 40 D. Provide proper lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required,applied at lift 41 points recommended by truss manufacturer. 42 1. Exercise care to avoid damage to truss members during erection and keep horizontal 43 bending of the trusses to a minimum. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Coma Punip Station Expansion May 18,2006 0 25- I E. Provide framing anchors as indicated on erection drawings. 2 1. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points. 3 F. Install roof framing accessories plumb,square,true to line,and securely fastened in accordance 4 with truss manufacturer's recommendations. 5 G. Do not cut truss members without approval of truss design engineer. 6 H. Fasten cold-formed steel roof framing by welding or screwing,whichever is standard with truss 7 manufacturer. 8 1. Wire tying of trusses is not permitted 9 I. Locate mechanical fasteners and install in accordance with truss manufacturer's instructions. 10 Screws shall penetrate joined members.a minimum of 3 exposed screw threads. 11 J. Install framing in one-piece lengths,unless a splice connection is indicated 12 K. Provide temporary bracing and leave in place until trusses are permanently stabilized. 13 L. Touch-up damaged galvanizing with galvanizing repair paint. 14 END OF SECTION 16 17 ]2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05425-4 1 2004/03/18 2 SECTION 05505 3 METAL FABRICATIONS 4 PART 1 GENERAL` 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Custom fabricated metal items and certain manufactured units not otherwise indicated to be 8 supplied under work of other sections. 9 2. Design of all temporary bracing not indicated on'Drawings. 10 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: l l 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 13 3. Division 3 -Concrete. 14 4. Division 4-Masonry. 15 5. Section 05120-Structural Steel. 16 6. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 17 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Referenced Standards: 19 1. Aluminum Association(AA): 20 a. Aluminum Design Manual. 21 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): 22 a. Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 23 3. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): 24 a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 25 4. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC): 26 a. Manual of Steel Construction-Allowable Stress Design(ASD). 27 b. Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings(referred to herein as AISC specification). 28 5, American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 29 a. A14.3,Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders. 30 b. M 3G 531,Metal Bar Grating Manual 31 c. MBG 532,Heavy-Duty Metal Bar Grating Manual. 32 6. ASTM International(ASTM): 33 a. A6,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, 34 Plates,Shapes,and Sheet Piling. 35 b. A36,Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 36 c. A47,Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 37 d. A48,Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 38 e. A53,Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated Welded and 39 Seamless. 40 f. A108,Specification for Steel Bars,Carbon,Cold Finished,Standard Quality. 41 g. A123,Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel 42 Products. 43 h. A153,Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 44 i. Al97,Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron. 45 j. A269,Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for 46 General Service. 47 k. A276,Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 9 48 1. A307,Specification Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-1 I in. A312,Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. 2 n. A325,Specification of Structural Bolts,Steel,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum 3 Tensile Strength. 4 o. A490,Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Minimum 5 Tensile Strength. 6 p. A496,Specification for Steel Wire,Deformed,for Concrete Reinforcement. 7 q. A500,Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural 8 Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 9 r. A501,Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural 10 Tubing. 11 s. A536,Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 12 t. A554,Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing. 13 u. A563,Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 14 v. A572,Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Colombium-Vanadium Structural 15 Steel. 16 w. A582,Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars. 17 x. A666,Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet,Strip,Plate,and Flat Bar. 18 y. A668,Specification for Steel Forgings,Carbon and Alloy,for General Industrial Use. 19 z. A780,Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dipped Galvanized 20 Coatings. 21 aa. A786,Specification for Rolled Steel Floor Plates. 22 bb. A924,Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Metallic-Coated by the 23 Hot-Dip Process. 24 cc. A992,Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes For Use in Building 25 Framing. 26 dd. B26,Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. 27 ee. B36,Specification for Brass Plate,Sheet,Strip,and Rolled Bar. 28 ff. B209,Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 29 gg. B221,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire, 30 Profiles,and Tubes. 31 hh. B308,Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Shapes. 32 ii. B429,Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. 33 jj. B632,Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate. 34 kk. F467,Specification for Non-Ferrous Nuts for General Use. 35 11. F468,Specification for Non-Ferrous Bolts,Hex Cap Screws,and Studs for General 36 Use. 37 mm. F593,Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts,Hex Cap Screws,and Studs. 38 nn. F594,Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. 39 7. American Welding Society(AWS): 40 a. A5.1,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc 41 Welding. 42 b. D1.1,Structural Welding Code Steel. 43 c. D1.2,Structural Welding Code Aluminum. 44 d. D1.3,Structural Welding Code Sheet Steel. 45 8. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers(NAA ": 46 a. AMP 510,Metal Stairs Manual. 47 9. Research Council on Structural Connections: 48 a. Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts(referred 49 to herein as Specification for Structural Joints). 50 10. U. S.Department of Labor,Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA): 51 a. 29 CFR 1910,OSHA Safety and Health Standards for General Industry(referred to 52 herein as OSHA Standards). 53 11. Building code: 54 a. International Code Conference(ICC): loon*-. 2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-2 1 1) International Building Code and associated standards,2003 Edition including all 2 City of Fort Worth and State of Texas amendments,referred to herein as Building 3 Code. 4 B. Qualifications: .. 5 1 1. Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS. 6 2. Fabricator shall have minimum of 10 years experience in fabrication of metal items specified. 3. Engineer for contractor-designed systems and components: Professional structural engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 10 1.3 DEFINITIONS I I A. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 12 product in the field at the Project site. 13 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 14 B. Hardware: As defined in ASTM A153. 15 C. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanizing per ASTM A123 or ASTM Al53 with minimum coating of 16 2.0 OZ of zinc per square foot of metal(average of specimens)unless noted otherwise or 17 dictated by standard. 18 1.4 SUBMITTALS 19 A. Shop Drawings: 20 1. See Section 01340. 21 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings and details: 2 a. Submit drawings for all fabrications and assemblies.Include erection drawings,plans, 23 sections,details and connection details. n° 24 b. Identify materials of construction,shop coatings and third party accessories. 25 3. Product technical data including: 26 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced 27 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 2 c. Provide manufacturer's standard allowable load tables for the following: 29 1) Grating and checkered plate. 30 2) Expansion anchor bolts. 31 3) Adhesive anchor bolts. 32 4) Castings,trench covers and accessories. 33 4. Contractor designed systems and components,including but not limited to,stairs,landings 34 and ladders: Certification that manufactured units meet all design loads specified 35 a. Shop Drawings and engineering design calculations: 36 1) Indicate design Iive loads. 37 2) Sealed by a professional structural engineer. 38 3) Engineer will review for general compliance with Contract Documents. 39 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 40 1. Certification of welders and welding processes. 41 a. Indicate compliance with AWS. 42 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 43 A. Deliver and handle fabrications to avoid damage. 44 B. Store above ground on skids or other supports to keep items free of dirt and other foreign debris 45 and to protect against corrosion. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-3 I PART 2 - PRODUCTS r 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. Abrasive stair nosings(embedded in concrete stairs): 6 a. American Safety Tread. 7 b. Balco. 8 2. Headed studs and deformed bar anchors: 9 a. Nelson Stud Welding Div.,TRW Inc. 10 b. Stud Welding Products,Inc. 11 3. Expansion anchor bolts: 12 a. Hilti Inc. - 13 b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. 14 c. Powers Rawl. 15 4. Epoxy adhesive anchor bolts: 16 a. Hilti Inc. 17 b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. 18 c. Powers Rawl. 19 5. Castings,trench covers and accessories: 20 a. Neenah Foundry Co. 21 b. Deeter Foundry Co. 22 c. Barry Craft Construction Casting Co. 23 d. McKinley Iron Works. 24 6. Aluminum ladders: 25 a. Any manufacturer capable of meeting the requirements of this Specification Section. 26 7. Galvanizing repair paint: 27 a. TNEMEC. 28 b. ZRC Products. 29 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 30 2.2 MATERIALS 31 A. Steel: 32 1. Structural: 33 a. W-shapes and WT-shapes: ASTM A992,Grade 50. 34 b. All other p'-ates and rolled sections: ASTM A36. 35 2. Pipe: ASTM A53,Types E or S,Grade B or ASTM A501. 36 3. .Structural tubing: 37 a. ASTM A500,Grade B(46 ksi minimum yield). 38 4. Bolts,nuts and washers,high strength: ASTM A325. 39 a. Provide two washers with all bolts. 40 5. Bolts and nuts: Unfinished,ASTM A307,Grade A. 41 a. Zinc plated. 42 6. Welding electrodes: AWS D1.1,E70 Series. 43 7. Steel forgings: ASTM A668. 44 B. Iron: 45 1. Ductile iron: ASTM A536. 46 2. Gray cast iron: ASTM A48(minimum 30,000 psi tensile strength). 47 3. Malleable iron: ASTM A47,ASTM Al97. 48 C. Stainless Steel: 49 1. Minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi and minimum tensile strength of 75,000 psi. 50 a. Bars,shapes: ASTM A276,Type {304). 51 b. Tubing and pipe: ASTM A269,ASTM A312 or ASTM A554,Type 304 or 316. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-4 I c. Strip,plate and flat bars: ASTM A666,Type 304 or 316,Grade A.a 'k 2 d. Bolts and nuts: ASTM F593,Type 303,304 or 316. 3 2. Minimum yield strength of 25,000 psi and minimum tensile strength of 70,000 psi. 4 a. Strip,plate and flat bar for welded connections,ASTM A666,Type 304L or 316L. :i 3. Welding electrodes: In accordance with AWS for metal alloy being welded. 6 D. Aluminum: 7 1. Alloy 6061-T ,32,0 psi tensile yield strength minimum. 8 a. ASTM B221 and ASTM B308 for shapes including beams,channels,angles,tees and 9 zees. 10 b. Weir plates,baffles and deflector plates,ASTM B209. 11 2. Alloy 6063-T5 or T6, 15,000 psi tensile yield strength minimum: 12 a. ASTM B221 and ASTM B429 for bars,rods,wires,pipes andtubes.' 13 3. ASTM B26 for castings. 14 4. ASTM F468,alloy 2024 T4'for bolts. 1.5 5. ASTM F467,alloy 2024 T4 for nuts. 16 6. Electrodes for welding aluminum: AWS D1.2.filler alloy 4043 or 5356. 17 E. Washers: Same material and alloy as found in accompanying bolts and nuts. 18 F. Embedded Anchor Bolts: 19 1. Type 304 or 316 stainless steel with matching nut and washer. 20 G. Expansion Anchor Bolts and Adhesive Anchor Bolts: 21 1. Stainless s 1,Type 304,314 or 316. 22 2. Provide minimum edge distance cover and spacing as recommended by manufacturer,or as 23 indicated on Drawings whichever is larger. 24 a. Minimum embedment as recommended by manufacturer or eight diameters of bolt, 25 whichever is larger. 261 b. Notify Engineer if required depth of embedment cannot be achieved at a particular 27 anchor bolt location. 8 c. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for installation and torque. 29' H. Headed Studs: ASTM A108 with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi and a um 30 tensile strength of 60,000 psi. 31 I. Deformed BarAnchors: ASTM A496 with a minimum yield strength of 70,000 psi and a 32 minimum tensile strength of 80,000 psi. 33 J. Iron and Steel Hardware: Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 when required to be 34 galvanized. 35 Y— Galvanizing Repair Paint: 36 1. High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds and abrasions. 37 . Dried film shall contain not less than 83 percent zinc dust by weight. 38 . Similar to ZRC by ZRC Products or TNEMEC Series 90-97. 39 issiilar Materials Protection: See Section 09905. 4 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS 41 A. Ladders: 4 1. Material: 4 a. Aluminum. 2. Rails: 4 a. Maximum 3 x 2 IN heavy-duty rectangular tubing or channel,with minimum thickness 4 of 0.125 IN or 1-1/2 IN nominal diameter schedule 80 pipe. 47 b. Spacing: Nominal 18 IN from centerline of rails except at top. 48 1) Minimum clear distance between rails to be 16 IN. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 555-5 I c. Brackets for wall supported units: Provide 3/8 x 2-1/2 IN x length required angle rW., 2 brackets welded to side rails with punched holes for 3/4 IN bolts. 3 1) Maximum spacing: 4 FT OC. 4 d. For floor supported units provide 3/8 x 2-1/2 x 4 IN rectangular bracket or 3/8 x 6 x 6 5 IN square plate welded to rails with punched holes for 3/4 IN bolts. 6 1) Provide wall brackets on floor supported units if vertical run is over 4 FT. 7 3. Rungs: Minimum 1 IN DIA or 1 IN square extruded,with integral serrated non-slip finish 8 on all sides. 9 a. Shop or field-applied grit tape and cap type non-slip finish is not acceptable. 10 4. Minimum distance from centerline of rung to wall or any obstruction: 7 IN. 11 5. Rung spacing: Uniform, 12 IN. 12 a. Top rung shall be level with landing or platform. 13 b. Spacing of bottom rung from grade or platform may vary but shall not exceed 14 IN. 14 6. As a minimum,design ladder in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910 Standards,ANSI 15 A14.3,and applicable building codes. 16 a. Ladders shall be designed to support a minimum concentrated live load of 200 LBS. 17 b. Maximum lateral deflection: Side rail span/240 when lateral load of 100 LBS is 18 applied at any location. 19 7. Construction: 20 a. Fully welded type. 21 b. All welds to be full penetration welds,where applicable. 22 c. All ladders of a particular material shall have consistent construction and material 23 shapes and sizes unless detailed otherwise on the Drawings. 24 d. Provide cap at top and bottom of side rails. 25 e. Rungs shall not extend beyond the outside face of the siderail. 26 f. The side rails of through ladder extension shall extend 42 IN above the top rung or 27 landing and shall flare out on each side to provide a clearance of 24 IN centerline to 28 centerline of rails. �� 29 8. Finish: 30 a. Aluminum: Mill 31 B. Bollards: 32 1. 8 IN DIA extra strength steel pipe,ASTM A53. 33 a. Prime painted. 34 2. Minimum 48 IN projection above ground. 35 3. Minimum 48 IN embedment in concrete. 36 C. Abrasive Stair Nosings: 37 1. Two component consisting of an embedded subchannel,installed with the concrete pour, 38 and an abrasive tread plate to be installed later. 39 2. 6063-T5 extruded aluminum,mill finished and heat treated. 40 3. Complete with concrete anchors and tread plate securing screws. 41 4. Units: 4 IN less in length than stair width. 42 D. Metal Stairs: Fabricated as indicated. 43 1. Treads: Grating treads as specified with exception that nosing shall have integral corrugated 44 non-slip edge. 45 2. Landings: Grating as specified. 46 a. Provide integral corrugated non-slip nosing at edge acting as stair tread/nosing. 47 3. Fabricate and design stair,platforms and landings,and all connections to support a 100 psf 48 uniform live load or a concentrated load of 1000 LBS,whichever requires the stronger 49 component. 50 4. Design,fabricate,and install in compliance with NAAMM Metal Stair Manual and 51 applicable codes. 52 5. Material: 53 a. Aluminum. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-6 I'I E. Aluminum Checkered Plate: 2 1. Conform to ASTM B632. 3 a. Diamond pattern: Use one pattern throughout ProjecL 4 b. Material: Type 6061-T6. 5 2. Design live load: Not less than 100 psf plus a concentrated load of 360 LBS with maximum (5 deflection of 1/300 of span under a superimposed live load of 50 psf. 7 3. Reinforce as necessary with aluminum angles. 8 4. Platesections: 9 a. Maximum 3 FT wide. 10 b. Minimum 1/4 IN thick I 1 c. Maximum 100 LBS per section if required to be removable. 12 5. Provide joints at center of all openings unless shown otherwise.Reinforce joints and 13 openings with additional angles to provide required load carrying capacity. 14 6. Unless shown otherwise,frame for openings with aluminum checkered plate cover. 15 a. Aluminum supportangles: 16 1) 2 x 2 x 1/4 IN minimum size. 17 2) 1/2 IN DIA x 6 IN long anchor bolts spaced at maximum of 24 IN OC along each 18 side with not less than two anchor bolts per side. 19 b. Aluminum concrete insert seats: 20 1) 2 x 2 x 1/4 IN minimum size. 21 ) Auto-welded studs or strap anchors. 22 c. Drill and tap frame to receive 3/8 IN DIA aluminum cap screws at not more than 24 IN 23 OC with not less than two screws per side. 24 F. Aluminum Grating: 25 1. ANSI MBG 531. 2 2. Bearing bars: Rectangular, 1-1/2 x /16 IN at 1-3/16 IN OC spacing OR I-bar, 1-1/2 IN 2 deep with minimum 1/16 IN thick bar and minimum 1/4 IN flange width at 1-3/16 IN OC 2 spacing. 3. Cross bars: Welded,swaged or pressure locked to bearing bars: 3 a. Maximum 4 IN/OC spacing. 31 4. Top edges of bars: Grooved or serrated. 32 5. Removable grating sections: Not wider than 3 FT and not more than 100 LBS. 33 6. Standard mill finish. 34 7. Ends and perimeter edges: Banded. 35 8. Openings through grating: Reinforced to provide required load carrying capacity and 3 banded with 4 IN high toe plate. 3 9. Provide joints at openings between individual grating sections. 3 10. Clips and bolts: Stainless steel. 39 11. Seat angles: Aluminum. 40 G. Access Cover: 41 1. Tank type manhole frame and solid lid: ASTM A48 or ASTM A536,cast iron. 4 . Unless shown otherwise,design of cover shall be such that top of frame extends several 4 inches above slab to prevent surface water from entering . Equip lid with four stainless steel screws to secure lid to e. 4 H. Loose Lintels: 1. Steel,ASTM A36 or ASTM A572 Grade 50,sizes as indicated on Drawings. 4 2. Hot-dip v per ASTM A123. 4 2.4 FABRICATION 4 A. Verifyfield conditions and dimensions prior to fabrication. 5 B. Form materials to shapes indicated with straight lines,true angles,and smooth curves. 5 1. Grind smooth all rough welds and sharp edges. 5 a. Round all comers to approximately 1/32- 1/16 IN nominal radius. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 05505-7 I C. Provide drilled or punched holes with smooth edges. 2 1. Punch or drill for field connections and for attachment of work by other trades. 3 D. Weld Permanent Shop Connections: 4 1. Welds to be continuous fillet type unless indicated otherwise. 5 2. Full penetration butt weld at bends in stair stringers and ladder side rails. 6 3. Weld structural steel in accordance with AWS D1.1 using Series E70 electrodes conforming 7 to AWS A5.1. 8 4. Weld aluminum in accordance with AWS D1.2. 9 5. All headed studs to be welded using automatically timed stud welding equipment 10 6. Grind smooth welds that will be exposed. 11 E. Conceal fastenings where practicable. 12 F. Fabricate work in shop in as large assemblies as is practicable. 13 G. Tolerances: 14 1. Rolling: ASTM A6. 15 a. When material received from the mill does not satisfy ASTM A6 tolerances for camber, 16 profile,flatness,or sweep,the Contractor is permitted to perform corrective work by 17 the use of controlled heating and mechanical straightening,subject to the limitations of 18 the AISC specifications. 19 2. Fabrication tolerance: 20 a. Member length: 21 1) Both ends finished for contact bearing: 1/32 IN. 22 2) Framed members 30 FT or less: 1/161N. Over 30 FT: 1/8 IN. 23 b. Member straightness: 24 1) Compression members: 1/1000 of axial length between points laterally supported. 25 2) Non-compression members: ASTM A6 tolerance for wide flange shapes. 26 c. Specified member camber(except compression members): 27 1) 50 FT or less: Minus 0/plus 1/2 IN. 28 2) Over 50 FT: Minus 0/plus 1/2 IN(plus 1/8 IN per 10 FT over 50 FT). 29 3) Members received from mill with 75 percent of specified camber require no further 30 cambering. 31 4) Beams/trusses without specified camber shall be fabricated so after erection, 32 camber is upward. 33 5) Camber shall be measured in fabrication shop in unstressed condition. 34 d. At bolted splices,depth deviation shall be taken up by filler plates.At welded joints, 35 adjust weld profile to conform to variation in depth.Slope weld surface per AWS 36 requirements. 37 e. Finished members shall be free from twists,bends and open joints. Sharp kinks,bends 38 and deviation from above tolerances are cause for rejection of material. 39 H. Fabricate grating,checkered plate,stairs,ladders and accessories using aluminum unless shown 40 otherwise on Drawings. 41 1. Finish: 42 a. Aluminum: Mill finished unless scheduled or otherwise specified or,if approved by 43 Engineer,finished in manufacturer's standard. 44 b. Coat surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials.See Section 09905. 45 2. See Section 09905 for preparation and painting of ferrous metals and other surfaces. 46 I. Maximum tolerance for difference in depth between checker plate or grating depth and seat or 47 support angle depth: 1/8 IN. 48 J. Maximum distance between edge of grating or checkered plate and face of embedded seat angle 49 or face of wall or other structural member: 1/4 IN. 50 K. Security Grille for Louvers: Fabricate with steel angle frame and solid 1/2 inch steel tube 51 grilles,primed and painted,and for bolting to wall and floor with expansion bolts. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-8 ` ? 1 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Surface Preparation: 3 1. Refer to Section 09905 for surface preparation requirements. 4 B. Shop Applied Paint Coating Application: 5 1. Refer to Section 09905 for painting requirements. 6, C. Meet structural requirements of Section 05120 for inspection and testing items of structural 7 nature. 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 PREPARATION 10 A. Provide items to be built into other construction in time to allow their installation. 11 1. If such items are not provided in time for installation,cut in and install. 12 B. Prior to installation,inspect and verify condition of substrate.Installation of product constitutes 1.3installer's acceptance of substrate condition for product compatibility. 14 C. Correct surface defects or conditions which may interfere with or prevent a satisfactory 15 installation. 16 1. Field welding aluminum is not permitted unless approved in writing by Engineer. 17 3.2 INSTALLATION 18 A. Set metal work level,true to line,plumb. l9 1. Shim and grout as necessary. 20 i B. Bolt Field Connections: Where practicable,conceal fastenings. 21 C. Grind welds smooth where field welding is required. 2:2 D. Field cutting grating or checkered plate to correct fabrication errors is not acceptable. Replace 23' entire section. 24 E. Remove all burrs and radius all sharp edges and comers of miscellaneous plates,angles,fimning 25 system elements,etc. 26 F. Unless noted or specified otherwise: 27 1. Connect steel members to steel members with 7/8 DIA ASTM A325 high strength bolts. 28 2. Connect aluminum to aluminum with 7/8 INDIA aluminum bolts. 29 3. Connect aluminum to structural steel using 7/8 IN DIA stainless steel bolts.Provide 30 dissimilar metals protection. 31 4. Connect aluminum and steel members to concrete and masonry using stainless steel 3 expansion anchor bolts or adhesive anchor bolts unless shown otherwise.Provide dissimilar 33 materials protection. 3 5. Provide washers for all bolted connections. 35 6. Where exposed,bolts shall extend a maximum of 3/4 IN and a minimum of 1/2 IN above 6 the top nut. 37 a. If bolts are cut off to required maximum height,threads must be dressed to allow nuts 39 to be removed without damage to the bolt or the nuts. 39 G. Install and tighten ASTM A325 high-strength bolts in accordance with the AISC Manual o 4 Steel Construction-Allowable Stress Design(ASD). 41, 1. Provide hardened washers for all ASTM A325 bolts.Provide the hardened washer under the 4 element(nut or bolt head)turned in tightening. 4 After bolts are tightened,upset threads of A307 unfinished bolts or anchor bolts to prevent nuts 4 from backing off, 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-9 I I. Secure metal to wood with lag screws of adequate size with appropriate washers. 2 J. Do not field splice fabricated items unless said items exceed standard shipping length or change 3 of direction requires splicing.Provide full penetration welded splices where continuity is 4 required. 5 K. Provide each fabricated item complete with attachment devices as indicated or required to 6 install. 7 L. Anchor such that work will not be distorted nor fasteners overstressed from expansion and 8 contraction. 9 M. Set beam and column base plates accurately on nonshrink grout as indicated on Drawings. 10 1. See Division 3 for non-shrink grout. 11 2. Set and anchor each base plate to proper line and elevation. 12 a. Use metal wedges,shims,or setting nuts for leveling and plumbing columns and 13 beams.Wedges,shims and setting nuts to be of same metal as base plate they support. 14 Tighten nuts on anchor bolts. 15 b. Fill space between bearing surface and bottom of base plate with nonshrink grout.Fill 16 space until voids are completely filled and base plates are fully bedded on wedges, 17 shims,and grout. 18 c. Do not remove wedges or shims.Where they protrude,cut off flush with edge of base 19 plate. 20 d. Fill sleeves around anchor bolts solid with non-shrink grout 21 N. Tie anchor bolts in position to embedded reinforcing steel using wire.Tack welding prohibited. 22 Coat bolt threads and nuts with heavy coat of clean grease.Anchor bolt location tolerance: 1/16 23 IN.Provide steel templates for all column anchor bolts. 24 O. Install bollards in concrete as detailed.Fill pipe with concrete and round off at top. 25 P. Provide cast-in-place abrasive stair nosings in each tread and landing of all concrete stair treads. 26 1. Center stair nosings in stair width. 27 Q. Provide abrasive stair nosing at each concrete stair landing having metal stair structure attaching 28 to the concrete landing. 29 R. Accurately locate and place frames for openings before casting into floor slab so top of plate is 30 flush with surface of finished floor.Keep screw holes clean and ready to receive screws. 31 S. Attach grating to end and intermediate supports with grating saddle clips and bolts. 32 1. Maximum spacing: 2 FT OC with minimum of two per side. 33 2. Attach individual units of aluminum grating together with clips at 2 FT OC maximum with 34 a minimum of two clips per side. 35 T. Coat aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials in accordance with Section 09905. 36 U. Repair damaged galvanized surfaces in accordance with ASTM A780. 37 1. Prepare damaged surfaces by abrasive blasting or power sanding. 38 2. Apply galvanizing repair paint to minimum 6 mils DFT in accordance with manufacturer's 39 instructions. 40 V. Anchor ladder to concrete or masonry structure with minimum 3/4 IN stainless steel adhesive 41 anchor bolts with minimum 6 IN embedment. 42 1. When anchoring into cavity wall construction,provide minimum 6 IN embedment into 43 concrete or masonry back-up wall. 44 a. At each anchor location,provide sleeve between back face of veneer and cavity face of 45 concrete or masonry back-up wall. Cut cavity insulation as required and seal around 46 sleeve. 47 1) Sleeve to be 1 IN DIA schedule 40 stainless steel tubing,TP-304L,ASTM A269. 48 a) Minimum wall thickness to be.065 IN. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05505-10 1 2) Continuously weld 4 x 4 x 1/4 IN Type 304 stainless steel,ASTM A666 flange 2 onto each end of pipe. 3 a) Drill 1 IN hole in flange to match pipe. 4 ) Attach sleeve to concrete or masonry back-up with 1/4 IN self-tapping 5 concrete anchors. 6 3) Grout solid,area around bolt where bolt penetrates veneer. 7 ) Accurately locate sleeves to align with bolt locations on ladder. 8 2. When anchoring into masonry,fill masonry cores with grout at anchor locations and each 9 masonry core within 8 IN of anchor. 10 W. Anchor ladder to metal stud walls using minimum 1/2 IN stainless steel bolts,nuts and washers. 11 1. Verify that stud wall has been provided with adequate backing to accept ladder anchors. 12 3.3 CLEANING 13 A. After erection,installation or application,clean all miscellaneous metal fabrication surfaces o 14 all dirt,weld slag and other foreign matter. 15 B. Provide surface acceptable to receive field applied paint coatings specified in Section 09905. 16 END OF SECTION 12502 City offort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 05505-11 Oyu,, 12502 city of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May I8,2006 05505-12 lo, 1, 1 SECTION 05800 2 INTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVERS 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5 A. Fire-rated Joints: ti 1.. Utilize Fire-rated as appropriate for conditions(refer to Plans for indication of fire ratings of 'l walls,floors andceilings). 13 . Assemblies with fire resistance and cycling capability as been determined per UL-2079. 9 3. Fire rating not less than the rating of adjacent construction. 10 4. Minimum LoadingCapacities: 11 a. Standard Floor Joints:500 LBS without damage or permanent deformation. 12 b. Wall Joints: Shall be designed to withstand a minimum impact load of 75 LBS/Lineal 13 FT without damage or permanent deformation when tested per ASTM-F476. 14 B. Single-SourceResponsibility:Obtain expansion joint cover assemblies,including fire blankets, 15 from one source from a single manufacturer. 16 1.2 SUBMITTALS 17 Shop Drawings. 18 1. Layout drawings and details 19 B. Product Data. 20; C. Samples. 21 1. Standard metal finishes for color selection. 22 2. Standard preformed seal extrusion colors for selection. 23 13 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING Exercise proper care in the handling of all work so as not to injure the finished surface,and take 25 proper precautions to protect the work from damage after it is in place. 26 B. Deliver materials to the job site ready for use,and fabricated in as large sections and assemblies 27 as practical. 28 1. Assemblies shall be identical to submitted and reviewed shop drawings,samples and 29 certificates. 30 C Store materials under cover in a dry and clean location off the ground. 31 1. Remove materials that are damaged or otherwise not suitable for installation from the job 32 site and replace with acceptable materials. 33 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS 34' Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which work must fit,by accurate field 35 measurements before fabrication. 36 1. Show recorded measurements on Shop Drawings and coordinate fabrication schedule with 7 construction progress to avoid delay of work 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 39 2.1 MATERIALS 40 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05800-1 1 1. Interior Expansion Joint Covers: loom*.. 2 a. Base: 3 1) MM Systems. 4 b. Optional: 5 1) Balco/Metalines. 6 2) C/S Group. 7 3) InPro. 8 4) Pittcon Industries. 9 2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Document 00440. 10 2.2 MATERIALS—GENERAL 11 A. General: 12 1. Continuous extruded aluminum frame assemblies with floating cover plate and seal. 13 2. Provide expansion joint cover assemblies of design,basic profile,materials,and operation 14 indicated. 15 3. Furnish units in longest practicable lengths to minimize number of end joints. 16 4. Locate end joints in non-conspicuous areas;avoid locating in high-traffic areas such as 17 corridors. 18 5. Provide hairline-mitered corners where joint changes directions or abuts other materials. 19 6. Include closure materials and transition pieces,tee joints,comer,curbs,cross-connections, 20 and other accessories as required to provide continuous joint cover assemblies. 21 7. Floor Joints: 22 a. ADA compliant. 23 b. Slab Edge Conditions: 24 1) New floor slabs:Provide block-out requirements for new slab-edges prior to 25 placement of concrete. 26 2) Existing slab edges: 27 a) Remove portions of existing slab edge as required to receive new EJ covers; 28 Surface-applied types will not be acceptable. 29 B. Aluminum Frames: 30 1. Extrusions:ASTM-13221,alloy 6063-T5. 31 2. Sheet and Plate:ASTM-13209,alloy 6061-T6. 32 3. Protect aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious materials with heavy metal free 33 high solids primer or chromate conversion coating. 34 4. Exposed surfaces:Mill finish. 35 C. Extruded Preformed Seals: 36 1. Thermoplastic,extruded rubber:Classified under ASTM-D2000 and formed to fit frames. 37 2. Rigid edges for positive attachment to frame and center plate. 38 3. Smooth surface;free from grooves or ridges. 39 4. Seals to have flexible core of shore hardness 73 to allow movement of joint width without 40 gaps occurring between seal and cover assembly. 41 5. Replaceable without removal of center plate. 42 6. Color:To be selected by Architect. 43 D. Fire Barrier Systems: 44 1. Designed for indicated or required dynamic structural movement without material 45 degradation or fatigue in accordance with ASTM-E1399. 46 2. Prefabricated,for hourly rating of adjacent floors,walls or ceiling assemblies. 47 a. Tested in maximum joint width condition as a component of an expansion joint cover in 48 accordance with UL-2079 including hose stream testing of wall assemblies at full-rated 49 period by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 50 3. Material to carry UL-labeled and be subject to Underwriters Laboratories follow-up service 51 for quality assurance. 52 4. Systems to be installed strictly in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05800-2 1 5. Supply in maximum lengths to minimize field splicing. 2, 6. Fire barrier to consist of intumescent blankets layered to provide a flame and insulation 3 barrier and to accommodate dynamic movement 4 7. Expansion Joints in concealed spaces such as chase walls:Fire barrier system to include 5 0.032 IN thick galvanized steel cover in lieu of conventional(finished)expansion joint 6 cover. 7 8. Base Products: 8 a. 'Tire Barrier Model FB-97",'TB-83",and/or"FB-88"by Conspec Systems,Inc. 9 b. Select appropriate model number for joint width,fire rating required,and other joint 10 conditions as applicable. 11 E. Accessories: 12 1. Manufacturer's standard anchors,fasteners,set screws,spacers,flexible vapor seals and 13 filler materials,drain tubes,adhesive and other accessories compatible with material in 14 contact,as indicated or required for complete installations. 16 2.3 DESCRIPTION OF EJ-TYPES 17 A. General: 18 1. Refer to Plans for locations,conditions and widths required for project 19 2. Refer to the following for Base Products and further description of scheduled types. 20 B. Floor Joints: 21 1. Floor-to-Wall Joints: 22 a. Include floor-to-wall variations similar to above listed models. Include fire barrier components required,when joint is used in fire-rated floors. 24 C. Wall Joints: 25 1. Base Product: 26 b. Wall-to-wall:FSA 100. 27 2. Walls at intersecting angles:Include appropriate model variations for intersecting 28 conditions. 2 3. Include fire barrier components required,when joint is used in fire-rated walls. 301 D. Ceiling Joints: 31, 1. Base Product: 31 a. 33 b. 34 2. Ceiling-to-Wall conditions:Include appropriate model variations. 35, 3. Include fire barrier components required,whenjoint is used in fire-rated ceilings/soffits. 36 2.4 OTHER EXPANSION JOINTS TYPES(SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE) 37 A. Expansion Joints in"Exterior"Walls: 38 1. Base Product: 39 a. Wall-to-Wall: FSA100 set in mastic. 40 PART 3 - EXECUTION 41 3.1 INSPECTION 42 A. Verify suitability of substrate to accept'installation. 43 . Do not install until deficiencies are corrected. 44 C. Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. 45 3.2 PREPARATION 46 A. Insure the completeness of the work required under this Section. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05800-3 I B. Verify all measurements and dimensions at the job site. 2 C. Coordinate work with related trades,with particular attention given to the installation of items 3 embedded in concrete and masonry so as not to delay job progress. 4 D. Provide all templates,block-outs,and embedded items as required. 5 3.3 INSTALLATION 6 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 7 B. Set work level,true to line,plumb. 8 C. Install fire barrier caulk as required for UL assembly specified. 9 D. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for all phases of work,including 10 preparation of substrate,applying materials,and protection of installed units. 11 E. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing expansion joint cover 12 assemblies to in-place construction,including threaded fasteners with drilled-in fasteners for 13 masonry and concrete where anchoring members are not embedded in concrete. 14 1. Provide fasteners of metal,type,and size to suit type of construction indicated and provide 15 for secure attachment of expansion joint cover assemblies. 16 F. Perform all cutting,drilling and fitting required for installation of expansion joint covers. 17 1. Install joint cover assemblies in true alignment and proper relationship to expansion joints 18 and adjoining finished surfaces measured from established lines and levels. 19 G. Allow adequate free movement for thermal expansion and contraction of metal to avoid 20 buckling. 21 H. Set floor covers at elevations to be flush with adjacent finished floor materials. 22 1. If necessary,shim to level,but ensure base frames have continual support to prevent rocking 23 and vertical deflection. 24 1. Locate wall,ceiling,roof,and soffit covers in continuous contact with adjacent surfaces. 25 1. Securely attach in place with all required accessories. 26 J. Locate anchors at interval recommended by manufacturer,but not less than 3 IN from each end 27 and not more than 24 IN on centers. 28 K. Maintain continuity of expansion joint cover assemblies with end joints held to a minimum and 29 metal members aligned mechanically using splice joints. 30 1. Cut and fit ends to produce joints that will accommodate thermal expansion and contraction 31 of metal to avoid buckling of frames. 32 L. Adhere flexible filler materials(if any)to frames with adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape as 33 recommended by manufacturer. 34 M. Installation of Extruded Preformed Seals: 35 1. Install seals to comply with manufacturer's instruction and with minimum number of end 36 joints. 37 2. For straight sections provide preformed seals in continuous lengths. 38 3. Vulcanize or heat-seal all field splice joints in preformed seal material to provide watertight 39 joints using manufacturer's recommended procedure. 40 4. Apply manufacturer's approved adhesive,epoxy,or lubricant-adhesive to both frame 41 interfaces prior to installing preformed seal. 42 5. Seal transitions in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 43 N. Installation of Fire Barrier: 44 1. Install fire barrier in accordance with federal,state and Building Code as locally amended 45 using manufacturer's recommended procedures. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05800-4 ]l 2. Install transition and end joints to provide continuous fire resistance and in accordance with :? manufacturer's instructions. 3 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 4 A. Do not remove strippable protective material until finish work in adjacent areas is complete. 5''' B. When protective material is removed,clean exposed metal surfaces to comply with 6 manufacturer's instructions. 7 END OF SECTION a.. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05 -5 (Z502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 05800®6 „ I SECTION 06000 2 CARPENTRY 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4, 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5 A. Lumber grading rules and species: 6' 1. US Department of Commerce,PS-20-70. 7 2. Western Wood Products Association(WWP ). 8 3. Southern Forest Products Association(S A). 9 B. Plywood grading rules and recommendations: 10 1. For softwood plywood:US Department of Commerce P 1-83. 11 2. For hardwood plywood:US Department of Commerce PS-51-71. 12 3. American Plywood Association(AP ). 13 C. Factory marking: 14 1. Identify type,grade,moisture content,inspection service,producing mill,and other 15 qualities. 16 D. Preservative and pressure treatment standards:American Wood Preservers Association 17 ( WP ). 18 1. Provide continuous monitoring ofproduction and kiln temperatures by third party inspection 191 agency to assure that production methods are same as those used on elevated temperature 20 strength test specimens.Indicate compliance in factory marking. 21 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 22 A. Store in dry,weathertight,ventilated spaces. 23 B. Do not bring items into building until receiving spaces have humidity controlled to between 25% 24 and 65% 25 C. Stack to provide air circulation. 26 D. Store and protect materials in areas where moisture content can be maintained. 27 E. Time delivery and installation to avoid delaying progress of other work- 28 F. Handle treated material and repair damage in accordance with AV#TA-M4. 29 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS 3 win indicate e,arrangement,and location of items of finish entry and work. 1 B. If variations from arrangement or profile indicated are required,notify hi ct. 3 C. Make such variations at no added expense to Owner. 33 D. Contractor is responsible for fitting to recesses,including trim pieces,fillers and closures. 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1S 2.1 MATERIALS-ROUGH CARPENTRY 3 A. Lumber for framing,blocking,nailers,furring,grounds,and similar members: 3” 1. Comply with dry size requirements of PS-20,Douglas fir WWPA No.3,or SFPA No.2. r 3 2. Thoroughly seasone well fabricated materials of longest practical lengths and sizes. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,20D6 0 -1 1 3. Free of non-correctable warp. Iamft- 2 4. Discard material which would impair quality of work. 3 B. Plywood: Provide following grades unless indicated otherwise. 4 1. PSI,exterior type,A-C Grade. 5 2. Provide MDO-EXT-APA Plywood,as indicated. 6 C. Anchorage and fastening materials:Proper type,size,material and finish for application. 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 3.1 PREPARATION-ROUGH CARPENTRY 9 A. Verify measurements,dimensions and drawing details before proceeding. 10 B. Coordinate location of furring,nailers,blocking,grounds and similar supports for attached work. 11 C. Examine conditions under which work is to be installed. 12 D. Correct unsatisfactory conditions. 13 3.2 INSTALLATION-ROUGH CARPENTRY 14 A. Attach work securely by anchoring and fastening as indicated or required to support applied 15 loading. 16 1. Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts. 17 2. Nail plywood in accordance with APA recommendations. 18 3. Countersink nail heads. 19 B. Set work to required levels and lines,plumb,true. 20 C. Cut and fit accurately. 21 D. Make connections tight. 22 1. Use common wire nails or screws for general work. 23 2. Use finishing nails for finish work. 24 3. Use fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to 25 view or receive finish materials. 26 4. Install fasteners without splitting wood;predrill as required. 27 5. Do not drive threaded friction type fasteners. 28 6. Tighten bolts and lag screws at installation and retighten as required. 29 7. Use galvanized nails and fasteners. 30 E. Provide wood grounds,nailers,or blocking as required for attachment of other work and surface 31 applied items. 32 F. Form to shapes indicated. 33 G. Provide wood blocking between studs at height of door stop,behind stop,at every door opening. 34 H. Grounds:Dressed,key beveled lumber minimum 1-1/2 IN wide of thickness required to bring 35 face of ground even with finish material. 36 I. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 37 J. Install wood furring plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. 38 K. Shim as required. 39 L. Field treat cuts and holes in preservative treated material in accordance with AWPA-M-4. 40 M. Use only fasteners approved by the manufacturer of preservative treated wood. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 06000-2 1 1 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING/NAILERS FOR ROOFING 2 A. Blocking used for securement of sheet metal edge flashings,and similar items: 3 1. Refer to"General Requirements"above. 4 2. Install blocking as indicated. 5 3.4 INSPECTION 6 A. Examine areas to receive work. 7 B. Correct unsatisfactory conditions. 8 C. Start of work constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. 9 3.5 ADJUST AND CLEAN 10 A. Promptly remove debris,dirt and rubbish. 11 B. After installation,adjust operating parts. 12 C. Leave items in perfect operating condition. 13 D. Remove and replace rejected work. 14 E. Install temporary coverings to protect installed work. 15 END OF SECTION 0 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 06000- 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 0 -4 1 2003/06/05 2 SECTION 07190 3 UNDER SLAB VAPOR RETARDER 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 Section Includes: 7 1. Under slab vapor retarder. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 . Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the n ct 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Division 3-Concrete. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. ASTM International( 15' a. E1745,Standard Specification for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or 16 Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. Il7' 1.3 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Shop Drawings: 19 1. See Section 01340. 20 2. Product technical data including: 211 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 22 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 23 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 24, 1. Manufacturer's recommendation on vapor retarder tape. 25 C. Samples: 26 1. Provide 6 x 6 IN sample of vapor retarder material and vapor retarder tape. TJ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28, 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2 Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 3 acceptable: 3 1. Vapor retarder: 3 a. Fortifiber Corporation- 3 b. Griffolyn. 3 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 3 2.2 MATERIALS 3A. Vapor Retarder. 3 1. Polyolefin,or; 3 2. Reinforced high density polyethylene. 3 B. Vapor Retarder Tape: 4 1. As recommended by vapor retarder manufacturers. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 071 -1 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES �~ 2 A. Pipe Boots: 3 1. Manufacturer's standard boot fabricated to maintain the integrity of the vapor retarder 4 system. 5 2.4 FABRICATION 6 A. Vapor Retarder: 7 1. Minimum 15 mil thickness. 8 2. Class A,ASTM E 1745. 9 3. Water vapor permeance: .03 maximum. 10 4. Similar to: 11 a. Fortifiber Moistop"Ultra A". 12 b. Griffolyn"Type-105". 13 B. Vapor Retarder Tape:As recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 3.1 INSTALLATION 16 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 17 B. Place continuous vapor retarder below granular fill subgrade material. 18 C. Lap vapor retarder 3 IN at ends and edges of sheets and seal with tape. 19 D. Extend to extremities of area,turn up at perimeter to form bond breaker between slab and wall. 20 Tape in place. 21 E. Cover vapor retarder immediately with granular fill to avoid further damage. 22 F. Provide pipe boot for all pipes penetrating the floor slab. 23 G. Trim off excess material even with top of slab after slab is placed. 24 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07190-2 I. SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5 A- Insulation reference standards: 6= 1.- UL requirements. 7 2. ASTM-0518. 8° 3. ASTM-C739. . ASTM-C1289. 10 5. ASTM-E84. 11 6. ASTM-E90. 12 7. ASTM-El 19. 13 8. ASTM-E970. 14 B. Insulation value exterior walls: R-11. 15 1.2 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Project information: 1 1, Manufacturer of listed products. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 2 1. Polyisocyanurate BoardInsulation: 2 a. Celotex. 2 2. Fiberglass Batt Insulation: 2 a. Base: 2 1) Owens-Coming. 2 b. Optional: 2 1) Thermafiber. 2 ) John Manville. 2 3. Other manufacturers desiring approval,comply with Document 00440. 3 2.2 MATERIALS 31 A. Foil-Faced,Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: 3 1 ASTM C 1289, Type L Class 2, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-develope 3 indices of 25 and 230, respectively, based on tests performed on unfaced core on 3A thicknesses up to 4 inches(101 ). 3 2. Facers: Reinforced aluminum foil,both sides. 3 Density,ASTM D 1622: Nominal 2 pcf. 3 4. Stabilized -Value: 7.2 per inch thickness. 31 5. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches. 3 Acceptable Product: Thermax,Sheathing by Celotex- 41 B. Fiberglass Batt Insulation: 4 1. ASTM C 665,Type 1,inorganic fibers and resinous binders formed into flexible blankets, 4 aced. 4 2. ASTM-E84 flame spread:Not greater than 25. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 07210-1 1 3. Thermal resistance: 3.2 per inch thickness per ASTM C 518 at 75 degrees F(24 degrees Q. 2 a. Thickness: 6 inches. 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES 4 A. Adhesive: Construction grade as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 5 PART 3- EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSPECTION 7 A. Verify suitability of substrate to accept installation. 8 B. Installation indicates acceptance of responsibility for performance. 9 3.2 INSTALLATION-GENERAL 10 A. Insulate full thickness over surfaces to be insulated. 11 B. Fit tightly around obstructions,fill voids. 12 C. Cover penetrations with insulation. 13 D. Seal joints with sealant or tape as applicable. 14 E. Seal or tape to abutting materials to maintain vapor tightness. 15 F. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation unless more stringent requirements are 16 specified. 17 G. If manufacturer's instructions are not available,or not applicable,consult manufacturer's 18 technical representative for specific recommendations prior to installation. 19 H. Apply single layer to achieve total thickness. 20 I. Do not use broken or torn pieces of insulation. 21 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CAVITY NVALL INSULATION 22 A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Install sheathing horizontally within cavity space against 23 inner'"rythe by using construction grade adhesive with wall ties located at insulation board 24 joints. 25 END OF SECTION 27 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07210-2 1 2004/03/03 ; 2 SECTION 07600 3 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 41 PART1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Architectural flashing and sheet metal work. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 04155-Masonry Accessories. 12 4. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 13 5. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. The Aluminum Association(AA): 17 a. 45,Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 18 2. ASTM International(AST 19 a. A653,Specification for Sheet Steel,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy 20 Coated( alv ed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 1 � 21 b. B32,Specification for Solder Metal. 22 c. B209,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 23 d. B308,Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles. 24 3. FM Global 25 4. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association( ): 26 a. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual Fifth Edition, 1993. 27 1) Including Addendum No. 1 dated October 31, 1997. 28 b. Architectural Sheet Metal Specifications. 29 B. Qualifications: 30 1. Sheet metal fabricator shall have minimum 10 years experience in fabrication of sheet metal 31 items similar to items specified. 32 2. Sheet metal installer shall have minimum 5 years experience installing sheet metal items 33 specified. 34 1.3 DEFINITIONS 35 A. Installer or Applicator. Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 36 product in the field at the Project site. 37 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 38 1.4 SUBMITTALS 39 A. Shop Drawings: 4 ! 1. See Section 01340. 41 2. Product technical data including: 42 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 4 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 44 3. Fabrication and/or layout 1,2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07600-1 I a. Scaled drawing showing expansion joint locations,special conditions,profile,fastening OWN%, 2 and jointing details. 3 4. Fabricator qualifications. 4 5. Installer qualifications. 5 B. Samples: 6 1. Finish and color samples for each product specified for Engineer selection. 7 a. Colored pictures or color cards are not acceptable. 8 C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 9 1. See Section 01340. 10 2. Warranty: 11 a. Manufacturer's sample warranty language. 12 1.5 WARRANTY 13 A. Furnish 5-year warranty on sheet metalwork,signed jointly by Contractor and sheet metal 14 installer. 15 1. Agree to repair or replace work which leaks water or,where applicable,air or deteriorates 16 excessively,including color failure,or otherwise fails to perform as watertight and,where 17 appropriate,airtight flashing. 18 B. Furnish 20 year warranty on PVDF sheet metal finish. 19 C. Repair finish of PVDF coated flashing which fades or is damaged. 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 22 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 23 acceptable: 24 1. Sheet metal,PVDF coated: 25 a. Base: 26 1) Integris Metals. 27 b. Optional: 28 1) Petersen Aluminum. 29 2. Reglets: 30 a. Fry Reglet Corp. 31 b. Superior. 32 c. Cheney. 33 B. Submit request for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 34 2.2 MATERIALS 35 A. Sheet Metal: 36 1. Clad steel,minimum 24 GA galvanized G90. 37 a. Smooth. 38 2. ASTM-A653. 39 3. Coated on each face with 1 mil fluorocarbon coating,70%PVDF(Kynar/Hylar). 40 a. Color(s): 41 1) To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. 42 B. Fasteners: Non-ferrous compatible with sheet metal. 43 C. Retainer Clips and Continuous Cleats: Galvanized steel or stainless steel. 44 D. Solder: ASTM B32. 45 E. Dissimilar Metal Protection: Comply with Section 09905. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07600-2 I F. Reglets: Non-ferrous,compatible with sheet nnetal. 2 2.3 ACCESSORIES 3 A. Accessories as required to form a complete water and airtight system. 4 2.4 FABRICATION 5 A. Retainer Clips and Continuous Cleats: Use 16 GA galvanized steel,G60 coating minimum with 6 ferrous steel flashing,coping and counterflashing. Use 0.050 IN stainless steel with aluminum 7 or stainless steel flashing,coping and counterflashing. 8' B. Reglets: See Section 04155. 9 C. Shop fabricate items to maximum extent possible. 10` 1. Fabricate true and sharp to profiles and sizes indicated on I 1 a. Shop fabricate and weld or solder all comers. 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 PREPARATION 14 Provide items to be built into other construction to Contractor in time to allow their installation. 15 B. If such items are not provided in time for installation,sheet metal fabricator cut in and install. 111 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, d as indicated on 1 Drawings. 19 B. Solder steel and weld aluminum to achieve weathertight joints and required details;do not solder 20 or weld slip joints and pre shed items. 21, C. Set top edges of membrane flashing and sheet metal flashing to reglets. 2 D. Fasten materials at intervals recommended by SMACNA. 2 E. Install slip joints to allow for thermal movement as recommended by SMACNA and 2A manufacturer. 2 1. Maximwn spacing: 10 FT OC. 2 2. Provide slip joint 24 IN from comers. 2 . Provide slip joint at each vertical expansion joint location in wall. a. Provide break in continuous cleat at each vertical expansion joint, 2 F. Caulk slip joints with two beads of sealant on each side of slip joint overlap.Refer to Section 3 07900 for sealant. G. Caulk all exposed joints of coping with sealant to match color of metal being sealed. H. Form flashings to provide spring action with exposed edges hemmed or folded to create tight 3 junctures. 3 I. Provide dissimilar metals and materials protection where dissimilar metals come in contact or 3 where sheet metal contacts mortar,concrete masonry or concrete.Refer to Section 09905 for 3 dissimilar metals protection. 37 J. Provide all components necessary to create watertight junctures between roofing and sheet metal 3 work. 3 K. Provide all miscellaneous sheet metal items not specifically covered elsewhere,as indicated or 4 required to provide a weatherti&installation. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07600-3 1 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pmmp Station Expansion May 18,2006 07 0-4 oya 1 SECTION 07605 2 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1; Metal-roofing. 7 2. Metal soffit panels. 8 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9 A. Assure compliance with provisions of following codes and standards: 10 1. AISI"Specification for Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members". ' I 1 2. Steel Deck Institute(SDI),"Steel Roof Decking Design Manual". 12 3. AWS"Sheet Steel in Structures,Specification for Welding"AWS D1.3. 13 4. International Code Council(ICC). 14 5. "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual'by SMACNA,current edition. 15 6. Underwriters Laboratories(UL): 16 a. UL 263-Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 17 b. UL 580-Test for Wind-Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies. 18 c. UL-2218-Impact Resistance Test 19 7. Other codes and standards as locally adopted and amended. 20 B. Performance Criteria: 1 1. Static Air'Infiltration: 22 a. Maximum infiltration: (0.06 CFM/FV when tested at (6.24 PSF)in compliance with 23 ASTM-E283. 24 2. Static Water Infiltration: 25 a. No evidence of water leakage when tested in accordance with ASTM-E331 With an 26 inward static air pressure of (12 PSF). 27 3. Wind Uplift Approval:UL-90 rating when tested per UL 580. 28 1.3 SUBMITTALS 29 A- Shop drawings: 30 1. Complete layout indicating types of roofing,anchorage,supplementary fimning,cut 31 openings,accessories,and deck thicknesses. 32 B. Samples: 33 1. Color samples of finishes. 34 C. Product Information: 35 1. Certification of conformance with wind uplift standard listed. 36 D. Contract closeout information: 37 1. Warranty. 38 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 39 A. Plan work so that material is received on site in order to avoid construction delays. 40 B. Delivery: 41 1. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original,unopened,undamaged containers with 42 identification Labels intact. 43 2. Identify fabricated components with UL 90 label where appropriate. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07605-1 I C. Storage and Protection: 2 1. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful conditions. 3 2. Protect materials from rusting,dirt or damage. 4 3. Store material in dry,above ground location. 5 4. Stack pre-finished material to prevent twisting,bending,abrasion,scratching and denting. 6 5. Elevate one end of each skid to allow for moisture to run off. 7 6. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion,discoloration or staining. 8 7. Do not expose to direct sunlight or extreme heat trim material with factory applied 9 strippable film. 10 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS 11 A. Field Measurements: 12 1. Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurements before fabrication. 13 2. Show recorded measurements on Shop Drawings. 14 3. Coordinate field measurements,fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid 15 construction delays. 16 B. Do not overload supporting members: 17 C. Until entire assembly is complete,structural elements may not be stable or capable of supporting 18 code or stated design loads. 19 1.6 WARRANTY 20 A. General Warranty: 21 1. Provide 5-year warranty signed jointly by roofing materials manufacturer,installer and 22 Contractor. 23 2. Warrant watertightness of roof and associated flashing. 24 B. PVDF Finish: 25 1. Furnish 20-year warranty. 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 METAL ROOFING 28 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 29 1. Batten Seam Metal Roofing: 30 a. Base: Match existing,believed to be MBCI Craftsman Series,LB style, 16.5 inch rib 31 spacing. 32 2. Reglets,Downspouts and Gutters: 33 a. Specified in Section 07600. 34 3. Galvanizing repair paint: 35 a. Base: 36 1) Tnemec. 37 b. Optional: 38 1) ZRC Products. 39 4. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Document 00440. 40 B. Batten Seam Metal Roofing: 41 1. General: 42 a. Factory-formed,pre-finished,standing seam metal roofing system with concealed 43 fasteners over solid substrate. 44 1) Include perimeter trim items to match. 45 2) Fabricate and install to withstand structural and thermal movement,wind loading 46 and weather exposure without defects. 47 b. Minimum Wind Rating:Comply with UL 90. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07605-2 1 c. Material Standards: 2 1) Sheet Steel:ASTM-A653,Grade-A. 3 2) Galvanized Coating:AS -A653, G60 zinc coating. 4 d. Base Product:"Redi-Roof Standing Seam"by Peterson Aluminum. S 2. Minimum Sheet Thickness: ti :, �. Field e 2 e r vi for ` load 7 8 b. . Flashing and Trim: 22 GA. 9 c. Reglets,Downspouts and Gutters:Specified in Section 07600. 10 3. Spacing of Standing Seams: I 12 4. Height of Standing Seam: 13 5. Finish: 14 a. Top side: 15, 1) Minimum 70% 6` 2) um DFT: l.0 mils. 17 3) Color(s): . 18 a) Match existing. 19 b. Bac k side: 20 1) PVDF Wash coat. 21 2) Minimum DFT:0.3 mi1s. . 22 6. Texture: 23 a. Match existing. 4 7. Protective : Shippable vinyl film applied during panel fabrication and finishing, ` 25 Removed after installation. 26 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS 27 A. Nails:Large head galvanized roofing nails. 2 B. Screws: 2 1. Stitch Teks, 12-1 x 3/4 hex washer head with pilot point galvanized or cadmium plated. 3 2. Color to match decking. 3 ` C. Steel shapes,miscellaneous: -A36 galvanized. 3 D. Galvanizing for metal accessories:ASTM-A653, G60.' 3 E. Galvanizingpaint 3 F. Metal closures s: 3 1. S -A653, G60 galvanized sheet steel. 3 , 2. Minimum 26 GA before coating, 3 G. Wood substrate and battens: 31 1. Specified in Section 06000. 3 2. Non-Fire-Rated Assemblies: a. Minimum 5/8 IN thick preservative treated,exterior grade wood and plywood. H. Roofing Felt: 41 1. No.30 Asphalt saturated felt,ASTM-D226,Type 1I;sanded or dusted with talc. I. Ice Shield: 49 1. Base Product 4 a. Ice&Water Shield"manufactured by W k Grace&Co. Optional: a. Other products approved in writing by Architect prior to bidding. 4 3. Complying AS -D1970;Standard Specification for Self-AdhermgPolymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam 51 Protection. 12502 cry of Fort w®rw sro SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07605-3 1 4. Primer:Bituthene Primer WP-3000. 2 5. Properties: 3 a. Cold-applied,self-adhering membrane composed of a high density,cross laminated 4 polyethylene film coated on one side with a layer of rubberized asphalt adhesive. 5 Minimal Physical Properties Property Test Method Required Value Color — Gray-Black Thickness, Membrane ASTM-D3767 40 mil Method A Tensile Strength, Membrane ASTM-D412 250 PSI (Die C Modified) Elongation, Membrane ASTM-D412 250% (Die C Modred) Low Temperature Flexibility ASTM-D1970 Unaffected @-20°F Adhesion to Plywood ASTM-D903 3.0 LB/IN Width Permeance Max ASTM-E96 0.05 Perms Material Weight Installed Max ASTM-D461 0.3 Ib/ft2 6 7 2.3 METAL SOFFIT PANELS 8 A. Soffit: Preformed and steel,minimum 26 gage,smooth finished,width and profile as selected 9 by Architect,aerated and non-aerated panels(locations as selected by Architect). 10 1. Caps,Trim,Flashings,Comers,and Caps: Same material and finish as soffit; sizes as 11 detailed or required for proper enclosure. 12 2. Fasteners:Type and size as required and recommended by manufacturer for substrate 13 framing. 1100ft., 14 B. Acceptable Product: Artisan 1 Series by MBCI,model L12. 15 2.4 FABRICATION 16 A. General: 17 1. Continuous Length:Fabricate panels 50 FT and less in one continuous length. 18 2. Trim,Fascia,and Flashings:Fabricate trim,fascia and flashings from same material as roof 19 system material 20 a. Fascia: Minimum 24 gage. 21 B. Form with flush,telescoped or nested 2 IN end and side laps. 22 C. Form metal closure strips to configuration required to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends 23 and sides. 24 D. Fabricate roofing in accordance with following SMACNA. 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION 26 3.1 INSPECTION 27 A. Examine areas and conditions under which roof decking units and soffit panels are to be 28 installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. 29 B. Convect unsatisfactory conditions. 30 C. Start of installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for convect installation and 31 performance. 12-02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07605-4 1 3.2 PREPARATION 2 A. Coordinate metal roofing with other Work(drainage,flashing and trim,deck substrates, 3 Parapets,copings,wails)and other adjoining work to provide a non-corrosive and leak proof 4 installation. 5 B. Dissimilar Metals:Prevent galvanic action of dissimilar metals. 6 3.3 INSTALLATION—GENERAL 7 A. General: g 1. Install metal roofing panels to profiles,patterns and drainage indicated and required for leak-proof Installation. 10 2. Provide for structural and thermal movement at work. 11 3. _Seal joints for leak-proof installation. 12 4. Seams:Provide uniform,neat seams. ' 13 5. Fasteners:Conceal fasteners where possible in exposed work 14 6. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors for watertight and leak-proof installation. 15 7. Sealant Joints: 16 a. Provide where indicated or necessary for weather-tight installation.' 17 b. Form joints to conceal sealant 18 c. Comply with Section 07900 Sealant installation. 19 B. Install roofing and accessories as indicated. 20 C. Do not start placement of roofing until supporting members are installed complete. 21 D. Place each panel on supporting structural frame,adjust to final position,accurately align with 22 ends bearing on supporting members. 23 1. Lap units at ends minimum 2 IN. 24 2. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. 25 3. Place panels flat and square and secure to framing without warp or excessive deflection. 26 E. Remove and replace panels: 27 1. Structurally weak. 28 2. Unsound. 29 3. With bum holes. 30 4. Those Architect declares defective. 31 F. Cut and fit panels and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to roofing. 32 1. Make cutting and fitting neat,square and trim. 33 2. Neatly and accurately reinforce openings except: 34 a. Circular openings less than 6 IN diameter. 35 b. Rectangular openings having no side dimension greater than 6 IN. 36 3. Reinforce openings between 6 and 12 IN with 20 GA steel sheet 12 IN greater in each 37 dimension than opening. 38 4. Place sheet around opening and weld to top surface of deck at each comer and each side 39 midway between each comer. 40 G. Install metal closure strips as required. 41 1. Provide where rib openings in top surface of roof decking occur adjacent to edge and 42 openings- 43 2. Securely fasten closure strips into position. 44 H. Install metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of roofing,and in voids between 45 roofing and other construction. 46 1. Fasten into position to provide a complete decking installation. , 47 3.4 INSTALLATION—ICE SHIELD 48 A. Install the membrane directly on a clean, continuous structural deck. ter, 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07605-5 1 1. Remove dust,dirt,loose nails,and old roofing materials. �1 2 2. Remove protrusions from the deck area. 3 3. Fill voids in decks,damaged,or unsupported areas. 4 4. Repair deck areas before installing the membrane. 5 B. Prime concrete and masonry surfaces with primer at the recommended application rate. 6 1. Priming is not required for other suitable surfaces provided that they are clean and dry. 7 C. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed application procedures,precautions,and 8 limitations. 9 D. Coverage: 10 1. Place first coarse starting at the eave. 11 2. Overlap subsequent layers a minimum of 2 IN. 12 E. Extent of Ice Shield coverage: 13 1. Eave and Gable overhangs: 14 a. Extend from the fascia's edge to a point at least 24 inches inside theexterior wall line 15 of the building. 16 2. Ridges and Valley:36 IN wide strip centered at all valleys and ridges. 17 3. Details:Use 24 to 36 IN width surrounding all items which interrupt the continuity of the 18 roof area including,but not limited to the following: 19 a. Penetrations,curbs,adjoining walls and similar items. 20 b. Other areas indicated. 21 3.5 INSTALLATION OF METAL ROOFING 22 A. Assure that metal decking is fastened to supporting frame and side laps as follows: 23 1. At supports and at ends: 24 a. For 30 and 36 IN wide panels:Minimum 4 screws per deck unit. ^, 25 2. At perimeter supports 12 IN OC. 26 3. At side laps 24 IN OC. 27 B. Install wood substrate on metal decking with screws spaced nominal 12 IN OC,with joints 28 nominal 1/16 IN and level. 29 C. Install felt continuous over substrate,ship-lapped minimum 6 IN to weather. 30 D. Secure felt with nails or staples,nominal 12 IN OC. 31 E. If metal roofing is not installed immediately after felt,provide temporary weather protection. 32 F. Remove and replace wood substrate and felt in areas where warping exceeding 1:50 occurs. 33 G. Install cleats as required. 34 H. Install metal roofing in accordance with referenced figures. 35 I. Perform sealant work required to make installation watertight. 36 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SOFFIT PANELS 37 A. Install soffits and trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 38 B. Install aerated panels at spacing determined by Architect. 39 C. Securely fasten all components in place to substrates behind,properly aligned,leveled,and 40 plumb with fastener sizes and spacings as recommended by manufacturer. 41 D. Fabricate and install with concealed fasteners as required.Use concealed fasteners except where 42 approved by Architect 43 E. Ensure site cuttings or burred edges do not remain on finish surfaces. 44 F. Place sealant or gaskets to arrest weather penetration.Maintain neat appearance. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07605-6 n �ip0 "h 1 3.7 CLEANING&PROTECTION 2 A. Cleaning: 3 1. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. 4 2. Repair or replace damaged Installed products. 5 3. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Owner's 6 acceptance. 7 4. Remove construction debris from project site. 8 B. Touch-up: 9 1. Retouch scarred areas,welds and rust spots. 10 2. Touch-up damaged galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair ` t applied in accordance 11 with manufacturer's instructions. 12 3. Touch-up PVDF surfaces with material used in shop,as recommended by metal roofing 13 material manufacturer. 14 C. Protection:Protect installed product from damage during construction. 15 END OF SECTION r VN 12502 City of Fort Worth B®SET Como Pump StMon Expansion May 18,2006 07 5-7 .. m 12502 City of Fort'Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 07605.8 1 2003/06/24 2 SECTION 07900 3 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section Includes: 7 1. Sealant work. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 C. Work included consists of but is not necessarily limited to: 1 1. Sealing all joints which will permit penetration of dust,air or moisture,unless sealing work 1 is specifically required under other sections.Work may include the following: 1 a. Flashing reglets and retainers. 1 b. Exterior wall joints. V c. Masonry control joints,exterior and interior and between masonry and other materials. 1 d. Flooring joints. 11 e. Isolation joints. is f Joints between paving or sidewalks and building. 2 g. Concrete construction,control and expansion joints,exterior and interior. ,. 2h. Sawed joints in interior concrete slabs. 2 i. Joints between precast roof units,between precast roof units and walls,and all exterior 2 and interior joints between precast wall panels. 24 j. Joints at penetrations of walls,floors and decks by piping and other services and 2 equipment. 2 k. Exterior and interior perimeters of exterior and interior door and window es, 2 louvers,grilles,etc. 1. Thresholds at exterior doors. 2 m. Sealing of plumbing fixtures to floor or wall. 3 n. Sealing around piping,duct or conduit penetrations through root floors,interior-nd 3 exterior walls. 3 o. Sealing perimeter and penetrations of sound insulated walls. 3 p. Other joints where calking,sealant,expanding foam sealant or compressible sealant is 34 indicated. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 A. Referenced Standards: 3 1. American Concrete Institute(A CI): 3 a. 302.1R,Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 3 2. ASTM International(ASTM): a. C ,Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. . C920,Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. c. E84,Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Qualifications: 1. Sealant applicator shall have minimum 5 years experience using products specified on projects with similar scope. 4 C. Mock-Ups: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07 -1 1 1. Before calking work is started,a sample of each type of joint shall be calked where directed 2 by the Engineer.The approved samples shall show the workmanship,bond,and color of 3 calking materials as specified or selected for the work and shall be the minimum standard of 4 quality on the entire project. 5 1.3 DEFINITIONS 6 A. "Caulk(ing)," "calk(ing)," and"sealant": Joint sealant work. 7 B. "Interior wet areas": Toilets,showers,laboratories,and similar areas. 8 C. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 9 product in the field at the Project site. 10 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 11 D. Finish sealant: Sealant material per this specification applied over face of compressible sealant 12 or expanding foam sealant specified,to provide a finished,colored sealant joint. 13 E. Defect(ive): Failure of watertightness or airtightness. 14 1.4 SUBMITTALS 15 A. Shop Drawings: 16 1. See Section 01340. 17 2. Product technical data including: 18 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 19 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 20 c. Manufacturer's recommendations for joint cleaner,primer,backer rod,tooling and bond 21 breaker. 22 3. Warranty. 23 4. Certification from sealant manufacturer stating product being used is recommended for and 24 is best suited for joint in which it is being applied. 25 5. Certification of applicator qualification. 26 B. Samples: 27 1. Cured sample of each color for Engineer's color selection.Color chart not acceptable. 28 C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 29 1. See Section 01340. 30 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 31 A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original unopened containers with labels intact: 32 1. Labels shall indicate contents and expiration date on material. 33 1.6 WARRANTY 34 A. Material and Labor Warranty: 35 1. Sealant work free of defects for a period of 3 years from date of final acceptance. 36 2. Remove any defective work or materials and replace with new work and materials. 37 3. Warranty signed jointly by Applicator and sealant manufacturer. 38 PART 2- PRODUCTS 39 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 40 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 41 acceptable: 42 1. Polyurethane sealants: 43 a. Pecora. 44 b. Sika Chemical Corp. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07900-2 L c. Sonnebomn-Rexnord. 2 d. Tremco. 3 2. Silicone sealants: EL', General Electric, 5 b. Dow Corning Corp. c. Tremco. 3. Compressible sealant: a. Polytite Manufacturing Corporation. b. Emseal. 1 c. Norton. 11 d. Sandell., 12 4. Polysulde rubber sealant: 13 a. Pecora. 1 b. Sonneborn. 15 c. Morton Polymer Systems. 1 5. Polyurea joint filler: 1 a. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemical Corporation. 1& b. Euclid Chemical Co. 19� c. L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. 20 d. Sonnebomn. 21 6. Backer rod,compressible filler,primer,joint cleaners,bond breaker. 22 a. As recommended by sealant manufacturer. 23 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section0 1640. 24 2.2 MATERIALS 25 A. Sealants-General: 26 1. Provide colors matching materials being sealed 27 2. Where compound is not exposed to view in finished work,provide manufacturer's color 28 which has best performance. 29 . Nonsagging sealant for vertical and overhead horizontal joints. 30' 4. Sealants for horizontal joints: Self-leveling des ° c grade. 31 B. Polyurethane Sealant: 32 1. One or two components. 3 2. Paintable. 34 3. Meet ASTM C920 T.ype S or Type M,Grade NS or P,Class 25,Use NT,T,M,A and O. 35 a. Pecora Dynatrol- ,Dynatrol H,U x -200, -201. 36' b. Sika Chemical Corporation S° ex-la,Sik ex-2C NS/ L. 37 c. Sonnebom Sonolastic -1,NP-II,SL-1 SL-2. 38 d. Tremco Dymonic or Dymeric,Vulkem 116,27, 5,25. 39;, C. Silicone Sealant: 40' 1. One component 41 2. Meet ASTM C920,Type S,Grade NS,Class 25,Use 2'i a. General Electric: Silpruf,Silglaze H. 3 b. General Electric: Sanitary 1700 sealant for sealing around plumbing s. 44 c. Dow Coming-° 796 for sealing around plumbing fixtures. 45'; d. Dow Co g: 790,795. 46' e. Tremco: Spectrem 1,Spectrem 3,Tremsil 600. 47 3. Mildew resistant for sealing around plumbing fixtures. 48 D. Compressible Sealant: 49 1. Size so that width of material is twice joint width. 50 2. Foamed polyurethane strip saturated with polymerized polybutylene waterproofing coated 51 on front face with nonreactive release agent that will act as bond breaker for applied sealant. 52 Polytite Manufacturing Corp. "Polytite-B." 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Painp Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 07 -3 I' 1 3. Fire rated where required. 2 E. Joint Cleaner,Primer,Bond Breaker: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3 F. Sealant Backer Rod and/or Compressible Filler: Closed cell polyethylene,polyethylene jacketed 4 polyurethane foam,or other flexible,nonabsorbent,nonbituminous material recommended by 5 sealant manufacturer to: 6 1. Control joint depth. 7 2. Break bond of sealant at bottom of joint. 8 3. Provide proper shape of sealant bead. 9 4. Serve as expansion joint filler. 10 G. Adhesive,Compressible Sealant: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. 11 H. Polysulfide Rubber Sealant: 12 1. One or two component. 13 2. Meet ASTM C920. 14 a. Pecora Synthacalk GC2+. 15 b. Sonneborn-Sonolastic-two-part polysulfide sealant. 16 c. Morton Polymer Systems-Thiokol Sealants. 17 I. Polyurea Joint Filler: 18 1. Two component,semi-rigid material for filling control,sawcut and construction joints in 19 interior concrete floors. 20 a. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemical Corp."Joint Fill,Joint Seal,Joint Saver IY as 21 required for condition and recommended by manufacturer. 22 b. Euclid Chemical Co. "EUCO QWIK"joint. 23 c. L&M Construction chemicals "Joint Tite 750". 24 d. Sonneborn"TF-100"control joint filler. 25 2. Comply with ACI 302.1R performance recommendations regarding control and Oam%, 26 construction joints. 27 3. Color: Gray. 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 PREPARATION 30 A. Before use of any sealant,investigate its compatibility with joint surfaces,fillers and other 31 materials in joint system. 32 B. Use only compatible materials. 33 C. Where required by manufacturer,prime joint surfaces. 34 1. Limit application to surfaces to receive calking. 35 2. Mask off adjacent surfaces. 36 D. Provide joint depth for joints receiving polyurea joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's 37 recommendations. 38 3.2 INSTALLATION 39 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and UL requirements. 40 B. Clean all joints. 41 C. Make all joints water and airtight. 42 D. Make depth of sealing compounds,except expanding foam and polyurea sealant,not more than 43 one-half width of joint,but in no case less than 1/4 IN nor more than 1/2 IN unless 44 recommended otherwise by the manufacturer. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07900-4 I E. Provide correctly sized backer rod,compressible filler or compressible sealant in all joints to 2 depth recommended by manufacturer: 3 1. Take care to not puncture backer rod and compressible filler. 4 2. Provide joint backer rod as recommended by the manufacturer for polyurea joint filler. 5 F. Apply bond breaker where required. 6 G. Too]sealants using sufficient pressure to fill all voids. 7 H. Upon completion,leave calking with smooth,even,neat finish. 8 I. Where piping,conduit,ductwork,etc.penetrate wall,seal each side of wall opening. 9 J. Install compressible sealant to position at indicated depth. 10 1. Take care to avoid contamination of sides of joint. 11 2. Protect side walls of joint(to depth of finish sealant). 12 3. Install with adhesive faces in contact with joint sides. 13 4. Install finish sealant where indicated. 14 3.3 SCHEDULES 15 A. Furnish sealant as indicated for the following areas: 16 1. Exterior areas: 17 a. Polyurethane. 18 2. Interior wet areas: 19 a. Silicone. 20 3. Interior nonwet,noncorrosive areas: 21 a. Polyurethane. 22 4. Compressible sealant: Where indicated. 23 5. Sealant which will be subject to prolonged contact with or submersion in water(except wastewater and sewage): 25 a. Polysulfide. 26 1) NSF-approved for use in potable water tanks. 27 6. Penetrations exterior wall above grade: 28 a. For non-corrosive areas,provide expanding urethane foam,with polyurethane finish 29 sealant. 30 7. Sealant which will be immersed in wastewater or sewage: 31 a. Polysulfide. 32 8. Interior concrete floor control joints,sawed joints and construction joints: 33 a. Polyurea joint filler. 34 9. Sealing around plumbing fixtures: 35 a. Silicone. 36 END OF SECTION o 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07900-5 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 07900-6 1 2003/08/04' - 2 'SECTION 08110 3 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5: 1.1 SUNEVIARY 6 A° Section Includes:- 7 1. Metal doors and frames. 8 2. Grouting of door frames. q B. Related Sectionsinclude but are not necessarily limited 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract." 11 2, Division 1 -General Requirements. 12 3. Section 04110-Cement and Lime Mortars. 13 4. Section 08700-Finish Hardware. 14 5. Section 08800-Glass and Glazing. 15 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. Referenced Standards: 17 1 American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 18 a° Al 15.1 G Through Al 15.W8 as referenced and applicable. 19 b. A250.2,Nomenclature for Insulated Steel Door 20 c. A250.4,Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel 21, Doors and Hardware Reinforcings. 22' d. A250.5,Accelerated Physical Endurance Test Procedure for Steel Doors,Frames and 23 Frame Anchors. 24 e. A250.6,Hardware on Standard Steel Doors(Reinforcement-Application). 5'' f. A250.7,Nomenclature for Standard Steel Doors and Steel Frames. ,. 26 g. A250.8,SDI-100-Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 27 h. A250.10,Test Procedure and kicceptance Criteria for=Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for 28 Steel Doors and Frames. 29 2. ASTM International(AS 30 a. A153,Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 31 b. A591,Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Electrolytic Zinc-Coated,for Light 32 Coating Weight(Mass)Applications. 33 c. A653,Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy- 34 Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 5 d. A780,Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized 36 Coatings. 37 e. A924,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Metallic- 3 8 Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 39, 3. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's(N 40 a. Hollow Metal Manufacturer's Association(HMMA). 41 4. National Fire Protection Association A): 42 a. 80,Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 43 5. Steel Door Institute(SDI): 44 a. All SDI publications. 4 6. Building code: 4 a. International Building Code and associated standards,2003 Edition including all City 4 of Fort Worth and State of Texas amendments,referred to herein as Building Code. 4 B. Qualifications: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Purnp Station Expansion May 18,2006 0110-1 1 1. Manufacturer and installer must have a minimum of three years documented experience. 2 C. Wipe coat galvanized steel is not acceptable as substitute for galvanizing finish specified. 3 1.3 DEFINITIONS 4 A. As identified in ANSI A250.7. 5 1.4 SUBMITTALS 6 A. Shop Drawings: 7 1. See Section 01340. 8 2. Product technical data including: 9 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 10 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 11 3. Schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers as used on Drawings. 12 4. SDI certification. 13 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 14 A. Store doors and frames in accordance with SDI-105. 15 PART 2- PRODUCTS 16 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 17 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 18 acceptable: 19 1. Metal doors and frames: 20 a. CECO Corporation. 21 b. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. 22 c. Curries Company. 23 d. Republic Builders Products: SDI classification Grade II. 24 e. Kewanee Corporation. 25 B. , Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Section 01640. 26 2.2 MATERIALS 27 A. Sheet Steel: Hot-dipped galvannealed steel,ASTM A653,A60 coating. 28 B. Frames: Hot-dipped galvannealed steel,ASTM A653,A60 coating. 29 C. Supports and Reinforcing: Hot-dipped galvannealed steel,ASTM A924,A60 coating. 30 D. Inserts,Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard 31 E. Primer: Manufacturer's standard coating meeting ANSI A250.10. 32 F. Galvanizing Repair: ASTM A780. 33 G. Grout: As specified in Section 04110. 34 H. Thermal Insulation: Polyurethane. 35 1. CFC free. 36 I. Sound Insulation: Fiberglass batt insulation or impregnated Kraft honeycomb. 37 2.3 ACCESSORIES 38 A. Frame Anchors: 39 1. ANSI A250.5. 40 2. Jamb anchors: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08110-2 I a. Masonry wire corn: Minimum 0.1875 IN wire,galvanized. 2 b. Existing wall anchor: Minimum 18 GA,galvanized. 3 :c. Stud partition and base anchors: Minimum 18 GA,galvanized. 4 2.4 FABRICATION 5 k General: 6 1. ANSI A250.8. 7 2. Fabricate rigid,neat in appearance and free from defects. 8 3. Form to sizes and profiles indicated on Drawings. 9 a. Beveled edge. 10 4."' Fit and assemble in shop wherever practical. 11 S. Mark work.that cannot be fidly assembled in shop to assure proper assembly at site. 12 6. Continuously wire weld all joints,dress exposed joints smooth and flush. 13 7. Fabricate doors and es to tolerance requirements of I-117. " 4 8. Fit doors to SDI clearances. 15 9. All doors shall be handed 16 10. Hinge cut-out depth and size on doors and frames shall match hinge specified in Section 17 08700. 18 B. Hollow Metal Doors: 19 1. General: 20 a. 1-3/4 IN thick: 21 b. Fabricate with flush top caps. ,Thickness and material to match door face. 22 c. Continuously wire weld all joints and dress,smooth and flush. 23 d. Galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60 coating. 24 2, Exterior: 25 a. Doors 48 INwide,or less: ANSI A250.8 Level ,and physical performancilevel 26, Model 1. 27 1) Face sheet minimum thickness: 16 GA. 28 ) Insulated: Minimum R10. 29, Interior. 30 a Doors 48 IN wide,or less: ANSI A250.8 Level 2,and physi brmance level" ", 31 Model 2. 32 1) Face sheet minimum thickness: 18 GA. 33 b. Sound insulated,minimum STC-35. 34 C. Hollow Metal Frames: 3 1. Door es: 3 a. Provide 2 IN face at all heads,jambs and mullions for es in stud s. 3 b. Provide 4 IN face at head where noted on Drawings or required y 1 construction. 3 c. 26 GA galvannealed steel boxes welded to frame at back of all hardware cutouts. 3 d. Steel plate reinforcement welded to frame for hinge,strikes,closers and surface- 4 mounted hardware reinforcing. 4 1) All plate reinforcement shall meet size and thickness requirements of ANSI A250.8. 4 ) Gavvannealed per ASTM A653,minimum A60. e. Split type frames not acceptable. 4 1) All horizontal and vertical mullions and transom bars shall be welded to adjacent members. f. Conceal all fasteners. 4 g. Frames shall be set up,all face joints ' uo l welded and dressed smooth. 4 IL Exterior(up to 4 FT wide): 51 1) 16 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60. 5 i. Exterior(over 4 FT wide): 51 1) 14 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60. .., 5 j. Interior: I2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08110-3 1 1) 16 GA steel galvannealed per ASTM A653,A60. 2 k. Provide removable spreaders at bottom of frame. 3 D. Prepare for finish hardware in accordance with hardware schedule,templates provided by 4 hardware supplier,and ANSI A250.6. 5 1. Locate finish hardware in accordance with ANSI A250.8. 6 2. See Section 08700 for hardware. 7 3. Prepare doors for swing direction indicated. Preparing doors for non-handed hinges is not 8 acceptable. 9 E. Metal Sidelight Panel: Fabricate metal panel for sidelight of sufficient thickness(min. 16 gauge) 10 to prevent oil canning. 11 F. After fabrication,clean off mill scale and foreign materials,repair damaged galvannealed 12 surfaces,and treat and prime with rust inhibiting primer. 13 PART 3- EXECUTION 14 3.1 INSTALLATION 15 A. Install doors and frames in accordance with SDI-105 and manufacturer's instructions.' 16 B. Where applicable,place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. 17 C. Plumb,align,and brace securely until permanently anchored. 18 D. After completion of walls,remove temporary braces and spreaders. 19 E. Use plastic plugs to keep silencer holes clear during construction. 20 F. Grout fill all door frames. ^ 21 1. Grout fill frames prior to installation for all frames mounted in stud wall and in concrete 22 wall construction. 23 G. Immediately after erection,sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime and galvannealed 24 coating. 25 H. Touch-up prime and galvannealed coating in accordance with Section 09905. 26 I. Where indicated to be painted leave finish smooth for finish painting. 27 J. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single door frame and two on head of double door frame. 28 K. Number and location of anchors shall be in accordance with frame manufacturer's 29 recommendation with minimum of three anchors per jamb. 30 L. Provide adjustable base anchors. 31 M. Protect doors and frames during construction. 32 END OF SECTION 33 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08110-4 1 SECTION 08710 2 OOOR HARDWARE' 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL" 51 1.1 SUMMARY ; 6 A Section Includes: Furnishe v I er.all items o d .r required t.o a: e e ` :dequately trim 7 and hang all doors,as is hereinafter specified and listed in the hardware sets." This further 8 includes hardware for doors and frames o pro e'6r shape or other' specialconditions. 9 Hardware shall be provided with all necessary standard and special fasteners,screws,bolts, 10 expansion shields or anchors to properly secure hardware to its intended door,frame or other 11 surface. 12 1.2 REFERENCES 13 The followingdocuments should be a s` and and ie d as a 14 standard of quality and performance,if applicable: 15 1. I.B.C.,International Building Code 2000 Edition. , 16 2. NFP - ,Fire Doors&Windows(current year adopted). 17 3.1 NFPA-11 Life Safety Code(current year adopted). 18 4. NFP -105 Smoke Control Door Assembly. (current year adopted) 19 5. ANSI-117.1;1992 Edition Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically 20 Handicapped People.. , ' ,. , 1. h. 21 6. A.D.A.A.GAmericans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. 22- 7. T.A.S.,Texas Accessibility Standards. 23 24= 1.3 SUBMFFTALS 25 A. General Requirements: Make'all submittals in accordance with Section 01340. 2 B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under th. e supervision of supplier,detailing fabrication ° tion 2 and assembly of door hardware,as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door 2 Hardware Schedule with doors,frames,and related work to ensure proper size,thickness, 2 function,and finish of door hardware. ; 3 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's",Sequence and 31 Format for the Hardware Schedule.", 32 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating 33 complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. 3. Content: Include the following information: 3 a. Type,style,flinction,size,-label,hand,and finish of each door hardware item.' 3 b. Manufacturer of each item. 3 c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 3 d. Location of each door hardware set,cross referenced to Drawings,both on floor plans 3 and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations,symbols,and codes contained in schedule. 4 f. Mounting locations for door hardware. 4 g.. Door and frame sizes and materials. 4, Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of 4 other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, 4 Samples,Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware,and other infoi ation 4 essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. 2502 City of Fort WoTth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-1 1 C. Product Data: Provide a catalog cut,clearly marked and identified,illustrating and describing 2 each product included in the Hardware Schedule. Formulate these catalog cuts into sets and 3 include a set with each copy of the Hardware Schedule submitted. 4 D. Samples: If so requested by the Architect,provide a sample of any product or item requested, 5 properly marked and tagged,for the opening for which it is intended. 6 E. Templates: Provide copies of templates to manufacturers or trades whose work includes 7 preparation of their products to receive hardware. 8 F. Keying: Provide a keying schedule,listing the levels of keying,(GGMK,GKD,MKD or KA) 9 as well as an explanation of the key system's function,the key symbols used and the numbers of 10 the doors controlled: Provide in conjunction with the Door Index/Keying Schedule(which lists 11 the door number,schedule heading,lock type and individual key symbol and remarks or special 12 instructions)mentioned in above. Project shall be Master-keyed and/or Grand Master-keyed and 13 provide two(2)keys per'lockset or cylinder. 14 G. Operations and Maintenance Data: Provide latest,revised and updated schedule of finish 15 hardware,complete with catalog cuts and keying schedule. In addition,furnish one(1)copy of 16 maintenance and parts manuals for those items for which they are readily available and normally 17 provided. Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 01782. 18 19 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 20 A. Substitutions: Request for substitutions for alternative hardware items will not be accepted on 21 this project. Specification indicates one(1)specified and one(1)or two(2)acceptable 22 alternative manufacturers'products listed hereinafter in the Hardware Schedule. If any specified 23 product is listed as a"No Substitution"product,that specified product shall be supplied as 24 specified. 25 B. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in 26 material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in 27 construction with a record of successful in service performance. 28 C. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity 29 and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant,available during the 30 course of the Work to consult with Contractor,Architect,and Owner about door hardware and 31 keying: 32 1. The hardware supplier shall be engaged regularly in the furnishing,delivery and servicing 33 of contract builder's hardware and must be experienced and knowledgeable in all phases of 34 estimating,detailing, scheduling,master-keying,shipping and installation practices. 35 2. When electro-mechanical or electronic hardware is supplied,a qualified individual with a 36 minimum five-(5)year's experience shall be available for assistance. 37 D. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by the 38 Door and Hardware Institute as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in 39 providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, 40 design,and extent to that indicated for this Project. 41 E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, 42 unless otherwise indicated. 43 F. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following: 44 1. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans with 45 Disabilities Act(ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG)," 46 and ANSI Al 17.1. 47 G. Fire Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80 �..� 48 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having 49 jurisdiction,for fire ratings indicated,based on testing according to NFPA 252. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-2 fi 1 H. Xdying Conference:: Conduct conference at Project site tocomply-with requirements in Division 1 Section"Project Meetings." Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying 3 schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including,but not limited to,the 4 following: 5 1. Function of building,flow of c;purpose of each area,degree of security required,and 6 plans for future expansion. 7 2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 8 3. Requirements for key control system. 91 4. Address for delivery of keys. 10 5. Location of Key Cabinet 12 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 13 A. Marking d Packaging: All items of hardware shall be delivered to the j I obsite in the 14 manufacturer's original cartons or boxes. 1 Each item of hardware shall be marked with the 15 abbreviation set forth on the shop drawings to insure that the product reaches its installation 16 destination without needing specific hardware product number knowledge.. 17 B. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lockup for door hardware delivered 18 Project site. 19 C. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware 20 Schedule,and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 21 22 1.6 COORDINATION 23 A. Templates:' Obtain and di]strib'uti to the parties° voleed templates for d oors,frames,and other ;5 24 work specified to be factoryr aced for' lling door hardware. Check Shop Drawings o 25 other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door 26 hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 27 B. Electrical System Roughing-in: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware 28 with connections to power supplies. 29 30 1.7 MAINTENANCE 31 Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and 32, maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment maintenance,and 33 removal and replacement of door hardware. 34 B. Maintenance Service: If there are any products listed hereinafter that normally require a 35 maintenance or service contract,provide the Owner and Architect with details and costs of said 36 contract. 37 PART 2- PRODUCTS 38 2.1 MANUFACTURES 39 A. Products listed in the following with an asterisk O shall denote specified manufacturers in 4 Hardware Schedule. The remaining two(2)listed manufacturers will be acceptable 41 substitutions.If only one manufacturer is Iisted this shall be considered a"No Substitution" 42 specification,as set forth in"Quality Assurance"Article. 43 2.2 MATERIALS 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-3 I A. Screws and Fasteners: Provide all screws and fasteners of the proper size and type to properly 2 anchor or attach the item of hardware scheduled. Provide all fasteners with Phillips heads, 3 unless security type screws(spanner-head or torx-head)are hereinafter specified. 4 B. Hinges: Where hinges are specified,they shall be as follows: 5 1. Where regular ball bearing hinges are listed for doors,provide one hinge for each 30-inch 6 of door height. 7 2. The width of the hinges shall be sufficient to clear all trim that is mounted to the doorframe. 8 3. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 9 a. Hager. 10 b. Bommer. 11 c. Stanley. 12 C. Locks: All locks shall incorporate a seven-pin core tumbler system and be keyed to a 13 GRANDMASTER SYSTEM as not to breach security of system in place. Keying system must 14 be guaranteed of no duplication of existing change keys,master keys or grandmaster keys 15 located in this project. All keying must be coordinated with architectlowner. All locks shall be 16 Grade 1 mortise as is hereinafter listed in the Hardware Schedule. 17 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 18 a. Schlage* 19 b. Best 20 c. Sargent. 21 D. Lock Trim: Mortise locks are to be furnished with lever handle trim,with levers having a return 22 to within 1/2 inch of the door face,as is hereinafter listed in the Hardware Schedule. 23 E. Exit Devices: Exit Devices shall be rim,mortise or vertical rod type as called for in the 24 Hardware Schedule. Devices shall be of the touch-pad type as is hereinafter specified in the 25 Hardware Schedule. Exit devices must be constructed as to allow the cylinder to be removed 26 and re-keyed,without removing the device from the door either by removable core cylinders or 27 construction of exit device. Exit devices must be constructed as to allow the conversion from 28 one function to another simply within lock stile case and selecting proper outside trim as 29 specified hereinafter in the Hardware Schedule. Devices to be furnished with outside trim, 30 which has matching lever handles to locks. 31 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 32 a. Von Duprin* 33 b. Sargent. 34 F. Door Closers: Door closers shall be of cast iron and be of rectangular design and furnished with 35 a full cover. They shall be furnished with back-check,delayed action and hold-open as listed in 36 the Hardware Schedule. Closers shall be mounted out of the line of sight wherever possible(i.e., 37 room side of corridor doors,etc.)with parallel arm mounting on out swinging doors. Mount 38 closers top jamb or on brackets and/or drop plates,where special conditions call for it. 39 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 40 a. LCN* 41 b. Sargent. 42 G. Protective Plates: Protective plates shall be mop(6"),kick(10")or armor(34")and shall be 43 .050 stainless steel,with three(3)beveled edges,drilled and countersunk for screws.Plates to be 44 mounted to avoid louvers and/or glass kits. 45 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 46 a. Ives* 47 b. Trimco 48 c. Burns. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-4 ` I H. Door Stops and"Holders: Where a door strikes a miall.at approximately 90 degree's,=a suitable 2 door stop shall be provided,either a wall bumper or floor stop. Where doors are undercut, provide floor stops with adequate height to properly stop the door. If door does not strike a wall, 4 an overhead stop shall be required. Provide proper blocking for wall bumpers at stud walls and 5 in frame and door,for overhead stops. 6 1. . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 7 a. Ives* g b. Trimco 9 c. Glynn-Johnson* . . 10 1. Thresholds and Weatherstrip: Weaffierstripping to have aluminum housing andspecified'insert 11 and have elongated holes. Door sweeps to be surface mounted of aluminum/stainless steel 12 housing with specified insert. Overhead drip caps to be of aluminum,have a 2 1/2=inch 13 projection and be 4 inches wider than the door opening. Thresholds shall be of saddle type with 14 no more than 1/2 inch in rise. Weatherstripping and smoke seals must be surface mounted on 15 doorstop and have 1/4"adjustment'slots. 16 1. 'ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 17 a. Pemko* 18 `b. Hager 19 c. NGP. 20 2.3 FINISHES 21 A. Hardware finishes shall match and be maintained to BHMA symbols,as is specified hereinafter 22 in the Hardware Schedule. Strict adherence to base metals and finish is required 23 2.4 KEYING 24 25 A. Architect f Owner, nand hardwarthr upp out .Keying locks gh projects be scheduled through a key meeting with ka t, supplier. Key schedule shall be prepared and submitted to the 26 Owner for approval to match Owner's Standard. Copies of final key schedule with the bitting 27 instructions shall be submitted as part of the Project Record Documents. 28 2.5 KEY CONTROL 29 A. Provide key cabinet(s)manufactured by of sufficient capacity to handle all keys,plus 50 percent 0 expansion. Provide key control cross-reference chart and accountability(sign-out)tags. 31 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 32 a. Telkee* 33 b. Lund 34 c. Key Control Systems. 35 PART 3- EXECUTION 36 3.1 EXAMINATION 37 A. Examine doors and.fiames,'with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for: 38 installation tolerances,labeled fire door assembly construction,wall and floor construction,and 39 other conditions affecting performance. 40 B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring' 41 connections before electrified door hardware installation. 42 C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 43 44 3.2 PREPARATION 45 A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 series. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pmnp Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-5 1 1. Surface Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to SDI 107. ^ 2 3 3.3 INSTALLATION 4 A_ Installation shall be by a qualified installer with a minimum five-(5)'year's'experience in the 5 installation of commercial grade hardware. Manufacturer's instructions shall dictate templating 6 and installation. 7 B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable 8 publications,unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 9 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's"Recommended Locations for Architectural 10 Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 11 C. Install each door hardware item to comply,with manufacturer's written instructions. Where 12 cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be 13 painted or finished in another way,coordinate removal,storage,and reinstallation of surface 14 protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface 15 mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 16 1. Set units level,plumb,and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment 17 substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 18 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space 19 fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. 20 D. Key Control System: Place keys on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet,as 21 determined by final keying schedule. 22 E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying 23 with requirements specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." 24 25 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 26 A. A final inspection shall take place by the hardware installer and hardware supplier to insure 27 correct installation and operation,and check for any damaged or defective items. Observe and 28 inspect that all hardware has been installed to its correct destination in proper working order. 29 3.5 ADJUSTING 30 A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to 31 ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to 32 operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating 33 and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 34 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees,the door 35 will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches(75 mm)from the latch,measured to 36 the leading edge of the door. 37 B. At completion of the installation and before turn over of the project,make final adjustments to 38 door closures and other items of hardware. Leave all hardware clean and fully operable. Should 39 any item be found to be defective,it shall be repaired or replaced as directed. 40 41 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 42 A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. 43 B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. 44 C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage 45 deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. �� 46 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-6 1 3.7 DEMONSTRATION 2 A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to 3 adjust,operate,and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes. 4 5 3.8 HARDWARE SCHEDULE 6 Hardware Group No.2.01 For use on door(s): Provide each SGL door(s)with the following: Quantity - Description Model Number Finish Mfgr 3EA HINGE BB 1199 4.5 X 4.5 630 HAG 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080HD X 06L 630 SCH 1 EA CLOSER 4041 X SRI PRIMER 689 LCN 1 EA OVERHEAD HOLDER 100H 689 . GLY 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP 297APK(HEAD&JAMBS) 628 PEM 1 EA SWEEP 315SSN 630 PEM 1 EA THRESHOLD 171A MS&A 628 PEM Hardware Group No.3.01 For use on door(s): Provide each SGL door(s)with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfgr 3EA HINGE 13B1279 4.5 X 4.5 652 HAG 1 EA PRIVACY L9040 X 06L 630 SCH 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 450S 630 GLY Hardware Group No.4.01 For use on door(s): Provide each PR door(s)with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfgr 8 EA HINGE BB 1199 4.5 X 4.5 630 HAG 2 EA SURFACE BOLT SB453-8-TB 626 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE L9010 X 06L 630 SCH 1 EA ASTRAGAL ASTRAGAL BY DOOR MFR. FBO UNK 2 EA OVERHEAD HOLDER 450H 630 GLY Hardware Group No.7.01 For use on door(s): Provide each PR door(s)with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfgr 16 EA HINGE BB 1199 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 HAG 2 EA CHAIN BOLT 1055 602 STA 2 EA EXIT DEVICE 9947EO 630 VON 2 EA MEETING STILE 303AS 628 PEM 2 EA CLOSER 4041 X SRI PRIMER 689 LCN 4 EA DOOR STOP&HOLDER FS42 626 IVE 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP 297APK(HEAD&JAMBS) 628 PEM 2 EA SWEEP 315SSN 630 PEM 2 EA SWEEP/DRIP 345AV 628 PEM 2 EA RAIN DRIP 346C 628 PEM 1 EA THRESHOLD 171A MS&A 628 PEM 7 8 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-7 a 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08710-8 1 2004/03/18 2 ��� .: SECTION 08800 v: : 3 GLASS AND GLAZING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 71 1. Glass and glazing. 8 B. Related Sections`include but are`not'necessarily lia►ite'to: ` 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 08110-Metal Doors and Frames. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 15 a. Z97.1,Glazing Materials Used in Buildings-Safety Performance Specificationsand 16 Methods of Test 17 2. ASTM International(AS 18 a. C1036,Specification for Flat Glass. 19 b. C1048,Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS,`Kind` FT Coated and 20 Uncoated Glass. 21 3. Flat Glass Marketing Association(FG ): 22 a. GM,Glazing Manual. 23 4. Building code: IBC 2003 with For orth, e � ,amendments. 24 B. Safety glazing shall be provided mill hazardous to tions as ddined b ihe Buildiiig'Code. 25 1.3 DEFINITIONS 2 Installer or Applicator- Installer or applicator is the person actdilly installing or:applying the 2 product in the field at the Project site. 28 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 29 1.4 SUBMITTALS . 3 ; A: Sho p Drawings: 31 1. See Section 01340. 3 2. Product technical data including: 3 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements.of standards referencedL 3 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3 c. Certification that glass has been tested and approved.for use in fire'rated doors or walls. 3 Copies of all test criterion 314 B.' Samples: 3 1. 12 x 12 IN sample of each type,color,and thickness specified®zcept clear glass(glass Type 3 !'and 2.) C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 44 1. Warranty. 42 1.5 WARRANTY l A Written - e warranty signed by installer to cover air and we a erti tress of installation. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08800-1 I B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: Written warranty,made out to Owner �1 2 and signed by laminated-glass manufacturer,agreeing to furnish replacements for laminated- 3 glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period indicated below. Deterioration 4 includes defects developed from normal use and attributed to the manufacturing process. 5 Defects include edge separation,delamination materially obstructing vision through glass,and 6 blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard 7 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 10 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 11 acceptable: 12 1. Clear glass-float and heat strengthened: 13 a. AFG Glass. 14 b. Libbey-Owens-Ford. 15 c. Pilkington. 16 d. PPG. 17 e. Viracon. 18 f. Visteon. 19 2. Wired Glass: 20 a. Asahi;affiliated with AFG Industries,Inc. 21 b. Pilkington Sales(North America)Ltd. 22 3. Polyvinyl Butyral(PVB)Interlayer: 23 a. Solutia. 24 b. Dupont. 25 4. Gaskets,glazing compounds,setting blocks,spacers, sealant,sealant tape,etc.,as 26 recommended by glass manufacturer,glass unit fabricator,or as required by NFPA. 27 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 28 2.2 MATERIALS 29 A. Clear Annealed Float Glass: 30 1. 1/4 IN thick. 31 2. ASTM C1036. 32 3. Clear glass: 33 a. Type I,Class I,Quality q3. 34 B. Polished Wired-Glass Units: Form 1 (wired glass,polished both sides),Quality-Q6,Mesh M2 35 (Square). 36 C. Laminated Wired Glass: 37 1. Total Thickness: Nominal 1/2 inch; fabricated of following components. 38 a. 1/4 inch wired glass. 39 b. 0.030 polyvinyl butyral(PVB)interlayer. 40 c. 1/4 inch clear annealed float glass,Type 1,Class 1,Quality Q3. 41 2. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172,and complying with other requirements specified and 42 with the following: 43 a. Interlayer: Polyvinyl butyral of thickness indicated with a proven record of no 44 tendency to bubble,discolor,or lose physical and mechanical properties after 45 laminating glass lites and installation. 46 a. For polyvinyl butyral interlayers, laminate lites in autoclave with heat plus 47 pressure. 48 b. Laminating Process: Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign 49 substances and air or glass pockets. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08800-2 I D. Glazing Compounds: 2 1. Non-sag,non-stain type. 3 2. Pigmented to match frame units not requiring painting. 4 3. Compatible with adjacent surfaces.' 5 4. . One or two-part polyurethane or silicone sealant for use in setting glass. a. Provide glazing compounds which will not beaffected by chemicals stored in rooms 7 where glazing compounds are used- 8 E. Sealant Tape: Butyl rubber sealant tape or ribbon'having a continuous neoprene shim. F. Gaskets: 10 1.. Flexible polyvinyl chloride or neoprene. 11 a. Provide gaskets which will not be affected by chemicals stored in rooms where gaskets 12 are used. 13 2. Extruded of profile and hardness required to receive glass and provide a watertight 14 installation. 15 3. Provide gaskets in accordance with NFPA in fire rated glazing. 16 G. Setting Blocks and Spacers: 1.7 1. Neoprene or EPDM,compatible with sealants used. 18, 2. Setting blocks: 70-90 durometer. l9 3. Spacers: 40-50 durometer. 20 H. Compressible Filler Stock: Closed-cell jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam. 21 I. Shims,Clips,Springs,Angles,Beads,Attachment Screws and Other Miscellaneous Items: As 22 required by condition. 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLATION 25 A. Install in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer and FGMA Glazing Manual. 26 B. Install setting blocks in adhesive or sealant. 27 C. Install spacers inside and out,of proper size and spacing,for all glass sizes larger than 50 united 28 inches,except where gaskets are used for glazing. 29 D. Provide 1/8 IN minimum bite of spacers on glass. 30 E. Spacer thickness to equal sealant width. 31 F. Miter cut and bond gasket ends together at comers. 32 G. Immediately after installation,attach crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. 33 H. Do not use silicone-based glazing sealants in window assembly or as perimeter sealant around 34 frames in areas which may be exposed to chlorine gas or chlorine liquid splash or spillage. 35 These exposure areas shall be sealed with polysulfide-based sealants. 36 1. See Section 07900 for sealants. 37 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 38 A. Do not install glass with edge damage. 3. B. Do not apply anything to surfaces of glass. 4 C. Remove and replace damaged glass. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08800-3 1 3.3 CLEANING 2 A Maintain glass reasonably clean during construction,so that it avill not be dinged by corrosive 3 action and will not contribute to deterioration of other materials'.,, 4 B. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than 7 days prior to`acceptance of work in each 5 area.,Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations. 6 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 08800-4 1 SECTION 09904 2 INTERIOR PAINTING 3 , PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 DESCRIPTION 5 A. Definitions: 6 1. "Paint"and"painting"refer to applied coatings,except Section 09905. : 7 2. Finished room or space:One that has finish called for on Room Finish and Color Schedule. $ 3. Mechanical work(and equipment):Work included in Division 15. 9 4. Electrical work(and equipment):Work included in Division 16. 10 B. Work included: P 11 1. Interior surfaces in finished rooms or spaces,unless indicated not to be painted or indicated 12 to be painted under other sections. 13 , 2. Mechanical and electrical work: 14 a. Interior mechanical and electrical equipment not completely factory finished. 15 b.` In finished rooms and spaces with finished s:Exposed ductwork,piping, 16 insulated piping,conduit,bus ways,raceways,and associated accessories. 17 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. American Society for Standards and Testing:ASTM-D3134. 19 13 SUBMITTALS 213 A. Product data: 21 1. Manufacturer's data for each paint type to be applied"indicating conformance to 22 specifications. 2:3, B. Samples: 24 1. Manufacturers complete range of colors for selection. 25 2. Gloss samples. 26 C. Contract closeout information: 27 1® Maintenance data 28 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 29 A- Deliver in original labeled containers. 30 B. Protect from freezing or damage. 31 C. Store materials in place designated by Owner or Architect 32 D. Keep storage neat and clean. 3 E. Repair damage thereto or to surroundings. 34 F. Remove rags and waste from building daily. 35 G. Avoid danger of fire. 36' 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS 37 A. Install when temperature and humidity conditions approximate conditions that will exist when 38 building is occupied.Maintain conditions after installation. 39 B. Install prior to adhesively applied flooring and wall covering. 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 0 4-1 I C. Install prior to carpet and acoustical material. 2 D. Schedule installation to minimize accumulation of air contaminants that cannot be removed prior 3 to occupancy. 4 E. Air out construction with 100%outside air. 5 1. Do not recirculate prior to occupancy. 6 2. Ventilate during installation. Seal return air ducts and use direct exhaust to outdoors. 7 F. Maintain a rough schedule indicating when painter expects to complete respective coats of paint 8 for various areas. 9 G. Keep schedule current as job progress dictates. 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 MATERIALS 12 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 13 1. Provide paint as product of one manufacturer as far as possible. 14 2. Paint,stain,and coating systems listed are Sherwin Williams unless noted otherwise. 15 a. ,Use comparable performance and aesthetic requirements for paints by Optional 16 manufacturers. 17 b. Manufacturers listed in Color Schedule are for color reference only. 18 3. Paints: 19 a. Base: 20 1) Sherwin-Williams. 21 b. Optional: 22 1) PPG Architectural Finishes. �1 23 2) ICI Dulux Paint Centers. 24 3) 'Benjamin Moore. 25 4) Kwal Paint 26 5) Frazee. 27 6) Duron. 28 7) MAB Paints and Coatings. 29 8) Diamond Vogel Paint. 30 9) Iowa Paint Manufacturing. 31 10) Dunn-Edwards. 32 11) Tnemec. 33 4. Stains: 34 a. Base: 35 1) Sherwin-Williams. 36 b. Optional: 37 1) ICI Dulux Paint Centers. 38 2) PPG Architectural Finishes. 39 5. Structural steel paint(primed in Section 05120): 40 a. Base: 41 1) Tnemec. 42 b. Optional: - 43 1) Sherwin-Williams. 44 6. Galvanized metal cleaners: 45 a. Great Lakes. 46 7. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Document 00440. 47 B. Paints and stains:As Scheduled in Part 3. 48 1. Use best quality by approved manufacturers. 49 2. Provide products in compliance with applicable VOC regulations. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09904-2 I e Unspecified products:Use best quality by reputable,recognized manufacturers. 2 4. Colors:As noted in color schedule and as indicated in Section 15190. 3 a. Architect reserves right to select accent colors from entire range of manufacturer's 4 colors,including deep colors. 5 b. Architect reserves right to require that one or more walls in a room or space be painted 6 a contrasting accent color,except in janitor's and electric closets and other small 7 miscellan6ousro6nis and spaces. 8 5. Gloss range: As indicated for the Paint y... . diice with when m r 9 ASTM-D523: 10 a. Flat: Below 15,at 85-degrees. 11 b. Eggshell: Between 5 and 2 ,at 60-de s. 12 c. Satin: Between 15 and 35,at 60-degrees. 13 d. Semi-gloss: Between 30 and 6 ,at 6 -de. . s: 14 e. Gloss: More than 65,at 60-degrees. 15 6. If the gloss range is not indicated,provide finished coats with a gloss range between 12 and 16' 24 when measured in accordance with ASTM-D523 at 60-de s. 17' 7. Submit gloss samples for approval prior to use. 18 8. Add flatteners if necessary to achieve specified gloss. 11, 9. 'Following is a listing of surfaces and type ofpaint to be applied. ` 20 PART 3- EXECUTION 21, 3.1 INSPECTION 22 A. Examine surfaces carefully for defects which cannot be corrected and might prevent satisfactory 23 results. 2 B. Commencing of work in a specific area constitutes acceptance of surfaces,and responsibility for 2 performance. 2 3.2 PREPARATION-GENERAL 27 A. Assure that surfaces are clean and 20 B. Assure that surfaces are free of foreign materials which will affect adhesion or appearance. 2S C. Remove mildew and neutralize surface. 3 D. Eliminate efflorescence before painting. 31 E. Before painting,test surfaces with moisture meter. . 3 F. Paint when moisture is within paint manufacturer's p acceptable limits. 33 3.3 PREPARATION-EXISTING SURFACES Wherever existing work is cut,patched,or added to,touch up to match new work as closely as possible. 34 1. Check compatibility of new coating to previously painted surfaces by applying test patch. Allow to dry and test adhesion before continuing painting work B. Put existing work scheduled for repainting in condition to provide good adhesion and to receive paint. 1. Wash thoroughly surfaces to be repainted with abrasive kitchen cleaner or sand to 4 manufacturer's recommendations. 4 2. Remove residue from cleaning and abrading procedures. 4 3. Spot prime bare areas. 44 C. Where a wall or ceiling is disturbed and patched,repaint entire wall or ceiling.° 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09 -3 I D. On surfaces to be refinished remove hardware,accessories,plates,surface mounted lighting 2 fixtures,and similar items not to be coated,or provide protection during preparation and coating 3 operations. 4 E. Protect(and do not paint)code labels,such as UL,FM that are mylar or flat(non-embossed) 5 plates. 6 1. Embossed plates and labels stamped into frames may be painted,label and information on 7 label to be readily visible and convenient for identification by authority having jurisdiction. 8 3.4 MATERIAL PREPARATION 9 A. Mix and prepare materials per manufacturer's specifications. 10 B. Stir,agitate or blend materials to produce a mixture of uniform density as required for 11 application of materials. 12 3.5 PREPARATION-WOOD 13 A. General: 14 1. Immediately before applying finish: 15 a. Sand all surfaces with 180-grit,or finer,as necessary to accomplish the following: 16 1) Remove fingerprints and other marks which may have occurred during shipment to 17 site and during installation. 18 2) Restore surface to smooth surface texture. 19 3) Prepare grain to receive finish. 20 b. Remove dust. 21 B. Opaque Finishes: 22 1. After priming coat has dried, seal knots,pitch and resinous sapwood. 23 C. Stained and Clear Finishes: 10"Oft, 24 1. Treat wood with compatible wash-coat prior to stain application. 25 2. Putty nail holes and minor defects,to match wood color. 26 3.6 PREPARATION-FERROUS METAL SURFACES AND HOLLOW METAL 27 A. Follow requirements of SSPC SP1 and SP3. 28 B. Wire brush,or grind as necessary to remove shoulders at edge of sound paint to prevent 29 telegraphing. 30 C. Touch up damaged shop coats. 31 D. For surfaces with touched up shop coat,omit first coat. 32 3.7 PREPARATION-GALVANIZED METAL SURFACES AND NONANODIZED 33 ALUMINUM 34 A. Follow requirements of SSPC SP1. 35 B. Treat surfaces with galvanized surface cleaner. 36 3.8 PREPARATION—MASONRY 37 A. Repair minor defects. 38 B. Block filler: 39 1. Apply to level out substrate. 40 2. Apply in 2 coats applied at right angles to each other. 41 3. Provide complete cover with manufacturers recommended coating system. 42 4. Squeegee finish top coat of filler. loom%, 43 C. Obtain architect's approval of finish for surfaces to receive high build glazed coatings. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09904-4 6 1 3.9 APPLICATION-GENERAL I 2 A- Paint surfaces as specified in paragraphs"Schedule-Interior Paint Systems"' 3 B. Provide complete coverage and hide. 4 1. Paint systems are to cover. 5 2. When color or undercoats show through,apply additional coats at no additional costuntil 6 paint film is of uniform finish and color. 7 C,.,_Employ only skilled mechanics. 8 D. Mix and apply as recommended by manufacturer. 9 E. If Architect so directs,do not. ply succeeding' 'coats ° h; o o" to 10 observe previous coat 11 F. Remove and protect hardware,accessories,plates,fixtures,finished work,au4isi " ,i tems;or 12 provide ample in-place protection.. 13 G. Upon completion of painting,carefully replace removed items and/or remove protection. 14 1 materials under q . Apply adequate illumination. IS I. Evenly spread and smoothly how on forfidl,smooth cover®A 16 J. Assure that coats are dry before' ating.' ; 17 K° Touch up suction or hot spots in concrete block before painting.` 18 L. Touch up abraded areas of shop prime coats before subsequent coats are applied. 19 3.10 APPLICATION-INTERIOR 20 A. Finish door edges same as faces of doors. 21 B. Finish closets,semi-exposed surfaces behind grilles,radiation,etc.,to match nearest adjoining 22 surfaces. 23 3.11 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED 24; A. Anodized aluminum,stainless steel,chromium plate,glass,copper,bronze or similar materials. 25, B. Moving parts of valves,operating units,mechanical and electrical parts,such as valve and 20 damper operators,sending devices,motor and fan shafts. 27 C. Code labels,such as UL,FM that are mylar or flit(non-embossed)plates. 2 1. Embossed plates and labels stamped into frames will be painted,label and information on 2 label to be readily visible and convenient for identification by authority vin jurisdiction. 3 D. Equipment identification or rating plates. E. Items having complete factory finish with exception of. 3 1. Electrical panels. 3. 2. Control cabinets. 34 3. Similar surfaces in finished areas. 3 3.12 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP 3 A. Protect adjacent work against damage by painting and finishing rk. 3 B. Clean,repair or replace,and repaint damaged work as directed by Architect. 3 C. Provide"WET PAINT" signs. 39 D. Remove temporary protective wrappings,after completion of operations. 40 E. Clean paint spattered surfaces. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 09 -5 I F. Use care not to damage finished surfaces. 2 G. Remove surplus materials,scaffolding and debris. 3 H. Leave areas broom clean. 4 3.13 SCHEDULE-INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS 5 A. Concrete block walls and brick walls: 6 1. Epoxy polyamide,Gloss. 7 a. First coat:Epo-Plex Cementitious Water Based Epoxy Block Filler,B70-300,(apply to 8 achieve pinhole free surface): 9 b. Second coat:Tile-Clad High Solids B62Z-100 Series. 10 c. Third coat:Tile-Clad High Solids B62Z-100 Series. 11 B. Metal doors and frames: 12 1. Water based urethane,Gloss: 13 a. First coat:Pro-Cryl Universal Metal Primer,B66310 Series.' 14 b. Second coat:Centurian Water Based 2K Urethane,B65-700. 15 c. Third coat:Centurian Water Based 2K Urethane,B65-700. 16 C. Miscellaneous metals(ferrous,primed,zinc-coated,and aluminum): 17 1. Water based urethane,Gloss: 18 a. First coat:Pro-Cryl Universal Metal Pruner,B66310 Series. 19 b. Second coat:Centurian Water Based 2K Urethane,B65-700. 20 c. Third coat:Centurian Water Based 2K Urethane,B65-700. 21 END OF SECTION 22 24 25 ,Atom*-, 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09904-6 d 1 2003/ /27 . < 2 SECTION 09905 3 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes:. 7 _1.. Painting and protectivecoatings. 8 2. Minimum surface preparation requ irements. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract.. 11 2. Division 1 -General.Requirements. lZ 3. Section 03002-Concrete. 13 4. Section 11005-Equipment Basic Requirements. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: V 1. American NationalStandards Institute(ANSI).. .; , 1 a.' .A250.10;Test Procedure and Acceptance&teria For Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for 1 Steel Doors.. 15 b. Z535.1,Safety Color Code. TM International (AS- a 1)4258,Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coaftg.' 2 b. D4259,Practice for Abrading Concrete. c. 261,Practice for Surface Cleaning t o for ati 2 d. D4262,Test Method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or fled Concrete `aces, 2 e; D4263,Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by.the Plastic Sheet Method. f. E ,Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. ® American Water Works Association( WW ). 4. National Bureau of Standards S): 2 a. Certified Coating Thickness Calibration Standards. 5. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 3 a.' 101,Life Safety Code. r 3 6. National Sanitation Foundation International(NSF): 3 a. 61,Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 7. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC)Joint Surface Prepi'aration Standard: ' 3 PA- ,Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages. . SP-1,Solvent Cleaning. c. SP-2,Hand Tool Cleaning. S -3,Power Tool Cl e. SP-5/NACE No. 1,White Metal Blast Cleaning. 4 f° SP-6/NACE No. ,Commercial Blast Cleaning. . SP-7/NACE No. ,Brush-off Blast Cleaning. h. SP-l0/NACE No.2,Near-White Blast Cleaning. i® SP-13/NACE o.6,Surface Preparation of Concrete. B. do 1® Coating manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide written statement attesting 4 that Applicator has been instructed on proper preparation,mixing and application procedures 4, for coatings specified. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 0 5-1 1 -2. Contractor and applicators shall have minimum of 10 years experience in application of 2 similar products on similar project.Provide references for minimum of three different 3 projects completed in last 5 years with similar scope of work.Include name and address of 4 project,size of project in value(painting)and contact person. 5 C. Miscellaneous: 6 1. Furnish paint through one manufacturer unless noted otherwise. 7 2. Coating used in all corridors and stairways shall meet requirements of NFPA 101 and ASTM 8 E84. 9 D. Deviation from specified mil thickness or product type is not allowed without written 10 authorization of Engineer. 11 E. Material may not be thinned unless approved,in writing,by paint manufacturer's authorized 12 representative. 13 1.3 DEFINITIONS 14 A. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 15 product in the field at the Project site. 16 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. 17 B. Approved Factory Finish: Finish on a product in compliance with the finish specified in the 18 section where the product is specified or in Section 11005. 19 C. Corrosive Environment: Immersion in,or not more than 6 IN above,or subject to frequent 20 condensation,spillage or splash of a corrosive material such as water,wastewater,or chemical 21 solution;or chronic exposure to corrosive,caustic or acidic agent,chemicals,chemical fumes, 22 chemical mixture,or solutions with pH range of 5-9. 23 D. Highly Corrosive Environment: Immersion in,or not more than 6 IN above,or subject to �1 24 frequent condensation,spillage or splash of a corrosive material such as water,wastewater,or 25 chemical solution;or chronic exposure to corrosive,caustic or acidic agent,chemicals,chemical 26 fumes,chemical mixture,or solutions with pH range below 5 or above 9. 27 E. Exposed Exterior Surface: Surface which is exposed to weather but not necessarily exposed to 28 view as well as surface exposed to view. Exterior surfaces are considered corrosive environment. 29 F. Finished Room or Space: One that has finish called for on Room Finish Schedule or is indicated, 30 on Drawings,to be painted. 31 G. Paint includes fillers,primers,sealers,emulsions,oils,alkyds,latex,enamels,thinners,stains, 32 epoxies,vinyls,chlorinated rubbers,urethanes,shellacs,varnishes,and any other applied coating 33 specified within this Section. 34 H. Surface Hidden from View: Surfaces such as those within pipe chases,and between top side of 35 ceilings(including drop-in tile ceilings)and underside of floor or roof structure above. 36 I. VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds. 37 1.4 SUBMITTALS 38 A. Shop Drawings: 39 1. See Section 01340. 40 2. Product technical data including: 41 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 42 b. Manufacturer's application instructions. 43 c. Manufacturer's surface preparation instructions. 44 d. If products being used are manufactured by Company other than listed in Article 2.2, 45 provide complete individual data sheet comparison of proposed products with specified 46 products including application procedure,coverage rates and verification that product is 47 designed for intended use. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-2 I e. Contractor's written plan of action for containing airborne particles created by blasting 2 operation and location of disposal of spent contaminated blasting media. 3 f. Coating manufacturer's recommendation on abrasive blasting. 4 g. Manufacturer's recommendation for universal barrier coat 51 3. Manufacturer's statement regarding Applicator instruction on product use. 6 4. Contractor and applicator experience qualifications. 7 a. No submittal information will be reviewed until Engineer has received and approved 8 Contractor and Applicator qualifications., 9 5. Certification that coating systems proposed for use have been reviewed and approved by 10 Senior Corrosion Specification Specialist employed by the coating manufacturer. I I B. Samples: 12 1. Manufacturer's full line of colors for Engineer's color selection. 13 2. After initial color selection by Engineer provide two 3 x 5 IN samples'6f each color selected. 14 C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 15 1. See Section 01340. 16 2. Approval of application equipment. 17 3. Applicator's daily record: 18 a. Submit daily record at end of each week in which painting work is performed. 19 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 20 A- Deliver in original containers,labeled as follows: 21 1. Name or type number of material. 22 2. Manufacturer's name and item stock number. 23 3. Contents,by volume,of major constituents. 24 4. Warning labels. 25 5. VOC content. 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 29 A- Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,only the following manufacturers are 29 acceptable: 30 1. Tnemec. 31 2. Ameron Protective Coatings Div. 32 3. ICI Devoe. 33 4. Carboline Protective Coatings. 34 5. Sherwin Williams. 35 6. Dampney Company,Inc. 36 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 37 2.2 MATERIALS 38, A. All materials used must contain not more than 2.8 LBS/GAL VOC. 39' B. For unspecified materials such as thinner,provide manufacturer's recommended products. 40: C. Paint Systems-General: 41, 1. P--prime coat F I,F2.. .Fn=first finish coat, 42 second finish coat.. ... .nth finish coat,color as selected by Engineer. 43 2. If two finish coats of same material are required,Contractor may,at his option and by written 44 approval from paint manufacturer,apply one coat equal to mil thickness of two coats 45 specified. 46 D. Products specified are manufactured by Tnemec. 12502 City of Fort Worth BM SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-3 I E. Paint Systems(Systems not shown are not used): 2 a) System#1 -NOT USED. 3 4 b) System#2-NOT USED. 5 6 c) System#3 -NOT USED. 7 8 2. System#4- Zinc-rich Urethane Primer with Polyamidoamine Epoxy or Aliphatic Acrylic 9 Polyuretbane Enamel Top Coat(s). 10 a. Prime coat: I 1 1) P1=1 coat, 2.5 mils,Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc(Zinc-Rich Urethane),VOC=2.67 12 b. Finish coat(s): 13 1) Interior: 14 a) F1=1 coat,3 mils,Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy),VOC=2.11 15 2) Exterior: 16 a) F1=1 coat,2.5 mils,Series 1074 Endura-Shield(Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane 17 Enamel),VOC=2.45 18 19 3. System#5-Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy Primer with Polyamidoamine Epoxy or 20 Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel Top Coat(s). 21 a. Prune coat: 22 1) P1=1 coat,2.0 mils, Series 135 Chembuild(Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy), 23 VOC=1.16 24 b. Finish coat(s): 25 1) Interior: 26 a) F1=1 coat,2.5 mils,Series N69 Epoxoline(Polyamidoamine Epoxy), 27 VOC=2.11 28 2) Exterior: �� 29 a) F1=1 coat,2.0 mils,Series 1074 Endura-Shield(Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane 30 Enamel),VOC=2.45 31 32 b) System#6-NOT USED. 33 34 c) System#7-NOT USED. 35 36 d) System#8-NOT USED. 37 38 3) System#9-NOT USED. 39 40 a) System#10-NOT USED. 41 42 4. System#11 - Zinc-Rich Aromatic Urethane Primer. 43 a. Prune coat: 44 1) P1=1 coat,3.0 mils,90-97 Tneme-Zinc(Zinc-Rich Urethane),VOC=2.67 45 46 a) System#12-NOT USED. 47 48 b) System#13 -NOT USED. 49 50 c) System#14-NOT USED. 51 52 d) System#15-NOT USED. 53 54 e) System#16-NOT USED. 55 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-4 1 f)' System#17-NOT USED. 2 3 g) System#18-NOT USED. 4' 5 2) . System#19-NOT USED, 6 7 5. System#20-NOT USED. 8 9 1) System#21 -NOT USED. 10 11 a) System#22-NOT USED. 12 13 b) System#23-NOT USED. 14 15 2) System#24-NOT USED: 16 17 6. System#25-NOT USED. 18 19 7. System#26—NOT USED. 20 21 a) System#27-NOT USED. 22 23 8. System#28-NOT USED. 24 25 9. System#29-NOT USED. 26 271 10. System#30-NOT USED. n, 28 29 a) System#31 -NOT USED. 30 31 11. System#32-NOT USED. 32 PART 3 - EXECUTION 33 3.1 ITEMS TO BE PAINTED 34 A. Exposed Exterior Surfaces including: 35 1. Piping,valves,fittings,and hydrants and supports unless shop painted as directed and 36 approved by Engineer. 37 2. Ductwork and supports. 38 3. Miscellaneous ferrous metal surfaces. 39 4. Hollow metal doors and frames and window frames. 40 5. Steel pipe bollards. 41 6. Steel lintels and steel components of concrete lintels(plain or galvanized). 42 a. Steel components shall be completely painted(with both prime and finish coats)prior to 43 installing in the wall. 44 7. Exposed wood. 45 8. Structural steel and steel joists(including bridging). 46 9. Galvanized metal surfaces. 47 10. Gas appliance flue vents and plumbing vents. 48 11. Monorail and monorail supports. 49 B. Interior Finished Areas: 1,2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-5 1 1. Refer to Room Finish Schedule on Drawings.If schedule requires wall surfaces to be painted r1 2 in a particular space,the space is considered to be a finished area,therefore,paint all 3 appurtenant surfaces within the space unless specifically noted not to be painted in the 4 Contract Documents.Appurtenant surfaces include: 5 a. Concrete columns,equipment pads,pipe supports,and equipment supports,underside of 6 overhead concrete slabs which are exposed,semi-exposed or concealed from view but 7 still exposed to the adjacent atmosphere. 8 1) If walls do not require paint,the above listed surfaces do not require paint unless 9 specifically noted otherwise. 10 b. Piping,valves,fittings and hydrants except when covered by pipe jacketing and 11 supports. 12 C. Surfaces in Areas Not Considered Finished: 13 1. Paint following surfaces in areas not considered as finished area: 14 a. Piping,valves,fittings,and hydrants except when covered by pipe jacketing and 15 supports. 16 b. Structural steel,steel trusses(including bridging)and steel joists(including bridging)}. 17 c. Miscellaneous ferrous metal surfaces. 18 d. Steel lintels and steel components of concrete lintels(plain or galvanized). 19 1) Steel components shall be completely painted(with both prime and finish coats) 20 prior to installing in the wall. 21 e. Hollow metal doors and frames. 22 f. Monorail and monorail supports. 23 g. Existing pumps Nos. 14. 24 D. New and/or Existing Equipment: 25 1. Paint new and/or existing equipment,except: 26 a. Where noted in Article 3.2. 27 b. Where specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. �1 28 3.2 ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED 29 A. General: Do not paint items listed in Article 3.2 unless specifically noted in the Contract 30 Documents to be painted. 31 B. Items with Approved Factory Finish. 32 C. Electrical Equipment: 33 1 Do not field paint certain items of electrical equipment as listed in Section 11005 except 34 where painting is specifically stated elsewhere in these Contract Documents,or where the 35 equipment is subject to a corrosive environment.The list of equipment includes specific 36 types of equipment with Approved Factory Finishes. 37 D. Surfaces Hidden from View except when in a corrosive or highly corrosive area,including: 38 1. When not in a corrosive or highly corrosive area: 39 a. Concrete,concrete masonry units. 40 b. Conduit. 41 c. Ducts. 42 d. Insulation. 43 e. Galvanized metal surfaces. 44 f. Note:(Manufacturer's standard coatings,if any,may remain). 45 E. Other Items: 46 1. Stainless steel surfaces except: 47 a. Piping. 48 b. Banding as required to identify piping. 49 2. Aluminum surfaces except: 50 a. Where specifically shown in the Contract Documents. 51 b. Where in contact with concrete. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-6 , I ' c. Where in contact with dissimilar metals. 2 3. Fiberglass surfaces except 3 a. Fiberglass piping. 4 b. Piping supports. 5 4. Interior of pipe,ductworkz and conduits. 6 5. Moving parts of mechanical and electrical units where painting would interfere with the 7 operation of the unit. 8 6. Code labels and equipment identification and rating plates. 9 7. Structural steel or steel deck required to be fireproof 10 8. Steel deck 11 9... Contact surfaces of friction-type connections. 12 10. Galvanized steel items. 13 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE PAINTED AND PAINTING SYSTEMS 14 A. Galvanized Metals: 15 1. Field touch-up where top coat is required: SYSTEM#4. 16 a. Prime paint only the damaged area. 17 2. Field touch-up of galvanized surfaces not requiring a finish top coat SYSTEM 11. 18 a. Paint only damaged areas. 19 B. Steel(hollow metal)doors and frames and window frames primed in the : SYSTEM 5. 20 1. Shall be in conformance with ANSI A250.10 21 C. Steel equipment with existing ° t coating or faciori-applied prime or finish coating not 22 f complying with this Specificatiow. SYSTEM 5. 3 1. Includes equipment specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be painted. 24 2. Factory-applied coats to remain. 15 D. 26 3.4 PREPARATION 27 A. General: 8 1. Prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with coating manufacturees instructions and this 29 Section unless noted otherwise in the Specification. 30 2. Remove all dust,grease,oil,compounds,dirt and other foreign matter which would prevent l bonding of coatingto surface. 3:2 B. Protection: 33 1. Protect surrounding surfaces not to be coated. 34 2. Remove and protect hardware,accessories,plates,fixtures,finished work,and similar items; 35 or provide ample in-place protection. 36 C. Prepare and Paint Before Assembly: Where component is subject to corrosive or highly corrosive 37 environment,prepare and paint,before assembly,all surfaces which may be subject to 38 environment which are inaccessible after assembly. 39 D. Ferrous Metal: 40 1. Prepare ductile iron pipe in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations and 4'1 A A. 42 2. Complete fabrication,welding or burning before beginning surface preparation. 43 a. Chip or grind off flux,spatter,slag or other laminations left from welding. 44 b. Remove mill scale. 45 c. Grind smooth rough welds and other sharp projections. 46 . Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1 all surfaces scheduled to receive additional 47 SSPC surface preparation. 48 4. Surfaces subject to corrosive or highly corrosive environment and all surfaces subject to 49 immersion service: 50 a. Near-white blast clean in accordance with SSPC SP-10/NACE No.2. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expanmon May 1 ,2006 9 5-7 1 5. All interior and exterior surfaces: ^ 2 a. Minimum commercial blast clean in accordance with SSPC SP-6/NACE No.3. 3 6. Surfaces subject to high temperatures. 4 a. Heat in excess of 600 DegF: SSPC SP-10/NACE No.2. 5 b. Heat in excess of 200 DegF but less than 600 DegF: SSPC SP-6/NACE No.3. 6 7. Surfaces of steel joists and steel trusses: 7 a. Commercial blast clean the major portion of the truss in accordance with SSPC SP- 8 6/NACE No.3. 9 b. Power tool or hand clean tight connection areas and other difficult to access areas in 10 accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SP-3. 11 8. Steel surfaces scheduled to receive paint system No.24: 12 a. White metal blast in accordance with SSPC SP-5/NACE No. 1. 13 9. Restore surface of field welds and adjacent areas to original surface preparation. 14 10. All surfaces of steel lintels and steel components of concrete lintels used in wall construction 15 shall be completely painted with both prime and finish coats prior to placing in wall. 16 E. Hollow Metal: 17 1. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1. 18 F. Galvanized Metal: 19 1. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1 followed by abrasive brush blast in accordance 20 with SSPC SP-7/NACE No.4 to provide 1 mil profile. 21 G. Abrasive blast clean the following equipment or surfaces regardless of previous finish,if any. 22 H. Gypsum Wallboard land Abuse Resistant Panels}: 23 1. Repair minor irregularities left by finishers. 24 2. Avoid raising nap of paper face on gypsum wallboard. 25 3. Verify moisture content is less than 8 percent before painting. 26 I. Concrete Unit Masonry: 27 1. Cure for minimum of 28 days. 28 2. Remove all mortar spatters and protrusions. 29 3. Verify that concrete unit masonry surfaces have been cleaned in accordance with Section 30 04220 and ASTM D4261. 31 4. Test pH of surface to be painted in accordance with ASTM D4262. 32 a. If surface pH is not within coating manufacturer's required acceptable range,use 33 methods acceptable to coating manufacturer as required to bring pH within acceptable 34 limits. 35 b. Retest pH until acceptable results are obtained. 36 5. Verify that moisture content of surface to be painted is within coating manufacturer's 37 recommended acceptable limits. 38 a. Test moisture content of surface to be coated in accordance with ASTM D4263. 39 b. After remedial measures have been taken to lower or raise moisture content,retest 40 surface until acceptable range is obtained. 41 J. Preparation by Abrasive Blasting: 42 1. All abrasive-blasted ferrous metal surfaces shall be inspected land approved in writing by 43 NACE certified coatings inspector} immediately prior to application of paint coatings. 44 a. Inspection shall be performed to determine cleanliness and profile depth of blasted 45 surfaces and to certify that surface has been prepared in accordance with these 46 Specifications. 47 2. Schedule the abrasive blasting operation so blasted surfaces will not be wet after blasting and 48 before painting. 49 3. Perform additional blasting and cleaning as required to achieve surface preparation required. 50 Prior to painting,reblast surfaces allowed to set overnight and surfaces that show rust bloom. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-8 I Surfaces allowed to set overnight or surfaces which show rust bloom prior to painting 2 shall be reinspected (and approved by NACE certified coatings inspector)prior to paint 3 application. 4 4. Profile depth of blasted surface: Not less than I mil or greater than 2 mils unless required 5 otherwise by coating manufacturer. 6 5. Provide compressed air for blasting that is free of water and oil.Provide accessible separators 7 and traps. 8 6. Confine blast abrasives to area being blasted. 9 a. Provide shields of polyethylene sheeting or other such barriers to confine blast material. 10 b. Plug pipes,holes,or openings before blasting and keep plugged until blast operation is III complete and residue is removed. 12 7. Protect nameplates,valve stems,rotating equipment,motors and other items that may be 13 damaged from blasting. 14 8. Reblast surfaces not meeting requirements of these Specifications. 15 9. Abrasive blasting media may be recovered,cleaned and reused providing Contractor submits, 16 for Engineer's review,a comprehensive recovery plan outlining all procedures and equipment 17 proposed in reclamation process. 18 10. Properly dispose of blasting material contaminated with debris from blasting operation not 19 scheduled to be reused. 20 K. All Plastic Surfaces and Non-Ferrous Surfaces Except Galvanized Steel: 21 1. Sand using 80-100 grit sandpaper to scarify surfaces. 221 3.5 APPLICATION 23 A. General: 24 1. Thin,n-dx and apply coatings by brush,roller,or spray in accordance with manufacturer's 25 installation instructions. 26 a. Application equipment must be inspected and approved in writing by coating 27 manufacturer. 28 2. Temperature and weather conditions: 29 a. Do not paint surfaces when surface temperature is below 50 DegF unless product has 30 been formulated specifically for low temperature application or approved in writing by 31 Engineer and paint manufacturer's authorized representative. 32 b. Avoid painting surfaces exposed to hot sun. 33 c. Do not paint on damp surfaces. 34 3. Immediately after surface has been inspected and accepted by MACE certified coatings 35 inspector,apply structural steel and miscellaneous steel and steel joist and steel truss prime 36 coat in the factory. 37 a. Finish coats shall be applied in the field. 38 b. Prime coat referred to here is prime coat as indicated in this Specification.Structural 39 steel and miscellaneous steel and steel joist and steel buss prime coating applied in 40 factory(shop)as part of Fabricator's standard rust inhibiting and protection coating is not 41 acceptable as replacement for specified prime coating. 42 4. Provide complete coverage to mil thickness specified. 43 a. Thickness specified is dry mil thickness. 44 b. All paint systems are"to cover."In situations of discrepancy between manufacturer's 45 square footage coverage rates and mil thickness,mil thickness requirements govern. 46 c. When color or undercoats show through,apply additional coats until paint film is of 47 uniform finish and color. 48 5. If so directed by Engineer,do not apply consecutive coats until Engineer has had an 49 opportunity to observe and approve previous coats. 50 6. Apply materials under adequate illumination. 51 7. Evenly spread to provide fall,smooth coverage. 52 8. Work each application of material into comers,crevices,joints,and other difficult to work 531 areas. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Com®Purap Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-9 1 9. Avoid degradation and contamination of blasted surfaces and avoid intercoat contamination. .OEM*. 2 a. Clean contaminated surfaces before applying next coat. 3 10. Smooth out runs or sags immediately,or remove and recoat entire surface. 4 11. Allow preceding coats to dry before recoating. 5 a. Recoat within time limits specified by coating manufacturer. 6 b. If recoat time limits have expired reprepare surface in accordance with coating 7 manufacturer's printed recommendations. 8 12. Allow coated surfaces to cure prior to allowing traffic or other work to proceed. 9 13. Coat all aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials. 10 14. When coating rough surfaces which cannot be backrolled sufficiently,hand brush coating to 11 work into all recesses. 12 15. Backroll concrete and masonry surfaces with a roller if paint coatings are spray applied. 13 B. Prime Coat Application: 14 1. Prime all surfaces indicated to be painted.Apply prime coat in accordance with coating 15 manufacturer's written instructions and as written in this Section. 16 2. Ensure field-applied coatings are compatible with factory-applied coatings.Ensure new 17 coatings applied over existing coatings are compatible. 18 a. Employ services of coating manufacturer's qualified technical representative. 19 1) Certify through material data sheets. 20 2) Perform test patch. 21 b. If field-applied coating is found to be not compatible,require the coating manufacturer's 22 technical representative to recommend,in writing,product to be used as barrier coat, 23 thickness to be applied,surface preparation and method of application. 24 c. At Contractor's option,coatings may be removed,surface reprepared,and new coating 25 applied using appropriate paint system listed in paragraph 2.2 E. 26 1) All damage to surface as result of coating removal shall be repaired to original 27 condition or better by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 28 3. Prime ferrous metals embedded in concrete to minimum of 1 IN below exposed surfaces. 29 4. Back prime all wood scheduled to be painted,prior to installation. 30 5. Apply zinc-rich primers while under continuous agitation. 31 6. Ensure abrasive blasting operation does not result in embedment of abrasive particles in paint 32 film. 33 7. Brush or spray bolts,welds,edges and difficult access areas with primer prior to primer 34 application over entire surface. 35 8. Touch up damaged primer coats prior to applying finish coats.Restore primed surface equal 36 :o surface before damage. 37 C. Finish Coat Application: 38 1. Apply finish coats in accordance with coating manufacturer's written instructions and in 39 accordance with this Section. 40 2. Touch up damaged finish coats using same application method and same material specked 41 for finish coat.Prepare damaged area in accordance with Article 3.4. 42 3.6 COLOR CODING 43 A. Color and band piping in accordance with Article 3.9 of this Section. 44 1. Band piping using maximum of three different colors at 20 FT maximum centers. 45 2. Place bands: 46 a. Along continuous lines. 47 b. At changes in direction. 48 c. At changes of elevation. 49 d. On both sides of an obstruction(e.g.,wall,ceiling)that painted item passes through. 50 3. Band width for individual colors(pipe diameter measured to outside of insulation,if 51 applicable): 52 a. Piping up to 8 IN DIA: 2 IN minimum. 53 b. Piping greater than 8 IN up to 24 IN DIA: 4 IN minimum. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-10 e tlu' 1 c. Piping greater than 24 IN up to 48 IN DIA: 6 IN minimum. 2 d. Piping greater than 48 IN DIA: 8 IN minimum. 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A. Maintain daily record: 1. Provide the following information for each coat of paint applied: 6 a. Date,starting time,end time,and all breaks taken by painters. 7 b. Sky condition. 8 c. Air temperature. 9 d. Relative humidity. 10 e. Wind speed and direction. 1.1. f. Moisture content of substrate prior to each coat. 12 g. Provisions utilized to maintain work area within manufacturer's recommended 131 application parameters. 1.4 h. Surface temperature of substrate to which paint is being applied. :II.5 B. Measure wet coating with wet film thickness gages. 16 C. Measure coating dry film thickness in accordance with SSPC PA-2 using Mikrotest gage 17 calibrated against National Bureau of Standards"Certified Coating Thickness Calibration 18 Standards." 1.9 1. Engineer may measure coating thickness at any time during project to assure conformance 20 with Specifications. 21 D. Measure surface temperature of items to be painted with surface temperature gage specifically 2 designed for such. 23 E. Measure substrate humidity with humidity gage specifically designed for such. 24 F. Provide wet paint signs. 25 3.8 CLEANING 26 A. Clean paint spattered surfaces.Use care not to damage finished surfaces. 27 B. Upon completion of painting,replace hardware,accessories,plates,fixtures,and similar items. 28 C. Remove surplus materials,scaffolding,and debris.Leave areas broom clean. 29 3.9 SCHEDULE 30 A. Piping and Pipe Banding Color Schedule(Colors based on Tnemec): 1. Match existing piping and banding colors. 34 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 09905-11 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 0 5-12 1 SECTION 10200 2 LOUVERS AND VENTS 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. . Louvers and vents. 7 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 8 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 9 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 10 3. Section 07600-Flashing and Sheet Metal. 11 4. Section 07900-Joint Sealants. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 131 A. Referenced Standards: 14"; 1. The Aluminum Association(AA): 15 a. 45,Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 16 2. Air Movement and Control Association(AMCA): 17 a. 500,Test Method for Louvers,Dampers and Shutters. 18 3. ASTM International(ASTM): 19 a. B221,Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, 20 Rods,Wire,Shapes,and Tubes. 21 1.3 SUBMITTALS 22 A. Shop Drawings: 23 1. See Section 01340. 24 2. Drawing showing location of each louver or vent,indicating size and arrangement of blank- 25 off plates if required. 26 3. Product technical data including: 27 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 28 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 29 c. Color chart showing manufacturer's full line of colors including exotic and special 30 colors for color selection by Engineer. 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 33 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 34 acceptable: 35 1. Louvers: 36 a. Ruskin Manufacturing. 37 b. Airolite Co. 38 c. Construction Specialties,Inc. 39 d. Industrial Louvers,Inc. 40 e. American Warming. 41 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 42 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10200-1 I A. Combination Louver Dampers: 2 1. 6 IN thick. 3 2. Drainable with blades at 37-1/2 degrees. 4 3. Continuous blade appearance. 5 4. ASTM B221 extruded aluminum,alloy 6063T5,minimum 0.081 IN thick. 6 5. Minimum free area: 6.31 SF for 4 x 4 FT louver. 7 6. Maximum intake pressure drop: 0.10 IN of water at 950 fpm. 8 7. Water penetration: 0.01 OZ/SF at 1179 fpm. 9 8. AMCA certified. 10 9. Similar to Ruskin"ELC 6375D". 11 10. Insect screen: 12 a. 18-16 mesh aluminum. 13 b. Install in standard aluminum frame. 14 B. Anchors,Fasteners,Reinforcing: Aluminum or stainless steel. 15 C. Finish: 16 1. Architectural class 1 coating per AA. 17 a. {AA-M12C22A41 clear anodized} {AA-M12C22A42} {dark bronze} {black} 18 {medium bronze} {light bronze} anodized}. 19 D. Size: Refer to Mechanical Drawings for louver size,and refer to Architectural Drawings for 20 louver shapes. 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLATION 23 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 24 B. Install anchoring and bracing accessories as required. 25 C. Seal around perimeter on exterior and interior. See Section 07900. 26 D. Install 0.040 IN aluminum flashing at sill to match louver. See Section 07600. 27 END OF SECTION .12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10200-2 m 1 2003/12/08 2 SECTION 10400 3 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes:. 7 1. Tag,tape and stenciling systems for equipment,piping,valves,pumps,ductwork and 8 similar items,and hazard and safety signs. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 Referenced Standards: 14 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 15 a. A13.1,Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems. 16 b. Z535.1,Safety Color Code. 17 c. Z535.2,Environmental and Facility Safety Signs. 18 d. Z535.3,Criteria for Safety Symbols. 19 e. Z535.4,Product Safety Signs and Labels. 20 2. National Fire Protection Association ): 21. a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 22 3. Occupational,Health and Safety Administration(OSHA): 23 a. 1910.145,Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. 24 1.3 SUBMITTALS 25 A. ShopDrawings: 26 1. See Section 01340. 27 2. Product technical data: 28 a. Catalog information for all identification systems. 29 b. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 30 3. Identification register,listing all items in Part 3 to be identified,type of identification 31 system to be used,lettering,location and color. 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 , 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 34 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 35 acceptable: 36 j 1. W.H.Brady Co. 37 2. Panduit 38 3. Seton. 39 4. National Band and Tag Co. 40 5. Carlton Industries,Inc. 41 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 42 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 1?S02 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expawsion May 18,2006 I -1 .1 A. Type Al -Round Metal Tags: im*.. 2 1. Materials: Aluminum or stainless steel. Stainless steel shall be used in corrosive 3 environments. 4 2. Size: 5 a. Diameter: 1-1/2 IN minimum. 6 b. Thickness: 0.035 IN(20 gage)minimum. 7 3. Fabrication: 8 a. 3/16 IN minimum mounting hole. 9 b. Legend stamped and filled with black coloring. 10 4. Color: Natural. 11 B. Type A2-Rectangle Metal Tags: 12 1. Materials: Stainless steel. 13 2. Size: 14 a. 3-1/2 IN x 1-1/2 IN minimum. 15 b. Thickness: 0.036 IN(20 gage)minimum. 16 3. Fabrication: 17 a. 3/16 IN minimum mounting hole. 18 b. Legend stamped and filled with black coloring. 19 4. Color: Natural. 20 C. Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs: 21 1. Materials: Fiberglass reinforced or durable plastic. 22 2. Size: 23 a. Surface: As required by text. 24 b. Thickness: 60 mils minimum. 25 3. Fabrication: 26 a. Rounded comers. 27 b. Drilled holes in comers with grommets. 28 c. Legend: Preprinted,permanently embedded and fade resistant for a 10 year minimum 29 outdoor durability. 30 4. Color: 31 a. Background: Manufacturer standard or as specified. 32 b. Lettering: Black. 33 5. Standards for OSHA signs: ANSI Z535.1,Z535.2,Z535,3,Z535.4,OSHA 1910.145. 34 D. Type C-Phenolic Name Plates: 35 1. Materials: Phenolic. 36 2. Size: 37 a. Surface: As required by text. 38 b. Thickness: 1/16IN. 39 3. Fabrication: 40 a. Two layers laminated. 41 b. Legend engraved through top lamination into bottom lamination. 42 c. Two drilled side holes,for screw mounting. 43 4. Color: Black top surface,white core,unless otherwise indicated. 44 E. Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs: 45 1. Materials: Vinyl tape or vinyl cloth. 46 2. Size: 47 a. Surface: As required by text. 48 b. Thickness: 5 mils minimum. 49 3. Fabrication: 50 a. Indoor/Outdoor grade. 51 b. Weather and UV resistant inks. 52 c. Permanent adhesive. 53 d. Preprinted legend. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10400-2 � I e. Wire markers to be self-laminating. 1 1 ' , o 2 4. Color: White with black lettering or as specified. . 3 5. Standards for OSHA signs: ANSI Z535.1,Z535.2,Z535.3,Z535.4,OSHA 1910.145. 4 F. Type F-Underground Warning Tape: 5 1. Materials: Polyethylene. 6 2. Size: 7 a. 6 IN wide(minimum). 8 b. Thickness: 3. s. 9 3. Fabrication: 10 a. Legend: Preprinted and permanently imbedded 11 b. Message continuous printed. 1:2 c. Tensile strength: 1750 psi. 1:3 4. Color: As specified 14 G. Type G-Stenciling System: 15 1. Materials: 16 a. Exterior type stenciling enamel. 17 b. Either brushing grade or pressurized spray can form and grade. 1.8 2. Size: As required. 19 3. Fabrication: Legend as required. 20 4. Color: Black or white for best contrast. 21 23 ACCESSORIES 22 A. Fasteners: 23 1. Bead chain:#6 brass,aluminum or stainless steel. 24 2. Plastics : Nylon,urethane or polypropylene. 15 3. Screws: Self-tapping,stainless steel. 26 4. Adhesive,solvent activated. 27 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 28 j A. Where stenciled markers are provided,clean and retain stencils after completion and include in 29 extra stock,along with required stock of paints and applicators. 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION 32 A. Install identification devices at specified locations. 33 B. All identification devices to be printed by mechanical process,hand printing is not acceptable. 34 C. Attach tags to equipment with sufficient surface or body area with solvent activated adhesive 35 applied to back of each tag. 36 D. Attach tags with 1/8 IN round or flat head screws to equipment without sufficient surface or 37 body area,or porous surfaces.Where attachment with screws should not or cannot penetrate 38 substrate,attach with plastic strap. i 39 E. Single items of equipment enclosed in a housing or compartment to be tagged on outside of 40 housing. Several items of equipment mounted in o to be individually tagged inside the 41 compartment 42 3.2 SCHEDULES 43 A. Process Systems: ; 44 1. General: 45 a. Provide arrows and markers on piping. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 - 1 1) At 10 FT maximum centers along continuous lines. loom%, 2 2) At changes in direction(route)or obstructions. 3 3) At valves,risers,"T"joints,machinery or equipment. 4 4) Where pipes pass through floors,walls,ceilings,cladding assemblies and like 5 obstructions provide markers on both sides. 6 b. Position markers on both sides of pipe with arrow markers pointing in flow direction.If 7 flow is in both directions use double headed arrow markers. 8 c. Apply tapes and stenciling in uniform manner parallel to piping. 9 2. Trenches with piping: 10 a. Tag type: Type F-Underground Warning Tape 11 b. Location: Halfway between top of piping and finished grade. 12 c. Letter height: 1-1/4 IN minimum. 13 d. Potable Water: 14 1) Color: Blue with black letters. 15 2) Legend: 16 a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION' 17 b) Second line: "BURIED WATER LINE BELOW" 18 e. Storm and sanitary sewer lines: 19 1) Color: Green with black letters. 20 2) Legend: 21 a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION' 22 b) Second line: "BURIED SEWER LINE BELOW" 23 f. (Non-potable)water piping,except 3 IN and smaller irrigation pipe: 24 1) Color: Green with black letters. 25 2) Legend: 26 a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION' 27 b) Second line: "BURIED NON-POTABLE WATER LINE BELOW" 28 g. Chemical feed piping(e.g.,chlorine solution,polymer solution,caustic solution,etc.): 29 1) Color: Yellow with black letters. 30 2) Legend: 31 a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION' 32 b) Second line: "BURIED CHEMICAL LINE BELOW" 33 h. Other piping(e.g.,compressed air,irrigation,refrigerant,heating water,etc.): 34 1) Color: Yellow with black letters. 35 2) Legend: 36 a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION' 37 b) Second line: "BURIED PIPE LINE BELOW" 38 3. Yard vales,buried,with valve box and concrete pad: 39 a. Tag type: Type A2-Rectangle Metal Tags. 40 b. Fastener: 3/16 IN x 7/8 IN plastic screw anchor with 1 IN#6 stainless steel pan head 41 screw. 42 c. Legend: 43 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 44 2) Valve designation as indicated on the Drawings(e.g.,"V-xxx"). 45 4. Valves and slide gates: 46 a. Tag type: 47 1) Indoor non-corrosive: 48 a) Type Al -Round Metal Tags. 49 2) Indoor corrosive: 50 a) Stainless steel Type Al -Round Metal Tags. 51 b. Fastener: 52 1) Type A I: Chain of the same material. 53 c. Color: Per ANSI 13.1 corresponding to the piping system. 54 d. Legend: 55 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10400-4 1 2) Valve designation as indicated on the Drawings( . - "). 2 5. Process equipment(e. .,pumps,pump motors,blowers,air compressors,bar screens, 3 clarifier drive mechanism,etc.): 4 a. Tag type: 5 1) Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs. 6 b. Fastener: 7 ) Screws. S c. Legend: q 1) Letter height: 1/2 IN mini um. 1 ) Equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings(e. .,"'Primary Sludge Pump 11 P-xxx"). 12 6. Piping systems: 13 a. Tag type: 14 1) Outdoor locations: ) Type G-Stenciling System. 1 2) Indoor locations: I a) Type G-Stenciling System. 1 b. Fastener: Self. 1 c. Color: Per ANSI 13.1. 2 dLegend: 1) Letter height Manufacturers standard for the pipe diameter. 2 ) Mark piping in accordance with ANSI 13.1 (Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems). 2 ) Use piping designation as indicated on The Drawings. 2 ) w: Single arrow. 7. Equipment that starts automatically: a. Tag type: 1) Type B2-Non-Metallic Sips. 2 b. Fastener. 1) Type B2-Screw or adhesive. 3 1 c. Size: 5 IN x 7 IN 3 d. Location: Electrical Room—Como Pump Station. 31. e. Legend: 3 1) OSHA Warning Sign. 3 2) Description of Warning: "THIS MACHINE STARTS AUTOMATICALLY". 3 B. Instrumentation Systems: 1. Instrumentation Equipment(e. .,flow control valves, elements,etc.): 3 a. e: 3 1) Outdoor locations: 4 a) Type B1 -Square Non-Metallic Tags. 4 2) Indoor non-corrosive: 4 a) T Al -Round Metal Tags. 4 b) T l -Square Non-Metallic Tags. ) Indoor corrosive: a) Stainless steel Type Al -Round Metal 4 b) Type B1 -Square Non-Metallic Tags. 4 b. Fastener: 1) Type Al: Chain of the same material. 4 2) Type B1: Stainless steel chain. 5 c. Legend: 5 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 5 2) Equipment ISA designation as indicated on the Drawings(e. .,','FIT- . 5 2. Enclosure for instrumentation and control equipment,( . .,PLC control panels,etc.): „y. 5 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 5 b. Fastener: Screws. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 1 -5 I c. Legend: 2 1) Letter height: 1/2 IN minimum. 3 2) Equipment name(e.g.,"PLC CONTROL PANEL PCP-xxx"). 4 3. Components inside equipment enclosure,(e.g.,PLC's, control relays,contactors,and 5 timers): 6 a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags. 7 b. Fastener: Self. 8 c. Legend: 9 1) Letter height: 3/16 IN minimum. 10 2) Description or function of component(e.g., "PLC-xxx"or"CR-xxx"). 11 4. Through enclosure door mounted components(e.g.,selector switches,controller digital 12 displays,etc.): 13 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 14 b. Fastener: Screws. 15 c. Legend: 16 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 17 2) Component ISA tag number as indicated on the Drawings(e.g.,"HS-xxx"). 18 C. HVAC Systems: 19 1. General: 20 a. Provide arrows and markers on ducts. 21 1) At 10 FT maximum centers along continuous lines. 22 2) At changes in direction(route)or obstructions. 23 3) At dampers,risers,branches,machinery or equipment. 24 4) Where ducts pass through floors,walls,ceilings,cladding assemblies and like 25 obstructions provide markers on both sides. 26 b. Position markers on both sides of duct with arrow markers pointing in flow direction.If 27 flow is in both directions use double headed arrow markers. 28 c. Apply tapes and stenciling in uniform manner parallel to ducts. 29 2. HVAC Equipment(e.g.,unit heaters,exhaust fans,air handlers,etc.): 30 a. Tag type: 31 1) Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 32 b. Fastener: Screws. 33 c. Legend: 34 1) Letter height: 1 IN minimum. 35 2) Equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings(e.g.,"EF-xxx"). 36 3. Ductwork: 37 a. Tag type: 38 1) Type G-Stenciling System. 39 b. Fastener: Self. 40 c. Legend: 41 1) Letter height: 1 IN minimum. 42 2) Description of ductwork,(e.g.,"AIR SUPPLY"). 43 3) Arrows: Single arrow. 44 4. Enclosure for instrumentation and control equipment,(e.g.,fan control panels,etc.): 45 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 46 b. Fastener: Screws. 47 c. Legend: 48 1) Letter height: 1/2 IN minimum. 49 2) Equipment designation as indicated on the Drawings(e.g.,"FAN CONTROL 50 PANEL FCP-xxx"). 51 5. Wall mounted thermostats: 52 a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. 53 b. Fastener: Self. 54 c. Legend: 55 1) Letter height: 3/16 IN minimum. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10400-6 1 2) Description of equipment controlled(e. .," "or "). 2 6. Components inside equipment enclosure,(e. .,controller's,control relays,contactors,and 3timers): 4 a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Sips. 5 b. Fastener: Self. 6 c. Legend: 7 1) Letter height 3/16 IN minimum. 8 2) Description or function of component(e. .," - "). 9 7. Through enclosure door mounted equipment(e. .,selectors itches,controller digital 10 displays,etc.): 11 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 12 b. Fastener. Screws. 13 c. end: 14 1) Letter height 1/4 IN minimum. 5 2) Component tag number as indicated on the Drawings or as defined by contractor 16 (e.g.," - "). 17 D. Electrical Systems: 18 1. Trenches with ductbanks,direct-buried conduit,or direct-buried wire and cable. 19 a. Tag type: Type F-Underground Warning Tape. 20 b. Letter height: 1-1/4 IN minimum. 21 c. Location: 22 1) Where trench is 12 IN or more below finished grade: In trench 6 IN below 23 finished grade. 24 ) Where trench is less than 12 IN below finished grade: In trench 3 IN below 2 finished grade. 26 Electrical Power e. .,low and medium voltage): 1) Color. Red with black letters. 28 2) Legend: 29' a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION'. 3t) b) Second line: "BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW". 31 e. Communications(e. .,telephone,instrumentation,LAN, C A): 3 ! 1) Color: Orange with black letters: 33 2) Legend: 3 a) First line: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION". 3 b) Second line: `BURIED COMMUNICATION LINE BELOW". 3 2. Switchgear,switchboards and motor control centers: 3 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 3 b. Fastener Screws. 3 c. Main equipment legend: 1) Letter height: 4 a) First line: 1 IN minimum. b) Subsequent lines: 3/8 IN minimum. ) First line: Equipment name(e. ., "MAIN SWITCHBOARD "). ) Second line: Source of pow (e.g.,"FED FROM MCCxxx LOCATED IN ROOM 4 "). The source of power room number is only required when there are multiple electrical rooms,if the source is in another building,the building name or number shall be used. ) Third line: System voltage and phase(e. .," 8 / 77 V,3 '). 4 Main and feeder device legend: 5 1) Letter height 3/8 IN minimum. 5 ) Description of load(e. .,"MAIN DISCONNECT","PUMP "or 5 "PANELBOARD BP "). 5 3. Panelboards and transformers: � 5 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 5 b. Fastener: Screws. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 -7 I c. Legend: ^ 2 1) Letter height: 3 a) First line: 3/8 IN minimum. 4 b) Subsequent lines: 3/16 IN minimum. 5 2) First line: Equipment name(e.g., "PANELBOARD LPxxx"or"TRANSFORMER 6 Txxx"). 7 3) Second line(panelboards only): System voltage and phase(e.g.,"208/120V, 8 3PH"). 9 4. Transfer switches: 10 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 11 b. Fastener: Screws. 12 c. Legend: 13 1) Letter height: 14 a) First line: 3/8 IN minimum. 15 b) Subsequent lines: 3/16 IN minimum. 16 2) First line: Equipment name(e.g., "AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 17 ATSxxx"). 18 5. Safety switches,separately mounted circuit breakers and motor starters,VFD's,etc.: 19 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 20 b. Fastener: Screws. 21 c. Legend: 22 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 23 2) First line: Description of load equipment is connected to(e.g.,'PUMP Pxxx"). 24 6. Enclosure for instrumentation and control equipment,(e.g.,lighting control panels,etc.): 25 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 26 b. Fastener: Screws. 27 c. Legend: 28 1) Letter height: 1/2 IN minimum. ^ 29 2) Equipment name(e.g., "LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL LCPxxx"). 30 7. Components inside equipment enclosures(e.g.,circuit breakers,fuses,control power 31 transformers,control relays,contactors,timers,etc.): 32 a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags and Signs. 33 b. Fastener: Self. 34 c. Legend: 35 1) Letter height: 3/16 IN minimum. 36 2) Description or function of component(e.g.,"M-xxx","CR-xxx"or"TR-xxx"). 37 8. Through enclosure door mounted equipment(e.g.,selector switches,controller digital 38 displays,etc.): 39 a. Tag type: Type C-Phenolic Name Plates. 40 b. Fastener: Screws. 41 c. Legend: 42 1) Letter height: 1/4 IN minimum. 43 2) Component tag number as indicated on the Drawings or as defined by contractor 44 (e.g.,"HS-xxx"). 45 9. Conductors in control panels and in pull or junction boxes where multiple circuits exist. 46 a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags. 47 b. Fastener: Self. 48 c. Tag conductor at both ends. 49 d. Legend: 50 1) Letter height: 1/8 IN minimum. 51 2) Circuit number or wire number as scheduled on the Drawings or as finnished with 52 the equipment. 53 10. Grounding conductors associated with grounding electrode system in accordance with the 54 following: 55 a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Tags. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10400-8 I b. Fastener: Self. 2 c. Legend: 1) Letter height 1/8 IN minimum. 4 2) Function of conductor(e.g.,"MAIN BONDING JUMPER","TO GROUND 5 RING",'TO MAIN WATER PIPE"). 6 1 ® Flash protection for switchboards,panelboards,industrial control panels and motor control 7 centers: 8 a. Tag type: Type D-Self-Adhesive Tape Signs. 9 b. Fastener- Self. 10 c. Legend: Per NFPA 70. 11 12, Entrances to electrical rooms: 12 & Tag type: Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs. 13 b. Fastener. Screw or adhesive. 14 c. Size: 5 IN x 7 IN. 15 d. Location: Each door to room. 16 e. Legend: 17 1) OSHA Danger Sign. 18 2) Description of Danger: "HIGH VOLTAGE,AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL 19- ONLY". 20 13. Equipment where more than one voltage source is present 21 a. Tag type: 22 1) Type B2-Non-Metallic Signs. 23 b. Fastener: 24 1) Screw or adhesive. 25 c. Size: 1-3/4 IN x 2-1/2 IN. 26 d. Location: Exterior face of enclosure or cubical. 27 e. Legend: 28 1) OSHA Danger Sign. 29' 2) Description of Danger: "MULTIPLE VOLTAGE SOURCES". 3 3.3 HAZARD AND SAFETY SIGNS 31 A. Provide 25 Hazard and Safety Signs: 3 1. Type 132. 3 2. Inscription as directed by Owner. 3 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Purnp Station Expansion May 18,2006 10400-9 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 10400-10 1, 2002/01/14 2 SECTION 10800 3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes:. 7 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 A. Referenced Standards: 15� 1. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA): 14 a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1 2. ASTM International I a. A269,Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel 1 Tubing for General Service. 1 b. A480,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate,Sheet,and Strip. 2 13 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Shop Drawings: 22 1. See Section 01340. 21 2. Product technical data including: 24 a Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced 2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. 2( c. Manufacturer's recommendation on fasteners. 3. Schedule of items being provided for each room. Reference rooms using room number 2 designated on 2 4. Catalog cut sheet of each item proposed. 3 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 3. 1. See Section 01340. 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Product numbers scheduled are manufactured by Bobrick. 3; B. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 3 acceptable: 3 1. American Specialties,Inc. 3 2. Bobrick. 3 3. Bradley Corp. C. Provide equipment from one manufacturer. 4 D. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with specification Section 0 1640. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Coma Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 10 -I 1 2.2 MATERIALS 2 A. Toilet Accessories: 3 1. General: ASTM A480,stainless steel 4 2. Grab bars: ASTM A269,stainless steel. 5 B. Anchoring Devices: Manufacturer's standard. 6 2.3 FABRICATION 7 A. Toilet Accessories: 8 1. General: 9 a. Satin finish. 10 b. Items shall meet design requirements of ADA. 11 2. Grab bars: 12 a. Concealed mounting. 13 b. 3 IN DIA flange. 14 c. Integral non-slip gripping surface. 15 d. 1-1/2 IN OD. 16 B. Anchoring Devices: 17 1. Designed to withstand minimum concentrated load of 250 LB applied at any point on grab 18 bar. 19 PART 3- EXECUTION 20 3.1 PREPARATION 21 A. Verify adequate backing has been provided in wall or toilet partition. 22 3.2 INSTALLATION 23 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and in accordance with ADA. 24 B. Mount all items with manufacturer's standard anchorage devices. 25 C. Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 26 3.3 SCHEDULE 27 A. See Drawings for locations. 28 1. TA-1: Robe Hook-B-672. 29 2. TA-2: Toilet Tissue Dispenser(double non-controlled)-B-2740. 30 3. TA-6: Paper Towel Dispenser-B-262. 31 4. TA-7: Waste Receptacle-B-279. 32 5. TA-8: Liquid Soap Dispenser-B-2112. 33 6. TA-9: Mop and Broom Rack-B-223 x 36 IN. 34 7. TA-12: Mirror-B-290 x size indicated on Drawings. 35 8. TA-14: Metal Shelf-B-295 x 24 IN. 36 9. TA-15: Towel Bar-B-550 x 24 IN. 37 END OF SECTION 12 M2 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10800-2 1� SECTION 10802 2 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUBMITTALS 5' A. Product data: 6 . Manufacturer's standard catalog cuts of accessories specified. 7 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING 8 A. Deliver anchorage items in time to allow installation. 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS M 2.1 MATERIALS 11 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1 1. General: 13 a. As noted for individual items. 1 b. Not all manufacturers are approved for each item. 1 c. Provide equipment from one manufacturer as far as is practicable. 1 2. Toilet and Bath Accessories: 1 a- Base: m,y 1 1) American Specialties(unless otherwise noted for specific items). 1 b. Optional: 2 1) Bradley. 2) Bobrick Washroom Equipment 3. Other manufacturers of a complete line of stainless steel accessories desiring approval comply with Document 00440. 2 2.2 TOILET ACCESSORIES—GENERAL 2 A. Materials: 24 1® Stainless steel(unless noted otherwise). 2 a. Quality.ASTM-A167,Type 304(18-8). 21 b. Finish:Satin finish on exposed surfaces. Exception:TA•2 and T -3,aluminum or Zamac coated. B. See drawings for items,quantities and locations required 3 C. Grab Bars-General: 3 1. Material: Satin stainless steel,ASTM-A167,Type 304(18-8). . Bar Diameter. 1-1 IN OD, 3 3. Concealed mounting. 3 4. 1/1-2 IN clearance between bar and wall. 3 5. Modify manufacturer's standard units if requiredL 6. Fully weld bars to flanges. 7. Provide anchoring devices to withstand minimum concentrated load of 250 LB: a. Base Products:"3900 Series"by American Specialties. 4 1) Mounting devices for metal stud,gypsum wall board or plaster walls. 4 ) Mounting devices for concrete block walls. 4 3) Mounting devices for concrete walls. 4 4) Mounting on other surfaces:As recommended by manufacturer. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10802-1 I D. Locks: 2 1. Tumbler locks keyed alike. 3 E. Provide corrosion resistant fasteners and attachment devices,and other fittings necessary to 4 assure function and operation of accessories. 5 2.3 TOILET ACCESSORIES(TA NUMBERS) 6 A. TA-B,Mirror(welded and ground corners,( 18 x 36 IN): 7 1. Base Product: "0600A"by American Specialties. 8 2. Mount centered over sink. 9 3. Mount with bottom 40 IN AFF. 10 B. TA-C,Toilet Tissue Dispenser(Double,Non-controlled Delivery): 11 1. Base Product: "0264-1A"by American Specialties. 12 2. Mount 19 IN AFF. 13 C. TA-D,Double Robe Hook (@ accessible mounting height): 14 1. Base Product:"7345-S"by American Specialties. 15 2. Mount 4 FT AFF per ADA. 16 3. Provide where indicated. 17 D. TA-E,Liquid Soap Dispenser(with all purpose valve): 18 1. Base Product: "0332"by American Specialties. 19 2. Sink mounted. 20 E. TA-F,Grab Bar, : 21 1. Base Product: "3201"L-shaped configuration by American Specialties. 22 2. Mount 36 IN AFF unless noted otherwise. 23 F. TA-G,Paper Towel Dispenser(Multi-fold): 24 1. Base Product: "0210"by American Specialties. 25 2. Provide one in every toilet room. 26 3. Mount with slot 48 IN AFF. 27 PART 3- EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSPECTION 29 A. Verify suitability of substrate to accept installation. 30 1. Verify substrates and blocking for attachment of wall-mounted accessories are ready for 31 installation of accessories. 32 2. Correct deficiencies before proceeding to install accessories. 33 B. Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. 34 3.2 INSTALLATION 35 A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 36 1. Install plumb,level,and rigidly anchored to substrates. 37 B. Where drawings or schedule require barrier-free accessibility,install accessories in accordance 38 with applicable regulations. 39 C. Coordinate accessory locations to fit spaces. 40 D. Coordinate items to avoid mounting conflicts. 41 E. Provide additional accessories indicated on drawings. 42 F. Mount accessible items in accordance with applicable accessibility requirements. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 10802-2 I ; G. Mount at height indicated. 2 ' H. Mount items with theft-resistant fasteners. 3 33 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING 4 X Protect accessories from damage due to construction. 5 1. Remove protective coverings when no longer required. 6 B. Test accessories and adjust for proper operation. 7 C. Clean exposed surfaces. 8 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 1002- 1 off; 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 10802-4 I 02G08 SECTION 11005 3 EQUIPMENTS BASIC REQUIREMENTS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Requirements of this Section apply to all equipment provided on the Project including that 8'; found in Divisions 11, 1 , 1 , 14, 15,and 16,even if not specifically referenced in 9 individual"Equipment"articles of those Specifications. 10 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: I I. 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 131 3. Section 03308-Concrete,Materials and Proportioning. 14 4. Section 05505-Metal Fabrications 15 5. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1 6. Section 10400-Identification,Stenciling,and Tagging Systems. Il 7. Section 13442-Primary Elements and Transmitters. 1 8. Section 13448-Control Panels is 9. Section 15060-Pipe and Pipe Fittings:Basic Requirements. 2 10. Division 16-Electrical. 21 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 A. Referenced Standards: 23 1. American.Bearing Manufacturers Association(ABMA). . American Gear Manufacturers Association( ). . ASTM International(AST ): 2 a. F593,Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts,Hex Cap Screws,and Studs. 2 . Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE): 21 a. 1 ,Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 2 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 3 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 31, b. ICS 6,Enclosures for Industrial Control and System. 3 c. MG 1,Motors and Generators. 6. National Fire Protection Association ): 39 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 7. U.S.Department of Labor,Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA): a. 29 CFR 1910,OSHA Safety and Health Standards for General Industry(referred to 3 herein as OSHA standards). 31 B. Miscellaneous: 1. A single manufacturer of a"product"to be selected and utilized uniformly throughout Project even though: a. More than one manufacturer is listed fora given"product"in do . b. No manufacturer is listed. 4 . Equipment,electrical assemblies,related electrical wiring,instrumentation,controls,and system components shall FULLY comply with specific NEC requirements related to area classification and to NEMA 250 and ICS-6 designations indicated on the Electrical Drawings. 4 13 DEFINITIONS 12102 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11005-1 I A. Product:Manufactured materials and equipment. 2 B. Major Equipment Supports-Supports for Equipment: 3 1. Located on or suspended from elevated slabs with supported equipment weighing 2000 LBS 4 or greater,or: 5 2. Located on or suspended from roofs with supported equipment weighing 500 LBS or 6 greater,or: 7 3. Located on slab-on-grade or earth with supported equipment weighing 5000 LBS or more. 8 C. Equipment:One or more assemblies capable of performing a complete function.Mechanical, 9 electrical,instrumentation or other devices requiring an electrical,pneumatic,electronic or 10 hydraulic connection.Not limited to items listed under"Equipment" article within 11 specifications. 12 D. Installer or Applicator:Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 13 product in the field at the Project site. 14 1. Installer or applicator are synonymous. 15 1.4 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Shop Drawings: 17 1. General for all equipment: 18 a. See Section 01340. 19 b. Acknowledgement that products submitted comply with the requirements of the 20 standards referenced. 21 c. Manufacturer's delivery,storage,handling,and installation instructions. 22 d. Equipment identification utilizing numbering system and name utilized in Drawings. 23 e. Equipment installation details: 24 1) Location of anchorage. 25 2) Type,size,and materials of construction of anchorage. �m*-, 26 3) Anchorage setting templates. 27 4) Manufacturer's installation instructions. 28 f. Equipment area classification rating. 29 g. Shipping and operating weight. 30 h. Equipment physical characteristics: 31 1) Dimensions(both horizontal and vertical). 32 2) Materials of construction and construction details. 33 i. Equipment factory primer and paint data. 34 j. Manufacturer's recommended spare parts list. 35 k. Equipment lining and coatings. 36 1. Equipment utility requirements include air,natural gas,electricity,and water. 37 in. Ladders and platforms provided with equipment: 38 1) Certification that all components comply fully with OSHA requirements. 39 2) Full details of construction/fabrication. 40 3) Scaled plan and sections showing relationship to equipment. 41 2. Mechanical and process equipment: 42 a. Operating characteristics: 43 1) Technical information including applicable performance curves showing specified 44 equipment capacity,rangeability,and efficiencies. 45 2) Brake horsepower requirements. 46 3) Copies of equipment data plates. 47 b. Piping and duct connection size,type and location. 48 c. Equipment bearing life certification. 49 d. Equipment foundation data: 50 1) Equipment center of gravity. 51 2) Criteria for designing vibration,special or unbalanced forces resulting from �1 52 equipment operation. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11005-2 1 3. Electrical and control equipment . 2 a. Electric motor information: 3 1) Documentation showing that motors provided are"NEMA Premium"energy 4 efficient type and not standard efficiency motors. 5 a) When standard efficiency motors are submitted,provide documentation why 6 "NEMA Premium"efficient motors are not available. 7 2) Manufacturer's name. 8 ) Rated voltage and frequency. 9 4) Number of phases. 10 5) Rated frill load speed. 11 6) Insulation system class and rated temperature rise at nameplate horsepower. 12 7) Time rating: 5, 15,30 or 60 minutes or continuous. 13 8) Rated BP. 14 ) Locked-Rotor Indicating Code Letter or actual locked rotor current, 15 10) Motor service factor. 16 11) Motor enclosure type. 17 12) NEMA frame size. 18 13) NEMA design code. 19 14) Current,efficiency and power factor at 1/ ,3/4 and full load. 20 15) Space heater data,if applicable. 21 16) Type of bearings and lubrication. 22 17) Net weight, 23 18) Motor thermostat,RTD,or thermistor data,if applicable. 24 19) Certification that motors are compatible with variable frequency drives,where 25 applicable. 26 20) Motor test reports,where applicable. 2 21) Motor conduit box data. , 2 b. Control panels: 29 1) Panel construction. 30 2) Point-to-point ladder diagrams. 31, ) Scaled panel face and sub el layout. 4) Technical product data on panel components. 3 5) Panel and sub el dimensions and weights. 6) Panel access openings. 7) Nameplate test. ) Panel anchorage. SystemsSchematics and Data: a Provide system schematics where requiredsystem specifications. 1) Acknowledge all system components supplied as part of the system. 2) Utilize equipment,instrument and valving tag numbers defined in the contract documents for all components. 3) Provide technical data for each system component showingcompliance with the Contract Document requirements. ) For piping components,identify all utility connections,vents and which will be included as part of the system. 4 5. For factory painted equipment,provide paint submittals in accordance with Section 09905. 4 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Section 013 . 4C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 5 1® Sample form letter for equipment field certification. 5 2. Certification that equipment has been installed properly,has been initially started up,has 5 been calibrated and/or adjusted as required,and is ready for operation. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 15,2006 11005-3 1 3. Certification for major equipment supports that equipment foundation design loads shown 2 on the Drawings or specified have been compared to actual loads exhibited by equipment 3 provided for this Project and that said design loadings are equal to or greater than the loads 4 produced by the equipment provided. 5 4. Field noise testing reports if such testing is specified in narrow scope sections. 6 5. Field vibration testing reports if vibration testing is specified in narrow scope sections. 7 6. Certification from equipment manufacturer that all manufacturer-supplied control panels 8 that interface in any way with other controls or panels have been submitted to and 9 coordinated with the supplier/installer of those interfacing systems. 10 7. Certification prior to Project closeout that electrical panel drawings for manufacturer- II supplied control panels truly represent panel wiring including any field-made modifications. 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 14 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 15 acceptable: 16 1. Motors: 17 a. Westinghouse-TECO. 18 b. General Electric. 19 c. U.S.Motors. 20 d. Reliance Electric. 21 e. Baldor. 22 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 23 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 24 A. Electric Motors: 25 1. Where used in conjunction with adjustable speed AC or DC drives,provide motors that are 26 fully compatible with the speed controllers. 27 2. Design for frequent starting duty equivalent to duty service required by driven equipment. 28 3. Design for full voltage starting unless specified or indicated otherwise. 29 4. Design bearing life based upon actual operating load conditions imposed by driven 30 equipment. 31 5. Size for altitude of project. 32 6. Furnish with stainless steel nameplates that include all data required by Article 430 of the 33 National Electrical Code. 34 7. Use of manufacturer's standard motor will be permitted on integrally constructed motor 35 driven equipment specified by model number in which a redesign of the complete unit 36 would be required in order to provide a motor with features specified. 37 8. AC Electric motors 10 HP or less: 38 a. Less than 1/3 HP: Single phase,60 HZ. 39 b. 1/3 to 10 HP:Single or three phase,60 HZ. 40 c. Designed for the supply voltage shown on the Drawings. 41 d. Permanently lubricated sealed bearings conforming to ABMA standards. 42 e. For single phase motors less than 1 HP and not provided with external motor overload 43 protection as indicated by the Drawings,provide built-in manual reset thermal protector 44 or integrally mounted manual motor starter with thermal overload element in a stainless 45 steel enclosure. 46 f. For vertical motors provide 15 year,average-life thrust bearings conforming to ABMA 47 standards. 48 9. AC Electric motors greater than 10 HP: 49 a. Single or three phase,60 HZ,designed for the supply voltage shown on the Drawings. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11005-4 I b.' Oil or grease lubricated antiffiction bearings conforming to ABMA standards.f Design 2 bearing life for 90 percent survival rating at 50,000 HRS of operation for motors up to 3 and including 100 HP. For motors greater than 100 HP,design bearing life for 90 4 percent survival rating at 100,000 HRS of operation. 5 c. For vertical motors provide 15 year,average-life thrust bearings conforming to ABMA 61 standards. 7 d. Thermal protection: 8 1) Unless otherw'se specified or indicated on the Drawings,motors '15 BP and above 9 controlled from a variable frequency drive,and all other motors 200 BP and above, 10 shall be provided with integral thermal detectors with normally closed contacts that I I will open on overtemperature. 12 a) Two thermal sensing devices per phase in each phase hot-spot location. 13 b) Contacts rated for 120V A . 14 c) Thermostats shall be wired in series,with the leads brought out to a separate 15 conduit box. 16 d) Thermostats shall automatically reset on falling temperature. 17 e. Space Heaters: Where specified,provide motor space heaters sized to prevent 18 condensation. Heaters shall be rated 120V AC,and wired to a separate space heater 19 conduit box. 20 f. Motors having a locked rotor inrush KVA greater than 6.3 times motor horsepower are 21 not acceptable. 22 10. Motor enclosures: 23 a. Totally enclosed(TEFC or TENV)motors shall be furnished on: 24 1) Outdoor equipment 2 2) Equipment for installation below grade. 26 3) Equipment operating in wet or dust-laden locations. 271 4) Chemical feeding and chemical handling equipment 28 b. Dripproof motors,or totally enclosed at the supplier's option,shall be flumished on 29, equipment located indoors,above-grade with clean and dry locations. 30, c. Corrosive or severe-duty rated motors shall be furnished for corrosive locations. 31 d. Explosion-proof rated motors shall be Ru-nished for motors installed in Class L Division 3 1 hazardous locations. Motors installed in Class L Division 2 locations shall either be 33 rated explosion-proof,or shall have no are-producing devices and motor frame 3 temperatures shall not exceed the Temperature Code for the particular gas under normal 3 operating conditions. 3 B. NEMA Design Squirrel Cage Induction Motors 600V or less: 3 1. Provide motors designed and applied in compliance with NEMA and IEEE for the specific 3 duty imposed by the driven equipment 3 2. Furnish motors marketed and labeled as"NEMA Premium"energy efficient type,with 4 efficiencies not less than the levels given in Table 12-12 of NEMA MG 1-1998,Rev.2. 4 Motor efficiencies shall be measured in accordance with NEMA MG-1. 4 3. For use on variable frequency type adjustable speed drives,provide induction motors that 4 are in compliance with NEMA MG-1,Part 31,and are labeled as"Inverter Duty". 4. Design motor insulation in accordance with NEMA standards for Class F insulation with 4 Class B temperature rise above a 40 DegC ambient at nameplate horsepower. 4 5. Design motors for continuous duty. 4 6. Size motors having a 1.0 service factor so that nameplate HP is a minimum of 15 percent 4 greater than the maximum HP requirements of the driven equipment over its entire 4 operating range. 5 a. As an alternative,fin-nish motors with a 1.15 service factor and size so that nameplate 5 HP is at least equal to the maximum HP requirements of the driven equipment over its 5 entire operating range. 5 7. Provide conduit box one size larger than manufacturer's standard,complete with clamp type grounding terminals inside the conduit box. Conduit box shall be suitable for number and 5 size of conduits indicated on the Drawings. 12502 City of Fort Worth BB)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11005-5 I C. Submersible Motors: Refer to individual narrow scope specifications for submersible motor �1 2 requirements. 3 D. Medium Voltage Motors: Refer to individual narrow scope specifications for medium voltage 4 motor applications. 5 E. V-Belt Drive: 6 1. Provide each V-belt drive with sliding base or other suitable tension adjustment. 7 2. Provide V-belt drives with a service factor of at least 1.6 at maximum speed. 8 3. Provide staticproof belts. 9 2.3 COMPONENTS 10 A. Gear Drives and Drive Components: 11 1. Size drive equipment capable of supporting full load including losses in speed reducers and 12 power transmission. 13 2. Provide nominal input horsepower rating of each gear or speed reducer at least equal to 14 nameplate horsepower of drive motor. 15 3. Design drive units for 24 HR continuous service,constructed so oil leakage around shafts is 16 precluded. 17 4. Utilize gears,gear lubrication systems,gear drives,speed reducers,speed increasers and 18 flexible couplings meeting applicable standards of American Gear Manufacturers 19 Association. 20 5. Gear reducers: 21 a. Provide gear reducer totally enclosed and oil lubricated. 22 b. Utilize antifriction bearings throughout. 23 c. Provide worm gear reducers having a service factor of at least 1.20. 24 d. Furnish other helical,spiral bevel,and combination bevel-helical gear reducers with a 25 service factor of at least 1.50. 26 2.4 ACCESSORIES 27 A. Guards: 28 1. Provide each piece of equipment having exposed moving parts with full length,easily 29 removable guards,meeting OSHA requirements. 30 2. Interior applications: 31 a. Construct from expanded galvanized steel rolled to conform to shaft or coupling 32 surface. 33 b. Utilize non-flattened type 16 GA galvanized steel with nominal 1/2 IN spacing. 34 c. Connect to equipment frame with hot-dip galvanized bolts and wing nuts. 35 3. Exterior applications: 36 a. Construct from 16 GA stainless steel or aluminum. 37 b. Construct to preclude entrance of rain,snow,or moisture. 38 c. Roll to conform to shaft or coupling surface. 39 d. Connect to equipment frame with stainless steel bolts and wing nuts. 40 B. Anchorage: 41 1. Cast-in-place anchorage: 42 a. Provide ASTM F593,Type 316 stainless steel anchorage for all equipment. 43 b. Configuration and number of anchor bolts shall be per manufacturer's 44 recommendations. 45 c. Provide two nuts for each bolt. 46 2. Drilled anchorage: 47 a. Adhesive anchors per Section 05505. 48 b. Epoxy grout per Section 03308. 49 c. Threaded rods same as cast-in-place. 50 C. Data Plate: 51 1. Attach a stainless steel data plate to each piece of rotary or reciprocating equipment. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11005-6 ll 1 2. Permanently stamp information on data plate including manufacturer's name,equipment 2 operating parameters,serial number and speed. 3 D. Gages: 4 1. Provide gages in accordance with Section 13442. 5 2. Provide at the following locations: 6 a. Inlet and outlet of all reciprocating,centrifugal and positive displace ent mechanical 7 and process equipment 8 b. At locations identified on Drawings. 9 3. Utilize tapping sleeves for mounting per Section 15060. 10 E. Lifting Eye Bolts or Lugs: 11 1. Provide on all equipment 50 LBS or greater. 12 2. Provide on other equipment or products as specified in the narrow specifications. 13 F. Platforms and Ladders: 14 1. Design and fabricate in accordance with OSHA standards. 15 2. Fabricate components from {painted carbon steel} {galvanized steel} {stainless steel grade 16 { } ( 1611 {aluminum) {fiberglass-reinforced plastic). 17' . Provide platform surface: Non-skid {grating } {checkered plate},unless specified in narrow 18: scope specification. 19' 20 G. Control Panels and Enclosures: See Section 13448. 21 H. Motor Control Equipment: See Section 16442. 2.5 FABRICATION 23 esign,fabricate,and assemble equipment in accordance with modem engineering and shop 2 practices. 2 B. Manufacture individual parts to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts,furnished at any 26 time,can be installed in field. 27 C. Furnish like parts of duplicate units to be interchangeable. 28 D. Ensure that equipment has not been in service at any time prior to delivery,except as required by 29 tests. 30 E. Furnish equipment that requires periodic internal inspection or adjustment with access panels 31, which will not require disassembly of guards,dismantling of piping or equipment or similar major efforts.Quick opening but sound,securable access ports or windows shall be provided for 3 inspection of chains,belts,or similar items. 3 F. Provide common,lipped base plate mounting for equipment and equipment motor where said 3 mounting is a manufacturer's standard option.Provide drain connection for 3/4 IN PVC tubing. 3 G. Machine the mounting feet of rotating equipment H. Fabricate equipment that will be subject to Corrosive Environment in such a way as to avoid 3 back to back placement of surfaces that can not be properly prepared and painted.When such 3 back to back fabrication can not be avoided,provide continuous welds to seal such surfaces from 41 contact with corrosive environment Where continuous welds are not practical,after painting 41 seal the back to back surfaces from the environment in accordance with Section 07900. 2.6 SHOP OR FACTORY PAINT FINISHES 4 Electrical Equipment: 1. Provide factory-applied paint coating system(s)for all electrical equipment components 4 except those specifiedin Section 09905 to receive field painting. 4 B. Field paint other equipment in accordance with Section 09905. 12502 City of Fort worth BED SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 11005-7 1 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Motor Tests: 3 1. Test motors in accordance with NEMA and IEEE standards. 4 2. Provide routine test for all motors. 5 3. The Owner reserves the right to select and have tested,either routine or complete,any motor 6 included in the project 7 a. The Owner will pay all costs,including shipping and handling,for all motors 8 successfully passing the tests. 9 b. The Contractor shall pay all costs,including shipping and handling,for all motors 10 failing the tests. 11 c. If two successive motors of the same manufacturer fail testing,the Owner has the right 12 to reject all motors from that manufacturer. 13 PART 3- EXECUTION 14 3.1 INSTALLATION 15 A. Install equipment as shown on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 16 B. Utilize templates for anchorage placement for slab-mounted equipment 17 C. For equipment having drainage requirements such as seal water,provide 3/4 IN PVC or clear 18 plastic tubing from equipment base to nearest floor or equipment drain.Route clear of major 19 traffic areas and as approved by Engineer. 20 D. DO NOT construct foundations until major equipment supports are approved. 21 E. Extend all non-accessible grease fittings using stainless steel tubing to a location which allows 22 easy access of fittings. 23 F. Construct subbases,either concrete,steel or cast iron,level in both directions.Particular care 24 shall be taken at hold-down bolt locations so these areas are flat and level. 25 G. Machine Base: 26 1. Mount machine bases of rotating equipment on subbases in manner that they are level in 27 both directions according to machined surfaces on base.Use machinist level for this 28 procedure. 29 2. Level machine bases on subbases and align couplings between driver and driven unit using 30 steel blocks and shims. 31 a. Size blocks and shims to provide solid support at each anchor bolt location.Area size of 32 blocks and shims shall be approximately 1-1/2 times area support surface at each 33 anchor bolt point 34 b. Provide blocks and shims at each anchor bolt.Blocks and shims that are square shape 35 with"U" cut out to allow blocks and shims to be centered on anchor bolts. 36 c. After all leveling and alignment has been completed and before grouting,tighten 37 anchor bolts to proper torque value. 38 d. Do not use nuts below the machine base on anchor bolts for base leveling. 39 H. Couplings: 40 1. Align in the annular and parallel positions. 41 a. For equipment rotating at 1200 rpm or less,align both annular and parallel within 0.001 42 IN tolerance for couplings 4 IN size and smaller.Couplings larger than 4 IN size: 43 Increase tolerance 0.0005 IN per inches of coupling diameter,i.e.,allow 6 IN coupling 44 0.002 IN tolerance,and allow a 10 IN coupling 0.004 IN tolerance. 45 b. For equipment rotating at speeds greater than 1200 rpm allow both annular and parallel 46 positions within a tolerance rate of 0.00025 IN per inch coupling diameter. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11005-8 1 2. If equipment is delivered as a mounted unit from factory,verify factory allgmnent on site 2 after installation and realigned if necessary. 3 3.' Check surfaces for runout before attempting to trim or align units. 4 I. Grouting: 5 1. After machine base has been shimmed,leveled,couplings aligned and anchor bolts tightened to correct torque value,a or formwork shall be placed around base to contain 71 grouting.Extend dam or formwork at least 1/2 IN above the top of leveling shims and 8 blocks. 9 2. Saturate top of roughened concrete subbase with water before grouting.Add grout until 10 entire space under machine base is filled to the top of the base underside.Puddle grout by 11 working a stiff wire through the grout and vent holes to work grout in place and release any 12 entrained air in the grout or base cavity. 13' 3. - When the grout has sufficiently hardened,remove dam or formwork and finish the exposed 14 grout surface to fine,smooth surface.Cover exposed grout surfaces with wet burlap and 15 keep covering sufficiently wet to prevent too rapid evaporation of water from the grout 16 When the grout has fully hardened(after a minimum of 7 days)tighten all anchor bolts and 17 recheck driver-driven unit for proper alignment 1 3.2 INSTALLATION CHECKS 1 A. For all equipment specifically required in detailed specifications,secure services of experienced, 2 competent,and authorized representative(s)of equipment manufacturer to visit site of work and 21 inspect,check,adjust and approve equipment installation.In each case,representative(s)shall be 2 present during placement and startup of equipment and as often as necessary to resolve any 2 operational issues that may arise. 2 B. Secure from equipment manufacturer's representative(s)a written report certifying that � 2 equipment 2 1. Has been properly installed and lubricated. 2 2. Is in accurate alignment 3. Is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts. 2 4. Has been operated der full load conditions and that it operated satisfactorily. Secure and 3 deliver a field written report to Owner immediately prior to leaving jobsite. 3 C. No separate payment shall be made for installation checks.All or any time expended during 3 installation check does not qualify as O&M training or instruction time when specified. 3 3.3 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT AND HAZARD WARNING SIGNS 3 A. Identify equipment and install hazard warning signs in accordance with Section 10400. 3 3.4 FIELD PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 3 For required field painting and protective coatings,comply with Section 09905. 3 3.5 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATION 3 Clean es before installing lugs and connectors. 3 B. Terminate motor circuit conductors with copper lugs bolted to motor leads. 4 C. Tape stripped ends of conductors and associated connectors with electrical tape.Wrapping 41 thickness shall be 150 percent of the conductor insulation thickness. 4 D. "Co ections to carry full ampacity of conductors without temperature rise. 4 E. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4'" Furnish equipment manufacturer services as specifiedin the individual equipment specifications. 12502 Cityof Fort Worth BID SET Como Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 11005-9 1 B. Inspect wire and connections for physical damage and proper connection. r~ 2 C. After installation and prior to energizing the motor,provide insulation resistance test of all 3 motors 75 HP and above. 4 1. Conduct test with 500 or 1000 V DC megger. 5 2. Test each phase separately. 6 3. Disconnect all extraneous leads to the motor. 7 4. Comply with NEMA MG-1 safety requirements and test procedures. 8 D. Bump motor to check for correct rotation: 9 1. Ensure motor has been lubricated. 10 2. Check prior to connection to driven equipment 11 E. Subbase that supports the equipment base and that is made in the form of a cast iron or steel 12 structure that has supporting beams,legs and cross member that are cast welded or bolted,shall 13 be tested for a natural frequency of vibration after equipment is mounted.Keep the ratio of the 14 natural frequency of the structure to the frequency of the disturbing force out of the range from 15 0.5 to 1.5. 16 3.7 DEMONSTRATION 17 A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Section 01650. 18 END OF SECTION r-1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11005-10 1 2001/02/02 2 SECTION 11060 3 PUMPING EQUIPMENT: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY Equipment to be furnished and delivered to Como Pump Station. Equipment consist of a single 7 stage double suction,horizontal split case centrifugal pump. 8 B. Section Includes: 9 1. Pumping equipment. 10 C. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 13 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 14 4. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 15 5. Section 11071 -Pumping Equipment: Horizontal Split Case Centrifugal Pumps. 16 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17 Referenced Standards: 18 1. Hydraulic Institute(HI): 19'I a. Standards for centrifugal,rotary and reciprocating pumps. 20 13 DEFINITIONS 21 A. The abbreviations are defined as follows: 22 1. IPS: Iron Pipe Size. 23 2. NPSHR: Net Positive Suction Head Required. 24, 3. TDH: Total Differential Head. 25Q 4. FC: Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS 2 Shop s: 2 1. See Section 11005. 2. 2. Product technical data including: 30 a. Performance data and curves with flow(gpm),head(FT),horsepower,efficiency, 31 NPSH requirements,submergence requirement. 32 b. Pump accessory data. 33 c. Bearing supports,shafting details and lubrication provisions. 34 d. Solids passage information. 3 3. Certifications: 3 a. Certified pump performance curves as described in Article 2.5. 3 4. Test reports: 3 a. Factory hydrostatic test. 39 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 4C 1. See Section 01340. 41 C. Miscellaneous: 42 1. Certifications: 43 a. Statement relative to installation and start-up per Paragraph 3.2A.4. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11060-1 I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. Pumps: 6 a. See individual pump specification sections. 7 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 8 2.2 CENTRIFUGAL-PUMP DESIGN 9 A. Provide units with increasing head characteristics from the end run out portion of the curve to 10 shutoff condition. 11 2.3 ACCESSORIES 12 A. See Section 11005. 13 B. Each Unit: 14 1. Lifting eye bolts or lugs. 15 2. Plugged gage cock connection at suction and discharge nozzles. 16 3. Tapped and plugged openings for casing and bearing housing vents and drains. 17 4. Fittings for properly adding flushing lubricant. 18 5. Pressure relief fittings for grease lubrication. 19 C. Packing Seal: 20 1. Provide packing unless mechanical seal is specified in narrow-scope pump sections. 21 2. Minimum of five rings graphite impregnated synthetic packing. 22 3. Provide minimum 1/4 IN DIA supply tap and 1/2 IN DIA minimum drain tap. 23 4. Provide split teflon or bronze water seal ring. 24 5. Adjustable split follower cast iron or bronze gland. 25 2.4 FABRICATION 26 A. Pump Support: 27 1. Design base to support weight of drive, shafting and pump. 28 2. Comply with HI vibration limitations. 29 3. Mount horizontal pump,motor and coupling on single piece drip lip type baseplate. 30 4. Fabricate to withstand all cperating loads transmitted from the pump and drive. 31 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 32 A. If specifically required in the individual pump specification sections,provide factory tests: 33 1. All units: 34 a. Hydrostatic test at 150 percent of shutoff head for a minimum of 5 minutes. 35 2. Constant speed units: 36 a. Head(FT)versus flow(gpm)pump curves: 37 1) Efficiencies along curve. 38 2) Brake horsepower along each curve. 39 3. Results certified by a registered professional engineer. 40 B. Statically and dynamically balance each pump per HI standards. 41 PART 3- EXECUTION 42 3.1 INSTALLATION 43 A. See Section11005. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11060-2 1 B. Floor or Pad-Mounted Units on-Submersible): 2 1. Align vertically and horizontally level,wedge and plumb units to match piping interfaces. .1 2. Assure no unnecessary stresses are transmitted to equipment flanges. 4 3. Tighten flange bolts at uniform rate and manufacturer's recommended torque for uniform 5 gasket compression. 6 4. Support and match flange faces to uniform contact over entire face area prior to bolting pipe 7 flange and equipment. 8 5. Permit piping connecting to equipment to freely move in directions parallel to longitudinal 9 centerline when and while bolts in connection flange are tightened. 10 6. Grout equipment into place prior to final bolting of piping but not before initial fitting and 11 alignment. 12 7. Assemble connecting piping with gaskets in place and minimum of four bolts per jo° t 13 installed and tightened.Test alignment by loosening flange bolts to see if there is any 14 change in relationship of piping flange with equipment connecting flange.Realign as 15 necessary,install flange bolts and make equipment connection. 16 8. Field paint units as defined in Section 09905. 17 9. Provide pressure gage on discharge of all pumps and on suction and discharge of all non- 181 submersible units. 19 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 20, Provide services of equipment manufacturer's field service representative(s)to: 21 1. Inspect equipment covered by these Specifications. 2 2. Supervise pre-start adjustments and installation checks. . Conduct initial startup of equipment and perform operational checks. 2 4. Provide a written statement that manufacturer's equipment has been installed properly, 2 started up and is ready for operation by Owner's personnel. ry„ 2 5. Instruct Owner's personnel for the specified minimum number of hours at jobsite per 27 Section 01060 on operation and maintenance of each of following pumping equipment: 2 a. Section 11071 -Pumping Equipment: Horizontal Split Case Centrifugal Pumps,8 2 HRS. 3 END OF SECTION 3. r 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 11060-3 m a 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11060-4 " 1 , 2002/01/14 2 SECTION 11071 3 PUMPING EQUIPMENT: HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 The Contractor shall furnish and install one single-stage,double suction,horizontal split case 7 unit as specified herein and shown on contract drawings. 8 B. Section Includes: 9 1. Horizontal split case centrifugal pumps. 10 C. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 13 . Section 11060-Pumping Equipment: Basic Requirements. 1.4 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15= Referenced Standards: 1 1. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association(AFBMA). 17 2. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI): 18 a. Steel Products Manual. 19 3. American National Standard Institute( Sl): »a 20 a. S2.19,G6.3®Pump Rotating Assemblies. 21 4. ASTM International(ASTM): a. A48,Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. . B584,Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 2 5. Hydraulic Institute Standards for Centrifugal,Rotary,and Reciprocating Pumps(HI). 2 Miscellaneous: 2 1. The equipment specified in this section is to be standard pumping equipment manufactured 2 by a company with no less than 15 years experience in the manufacture of such equipment 2 , 13 SUBMITTALS 2S A. Shop Drawings: 3 . See Section 11060. 31 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 3 1. See Section 01340. 3 PART 2- PRODUCTS 3 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 31 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Horizontal split case centrifugal pumps: 3 a. Patterson Pump Company. 3 b. Paco Pumps. c. Or approved equal. f 4 2. Mechanical seals: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11071-1 1 2.2 MATERIALS �^ 2 A. Pump: 3 1. Pump casing: Cast iron,ASTM A48,Class 40. 4 2. Impellers: Stainless Steel,ASTM B276-C316. 5 3. Shaft: Stainless steel,Type 316. 6 4. Impeller wear rings: 420 Stainless steel impeller. 7 5. Shaft sleeve: AISI 316 Stainless steel. 8 6. Baseplate: fabricated steel base plate. 9 2.3 EQUIPMENT 10 A. Performance and Configuration Requirements: 11 1. Pump service category and tag number(Pump No.5): 12 a. Design condition: 10,500 gpm at 135 FT TDH with minimum pump efficiency of 82 13 percent. 14 b. Shutoff condition: 0 gpm at 184 FT TDH. 15 c. Pump configuration: Horizontal. 16 d. Maximum pump speed: 1180 rpm. 17 e. Nameplate driver minimum horsepower: 500 HP. 18 f. Voltage: 2300/4160V,3-phase 19 g. Drive type: Constant speed. 20 h. Drive configuration: Flexible coupled. 21 i. Minimum solids passage: 2-1/8 IN solids. 22 j. Net positive suction head required(NPSHR): 20 FT. 23 B. Assure increasing head characteristic from secondary design condition to shutoff condition. 24 C. Provide pumps with net positive suction head requirements that are less than the available net 25 positive suction head at design condition specified. 26 2.4 ACCESSORIES 27 A. See Section 11060. 28 2.5 FABRICATION 29 A. Furnish casing to withstand 175 psig or 200 percent of maximum working pressure. 30 B. Provide anti-friction type bearings rated for AFBMA B-10 life of 40,000 HRS based on 24 HR 31 continuous operation. 32 C. Utilize oil lubrication. 33 D. Furnish double suction impellers. 34 E. Balance impellers per HI Standards. 35 F. Provide one-piece cast bearing housing with catch basin reservoir. 36 G. Furnish baseplate with drip lip to mount motor and pump. 37 H. Casing Rings: 38 1. Equip pump case with two case rings at each impeller skirt 39 2. Provide pin to lock each ring in place. 40 I. Pump rotation to conform with piping arrangement shown on Drawings. 41 J. Couplings: 42 1. Flexible type. 43 2. Secure coupling hubs to driver and driven shafts by set screw over the key. 44 K. Suction and Discharge: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 11071-2 u Wn 1 1. Provide units with ANSI Class 125 LB rated flanged suction and discharge nozzles of the 2 following diameters: 3 SERVICE CATEGORY SUCTION,IN DISCHARGE,IN Water 20 1 4 5 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15 Factory test one pump of each service category. 7 2.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS !$ A. Extra Materials: 9 1® Furnish Owner the following extra parts for each pump service category: 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLATION 12 A. See Section 11060. 1:;$ 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL l A. See Section 11060. l END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 11071-3 i 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 S,2006 11071-4 1 SECTION 13440 2 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 3 PART 1 - 'GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 -_ Basicrequirements for comple Ite instrumentationsystem for process control. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division I -General Requirements. 10 3. Section 10400-Identification Devices. 11i 4. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 1 z 5. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 13 6. Section 16120-Wire and Cable-600 Volt and Below. 1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Referenced Standards: . Canadian Standards Association(CS ): 1 2. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) I a. ANSI X3.5—Flowchart Symbols and Their Usage in Information Processing 1 3. The Instrumentation,Systems,and Automation Society(IS ): 2 a. S5.1,Instrumentation Symbols and Identification. t 2 b. 55.2,Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations. c. 55.3,Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display Instrumentation,Logic 2 and Computer Systems. 2A d. S5.4,Standard Instrument Loop Diagrams. 2 e. S20,Standard Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, 2 Primary EIements and Control Valves. 2 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 2 5. National Institute of Standards and Technology S . Z 6. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ). 3 7. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of 3 the bid opening shall apply. 3 B. Miscellaneous: 3 1. Comply with electrical classifications and NEMA enclosure types shown on Drawings. 3 C. Qualifications: 3 1. Instrumentation subcontractor:Throughout the instrumentationspecifications,the terms 3 "system supplier"and"I&C Subcontractor" are used interchangeably. 3 a. Experience. 3 1) Shall be a financially sound firm having at least five years continuous experience 3 in designing,implementing,supplying and supportinginstrumentation control systems which are comparable to the instrumentation system in terms of hardware, 4 software,cost,and complexity. ) Shall have in existence at the time of bidadvertisement,an experienced engineering 4 and technical s capable of designing,' leme ` supplying,andsupporting the instrumentation system and handling the submittal,testing,and training requirements. ) Shall have a thoroughor knowledge of water and/or wastewater treatment 4 processes and control philosophy in accordance with standard o a water 4 and wastewater treatment industries. 12502 City of Port Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 1 -1 1 4) Shall have a demonstrated record of prompt positive response to field failures. 2 5) Shall have a record of prompt shipments in accordance with contract obligations 3 required for previous projects. 4 6) Shall have a demonstrated experience record of successful instrumentation and 5 control system equipment installations. 6 7) Shall have been the I&C Subcontractor on a minimum of three potable water pump 7 station projects,each with complexity equal to or greater than that of the Como 8 Pump Station. CONTRACTOR shall provide a list of qualifying installations, 9 including the name and telephone numbers of the plant superintendent at each 10 facility. 11 8) Include lists of five installations that have been operating satisfactorily for a period 12 of five years from the suppliers of each of the following major equipment items: 13 a) Control Panels. 14 b) Programmable Logic Controllers. 15 c) Radio Telemetry Systems. 16 1.3 DEFINITIONS 17 A. Instrument Air Header: The segment of air supply piping and tubing which transports air 18 from the compressed instrument air source through the branch isolation valve of any takeoff 19 (branch)line. 20 B. Branch Line. The segment of air supply piping and tubing which transports air from the 21 outlet of the air header branch isolation valve through an air user's isolation valve. 22 C. Calibrate: To standardize a device so that it provides a specified response to known 23 inputs. 24 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 25 A. Control System Requirements:The Process and Instrumentation Diagrams(P&ID's)and 26 the Specifications of this Section and the other Division 13 Sections illustrate and describe the 27 overall instrumentation and control system functional and operational requirements.The system 28 includes,but is not necessarily limited to,the following equipment and work: 29 1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish,install,calibrate,test,configure and program,and place in 30 operation instrumentation and control system equipment necessary to perform specified 31 functions in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 32 2. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the services of a single I&C Subcontractor who shall 33 assume responsibility for providing a complete and integrated system.In order to 34 accomplish these requirements,the I&C Subcontractor shall secure the services of HSQ, 35 Inc.of California. HSQ,Inc.shall provide the material,labor,and workforce necessary to 36 fulfill the requirements of Specification 13441 (Control Loop Descriptions),Specification 37 13500(Programmable Controller System),Specification 13448(Control Panels and 38 Enclosures),and the Contract Drawings. Applicable parts of Section 13440,such as shop 39 drawings,record drawings,and Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided by 40 HSQ,Inc. 41 3. All equipment,components,and materials required shall be furnished by the single supplier 42 who shall assume the responsibility for adequacy and performance of all items. 43 4. The CONTRACTOR shall require the supplier to identify those system components which 44 are not off-the-self components or not of his manufacture. 45 B. The Process and Instrumentation Diagrams(P&ID's)and the Specifications of this 46 Section and the other Division 13 Sections illustrate and describe the overall instrumentation 47 and control system functional and operational requirements. The system includes,but is not 48 necessarily limited to,the following equipment and work: 49 1. Primary sensor/transducers,field instruments,sensor cables,and associated mounting 50 hardware. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-2 1 2 1,otial Control Panels/Terminal Panels and enclosures as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2 Panels and,Control Panels and Enclosures;and front of panel elevations are shown on the 3 Contract Drawings. 4 3. A HSQ,Inc.programmable controller system,referred to as "Remote Terminal Unit" 5 ,with processors,communications modules,radio equipment,special function 6 modules,input/output modules,interconnecting cables,converters,power supplies, 7 enclosures,programming,and configuration as shown on the Contract Drawings and as 8 specified herein. 4. Programming/configuration of the radio at the Pump Station Site and the existing personal 10 computer control system and associated radio equipment at the City's SCADA building to 11 fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be performed by HSQ.The RTU 12 shall communicate via radio communication to the ci 's SCADA system,located at the 13 SCADA building. 14 5. The contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the installation of the RTU with the owner 15 and HSQ.The Pump Station will be monitored and controlled from the SCADA building. 16 6. The RTU and associated programming shall be furnished by HSQ as part of the allowance. 17 7. The contractor shall install the RTU inside a new local control panel. The panel shall be 18 sized to accommodate the RTU and other equipment. 19 8. The contractor shall be responsible to install the equipment finished by HSQ per HSQ 20 direction. 21 9. The radio tower shall be finished and installed by the contractor. 22 C. To ensure that all control systems and equipment are properly coordinated and will 23 function in accordance with the intent of these Specifications,the CONTRACTOR shall engage 24 the services of a qualified I&C Subcontractor in whom shall be vested unit responsibility for the 25 proper function of the complete system. However,the CONTRACTOR shall retain ultimate 26 responsibility under this Contract for control system and equipment coordination,installation, 7 operation and guarantee. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all labor,equipment, 28 materials,appurtenances,specialty items and services not provided by the I&C Subcontractor 29 but required for complete and operable control systems.The control equipment covered by the 30 Contract Documents is intended to be new standard equipment of proven ability as manufactured 31 by reputable concerns having extensive experience in the production of such equipment The 32' control equipment furnished shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the best 3 practice and methods,and shall operate satisfactorily when installed to meet the requirements o 34 the Contract Documents 5 D. I&C Subcontractor's Responsibility: 1. Detailed design,engineering,fabrication,assembly,wiring,integration,testing,and 3 debugging of the instrumentation and control system accordance with the Contract 3 Documents,the reviewed submittal drawings,and all referenced standards and codes. 2. Preparation,assembly,submission,and correction of all instrumentation and control system submittals in accordance with the Contract Documents. 41 3. Proper integration and interfacing of the instrumentation and control system hardware,field 42 ices,and panels including interfacing with package control systems °shed 43 y other equipment suppliers,with existing equipment,and with the electrical system. 44 4. Supervision of the installation of the instrumentation and control system,instruments, 45 panels,consoles,cabinets,wiring,and other components required. 5. Calibration,testing,and start-up of the instrumentation and control system. 47 6. Handling of all warranty obligations for the control system components. 49 7. Coordinate the installation and testing of the RTU with HSQ. 49 1.5 COORDINATION AND PROGRESS MEETINGS 5 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for scheduling and coordinating the system 51 installation with regard to all other work on the site and in accordance with the provisions of the 5'. Division 1 General Requirements. Said coordination shall be documented on the project 5 schedule. 12502 City of Fort Worth B1Tl SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13 -3 I B. Routine progress and coordination meetings will be scheduled by the ENGINEER. 2 CONTRACTOR shall be required to provide the services of a representative of the I&C 3 Subcontractor to attend a minimum of 2 meetings. 4 C. The purpose of the meetings shall be to review the progress of the work involving the 5 instrumentation and control system and provide coordination for installation of the equipment to 6 ensure construction schedules are met 7 D. Representatives at the meetings shall have the competence and authority to make any and 8 all necessary decisions. Decisions and statements made at the meetings shall commit the 9 CONTRACTOR and system supplier to agreed procedures and schedules. 10 1.6 SUBMITTALS 11 A. Shop Drawings: 12 1. Make shop drawing submittals in accordance with the requirements of the Contract 13 Documents,including Section 01340,Submittals. Submit all substitutions(products by 14 manufacturers other than those specifically named)in accordance with the requirements of 15 Section 01340. 16 2. Preparation of shop drawings shall not commence until after the pre-submittal conference 17 specified below. 18 3. Manufacture of the instrumentation and control system shall not commence until related 19 submittals have been approved by ENGINEER. 20 4. Shop drawings shall be submitted by specification section number. 21 5. Review of shop drawings by ENGINEER will be for conformance with Contract 22 Documents and with regard to functions specified to be provided. 23 6. All shop drawings and diagrams shall be developed using AutoCAD Release 14. Hard 24 copies shall be submitted for review. Record Drawings and Final O&M Manuals shall 25 include all AutoCAD Drawing Files as well as the hard copies of the drawings and diagrams 26 B. Submittal Requirements: 27 1. Product information for all sensors/transducers and field instruments.Include the following: 28 a. Manufacturer's product name,standard catalog product data and complete model 29 number. 30 b. Instrument tag number from Contract Documents. 31 c. Description of construction features,including housing material and NEMA rating. 32 d. Performance and operation data. 33 e. Dimensioned installation and mounting details,instructions,and recommendations that 34 are specific to this project 35 f. Identification of all wiring interconnections and points of connection. 36 g. Service requirements. 37 h. Calibration information. 38 i. A list of ranges and setpoints that includes each device. 39 j. Any instrument not listing a range in Division 13 shall be coordinated during the 40 submittal review process. Ranges that are specified,may be changed due to the actual 41 tank sizes,flow and pressure of equipment provided. This will be at no extra cost 42 during the submittal review and approval process. 43 2. RTU System Information: 44 a. System Description: 45 1) Detailed block diagram showing system hardware configuration and identifying 46 manufacturers and model numbers of system components. 47 2) Software language and organization. 48 3) Format,protocol,and procedures for remote communications and local 49 communications with input/output modules and peripheral devices. 50 4) On-line and off-line capabilities for programming,system utilities,and diagnostics. 51 5) Input/output point listing with I/O module cross reference identification,card rack, 52 slot and terminal point references. 53 6) List of spare parts and test equipment. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-4 1 ! b. r Equipment Hardware: 2. 1) Manufacturer's standard catalog product data for all system components,including 3 the radio equipment. 4 1) Layout drawings showing front,rear,end,and plan views to scale of all processing 5 equipment,I/O components,power supplies,and peripheral devices. 6 3) Construction details,features,and procedures. 7 4) Interconnection diagrams including termination details,cable identification lists, 8 and cable lengths. 9 5) Plans showing equipment layout in control panels. 10 6) Installation requirements,instructions,and/or recommendations. 11 c. Software Description: 12 1) .Standard technical documentation covering all aspects of the programmable 13 controller software functions and capabilities,including instruction set description 14 and programming procedures related to control,monitoring,logging,and alarming 15 functions. 16 2) Documentation describing memory type,size and structure and listing I/O and 17 Data Table memory and size of memory available for programs. 18 3) Existing Control System Modifications: 19 ) Documentation covering all aspects of the modifications to the control 20 software functions,including database entry,graphic screens and control 21 strategy development related to control,displays,monitoring,logging,and 22 alarming functions of the pump station provided under this contract 23 d. Panels,Consoles and Cabinets Information: 24 1) Layout Drawings,include the following: 25 2) Front,rear,end and plan views to scale. 2 3) Dimensional information. 2 ) Tag number and functional name of components mounted in and on panel, 2 console,or cabinet' 29v 5) Product information on all panel components. Include information as 30 specified above for the field sensors/transducers and instruments. 31 6) Nameplate location and legend including text,letter size,and colors to be used. 3 ) Location of anchoring connections and holes. 8) Location of external wiring and/or piping connections. 9) Mounting and installation details. 10),Su el layouts and mounting details for all items located inside control panels. 3 e. Panel schematic and internal point-to-point wiring and/or piping diagi ams,include the 35 following: 4( 1) Name of panel,console,or cabinet 2) Wiring sizes,types,and numbers. 41 3) Piping sizes,types,and numbers. 4) Terminal strip and post numbers for all interconnections. 5) Color coding. 44 6) Functional name and manufacturer's designation for components to which 4( wiring and piping are connected. f. Electrical wiring diagrams in accordance with NFPA 79 standards.No"typical" 4 iagrams will be acceptable and no tables or charts to describe wire numbers will be acceptable. All wires shall be labeled and shown on the submittal drawings.Diagrams 510 shall include all interconnections between field devices,panels,control stations and for controllers. . Plan showing equipment layout in each area. 5-1 It. Stock lists or Bill of Materials for each panel including tag number,functional name, 54, manufacturer's name,manufacturer's model number,and quantity for all components �r 5 mounted in or on the panel or enclosure. 5Q i. Instrument loop diagrams for all analog display and control loops prepared using ISA 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-5 1 standard symbols in accordance with ISA standard S5.4,include the following: imok, 2 1) Functional name of loop. 3 2) ISA tag numbers as shown in the Specifications and on the Contract Drawings. 4 3) Functional name and manufacturer's name and model,product or catalog 5 number for each item in the loop. 6 4) Location of each item. 7 5) Signal type and calibrated range,scale,or setpoint for each item. 8 6) Transmitter output drive and receiver input impedance. Show total loop 9 impedance and reserve. 10 7) Identification of loop and instrument energy sources. 11 8) Identification of all interconnections. Include wire numbers,sizes and types, 12 cable numbers,conduit numbers,intermediate junction box identification and 13 location,terminal numbers,and grounding connections. 14 9) All drawings,diagrams,loop sheets,etc.,shall be developed using AutoCAD 15 Release 14.Hard copies shall be submitted on sheets of paper with a MINIMUM 16 dimension of I I"x 17"and with a MINIMUM text height of.05". AutoCAD 17 Drawing Files shall be provided with the Record Drawings and Final O&M 18 Manuals. 19 j. Control System Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish O&M manuals for the 20 instrumentation and control system in accordance with the requirements of Section 21 01340,Operation and Maintenance Manual Transmittal;and the supplemental 22 requirements below: 23 1) The O&M manuals shall include the following: 24 a) Name,address,and telephone number of the control system supplier's local 25 service representative. 26 b) Complete list of supplied system hardware parts with full model numbers 27 referred to system part designations,including spare parts and test equipment �1 28 provided.Copy of all approved submittal information and system shop 29 drawings as 30 specified herein with corrections made to reflect the actual system as tested 31 and delivered to the site for installation. Half-size black line reproductions 32 shall be provided for all shop drawings larger than I Ix17 inches. 33 c) Manufacturer's Original Copies of Hardware,Installation,Assembly, 34 Programming,and Operations Manuals for all control system components. 35 Manuals shall include the following information: 36 (1) General descriptive information covering the basic features of the 37 equipment 38 (2) Physical description covering layout and installation requirements and all 39 environmental constraints. 40 (3) Standard technical documentation covering the procedures for 41 programming,start-up,and shutdown of the PLC equipment including 42 instruction set descriptions and programming procedures. 43 (4) Principles of operation explaining the logic of operation;provide 44 information covering operation to a component level. 45 (5) Maintenance procedures covering checkout,troubleshooting,and 46 servicing;checkout procedures shall provide the means to verify the 47 satisfactory operation of equipment,troubleshooting procedures shall 48 serve as a guide in determining faulty components,and servicing 49 procedures shall cover requirements and recommended time schedule for 50 calibration,cleaning,lubrication and other housekeeping and preventive 51 maintenance procedures. 52 (6) Wiring,schematic,and logic diagrams. 53 (7) Safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance procedures. 54 (8) Manufacturer's recommended spare parts list with model numbers. 55 3. All O&M Manuals shall be tailored for the project by indicating all options or accessories 56 provided and/or deleting or crossing out non-applicable options or information. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-6 1 4. The O&M Manuals shall be printed on heavy,first quality paper.,Large manuals shall be 2 submitted in three ring binders with a table of contents and index tabs to identify the various 3 devices. The table of contents shall reference the applicable Specification Section(s)for 4 each item and shall be included in each volume of multi-volume manuals. Comply with the 5 requirements of Section 0340,Operation and Maintenance Manual Transmittal. 6 5. Testing reports: 7 a. Source quality control reports. 8 6. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 9 a. See Section 01340. 10 b. Warranties: Provide copies of warranties and list of factory authorized service agents. 11 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 12 A. Do not remove shipping blocks,plugs;caps,and desiccant dryers installed to protect the 13 instrumentation during shipment until the instruments are installed and permanent connections 14 are made. 15 B. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for transportation,delivery and storage of 16 the equipment and materials in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, 17 requirements of the system supplier,and requirements of equipment manufacturers. 18 C. Instrumentation and control system equipment shall be packaged at the factory prior to 19 shipment to protect each item from damage during shipment and storage.Containers shall be 20 protected against impact,abrasion,corrosion,discoloration and/or other damages. Clearly label 21 contents of each container and provide information on the required storage conditions necessary 22 for the equipment. Keep OWNER and ENGINEER informed of equipment delivery. 23 D. All equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 24 and relevant organization standards. Equipment shall be protected from weather,moisture and 25 other conditions which could cause damage. Items which require a controlled environment for 26 storage such as panels and microprocessor units shall be stored in a climate controlled 27 warehouse or facility. System supplier shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing with copies to 28 OWNER and ENGINEER of the storage requirements and recommendations for the equipment 29 prior to shipment. 30 1.8 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 31 A. Power Supplies: 32 1. Do not remove shipping blocks,plugs,caps,and desiccant dryers installed to protect the 33 instrumentation during shipment until the instruments are installed and permanent 34 connections are made. 35 2. Appropriate power supplies and surge protection as specified in Section 13650,Control 36 Panels and Enclosures,shall be furnished by CONTRACTOR,for all two wire transmitters. 37 Power supplies shall be mounted in control panels or enclosures. 38 3. Design all power supplies for a minimum of 130%of the maximum simultaneous current 39 draw. 40 B. Signal Requirements: 41 1. The control system shall be designed to use 4 to 20 mA do analog signals,unless otherwise 42 specified. 43 2. Signal converters and repeaters shall be provided where indicated and/or where required. 44 Power supplies shall be sized adequately for signal converter and repeater loads. 45 3. Signals shall be isolated from ground. 46 4. Signals shall not have a transient do voltage exceeding 300 volts over one millisecond nor a 47 do component over 300 volts. 48 5. The system will be used in a water treatment plant type environment where there can be 49 high energy AC fields,DC control pulses,and varying ground potentials between the 50 sensors/transducers and the system components. The system design shall be adequate to w 51 provide proper protection against interferences from all such possible situations. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-7 I C. Miscellaneous: ^ 2 1. All instrumentation and control system components shall be heavy duty types,designed for 3 continuous service in a municipal water or wastewater treatment plant environment. The 4 system is to contain products of a single manufacturer,when possible,and to consist of 5 equipment models which are currently in production. 6 2. All instrumentation and control system components shall be designed to automatically 7 return to accurate measurement within 15 seconds upon restoration of power after a power 8 failure or when transferred to standby power supply. 9 3. Surge protection shall be provided for all power supplies,field instruments,and all other 10 control system components to protect against damage by electrical surges. 11 4. All field-mounted instruments and system components shall be designed for installation in 12 humid and slightly corrosive service conditions. All field mounted instrument enclosures, 13 junction boxes,and appurtenances shall conform to NEMA 4X requirements unless 14 otherwise specified. 15 5. All relays with interconnections to field devices shall be wired through terminal blocks. 16 Relay base terminals are not an acceptable alternate. 17 6. All panel mounted instruments,switches,and other devices shall be selected and arranged to 18 present an organized and coordinated appearance. All front of panel mounted devices shall 19 be of the same manufacturer and model line. 20 7. All components famished including field and rear of panel instruments shall be tagged with 21 the item number and nomenclature indicated on the Contract Documents and/or approved 22 Shop Drawings. 23 8. Ranges and scales specified herein shall be coordinated to suit equipment actually furnished. 24 9. Field-mounted devices shall be treated with an anti-fungus spray. 25 10. Field-mounted devices shall be protected from exposure to freezing temperatures and 26 overheating due to prolonged exposure to high ambient temperatures and direct sunlight. 27 11. All field instruments and wiring shall be tagged and labeled as described in Section 13650, 28 Control Panels and Enclosures. *W1 29 D. Environmental Conditions: 30 1. The control system shall be designed and constructed for continuous operation under the 31 following temperature and humidity conditions: 32 a. Indoor locations for control panels and instruments: 33 1) Ambient Temperature: OF to 104F. 34 2) Relative Humidity: 98 percent maximum. 35 b. Outdoor locations for instruments: 36 1) Ambient Temperature:OF to 120F. 37 2) Relative Humidity: 100%maximum. 38 E. System Designs: 39 1. Range,scale,and setpoint values specified in other Division 13 Sections are for initial 40 setting and configuration. Modifications to these values may be required based on actual 41 equipment funished and as necessafy to implement proper and stable process action which 42 are determined as systems are placed in operation. These modifications shall be done by the 43 CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. 44 2. For any items where ranges,scales,and setpoints may not have been specified, 45 CONTRACTOR shall submit a recommendation to the ENGINEER for review and 46 addressed during the submittal review process. 47 F. Failsafe Type Circuitry: 48 1. The control logic circuitry for all personnel safety,all equipment protection,and all alarms 49 shall be designed and constructed to employ failsafe type circuits. Failsafe circuitry begins 50 at the field device and continues through to the final alarm point,including all hardware and 51 software portions.Failsafe circuitry requires the"opening"of normally closed contacts and 52 the de-energizing of control relays when an abnormal condition occurs. 53 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the coordination between all subcontractors, 54 including vendor-supplied systems,to ensure the failsafe principle is used. i 2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-8 I PART 2- �PRODUCTS 2 2.1 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 3 A. System Operating Criteria: 4 1. Stability: After controls have taken corrective action,as result of a change in the controlled 5 variable or a change in setpoint,oscillation of final control element shall not exceed two 6 cycles per minute or a magnitude of movement of 0.5 percent full travel. 7 2. Response: Any change in setpoint or change in controlled variable shall produce a 8 corresponding corrective change in position of final control element and become stabilized 9 within 30 seconds. 11) 3. Agreement:' Setpoint indication of controlled variable and measured indication of controlled 1:1 variable shall agree within 3 percent of full scale over a 6:1 operating range. 12 4. Repeatability: For any repeated magnitude of control signal,from either an increasing or 13 decreasing direction,the final control element shall take a repeated position within 0.5 14 percent of full travel regardless of force required to position final element. 15 5. Sensitivity: Controls shall respond to setpoint deviations and measured variable deviations 16 within 1.0 percent of full scale. 17 6. Performance: All instruments and control devices shall perform in accordance with 18 manufacturer's specifications. 19 2.2 ACCESSORIES 20 A. Provide instruments with manufacturer's identification nameplate showing: 21 1. Manufacturer's model number. 22 2. Manufacturer's serial number. 23 3. Range: 24 a. Utilize the same units of measurement as are utilized in the Contract Documents. 25 4. Power supply requirement 26 PART 3 - EXECUTION 27 3.1 INSTALLATION 28 k Use bottom entry for all conduit entry to instruments and junction boxes. 29 B. Install electrical components per Division 16. 30 C. Panel-Mounted Instruments: 31 1. Mount and wire so removal or re'la et may be accomplished without interruption o 32 service to adjacent devices. 33 2. Locate all devices mounted inside enclosures so terminals and adjustment devices are 34 readily accessible without use of special tools and with terminal markings clearly visible. 35 D. See Section 16120. 36 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 37 A. See Section 01650. 38 B. Maintain accurate daily log of all startup activities,calibration functions,and final 39 setpoint adjustments. 40 1. Documentation requirements include the utilization of the forms located at the end of this 41 section. 42 a. Loop Checkout Sheet. 43 b. Instrument Certification Sheet. 44 c. Final Control Element Certification Sheet. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 I -9 I C. In the event that instrument air is not available during calibration and testing,supply 2 either filtered,dry,instrument quality air from a portable compressor or bottled,dry,instrument 3 quality air.Do not,under any circumstances,apply hydrostatic test to any part of the air supply 4 system or pneumatic control system. 5 D. Instrumentation Calibration: 6 1. Verify that all instruments and control devices are calibrated to provide the performance 7 required by the Contract Documents. 8 2. Calibrate all field-mounted instruments,other than local pressure and temperature gages, 9 after the device is mounted in place to assure proper installed operation. 10 3. Calibrate in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 11 4. Bench calibrate pressure and temperature gages.Field mount gage within 1 day of 12 calibration. 13 5. Check the calibration of each transmitter and gage across its specified range at 0,25,50,75, 14 and 100 percent.Check for both increasing and decreasing input signals to detect hysteresis. 15 6. Replace any instrument which cannot be properly adjusted. 16 7. Stroke control valves with clean dry air to verify control action,positioner settings,and 17 solenoid functions. 18 8. Mark range,date,setpoint and calibrator's initials on each instrument by means of blue or 19 black ink on a waterproof tag affixed to the instrument. 20 9. Calibration equipment shall be certified by an independent agency with traceability to MST. 21 Certification shall be up-to-date. Use of equipment with expired certifications shall not be 22 permitted. 23 10. Calibration equipment shall be at least three times more accurate as the device being 24 calibrated. 25 E. Loop checkout requirements are as follows: 26 1. Check control signal generation,transmission,reception and response for all control loops 27 under simulated operating conditions by imposing a signal on the loop at the instrument 28 connections.Use actual signals where available.Closely observe controllers,recorders, 29 alarm and trip units,remote setpoints,ratio systems,and other control components.Make 30 corrections as required.Following any corrections,retest the loop as before. 31 2. Stroke all control valves,cylinders,drives and connecting linkages from the local control 32 station and from the control room operator interface. 33 3. Check all interlocks to the maximum extent possible. 34 4. In addition to any other as-recorded documents,record all setpoint and calibration changes 35 on all affected Contract Documents and turn over to the Owner. 36 F. Provide verification of system assembly,power,ground,and I/O tests. 37 G. Verify existence and measure adequacy of all grounds required for instrumentation and 38 controls. 39 3.3 COMMISSIONING 40 A. Following the instrumentation and control system checkout and start-up, 41 CONTRACTOR,under the supervision of the system supplier,shall perform a complete system 42 test in the presence of the ENGINEER to verify that all equipment and software is operating 43 properly as a fully integrated system,and that the intended monitoring and control functions are 44 fully implemented and operational. 45 1. Commissioning can only begin when all instruments and control panels are installed,wired 46 and previously tested by the CONTRACTOR,in accordance with Paragraph 1.2 of this 47 section. 48 2. All spare parts must be on site and accepted prior to Commissioning. 49 3. CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER a schedule for Commissioning,including a 50 proposed start date,at least three weeks in advance. 51 B. Commissioning shall include,as a minimum,the following checks: 1,2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-10 1 l e' 'All wiring shall be checked at each termination point for correct wire size,type,color, 2 termination and wire number. 3 2. .All instruments and devices shall be checked to verify compliance with the specifications 4 and approved shop drawings. The calibration of analog devices shall be verified including 5 'the zero and span 6 3. Analog wiring shall be checked for correct polarity and ground continuity at each 7 ' termination point in the loop. 8 4. All analog loops shall be verified at each termination point at 0%, 5%,50%,75%,and 9 100%signal levels. 10 C. CONTRACTOR shall provide the following documentation for use during the 11 Commissioning effort 12 1. Complete panel schematic and internal point-to-point wiring interconnect drawings. 13 2. Complete electrical control schematics in accordance with JIC standards. 14 3. Complete panel layout drawings. 15 4. Complete field wiring diagrams. 16 5. Complete instrument loop diagrams. IT 6. Completed Calibration Certificates for all field and panel devices that require adjustment or 18 calibration. 19 7. "CONTRACTOR s 1 provide one set of Commissioning documentation for the'OVJNER's 20 personnel,one set for the ENG ER's use,one set for field use,and the required number 1 of sets for the Contractor's use. 22 8. The drawings corrected and modified during Commissioning shall form the basis for the 23 "As-Built"record drawing requirement D. All RTU hardware and software shall be thoroughly tested to verify proper operation as an integrated system. Systemtesting shall include,as a ` the folio 1. All digital inputs shall be activated at the field element to verify proper response to the 2 status change on graphic displays,reports,and in automatic control algorithms. 2 2. All analog inputs shall be tested at the field transmitter over a full range to verify proper 2 response on graphic displays,reports,and in automatic control algorithms. . All digital and analog outputs shall be forced to verify proper control operation. . Communications,including RTU data highway,computer local area network,RTU remote 3 UO,and serial communications shall be tested between all components,including existing equipment 5. Alarm displays and printing shall be tested for all analog and digital alarm points. . All automatic control algorithms shall be completely tested over various ranges and input conditions to verify proper operation. Graphic displays shall be observed to verify proper response to automatic control operations. 7. All historical data collection,trending,computation,totalization and reporting functions 3 shall be checked and tested to confirm proper operation and accuracy of the data. 8. radio communication shall be tested and established between the RTU and SCADA building. y defects or problems found during the Commissioning effort or field test shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR and then retested to demonstrate proper operation. F. Following testing and demonstration of all system functions,the Instrumentation and Control System including field sensors/transducers and instruments shall be running and fully operational for a continuous 48 hour period. The Field Test specified below shall not begin 4 until the continuous 48 hour proving run has been successfully completed and OWNER and ENGINEER agree that the Field Test can be 4 3.4 TESTING 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 1 -11 I A. The Field Test shall begin following completion of System Check-out and Start-up, 2 Commissioning,and the 48 hour proving run as specified above and shall continue until a time 3 frame has been achieved wherein the system(both hardware and software)availability meets or 4 exceeds 99.7 percent for 7 consecutive days and no system failures have occurred which result 5 in starting the Field Test over again. During the Field Test the system shall be available to plant 6 operating personnel for use in normal operation of the plant. 7 B. For the purpose of the Operational Availability Demonstration,the system will be 8 defined as consisting of the following systems and components: 9 1. Local Control Panel. 10 2. RTU communication with the existing computer monitoring equipment at the central 11 station. 12 3. All RTU system components including processors,communications modules,and 1/0 13 modules. 14 4. Primary Sensors/Transducers and Field Instruments. 15 5. Analytical Instruments. 16 C. The conditions listed below shall constitute system failures which are considered critical 17 to the operability and maintainability of the system. The Operational Availability 18 Demonstration shall be terminated if one or more of these conditions occur. Following 19 correction of the problem,a new 7 consecutive day Field Test shall begin. 20 1. Failure to repair a hardware or software problem within 24 consecutive hours from the time 21 of notification of a system failure. 22 2. Recurrent type hardware or software problems,if the same type of problem occurs three 23 times or more. 24 3. Software problem causing a RTU processor to halt execution. 25 D. The following conditions shall constitute a system failure in determining the system 26 availability based on the equation specified in Paragraph E below: 27 1. Failure of one or more input/output components. 28 2. Failures of any type affecting ten or more input/output points simultaneously. 29 3. Failure of any type affecting one or more regulatory control loops or sequential control 30 algorithms thereby causing a loss of the automatic control of the process variable or process 31 sequence operation. 32 4. Failure of a RTU or computer power supply. 33 5. Failure of two or more primary sensors/transducers,field instruments,or analyzers 34 simultaneously. 35 E. The system availability shall be calculated based on the following equation: 36 37 A= MTBF/(MTBF+MTTR)x 100% 38 39 where: A=system availability in percent 40 MTBF=average time interval between consecutive system failures 41 MTTR=average time required to repair system failures 42 F. Time between failures shall be the period between the time that a reported system failure 43 has been corrected and the time of subsequent notification of the CONTRACTOR that another 44 system failure has occurred in terms of operating hours. 45 G. Time to repair shall be the period between the time that the CONTRACTOR is notified 46 of a system failure and the time that the system has been restored to proper operation in terms of 47 hours,minus an allowance for the following dead times which shall not be counted as part of the 48 time to repair period. 49 1. Actual travel time for service personnel to get to the plant site up to a maximum of 6 hours 50 from the time the CONTRACTOR is notified of a system failure. 51 2. Time for receipt of spare parts to the project site once requested up to a maximum of 24 52 hours. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-12 I H. Completion of a 7 consecutive day period without any restarts of the Field Test and with 2 system availability in excess of 99.7 percent will constitute acceptance of the Instrumentation 3 and Control System by the OWNER 4 I. All parts and maintenance materials required to repair the system prior to completion of 5 the FIELD TEST shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. 6 If parts are obtained from the required plant spare parts inventory,they shall be replaced to 7 provide a full complement of parts as specified. 8 J. An instrumentation and control system Malfunction/Repair Reporting Form shall be 9 completed by the plant personnel and/or ENGINEER to document failures,to record 10 CONTRACTOR notification,arrival and repair times and CONTRACTOR repair actions. 11 Format of the form shall be developed and agreed upon prior to the start of the Field Test. 12 13 14 END OF SECTION 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-13 125p2 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13440-14 Loop Check-out Sheet Project Name: Owner's Project No.(if applicable): Page of Project Owner: Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No.: Date: LEAK AND TERMINATION/CONTINUITY CHECKS FIELD CONTROL CAB DESCRIPTION LEAK CHECK, TERM/CONT CHEC z TERM/CONT CHEC z Device Tag Process Signal Device Tag Termination Device Tag Termination No. Conn. Tube No. Ident. No. Ident. 1.Leak check for pneurnatic signal tubing to be per ISA-PR7.1. .Termination/continuity check includes check at terminated equipment for. ( )correct polarity,(b)appropriate signal generation,transmission and reception,and(c)correct shield&ground terminations. OPERATOR INTERFACE CHECK-OUT MONITORING POINTS OBSERVED PARAMETER TYPE TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. PROCESS VAR EQUIP STATUS ALARM POINT OPERATOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS CHECKED FUNCTION TYPE TAG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. LOCATION AS LEFT SETTINGS TAG NO. SWITCH&ALARM SP CONTROLLERS Gain Reset,rpm Deriv.(rate),min PV Set Point Describe all interlocks checked,equipment started/stopped,valves/operators stroked. Describe modes of operation checked,and location of operator interface(I l/re te). I certify that the control loop referenced on this page has been completely checked and functions in accordance with applicable drawings and specifications. Certified Iry Date: (Work Perfornrod ) (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 III-3034-5 Copyright 1991 HDR Enginearing,Inc. Loop Check-out Sheet Project Name: BIG PROJECT Owners Project No.(if applicable): Page 1 of 2 Project Owner: ABC Company Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No.: 10050-211-134 Date: 12/19/98 .00 AM Control Loop No. 107 LEAK AND TERMINATION/CONTINUITY CHECKS INIV FIELD C -0 B DESCRIPTION LEAK CHECK, TERM/CONTCHEC_2 TER z Device Tag Process Signal Device Tag Termi Device T ation No. Conn. Tube No. Ident. No. (dent. P201 Start Sig VFD-107 21,22 PLC Cab 103,, P201,Speed inp VFD-107 ®28 PLC Cab P201 Start out VFD-1 32 PLC Cab Press transmit PIT-107 JS — PIT-10 PLC , 100 1.Leak check for pneumatic signal tubing to be per ISA-PR7.1. .Te ination/ ntinuity check includes check at terminated a ipme )corre approprl ration,transmission and reception,and(c)correct shield&ground terminati OPERAT CHE T MONITO BSE PARAMETER TYPE TAG NO. TAG NO. O. TAG NO. TAG NO. PROCESS VAR PI-107A SI-107 EQUIP STATUS 1 ON 1 OFF V 07 close r ALARM POINT H-107 us go OP NT CTIONS CHECKED FUNCT PE G NO. AG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. LOCATION sw -107A sel sw 7B P201 S MCC HS-107D MCC now _. I AS LEFT SETTINGS Mda SWI &ALARM SP CONTROLLERS Gain Reset,rpm Deriv.(rate),min PV Set Point PA 120 psi SC- 2.0 5.0 0.2 80 psi Describe all interlocks checked,equipment started/stopped,valves/operators stroked. Describe modes of operation checked,and location of operator interface(local/remote). (1) HSa107B in Local: (a)start/stop operation via HS-107A and HS-107C.D (b)Manual/auto operation via HS-107A. In auto,pump stopped on hi press,started on to press. 2 HS-107B in Remote:Observed o eration from PLC-pumpstogp2d on hlipEess,started on to oress. 3 Observed V-107 open/close automatically in accord with pump run condition. (4)Observed all indications and terminations shown above. (5) Tuned SC-107 I cartify that the control loop referenced on this page has been completely checked and functions in accordance with applicable drawings and specifications. Certified by Joe Smuts Date: 12/12/9>3 (Work Performed ) (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 III-3034-5 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering,Inc. Loop Check-out Sheet Project Name: BIG PROJECT Owner's Project No.(if applicable): Page 2 of 2 Project Owner: ABC Company Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No.: 10050-211-134 Date: 12/19/98 Control Loop No. 17 LEAK AND TERMINATION/CONTINUITY CHECKS FIELD CRWOL Q&B DESCRIPTION LEAK CHECK() TERM/CONT CHECKf2, A TER z Device Tag Process Signal Device Tag Termi Device T anon No. Conn. Tube No. Ident. No. ent. V-107 open ZS ZSO-107 +/ PLC Cab 112,1 3 V-107 close ZS ZSC-107 +!« PLC Cab 1.Leak check for pneumatic signal tubing to be per ISA-PR7.1. .Tennination/continulty check includes check at terminated a ipm )corre approp ration,transmission andreception,and(c)correct shield&ground terminal 0 OPERAT E CHE MONITO BSE PARAMETER TYPE TAG NO. TAG NO. NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. PROCESS VAR EQUIP STATUS 1-107 1-107 ALARM POINT OP ONT F CTIONS CHECKED FUNCTI PE G NO. AG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. LOCATION AS LEFT SETTINGS SWl &ALARM SP CONTROLLERS Gain Reset,rpm Dedv.(rate),min PV Set Point i Describe all interlocks checked,equipment started/stopped,valves/operators stroked. Describe modes of operation checked,and location of operator interface(lo V mo ). Ch to i sand vrie in i tions s a ve, i certify that the control loop referenced on this page has been completely checked and functions in accordance with applicable drawings and specifications. Certified by Job Swath Date: 12/19/98 Petforimed By) (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 II1-3034-5 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering,Inc. Instrument Certification Sheet Project Name: Owner's Project No.(if applicable): Project Owner: Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No. Date: Control Loop No.: Instrument Tag No. Transmitter/gauge span: Manufacturer. Switch set-point: Model No. Skch dead bovd: Serial Na. Switch range: TRANSMITTERS AND INDICATORS INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT % SPAN INPUT OUTPUT ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERROR %of span) %ofspan) 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% Other(if applicable) Other(if applicable) SWITCHES INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT ACTUATION POINT INPUT OUTPUT ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERROR °!°of range) %of ran e High(increasing input) Low(Decreasing input) Maximum allowable error(per Contract Documents): Remarks: CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? Certified by: Date C d: (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 III-3034-6 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering,Inc. Instrument Certification Sheet Project Name: BIG PROJECT Owner's Project No.(if applicable): Project Owner. ABC Company Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No. 10050-211-134 Date: 12/19/98 Control Loop No.: 222 Instrument Tag No. TSH-222 Transmitter/gauge span: Manufacturer: ACE,Inc. Switch set-point: 50 F A Vold= Model No. TL-2983-SH5 Switch dead band: 5 Serial No. 10293583 Switch range: 32-200` w TRANSMITTERS AND IND,lG�4. :jR_ INCREASING INPUT DE SING INP %OF SPAN INPUT OUTPUT OR IN P UT RROR 0% Imm 25% Wr 50% Mir °lo y� 100 N MAW U Other(if applicable) Other(if applicable) 29A S ,ITICHES INC.,_,.;. PU DECREASING INPUT A OINT IT PLIV ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERROR of range) %of ran e Hi creasing input) II&W K act Close 0.1% 45.1 F Contact Open 0.2% Lo nput) Ma — allowable v per Contract Documents): 1.0%Switch Range Rem CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? Temperature(dry block) Hart Scientific XL5897T 0.1 F Yes calibrator � Certified by: Joe Smfth Date 12119/98 (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 III-3034-6 Cpyright 1991 HDR Enginering,Inc. Instrument Certification Sheet Project Name: SIG PROJECT Owner's Project No.(if applicable): Project Owner. ABC Company Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No. 10050-211-134 Date: 12/19/98 Control Loop No.: 106 'A Instrument Tag No. PIT-106A Transmitter/gauge span: 0-200 psi Manufacturer: ACE,Inc. Switch set-point: Model No. 1275-X Switch dead band: Serial No. 3049569TSH Switch range: TRANSMITTERS AND INDJ , ft-J-1 INCREASING INPUT DE SING INP %OF SPAN INPUT OUTPUT E 'OR IN UTPU E ROR "� an /o of span) 0% 0.00 psi 4.02 mA ,..;,.»�. WEM 0:00 25% 50.00 psi 8.00 .' fl0psi 0.06 50% 100.00 psi 12.01 mA - .00 psi WOO mA 0.00 75% 150.00 psi 16.00 mA 0 psi 16.01 mA 0.06 ° p '110 psi 19.99 mA 0.06 100/0 200.00 psi 0.00 mA 4 2,Y Other(if applicable) A VA VIP' Other(if applicable) & ` I a A, sm Is W- SXCHES PUT DECREASING INPUT A OINT UT TP - ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERROR of range) %of range H cress' input) mum Lo -riput) Ma allowable e. per Contract Documents): .1 %scan Rem , d'us a zero-otherwise no ad'u tments re wired CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? Pressure calibrator Hathaway/Beta XL5946P 0.025%full scale Yes Pressure module Hathaway/Beta 0.025%full scale Yes XL5948P-6:0-150 psi Certified _ ,4 mil Date Certified: 1 1 8 (Version 1,0 Apr 99) Task 3034 III-3034-6 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering,Inc. Final Control Element Certification Certification Sheet Project Name: Owner's Project No.(if applicable): Project Owner: Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No. Date: Control Loop No.: Actuator: Pneumatic: Electric: Tag No. Positioner. Direct: Reverse: Description: Positioner: Input: Output: Manufacturer: I/P Converter: Input: Output: Model No. Valve to on air failure Serial No. Valve to on po r failure UP CONVERTER INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT %OF SPAN INPUT OUTPUT ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERROR °loof span) %ofspan) 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% Specified I/P converter accuracy. %of span. FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT % SPAN INPUT TRAVEL ERROR INPUT TRAVEL ERROR (% °®°of full travelL of full travel 0% 25% 50% 75% 100 Remarks: CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? Certified by Date Certified: (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 III-3034-7 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering,Inc. Final Control Element Certification Sheet Project Name: BIG PROJECT Owner's Project No.(if applicable): Project Owner. ABC Company Regulatory Agency Project No.(if applicable): HDR Project No. 10050-211-134 Date: 12/19/98 Control Loop No.: 056 AM Actuator: Pneumatic:X Electric: Tag No. LCV-056A Positioner. Direct: Reverse13-15si Description: Control Valve Positioner: Input: 9-15 psi Output: Manufacturer: ACE,Inc. I/P Converter. In 44-20 mA 0 ut: Model No. XYZ-123 Valve to Open on air failu Serial No. 748569AP2 Valve to O en n power ai I/P CONVERTER INCREASING INPUT DECR ;SINGJN %OF SPAN INPUT OUTPUT R INP T ERbR (% ° n) of s an 0% 4.00 mA 3.01 psi $ 0.17 25% 8.00 mA 6.04 psi "t, mA � °�sr 0.42 50% 12.00 mA 9.00 psi mA Vol psi 0.08 75% 16.00 mA 11.97 psi mA 12.03 psi 0.25 100% 20.00 mA 99 psi 2WA 14.99 psi 0.08 Specified I/P converter accu 0. f span. . ,AL I� "., L ENT INC , $ ,�;;w�VPU DECREASING INPUT O :PAN UT RROR INPUT TRAVEL ERROR (% %of foil travel of full travel si % 9.00 psi 0% - 5% 4mrs s' 5% - 10.50 psi 25% - 5 ¢ 50% - 12.00 psi 50% - VIEW 0 p 75% - 13.50 psi 75% 1110r. 0 psi 100% - 15.00 psi 100% Rem . V-, 6A is not furnished with position transmitter, so travel checks were visual. CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. . ACCURACY NISTTRACEABILITY? Multi-fct calibrator Fluke-XL743B 0.01%Rdg+0.015%FS Yes Pressure Module Fluke-XI700POS(0-30") 0.05%FS Yes Certified by J�Smlth Date Certified: 12/19/98 (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 III-3034-7 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering,Inc. i 2003/02/03 ; SECTION 13441 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL S 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Instrumentation control loops. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. ff 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 13440-Instrumentation for Process Control: Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. See Section 13440. 14 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 A. The control loop descriptions provide the functional requirements of the control loops if represented in the Contract Documents. Descriptions are provided as follows: I I. Control system overview and general description 1 2. Major equipment to be controlled 1 3. Major field mounted instruments(does not include localgages) ` °. 21 4. Manual control functions 2t 5. Automatic control functions/interlocks 2 6. Major indications provided at local control panels and motor starters/VFD's 2 7. Remote indications and alarms 2 B. The control loop descriptions are not intended to be an inclusive listing of all elements and 2 appurtenances required to execute loop fimctions,but are rather intended to supplement and 2 complement the drawings and other specification sections. The control loop descriptions shall 21 not be considered equal to a bill of materials. 22 C. Provide instiumentation hardware and software as necessary to perform control functions 29 specified herein and shown on drawings. 3C 1.4 SUBMITTALS 3 A. See Section 13440. 3 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 3 1. See Section 01340. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13441-1 1 PART 2- PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 2 PART 3- EXECUTION 3 3.1 CONTROL LOOPS 4 A. General 5 The following paragraphs describe the basic functionality of the instrumentation and control system 6 for the Como Pump Station and its interface to the existing SCADA control room. The SCADA 7 control room,hereby referred to as"MCS"for convenience in the remainder of this specification,is 8 comprised of an existing HSQ radio based supervisory-control-and—data-acquisition system with a 9 personal computer based operator interface system.MCS shall be programmed/configured to meet 10 the requirements of the Contract Documents as substantially described herein and as shown on the 11 Drawings. 12 B. Control Strategy Narrative 13 14 1. Loop 001 Valve Controls 15 16 The inlet valve located at the valve vault shall control flow to the pump station. There is a 17 local LOCAL-REMOTE(L-R)switch on the valve operator. In the LOCAL position the 18 valve is controlled locally by the pushbuttons.In the Remote position the HMI and local 19 RTU shall control the valve to be opened or closed. 20 21 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 22 a. Inlet Valve FCV-001 Remote Status 23 b. Inlet Valve FCV-001 Opened Status 24 c. Inlet Valve FCV-001 Closed Status 25 d. Inlet Valve FCV-001 Open Command 26 e. Inlet Valve FCV-001 Close Command 27 28 2. Loop 050 Ground Storage Tank No.2 Level 29 30 The Ground Storage Level shall be measured by a pressure transmitter located in Vault 31 No.2. The level shall be displayed at the local RTU panel and HMI. Level alarms shall be 32 generated at the HMI to alert the operator of a problem. A historical trend shall be 33 displayed on the HMI to provide the operator with historical data. 34 35 An Intrusion alarms shall be provided on the Vault door. This alarm shall be sent to the 36 RTU as a common input. This signal when in the alarm condition will latch and notify the 37 operator at the HMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator takes 38 action and resets the alarm. 39 40 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 41 a. Ground Storage Tank No.2 Level 42 b. Ground Storage Tank No.2 Low Level Alarm Status 43 c. Ground Storage Tank No.2 High Level Alarm Status 44 d. Vault No.2 Intrusion Alarm Status 45 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13441-2 3. Loop 051 Ground Storage Tank No.2 Hatch Security An Intrusion alarms shall be provided on the tank access hatch. This alarm shall be sent to the RTU as a common input This signal when in the alarm condition will latch and notify the operator at the HMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator takes action and resets the alarm. The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: a. Ground Storage Tank No.2 Access Hatch Intrusion Alarm Status 1 1 4. Loon 052 Ground Storaae Tank No.2 Access Gate Security Alarm 1 I An Intrusion alarms shall be provided on the tank access gate. This alarm shall be sent to I the RTU as a common input. This signal when in the alarm condition will latch and notify 1 the operator at the HMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator '1 takes action and resets the alarm. 1 1 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimunit 1 a. Ground Storage Tank No.2 Access Gate Intrusion Alarm Status 2 2 5. Loop 070 Ground Storage Tank No.I Level 2 2 The Ground Storage Level shall be measured by a pressure transmitter located in Vault 2 No.1. The level shall be displayed at the local RTU panel and HMI. Level alarms shall be 2 generated at the HMI to alert the-operator of a problem. A historical trend shall be 2 displayed on the HMI to provide the operator with historical data. 2 21 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 25 a° Ground Storage Tank No.1 Level 30 b. Ground Storage Tank No.l Low Level Alarm Status 31, c. Ground Storage Tank No.1 High Level Alarm Status 3 3 6. LooD 071 Ground Storage Tank No.1 Hatch Secu Alarm 3 3 An Intrusion alarms shall be provided on the tank access hatch. This alarm shall be sent to 3 the RTU as a common input This signal when in the alarm condition will latch and notify 3 the operator at the HMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator 38 takes action and resets the alarm. 39' 40 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a um: 41 a. Ground Storage Tank No.I Access Hatch Intrusion Alarm Status 2 43 7. Loop 072 Ground Storage Tank No.1 Access Gate Security Alarm 44 45 An Intrusion alarms shall be provided on the tank access gate. This alarm shall be sent to 46 the RTU as a common input This signal when in the alarm condition will latch and notify 47 the operator at the BMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator 8 takes action and resets the alarm. 49 50 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 51 a. Ground Storage Tank No.1 Access Gate Intrusion Alarm Status 52 53 h, 54 8° Loop 080 P M Station Suction Prelsure Monito ` g 55 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13441-3 I A pressure transmitter mounted on the pump suction line shall monitor the pressure. This r� 2 pressure signal shall be displayed on the RTU panel front and sent to the HMI for 3 monitoring and recording. High and low alarms shall be generated to notify the operator of 4 a problem.A historical trend shall be displayed on the HMI to provide the operator with 5 historical data. 6 7 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 8 a. Pump Station Suction Line Pressure Indication 9 b. Pump Station Suction Line High Pressure Alarm Status 10 c. Pump Station Suction Line Low Pressure Alarm Status 11 12 13 9. Loop 101. 102,103,104,&105 Pump Controls 14 15 Four Existing pumps,One new pump,and one pump to be added in the future will draw 16 water from the Ground Storage Tank(GST)and pump through the distribution to the 17 Elevated Storage Tank(EST).Runtime shall be totaled in the RTU in current minute, 18 hourly,daily,monthly and previous current minute,hourly,daily,monthly totals. The 19 values shall be sent to the HMI on a periodic scan and stored for use by the system for 20 display and reporting. This data will be saved and backed up on an independent media on a 21 monthly basis.There is a local HAND-OFF-REMOTE(H-O-R)switch on the MCC for 22 each pump. The pumps shall be interlocked to start against a closed valve and stop against a 23 closed valve(does not apply for pump 1). This logic shall be hardwired and located in the 24 MCC. A timer in the RTU logic shall shut the pump off in an orderly fashion if pressure is 25 not sensed in the discharge line. In the HAND position the pump is controlled locally by 26 the start/stop pushbuttons.In the OFF position the pump is off. In the Remote position the 27 HMI and local RTU shall control the pumps.The pump controls shall be interlocked with 28 the GST level to prevent running the pumps when the level is low. Additionally,the pumps 29 will shutdown is an orderly manner should the discharge pressure exceed an adjustable 30 limit. Time delays will be provided to prevent"short-cycling"the pumps. Incorporate into 31 the programming of the RTU and HMI,software and graphics for the control of future 32 Pump#6. Pump#6 shall be added without any additional programming. 33 34 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 35 a. Pump High Discharge Alarm Status 36 b. Pump Remote Status 37 c. Pump On Status 38 d. Pump Off Status 39 e. Pump Runtime 40 f. Pump Common Alarm Status 41 g. Pump Sequence Failed 42 h. Pump Start Command 43 i. Pump Stop Command 44 j. Valve Opened Status(does not apply for loop 10 1) 45 k. Valve Closed Status(does not apply for loop 101) 46 1. Valve Sequence Failed(does not apply for loop 10 1) 47 in. Pump Current Monitoring Indication(From Multilin) 48 n. Pump Power Factor Monitoring Indication(From Multilin) 49 o. Pump Voltage Monitoring Indication(From Multilin) 50 51 10. Loop 107 Pump Station(Meter Vault 3)Flow and Pressure 52 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13441-4 A venturi flow meter and differential pressure transmitter shall measure the flow from the pump station to the distribution system. The square root function shall be performed in the transmitter and a 4-20 mA linear signal proportional to flow shall be displayed on the RTU panel front and sent to the RTU. Flow shall be totaled in the RTU in current minute,hourly, daily,monthly and previous current minute,hourly,daily,monthly totals. The values shall be sent to the HMI on a periodic scan and stored for use by the system for display and reporting.This data will be saved and backed up on an independent media on a monthly basis.A historical trend shall be displayed on the IM to provide the operator with historical data. A pressure transmitter mounted in the discharge line of the pump station shall monitor the pressure. This pressure signal shall be displayed on the RTU panel front and sent to the HMI for monitoring and recording. High and low alarms shall be generated to notify the operator of a problem.A historical trend shall be displayed on the HMI to provide the I operator with historical data. I I The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: I a. Pump Station Flow(Meter Vault 3) I b. Pump Station Flow Total(Meter Vault 3) 2 c. Pump Station Discharge Line(Meter Vault 3)Pressure Indication 21, d. Pump Station Discharge Line(Meter Vault 3)High Pressure Alarm Status 2, e. Pump Station Discharge Line(Meter Vault 3)Low Pressure Alarm Status Z 24 11. Loop 108 P=Station(Meter Vault 21 Flow and Pressure 2! 2( A Transit Time flow meter shall measure the flow from meter vault 2 to the distribution 2, system. The tr=mitter shall provide a 4-20 mA linear signal proportional to flow to be 2 displayed on the RTU panel front and sent to the RTU. Flow shall be totaled in the RTU in 2S current minute,hourly,daily,monthly and previous current minute,hourly,daily,monthly 3( totals. The values shall be sent to the HMI on a periodic scan and stored for use by the 31 system for display and reporting.This data will be saved and backed up on an independent 3, media on a monthly basis.A historical trend shall be displayed on the HMI to provide the 3-- operator with historical data. 34 34 A pressure transmitter mounted in the discharge line of the pump station shall monitor the 3( pressure. This pressure signal shall be displayed on the RTU panel front and sent to the 37 HMI for monitoring and recording. High and low alarms shall be generated to notify the 3 operator of a problem.A historical trend shall be displayed on the HMI to provide the 39 operator with historical data. 40 41 An Intrusion alarms shall be provided on metering vault 2 access hatch. This alarm shall be 42 sent to the RTU as a common input This signal when in the alarm condition will latch and 43 notify the operator at the HMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator takes action and resets the alarm. 4 41 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 47 a. Pump Station Flow(Meter Vault 2) 4 b. Pump Station Flow Total(Meter Vault 2) 4 c. Pump Station Discharge Line(Meter Vault 2)Pressure Indication 5 d. Pump Station Discharge Line(Meter Vault 2)High Pressure Alarm Status 51 e. Pump Station Discharge Line(Meter Vault 2)Low Pressure Alarm Status 5 f. Metering Vault No.2 Access Hatch Intrusion Alarm Status 531 54, 12. Loop 109 PM Station QL2 Residual 55 12502 City of Fort Worth BED SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13441-5 I The total chlorine residual shall be measured and a 4-20 mA linear signal proportional to 2 chlorine residual shall be sent to the RTU. Residual level alarms shall be generated at the 3 HMI to alert the operator of a problem.A historical trend shall be displayed on the HMI to 4 provide the operator with historical data. 5 6 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 7 a. Pump Station Total Chlorine Residual Indication 8 b. Pump Station High Chlorine Residual Alarm Status 9 c. Pump Station Low Chlorine Residual Alarm Status 10 11 13. Loop 110 Pump Station Water Temperature 12 13 The temperature of the water coming into the pump station shall be measured and a 4-20 14 mA linear signal proportional to temperature shall be sent to the RTU.Temperature level 15 alarms shall be generated at the HMI to alert the operator of a problem.A historical trend 16 shall be displayed on the HMI to provide the operator with historical data. 17 18 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 19 a. Pump Station Water Temperature Indication 20 b. Pump Station High Water Temperature Alarm Status 21 c. Pump Station Low Water Temperature Alarm Status 22 23 14. Loop 111 Pumn Station pH Monitoring 24 25 The pH of the water coming into the pump station shall be measured and a 4-20 mA linear 26 signal proportional to pH shall be sent to the RTU.pH level alarms shall be generated at the 27 HMI to alert the operator of a problem.A historical trend shall be displayed on the HMI to 28 provide the operator with historical data. 29 30 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 31 a. Pump Station Water pH Indication 32 b. Pump Station High Water pH Alarm Status 33 c. Pump Station Low Water pH Alarm Status 34 35 15. Loop 112 Pump Station Pressure Monitoring 36 37 A pressure transmitter mounted in the existing valve vault shall monitor the pressure. This 38 pressure signal shall be displayed on the RTU panel front and sent to the HMI for 39 monitoring and recording. High and low alarms shall be generated to notify the operator of 40 a problem.A historical trend shall be displayed on the HMI to provide the operator with 41 historical data. 42 43 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 44 a. Pump Station(Valve Vault)Line Pressure Indication 45 b. Pump Station(Valve Vault)Line High Pressure Alarm Status 46 c. Pump Station(Valve Vault)Line Low Pressure Alarm Status 47 48 16. Loop 113 Pump Station Intrusion Alarm Monitoring 49 50 Intrusion alarms shall be provided on the double doors and front leading into the pump 51 station.These alarms shall be connected together at a field J box and sent to the RTU as a 52 common input This signal when in the alarm condition will latch and notify the operator at 53 the HMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator takes action and 54 resets the alarm. 55 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13441-6 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: a. Pump Station Intrusion Alarm Status 17. Loop 114 Pumi)Station Smoke Alarm Monitoring Eight smoke detector alarms shall be provided. These alarms shall be connected together at a field J box and sent to the RTU as a common input This signal when in the alarm i condition will latch and notify the operator at the HMI of and intrusion. This signal will remain active until the operator takes action and resets the alarm. The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: a. Pump Station Smoke Alarm Status JA 18. Loop 115 Switchgear Power Monitoring 1! U The Multilin Powering Monitoring devices shall be networked to communicate with the E RTU via Modbus RTU protocol as shown in contract drawings. The power data shall be I totaled in the RTU in current minute,hourly,daily,monthly and previous current minute, I hourly,daily,monthly totals. The values shall be sent to the HMI on a periodic scan and 2 stored for use by the system for display and reporting. This data will be saved and backed 2 up on an independent media on a monthly basis.A historical trend shall be displayed on the 2 HMI to provide the operator with historical data. X 24 The HMI shall be configured with the following signals as a minimum: 2! a. Switchgear Voltage Indication 2( b. Switchgear Current Indication X c. Switchgear Power Factor Indication 2k d. Switchgear Kilowatt Indication 25 3( 31 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BM SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13441-7 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 13441-8 2002/11/26 „ SECTION 13442 PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND TRANSMITTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:, 1® Flow components. . Pressure components. 3. Level components. 1 4. Temperature components. 1 5. Analytical components. 1 6. Pipe,tubing and fittings. 1 7, Instrument valves. B. Related Sections include but are not necess .`ly limited 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 3® Section 11005-Equipment: General Requirements. 1 4. Section 13440-Instrumentation for Process Control: Basic Requirements. 1 5. Section 13441 -Control Loop Descriptions. 6. Section 15060-Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 21 7. Section 15061 -Pipe: Steel. 22� 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 A. Referenced Standards: 2 1. American Gas Association(AGA): 2 a. Gas Measurement Committee Report#3. 2 2. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI). 2 3. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 2 a. B 16.5,Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2 b. B 16.22,Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. 3 c. PTC 1 .3,Instruments and Apparatus,Part 3 Temperature Measurement 31 d. MC96.1,Temperature Measurement Thermocouples. 3 4. AmericanSociety of Mechanical Engineers( ): 33 a. B31.1,Power Piping. 34 b. SEC II-A SA-182,Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy Steel Pipe 35 Flanges,Forged Fittings,and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature. 36 c. SEC II-A SA-479,Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars 37 and Shapes for Use in Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels. 3 Fluid Meters,Sixth Edition. 39 5® ASTM International(ASTM): 40 a. A106,Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature 41, Service. 2 b. A126,Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,Flanges,and Pipe 43 Fittings. 44 c® Al 82,Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges,Forged 45 Fittings and Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service. 46 d. A234,Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy 47, Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. 48; e. A240,Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel 49 Stainless Steel Plate,Sheet,and Strip for Pressure Vessels. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 1 2-1 I f. A269,Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel 2 Tubing for General Service. 3 g. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 4 h. A479,Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for use in Boilers and 5 other Pressure Vessels. 6 i. B 16,Standard Specification for Free-Cutting Brass Rod,Bar and Shapes for Use in 7 Screw Machines. 8 j. B32,Standard Specification for Solder Metal. 9 k. B61,Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 10 1. B68,Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube,Bright Annealed. 11 in. B75,Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. 12 n. B88,Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 13 o. B 124,Standard Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Forging Rod,Bar,and 14 Shapes. 15 p. B283,Standard Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Die Forgings(Hot- 16 Pressed). 17 q. B453, Standard Specification for Copper-Zinc-Lead Alloy(Leaded-Brass)Rod. 18 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 19 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volt Maximum). 20 b. ICS 6,Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. 21 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 22 A. The instruments specified in this Section are the primary element components for the control 23 loops shown on the"I"series Drawings and specified in Section 13441.These instruments are 24 integrated with other control system components specified under Section 13440 specification 25 series to produce the functional control defined in the Contract Documents. 26 1.4 SUBMITTALS �~ 27 A. Shop Drawings: 28 1. See Section 01340 and Section 13440. 29 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 30 1. See Section 01340. 31 PART 2- PRODUCTS 32 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 33 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the Manufacturers listed in the articles 34 describing the elements are acceptable. 35 B. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 36 2.2 FLOW COMPONENTS 37 A. Transit Time Ultrasonic Flow Meters: 38 1. Acceptance manufacturers: 39 a. Eastech Badger,Model 4600. 40 b. Approved Equal 41 2. Type: 42 a. Window spooled piece with AWWA Class D flanged ends. 43 3. Design and fabrication: 44 a. The electronics shall be in NEMA 4X outdoor enclosure with transducer cables of 45 adequate length. lo,m*, 46 b. Splicing of transducer cable shall not be permitted. 47 c. Ambient temperature: 0 to 140 DegF. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13442-2 u yd. Power supply:. 120 Vac at 60 Hz e. 4.. Sensor. a. Sensors shall be mounted diagonally across from each other and shall be mounted through special windows or mounting bosses and shall not sense through the pipe wall. Sensor shall be corrosion resistant and weatherproof b. Solid state sensing element circuitry. 5. Transmitter output: 1) 4-20 mA isolated into 600 ohms. ff 2) Proportional to flow. 11 6... Schedule: 1 TAG NUMBER DESCRIPTION PIPE SIZE(IN) RANGE(GPM) FIT-108 Newter Vault No.2 13 Ix 23 PRESSURE COMPONENTS 1 Pressure Transmitters: U 1. Acceptable manufacturers: E a° Rosemount 1 b. Foxboro I c. Approved Equal 2 2. Type: 21 a. Process pressure indicating transmitter with electronic circuitry and process suitable 22 wetted parts. 23 b. Loop powered 2-wire,24 volts direct current. 24 c. Housing: NEMA 4 ,weatherproof corrosion-resistant with operating temperature 25 from 0 to 220 degrees Fahrenheit and relative humidity of 0 to 100 percent 26 3. Overrange Protection:To maximum process line pressure 27 4. Acurracy:Withi 0.10 percent of calibrated span including combined effects of linearity, 2hysteresis,and repeatability. 291, 5. Transmitter output:4-20 mA isolated into 650 ohms. 3() 6. Adjustments:Electronic zero and span,and elevated or suppressed zero as required b 1 application. 32 7. Local Indicators: Scaled in Engineering units,calibrated to required range. 33 34 8. Schedule: 35 TAG NUMBER DESCRIPTION RANGE S P •108 New Meter Vault No.2 Pressure 36 37 B. Pressure Switches: 38 1. Acceptablemanufacturers: 39 a. Mercoid. b. Automatic Switch Company. 41 c. United Electric. 42 2. Materials: 43 a. Wetted switch elements: 316 stainless steel. yh 44i b. Diaphragm seal housing. 316 stainless steel. 45 3. Accessories: 46 a. Utilize pressure snubbers with porous metal discs to provide pulsation dampening on t 2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expausion May 18,2006 13442- I pressure switch.Pulsation dampers shall be stainless steel 2 b. On applications where a pressure switch and a pressure gage are used at the same 3 location,it is permissible to utilize one pulsation dampener and diaphragm seal to 4 isolate both elements from the process fluid. 5 4. Design and fabrication: 6 a. Pressure sensing mechanism and switch enclosed in NEMA 4 housing. 7 b. Utilize hermetically sealed mercury contact switches. 8 c. Two SPDT contacts rated: 9 1) 1 amp inductive at 125 Vdc. 10 2) 10 A inductive at 120 Vac. 11 d. Switch set points: 12 a) Adjustable with approximate setpoint calibrated in engineering units. 13 b) Switch range shall be factory set. 14 5. Schedule: 15 TAG NUMBER DESCRIPTION LOW SETTING HIGH SETTING PSH-101 Pump P1 High Discharge Pressure Switch PSH-102 Pump P2 High Discharge Pressure Switch PSH-103 Pump P3 High Discharge Pressure Switch PSH-104 Pump P4 High Discharge Pressure Switch PSH-105 Pump P5 High Discharge Pressure Switch PSH-106 Pump P6 High Discharge Pressure Switch 16 C. Pressure Gage: 17 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 18 a. Ashcroft. 19 b. Ametek. 20 c. Approved Equal 21 2. Materials: 22 a. Bourdon tube,socket,connecting tube: 316 stainless steel. 23 b. Case: Phenolic. 24 c. Diaphragm seal housing: 316 stainless steel. 25 d. Pressure Snubber:Housing: 316 stainless steel 26 3. Accessories: 27 a. Provide valve at point of connection to equipment and at panel if panel mounted. 28 b. Utilize pressure snubbers with porous metal discs to provide pulsation dampening on 29 gage applications. 30 4. Design and fabrication: 31 a. All components suitable for service at: 32 1) 250 DegF. 33 2) The maximum process temperature to which the gage is to be exposed. 34 b. Provide viewer protection from element rupture. 35 c. Calibrate gages at jobsite for pressure and temperature in accordance with 36 manufacturer's instructions. 37 d. Unless otherwise required by codes,provide stem mounted or flush mounted,as 38 required,with dial diameter as follows: 39 PIPE SIZE DIAL SIZE GAGE CONNECTION 1-1/2 IN or less 2-1/2 IN 1/4 IN Larger than 1-1/2 IN 4-1/2 IN 1/2 IN 40 41 e. Equip with white faces,black numerals and black pointers. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13442-4 f. Gage tapping position to be clear of equipment functions and movements,and protected from maintenance and operation of equipment.Gage to be readable from an accessible standing position. g. Gage accuracy: 1 percent of full range. h. Select gage range so that: 1) The normal operating value is in the middle third of the"dial. 2) Maximum operating pressure does not exceed 75 percent of the fall scale range. 5. Schedule 1 TAG NUMBER DESCRIPTION RANGE(PSI) -1 1 Pump P 1 High Discharge Pressure PI-102 Pump P2 High Discharge Pressure PI-103 Pump P3 High Discharge Pressure PI-104 Pump P4 High Discharge Pressure PI-105 Pump P5 High Discharge Pressure PI-106 Pump P6 High Discharge Pressure 11 12 D. Fixed Mounted Float Type Level Switch 13 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 14 a. AshcrofL Consolidated Electric,9G. 15, b. Healy Ruff,equivalent product 16 c. Approved Equal 17 2. Materials:Floating ball type using nominal 5 inch diameter 316 grade stainless steel 18 encapsulated float ball with mercury switch and supporting submarine flexible synthetic 19 rubber hinge fastened to adjustable mounting bracket and acting as housing for lead wires 20 from switch. 21 3. Lead ire:Flexible waterproof cable,long enough to preclude splices or junction xes in 2 wet well,with stainless steel mounting accessories. 23 4. Life Expectancy-Minimum 30 years. 24 5. Contacts: Single pole,double throw,Form C,rated at 10 amperes, 120 volts alternating 25 current. 2 27 6. Schedule 8 TAG NUMBER DESCRIPTION RANGE(PSI) LSH-1 8 Meter Vat No.2 Flood Switch 29 30 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS 31 A. Diaphragm Seal: 32 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 331 a. Ashcroft 34 b. Ametek. 35 c. Approved Equal. 36 2. Design and fabrication: 37 a. Type 316 stainless steel diaphragm and bottom housing,unless otherwise specified. ry'. 38 L b. Bottom housing fitted with flushing connection,Type 316 stainless steel close nipple 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station 'on May 18,2006 13 2-5 I and valve cock. 2 c. Fill fluid:Silicone oil fill fluid. 3 B. Intrusion Switch: 4 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 5 a. Sentrol Model 1044TW. 6 b. Approved Equal. 7 2. Type: 8 a. Form C Contact rated 30V AC/DC max,0.25 A max,3.0 W max. 9 b. Mounting: Surface 10 c. #6 Screw Terminal 11 d. Gap Distance 3 inches. 12 13 3. Schedule: 14 TAG NUMBER DESCRIPTION ZS-050-A Existing Valve Vault#2 Door Intrusion Switch#1 ZS-050-B Existing Valve Vault#2 Door Intrusion Switch#2 ZS-051 Ground Storage Tank#2 Access Hatch Intrusion Switch ZS-071 Ground Storage Tank#1 Access Hatch Intrusion Switch ZS-108 New Valve Vault#2 Intrusion Switch ZS-110 Distribution Valve Vault Intrusion Switch ZS-113-1 Pump Station Double Door Intrusion Switch 1 ZS-113-2 Pump Station Double Door Intrusion Switch 2 ZS-113-3 Pump Station Front Door Intrusion Switch 15 16 2.5 PIPE,TUBING,AND FITTINGS 17 A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 18 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 19 acceptable: 20 a. Tube fittings: 21 1) Parker CPI. 22 2) Swagelok. 23 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 24 C. Instrument Tubing and Fittings: 25 1. Material: 26 a. Tubing: ASTM A269,Grade TP 316 stainless steel. 27 b. Straight fittings: 316 stainless steel per ASME SA479 or ASTM A276. 28 c. Shaped bodies: ASME SA-182 F316 stainless steel. 29 2. Design and fabrication: 30 a. Tubing: 31 1) Seamless. 32 2) Fully annealed. 33 3) Maximum hardness: 80 Rb. 34 4) Free from surface scratches and imperfections. 35 5) Diameter: 1/2 IN OD unless specified otherwise. 36 6) Wall thickness: 37 a) Meet requirements of paragraph 122.3 of ASME B31.1. 38 b) Minimum 0.049 IN for 1/2 IN OD tubing. 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13442-6 b. Fittings: 1) Flareless. 2) Compression type. D. Instrument Piping: 1. For applications where the instrument is supported solely by the sensing line,(e.g.pressure gauge directly mounted to process e)utilize piping as specified below. a. Diameter: 1/2 IN unless specified otherwise. b. Schedule 80. Y 2.6 ACCESSORIES I A. Furnish all mountingbrackets,hardware and appurtenances required for mounting primary elements and transmitters. 1 1. Materials,unless otherwise specified,shall be as follows: a_ Bolts,nuts,washers,expansion anchors: 316 stainless steel. ll b. Mounting brackets: 1) Standard: 316 stainless steel. U 2) Highly corrosive areas: Aluminum. Y c. Mounting plates, es: 1 1) Standard: Carbon steel. l 2) Corrosive areas: 316 stainless steel. 2( d. Instrument pipes . 2 1) Standard: Hot-dip galvanized 2 IN schedule 40,ASTM A106,Grade B carbon 2 steel. ) Corrosive areas: 316 stainless steel. 2 B. Tubing Support Angles and Brackets: 2 1. Any of the following materials area table: 2 a. Aluminum support with dielectric material between support and tubing. b. Type 3I6 stainless steel. 21 c. Fiberglass. 29 C. Tubing Tray or Channel: Aluminum. 3C 1. Provide dielectric material between tray or channel and tubing. 31 D. Provide handheld communicator compatible with all intelligent transmitters fiwnishedL Hand 32 held communicator shall provide capability to check calibration,change transmitter range,and 3 provide diagnostics. If these features are provided with the intelligent transmitter,the hand held 3 communicator is not required. 3 E. Cable lengths between sensors and transmitters shall be continuous(withoutsplices)and as 36 required to accommodate locations as shown on Drawings. 37 PART 3 - EXECUTION 39 3.1 INSTALLATION 39 Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 44 B. Install instrument mounting pipe stands level and plumb. 41 C. Instrument Valves: 42 1. Orient stems for proper operation. 43 2. Install arrays orderly and neat in appearance with true horizontal and vertical lines. 44 3. Provide a minimum of 2 IN clearance between valve handle turning radii where there are 451 multiple valve handles appearing in a straight line. 46 4. Valves shall have bonnets and any soft seals removed during weldingor soldering into the 47 line.When cool,reassemble the valves. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13 -7 1 5. Support each valve individually.The tubing system does not qualify as support for the 2 valve. 3 D. Locate instrument piping and tubing so as to be free of vibration and interference with other 4 piping,conduit,or equipment. 5 E. Keep foreign matter out of the system. 6 F. Remove all oil on piping and tubing with solvent before piping and tubing installation. 7 G. PIug all open ends and connections to keep out contaminants- 8 H. Tubing Installation: 9 1. General: 10 a. Install such that tube shows no sign of crumpling,bends of too short a radius,or 1 I flattening,etc. 12 b. Make tube runs straight and parallel or perpendicular to the floor,equipment and piping 13 runs. 14 c. For liquid and steam applications,slope continuously from the process to the 15 instrument with a minimum slope of 0.50 IN per foot. 16 d. For gas and air applications,slope continuously from the instrument to the process with 17 a minimum slope of 0.50 IN per foot. 18 e. If the sensing line cannot be continuously sloped,install high point vents and low point 19 drains. 20 f. Keep instrument tubing clean during all phases of work. 21 g. Blow out with clean,dry, oil-free air immediately before final assembly. 22 It. Cut by sawing only and debur. 23 2. Bending: 24 a. Make each bend with tube bender of the correct size for the tube. 25 b. Make all bends smooth and continuous. loon**, 26 c. Rebending is not permitted. 27 d. Make bends true to angle and radius. 28 e. Maintain a true circular cross section of tubing without buckling or undue stretch of 29 tube wall. 30 f. Allowable tolerance for flattening out of tubing bends: Maximum of 8 percent of the 31 OD for stainless steel tubing. 32 g. Minimum bending radius for stainless steel tubing: 33 MINIMUM TUBE OD BENDING INCHES RADIUS,INCHES 1/4 9/16 3/8 15/16 1/2 1-1/2 34 35 h. Minimum bending radius for type L,hard(drawn)copper: 36 TUBE OD INCHES MINIMUM BENDING 3/8 1-3/4 1/2 2-1/2 37 38 3. Tubing support: 39 a. Intermittently support by clamping to support angle. 40 b. Install supports to be self-draining,supported by hangers,or cantilevered from walls or 41 structural beams. 42 c. Support at 5 FT-0 IN maximum spans for horizontal or vertical runs. 43 d. Use tubing trays in areas where spans between supports are greater than 5 FT and for all 44 signal tubing support. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13442-8 e. Support each tubing tray at 10 FT maximum spans. f Align tubing in orderly rows and retain in the tray by bolted clips.The use of spring or speed clips is not acceptable. g. Maintain order of the tubing throughout the length of the tray. h. Locate angle,channel and tray installation to protect tubing from spills and mechanical damage. i. Locate support members to clear all piping,conduit,equipment,hatchways,monorails, and personnel access ways and allow access for equipment operation and maintenance. j. Support trays to prevent torsion,sway or sag. H k. Permanently attach supports to building steel or other permanent structural members. I 1 1. Arrange supports and trays so that they do not become a trough or trap. 1 4. Routing and orientation: E a. Route to maintain a minimum headroom clearance of 8 FT. JA b. Locate and orient valves and specialties so that they are accessible for operation and I., maintenance from the operating floor.Do not route through or over equipment removal 10 areas,below monorails or cranes nor above or below hatches. 1 5. Expansion and vibration provisions:. I a. Provide horizontal expansion loops at the process connections. I b. Route tubing parallel to relative motion through sleeved supports that allow linear tube 2 movement 2 c. Cold springing of tubing to compensate for thermal expansion is prohibited. d. Utilize flexible hoses to connect pneumatic tubing to air users which may move or 21 vibrate. 21d 1. Air Supply. 2! 1. Connect all instruments requiring air to air supply piping and tubing.Provide connections as 2( follows: 2, a. Terminate branch supply line not more than 36 IN from the device with a 1/2 IN 21 isolation valve. 2! b. For remaining line,use 1/4 or 3/8 IN tubing of a length to allow for normal equipment 3 movement and vibration. 3" c. Use flexible hoses to connect pneumatic tubing to air users which may experience 3: significant movement or vibration. 3 d. Make branch connections to individual instruments from the top of the supply header. 3A e. Purge instrument air piping of extraneous material by blowing clean,dry,oil-free air 3.' through the system prior to final connection. 3( J. Threaded Connection Seals: Y 1. Use Tite-Seal or acceptable alternate. 3 2. Use of lead base pipe dope or Teflon tape is not acceptable. 3 3. Do not apply Tite-Seal to tubing threads of compression fittings. 4 K. Capillary Tubing: 41 1. Route capillary tubing in tubing tray. 4 2. Install capillary tubing with a 2 IN minimum bend radius which does not kink or pinch the 431 capillaries. 44 3. Do not cut or disconnect at any point 45 4. Coil excess capillary tubing and secure at the instrument. 4 L. Instrument Mounting: 47 1. Mount all instruments where they will be accessible from fixed ladders,platforms,or grade. 48 2. Mount all local indicating instruments with face forward toward the normal operating area, 49 within reading distance,and in the line of sight 50 3. Mount instruments level,plumb,and support rigidly. 51 4. Mount to provide: 52 a. Protection from heat,shock,and vibrations. 53 b. Accessibility for maintenance. 54 c. Freedom from interference with piping,conduit and equipment 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Purnp Station Expansion May 18,2006 13442-9 1 3.2 TRAINING 2 A. Provide on-site training in accordance with Section 01650. .. . 3 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 2-10 2002/01/14 SECTION 13446 CONTROL AUXILIARIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. Signal modules: a. Loop isolator. 2. Annunciators. 1 3. Pilot devices: I a. Selector switches. 1 b. Pushbuttons. 1 c. Indicating lights. I d. Combination selector switch/indicator fight 1 e. Potentiometer 1 4. Relays/timers: 1 a. Program timers. 1 b. Percentage timers. I c. Reset timers. 2 d. Control relay. 2 e. Signal-level switching relays. 2 f. Time delay relays. 2 5. Termination equipment: a. Terminal blocks. 2 b. Fuse holders. 2 6. Power supplies: 2 a DC power supplies. 21 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 2 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the 3 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 31 3. Section 13440-Instrumentation for Process Control:Basic Requirements. 3 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 A. Referenced Standards: 1. The Instrumentation,Systems,and Automation Society(ISA): 3 a. S18.1,Annunciator Sequences and Specifications. 3 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association MA): a. ICS 2,Standards for Industrial Control Devices,Controllers and Assemblies. 31 b. ICS 6,Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. 3 Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ). 4Miscellaneous: 1. Assure units comply with electrical area classifications and NEMA enclosure type shown on 41 Drawings. 43 13 SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawings: 4 1. See Section 13440. 4 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 125502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 6-1 1 1. See Section 01340. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 4 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the manufacturers as listed in the articles 5 describing the devices are acceptable. 6 B. Provide similar components from the same manufacturer for uniformity of appearance, 7 operations,and maintenance. 8 C. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 9 2.2 SIGNAL MODULE 10 A. Loop Isolators: 11 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 12 a. AGM Electronics. 13 b. Moore Industries. 14 2. Design and fabrication: 15 a. Solid state electronics. 16 b. Transmit analog output signal directly proportional to measured input signal. 17 c. Power source: 24 Vdc. 18 d. Analog input: 4-20 mA DC or 1-5 Vdc. 19 e. Output signal: 4-20 mA DC into 1400 ohms. 20 f. Impedance: 21 1) Voltage input: 10 Meg. 22 2) Current input: 50 ohms. loom%. 23 3) Voltage output: 1 ohm. 24 4) Current output: 1650 ohms. 25 g. Accuracy: Better than f 0.10 percent of span. 26 h. Isolation: Up to 500 V rms(input,output and case). 27 i. Temperature effect: +0.0025 percent of span per DegF. 28 j. Ambient temperature range: 0-140 DegF. 29 k. Factory calibrated. 30 2.3 ANNUNCIATORS 31 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 32 1. Ronan. 33 2. Ametek/Panalarm. 34 3. Rochester Instrument Systems. 35 B. Design and fabrication: 36 1. Utilize both audio and visual indication in accordance with ISA S18.1 diagrams and 37 descriptions. 38 2. Clearly identified nameplate for each annunciation window. 39 3. Lamps: 24 V. 40 4. Microprocessor based logic. 41 5. Pushbuttons providing following functions: 42 a. Lamp test. 43 b. Alarm acknowledge. 44 c. Alarm reset. 45 6. Mount: Surface. 46 7. Power source: 120 Vac,+ 10 percent,60 HZ. 47 8. Provide power supply for field contact interrogation. 48 a. Field interrogation voltage: 125 Vdc. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13446-2 9. Operating temperature :32-122 DegF. 10. Humidity: 10 to 95 percent non-condensing. 2.4 PILOT DEVICES A. Selector Switches: 1. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Cutler Hammer. b. Allen-Bradley. . Design and fabrication: a. Heavy-duty type. 1( b. Oiltight NEMA 4 11 c® Rotary cam units conforming to NEMA ICS 2-21 . 2. . 1 . Supply switches having number of positions requiredwith. . contact blocks to fulfill 1 functions shown and specified. 14 e. UL listed. 1 f. Maintained contact type. 1 g. Designed with cam and contact block ' -approximate area of 21N SQ. 1. h. Legend plate marked per Contract Documents. 1 i. Contact block requirements: 1 1) Dry and indoor locations: Standard contact blocks rated for 10 A continuous 2 current. 2 ) Wet or outside locations: Hermetically sealed contact blocks. 2 B. Pushbuttons: 2 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 2 a. Cutler Hammer. 2 b. Allen-Bradley. 2 2. Materials: 27 a. Backing diaphragm:Buna-N. 2 3. Design and fabrication: 2 3 a. Oiltight NEMA 4 1 . Conformingto NEMA ICS 2-216.22. 3 c. Mounting hole: ( 0.5 ) { . . 33 d. Diaphragm backed. 34 e. UL listed. 35 £ Emergency stop pushbuttons to have mushroom head operator and maintained contact. 36 g. Non-illuminated type: 1) Momentary contact with necessary contact blocks. 3 2) Molded,solid color melamine buttons. 3 3) Appropriate contact blocks to fulfill functions shown or specified 4 IL Contact block requirements: 41 1) Dry and indoor locations: Standard contact blocks rated for 10 A continuous 42 current. 43 2) Wet or outside locations: Hermetically sealed contact blocks. 44 ) Legend plate marked per Contract Documents. 45 C. Indicating Lights: 46 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 47 a. Cutler Hammer. 48 b. Allen-Bradley. 49 2. Design and fabrication: so a. Type allowing replacement of bulb without removal from control panel. 511 b. UL listed. 52, c. 24 V 531 d. Legends marked per Contract Documents. 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 6-3 I e. Nominal 2 IN SQ face. �~ 2 f. Push-to-test indicating lights. 3 g. Glass lens. 4 h. Color code lights as follows: 5 1) To be determined by Owner 6 i. Legend plate engraved for each light. 7 D. Combination Selector Switch/Indicator Light: 8 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 9 a. Micro Switch,Model CMG 10 b. No like,equivalent or"or-equal"item or substitution permitted 11 2. Design and fabrication: 12 a. Indicators,pushbuttons,selectors,and selector-push combination units as indicated on 13 Drawings. Contact arrangements and functions as shown on Drawings. 14 b. Integrally-mounted transformers for each indicating lamp. Lens colors and engravings 15 as shown on Drawings. 16 c. NEMA 13,oil-tight and dust-tight. 17 d. Cover plate edge bezel: Chrome colored to match existing. 18 e. Contacts: Heavy-duty rated with easy wiring terminal screws. 19 E. Potentiometer: 20 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 21 a. Cutler-Hammer. 22 b. Allen-Bradley. 23 c. Or equal. 24 2. Design and fabrication: 25 a. Heavy-duty,NEMA type. 26 b. Mounting hole: 30.5 min. 27 c. UL listed. 28 d. Linear adjustment through 0-1000 ohms with 1 percent resolution. 29 e. 3-wire interface. 30 f. Dial plate with 0-100 percent scale. 31 g. Panel mounted. 32 h. One-turn adjustment knob. 33 2.5 RELAYS/TIMERS 34 A. Program Timers: 35 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 36 a. Tork 37 b. Paragon Electric Company,Inc. 38 2. Design and fabrication: 39 a. Microprocessor based. 40 b. Serve as time program actuator control of final control elements. 41 c. 24 HR time control. 42 d. Programmable from panel face keys. 43 e. Skip-A-Day feature allowing schedule to be skipped for an entire day or days. 44 f. SPDT switch contact rated at 15 amps at 120 Vac. 45 g. Battery carryover to maintain time and program during power outage for 275 HRS. 46 B. Percentage Timer: 47 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 48 a. Eagle Signal Controls. 49 2. Design and fabrication: 50 a. Dial setting made by turning a knob located in the center of dial. 51 b. Dial calibrated with 100 divisions and a pointer to indicate percentage of each total 52 cycle that the contact is closed. 12M2 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13446-4 c. Set accuracy: I percent d° Repeat accuracy: 1/2 percent of full scale. e. Percentage timer shall allow 0 to 100 percent time selector of the sspecified time range time setting of 24 HR timer control. f° Automatic repeat cycle-type timer. g. Switch rating:25 amps at 120 Vac. h. Current input 120 V, 1 PH,60 HZ. i. Time range of percentage timer equal to 15 minutes. C. Reset Timer: 1 . Acceptablemanufacturers: I a. Eagle Signal Controls. 11 2. Design and fabrication: I a° Heavy duty. I b. Consisting of adjustable time delay with automatic reset feature when period is timed I out. I c. Auxiliary relays as required to perform functions specified or shown on Drawings. I d. Operate on 117 Vac(+10 percent)power source. 1 e. Nominal dimensions:4 x 4 IN. I f, Switch rating: 10 amps. 2 g. Dial range:60 minutes. 2 D. Control Relays: 2 1® Acceptable manufacturers: 2 a° Idec. 2 b. Potter&Brumsfield. 2 c, Allen-Bradley. 2 2. Design and fabrication: � 2 & Plug-in general purpose relay. 2 b. Blade connector type. 2 c. Switching capacity: 10 A. 3 d. Contact material: Silver cadmium oxide. 3 e. Provide relays with a minimum of 3 SPDT contacts. 3 f. Coil voltage: 120 Vac or 24 Vdc. 3 g. Relay sockets are DIN rail mounted. 3 IL Internal neon or LED indicator is lit when coil is energized. 3 i. Clear polycarbonate dust cover with clip fastener. 3 j. Check button. 3 k. Temperature rise: 3 1) Coil: 85 DegF max. 3 2) Contact: 65 DegF max. 4 1. Insulation resistance: 100 Meg min. 4 m. Frequency response: 1800 operations/hour. 4 n. Operating temperature: -20 to+150 DegF. 4 o. Life expectancy: 1) Electrical: 500,000 operations or more. 4 2) Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations or more. 4 p. UL listed or recognized. 47 E. Signal-Level Switching Relays: 1® Acceptable manufacturers: a. Idec. 5 b. Potter&Brumsfield. 51 c. Or equal. 52 . Design fabrication: 53 a° Minimum of 2 SPDT gold-flashed,bifurcated contacts. 5 ' b. Hermetically sealed. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13 -5 I c. Rated at 3 A resistive at 120 Vac or 24 Vdc. 2 F. Time Delay Relays: 3 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 4 a. Eagle Signal Controls. 5 b. Idec. 6 c. Or equal. 7 2. Design and fabrication: 8 a. Melt design test and performance requirements of NEMA ICS 2-218. 9 b. Heavy-duty. 10 c. Solid-state construction. 11 d. External adjusting dial. 12 e. Auxiliary relays as required to perform functions specified or shown on Drawings. 13 f. Operates on 117 Vac(f 10 percent)power source. 14 g. Contact rating: A150 per NEMA ICS 2-125. 15 h. Furnish with"on"and"timing out" indicators. 16 2.6 TERMINATION EQUIPMENT 17 A. Terminal Blocks: 18 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 19 a. Phoenix Contact. 20 b. Allen-Bradley. 21 c. Or equal. 22 2. Design and fabrication: 23 a. Modular type with screw compression clamp. 24 b. Screws: Stainless steel. 25 c. Current bar:Nickel-plated copper allow. 26 d. Thermoplastic insulation rated for-40 to+90 DegC. 27 e. Wire insertion area: Funnel-shaped to guide all conductor strands into terminal. 28 f. Install end sections and end stops at each end of terminal strip. 29 g. Install machine-printed terminal markers on both sides of block. 30 h. Spacing:6 mm. 31 i. Wire size: 22-12 AWG. 32 j. Rated voltage: 600 V. 33 k. Din rail mounting. 34 1. UL listed. 35 3. Standard-type block: 36 a. Rated current: 30 A. 37 b. Color: Gray body. 38 4. Bladed-type block: 39 a. Terminal block with knife blade disconnect which connects or isolated the two sides of 40 the block. 41 b. Rated current: 10 A. 42 c. Color: 43 1) Panel control voltage leaves enclosure-normal: Gray body,orange switch. 44 2) Foreign voltage entering enclosure: Orange body,orange switch. 45 5. Grounded-type block: 46 a. Electrically grounded to mounting rail. 47 b. Use to terminal ground wires and analog cable shields. 48 c. Color: Green and yellow body. 49 B. Fuse Holders: 50 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 51 a. Phoenix Contact. r� 52 b. Allen-Bradley. 53 c. Or equal. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13446-6 2. Design and fabrication: a. Modular-type with screw compression clamp. b. Screws: Stainless steel. c. Current bar. Nickel-plated copper alloy. d. Thermoplastic insulation rated for-40 to+105 DegC. e. Wire insertion area: Funnel-shaped to guide all conductor strands into terminal. f Blocks can be ganged for multi-pole operation. g. Install end sections and end stops at each end of terminal strip. h. Install machine-printed terminal markers on both sides of block. I i. Spacing- 9.1 nun. I j. Wire size: 30-12 AWG. I k. Rated voltage: 300 V. 1 1. Rated current: 12 A. I m. Fuse size: 1/4 x 1-1/4. I n. Blown fuse indication. I o. DIN rail mounting. Il p. UL listed. 1� 2.7 POWER SUPPLIES is A. DC Power Supplies: 2( 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 21 a. Condor. 2', b. International Power. 2-- 2. Design and fabrication: 2A a. Converts 120 Vac input to DC power at required voltage. 2 b. Linear,open-frame power supply. 2 c. Sized as required by the load. Minimum 2.4 A output 2 d. AC input 120 Vac+10 percent-13 percent;47 to 63 HZ. 2 e. Line regulation: ±0.05 percent for a 10 percent change. 2 f Load regulation: ±0.05 percent for a 50 percent load change. 3 g. Output ripple: 3 mV+0.05 percent of output voltage,peak to peak maximum. 31 h. Transient response: Less than 50uS for 50 percent load change. 3 i. Short circuit protection: Automatic current limit/foldback. 33 j. Stability: ±0.05 percent for 24 HRS after warm-up. 34, k. Temperature rating: 0 to 50 DegC full rated,derated linearly to 40 percent at 70 DegC. 31 1. Temperature coefficient:+0.0 1 per gC maximum. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLATION 38 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 39 40 41 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13446-7 i 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 6®8 2002/01/14 SECTION 13448 CONTROL PANELS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY - A. Section Includes:. 1. Control panels. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract H 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 10400-Identification Devices. 1 4. Section 13440-Instrumentation for Process Control: Basic Requirements. 1 5. Section 13500-Programmable Logic Controller )Control System. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). 1 2. ASTM International(ASTM): aA269,Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel 1 Tubing for General Service. 2 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association ): 2 a. ICS 4,Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use. 2 b. ICS 6,Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. c. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 V ). 2 4. National Fire Protection Association A): a. National Electric Code(NEC). 21 5. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): a. UL 508,Industrial Control Equipment 21 B. Miscellaneous: 1. Obtain approved control panel layouts prior to installation of conduit feeds 3Provide completely matching color tones for any individual color specified. 3 . Provide panel with the required NEMA rating per NEMA Publication No.250 to meet 3 classifications shown on drawings or specifications. 3 4. Approved supplier of Industrial Control Equipment under provisions of UL 508. Entire 3d assembly shall be affixed with a UL 508 label"Listed Enclosed Industrial Control Panel' 3 prior to shipment to the jobsite. Any control panel which arrives to the jobsite without an 36 UL 508 label shall be rejected and sent back to the panel shop. .37 1.3 DEFINITIONS 38 A. Foreign voltages: Voltages present in circuit even when the panel main power is disconnected. 3 1.4 SUBMITTALS 4 Shop Drawings: 41 1. See Section 13440. 4 2. Statement of panel wiring methods including wire type,insulation colors,insulation rating, 4 e sized,wire routing,and wire labeling strategy to be implemented during panel fabrication. 4 3. Letter documenting UL 508 capabilities. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13 -1 1 4. Scaled panel face and subpanel face instrument and nameplate layout drawings. 2 5. Panel and subpanel materials of construction. 3 6. Panel and subpanel dimensions and weights. 4 7. Panel access openings. 5 8. Conduit and wiring access locations. 6 9. Internal wiring and terminal block drawings. 7 10. Internal component layout to scale. 8 11. Nameplate text. 9 12. Scaled layouts of any graphic panels. 10 13. Total electrical load of panels and enclosures. 11 B. As-Built Drawings: 12 1. Update the control panel drawings and ship at least one copy with the control panel to the 13 jobsite. 14 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 15 1. See Section 01340. 16 PART 2- PRODUCTS 17 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 18 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 19 acceptable: 20 1. Enclosures: 21 a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 22 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 23 2.2 MATERIALS 24 A. Front Panel,Subpanel or Front Door: Stainless steel. 25 B. Frame and Bottom Angles: Stainless steel. 26 C. Top,Sides,Back,Sides,and Back Door: Steel. 27 D. Hinges: Stainless steel. 28 E. Pneumatic Control Tubing and Fittings: ASTM A269 Grade TP 304. 29 F. Nameplates: Phenolic. 30 G. Filler Panels: Steel. 31 2.3 ACCESSORIES 32 A. Panel Nameplates and Identification: 33 1. See Section 10400. 34 2.4 FABRICATION 35 A. General: 36 1. Fabricate panels with instrument arrangements as shown on the Drawings. 37 2. Finish interior of panel with epoxy glass white. 38 3. Provide control panel which meets the following requirements: 39 a. Enclosure sheet metal thickness per UL 508,subpart 7.3. 40 b. Bonding for continuity of grounding per UL 508,subpart 7.6. 41 c. Enclosure openings per UL 508,subparts 7.8 through 7.11. 42 d. Observation windows,if utilized,per UL 508,subpart 7.12. 43 e. Constructed in accordance with NEMA type per UL 508,subpart 7.15. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13448-2 ry f° Corrosion protected per UL 508,subpart 8. b, g. .Tapped holes for conduit in a cast metal enclosure per UL 508,subpart 27.3 h. Knockouts in sheet-metal enclosure per UL 508,subpart 27.4 4. Provide cautionary markings,if required,in accordance with UL 508,subpart 59. a. Locate cautionary markings per UL 508,subparts 59.1,59.3. b. Prefix the cautionary marking with the word"CAUTION"or"WARNING"utilizing letters sized per UL 508,subpart 59.2. c. If more than one disconnect switch is required to disconnect all power within a panel or enclosure,provide a cautionary marking with the word"CAUTION"and the following 10 orequivalent"Risk of Electric Shock-More than one disconnect switch required to de- 1 l energize the equipment before servicing." 1 1) Locate the cautionary marking on the outside of the equipment or on a stationary 13 fixed,nonremovable part inside the equipment where easily and clearly seen. 14 B. Free-Stinding Panels: 15 L Welded construction. 16 2. Completely enclosed,self-supporting,and gasketed dusttight 1 3. Edges turned back minimum of 2 IN. 1 4. Seams and comers welded and ground smooth to touch and smooth in visual appearance. 1 5° Provide full length flush pan doors. 2 6. Provide full length piano hinges rated for 1.5 times door plus instrument weight' 21 7. Furnish doors with keyed alike lockinghandles and three t catch. 22; 8. Provide appropriate conduit,wiring,and instrument openings in accordance with best panel 23' design. 24 9. After cutouts have been made,finish opening edges to smooth and true surface condition. 25 1 . Provide each panel with lifting eyebolts.Furnish hot-dipped galvanized steel base channels. 26 1 . Slotted bolt holes in base, 1-1/2 long for field adjusfanent 27 C. Wall Mounted Panels: 281 1. Seams continuously welded and ground smooth. 29 2° Rolled lip around all sides of enclosure door opening. 30 . Gasketed dust tight. 31 4. Three-point latching ec m operated by oil tight key-locking handle. 32 5. Key doors alike. 3 6. Continuous heavy GA hinge pin on doors. 34= a. Hinges rated for 1.5 times door plus instrument weight 35' 7° After cutouts have been made,finish opening edges to smooth and true surface condition. 36 8. Front full opening door. 37 9. Brackets for wall mounting. 38 D. Panel Front Construction: 39' 1. Welded construction. 40 2. Edges turned and ground smooth to touch and visual appearance. 41 3. At joints where panel face meets side walls,provide dustproof sponge rubber gasket entire 42 height and face. 43 4. Use full length piano hinges rated for 1.5 times door weight for panel access door. 44 5. Equip doors with locking devices and handle and three point catches. 45 6. Finish all instrument cutouts smooth and true. 46 E. Panel Wiring and Piping: 47 1. See Section 13500 for PLC/field terminal wiring, Wire all PLC 1/0 points to terminal 48 blocks,including all spare points. 49 2. Factory wire panels to identified terminal blocks equipped with screw type lugs. 50 ® Install all wiring without splicing in factory in plastic wire duct: 51 a. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended fill limits. 52 a b. Size raceways per NEC Article 362. 53 c. Ducts shall have removable covers. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 8-3 1 4. Splicing and tapping of wires allowed only at terminal blocks. 2 5. Wire bending space shall be in accordance with Tables 307B,C in NEMA ICS 6. Wire 3 bunches to doors shall be secured at each end so that bending or twisting will be around 4 longitudinal axis of wire. Protect bend area with sleeve. 5 6. Keep AC power lines separate from low-level DC lines,I/O power supply cables,and all 6 I/O rack interconnect cables. Separate by at least 6 IN,except at unavoidable crossover 7 points and at device terminations. 8 7. Arrange circuits on terminal blocks plus any spare conductors on adjacent terminals. 9 8. Provide necessary power supplies for control equipment. 10 9. Equip each panel with a main thermal magnetic circuit breaker.Limit load to maximum of 11 80 percent of circuit breaker rating. 12 10. Provide all necessary stabilizing voltage transformers,balancing potentiometers and 13 rectifiers as necessary for specific instrument requirements. 14 11. Assure each panel mounted device is bonded or otherwise grounded to panel or panel 15 grounding system by means of locknuts or pressure mounting methods. 16 a. Equip panel with grounding terminals. 17 b. All sub-panels and hinged doors shall be bonded to ground. 18 12. Arrange wiring with sufficient clearance for all leads. Arrange wire neatly,cut to proper 19 length,and remove surplus wire. 20 13. Wiring to subpanels or rotary switches shall be individually bundled and installed with a 21 "flexible loop"of sufficient length to permit the component to be removed from panel for 22 maintenance without disconnecting wiring. 23 14. AC and DC circuit conductors shall be type MTW stranded copper suitable for operation at 24 600 V as specified in the NEC. Conductor size shall be as required for load and {1 6} {1 8} 25 AWG minimum. 26 15. Analog signal cables shall be of 600 V,stranded copper,twisted-shielded pairs of 11 8} 27 {20} AWG minimum. Ground analog cable drain conductors on grounded terminal blocks 28 at one end of the cable only. i� 29 16. Use only high precision 250 ohm resistors with 0.25 percent accuracy to convert 4-20 mA 30 analog signals to 1-5 Vdc analog signals. Resistor Ieads shall be landed under terminal 31 clamp by itself and not with any other wires. 32 17. Analog signals for devices in separate enclosures shall not be wired in series. Loop 33 isolators shall be used where analog signals are transmitted between control enclosures. 34 18. Provide at least 6 IN of separation between all circuits and intrinsically safe devices and 35 wires. 36 19. Termination requirements: 37 a. Terminal block markings,mechanical characteristics and electrical characteristics shall 38 be in accordance with NEMA ICS 4. 39 b. Terminals shall facilitate wire sizes as follows: 40 1) 120 Vac applications: Wire size 12 AWG and smaller. 41 2) Other: Wire size 14 AWG and smaller. 42 c. Provide terminal blocks with continuous marking strip. 43 d. Tag each 1/0 terminal to indicate tag number of the connected device. 44 e. Provide terminals for individual termination of each signal shield. 45 f. Provide 20 percent excess terminals for future expansion. 46 g. Use terminal blocks with bladed switch where control voltages enter or leave the 47 control panel. Bladed terminal block body to be orange where foreign voltages connect 48 to the panel. 49 h. Use fused terminal blocks where the control circuit is energizing a solenoid valve or 50 where providing DC power to loop-powered transmitter. Blown fuse indicators to be 51 utilized on all fused terminal blocks. 52 i. Install DIN rail along entire terminal strip area to facilitate future expansion. 53 j. Utilize busses for DC and AC control voltages within panel. Include space for 54 expansion. ice. 55 20. Pneumatic tubes and appurtenances: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13448-4 a. Provide 1/4 IN OD pneumatic control tubing. b. Main headers within panels shall be minimum 1 IN. c. Compression-type pressure fittings. d. Equip panel instrument leads with globe type isolation valve. e. Connection to devices not in the panel shall be terminated on tubing terminal plate. f° Install tubing neatly and mount securely. g. Do not route tubing in front of or in wiring raceways. h. Code terminal plates. is Supply and install dual function filter regulator to serve pneumatic devices. 1( F. Panel Lighting and Power. L Receptacles: a. Panels less than 4 FT long: 1) One electrical GFCI receptacle. 1 2) One incandescent light fixture with switch(es)and separate circuit breakers. b. Panels or panel faces greater than 4 FT long: 1 1) One electrical GFCI receptacle per 6 FT of length. Il ) Continuous fluorescent lighting strip with switches and separate circuit breakers. G. Environmental Controls: is 1. Furnish circulation fans near hot spots where required to prevent temperature from exceeding instrument rating. a. Circulation fans shall utilize coil windings which resist the absorption of moisture via impregnating,dipping in,or brushing with varnish,or by other acceptable means. 2 1) Film coated coil wires need not have additional treatment to resist moisture 2 absorption. 2 b. Circulation fans shall incorporate locked rotor protection per UL 508,subpart 26. 2. Over-temperature switches shall be utilized to provide special cooling if required to 2 maintain operating temperatures within the manufacturer's specified range. 21 3. Air conditioning applications shall include means of preventing moisture condensation. 4. For panels or control cabinets located outside,or in area classification requiring a NEMA 4 31 or 4X rating: a. Install thermostatically controlled condensation protection heaters in enclosures housing electronic equipment 5. Each control panel and control station shall be furnished with industrial corrosion inhibitors. a. Manufacturer- Hoffman A-HCI or equal. 3 b. The inhibitor contains a chemical that vaporizes and condenses on all surfaces in the enclosure. 3 7 c. The amount of inhibitor shall be according to manufacturer recommendation for the 3E size of the enclosure. 35 d- Inhibitor shall be installed prior to shipment to the job-site. H. Transient Noise Protection: 1 1. Each control panel with PLC components shall be furnished with power protection in the 42 form of a surge suppressor followed by an isolation transformer. 44 2. The control components within the control panel shall be powered from the rote - oer. The convenience receptacles,lighting, cooling power need not be from the 45= protected power. 4 2.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 4 Extra Materials: 4 1. Replacement bulbs:Provide minimum 25 percent for replacement indicating light bulbs for 4 each type of indicator furnished in this Project 5- B. Paint Touch-Up Kit: Provide for field r o coating damaged during shipment and V � 5 , installation. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion ay 18,2006 1 8-5 1 PART 3- EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLATION 3 A- Install free-standing panels on concrete pads as detailed on the Drawings. 4 B. Anchor panel fronts rigidly into wall system with approved anchorage devices. 5 C. Anchor panels in a manner to prevent the enclosure from racking,which may cause the doors to 6 become misaligned. 7 8 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1344 -6 1999/04/14 . SECTION 13500 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUNEM ARY CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,materials,and components,and'shall provide all design, assembly,programming/configuration,testing,and start-up servi to provide a complete and operational programmable controller and radio telemetry system as specified and shown on the Contract Drawings. This system shall hereby be referred to as Remote Terminal 1 Unit,or RTU. The system includes,but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1 1. Processors. 1 . I/O modules,chassis,and power supplies. 1 . Radio equipment,antenna cables,power supplies,etc. 19 4° RTU system and radio system detailed design,assembly,programming/configuration, 1 installation,testing,and start-up services. 1 B. HSQ shall furnish the RTU and shall make programming changes to the main computer at the Il Holly Water Treatment Plant SCADA building. The HMI configuration methodology shall U match existing system configuration. The software work shall include: 15 1. Define and modify the data base as required 21 2. Build one or more graphic screens to show the pump station and its instrumentation. 2 . Provide storage and display of historical data to match similar displays for other pump y 2 stations in the system. 2 4. Verify and test the proper operation of the SCADA HMI system. 2 5. Modify daily and monthly reports to include new data. 2 C. The RTU system shall be configured for the Input/Output signals as shown on the Contract 2 ra ° gs. Some variations in the configuration will be considered provided the physical and 2 functional constraints as intended for the various system components are met.Complete RTU 2 system design,I/O configuration,module/rack arrangement,construction,and additional 25 coordination shall be required.The CONTRACTOR shall secure the services of HSQ Inc.,as 3 specified in Section 13440 to provide the RTU,fully constructed,programmed,configured, 3 tested,and ready for field installation in the control panel by the CONTRACTOR. The 3 CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all additional equipment,labor,materials, 3 appurtenances and services required to accommodate and fully integrate the RTU into 3 CONTRACTOR furnished control panel and the Instrumentation and Control System. 3 D. The RTU shall meet all the requirements as established by the City of Ft Worth SCADA 3 system. 3 E. The CONTRACTOR shall retain ultimate responsibility under this Contract for equipment 3 coordination,installation,operation and guarantee,and the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and 39 install all labor,equipment,materials,appurtenances,specialty items and services not provided 0 by the supplier but required for a complete and operable system. The equipment covered by this 41 specification is intended to be standard equipment of proven ability as manufactured by 4 reputable concerns having extensive experience in the production of such equipment The 43 equipment furnished shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the best ice 44 and methods,and shall operate satisfactorily when installed to meet the requirements of the 45i Contract Documents. k` 12502 Cary of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2 135 -I I F. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to review and satisfy all relevant requirements of other 2 Sections of the Contract Documents and the requirements of the Contract Drawings. The 3 CONTRACTOR,manufacturer,supplier,fabricator and/or subcontractors furnishing and/or - 4 installing equipment,services and specialties associated with this Section shall fully coordinate 5 their efforts to avoid potential claims and delays that are based on failure to review all relevant 6 Contract Documents,including the Contract Drawings. 7 G. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 8 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 9 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 10 3. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 11 4. Section 13440-Instrumentation for Process Control: Basic Requirements. 12 5. Section 13441 -Control Loop Descriptions. 13 6. Section 16120-Wire and Cable-600 Volt and Below. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. American National Standards Institute/Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 17 (ANSI/IEEE): 18 a. C37.90.2,Trial-Use Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated 19 Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers. 20 b. C62.41,.IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power 21 Circuits. 22 c. C62.45,IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC 23 Power Circuits. 24 2. Electronic Industries Association(EIA): 25 a. TIA-232-E,Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-Terminating 26 Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange. 27 b. 422-A,Electrical Characteristics of Balanced Voltage Digital Interface Circuits. 28 3. International Organization for Standardization(ISO): 29 a. ISO 9001,Quality Systems-Model for Quality Assurance in Design,Development, 30 Production,Installation and Servicing. 31 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 32 a. ICS 1,General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems. 33 b. ICS 4,Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use. 34 c. ICS 6,Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. 35 d. LS1,Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices. 36 e. Publication No.250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 V maximum). 37 5. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 38 a. National Electrical Code(NEC). 39 6. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 40 a. UL 1283,Standard for Safety-Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 41 b. UL 1449,Standard for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 42 B. Qualifications: 43 1. Installation supervisor shall have had experience in overseeing installation and startup of at 44 least three similar installations. 45 1.3 SUBMITTALS 46 A. Shop Drawings: 47 1. See Section 01340. 48 2. See Section 13440. 49 3. Product technical data including: 50 a. Annotated hard copies of RTU software programs. 51 1) Submit program for logic in ladder diagram format as used for the specific RTU 52 system.Annotate program listing to include the following: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13500-2 '2 a) Written description of each rungs function . . b) Reference to control loop number for each rung where applicable. c) Reference to instrumentation tag number of TJO devices for each rung where applicable. 2) Provide written descriptions completely defining all function blocks used in program. Provide list of all addresses referenced in logic diagram with description of data associated with each address. b. Results of factory testing procedures. 1 c. Arrangement drawings for RTU system components. 11 d. Panel and enclosure plans,sections and details. 1 e. Access opening locations and required clearances for each panel and enclosure. 1 f. Enclosure internal wiring and terminal blocks. 1 g. Full size diagrams of all CRT process control displays with identification of actual lcolors. 1 h. Index of all training offered by RTU system equipment manufacturers including 17 operations and maintenance. 1 i. List of all recommended spares for maintenance purposes with each item separately 19 priced- 2 4. Certifications: 21 a. Qualifications of installationsupervisor. 22 Qualifications of pro er(s). 23 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 24 1. See Section 01340. 25 2. Submit maintenance procedures available to Owner.Include the location and phone 26 numbers of service centers(including 24 HR"hot lines").Provide specific information 27 including operation and maintenance requirements,programming assistance, 28 troubleshooting guide,parts ordering,field service personnel requests,and service contracts. 29 PART 2- PRODUCTS 30 2.1 RTU GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 31"I Provide a complete remote terminal unit system with p ssor(s),input/output modules,power 2 supplies,radio communication equipment and components as required to meet the operational 33 requirements of the Contract Documents. RTU equipment shall be housed in a free standing, 34 front access,NEMA 12 enclosure as substantially indicated on the Drawings. 35 B. RTU shall be the manufactured by HSQ. Furnish model 25000/86 unit with 24vDC power 36 supply and nicad battery pack as standardized by the City of Fort Worth.,Texas. The 24vDc 37 power supply shall have a 12 vDC output for the radio. 38 C. t/ t(I/ )shall be as indicated on the RTU IVO schedule plus 20%spare. All points are 39 to be wired to terminals. 40 D. RTU shall be designed for operation on 120VAC supply power. All required stepdown 41 transformers and power supplies shall be provided as part of the system.Internal battery back-up 42 % systems shall be provided to supply power in the event of an external power failure. 43 E. RTU enclosure shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of Specification 44 13448,Control Panels and Enclosures.RTU shall receive 120VAC power from a lighting panel 45 for accessories such as lighting,convenience receptacle,exhaust fan,heater,etc. RTU shall 46 receive 120VAC UPS power for the actual remote terminal equipment,power supplies,etc. 47` F. The RTU panel shall include a convenience outlet and interior panel light. The outlet shall be 48 labeled"COMPUTER POWER ONLY". 49 t?t02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 13500-3 I G. The radio shall be mounted in the RTU enclosure. The radio shall be on the RTU battery backup 2 at 12 VDC.The radio shall be a MDS model 2310A. 3 H. Radio configuration.Configure radio per the manufacturer's instructions and to match existing 4 system configuration. Record and submit all final programmed settings and operating 5 parameters. 6 I. Radio testing. Run poll test,link test and sync test with manufacturer's diagnostic software and 7 submit results to Engineer for review. Test and record radio rf power level.This test shall also 8 be used to align Yagi antenna for maximum signal strength. All tests shall be witnessed by 9 Engineer or Owners representative. Provide 10 days notice of testing. 10 J. Furnish and install Decibel Products model DB498 9 db gain Yagi antenna. Antenna cable shall 11 be%2"Andrew Heliax#LDF4-50A coaxial cable. Yagi antenna shall be configured for vertical 12 polarization. Antenna cable shall be grounded at the floor level with Andrew's ground kit 13 #204989-1. The ground strap shall be connected to the ground mat system. Antenna cable shall 14 have a Polyphaser model IS-50NX-C2 grounded surge arrestor at the bottom of the RTU. 15 Connectors shall be N type,Andrew L4PNM and L4PNF. Furnish 1/4"foam superflex,Andrew 16 #FSJ2-50A for final connection to radio. 17 K. Superflex shall have factory installed connectors.Weatherproof all outdoor connectors with 18 Andrew kits,241475-13,2415498-9 or approved equal. Carefully inspect installed cable for 19 nicks and kinks. Check VSWR(voltage standing wave ratio)after installation and submit test 20 results to engineer for review. Record values at RTU cabinet. 21 L. Provide a grounded Polyphaser surge arrestor Model IS-PSP-120 on the incoming power leads 22 to the RTU power supply. 23 M. Surge Suppression. Provide a Current Technology Load Guard MSU-45-120 surge suppressor 24 installed in the 120VAC power circuit ahead of the RTU and radio power supplies and all 120 �..� 25 VAC powered instruments. Provide fused terminal strips for feed to RTU and each 120 VAC 26 power instrument. 27 2.2 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULES 28 A. Digital inputs shall be discrete input points which monitor dry contact closures(or openings) 29 externally located from RTU's enclosure,with"wetting"power provided by RTU's power 30 supplies. 31 B. Digital outputs shalt be isolated discrete output points which provide dry contact closures to 32 complete circuits with"wetting"power located elsewhere,such as the control power transformer 33 of a motor controller. The digital output contacts shall be rated for 5A at 120VAC. If 34 interposing relays are required,they shall be furnished in accordance with Specification 13448, 35 Control Panels and Enclosures,and supplied as part of the completed assembly of RTU. Contact 36 closures to start and stop equipment shall be"momentary".Refer to the Instrumentation 37 Drawings and the Electrical Drawings for interface connections. 38 C. Analog inputs shall be of the isolated type that accept 24VDC,4-20mA signals. 39 D. Analog outputs shall be of the isolated type that produce 24VDC,4-20mA signals. 40 E. Provide a minimum of 20 percent spare I/O points of each type in addition to those points 41 dedicated to future equipment- 42 F. All I/O points shall be wired from the module to field terminal blocks inside of RTU. No 43 external field wiring shall be landed directly to I/O modules. 44 2.3 SPARE PARTS AND EXPANDABLE MATERIALS 45 A. The following spare parts and expendable materials shall be provided as a minimum. 46 1. One(1)of each type I/O module used in the system. 47 2. One of each type of the following modules used in the system:' 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 13500-4 a. Processor modules. b. Memory modules. c. Communications modules. d. Any other type of special function modules. 3. One(1)replacement power supplies for each type used in the system. B. All spare parts shall be individually packaged for protection against impact,moisture,and dirk Each package shall be clearly labeled as to its contents with a description and part number. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 1 A. General: 1 1. Install all equipment and components in accordance with the Contract Documents,approved 1 Shop Drawings,and installation instructions furnished by the manufacturer. 1 2. Do not begin installation of field instruments,system hardware,and panel until building 1 construction is completed and major equipment has been installed. 1 3. Maintain areas where instruments,control panels and enclosures are being or have been 1 installed,dust free and within the environmental conditions specified for the equipment. 1 4. Inspect each instrument,panel and other items for damage and defects before installation. 1 Replace deficient items. 1 5. RTU components,modules,etc.,shall be installed such that all LED indicators and switches 2 are readily visible with the panel door open and such that repair and/or replacement of any 2 component can be accomplished without disconnecting y wiring or removing any other 2 components. 2 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Employ and pay for services of equipment manufacturer's field service representative(s)to: 2 1. Inspect equipment covered by these Specifications. 2 2. Supervise adjustments and installation checks. 2 3. Maintain and submit an accurate daily or weekly log of all commissioning functions. 2 . All commissioning functions may be witnessed by the Engineer. 2 b. All reports shall be cosigned by the Contractor and the Engineer if witnessed. 3 4. Conduct startup of equipment and perform operational checks. 3 5. Provide Owner with a written statement that manufacturer's equipment has been installed 3 properly,started up,and is ready for operation byOwner's personnel. 3 3.3 DEMONSTRATION 34 A Demonstrate system in accordance with Section 01650. 3P B. On-Site Training- 3 1. Provide employee of the manufacturer or certified representative to provide 1 week o 3 operating and maintenance training at the Project site r the system successfirlly 3 undergone all field testing and acceptance p s. 3 a. As a minimum,training shall cover: 4 1) Hardware overview. 4 ) Software overview. 4 ) Maintenance. 4 4) Trouble shooting. Operation,e. .changing set points,passwords,etc. 45 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 13500-5 N 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como PUUV Station Expansion May 19,2006 13500 d 6 ` 1 2002/10/31 2 SECTION 15060 3 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A- Section Includes: 7 1. Utility piping systems. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 4. Section 10400-Identification Devices. 13 5. Section 11005-Equipment Basic Requirements. 1 6. Section 15061—Pipe:Steel 1 7. Section 15062-Pipe:Ductile Iron 1 8. Section 15100-Valves: Basic Requirements. 1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Referenced Standards: 1 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): 2 a 6,Corrugated Steel Culverts and Underdrains. 2 b. M190,Standard Specification for Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe 2 and Pipe Arches. 2 c. M252,Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing. 2 d 78,Standard Specification for Class PS 46 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe. 2 e. M294,Interim Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe 12 to 24 Inch Diameter. 2 2. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 2 a. B 16.3,Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 2 b. B 16.5,Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. c. B16.9,Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings. 3 d. B 16.22,Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. 3 e. B 16-26,Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 3 f. B36.19,Stainless Steel Pipe. 3 g. B40.1,Gauges-Pressure Indicating Dial Type-Elastic Element 3 3. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)/American Water Works Association 3 (AWWA): 3 a. ANSI/AWWA C I I O/A21.10,Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings,3 IN through 48 IN 3 for Water and Other Liquids. 3 b. ANSI/AWWA C I 15/A21.15,Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 3 c. ANSI/AWWA C151,Ductile-Iron Pipe,Centrifugally Cast In Metal Molds or Sand- 4 Lined Molds for Water or Other Liquids. 4 d. ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53,Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings,3 IN Through 16 IN,for 4 Water and Other Liquids. 4 4. ASTM International a A53,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated 4 Welded and Seamless. . A74,Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. y. 4 c. A106,Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature 4 Service. 12502 City of Port worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1s -1 I d. A126,Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,Flanges and Pipe �m,%, 2 Fittings. 3 e. A182,Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy Steel Pipe Flanges,Forged 4 Fittings and Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service. 5 f. A197,Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron. 6 g. A234,Standard Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy 7 Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. 8 h. A269,Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel 9 Tubing for General Service. 10 i. A312,Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel 11 Pipes. 12 j. A518,Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Cast-Iron. 13 k. A536,Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 14 1. A587,Standard Specification for Electric-Welded Low-Carbon Steel Pipe for the 15 Chemical Industry. 16 in. A774,Standard Specification for As-Welded Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel 17 Fittings for General Corrosive Service at Low and Moderate Temperatures. 18 n. A778,Standard Specification for Welded,Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel 19 Tubular Products. 20 o. B88,Seamless Copper Water Tube(ANSI H23.1). 21 p. C14, Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer,Storm Drain,and Culvert Pipe. 22 q. C76,Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert,Storm Drain and Sewer 23 Pipe. 24 r. C301,Standard Test Methods for Vitrified Clay Pipe. 25 s. C361, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe. 26 t. C425,Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Bell and Spigot Pipe. 27 u. C443,Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, 28 Using Rubber Gaskets. 29 v. C564,Rubber Gaskets for Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 30 w. C700,Extra Strength and Standard Strength Clay Pipe and Perforated Clay Pipe. 31 x. D1785,Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC)Compounds and 32 Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride(CPVC)Compounds. 33 y. D2466,Socket Type(PVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 40. 34 z. D2467,Socket Type(PVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 80. 35 aa. D2513,Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe,Tubing,and Fittings. 36 bb. D2683,Standtrd Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside 37 Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing. 38 cc. D3212,Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipe Using 39 Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 40 dd. D3261,Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Fittings 41 for Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Pipe and Tubing. 42 ee. D4101,Standard Specification for Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials. 43 ff. F438,Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) 44 (CPVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 45 gg. F439,Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) 46 (CPVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 40. 47 hh. F441,Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC)Plastic 48 Pipe,Schedules 40 and 80. 49 ii. F491,Poly(Vinylidene Fluoride)(PVDF)Plastic Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings. 50 jj. F492,Propylene and Polypropylene(PP)Plastic Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe and Fittings. 51 5. American Water Works Association(AWWA): 52 a. B300,Standard for Hypochlorites. 53 b. C111,Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 54 c. C200, Steel Water Pipe 6 IN and Larger. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-2 << I & C207,Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service-Sizes 4 IN through 144 2 IN. 3 e. C208,Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 4 f. C301,Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe,Steel Cylinder Type,for Water and Other 5 Liquids. 6 g. C606,Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 7 h. C651,Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. 8 6. Chlorine Institute,Inc.(CI): 9 a. Pamphlet 6,Piping Systems for Dry Chlorine: 10 7. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute(CISPI): I I a. 301,Hubless Cast-Iron Sanitary System: With No Hub Pipe and Fittings. 12 8. National Fire Protection Association ): 13 a. 5 ,National Fuel Gas Code. 14 b. 6 ,Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems. 15 9. Underwriters Laboratory,Inc. ). 16 B. Coordinate flange dimensions and drillings between piping,valves,and equipment. 17 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 18 A. Piping Systems Organization and Definition- 19 1. Piping services are grouped into designated systems according to the chemical and physical 20 properties of the fluid conveyed,system pressure,piping size and system materials of 21 construction. 22 2. See PIPING SPECIFICATION SCHEDULES in PART 3. 23 1.4 SUBMITTALS 24 A. See Section 01340 for administration of submittals. 2 B. Shop Drawings: 2( 1. Fabrication and/or layout s: 2 a. Exterior yard piping s(minimum scale 1 IN equals 10 with information 21 including- 2! 1) Dimensions of piping lengths. 31 2) Invert or centerline elevations of piping cross' 3 3) Acknowledgement of bury depth requirements. 3 ) Details of fittings,tapping locations,thrust blocks,restrained joint segments, 3 harnessed joint segments,hydrants,and related appurtenances. 3. 5) Acknowledge designated valve or gate tag numbers,manhole numbers,instrument 3 tag numbers,pipe and line numbers. 3 6) Line slopes and vents. 3 b. Interior piping drawings(minimum scale 1/8 IN equals I FT)with information 3 including: 3 1) Dimensions of piping from column lines or wall surfaces. 4 2) Centerline dimensions of piping. 4 3) Centerline elevation and size of intersecting ductwork,conduit/conduit racks,or 4 other potential interferences requiring coordination. 4 4) Location and type of pipe supports and anchors. 5) Locations of valves and valve actuator type. 4 ) Details of fittings,tapping locations,equipment connections,flexible expansion joints,connections to equipment,and related appurtenances. 4 7) Acknowledgement of valve,equipment and instrument tag numbers. 4 8) Provisions for expansion and contraction. 4 9) Line slopes and air release vents. 5 10) Rough-in data for plumbing fixtures. 51 c. Schedule of interconnections to existing piping and method of connection. 5 . Product technical data including: t�502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 15 0-3 I a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. '~ 2 b. Copies of manufacturer's written directions regarding material handling,delivery, 3 storage and installation. 4 c. Separate schedule sheet for each piping system scheduled in this Section showing 5 compliance of all system components.Attach technical product data on gaskets,pipe, 6 fittings,and other components. 7 C. Miscellaneous Submittals: 8 1. Qualifications of lab performing disinfection analysis on water systems. 9 2. Test reports: 10 a. Copies of pressure test results on all piping systems. 11 b. Reports defining results of dielectric testing and corrective action taken. 12 c. Disinfection test report. 13 d. Notification of time and date of piping pressure tests. 14 D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 15 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 16 A. Protect pipe coating during handling using methods recommended by manufacturer.Use of bare 17 cables,chains,hooks,metal bars or narrow skids in contact with coated pipe is not permitted. 18 B. Prevent damage to pipe during transit Repair abrasions,scars,and blemishes.If repair of 19 satisfactory quality cannot be achieved,replace damaged material immediately. 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 21 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 22 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 23 acceptable: 24 1. Insulating unions: 25 a. "Dielectric"by Epco. 26 2. Dirt strainers(Y type): 27 a. Mueller(#351). 28 b. Sarco. 29 c. Armstrong. 30 3. Chemical strainers(Y type): 31 a. Chemtrol. 32 b. Asahi. 33 4. Dry disconnect couplings: 34 a. Kamlock. 35 5. Dielectric flange kit: 36 a. PSI. 37 b. Maloney. 38 c. Central Plastics. 39 6. Pipe saddles(for gage installation): 40 a. Dresser Style 91 (steel and ductile iron systems). 41 b. Dresser Style 194(non-metallic systems). 42 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 43 2.2 PIPING SPECIFICATION SCHEDULES 44 A. Piping system materials,fittings and appurtenances are subject to requirements of specific piping 45 specification schedules located at the end of PART 3 of this Section. 46 2.3 COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-4 I A. Insulating Components: 2 L Dielectric flange kits: 3 a. Flat faced. 4 b. 1/8 IN thick dielectric gasket,phenolic,non-asbestos. 5 c. Suitable for 175 psi,210 DegF. 6 dL 1/32 IN wall thickness bolt sleeves. 7 e. 1/8 IN thick phenolic insulating washers. 8 2. Dielectric unions: 9 a. Screwed end connections. 10 b. Rated at 175 psi,210 DegF. I I c. Provide dielectric gaskets suitable for continuous operation at union rated temperature „ 1.2 and pressure. 13 B. Dirt Strainers: 14 1. Y-type. 1.5 2. Composition bronze. 1 3. Rated for test pressure and temperature of system in which they are installed. 1 4. 20 mesh monel screen. 1 5. Threaded bronze plug in the blowoff outlet. 1 6. Threaded NPT end connections. 2( C. Strainers for Chemical Applications: 21 1. -type. 2 2. Strainers of same material,test pressure,and temperature rating as system in which strainer 2 is placed. 2 D. Reducers: 2 1. Furnish appropriate size reducers and reducing fittings to mate pipe to equipment � 2 connections.Connection size requirements may change from those shown on Drawings 2 depending on equipment furnished. 2 E. Protective Coating and Lining: 2 1. Include pipe,fittings,and appurtenances where coatings,linings,paint tests and other items 3 are specified. 3 2. Field paint pipe in accordance with Section 09905. 3 F. Underground Warning Tape: 3 1. See Section 10400. 3 G. Pressure Gages: 3 1. See Section 11005. 3 H. Dry Disconnect Couplings: 3 1. Adapters: 3 a. Maleadapters: Size shown on 3 b. Adapters: 4 1) Female NPT end connection for sludge and flush applications. 4 2) Male NPT end connection for chemical applications. 4 c. Construct adapters for sludge applications from cast iron or steel. 4 d. Construct adapters for chemical and PVC system applications 3 IN and below from polypropylene.Above 3 IN size,provide stainless steel units. 4 2. Couplers: 4 a. Built-in valve and spring loaded poppet which close automatically when disconnected. 4 b. Designed to remain with y one arm locked in closed position. 4 c. Construct couplers for sludge applications fabricated from material utilized for 4 adapters. 5 d. Construct couplers for chemical and PVC system applications 3 IN and less from 5 . polypropylene with stainless steel arms and pins.Above 3 IN,provide stainless steel 5 units. 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Coma Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-5 I e. Gasket: Compatible with conveyed liquid. r� 2 3. Dust caps: For all adapters. 3 I. Valves: 4 1. See schematics and details for definition of manual valves used in each system under 4 IN 5 in size. 6 a. See Drawings for valve types 4 IN and above and for automatic valves used in each 7 system. 8 2. See Section 15100. 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION 11 A. Install piping in vertical and horizontal alignment as shown on Drawings. 12 B. Alignment of piping smaller than 4 IN may not be shown.However,install according to 13 Drawing intent and with clearance and allowance for: 14 1. Expansion and contraction. 15 2. Operation and access to equipment,doors,windows,hoists,moving equipment. 16 3. Headroom and walking space for working areas and aisles. 17 4. System drainage and air removal. 18 C. Enter and exit through structure walls,floor and ceilings using penetrations and seals as shown 19 on the Drawings. 20 D. Install vertical piping runs plumb and horizontal piping runs parallel with structure walls. 21 E. Pipe Support: 22 1. Use methods of piping support as shown on Drawings. 23 2. Where pipes run parallel and at same elevation or grade,they may be grouped and 24 supported from common trapeze-type hanger,provided hanger rods are increased in size as 25 specified for total supported weight The pipe in the group requiring the least maximum 26 distance between supports shall set the distance between trapeze hangers. 27 3. Size pipe supports with consideration to specific gravity of liquid being piped. 28 F. Locate and size sleeves and castings required for piping system.Arrange for chases,recesses, 29 inserts or anchors at proper elevation and location. 30 G. Use reducing fittings throughout piping systems.Bushings will not be allowed unless 31 specifically approved. 32 H. Equipment Drainage and Miscellaneous Piping: 33 1. Provide drip pans and piping at equipment where condensation may occur. 34 2. Hard pipe stuffing box leakage to nearest floor drain. 35 3. Avoid piping over electrical components such as motor control centers,panelboards,etc. 36 a. If piping must be so routed,utilize 16 GA,316 stainless steel drip pan under piping and 37 over full length of electrical equipment 38 b. Hard pipe drainage to nearest floor drain. 39 4. Collect system condensate at drip pockets,traps and blowoff valves. 40 5. Provide drainage for process piping at locations shown on Drawings in accordance with 41 Drawing details. 42 6. For applications defined above and for other miscellaneous piping which is not addressed by 43 a specific piping service category in PART 1,provide 304 stainless steel piping and fittings. 44 Size to handle application with 3/4 IN being minimum size provided. 45 I. Unions: 46 1. Install in position which will permit valve or equipment to be removed without dismantling 47 adjacent piping. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-6 1 2. ° Mechanical type couplings may serve as unions. 2 3. Additional flange unions are not required at flanged connections. . Install expansion devices as necessary to allow expansion/contraction movement. 4 K. Provide full face gaskets on all systems. L. Anchorage and Blocking: 6 1. Block,anchor,or harness exposed piping subjected to forces in which joints are installed to 7 prevent separation of joints and transmission of stress into equipment or structural components not designed to resist those stresses. M. Equipment Pipe Connections: 10 1® Equipment-General: 1 I a. Exercise care in bolting flanged joints so that there is no restraint on the opposite end of 12 pipe or fitting which would prevent uniform gasket pressure at connection or would 13 cause unnecessary stresses to be transmitted to equipment flanges. 14 b. Where push-on joints are used in conjunction with flanged joints,final positioning of 15 push-on joints shall not be made until flange joints have been tightened without strain. 16 c. Tighten flange bolts at uniform rate which will result in uniform gasket compression 17 over entire area o jo' t Provide tightening torque in accordance with manufacturees 1 recommendations. I d. Support and match flange faces to uniform contact over their entire face area prior to 2 installation of any bolt between the piping flange and equipment connecting flange. 21 e. Permit piping connected to equipment to freely move in directions parallel to 2 longitudinal centerline when and while bolts in connection flange are tightened. 2 f. Align,level,and wedge equipment into place during fitting and alignment of 2 connecting piping. 2 g. Grout equipment into place prior to final bolting of piping but not before initial fitting 2 and alignment 2 h. To provide maximum flexibility and ease of alignment,assemble connecting piping 2 with gaskets in place and minimum of four bolts per j o' t installed and tightened.Test 2 alignment by loosening flange bolts to see if there is any change in relationship of 3 piping flange with equipment connecting flange.Realign as necessary,install flange 3 bolts and make equipment connection. 3 i. Provide utility connections to equipment shown on Drawings,scheduled or specified. 3 2. Plumbing and HVAC equipment: a. Make piping connections to plumbing and HVAC equipment,including but not limited 3 to installation of fittings,strainers,pressure reducing valves,flow control valves and 3 relief valves provided with or as integral part of equipment 3 b. Furnish and install sinks,fittings,strainers,pressure reducing valves,flow control 3 valves,pressure relief valves,and shock absorbers which are not specified to be provided with or as integral part of equipment c. For each water supply piping connection to equipment,fiunish and install union and 4 gate or angle valve.Provide wheel handle stop valve at each laboratory sink water 4 supply.Minimum size to be 1/2 IN. 4 d. Stub piping for equipment,sinks,lavatories,supply and drain fittings,key stops,"P" traps,miscellaneous traps and miscellaneous brass through wall or floor and cap and 4 protect until such time when later installation is performed. 4 N. Provide insulating components where dissimilar metals are joined together. 4 0. Instrument Connections: 4 1® See drawing details. 4 3.2 CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING PIPING u 59 A. Where connection between new work and existing work is made,use suitable and proper fittings 5 to suit conditions encountered. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como P=p Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 15060-7 o I B. Perform connections with existing PP g i in at time and under conditions which will least interfere im&. 2 with service to customers affected by such operation. 3 C. Undertake connections in fashion which will disturb system as little as possible. 4 D. Provide suitable equipment and facilities to dewater,drain,and dispose of liquid removed 5 without damage to adjacent property. 6 E. Where connections to existing systems necessitate employment of past installation methods not 7 currently part of trade practice,utilize necessary special piping components. 8 F. Where connection involves potable water systems,provide disinfection methods as prescribed in 9 these Specifications. 10 G. Once tie-in to each existing system is initiated,continue work continuously until tie-in is made I 1 and tested. 12 3.3 ACCESS PROVISIONS 13 A. Provide access doors or panels in walls,floors,and ceilings to permit access to valves,piping 14 and piping appurtenances requiring service. 15 B. Size of access panels to allow inspection and removal of items served,minimum 10 x 14 IN size. 16 C. Fabricate door and frame of minimum 14 GA,stretcher leveled stock,cadmium plated or 17 galvanized after fabrication and fitted with screw driver lock of cam type. 18 D. Provide with key locks,keyed alike,in public use areas. 19 E. Furnish panels with prime coat of paint. 20 F. Style and type as required for material in which door installed. 21 G. Where door is installed in fire-rated construction,provide door bearing UL label required for 22 condition. 23 3.4 CATHODIC PROTECTION 24 A. Isolate,dielectrically,all piping from all other metals including reinforcing bars in concrete 25 slabs,other pipe lines,and miscellaneous metal. 26 B. Make all connections from wire or cable by Thermit Cadwelding accomplished by operators 27 experienced in this process. 28 C. Install all cables with a loop and overhead knot around each pipe and slack equal to at least 50 29 percent of the straight line length. 30 D. After cadwelding,coat all exposed metallic surfaces with hot applied tape. 31 3.5 PRESSURE GAGES 32 A. Provide at locations shown on the Drawings and specified. 33 B. See Section11005. 34 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 35 A. Pipe Testing-General: 36 1. Test piping systems as follows: 37 a. Test exposed,non-insulated piping systems upon completion of system. 38 b. Test exposed,insulated piping systems upon completion of system but prior to 39 application of insulation. 40 c. Test concealed interior piping systems prior to concealment and,if system is insulated, 41 prior to application of insulation. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-8 1 2. Utilize pressures,,media and pressure test durations as specified on Piping Specification 2 Schedules. 3 3. Isolate equipment which may be damaged by the specified pressure test conditions. 4 4. Perform pressure test using calibrated pressure gages and calibrated volumetric measuring 5 equipment to determine leakage rates. 6 a. Select each gage so that the specified test pressure falls within the upper half of the 7 1 gage's range. 8 b. Notify the Engineer 24 HRS prior to each test 9 5. Completely assemble and test new piping systems prior to connection to existing pipe 10 systems. 11 6. Acknowledge satisfactory performance of tests and inspections in writing to Engineer prior 12 to final acceptance. 13 7. Bear the cost of all testing and inspecting,locating and remedying of leaks and any 14 necessary retesting and re-examination. 15 B. Pressure Testing: 16 1. Testing medium: Unless otherwise specified in the Piping Specification Schedules,utilize 17 the following test media. 18 a. Liquid systems: 19 GRAVITY SPECIFIED TEST TESTING PIPE LINE SUE(DIA) OR PUMPED PRESSURE MEDIUM Up to and including 48 IN Gravity 25 psig or less Air or water Above 48 IN Gravity 25 psig or less Water All sizes Pumped 250 psig or less Water 20 21 2. Allowable leakage rates: 22 a. Hazardous gas systems,all exposed piping systems,all pressure piping systems and all 23 buried,insulated piping systems which are hydrostatically pressure tested shall have 24 zero leakage at the specified test pressure throughout the duration of the test 25 b. Hydrostatic exfiltration and infiltration for sanitary and stormwater sewers 26 (groundwater level is below the top of pipe): 27 1) Leakage rate: 200 GAL per inch diameter per mile of pipe per day at average head 28 on test section of 3 FT. 29 2) Average head is defined from groundwater elevation to average pipe crown. 30 3) Acceptable test head leakage rate for heads greater than 3 FT: Acceptable leakage 31 rate(gallons per inch diameter per mile per day)=115 x(actual test head to the 1/2 32 power). 33 c. Hydrostatic infiltration test for sanitary and stormwater sewers(groundwater level is 3 above the top of pipe): : 3.. 1) Allowable leakage rate: 200 GAL per inch diameter per mile of pipe per day when 3 depth of groundwater over top of pipe is 2 to 6 FT. 3 2) Leakage rate at heads greater than 6 FT: Allowable leakage rate(gallons per inch 3 diameter per mile of pipe per day)=82 x(actual head to the 1/2 power). 3 d. Large diameter(above 48 IN)gravity plant piping systems shall have a maximum 4 exfiltration of 25 gpd per inch-mile. 4. 3. Hydrostatic pressure testing methodology: 4 a. General: 4.- 1) All joints,including welds,are to be left exposed for examination during the test. 2) Provide additional temporary supports for pipings designed for vapor or gas 4 to support the weight of the test water. 4 3) Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints for additional pressure load under 4 test. 4 4) Isolate equipment in piping system with rated pressure lower than pipe test 4-1 pressure. 12502 City of Fort Worth BED SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 15060-9 1 5) Do not paint or insulate exposed piping until successful performance of pressure 2 test. 3 b. Soil,waste,drain and vent systems: 4 1) Test at completion of installation of each stack or section of piping by filling 5 system with water and checking joints and fittings for leaks. 6 2) Eliminate leaks before proceeding with work or concealing piping. 7 3) Minimum test heights shall be 10 FT above highest stack inlet. 8 c. Larger diameter(above 36 IN)gravity plant piping: 9 1) Plug downstream end of segment to be tested.Provide bracing as required. 10 2) Fill segment and upstream structure to normal operating level as per hydraulic 11 profile. 12 3) Allow 24 HRS for absorption losses.Refill to original level. 13 4) Provide reservoir to maintain constant head over duration of test. 14 5) Record reservoir water volume at beginning and end of test. 15 4. Natural gas systems-testing methodology: 16 a. Maintain specified test pressure until each joint has been thoroughly examined for leaks 17 by means of soap suds and glycerine. 18 b. Wipe joints clean after test. 19 C. Dielectric Testing Methods and Criteria: 20 1. Provide electrical check between metallic non-ferrous pipe or appurtenances and ferrous 21 elements of construction to assure discontinuity has been maintained 22 2. Wherever electrical contact is demonstrated by such test,locate the point or points of 23 continuity and correct the condition. 24 3.7 CLEANING,DISINFECTION AND PURGING 25 A. Cleaning: 26 1. Clean interior of piping systems thoroughly before installing. 27 2. Maintain pipe in clean condition during installation. 28 3. Before jointing piping,thoroughly clean and wipe joint contact surfaces and then properly 29 dress and make joint. 30 4. Immediately prior to pressure testing,clean and remove grease,metal cuttings,dirt,or other 31 foreign materials which may have entered the system. 32 5. At completion of work and prior to Final Acceptance,thoroughly clean work installed under 33 these Specifications.Clean equipment,fixtures,pipe,valves,and fittings of grease,metal 34 cuttings,and sludge which may have accumulated by operation of system,from testing,or 35 from other causes. Repair any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of 36 building,its finish,or furnishings,due to failure to properly clean piping system,without 37 cost to Owner. 38 6. After erection of piping and tubing,but prior to installation of service outlet valves,blow 39 natural gas systems clear of free moisture and foreign matter by means of air,nitrogen or 40 carbon dioxide.Oxygen shall never be used. 41 B. Disinfection of Potable Water Systems: 42 1. After favorable performance of pressure test and prior to Final Acceptance,thoroughly flush 43 entire potable water piping system including supply,source and any appurtenant devices 44 and perform disinfection as prescribed. 45 2. Perform work,including preventative measures during construction,in full compliance with 46 AWWA C651. 47 3. Perform disinfection using sodium hypochlorite complying with AWWA B300. 48 4. Flush each segment of system to provide flushing velocity of not less than 2.5 FT per 49 second. 50 5. Drain flushing water to sanitary sewer.Do not drain flushing water to receiving stream. 51 6. Use continuous feed method of application.Tag system during disinfection procedure to 52 prevent use. 53 7. After required contact period,flush system to remove traces of heavily chlorinated water. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-10 / 1 8. After final flushing and before'placing water in service,obtain an independent laboratory 2 approved by the Owner to collect samples and test for bacteriological quality.Repeat entire 3 disinfection procedures until satisfactory results are obtained. 4 9. Secure and deliver to Owner,satisfactory bacteriological reports on samples taken from 5 system.Ensure sampling and testing procedures are in full compliance to AWWA C651, 6 local water purveyor and applicable requirements of State of Texas. 7 3.8 PIPE INSULATION 8 A. Insulate pipe and pipe fittings. 9 3.9 SCHEDULES. 10 A. SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE-SYSTEM 5 11 1. General: 12 a. Piping symbol and service: 13 a) NG-Natural Gas. 14 b. Test requirements: 15 1) Test medium: Cylinder Nitrogen. 16 2) Pressure: 100 psig. 17 3) Duration: I HR. 18 2. System components: 19 a. Pipe size: Through 26 IN. 20 1) Exposed service: 21 a) Material: Steel,Grade B,black,Schedule 40. 22 b) Reference: ASTM A53. 23 c) Lining: None. 24 d) Coating: Paint. 25 e) Fittings: Malleable iron meeting ASTM A197,ANSI B 16.3,Class 150. 26 f) Joints: Threaded,ANSI B 16.9 steel butt-or socket-welded joints. 27 2) Buried service: 28 a) Materials: Steel,Grade B,black,Schedule 40. 29 b) Reference: ASTM A53. 30 c) Linings: None. 31 d) Coatings: Factory coating-mill wrapped with 3-M"Scotchkote,"or Energy 32 Coating Company"Encoat"with fittings and uncoated portions fully wrapped 33 after testing with 3-M"Scotchkote"tape or equal. 34 e) Fittings: Malleable iron meeting ASTM A197,ANSI B16.3,Class 150. 35 f) Joints: Threaded or ANSI B16.9 steel butt-or socket-welded joints. 36 37 Natural Gas Piping Installation: 38 1. Install piping in accordance with NFPA,local gas company regulations,codes and local 39 ordinances,complete with necessary appurtenances. 40 2. Install buried pipe at approximately 30 IN deep. 41 3. Gas cocks: 42 a. Install before gas utilization equipment connected to system,at each branch main and at 43 connection to meter. 44 b. Design to operate safely under pressures indicated. 45 c. Install ground joint unions at intervals to facilitate repairs. 46 d. Cocks shall be of type and lubricant recommended by manufacturer for this class of 47 service,and as approved by local gas company. 48 4. Pipe drainage: 49 a. Drain horizontal piping to risers. 50 b. Locate drains where required for system drainage. 51 c. Install tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or provide with threaded,capped nipple at 52 bottom of risers or in accordance with applicable codes. 53 5. Make piping connections with shellacked joints or ground joint unions. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-11 1 6. Provide vents from gas regulators,pressure reducing valves,and other vented devices to the r� 2 outdoors and terminate in accordance with applicable codes. 3 7. Connect piping to pressure reducing valve outside each building as shown on drawings and 4 schedule. 5 8. Provide flexible connections to vibration isolated equipment suitable for pressures,local and 6 national codes and intended application. 7 9. Remove cutting and threading burrs. 8 10. Plug each gas outlet(including valves)with threaded plugs or caps immediately after 9 installation and retain until the piping or equipment connections are completed. 10 11. Continuously ground gas piping electrically,bond tightly to the grounding connection. 11 12. Install piping parallel to other piping,but maintain a minimum 12 IN clearance between gas 12 piping and any piping that could reach 200 DegF. 13 13. All gas piping in air plenums to be all-welded and encased in a Schedule 40 pipe sleeve. 14 Ends of the sleeve open to atmosphere or sealed with the annullus vented(gas pipe size)to 15 atmosphere. 16 B. SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE-SYSTEM 10 17 1. General: 18 a. Piping symbol and service: 19 1) PW—Potable Water. 20 b. Test requirements: 21 1) Test medium: Water. 22 2) Pressure: 150 psig. 23 3) Duration: 6 HRS. 24 c. Gaskets and O-rings: 25 1) O-rings: Neoprene or rubber. 26 2) Flanged,push-on and mechanical joints(ductile iron): Rubber,AWWA C111. 27 3) Flanged joints(steel): Rubber,AWWA C207. 28 4) Grooved coupling joints(ductile and steel): Rubber,AWWA C606. 29 2. System components: 30 a. Pipe size: To 3 IN. 31 1) Exposed service: 32 a) Material: Copper tubing,Type L. 33 b) Solder: Cadmium and lead-free solder compatible with tubing and fittings 34 materials. 35 c) Reference: ASTM B88. 36 d) Lining: None. 37 e) Coating: Paint. 38 f) Fittings: Wrought copper or bronze fittings meeting ANSI B 16.22. 39 g) Joints: Soldered or brazed with unions at valves and equipment. 40 b. Pipe size: 3 through 24 IN. 41 1) Exposed service: 42 a) Materials: Ductile iron,Class 250 if flanged.If grooved type joint system,use 43 pipe thickness per AWWA C606.With both systems,provide screwed on 44 flanges at equipment,valves and structural penetrations. 45 b) Reference: ANSI C115. 46 c) Lining: Cement. 47 d) Coating: Paint. 48 e) Fittings: Either ANSI C 15 3 or ANSI C110 ductile or gray iron. 49 f) Joints: Flanged or grooved type mechanical coupling(AWWA C606)joints. 50 With both systems,provide screwed-on flanges at valves,equipment,and 51 structure penetration. 52 c. Pipe size: Greater than 24 IN. 53 1) Exposed service: 54 a) Material: Steel,fabricated pipe. 55 b) Reference: AWWA C200. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-12 I c) Lining- Cement 2 d) Coating- Paint 3 e) Fittings: AWWA C208. 4 f) Joints: Butt welded with rigid AWWA C207 flanges at equipment,valves, 5 and structure penetrations. 6 3. Install drain tees with capped nipples of IPS brass 3 IN long at low points.If low point 7 occurs in concealed piping,provide approved flush access panel.These drains are not 8 shown on Drawings. 9 4. Slope water lines down to drain points not less than I IN in 60 FT. 10 5. Install all threaded piping with clean-cut tapered threads and with ends thoroughly reamed I I after cutting to remove burrs.Pipe joint cement permitted only on external threads. 12 6. For screwed nipples for connections to flush valves,lavatory supplies,and other equipment 13 with threaded connections use iron,copper,or brass pipe. 14 7. Install ball,butterfly and plug valves where indicated or required to adequately service all I parts of system and equipment. I a. Install valves on each branch serving restroom. I b. Install valves on inlet and outlet connections of heat exchangers and on other I equipment connected to water lines. 1 8. Install unions between valves and connections to each piece of equipment,and install 2 sufficient number of unions throughout piping system to facilitate installation and servicing. 21 On copper pipe lines,install wrought,solder joint,copper to copper unions for lines 2 IN 2 and smaller and,for lines 2-1/2 IN and over install brass flange unions. 2' 9. Construct and equip plumbing fixtures and equipment with anti-siphon devices as to entirely 2 eliminate any danger of siphoning waste material into potable water supply system. 2 10. Where exposed pipes 6 IN in size and smaller pass through floors,finished walls,or 2 finished ceilings,fit with nickel or chrome-plated plates large enough to completely close 2 hole around pipes.Secure plates to pipe by set screw in approved manner. 2 11. Size supply branches to individual fixtures as scheduled or indicated on Drawings. 2, 12. Install piping so as to be free to expand with proper loops,anchors and joints without injury 3 to system or structure. 31 13. Provide branches to wall hydrants or hose bibbs in exterior locations with interior shutoff 3 and drain valves. 3 14. Provide approved type vacuum breaker and backflow preventer installations indicated or as 3 required by Code. 3 15. Install concealed in finished structures such as administration and office facilities and at 3 locations shown on Drawings. 3 3 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como PunV Station Expansion May 18,2006 15060-13 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pmv Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 15WO-14 ,t 1 2002/01/1 2 SECTION 15061 3 PIPE -STEEL 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Steel pipe,fittings,and appurtenances. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0®Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 d General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 4. Section 15060-Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 16 a. B1.1,Unified Inch Screw Threads(UN and UNR Thread Form). 17 b. B2.1,Gages and Gaging for Unified Inch Screw Threads. 18 c. B16.3,Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 19 d 16.5,Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 20 e. B 16.9,Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings. 21 f° B 16.11,Forged Steel Fittings,Socket Welding and Threaded. 22 g. B31.1,Power Piping. 23 h. B31.9,Building Services Piping. 24 2. ASTM International(AS 25 a 6,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 26 b. A53,Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated 27 Welded and Seamless. 28 c. A106,Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature 29 Service. 3 d. A11,Standard Specification for Forgings,CarbonSteel,for General-Purpose Piping. 31 e. A234,Standard Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy 3 Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. 33 f. A283,Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. 3 g. A307,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile 3 Strength. 3 IL A570,Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet and Strip, bon,Hot-Rolled,Structural 3 Quality. 3 i. A572,Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium 3 Structural Steel. 4 j. B6,Standard Specification for Zinc. 4 k. D1330,Rubber Sheet Gaskets. 4 3. AmericanWater Works Association( WW ): 4 a. C200,Steel Water Pipe 6 IN and Larger. . C203,Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel water Pipeline-Enamel and 4 Tape-Hot Applied. 4 c. C205,Cement Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe—4 IN and 4 Larger—Shop Applied 4 d. C206,Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15061-1 I e. C207,Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service,Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 2 f. C208,Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 3 g. C209,Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections,Connections, 4 and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. 5 h. C210,Standard for Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for Interior and Exterior of Steel 6 Water Pipelines. 7 i. C606,Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 8 j. Manual M11,Steel Pipe-A Guide for Design and Installation. 9 4. Military Specifications: 10 a. QQ-P-416F,Plating,Cadmium Electro Deposited. 11 B. Qualifications: 12 1. Application of cement lining and coating materials including preparation of surfaces, 13 priming,and lining and coating of pipe,fittings,and specials,in shop,repairs of any 14 damage to lining or coating occurring during shipment or any other time,and field lining 15 and coating of ends where linings or coatings have been held back for welded field joints, 16 shall be done by established and recognized pipe company acceptable to Engineer. 17 2. Use only certified welders meeting procedures and performance outlined in Section 9 of the 18 ASME,Section 3.3.3 of AW WA C200 and other codes and requirements per local building 19 and utility requirements. 20 1.3 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Shop Drawings: 22 1. See Section 15060. 23 2. Factory test reports. 24 3. If mechanical grooved type coupling system is used,submit piping,fittings,and appurtenant 25 items which will be utilized. 26 4. Coating manufacturer's qualifications. �~ 27 5. Welders certificates. 28 PART 2- PRODUCTS 29 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 30 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 31 acceptable: 32 1. Flanged adaptors: 33 a. Rockwell(Style 913(steel)). 34 b. Dresser(Style 128(steel)). 35 2. Insulating couplings: 36 a. Rockwell(Style 416). 37 b. Dresser(Style 39). 38 3. Reducing couplings: 39 a. Rockwell(Style 415). 40 b. Dresser(Style 62). 41 4. Transition coupling: 42 a. Rockwell(Style 413). 43 b. Dresser(Style 62). 44 5. Compression sleeve coupling: 45 a. Rockwell(Style 411 (steel)). 46 b. Dresser(Style 38(steel)). 47 6. Mechanical couplings and fittings: 48 a. Victaulic(Style 07 or 77). 49 b. S.P.Fittings. 50 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15061-2 d 1 2.2 MATERIALS 2 A. All materials used in steel piping systems defined in Section 15060 shall meet or exceed 3 pressure test requirements specified for each respective system. 4 B. Steel Pipe(Fabricated Type): 5 1. AWWA C200: 6 a. ASTM A570,Steel Sheet. 7 b. ASTM A572,Steel Plate. 8 C. Steel Pipe(Mill Type): 9 1. ASTM A53,Type E or S. 10 D. Fittings or Fabricated Pipe): 11. 1. AWWA C208. 12 E. Fittings(For Mill Type Pipe): 13 1. ASTM A234. 14 2. ANSI B 16.3. 15 3. ANSI B 16.5. 16 4. ANSI B 16.9. 17 5. ANSI B 16.11. 18 F. Flanges(Fabricated Pipe): 19 1. Flange material: ASTM A283,Grade C or'D,ASTM A181 Grade 1. 20 2. Flange finish: Flat faced. 21 G. Flanges(Mill Type Pipe): 22 1. ANSI B 16.5. 23 2. Flat faced. 24 3. Slip-on flanges. 25 H. Nuts and Bolts: 26 1® Carbon steel,ASTM A307,Grade A or B. 27 2. Heads and dimensions per ANSI B 1.1. 28 3. Threaded per ANSI B 1,1. 29 4. Project ends 1/ 1/2 IN beyond nuts. 30 1® Gaskets: See individual piping systems in Section 15060. 31 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS 32 A. Couplings: 33 1. Flanged adaptors: 34 a. Steel or carbon steel body sleeve,flange,followers and Grade 30 rubber gaskets. 35 b. Provide units equal to thos6 specified in Article 2. . 36 c. Flanges meeting standards of adjoiningflanges. 37 d. Entire assembly to be rated for test pressure specified on Piping Schedule for each 38 respective application. 39 2. Compression sleevecoupling: 40 a. Steel sleeve,followers Grade 30 and rubber gaskets. 41 b. Provide units equal to those specified in Article 2.1. 42 c. Flanges meeting standards of adjoining flanges. 43 d. Entire assembly to be rated for test pressure specified on Piping Schedule for each 44 respective application. 45 e. Provide field coating for buried couplings per AWWA C203. 46 3. Mechanical coupling joint: 47 a. Use of mechanical grooved(AWWA C6 )type couplings and fittings in lieu of 48 flanged joints is acceptable where specifically specified in Section 15060. ' 4.9 b. UtiIize units defined in Article 2.1. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15061-3 1 2.4 FABRICATION 2 A. Provide piping(mill or fabricated)for use in this Project with minimum wall thicknesses as 3 follows: 4 1. 1/8-5 IN DIA pipe: Schedule 40. 5 2. 6- 10 IN DIA pipe: 3/16 IN. 6 3. 12- 14 IN DIA pipe: 7/32 IN. 7 4. 16-48 IN DIA pipe: 1/4 IN. 8 5. Sizes through 24 IN are nominal OD. Sizes greater than 24 are ID. 9 6. Wall thicknesses indicated are for standard weight pipe.Design pipe in accordance with 10 operating pressures shown in Piping Schedules for a design stress limited to 50 percent of 11 yield.The thickness of the steel pipe wall furnished shall be greater of the amount specified 12 in items 1-4 above or the calculated design thickness applicable to an operating pressure of 13 150 psi. 14 B. Furnish cast parts with lacquer finish compatible with finish coating. 15 C. Furnish without outside coating of bituminous material any exposed pipe scheduled to be 16 painted. 17 D. Fabricated Fittings: 18 1. Assure ratio of radius of bend to diameter of pipe equal to or greater than 1.0. 19 E. Taper cement mortar linings as required for valve interfacing. 20 F. Protective Coatings and Linings: 21 1. Provide enamel coatings in accordance with AWWA C203. 22 a. Provide coating in accordance with AWWA C203 and subject to following additional 23 requirements. 24 1) Do not use enamel lined or coated steel pipe exposed to temperatures below 10 25 DegF. 26 2) Do not handle enamel-lined or coated pipe when temperature of pipe is below 20 27 DegF. 28 2. Provide cement mortar coating and lining in accordance with AWWA C205. 29 3. Field paint pipe in accordance with Section 09905. 30 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 31 A. Testing: 32 1. Shop hydrostatic test fabricated steel pipe and fittings. 33 2. Field hydrostatic test all pipe as specified in Section 15060. 34 PART 3 - EXECUTION 35 3.1 INSTALLATION 36 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 37 B. Joining Methods-Flanges: 38 1. Facing method: 39 a. Insert slip-on flange on pipe. 40 b. Assure maximum tolerances for flange faces from normal with respect to axis of pipe is 41 0.005 IN per foot of flange diameter. 42 c. Test flanges after welding to pipe for true to face condition and reface,if necessary,to 43 bring to specified tolerance. 44 2. Joining method: 45 a. Leave 1/8 to 3/8 IN of flange bolts projecting beyond face of nut after tightening. 46 b. Coordinate dimensions and drillings of flanges with flanges for valves,pumps, 47 equipment,tank,and other interconnecting piping systems. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15061-4 I c. When bolting flange joints,exercise extreme care to assure that there is no restraint on 2 opposite end of pipe or fitting which would prevent uniform gasket compression or 3 cause unnecessary stress,bending or torsional strains being applied to cast flanges or 4 flanged fittings.Allow one flange free movement in any direction while bolts are being 5 tightened. 6 d. Do not assemble adjoining flexible coupled,mechanical coupled or welded joints until 7 flanged joints in piping system have been tightened. 8 e. Gradually tighten flange bolts uniformly to permit even gasket compression. 9 f Do not overstress bolts to compensate for poor installation. I C. Joining Method-Welded Joints: I 1 1." Perform welding in accordance with AWWA C206 and this Section. 1 2. For flange attachment perform in accordance with AWWA C207. 1 3. Have each welding operator affix an assigned symbol to all his welds.Mark each I longitudinal joint at the extent of each operator's welding.Mark each circumferential joint, V nozzle,or other weld into places 180 degrees apart. 4. Welding for all process piping shall conform with ANSI 1331.3.Welding of utility piping 125 psi and less shall be welded per ANSI B31.9.Utility piping above 125 psi shall 11 conform to ANSI B31.1. 1 5. Provide caps,tees,elbows,reducers,etc.manufactured for welded applications. 2 6. Weldolets may be used for 5 IN and larger pipe provided all slag is removed from inside the 21 pipe. 2 7. Weld-in nozzles may be used for branch connections to mains and where approved by 2 Engineer. 2 8. Use all long radius welding elbows for expansion loops and bends. 2! 9. Use long radius reducing welding elbows 90 degree bends and size changes are required. 2( D. Joining Method-Couplings: 2, 1. Compression sleeve: 2 & Install coupling to allow space of not less than 1/4 IN but not more than I IN. 2 b. Provide harnessed joint Use joint harness arrangements detailed in AWWA M 11. 3 c. Design harness assembly with adequate number of tie rods for test pressures indicated 3 in Section 15060 and allow for expansion of pipe. 3 d. Provide ends to be joined or fitted with compression sleeve couplings of the plain end 3 type. 3. e. Grind smooth welds the length of one coupling on either side ofjoint to be fitted with 3 any coupling. 3 f. Assure that outside diameter and out-of-round tolerances are within limits required by 3 coupling manufacturer. 3 2. Mechanical coupling: 3 a. Arrange piping so that pipe ends are in fall contact. b. Groove and shoulder ends of piping in accordance with manufacturer's 4 recommendations. 4 c. Provide coupling and grooving technique assuring a connection which passes pressure testing requirements. 49 E. Joining Method-Threaded and Coupled(T/C): 4! 1. Provide T/C end conditions that meet ANSI B2.1 requirements. 4( 2. Furnish pipe with factory-made T/C ends. 4', 3. Field cut additional threads full and clean with sharp dies. 41 4. Leave not more than three pipe threads exposed at each branch connection. 4! 5. Ream ends of pipe after threading and before assembly to remove burrs. Y 6. Use Teflon thread tape on male thread in mating joints. 51 F. Support exposed piping in accordance with Section 15060. 54 G. Install buried piping per Section 15060. 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 15061-5 1 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Test piping systems in accordance With Section 15060. 3 END OF SECTION 4 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15061-6 1 2002/01/14 2 SECTION 15062 3 PIPE: DUCTILE 4, PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Ductile iron piping,fittings,and appurtenances. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Con 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 15060-Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 121 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 15 a. B 1.1,Unified Inch Screw Threads and UNR Thread Form). 16 b. B 1 .1,Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,Class 25, 15,250,and 800. 17 c. . B16.21,Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 18 2. ASTM International(ASTM): 19 a. Al 83,Carbon Steel Track Bolts. 20Al 93,Standard Specification forAlloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for 21 High-Temperature Service. 22 c. Al94,Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High- 23 Pressure and High-Temperature Service. 241 d. A307,Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile 25 Strength. 26 e. B695,Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and 27 Steel. 28 f. D1330,Rubber Sheet Gaskets. 29 3. American Water Works Association(AWWA): 30 a. C104,Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 31 b. C105,Polyethylene Encasement for Gray and Ductile Cast-Iron Piping for Water and 32 Other Liquids. 33 c. C 110,Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings,3 IN through 48 IN for Water and Other 34 Liquids. 35 d. Cl 11,Gasket Joints for Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 36 e. C11 ,Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 37 f. C150,Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 3 . C151,Ductile Iron Pipe,Centrifugally Cast-In-Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds,for 3 Water or Other Liquids. 4 C153, ctile-Iron Compact Fittings,3 in.through 16 ` for Water and Other Liquids. 41 i. C203,Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and L` for Steel Water Pipelines-Enamel and 4 Tape-Hot Applied. 4. . 606,Grooved and Shouldered Joints. . International(SAE): 4 a. AMSQQP416,Plating,Cadmium(ElectroDeposited). 4 1.3 SUBMITTALS 41 A. Shop Drawings: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15 2-1 1 1. See Section 01340 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal 2 process. 3 2. See Section 15060. 4 3. Certification of factory hydrostatic testing. 5 4. If mechanical coupling system is used,submit piping,fittings,and appurtenant items which 6 will be utilized to meet system requirements. 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 9 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents the following manufacturers are acceptable: 10 1. Flanged adaptors: 11 a. Rockwell(Style 912(cast)). 12 b. Dresser(Style 127(cast)). 13 c. Or approved equal. 14 2. Compression sleeve coupling: 15 a. Rockwell(Style 431 (cast)). 16 b. Dresser(Style 153 (cast)). 17 c. Or approved equal. 18 3. Mechanical coupling: 19 a. Victaulic(Style 31). 20 b. Tyler. 21 c. Or approved equal 22 4. Glass lining: 23 a. Ceramic Coating(Non-Stick Glass Lining). 24 b. Permutit(SG-14 Glass Lining). 25 c. Or approved equal. 26 5. Insulating couplings: 27 a. Rockwell(Style 416). 28 b. Dresser(Style 39). 29 6. Reducing couplings: 30 a. Rockwell(Style 415). 31 b. Dresser(Style 62). 32 7. Transition coupling: 33 a. Rockwell(Style 413). 34 b. Dresser(Style 62). 35 c. Or approved equal. 36 8. Polyethylene encasement tape: 37 a. Chase(Chasekote 750). 38 b. Kendall(Polyken 900). 39 c. 3 M(Scotchrap 50). 40 d. Or approved equal. 41 9. Restrained joints: 42 a. American(Lock Fast)- 12 IN and below. 43 b. US Pipe(TR-Flex)-4 IN to 54 IN. 44 c. American(Lock Fast)-Above 12 IN. 45 d. Or approved equal. 46 B. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 47 2.2 MATERL&LS 48 A. Ductile Iron Pipe: r� 49 1. AWWA C115. 50 2. AWWA C150. 1250-2 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15062-2 1 3. -AWWA C151. 2 B. Fittings and Flanges: 3 1. AWWA C110. 4 2. AWWA C115. 5 3. Flanges drilled and faced per ANSI B 16.1 for both 125 and 250 psi applications. 6 C. Nuts and Bolts: 7 1. Buried: Cadmium-plated meeting SAE AMSQQP416,Type 1,Class 2(Cor-Ten)for buried 8 application. 9 2. Exposed: Mechanical galvanized ASTM B695,Class 40. 10 3. Heads and dimensions per ANSI B1.1. 11 4. Threaded per ANSI B 1.1. 12 5. Project ends 1/4 to 1/2 IN beyond nuts. 13 D. Gaskets: See individual piping system requirements in Section 15060. 14 E. If mechanical coupling system is used,utilize pipe thickness and grade in accordance with 15 AWWA C606. 16 F. Polyethylene Encasement: See AWWA C105. 17 G. See Piping Schedules in Section 15060. 18 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS 19 A. Couplings: 20 1. Flanged adaptors: 21 a. Unit consisting of steel or carbon steel body sleeve,flange,followers,Grade 30 rubber 2 gaskets. 2 b. Provide units equal to those specified in Article 2.1. 29 c. Supply flanges meeting standards of adjoining flanges. 2 d. Rate entire assembly for test pressure specified on piping schedule for each respective 2 application. 2" 2. Compression sleeve coupling: 2 a. Unit consisting of steel sleeve,followers,Grade 30 rubber gaskets. 2 b. Provide units equal to those specified in Article 2.1. 3 c. Supply flanges meeting standards of adjoining flanges. 3 d. Entire assembly to be rated for test pressure specified on piping schedule for each 3 ,espective application. 3 e. Prcvide field coating for buried couplings per AWWA C203. 3 3. Mechanical couplings: 3. a. Use of mechanical couplings and fittings in lieu of flanged joints is acceptable where 3 specifically specified in Section 15060. Utilize units defined in Article 2.1. 3 2.4 FABRICATION 3 A. Furnish and install without outside coatings of bituminous material any exposed pipe scheduled 3 to be painted. 4 B. Furnish cast parts with lacquer finish compatible with finish coat. 41 C. Glass Lining: 4 1. Minimum two-coat process. 4 a. Base coat heated to solidly fuse glass to pipe surface. b. Subsequent coat(s)heated to form integral bond with preceding coat. 4 2. Final finish parameters: 4 a. Thickness: 8-12 mils. - 4 b. Hardness: Above 5 on MOHS scale. 4 c. Density: 2.5-3.0 grams per cubic centimeter. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15062-3 I d. Metal to lining bonding: Capable of withstanding strain of 0.0001 IN/IN without 2 damage to lining. 3 3. Complete compatibility between fittings and piping. 4 2.5 LININGS AND COATINGS 5 A. Where specified in piping schedule,provide linings to a minimum thickness of 40 mHs. 6 1. Polyethylene,"Polybond"by American Pipe. 7 2. Polyurethane,"Polythane"by U.S.Pipe. 8 3. Ceramic epoxy, "Protecto 401"by U.S.Pipe. 9 4. Calcium aluminate,"Sewper Coat"by Griffin Pipe. 10 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 11 A. Factory Test: 12 1. Subject pipe to hydrostatic test of not less than 500 psi with the pipe under the full test 13 pressure for at least 10 seconds. 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 3.1 INSTALLATION 16 A. Joining Method-Push-On Mechanical(Gland-Type)Joints: 17 1. Install in accordance with AWWA C111. 18 2. Assemble mechanical joints carefully according to manufacturer's recommendations. 19 3. If effective sealing is not obtained,disassemble,thoroughly clean,and reassemble the joint 20 4. Do not overstress bolts. 21 5. Where piping utilizes mechanical joints with tie rods,align joint holes to permit installation loom%,. 22 of harness bolts. 23 B. Joining Method-Push-On Joints: 24 1. Install in accordance with AWWA C151. 25 2. Assemble push-on joints in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 26 3. Bevel and lubricate spigot end of pipe to facilitate assembly without damage to gasket. Use 27 lubricant that is non-toxic,does not support the growth of bacteria,has no deteriorating 28 effects on the gasket material,and imparts no taste or odor to water in pipe. 29 4. Assure the gasket groove is thoroughly clean. 30 5. For cold weather installation,warm gasket prior to placement in bell. 31 6. Taper of bevel shall be approximately 30 degrees with centerline of pipe and approximately 32 1/4 IN back. 33 C. Joining Method-Flanged Joints: 34 1. Install in accordance with AWWA C115. 35 2. Extend pipe completely through screwed-on flanged and machine flange face and pipe in 36 single operation. 37 3. Make flange faces flat and perpendicular to pipe centerline. 38 4. When bolting flange joints,exercise extreme care to ensure that there is no restraint on 39 opposite end of pipe or fitting which would prevent uniform gasket compression or would 40 cause unnecessary stress,bending or torsional strains to be applied to cast flanges or flanged 41 fittings. 42 5. Allow one flange free movement in any direction while bolts are being tightened. 43 6. Do not assemble adjoining flexible joints until flanged joints in piping system have been 44 tightened. 45 7. Gradually tighten flange bolts uniformly to permit even gasket compression. 46 D. Joining Method-Mechanical Coupling Joint 47 1. Arrange piping so that pipe ends are in full contact 48 2. Groove and shoulder ends of piping in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15062-4 1 3. Provide coupling and grooving technique assuring a connection which passes pressure 2 testing requirements. 3 E. Flange Adaptors 12 IN and Less: 4 1. Locate and drill holes for anchor studs after pipe is in place and bolted tight. 5 2. Drill holes not more than 1/8 IN larger than diameter of stud projection. 6 F. Cutting: 7 1. Do not damage interior lining material during cutting. 8 2. Use abrasive wheel cutters or saws. 9 3. Make square cuts. 10 4. Bevel and free cut ends of sharp edges after cutting. I 1 G. Support exposed pipe in accordance with Section 15060. 12 H. Install buried piping in accordance with Section 15060. 13 I. Install restrained joint systems where specified in Section 15060 under specific piping system. 14 3.2 FIELD QUALIFY CONTROL 15 A. Test piping systems in accordance with Section 15060. 16 END OF SECTION ,y 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 I5062-5 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15062-6 1 1 SECTION 1509 2 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS fl PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Pipe support and anchor systems. 7 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 8 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 10 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 11 4. Section 15060—Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 141 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 15 a. B31.1,Power Piping. 16 b. B31.3,Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping. 17 2. ASTM International(ASTM): 18 a. A36,Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 19 b. A510,Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse 20 Round Wire,Carbon Steel. 21 c. A575,Standard Specification for Steel Bars,Carbon,Merchant Quality,M-Grades. 22 d. A576,Standard Specification for Steel Bars,Hot-Wrought,Special Quality. 23 3. American Welding Society(AWS): 24 a. 131.1,Structural Welding Code Steel. 25 4. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry(MSS): 26 a. SP-58,Pipe Hangers and Supports-Materials,Design and Manufacture. 27 b. SP-69,Pipe Hangers and Supports-Selection and Application. 28 13 SUBMITTALS 29 A. Shop Drawings: 30 1. See Section 01340. 31 2. Product technical data including: 32 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 33 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 34 c. Itemized list of wall sleeves,anchors,support devices and all other items related to pipe 35 support system. 36 d. Scale drawings showing guides,hangers,supports,anchors,structural members and 37 appurtenances to describe the pipe support system. 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 39 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS 40 A. Hanger Rods: 41 1. Material: a � 42 a. ASTM A36. 43 b. ASTM A510,Grade 1020. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15090-1 I c. ASTM A575,Grade M1020. r� 2 d. ASTM A576,Grade 1020. 3 e. Minimum allowable tensile stress of 12,000 psi at 650 DegF per MSS-SP-58. 4 2. Continuously threaded. 5 3. Electro-galvanized or cadmium plated after threads are cut. 6 4. Load limit: 7 NOMINAL ROD DIAMETER MAXIMUM SAFE LOAD,(LBS) 3/8 IN DIA(min) 610 1/2 IN DIA 1,130 5/8 IN DIA 1,810 3/4 IN DIA 2,710 7/8 IN DIA 3,770 1 IN DIA 4,960 8 9 B. Hangers: 10 1. Hangers for use directly on copper pipe: Copper or cadmium plated. 11 2. Hangers for use other than directly on copper pipe:Cadmium plated or galvanized. 12 3. Hanger type schedule: 13 APPLICATION PIPE SIZE HANGER TYPE All except noted 4 IN and less ANVIL Figure 108 with Figure 114 All except noted Over 4 IN ANVIL Figure 590 Steam,condensate and hot water All ANVIL Figure 181 Figure 82 or equal 14 15 C. Concrete Inserts for Hanger Rods: 16 1. Continuous slots:Unistrut#P 1000. 17 2. Individual inserts:ANVIL Figure 281. 18 3. Self-drilling expansion anchors:Phillips flush-end or snap-off end type. 19 D. Beam Clamps for Hanger Rods: 20 1. Heavyduty. 21 2. ANVIL Figure 134. 22 E. Trapeze Hangers for Suspended Piping: 23 1. Material:Steel. 24 2. Galvanized. 25 3. Angles,channels,or other structural shapes. 26 4. Curved roller surfaces at support point corresponding with type of hanger required. 27 F. Vertical Pipe Supports: 28 1. At base of riser: 29 2. Lateral movement: 30 a. Clamps or brackets: 31 1) ANVIL Figure 195. 32 G. Expanding Pipe Supports: 33 1. Spring hanger type. 34 2. MSS SP-58. 35 H. Pipe Support Saddle: 36 1. For pipe located 3 FT or less from floor elevation,except as otherwise indicated on 37 Drawings. 38 2. ANVIL Figure 264. loom%, 39 I. Pipe Support Risers: 40 1. Schedule 40 pipe. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15090-2 1 2... Galvanized. 2 3. As recommended by saddle manufacturer. 3 J. Pipe Support Base Plate: 4 1. 4 IN larger than support 51 2. Collar 3/16 IN thickness,circular in shape,and sleeve type connection to pipe. 6 3. Collar fitted over outside of support pipe and extended 2 IN from floor plate. 7 4. Collar welded to floor plate. 8 5. Edges ground smooth. 9 6. Assembly hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 10 K. Pipe Covering Protection Saddle: 11. 1. For insulated pipe at point of support 12 2. ANVIL Figure 167,Type B. 13 L. Wall Brackets: 14 1. For pipe located near walls and 8 FT or more above floor elevation or as otherwise indicated 15 on the Drawings. 16 2. ANVIL Figure 199. 17 M. PipeAnchors: 18 1. For locations shown on the Drawings. 19 2. 1/4 IN steel plate construction. 20 3. Hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 21 4. Designed to prevent movement of pipe at point of attachment. 22 N. Pipe Guides: 23 1. For locations on both sides on each expansion joint or loop. .?A 2. To ensure proper alignment of expanding or contracting pipe. 25 3. ANVIL Figure 256. 26 O. Substitutions: 27 1. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 28 2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 29 A. Supports capable of supporting the pipe for all service and testing conditions. 30 1. Provide 5 to 1 safety factor. 31 B. Allow free expansion and contraction of the piping to prevent excessive stress resulting from 32 service and testing conditions or from weight transferred from the piping or attached equipment 33 C. Designsupports and hangers to allow for proper pitch of pipes. 34 D. For chemical and waste piping,design,materials of construction and installation of pipe 35 hangers,supports,guides,restraints,and anchors: 3 1. ANSI B31. . 3 . MSS SP-58 and SP-69. 3 Except where modified this Specification. 3 E. For steam and hot and cold water piping,design,materials of construction and installation of 4 pipe hangers,supports,guides,restraints,and anchors: 4 . ANSI B31.1. 4 . MSS SP-58 and SP-69. 4m F. Check all physical clearances between piping,support system and structure. 1. Provide for vertical adjustment after erection. 4 G. Support vertical pipe runs in pipe chases at base of riser. Support pipes for lateral movement with clamps or brackets. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15090-3 I H. Place hangers on outside of pipe insulation.Use a pipe covering protection saddle for insulated 1-01 2 pipe at support point. 3 1. Insulated piping 1-1/2 IN and less: 4 a. Provide a 9 IN length of 9 LB density fiberglass insulation at saddle. 5 2. Insulated piping over 1-1/2 IN: 6 a. Provide a 12 IN length of 9 LB density fiberglass insulation on saddle. 7 I. Provide 20 GA galvanized steel pipe saddle for fiberglass and plastic support points to ensure 8 minimum contact width of 4 IN. 9 J. Pipe Support Spacing: 10 1. General: 11 a. Factor loads by specific weight of liquid conveyed if specific weight is greater than 12 water. 13 b. Locate pipe supports at maximum spacing scheduled unless indicated otherwise on the 14 Drawings. 15 c. Provide at least one support for each length of pipe at each change of direction and at 16 each valve. 17 2. Steel,stainless steel,cast-iron pipe support schedule: 18 PIPE SIZES-IN MAXIMUM SPAN-FT 1-1/2 and less 5 2 thru 4 10 5 thru 8 15 10 and greater 20 19 20 3. Copper pipe support schedule: 21 PIPE SIZES-IN MAXIMUM SPAN-FT 2-1/2 and less 5 3 thru 6 10 8 and greater 15 22 23 4. PVC pipe support schedule: 24 PIPE SIZES-IN MAXIMUM SPAN-FT 1-1/4 and less 3 1-1/2 thru 3 4 4 and greater 5 25 *Maximum fluid temperature of 120 DegF. 26 27 5. Support each length and every fitting: 28 a. Bell and spigot piping: 29 1) At least one hanger. 30 2) Applied at bell. 31 b. Mechanical coupling joints: 32 1) Place hanger within 2 FT of each side of fittings to keep pipes in alignment. 33 6. Space supports for soil and waste pipe and other piping systems not included above every 5 34 FT. 35 7. Provide continuous support for nylon tubing. 36 PART 3 - EXECUTION 37 3.1 INSTALLATION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15090-4 , I A. Provide piping systems exhibiting pulsation,vibration,swaying,or impact with suitable 2 constraints to correct the condition. 3 1. Included in this requirement are movements from: 4 a. Trap discharge. 5 b. Similar internal forces. 6 B. Weld Supports: 7 1. AWS D1.1. 8 2. Weld anchors to pipe in accordance with ANSI B31.3. 9 C. Locate piping and pipe supports as to not interfere with open accesses,walkways,platforms,and 10 with maintenance or disassembly of equipment. 11 D. Inspect hangers for: 12 1. Design offset. 13 2. Adequacy of clearance for piping and supports in the hot and cold positions. 14 3. Guides to permit movement without binding. 15 4. Adequacy of anchors. 16 E. Inspect hangers after erection of piping systems and prior to pipe testing and flushing. 17 F. Install individual or continuous slot concrete inserts for use with hangers for piping and 18 equipment. 19 1. Install concrete inserts as concrete forms are installed. 20 G. Welding: 21 1. Welding rods:ASTM and AWS standards. 22 2. Integral attachments: 23 a. Include welded-on ears,shoes,plates and angle clips. 24 b. Ensure material for integral attachments is of good weldable quality. 25 3. Preheating,welding and postheat treating:ANSI B31.3,Chapter V. 26 H. Field Painting: 27 1. Comply with Section 09905. 28 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15090-5 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 15090-6 1 2002/09/16 2 SECTION 15100 3 VALVES - BASIC REQUIREMENTS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Valving,actuators,and valving appurtenances. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract M2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 4. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 13 5. Section 15060-Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 17 a. B1.20.1,Pipe Threads,General Purpose. 18 b. B16.1,Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 19 c. B 16.18,Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 20 d. B 16.34,Valves-Flanged,Threaded and Welding End. 21, 2. ASTM International(ASTM): 22 a. A126,Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,Flanges,and Pipe 23 Fittings. 24 b. D256,Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of 25 Plastics. 26 c. D638,Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 27 d. D648,Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural 28 Load 29 e. D695,Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 30 f. D2240,Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness. 31 3. American Water Works Association(AWWA): 32 a. C111,Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 33 b. C207,Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service-Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 34 c. C500,Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. 35 d. C504,Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. 36 e. C507,Ball Valves,6 IN through 48 IN(150 MM through 1200 MM). 37 f. C509,Resilient-Seated Gate Valves 3 through 12 NPS,for Water and Sewage Systems. 38 g. C540,Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates. 39 h. C550,Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 40 i. C606,Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 41 4. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry,Inc.(MSS). 42 1.3 DEFINITIONS 43 A. The following are definitions of abbreviations used in this section or one of the individual valve 44 sections: 45 1. CWP: Cold water working pressure. ° 46 2. SWP: Steam working pressure. 47 3. WOG: Water,oil,gas working pressure. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15100-1 1 4. WWP: Water working pressure. 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Shop Drawings: 4 1. See Section 01340. 5 2. Product technical data including: 6 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 7 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 8 c. Valve pressure and temperature rating. 9 d. Valve material of construction. 10 e. Special linings. 11 f. Valve dimensions and weight 12 g. Valve flow coefficient 13 h. Wiring and control diagrams for electric or cylinder actuators. 14 3. Test reports. 15 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 16 1. See Section 01340. 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 19 A. Refer to individual valve specification sections. 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. Refer to individual valve specification sections. 22 2.3 VALVE ACTUATORS 23 A. Valve Actuators-General: 24 1. Provide actuators as shown on Drawings or specified. 25 2. Clockwise opening as viewed from the top. 26 3. Direction of opening and the word OPEN to be cast in handwheel or valve bonnet 27 4. Size actuator to produce required torque with a maximum pull of 80 LB at the maximum 28 pressure rating of the valve provided and withstand without damage a pull of 200 LB on 29 handwheel or chainwheel or 300 foot-pounds torque on the operating nut 30 5. Unless otherwise specified,actuators for valves to be buried,submerged or installed in 31 vaults or manholes shall be sealed to withstand at least 20 FT of submergence. 32 6. Extension Stem: 33 a. Install where shown or specified. 34 b. Solid steel with actuator key and nut,diameter not less than stem of valve actuator 35 shaft. 36 c. Pin all stem connections. 37 d. Center in valve box or grating opening band with guide bushing. 38 B. Buried Valve Actuators: 39 1. Provide screw or slide type adjustable cast iron valve box,5 IN minimum diameter,3/16 IN 40 minimum thickness,and identifying cast iron cover. 41 2. Box base to enclose buried valve gear box or bonnet. 42 3. Provide 2 IN standard actuator nuts complying with Section 3.16 of AWWA C500. 43 4. Provide at least two teehandle keys for actuator nuts,with 5 FT extension between key and 44 handle. 45 5. Extension Stem: 46 a. Provide for buried valves greater than 4 FT below finish grade. 47 b. Extend to within 6 IN of finish grade. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15100-2 1 6. Provide concrete pad encasement of valve box as shown for all buried valves unless shown 2 otherwise. 3 C. ExposedValve Manual Actuators: 4 1. Provide for all exposed valves not having electric or cylinder actuators. 5 2. Provide handwheels for gate and globe valves. 6 a. Size handwheels for valves in accordance with AWWA C500. 7 3. Provide lever actuators for plug valves,butterfly valves and ball valves 3 IN DIA and 8 smaller. a. Lever actuators for butterfly valves shall have a minimum of 5 intermediate lock 10 positions between full open and full close. 11 b. Provide at least two levers for each type and size of valve furnished. 12 4. Gear actuators required for plug valves,butterfly valves,and ball valves 4 IN DIA and 13 larger. 14 5. Provide gearing for gate valves 20 IN and larger in accordance with AWWA C500. 15 6. Gear actuators to be totally enclosed,permanently lubricated and with sealed bearings. 16 7. Provide chain actuators for valves 6 FT or higher from finish floor to valve centerline. 17 a. Cadmium-plated chain looped to within 3 FT of finish floor. 18 b. Equip chain wheels with chain guides to permit rapid operation with reasonable side 19 pull without"gagging"the wheel. 20 8. Provide cast iron floor stands where shown on Drawings.Stands to be furnished by valve 21 manufacturer with actuator. 22 a. Stand or actuator to include thrust bearings for valve operation and weight of 23 accessories. 24 D. SubmergedActuators: 25 1® The valve actuator shall be mounted on top of an extension bonnet,3 FT above any adjacent 26 personnel access. 27 2. The valve and bonnet connection shall be flanged and watertight 28 3. Provide a top brace support for the bonnet.Mount the brace 6 IN below the top of the wall 2 as shown. 3 4. Materials: 31 a. Extension bonnet Cast iron ASTM A126 or steel. 3 b. Brace and anchor bolts: Type 304 stainless steel. 33 2.4 FABRICATION 3 A. End Connections: 3,,, vide the type of end connections for valves as required in the Piping Schedules presented 3 in Section 15060 or as shown on the Drawings. 3 2. Comply with the following standards: 3 a. Threaded: ANSI B 1.20.1. 3 b. Flanged: ANSI B 16.1 Class 125 unless otherwise noted or AWWA C207. 4 c. Bell and spigot or mechanical(gland)type: AWWA C111. 4 dL Soldered: ANSI B16.1 . 4d e. Grooved: Rigid joints per Table 5 of AWWA C66. 4 B. Refer to individual valve sections for specifications of each type of valve on Project. C. Nuts,Bolts,and Washers: 4 . Wetted or internal to be bronze or stainless steel.Exposed to be zinc or cadmium plated. D. On Insulated Piping: Provide valves with extended stems to permit proper insulation application 4 without interference from handle. 4E E. Epoxy Interior Coating: 4c, 1. Provide epoxy interior coating for all ferrous surfaces in accordance with AWWA C550. �m 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15100-3 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION .400%%� 2 3.1 INSTALLATION 3 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4 B. Painting Requirements: 5 1. Comply with Section 09905 for painting and protective coatings. 6 C. Setting Buried Valves: 7 1. Locate valves installed in pipe trenches where buried pipe indicated on Drawings. 8 2. Set valves and valve boxes plumb. 9 3. Place valve boxes directly over valves with top of box being brought to surface of finished 10 grade. 11 4. Install in closed position. 12 5. Place valve on firm footing in trench to prevent settling and excessive strain on connection 13 to pipe. 14 6. After installation,backfill up to top of box for a minimum distance of 4 FT on each side of 15 box. 16 D. Support exposed valves and piping adjacent to valves independently to eliminate pipe loads 17 being transferred to valve and valve loads being transferred to the piping. 18 E. For ground coupling valves,install rigid type couplings. 19 F. For threaded valves,provide union on one side within 2 FT of valve to allow valve removal. 20 G. Install valves accessible for operation,inspection,and maintenance. 21 3.2 ADJUSTING 22 A. Adjust valves,actuators and appurtenant equipment to comply with Section 01650.Operate 23 valve,open and close at system pressures. 24 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15100-4 1 SECTION 15101 2 GATE VALVES 31 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Gate valves. 7 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 8 1. Fort Worth Water Utilities Standard Specifications. 9 2. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1.0 3. Division 1 -General Requirements. I q. 4.. Section 15100-Valves: Basic Requirements. 1.2 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 141 1. American Water Works Association(AWWA): 1.5 a. C500,Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 16 b. C504,Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. 1.7 c. C5 ,Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. 18 d. CO,Protective Epoxy Interior Castings for Valves and Hydrants. 1.9 2. Manufacturer's Standardization ie of the Valve and Fittings ,Inc. SS): 20 a. SP-9,Spot Facing for Bronze,Iron and Steel Flanges. 21 b. SP-70,Cast Iron Gate Valves,Flanged and Threaded Ends. 22 c. SP-80,Bronze Gate,Globe,Angle and Check Valves. 23 1.3 DEFINITIONS 24 A. OS&Y: Outside Screw and Yoke. 25 B. NRS: Non-rising Stem. 20 C. RS: Rising Stem. 27 1.4 SUBMITTALS 28 A. ShopDrawings: 29 1. See Section 15100. 30 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 31 1. See Section 01340. 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 34 A. Subject to compHance withthe Contract Documents,the manufacturers listed under the specific 35 valve types are acceptable. 36 2.2 VALVE: WATER 37 A. Class 125 bronze gate valve. 38 B. Comply with MSS SP-80. 39 C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1."502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15101-1 1 1. Nibco. A-Wo%, 2 2. Stockham. 3 3. Or equal. 4 D. Materials: 5 1. Body,bonnet,wedge: Bronze. 6 2. Stem: Silicon bronze. 7 3. Packing: Teflon or TFE impregnated fiber. 8 E. Design Requirements: 9 1. 125 psi steam,200 psi nonshock WOG. 10 2. Screw in bonnet,non-rising stem,solid wedge. 11 2.3 VALVES: WATER AND WASTEWATER 12 A. Resilient Seat Gate Valves(Wastewater-Water),3 to 12 IN DIA: 13 1. Comply with AWWA C509. 14 2. Materials: 15 a. Stem and stem nut: Bronze. 16 1) Wetted bronze parts in low zinc bronze. 17 2) Aluminum bronze components: Heat treated per AWWA C504. 18 b. Body,gate: Cast iron. 19 c. Resilient seat: Styrene Butadiene Rubber(SBR). 20 3. Design requirements: 21 a. 200 psi working pressure. 22 b. Buried: NRS O-ring stem seal. 23 c. Exposed: OS&Y,stuffing box stem seal,handwheel (Exposed: NRS,O-ring,stem 24 seal,handwheel). 25 d. Counter clockwise open rotation. 26 4. Fusion bonded epoxy coating interior and exterior except stainless steel and bearing 27 surfaces. 28 a. Comply with AWWA C550. 29 1) Wetted bronze parts in low zinc bronze. 30 2) Aluminum bronze components: Heat treated per AWWA C504. 31 2.4 ACCESSORIES 32 A. Refer to Drawings and valve schedule for type of actuators. Furnish actuator integral with valve. 33 B. Refer to Section 15100 for actuator requirements. 34 2.5 FABRICATION 35 A. General: 36 1. Provide valves with clear waterways the full diameter of the valve. 37 B. Spot valves in accordance with MSS SP-9. 38 PART 3 - EXECUTION 39 3.1 INSTALLATION 40 A. See Section 15100. 41 B. Where larger buried valves utilize smaller bypass valves,provide a second valve box installed 42 over the bypass valve operating nut 43 C. Do not install gate valves inverted or with the stems sloped more than 45 degrees from the loom` 44 upright unless the valve was ordered and manufactured specifically for this orientation. 45 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15101-2 '�- 1 1998/03/19 2 SECTION 15106 3 CHECK VALVES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Check valves. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 15100-Valves: Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American National Standard Institute(ANSI): 15 a. B 16.1,Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125,250 and 800. 16 2. American Water Works Association(AWWA): 17 a. C111,Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 18 b. C508,Swing Check Valves for Waterworks Service,2 through 24 IN NPS. 19 3. Manufacturer's Standardization,Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry,Inc(MSS): 20 a. SP-9,Spot Facing for Bronze,Iron and Steel Flanges. 21 b. SP-71,Cast Iron Swing Check Valves,Flanged and Threaded Ends. 22 c. SP-80,Bronze Gate,Globe,Angle and Check Valves. 23 13 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Shop Drawings: 25 1. See Section 15100. 26 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 27 1. See Section 01340. 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 30 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,manufacturers listed under the valve with 31 types are acceptable. 32 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 33 2.2 AUTOMATIC CONTROL CHECK VALVE: 6 TO 24 IN 34 A. Class 125. 35 B. Comply with AWWA C508. 36 C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 37 1. Oil: 38 a. APCO Series 8000. ' 39 b. Or approved equal. a..... " - 40 D. Materials: 1.2502 City of Fort Worth Como Pump Station Expansion FMai 18,:066 15106-1 � 1 1. Body,cover,disc,levers: Cast iron or cast steel. Ago%., 2 2. Seat: Bronze or stainless steel. 3 3. Seat ring: Bronze or rubber(Buns-N). 4 4. Pivot Shaft: Stainless steel. 5 5. Disc Ring: Bronze ASTM B584 6 E. Design Requirements: 7 1. Seat ring: Replaceable. 8 2. Hinge: Extend out both sides with lever and weight. 9 3. Cushion: Oil type with adjustable speed control. 10 4. The valve actuator motor and all electrical enclosures shall be NEMA 6. 11 5. The automatic control check valve shall be capable of modulation service. 12 6. The valve shall have a single disc"offset"pivoted above the centerline of the valve. 13 7. The valve must be fail-safe during any electrical power failure,and the disc shall close 14 hydraulically. 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLATION 17 A. See Section 15100. 18 B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 19 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15106-2 2000/09/13 SECTION 15114 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Air release and vacuum relief valves. 2. Automatic control valves: a. Pressure relief and pressure-sustaining valves. 10 b. Surge arrester valves. 11 c° Electric check valves. 12 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Fort Worth Water Utilities Standard Specifications. 14 2. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 15 3. Division 1 -General Requirements. 16 4. Section 11005-Equipment:Basic Requirements. 17 5. Section 15100-Valves:Basic Requirements. 18 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A. Referenced Standards: 20 1. American Gas Association(AG ). 21 2. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 22 a. B 16.1,Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,Class 25, 125,250,and 800. 23 3. American Water Works Association(AWW ): 24 a. C51 ,Air-Release,AirNacuum,and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks Service. 25 b. C550,Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 26 1.3 SUBMITTALS 2 Shop Drawings: 28 1. See Section 15100. 29 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 30 1. See Section 01340. 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 33 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the manufacturers listed under the specific 34 valve types are acceptable. 35 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 36 2.2 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES 37 A. General: 38 1. Conform to AWWA C512. 39 B. Air Release Valve(Water): 40 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 41. a. APCO 200A, 1 IN. 12501 City of Fort Worth BID SET Corno PurnpStation Expansion May 18,2006 1114-1 I b. GA Industries,Figure 920, 1 IN. 2 c. Or approved equal 3 2. Materials: 4 a. Body and cover: Cast iron or semi-steel. 5 b. Float: Stainless steel. 6 c. Linkage and trim:Bronze or stainless steel. 7 3. Design requirements: 8 a. Working pressure: 100 psi. 9 b. Release 10 cfm at 10 psi differential at 150 psi line pressure. 10 C. Combination Air Release Valves(Water): 11 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 12 a. GA Industries,Figure 980, {_) IN. 13 b. APCO Series 1700, (_) IN. 14 c. Or approved equal. 15 2. Materials: 16 a. Body and cover: Cast iron. 17 b. Float,linkage and hardware:Stainless steel. 18 c. Seat:Buna-N. 19 3. Design requirements: 20 a. Working pressure: {,} psi. 21 b. Release 10 cfm at 10 psi differential at 150 psi line pressure. 22 c. Air vacuum capacity (_) scfm at 5 psi differential from atmospheric. 23 d. Unit may be combined in one valve body or be duplex type. 24 e. Provide surge check unit. 25 f. Provide butterfly isolation valve. 26 2.3 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES 27 A. Basic Valve: 28 1. Type: 29 a. Diaphragm-actuated hydraulically operated. 30 1) Acceptable manufacturers(Model as shown for specific valve): 31 a) APCO Series 8000 32 2) Materials: 33 a) Body:Ductile iron. 34 b) Seat insert: Stainless steel. 35 c) Disc:Buna-N. 36 d) Diaphragm:Nylon fabric bonded will:synthetic rubber. 37 3) Design requirements: 38 a) Do not use diaphragm as seating surface. 39 b. Differential piston hydraulically operated: 40 1) Acceptable manufacturers: 41 a) GA Industries. 42 b) Or approved equal. 43 2) Materials: 44 a) Body: Cast iron. 45 b) Piston,liner and seat crown:Bronze. 46 c) Piston cup and liner cup:Leather or Buna-N. 47 3) Design requirements: 48 a) Valve liner with vee-port openings. 49 2. Design requirements: 50 a. Size:As shown on plans. 51 b. Operating pressure: 52 1) Maximum (_) psi. 53 2) Minimum(_) psi. 54 c. Flow range: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15114-2 1 1) Normal maximum{_} gpm. 1 2 2) Normal minimum{�} gpm 3 B. Control: 4 1. Type: 5 a. Pressure relief or pressure-sustaining control: 6 1) Acceptable manufacturers: 7 a) Clayton,Model 50-01. 8 b) GA Industries,Figure {4800D(relief)} {6700DR(sustaining)}. c) Watts ACV 116 Series. 10 d) Singer,Model 106-RPS 11 e) Or approved equal. 12 2) Design requirements: 13 a) Modulate basic valve to maintain constant upstream pressure by bypassing or 14 relieving excess pressure. 15 b. Surge arrester control(hydraulic): 16 1) Acceptable manufacturers: 17 a) GA Industries,Figure 500-A-ABCDE. 18 b) Clayton,Model 52-03. 19 c) Watts ACV I I6-S2. 20 d) Singer,Model 106-RPS-L&H 21 e) Or approved equal. 22 2) Design requirements: 23 a) Open basic valve rapidly at predetermined overpressure and close slowly after 24 restoration of normal pressure. 25 b) Open rapidly at predetermined under pressure,remain open to dissipate surge 26 and then slowly close. 27 c) Open rapidly on electric power failure,remain open to dissipate surge and then 28 slowly close. 29 c. Surge anticipator valve: 30 1) Acceptable manufacturers: 31 a) GA Industries;Figure EA 5001 BD"Surge Sentinal". 32 b) Singer,Model A106-RPS-L&H-ET 33 c) Or approved equal. 34 2) Design requirements: 35 a) Sense down surge during and immediately after pump operation to open valve. 36 b) RespoLd to over pressure independent of electronic controls. 37 c) Open valve on down surge or over pressure and close slowly. 38 d) Open valve on power failure and close slowly. 39 e) Limit surge pressure to }FT above pumping TDH. 40 f) Control system to be 24 V battery powered,assembled in a NEMA 12. 41 enclosure. 42 g) Valve to be flanged angle type, {___} LB,ANSI B 16.1. 43 h) Pipeline parameters: 44 (1) Size: {_) IN DIA. 45 (2) Length: }FT. 46 (3) Flow range: {___}MGD. 47 (4) Static head and valve {_) FT. 48 (5) Pumping TDH: }FT. 49 (6) Pipe material: 50 d. Electric check control: 51 1) Acceptable manufacturers: 52 a) GA Industries,Figure 1730-D. 53 b) Clayton,Model 60-31. 54 c) Watts ACV 413-21. 55 d) Singer,Model 106-PG-BPC 1?50 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15114-3 I e) Or approved equal. 2 2) Design requirements: 3 a) Control opening and closing speed of basic valve to minimize surge associated 4 with starting and stopping of a pump. 5 b) Design normal opening and closing to be concurrent with pump operation. 6 c) Provide for a more rapid valve closure in event of power outage. 7 d) Provide adjustable controlled rates for all opening and closing speeds. 8 2. Design requirements: 9 a. Assembles all control features and hardware on basic valve at factory. 10 b. Use corrosion-resistant metal for all exposed portions of the control. 11 c. Include with valve control: 12 1) Stop valves. 13 2) Strainer. 14 3) Valves for opening and closing speed control. 15 4) Pilot valves. 16 5) Solenoid valves. 17 6) Pressure switches as necessary to provide control function. 18 d. Electric components: 19 1) l l0 V, 1 PH. 20 2) In weatherproof enclosure unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 21 2.4 FABRICATION 22 A. Completely shop assemble unit including any interconnecting piping,speed control valves, 23 control isolation valves and electrical components. 24 B. Provide internal epoxy coating suitable for potable water for all iron body valves in accordance 25 with AWWA C550. 26 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 27 A. Shop hydrostatically test to {unit) (piping system) test pressure. 28 2.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 29 A. Provide one set of any special tools or wrenches required for operation or maintenance for each 30 type valve. 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 3.1 INSTALLATION 33 A. General: 34 1. See Section 11005 and Section 15100. 35 B. Air Release,Vacuum Relief,and Pressure Relief Valves: 36 1. Pipe exhaust to a suitable disposal point. 37 2. Where exhausted to a trapped floor drain,terminate exhaust line 6 IN minimum above floor. 38 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39 A. Clean,inspect,and operate valve to ensure all parts are operable and valve seats properly. 40 B. Check and adjust valves and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and 41 place into operation. 42 END OF SECTION 43 1250 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15114-4 SECTION 15183 PIPE, DUCT AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation: a. Piping insulation. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. L 4. Section 15060—Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 11 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. ASTM International(ASTM): R a. C177,Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by means of Guarded Hot Plate. 1 b. C411,Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature I Thermal Insulation. I c. C423,Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients 2 by the Reverberation Room Method. 2 d. C518,Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by means of the Heat Flow Meter. 2 e. C534,Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and 2 Tubular Form. 2 f. C553,Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for 2 Commercial and Industrial Applications. 2 g. C665,Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light 2 Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 21 h. C1071,Standard Specification for Thermal and Acoustical Insulation(Glass Fiber, 2 Duct Lining Material). 31 i. D1056,Flexible Cellular Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 3 j. E84,Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3 k. E96,Water Vapor Transmission of Materials in Sheet Form. 3 2. Armstrong Cork Company: 34 a. Bulletin 10/77 15P Mechanical Systems Insulation,Section 3. 3 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 30 a. 90A,Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 3 b. 90B,Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. 3 c. 255,Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 4 a. 723,Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 41 13 SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawings: 4 1. See Section 01340. 2. Product technical data including: 4 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 4 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15183-1 I c. Submit complete specification of insulation materials,adhesives,cement,together with 2 manufacturer's recommended methods of application and coverage for coatings and 3 adhesives. 4 3. Submit itemized schedule by building of proposed insulation systems showing density, 5 thermal conductivity,thickness,adhesive,jackets and vapor barriers. 6 4. Certifications: 7 a. Products will meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 8 PART 2- PRODUCTS 9 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 10 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 11 acceptable: 12 1. Elastomeric insulation: 13 a. Rubatex. 14 b. Armstrong. 15 2. Fiberglass insulation: 16 a. Certainteed Corporation. 17 b. Schuller(Manville). 18 c. Owens Corning. 19 d. Knauf. 20 3. PVC jacket: 21 a. Ceel-Co. 22 b. PIC Plastics. 23 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Section 01640. 24 2.2 PIPING INSULATION: ELASTOMERIC 25 A. General: 26 1. Insulation fire and smoke hazard ratings for composite(insulation,jacket or facing,and 27 adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to the insulation),as tested by procedure ASTM 28 E84,NFPA 255 and UL 723,not exceeding: 29 a. Flame spread: 25. 30 b. Smoke developed: 100. 31 2. Accessories(adhesives,mastics,cements,and tapes: Same component ratings as listed 32 above. 33 3. Indicate on product labels or their shipping cartons: Flame and smoke ratings do not exceed 34 above requirements. 35 4. Permanent treatment of jackets or facings to impart flame and smoke safety is required. 36 Water-soluble treatments is prohibited. 37 5. Insulated shields at pipe support points. 38 B. Pipe,Fitting,and Valve Insulation: 39 1. Flexible elastomeric closed cell pipe insulation.Average thermal conductivity not to exceed 40 0.27(Btu-II)per square foot-DegF-hour at mean temperature of 75 DegF,temperature 41 range-40 to 220 DegF;permeability not to exceed 0.20 by ASTM E96;water absorption 3 42 percent by ASTM D 1056 and ozone resistance. 43 2. Provide minimum insulation thickness conforming to schedules or as shown on the 44 Drawings. 45 2.3 PIPING INSULATION: FIBERGLASS 46 A. Pipe and Fitting Insulation: 47 1. Preformed fiberglass pipe insulation: �~ 48 a. Density: 4 LBS/CF. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15183-2 b. 'Temperature rated: 650'DegF. c. Average thermal conductivity not to exceed 0.22(Btu-IN)per square foot-DegF-hour at mean temperature of 75 DegF. d. Fire hazard rating: 1) UL 723,ASTM E84,NFPA 255. 2) Flame spread not exceeding 25 and smoke developed not exceeding 100. 2. Moisture adsorption: a. ASTM C553. b. Not greater than 0.5 percent moisture by volume when exposed to moisture laden air at 1 120 DegF and 96 percent RH. 1 3.,. Fungi and bacteria resistance: I a. ASTM C665. 1 b. Does not breed or promote growth. I c. Flame attenuated glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin. 1 4. Piping jackets(general applications): 1 a. Aluminum: 16 mil embossed aluminum. 1 b. PVC: Preformed 0.028 IN thick PVC jackets fabricated from B.F. Goodrich PVC I sheeting V-66 with proven resistance to ultraviolet degradation when temperatures do 1 not exceed the limits of PVC. 2 c. Piping jacket not required on concealed piping. 2 5. Provide minimum insulation thickness conforming to schedules or as shown on the 2 Drawings. 2 2.4 SUBSTITUTION 24 A. Submit request for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2f PART 3 - EXECUTION 26 3.1 INSTALLATION 27 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2 B. General: 2 1. Piping below ground covered with earth will not be insulated except as specified in Section 3 15077. 3 2. Consider ductwork,piping and equipment as exposed,except as otherwise indicated. 3 3. Consider ductwork,piping and equipment in walls,partitions,floors,pipe chases,pipe 3 shafts and duct shafts as concealed.Consider ductwork,piping and equipment above 3 ceilings as concealed. 3 4. Provide release for insulation application after installation and testing is complete.Apply 3 insulation on clean,dry surfaces after inspection. 3 5. Provide insulation continuous through wall,roof and ceiling openings,pipe hangers, 3 supports and sleeves. 3 6. Provide insulation with vapor barrier for piping,ductwork and equipment where surfaces 4 may be cooler than surrounding air temperatures.Provide vapor barrier(0.17 perm-IN; 4 ASTM C553)continuous and unbroken.Hangers,supports,anchors,and related items that 4 are secured directly to cold surfaces must be adequately insulated and vapor-sealed to 4 prevent condensation. 7. Apply specified adhesives,mastics and coatings at the manufacturer's recommended 4 coverage per unit volume. 4 C. Piping Insulation: Elastomeric: 4 1. Slip insulation on pipe prior to connection.Whenever the slip-on technique is not possible 4 provide insulation neatly slit and snapped over the pipe. 4 2. Fabricate and install fitting cover insulation according to manufacturer's recommendations. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15183-3 1 3. Seal joints,slits,miter-cuts and other exposed edges of insulation with adhesive, ^ 2 recommended by the insulation manufacturer,to ensure complete vapor barrier. 3 D. Piping Insulation: Fiberglass: 4 1. Apply over clean dry pipe.Butt all joints together firmly. 5 2. Seal joints,slits,miter-cuts and other exposed edges of insulation as recommended by the 6 insulation manufacturer. 7 3. Insulate fittings,valves,and flanges with insulation thickness equal to adjacent pipe. 8 4. PVC pipe jacket: 9 a. Apply jacketing with a minimum of 1 IN overlap.Weld longitudinal and 10 circumferential seams with adhesives as recommended by manufacturer. 11 b. Provide slip joints every 30 FT and between fittings if distance exceeds 8 FT.Construct 12 slip joints by overlapping jacket sections 6 to 10 IN. 13 c. Provide premolded PVC covers of same material and manufacturer as jacket for 14 fittings,valves,flanges,and related items in insulated piping systems. 15 5. Aluminum pipe jacket: 16 a. Field-applied aluminum jacket with vapor-sealed longitudinal and butt joints. 17 b. Provide smooth and straight joint with a minimum 2 IN overlap. 18 c. Secure joints with corrosion-resistant screws spaced 0.25 to 0.50 IN back from edge. 19 d. Center spacing of screws 5 IN maximum or as required to provide smooth tight-fitted 20 joints. 21 e. Place joints on least exposed side of piping to obtain neat appearance. 22 3.2 REPAIR 23 A. Whenever any factory applied insulation or job-applied insulation is removed or damaged, 24 replace with the same quality of material and workmanship. 25 3.3 SCHEDULES 26 A. Refrigeration Lines(35-60 DegF): 27 1. Elastomeric. 28 2. 1/2 IN thickness for lines 1 IN and smaller. 29 B. Pipe,Fittings and Valves: 30 APPLICATION PIPE SIZE THICKNESS JACKET Hot Water(domestic) 6 IN and less 3/4 IN PVC Cold Water(domestic) 3 IN and less 3/4 IN PVC Over 3 IN 1 IN 31 32 33 END OF SECTION 12'502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15183-4 SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work includes: L Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,and services for fire protection systems,as indicated,in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated,provide all supplementary or I miscellaneous items,appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, I I secure and complete installation. 12 B. Description of work:Fire protection systems include: 13 1. Sprinkler system. 14 2. Alarm and signal devices. 15 C. Related sections: is 1. General requirements:Division 1. 17 2. Painting: Section 09900. 18 3. Pipe and fittings:Section 15060. 19 4. Manual valves: Section 15100. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Design criteria:Provide complete fire protection systems as indicated and as required by local 22 authorities. 23 1. Where there is conflict between local authority requirements or other standards agency 24 requirements and these Drawings and specifications,requirements of standards agencies of 25 local authorities shall govern. 26 2. Design and install entire system in accordance with indicated codes,standards and 27 regulations. 28 3. Contractor may hydraulically calculate sprinkler system in accord with NFPA 13 . 29 4. Drawings are diagrammatic only to indicate zone. 30 S. Submit proposed layout and flow calculations for local fire authority's approval prior to I shop drawing submittal. B. Hazard class: 1. Major portion of building is classified Ordinary Group 1 Hazard for sprinkler protection. 2. Exceptions are by function of particular areas/rooms. 5 3. Indicate classification of all sprinkled spaces on shop drawings. 4. Ordinary Hazard,Group I areas include:Work areas,unassigned areas,storage rooms, 7 mechanical rooms. g C. System standards: 9 1. NFPA 13,Sprinkler Systems. 2. Local Inspection Agency(Building Code Dept.). 1 3. Tarrant County Fire Marshal's requirements. 2 4. Texas State Fire Marshal's requirements. 3 D. Installer qualifications:Use workmen skilled in this trade. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 5 A. Shop drawings: 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15300-I 1 1. Complete layout of fire protection system approved by all agencies having jurisdiction. a'^ 2 a. Include flow calculations. 3 B. Product data: 4 1. Catalog cuts. 5 2. Performance data. 6 C. Project information: 7 1. Operating and maintenance data. 8 2. Owner instruction report. 9 3. Test reports. 10 a. Certification that all tests as indicated in paragraph Field Quality Control have been 11 successfully completed and approved by all authorities having jurisdiction. 12 4. Guarantees. 13 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS 14 A. Arrange and pay for all permits,fees and inspections required. 15 PART 2- PRODUCTS 16 2.1 MATERIALS-GENERAL 17 A. Acceptable manufacturers: 18 1. Fire department valves: 19 a. Base:Elkhart. 20 b. Optional: Potter-Roemer;Allenco; Standard Fire West;Grinnell/Gem;and Croker- 21 Standard. 22 2. Alarm valves and wet systems: 23 a. Base:Central Sprinkler Corp. 24 b. Optional:Automatic Sprinkler Corp.;Firematic Sprinkler Devices,Inc.;Grinnell/Gem; 25 Globe Fire Equipment Co.;Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co.; Star Sprinkler Corp.;and 26 Viking Corp. 27 3. Fire department connections: 28 a. Base:Elkart. 29 b. Optional:Potter-Roemer;Allenco; Standard Fire West and Croker-Standard. 30 4. Alarm and signal devices: 31 a. Base: Simplex. 32 b. Optional:Federal Signal Corp_.;Notifier;Potter Electric Signal Co.;and United Electric 33 Controls Co. 34 5. Sprinkler heads: 35 a. Base: Star Sprinkler Corp. 36 b. Optional: Automatic Sprinkler Corp.;Grinnell/Gem;Firematic Sprinkler Devices,Inc.; 37 Globe Fire Equipment Co.;and Viking Corp. 38 6. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Division 1. 39 B. Other pipe materials,joining methods and equipment not specified,but approved by NFPA 13 40 and local authority having jurisdiction,must be submitted for approval in accordance with 41 Division 1. 42 C. Use only new material of first class construction,designed and guaranteed to perform service 43 required and approved by NFPA. 44 2.2 PIPE,FITTINGS,AND HANGERS 45 A. Fire sprinkler piping above ground: 46 1. Black steel,Schedule 40 and Schedule 10 maybe used on mains only. 47 2. Threaded fittings:Cast iron. 48 3. Mechanical joint fittings:Black steel,roll or cut grooved. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15300-2 a. Minimum Schedule 40 pipe for cut grooved joints. 4. Use flanged fittings or grooved couplings at valves. 5. Plain end fittings are not acceptable. B. Pipe hangers: 1. All purpose type,U/L listed and FM approved. 2. Spacing per NFPA 13. C. Pipe painting: 1. Paint red and label all fire protection piping. Refer to Division 9 23 VALVES AND HOSE CONNECTIONS 1 A. Valves and hose connections-general: 1 1. U/L and FM approved. 1 2. Minimum 175 PSI class. 13 3. Outlet/inlet threads to be coordinated with local authority. 14 4. Finish(including accessories,caps and wall plates):Rough brass. 1 B. Fire department valves(FVD): 2-1/2 IN fire department valve with 300 LB cast brass body,cap 16 and chain;rough brass finish,2-1/2 IN threads as required by Fort Worth Fire Department. 1 C. Gate valves: 1 1. 2 IN and smaller:V-49. 1 2. 2-1/2 IN and larger:V-50. 2 D. Butterfly valves 2-1/2 IN and larger:V-51;2 IN and smaller:V-55. 21. E. Butterfly valves with tamper switch(1 to 2-1/2 IN):V-59(optional to V-49 or V-50). 2 Z F. Check valves 2-1/2 IN and larger:V-53 or V-54. 23 G. Fire department connections:Wall type. 2 t 1. Size:4 x 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 Siamese as indicated on plans. 25 2. Finish: Satin brass. 2 3. Lettering:Auto Sprinkler(SPKR). 2 4. Wall type connections:Brass sleeve,escutcheon plate with lettering,caps and chain. 2, a. Potter-Roemer 5821-D. 2 H. Automatic ball drip valve:Straight or angle cast brass ball drip, 1/2 IN. 3 1. Mount on Siamese side of check valves. 3 2. Potter-Roemer 5981 or 5983. 3 re 1. Alarm check valve: 175 LB UL-FM ductile iron body,bronze clapper,neoprene 0-ring seal, 3. tapped bosses for and with water pressure gages,alarm test valve,main drain valve,alarm retarding chamber. 3 1. Include angle valves,globe valves,alarm line strainer,orifice restriction,pipe nipples and 36 fittings. 37 J. Glycol system. K. Alarm test device: Single device or unit that provides visual verification of waterflow(as required by NFPA 13)in a fire sprinkler system and allows for draining of a floor section. 1. UL listed and FM approved. 1 2. Contains sight glass,inspector test valve,auxiliary drain valve and test orifice. 3. Optional replacement for conventional alarm test loop. 4. Victaulic"TestMaster". 2.4 ALARM AND SIGNAL DEVICES 5 A. Waterflow detector:Vane type flow switch with retard mechanism or manual adjustment to 6 prevent false alarm. 7 1. 175 PSI rated. 2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15300-3 1 2. 115 VAC rated for pilot duty only. 2 3. Suitable for working pressure of 150 PSI with sensitivity adjusting screw. 3 4. Provide with contacts for remote signal wiring. 4 5. Simplex 2097 Series. 5 6. Provide with two sets of contact. 6 B. Water flow electric alarm device with 8 IN diameter gong. 120V motor. 7 1. Drive shaft length compatible with wall thickness encountered. 8 2. Red hood finish with nameplate. 9 3. For use with alarm valve systems(flow switch). 10 4. Potter-Roemer 6230. 11 C. Valve tamper switch: 12 1. 115 VAC/30 V DC. 13 2. Switches for butterfly valves:Approved type. 14 3. Simplex 2097-9031 supervisory switch. 15 D. Fire alarm system control panel. 16 E. FIRE HOSE CABINETS 17 1. Fire hose cabinets(FHC)-general: 18 a. Components and assembly U/L approved. 19 b. Nozzles: UAL industrial,adjustable Lexan fog nozzles. 20 c. Door: Continuous hinged 16 GA steel. 21 d. Mounting box for recessed cabinets: 14 GA steel. 22 2. FHC-1: 23 b. Hose: 1-1/2 IN UAL double tined hose,approved for hose rack installation,with UAL 24 hose clip. 25 c. Door style: Solid. 26 d. Hose length: 100 FT. 27 e. Doors: Solid face,minimum 14 GA steel with continuous hinge. Provide with cylinder 28 lock. Key as per Owner's requirements. 29 f. Hose valve: 1-1/2 IN angle. 30 g. Pressure restricting valve/orifice on 1-1/2 IN valve. 31 h. Nozzle: UAL industrial,adjustable Lexan fog type. 32 i. Mark: Fire Hose. 33 j. Door fastener: Level handle with cam latch and lock. 34 k. Cabinet finish: Prime painted. 35 1. Model No.: Potter-Roemer Series 1004. 36 F. FIRE DEPT.VALVE CABINET 37 1. Fire Dept. Valve Cabinet(FDVC)-General: Components and assembly UAL approved. 38 2. 39 a. Cabinet mounting recessed. 40 b. 2-1/2 IN angled valve. 41 c. Door: Continuous hinged 14 GA steel with cylinder lock. 42 d. Mounting box for recessed cabinet: 14 GA steel. 43 e. Door style: Solid. 44 f. Valve: 2-1/2 IN angled valve. 45 g. Mark: Fire Dept-Valve. 46 h. Door fastener: Cylinder lock,key per Owner's requirements. 47 i. Model No: Potter-Roemer Series 1810. 48 2.5 SPRINKLER HEADS 49 A. Sprinkler heads-general:Provide heads of type required for service indicated. 50 1. Standard 165 degF rating except when application requires higher rating. fak, 51 a. Heads in electrical rooms 212 degF rated. 52 2. In no case use heads rated less than 50 degF higher than anticipated ambient temperature. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15300-4 r . All sprinklers UAL listed. 4. Head application: a Rooms without ceilings:Type 1. b. Finished rooms:Type 2 or 3 except as indicated 5. Provide sprinkler heads with 1/2 IN orifice,unless specially noted otherwise. B. Sprinkler head Type 1: 1. Upright or pendent design as required. 2. Standard bronze finish. C. Sprinkler head Type : 1 1. Pendent design. 1 2. Satin chrome finish with escutcheon plate. 1 . Extended escutcheon as necessary to coordinate with surface mounted light fixtures. I D. Sprinkler head Type : 1 1. Recessed design,deflector Ito 1-1/2 IN below finished ceiling. 15 2. -piece recessed escutcheon with 1/2 IN adjustment 15 3. Allow removal of escutcheon and ceiling tile without disturbing head and drop assembly. 17 4. Chrome finish. 1 . Sprinkler head Type 6: 1 . Pendent type,flush design. 2 o exposed structural member to support body weight. 21 3. Star Model. 22 F. Tools: 23 1. Furnish one emergency rubber ball shutoff on long handle to be used for temporary closing 24 of sprinkler head after fire has been extinguished. 25 G. Sprinkler cabinet 21 i 1. Provide spare heads of each type and sprinkler wrench for each type in quantity required by 27 NFPA 13 with a minimum of two of each type used in building. 2 . Sprinkler headguards: 29 1. Heavy duty welded wire. 30 2. Red baked enamel finish. 3 . Reliance Model B,Sprinkler Guard. 3 t 4. Provide for all heads in electrical,telephone and mechanical rooms. 31 PART 3- EXECUTION 34 3.1 GENERAL 35 A. Cooperate with other trades to ensure adequate space for equipment and piping placement 36 B. Review plans,specifications and shop drawings of other trades to coordinate work. 37 C. Install in strict accord with approved shop 38 D. Install all piping,valves,and connections from mains to building fire protection systems. 39 E. Do not begin installation until all Agency approvals are submitted to Architect 41 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING,VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 4 A. Install sprinkler piping within first 6 IN of space under structure construction. 42 1. Where conditions of construction require piping installation at a lower elevation,route 4 piping to avoid interference with work of other trades. 44 2. Offset,crossover and otherwise route piping to install system in available space. 45 3. Pitch all branch lines,cross mains,feed mains and risers to drainage points. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15300-5 1 4. Provide angle drain valves at all low points. �mb., 2 5. Plugs permitted at offsets when approved by local authority. 3 B. Provide OS&Y valve and flow switch within sprinkler system at each of following locations: 4 1. Base of all sprinkler risers. 5 C. Install tamper switch on each OS&Y or butterfly valve within sprinkler control. 6 D. Provide auto ball drip valves at outside fire department connections between hose connection 7 and check and shutoff valve. 8 E. Provide wall flange at FDV. 9 F. Install pressure gages at top of each sprinkler risers and elsewhere as required by local authority. 10 G. Pipe hangers: 11 1. Space in accord with requirements ofNFPA-13. 12 2. Place hanger on both sides of a mechanical joint. 13 3. Hangers,hanger rods,inserts and clamps constructed as approved by NFPA 14 H. Paint all fire protection piping red. 15 1. Label all pipe,valves and controls per NFPA. 16 I. Install indicator posts approximately 3 FT above grade. 17 3.3 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION 18 A. Install in accord with approved shop drawings. 19 B. Install approved dirt legs and drain valves at low points of all piping to permit complete drainage 20 of system without disconnection of any piping. 21 1. Drain valves at base of risers to have 1-1/2 IN hose adapters matching threads of hose 22 systems in the building. 23 C. Extend 2 IN main drain(s)and 1 IN inspector's test connections on ends of sprinkler branches to 24 nearest floor drain or janitor's sink. 25 1. Terminate inspector's test outside when approved by local authority. 26 2. Label valves and outlets. 27 D. Provide chrome plated solid ring type escutcheon plates at pipe penetrations of ceilings,floors 28 and walls. 29 E. Firestop penetrations. 30 F. Install sprinkler heads to provide and maintain minimum 18 IN clear between bottom of 31 deflector and top of storage,files, shelving and cabinets. 32 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 33 A. Test sprinkler supplies,under hydrostatic pressure to 200 PSI for 2 hours. 34 1. Owner to be present during testing of system.Contractor to submit test data to Engineer for 35 records. 36 2. Inside piping to show no leakage. 37 B. Test flow and tamper alarm system,including control and signal circuits wired by Electrical 38 Contractor. 39 1. Coordinate with electrical. 40 2. Complete testing in presence of Engineer and prior to acceptance by Owner. 41 C. Give advance notice and arrange for field tests and inspections by local authority. 42 END OF SECTION Iowa%, 43 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15300-6 I SECTION 15605 2 HVAC- EQUIPMENT ` 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 1. Heating,ventilating,and cooling equipment B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the C6ntracL 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. ic 3. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 11 4. Section 13448-Control Panels and Enclosures. 12 5. Section 15890-HVAC: Ductwork 13 6. Section 15990-HVAC Systems: Balancing and Testing. 1 7. Division 16-Electrical. Il 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE V A. Referenced Standards: E 1. Air Movement and Control Association(AMCA): 11 a. 210,Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. 1 401,Fans,Standard Classifications for Spark-Resistant Construction. 2 2. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute( : 21 a. 410,Force-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils. 2 b. 430,Central Station Air-Handling Units. 2 3. American Society of Heating,Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers(AS ): 29 a. Applications Handbook,Chapter on Sound and Vibration Control. 2 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association ). a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volt ). 27, 5. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 2 a. 90A,Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2 6. National Roofing Contractor Association(NRCA). 3 7. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ). 31 B. Miscellaneous: 3 e thickness specified herein shall be manufacturer's standard gage for steel and Brown 3 and Sharpe gage for non-ferrous metals. 3 2. Corrosion protection of equipment to be as specified herein. 3 13 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Shop s: 3 1. See Section 01340. 3 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings. 3. . Product technical data including: 4 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 4 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 4 c. Wiring diagrams. 4 d. Control diagrams. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and technical data. 4 f° Corrosion-protection information. 4 g. Fan curves. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 15605-1 I h. Sound data. 2 i. Vibration isolation. 3 j. Control description. 4 k. Performance data on all equipment. 5 4. Certifications: 6 a. Provide certification of thickness of corrosion-protection coating. 7 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 8 1. See Section 01340. 9 PART 2- PRODUCTS 10 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 11 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 12 acceptable: 13 1. Vibration isolation assemblies: 14 a. Mason. 15 b. Vibration Mounting and Controls Co. 16 2. Corrosion-protective coatings: 17 a. Heresite and Chemical Co.; "Heresite." 18 b. Technical Coating Division of Southern Anodizing Co.,Inc.; "Technicoat." 19 3. Wall-mounted propeller-type exhaust fans: 20 a. Loren Cook. 21 b. Penn Ventilator Co.,Inc. 22 4. Toilet room exhaust fans: 23 a. Loren Cook. �� 24 b. Penn Ventilator Co.,Inc. 25 5. Unit heater-electric: 26 a. Reznor. 27 b. Chromalox. 28 6. Unit heaters-gas: 29 a. Reznor. 30 b. Modine Manufacturing Co. 31 7. In-line centrifugal fans-tube axial fans: 32 a. Loren Cook. 33 b. Penn Ventilator Co.,Inc. 34 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 35 2.2 GENERAL 36 A. All manufactured units shall be factory wired and assembled. 37 1. Use fasteners made of same material as unit. 38 2. Fabricate motor assemblies and unit housings with vibration isolation assemblies: 39 a. Type: As per Table 42,Chapter 43,ASHRAE Applications Handbook. 40 B. All manufactured units shall be constructed with corrosion-resistant materials or have corrosion- 41 resistant coating. 42 1. Type: 43 a. Corrosion-resistant materials: 44 1) Aluminum. 45 2) Stainless steel. 46 3) FRP. 47 b. Corrosion-resistant coating: 48 1) Phenolic-based coating: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15605-2 2) 3 mil minimum dry thickness,air-dried coating,for surfaces exposed to 2 temperatures less than 150 DegF. 3 3) 5 mil baked-on coating for heat transfer surfaces and surfaces exposed to 4 temperatures greater than 150 DegF. 5 4) Factory applied. 6 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS 7 A. Wall-Mounted Propeller-Type Exhaust Fans: 8 1. AMCA certified. 2. Industrial quality. V 3. Materials: I I a- Propeller- Steel or Cast aluminum. b. Office ring: Steel. c. Panel and supports: 18 ga galvanized steel and tubular steel.. 14 d. Drive shaft: Solid steel. 1! e. Sheaves: Cast iron. V 4. Propellers: I a- Statically and dynamically balanced. ll b. Airfoil design- V c. Minimum four blades. 21 5. Sealed pillow block bearings. 2 6. Welded reinforced motor base plate. 2, 7. Adjustable motor base. 21 8. Motor: See Section 11005. 2 a. Driver and driven sheaves: 2 1) Keyed hub type. 2 2) Drive sheaves: Fixed pitch diameter. 2 3) Driver: 2 a) Shipped with variable pitch diameter sheave. 2 b) Fixed pitch diameter size based on approved test and balance reports. 31 4) V-belt drives sized for 150-percent motor horsepower. 3'. 9. Accessories: 3: a. Inlet guard. 3" b. Outlet guard 3A c. Heavy-duty automatic shutter. 3 d. Mounting adapter. 3 e. Bird screen. 3'. 10. Size and capacity as scheduled on Drawings. 31 B. Toilet Room Exhaust Fans: 3! 1. AMCA certified. 4( 2. UL listed. 4. 3. Materials: Galvanized steel. 4: 4. Centrifugal wheels. 4* 5. Permanently lubricated motor. 144 6. Acoustically insulated housing. 4.' 7. Resilient rubber-in-shear vibration isolation. 8. Fan,motor,and wheel assembly removable from housing. 4 9. Duct flanged outlet 4 10. Integral backdraft damper. 4 11. Minimum 85-percent free open area face grill. 51 12. Accessories: 5 a. Roof jack. 5, b. Wall cap. 5.' 13. Size and capacity as scheduled on Drawings. 54 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Punip Station Expansion May 18,2006 15605-3 I C. Unit Heater-Electric: loo1 2 1. Type: Horizontal 3 2. UL listed for non-rated areas. 4 3. Material: 5 a. Cabinet: 18 GA steel. 6 b. Heating elements: Copper-clad steel. 7 4. Fan motors: 8 a. See Section 11005. 9 b. Built-in automatic reset overload protection. 10 5. Dynamically balanced fan. 11 6. Built-in automatic reset cutout protection. 12 7. Accessories: 13 a. Mounting bracket. 14 b. 40 to 90 DegF,5 DegF differential unit-mounted thermostat. 15 8. Electrical,fan motor,and airflow data as scheduled on Drawings. 16 D. Unit Heaters-Gas: 17 1. AGA design certified. 18 2. Material: 19 a. Heat exchangers: 18 GA stainless steel. 20 b. Header plates: 16 GA stainless steel. 21 c. Burner: Aluminized or stainless steel. 22 d. Casing: Steel 23 3. Fan motor: 24 a. See Section 11005. 25 b. Built-in thermal overload protection. 26 4. Statically and dynamically balanced fan. 27 5. Adjustable air deflector blades. loom%, 28 6. 24 V automatic gas valve,automatic pilot with 100-percent safety shut-off,gas pressure 29 regulator and manual gas cock. 30 7. Electric ignition. 31 8. High-limit switch. 32 9. Accessories: 33 a. Mounting bracket. 34 b. 40 to 90 DegF,5 DegF differential unit-mounted thermostat. 35 10. Size and capacity as scheduled on Drawings. 36 E. Unit Heater Vent: 37 1. UL listed. 38 2. Double-wall: 39 a. Aluminum inner wall. 40 b. Galvanized outer wall. 41 3. Insulating space: Air. 42 4. Approved by local building codes. 43 5. Provide screened vent cap. 44 F. In-Line Centrifugal Square Fans: 45 1. AMCA certified Class I,II,or III. 46 2. Non-overloading horsepower capability. 47 3. Materials: 48 a. Wheel,impeller hub and blades: Aluminum or stainless steel. 49 b. Housing,innertube and belt well: 18 ga galvanized steel. 50 c. Inlet cone: Aluminum or stainless steel. 51 d. Driver shaft: Solid steel. 52 4. Airfoil design blades. Own%, 53 a. All welded construction. 54 5. All welded housing,innertube and belt well. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15605-4 1 6. Innertube constiuction: 2a Isolates bearings and drive from airstream. 3 b. Removable end covers. 4 7. Bearings: a- Grease lubricated,self-aligning. b. External grease fittings. 8. Motor: See Section 11005. a- Driver and driven sheaves: 1) Keyed hub type. 1 2) Drive sheaves: Fixed pitch diameter. 1 3) Driver: I a) Shipped with variable pitch diameter sheave. 1. b) Fixed pitch diameter size based on approved test and balance reports. 1 4) V-belt drives sized for 150 percent motor horsepower. 1 9. Adjustable motor base. 1 10. Flanged inlet and outlet 1 11. Accessories: I a. Belt guard. I b. Flanged inlet/outlet 2 c. Inlet/Outlet companion flange. 2 12. Size and capacity as scheduled on Drawings. 2' 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 2 A. Install in accordance with Section 11005. Z i B. Install fixed pitched drive sheave after sheave has been sized based on accepted test and balance V report 1 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. Comply with Section 15990. 31) 3-3 ADJUSTING 3 A. Install new filters on units which have been running prior to acceptance of Project 31 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15605-5 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15605-6 SECTION 15890 HVAC- DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. HVAC ductwork and accessories. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 10 3. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1. 4. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. U. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association( ): 1 a. 2605-02,Voluntary Specification,Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for 1 Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 1 2. Air Diffusion Council(ADC): 1 a. 12,Test code for Grilles,Registers and Diffusers. 13. Air Movement and Control Association( CA): 2 a. 210,Test Code for Air Moving Devices. 2 It b. 500,Test Method for Louvers,Dampers,and Shutters. 2 t 4. American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers(ASHRAE): 2 a. Handbook of Fundamentals,Chapter 33,Duct Design. 2 . 52,Method of Testing Conditioning Devices Used in General Ventilation for 1 2 Removing Particulate Matter. 2 c. 70,Method for Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets. 2 5. ASTM International(ASTM): 2 a A167,Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel 2 Plate, Sheet and Strip. 3 9,Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 31 c. B221,Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,Rods,Wire,Shapes 3 and Tubes. 3 d. D3299,Filament Wound Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Resin. 3 6. American Welding Society(AWS). 3 7. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 3 a. 90A,Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 3 1 . National Institute for Standards and Technology S : 3, a. Voluntary Product Standard PS-15. 3 9. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association(SMACNA): a. Ducted Electrical Heat Guide for Air Handling Systems. 41 b. HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible. 1 . Underwriters Laboratory,Inc. ): 43 a. Building Materials Directory. 44 . 555,Fire Damper and Ceiling Fire Damper. 45 B. Qualifications: 46 1. Fabricator. Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specific product,of type,size 47 required,whose products have been in use in similar service for not less than 3 years. 0 6-163-037 Dallas Water Utilities B®SET Peak Flow Basin Expansion May 18,2006 15890-1 1 2. Installers: Firm with at least 5 years installation experience on products similar to that 2 required for this Project. 3 1.3 DEFINITIONS 4 A- Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 5 product in the field at the Project site. 6 1. Installer or applicator are synonymous. 7 1.4 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Shop Drawings: 9 1. See Section 11005. 10 2. Efficiency ratings per ASHRAE 52 for factory built and assembled filter units. 11 3. Scaled ductwork drawings(1/4 IN equals 1 FT)showing duct and accessory layout and 12 support 13 B. Miscellaneous Submittal: 14 1. Documentation of qualifications for fabricators and installers. 15 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 16 1. See Section 01340. 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 19 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 20 acceptable: �^ 21 1. Transverse joints(factory fabricated aluminum): 22 a. Ductmate Industries,Inc. 23 b. Or approved equal. 24 2. Turing vanes: 25 a. Barber-Colman. 26 b. Titus. 27 c. Tuttle and Bailey. 28 d. Or approved equal. 29 3. Flexible duct connections: 30 a. Vent fabrics. 31 b. Duro-Dyne. 32 c. Or approved equal. 33 4. Flexible connector thrust restraint: 34 a. Mason WB. 35 b. Or approved equal 36 5. Access doors in ductwork: 37 a. Vent fabrics. 38 b. American Warming. 39 c. Or approved equal. 40 6. Backdraft dampers: 41 a. Air Balance. 42 b. Ruskin. 43 c. American Warming. 44 d. Or approved equal. 45 7. Manual dampers: 46 a. Air Balance. 47 b. Ruskin. 48 c. American Warming. 00006-163-037 Dallas Water Utilities BID SET Peak Flow Basin Expansion May 18,2006 15890-2 p, d. Or approved equal. d 8. Duct sealers: a. Chicago Mastic. b. 3M Co. c. Permatex. d. Benjamin Foster. e. Or approved equal. 9. Temperature control and automatic dampers: a. Air Balance. V b. Ruskin. c. American Warming. d. Or approved equal. 1 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. p 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Duct and Fittings(Metallic): R 1. Materials: Galvanized Steel. 2. Fabrication: a. Minimum sheet material thickness: 1 1) Ducts with largest side or diameter to 30 IN: 0.05 IN thick. 2 2) Ducts with largest side or diameter greater than 30 IN: 0.08 IN thick. 2 b. Utilize SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards for minimum of 2 IN water 2 gage static pressure for the minimum sheet material thickness specified herein. 2 1) Heavier gage sheet material may be used with associated reinforcement as an 2d alternate to minimum thickness specified. 2 2) Lighter gage sheet material with associated reinforcement shall not be used as an 2( alternate to minimum thickness specified. 2 c. Continuously weld seams on factory assembled units. 2 d. Transverse joints(Alternate A): 2 1) SMACNA T-22 companion flange. 3 2) Gasketed. 3 3) Rigidity class: a) Ducts with largest side or diameter to 30 IN: SMACNA Class D(1-1/2 x 1- 1/2 x 1/8 IN angles). 39 b) Ducts with largest side or diameter greater than 30 to 54 IN: SMACNA Class 3 H(2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x.3/16 IN angles). e. Transverse joints(Alternate B): 1) Materials and fabrication: a) Angles: Galvanized Steel. 3 (1) Ductmate 35 or equal. b) Comers: Galvanized Steel. (1) Ductmate DC 35 or equal. c) Snap cleats: Galvanized steel. 4. d) Gaskets: Closed cell neoprene. 41 e) Bolts: Galvanized steel. f) Sheet metal screws: Self-drilling stainless steel with unthreaded section under 44 head. 2) Fabrication: a) Rigidity class: SMACNA Class Low Pressure. b) 3/8 IN DIA x 1 IN bolts. 5 B. Supports and Hangers: 51 1. Materials: 5 a. Support angles: Galvanized steel. 52 b. Hanger rods: Galvanized steel. 00006-163-037 Dallas Water Utilities BID SET Peak Flow Basin Expansion May 18,2006 15890-3 I c. Anchors: Galvanized steel. r� 2 2. Fabrication: 3 a. Trapeze type units. 4 C. Turning Vanes: 5 1. Materials: Same as duct. 6 2. Fabrication: 7 a. Fabricate double vane units. 8 b. Pressure drop through elbows: Maximum 20 percent of velocity pressure. 9 D. Flexible Connections: 10 1. Materials: Hypalon,double coated closely woven glass fabric. 11 2. Fabrication: 12 a. Withstand 4.5 IN water column,positive and negative pressure. 13 b. 6-in minimum width. 14 E. Access Doors: 15 1. Materials: 16 a. Inner panel,'out panel and frame: Same as duct. 17 b. Gaskets: Closed cell neoprene. 18 c. Insulation: 1 LB density fiberglass. 19 d. Hinges: Stainless steel. 20 e. Latches: 21 1) Aluminum-zinc alloy. 22 2) Outside lever handle. 23 3) Adjustable spacer. 24 4) Beveled inside flange. 25 5) Studs: 26 a) Minimum 3/8 IN DIA stud for doors up to 24 IN wide x 48 IN high. 27 b) Minimum 1/2 IN DIA stud for doors larger than 24 x 48 IN. 28 2. Fabrication: 29 a. Provide four-side continuous gaskets. 30 b. Utilize continuous piano hinges. 31 c. Latches required: 32 1) 12 IN in any direction: One. 33 2) Up to 18 x 18 IN: Two. 34 3) Up to 24 x 48 IN: Two with inside handles. 35 4) Up to 24 x 72 IN: Three with inside handles. 36 5) Minimum door size: 12 x 12 IN. 37 F. Backdraft Dampers: 38 1. Material: 39 a. 6063 T5 aluminum. 40 b. Blade edge seals: Extruded vinyl. 41 2. Fabrication: 42 a. Frame thickness: 0.125 IN minimum. 43 b. Blade thickness: 0.070 IN minimum. 44 c. Linkage: 1/2 IN tie bars. 45 d. Bearings: Synthetic. 46 PART 3- EXECUTION 47 3.1 INSTALLATION 48 A. See Section 11005. 49 B. Metal Ductwork: 00006-163-03 7 Dallas Water Utilities BID SET Peak Flow Basin Expansion May 18,2006 15890-4 1 1. Install with longitudinal seams sealed for zero leakage. 2 a. Welded seams may be used upon acceptance of welded seam samples by Engineer. 3 2. Install gaskets at each transverse joint and fasten sections together with bolts. 4 a. Tighten for zero leakage. 5 3. Install supports and hangers with anchors in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct 6 Construction Standards. 7 4. Install tuning vanes in square elbows. a. Unsupported vane length not to exceed 48 IN. b. Position vanes at proper angle to meet specified pressure drop. 1 5. Install flexible connections at fans. I I a. Locate as close as possible to fan 1 b. Allow 1 IN of slack to prevent vibration transmission. 1.3 c. Install thrust restraints across connectors. 1.4 6. Install access doors where indicated on Drawings and at smoke and fire damper in 1 accordance with NFPA requirements. 1. 7. Volume extractors: I a. Install at supply registers,grilles,diffusers and supply branch connections from ducts. 1 b. Provide branch duct extensions into main duct above and below extractor when branch 1 duct is narrower than main duct. 2 C. Flexible Ductwork: 2 1. Install in concealed areas between: low velocity duct work and diffusers,return air grilles or exhaust outlets and ducts. 2 2. Use low loss fittings for connection to duct. . Connect to metal duct collars by means of non-combustible synthetic rubber sealing 2 compound and stainless steel drawband. 2 D. Dampers: 0 2 1. Install where indicated on Drawings of sizes shown. 2 2. Install fire and smoke dampers in ductwork passing through 1 HR or higher fire-rated 2 construction 3 a. Install in wall and floor openings utilizing steel sleeves,angles and other materials 3 following practices required to provide installation in accordance with local Building 3 Codes. 3 END OF SECTION 00(>06-163-037 Dallas Water Utilities BID SET Peak Flow Basin Expansion May 1 ,2006 15890-5 v . 00006-163-037 Dallas Water Utilities BID SET Peak Flow Basin Expansion May 18,2006 15890-6 u 1 SECTION 15990 2 HVAC SYSTEMS - BALANCING AND TESTING 3 PART 1 - GENERAL . 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 Section Includes: 1, Adjusting,balancing,and testing of all heating,ventilating and air conditioning(HVAC) systems,including the following systems: g B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: . Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 15605-HVAC: Equipment. 12 4. Section 15890-HVAC: Ductwork. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE JA A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. Associated Air Balance Council(AABC): V a. National Standard for Total System Balance. E 2. American National Standard Institute/American Industrial Hygiene Association I ( SU ): I a. Z9.5,Laboratory Ventilation. 2 3® American Society of Heating,Re `gerating and Air Conditioning Engineers(ASHRAE): 2 a. ASHRAE Handbook,Systems,chapter entitled"Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing." 2 b. ASHRAE Handbook,Applications,chapter entitled"Laboratories." 2 National Environmental Balancing Bureau(NEBB): 2 a. Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. S. Sheet Metal and ConditioningContractors NationalAssociation,Inc( ): 2 . HVAC Systems,Testing,Adjusting and Balancing. 2 B. Qualifications: 2 1. Work of this Section to be accomplished by an independent testing and balancing firm 2 certified by one of the following: 3 a. Associated Air Balance Council(AA BC). 3 b. National Environmental Balance Bureau(NEBB). 3 c. Other certification entity approved by Engineer. 3 2. The independent firm shall not be the same firm as the firm installing the HVAC equipment, 34 nor under contract to the firm installing the equipment. 3 13 SUBMITTALS 3 Shop 3 1. See Section 01340. 3 2. Certifications: 3 a. Letter stating the name and qualifications of the firm proposed. 4 b. Evidence that relevant subcontractors have been notified of the requirement to 4 coordinate balance and test elements in the work with the testing and balancing firm. 4 ° Report forms: 43 a. Procedures and forms to be used in calibrating of test instruments,balancing systems, and recording and reporting test data. 4 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15 -1 1 1. Completed test reports and data forms upon completion of installation,balance and testing 2 of HVAC systems. 3 a. Insert recorded information on report forms required by specifications and approved for 4 use on project. 5 b. Additional written verification and other related information clearly identifying project, 6 date and specifics of verification. 7 c. Utilize report forms similar to those shown in Section V of AABC Standard. 8 d. Provide forms typed and signed by the testing and balancing firm. 9 PART 2- PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 10 PART 3- EXECUTION 11 3.1 PREPARATION 12 A. Secure approved Shop Drawings of all HVAC equipment. 13 B. Procedures and Forms: 14 1. Submit procedures and forms to be used in calibration of test instruments,balancing 15 systems,and recording and reporting test data. 16 2. Obtain approval before beginning balancing and testing. 17 C. Do not begin balancing and testing until HVAC systems are complete and in full working order. 18 1. Place HVAC systems into full operation and continue their operation during each working 19 day of balancing and testing. 20 D. Provide qualified heating and ventilating Engineer(s)to supervise and perform balancing and 21 testing. 22 E. Review design Drawings,specifications,approved Shop Drawings and other related items to 23 become thoroughly acquainted with the design of HVAC systems. 24 F. Check all installed systems against Contract Drawings, Specifications and Shop Drawings to see 25 that system is installed as required. 26 1. Report deficiencies to the Engineer. 27 2. Report deficiencies to Contractor for remedial action including providing corrective 28 measures required in the function of any part of system to complete balancing. 29 G. Make necessary adjustments as required to balance the systems. 30 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 31 A. Balance and Test Air Systems: 32 1. Adjust equipment RPM to design requirements. 33 2. Report motor full load amperes. 34 3. Obtain design CFM at fans.Make pilot tube traverse of main supply and exhaust ducts 35 within 5 percent. 36 4. Test and record system static pressures,suction and discharge. 37 5. Obtain design CFM for recirculated air. 38 6. Obtain design CFM outside air. 39 7. Adjust dampers in supply,exhaust and return air ducts to design CFM. 40 8. Adjust and assure that the operation of automatically operated dampers are as specified. 41 Check and calibrate controls. 42 9. Prepare and submit reports. 43 im*., 44 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 15990-2 2003/11/19 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. Basic requirements for electrical systems. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract.. 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 3. Section 05505-Metal Fabrications. 11 4. Section 10400-Identification Devices. 1 5. Section 11005-Equipment: Basic Requirements. 1 6. Section 16120-Wire and Cable-600 Volt and Below. 1 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 A. For the purposes of providing materials and installing electrical work the following definitions 11, shall be used. 11 1. Outdoor area: Exterior locations where the equipment is normally exposed to the weather 1 and including below grade structures,such as vaults,manholes,handholes and in-ground 21 pump stations. 2 2. Architecturally finished area: Offices,laboratories,conference rooms,restrooms,corridors 2 and other similar occupied spaces. 2 3. Non-architecturally finished area: Pump,chemical,mechanical,electrical rooms and other 2 similar process type rooms. 2 4. Highly corrosive and corrosive areas: Rooms or areas identified on the Drawings where 2 there is a varying degree of spillage or splashing of corrosive materials such as water, 2 wastewater or chemical solutions;or chronic exposure to corrosive,caustic or acidic agents, 2 chemicals,chemical fumes or chemical mixtures. 2 5. Hazardous areas: Class I,II or III areas as defined in NFPA 70. 3 6. Shop fabricated: Manufactured or assembled equipment for which a UL test procedure has 31, not been established. 3 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 A. Referenced Standards: 34 1. Aluminum Association Inc.(AA): 3 a. 1,Aluminum Standards and Data. 3 2. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI). 3 3. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 31 a. C2,National Electrical Safety Code. 3 4. ASTM International(ASTM): 4 a. A123,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron 4 and Steel Products. 4 b. A153,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 41 c. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC)Compounds. 4 d. E84,Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. o w,, 5. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16010-1 I B. Where Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL)test procedures have been established for the loom%%, 2 product type,use UL or ETL Testing Laboratories(ETL)approved electrical equipment and 3 provide with the UL or ETL label. 4 C. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 5 1. Maintain Pump Station Operation: 6 2. All existing equipment in the pump station must continue to be operational throughout the 7 phased construction. Only on pump at a time may be taken out of service in order to switch 8 its source from the existing switchgear to the new switchgear. Coordinate with the Owner' 9 operations and maintenance staffs to verify they have sufficient other equipment operational 10 and construction can proceed. 11 3. Comply with the requirements of Specification Section 01060. 12 4. Coordinate installation of the service transformer and metering with the serving utility. 13 a. The serving utility for this Project is TXU Energy Delivery Company. Contact:Ralph 14 Schroeder(817)2154394 Office,(817)988-8904 Mobile,(817)215-4728 Fax. 15 b. The Contractor shall provide,at a minimum,the following: 16 1) Transformer pads to reinstall two existing 1500 kVA TXU Energy Transformers 17 2) New primary metering unit(PMU)enclosure pads 18 3) Conduit for the Utility's primary conductors from the Utility 13.2 kV overhead 19 lines to the new pads for the relocated transformers 20 4) Conduit for the Utility's 5 kV concoctors from the relocated transformer pads to 21 the new PMU pads. 22 5) Conduit and 5 kV conductors with ground from the Utility PMU to the power 23 factor correction cubicles located outside the pump station 24 6) Conduit and 5 kV conductors with ground from the power factor correction 25 cubicles to the main switches on the new switchgear 26 7) Two 1-inch conduits between the PMU to accommodate PT and CT leads as 27 required by the Utility 28 8) Grounding for the transformer and PMU meeting the Utility's requirements and in 29 accordance with the Contract Doucments. 30 c. Size and construct transformer pad and PMU pad in conformance with the utilities 31 requirements. 32 d. The utility will relocate their existing 1500 kVA transformers,primary service 33 conductors,two PMU to be mounted outdoors near the relocated transformers,meter 34 and meter socket,and will make all connections at the transformer,PMU,CT's and 35 meter socket. 36 5. Coordinate the switchgear supplier and the Utility to provide coordination of the primary 37 protective devices with the last protective device provided by the Utility. 38 6. Execution of this Contract will involve replacement of existing primary switchgear and 39 motor control equipment.The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Engineer 40 and the Owner those pumps and motors,which shall remain in service,or which shall have 41 a limited downtime,and to schedule his,work accordingly.Temporary equipment and 42 wiring,installed in accordance with the NEC,may be used if necessary to maintain 43 operation or to limit downtime.Under no circumstances shall equipment be taken out of 44 service without the Owner's permission. 45 7. Comply with requirements of Specification Section 01060. 46 1.4 SUBMITTALS 47 A. Shop Drawings: 48 1. See Section 01340. 49 2. See Section 11005 and individual specification sections for submittal requirements for 50 equipment. 51 3. Non-equipment requirements: 52 a. Provide manufacturer's technical information on products to be used,including product 53 descriptive bulletin. 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16010-2 I b. Include data sheets that include manufacturer's name and product model number. 2 Clearly identify all optional accessories. 3 c. Acknowledgement that products are UL or ETL listed or are constructed utilizing UL 4 or ETL recognized components. 5 d. Manufacturer's delivery,storage,handling and installation instructions. 6 e. Product installation details. 7 f See individual specification sections for any additional requirements. 8 4. Provide a conductor identification schedule for all power,control,communication and 9 protective circuits.Schedule to include the following information: 10 a. Conductor identification number. I]. b. Conductor size. 12 c. Number of conductors. 1.3 d. Type of conductor. 1.4 e. Size of conductor. 15 f. Size of conductor usage descriptions. if g. Conductor ran(to and from). I A h. Conduit size and type. I E 5. Provide circuit schedules for all power,control,communication,and protective circuits. Is Include a detailed description,list of individual loads per circuit and a total estimated to 2( per circuit 21 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 2, 1. See Section 01340. X C. When a specification section includes products specified in another specification section,each 2 section shall have the required shop drawing transmittal form per Section 01340 and all sections 2! shall be submitted simultaneously. 2f, 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 21 A. See Section 01600. 2 B. Protect nameplates on electrical equipment to prevent defacing. 25 1.6 AREA DESIGNATIONS R A. Designation of an area will determine the NEMA rating of the electrical equipment enclosures, 3: types of conduits and installation methods to be used in that area. 1 1. Outdoor areas: Wet. Also,corrosive and/or hazardous when specifically designated on the 3 gs or in the specifications. 3 2. Indoor areas: Dry. Also,wet,corrosive and/or hazardous when specifically designated on 34 the Drawings or in the specifications. 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3j 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 31 A- Refer to specific Division 16 sections and specific material paragraphs below. 3 B. Provide all components of a similar type by one manufacturer. 4( 2.2 MATERIALS 4, A- Electrical Equipment Support Pedestals and Racks: 4, 1. Approved manufacturers: 4. a. Modular strut: 44 1) Unistrut Building Systems. 4d 2) B-Line. 4 3) Globe Strut 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16010-3 1 2. Material requirements: -AVON%, 2 a. Modular strut: 3 1) Stainless steel: AISI Type 316. 4 2) Aluminum: AA Type 6063-T6. 5 b. Structural members: 6 1) Aluminum: AA Type 6063-T6. 7 c. Mounting plates: 8 1) Aluminum: AA Type 6063-T6. 9 d. Mounting hardware: 10 1) Stainless steel. 11 e. Anchorage per Section 05505,except provide 316 stainless steel. 12 B. Field touch-up of galvanized surfaces. 13 1. Zinc-rich Aromatic Urethane Primer. 14 a. One coat,3.0 mils,90-97 Tneme-Zinc,VOC=2.67 15 PART 3- EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLATION 17 A. Install and wire all equipment,including prepurchased equipment,and perform all tests 18 necessary to assure conformance to the Drawings and Specifications and ensure that equipment 19 is ready and safe for energization. 20 B. Install equipment in accordance with the requirements of: 21 1. NFPA 70(NEC). 22 2. ANSI C2. 23 3. The manufacturer's instructions. AVM%*, 24 C. In general,conduit routing is not shown on the Drawings. The Contractor is responsible for 25 routing all conduits including those shown on one-line and control diagrams and home runs 26 shown on floor plans. Conduit routings and stub-up locations that are shown are approximate, 27 exact routing to be,as required, for equipment furnished and field conditions. 28 D. When branch circuiting is not shown on the Drawings,the Contractor is to furnish and install all 29 conduit and conductors required. The indicated home run conduit and conductor size shall be 30 used for the entire branch circuit. See Section 16120 for combining multiple branch circuits. 31 E. Do not use equipment that exceed dimensions or reduce clearances indicated on the Drawings or 32 as required by the NFPA 70. 33 F. Install equipment plumbed,square and true with construction features and securely fastened. 34 G. Install electrical equipment,including pull and junction boxes,minimum of 6 IN from process, 35 gas,air and water piping and equipment. 36 H. Install equipment so it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance,is not blocked or 37 concealed and does not interfere with normal operating and maintenance requirements of other 38 equipment. 39 I. Device Mounting Schedule: 40 1. Mounting heights as indicated below: 41 a. Light switch(to center): 48 IN. 42 b. Receptacle in architecturally finished areas(to center): 18 IN. 43 c. Receptacle on exterior wall of building(to center): 18 IN. 44 d. Receptacle in non-architecturally finished areas(to center): 48 IN. 45 e. Telephone outlet in architecturally finished areas(to center): 18 IN. 46 f. Telephone outlet for wall-mounted phone(to center): 54 IN. 47 g. Safety switch(to center of operating handle): 54 IN. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16010-4 I h. Separately mounted motor starter(to center of operating handle): 54 IN. 2 i. Pushbutton or selector switch control station(to center): 48 IN. 3 j. Panelboard(to top): 72 IN. 4 J. Avoid interference of electrical equipment operation and maintenance with structural members, 5 building features and equipment of other trades. When it is necessary to adjust the intended 6 location of electrical equipment,unless specifically dimensioned or detailed,the Contractor may 7 make adjustments in equipment locations in accordance with the following without obtaining the 8 Engineer's approval: 9 1. I FT at grade,floor and roof level in any direction in the horizontal plane. 10 2. 1 FT for equipment other than lighting at ceiling level in any direction in the horizontal 11 plane. 12 3. 6 IN{for lighting fixtures at ceiling level in any direction in the horizontal plane} {No 13 change in location of lighting fixtures is permitted). 14 4. 6 INon walls in a horizontal direction within the vertical plane. 15 5. Changes in equipment location exceeding those defined above require the Engineer's 16 approval- I K. Provide electrical equipment support system per the following area designations: I a. 1 1. All areas: 2 a. Stainless steel system consisting of Stainless steel channels and fittings,nuts and 211 hardware and conduit clamps. 22 L. Provide all necessary anchoring devices and supports rated for the equipment load based on 23 dimensions and weights verified from approved submittals,or as recommended by the 24 manufacturer. 2! 1. See Section 05505. 2( 2. Do not cut,or weld to,building structural members. Z 3. Do not mount safety switches or other equipment-to-equipment enclosures,unless V enclosure-mounting surface is properly braced to accept mounting of external equipment. 25 M. Provide corrosion resistant spacers to maintain 1/4 IN separation between equipment and H mounting surface in wet areas,on below grade walls and on walls of liquid containment or 31 processing areas such as Clarifiers,Digesters,Reservoirs,etc. 32 N. Do not place equipment fabricated from aluminum in direct contact with earth or concrete. K O. Screen or seal all openings into equipment mounted outdoors to prevent the entrance of rodents 34 and insects. 3! P. Do not use materials that may cause the walls or roof of a building to discolor or rust R Q. Identify electrical equipment and components in accordance with Section 10400. 3 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3E A- Verify exact rough-in location and dimensions for connection to electrified equipment provided 35 by others. 4( 1. See Section 01800 for openings and penetrations in structures. 4 B. Replace equipment and systems found inoperative or defective and re-test 4 C. Cleaning: 41 1. See Section 01710. D. Apply touch-up paint as required to repair scratches and other marks. 4! E. Replace nameplates damaged during installation. 4 3.3 DEMONSTRATION 4 A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Section 01650. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Sution Expansion May 18,2006 16010-5 1 END OF SECTION »y, ,y 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16010-6 1 2003/09/29 SECTION 16060 GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. Material and installation requirements for grounding system(s). B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 1 4. Section 16120-Wire and Cable-600 Volt and Below. 1 5. Section 16130-Raceways and Boxes. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1, A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): 1 a. Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 1 . ASTM International(AS 1. a. B8,Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-StrandedCopper Conductors, d, 2 Medium-Hard,or SofL 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE): 2 a. 837,Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding. 4. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 24 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 2„ 5. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): 20 . 467,Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment 2 B. Assure ground continuity is continuous throughout the entire Project 2 1.3 SUBMITTALS 29 A. Shop s: 311 1. See Section 16010. 3' 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: 3 a. Plan drawing(s)showing type,size and locations of all grounding system components. 3 B. Miscellaneous: 3 1. Ground rod and/or grounding systemresistance and continuity test reports signed e 3„ jecessupervisingelectrical foreman. 3 PART 2- PRODUCTS 3 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 3. le: 1. Ground rods and bars and grounding clamps,connectors and terminals: 4 b urndy. 41 C. 12502 City of Port worth BID SET Como Pump station Expansion May 18,2006 16060-1 I d. Joslyn. 2 e. 3 f. Thompson. 4 2. Exothermic weld connections: 5 a. Erico Products Inc.,Cadweld. 6 b. . 7 c. Thermoweld. 8 3. Prefabricated composite test stations: 9 a. Quazite Composolite. 10 b. Armorcast Products Company. 11 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 12 2.2 COMPONENTS 13 A. Wire and Cable: 14 1. Bare conductors: Soft drawn stranded copper meeting ASTM B8. 15 2. Insulated conductors: Color coded green,per Section 16120. 16 B. Conduit: As specified in Section 16130. 17 C. Ground Bars: 18 1. Solid tinned copper: 19 a. 1/4 IN thick. 20 b. 2 or 4 IN wide. 21 c. 24 IN long minimum in main service entrance electrical rooms, 12 IN long elsewhere. 22 2. Predrilled grounding lug mounting holes. 23 3. 24 4. Insulated standoffs. ,own*.. 25 D. Ground Rods: 26 1. 3/4 IN x 10 FT,or as indicated on the Drawings. 27 2. Copperclad: 28 a. Heavy uniform coating of electrolytic copper molecularly bonded to a rigid steel core. 29 b. Corrosion resistant bond between the copper and steel. 30 c. Hard drawn for a scar-resistant surface. 31 E. Grounding Clamps,Connectors and Terminals: 32 1. Mechanical type: 33 a. Standards: UL 467. 34 b. High copper alloy content. 35 2. Compression type for interior locations: 36 a. Standards: UL 467. 37 b. High copper alloy content. 38 c. Non-reversible. 39 d. Terminals for connection to bus bars shall have two bolt holes. 40 F. Exothermic Weld Connections: 41 1. Copper oxide reduction by aluminum process. 42 2. Molds properly sized for each application. 43 G. Prefabricated Composite Material Test Stations: 44 1. Fiberglass reinforced polymer concrete. 45 2. Body and cover shall sustain a minimum vertical load test of 22,000 LBS over a 10 IN 46 square or be H-20 rated per AASHTO. 47 3. Size: 12 IN round or 12 IN square. 48 4. Open bottom. 49 5. Stackable design as required for specified depth. 50 6. Engrave cover with the word"GROUND". 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16060-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Size grounding conductors and bonding junipers in accordance with NFPA 70 Article 250, except where larger sizes are indicated on the . Remove paint,rust,or other nonconducting material from con surfaces before making ground connections. 4° Where ground conductors pass through floor slabs`or building walls provide non-metallic 1 sleeves and install per Section 01800. 1 5. Do not splice grounding conductors. 1 6. Install ground rods and grounding conductors in undisturbed,fir6i soil. 1 a. Provide excavation required for installation of ground rods and ground conductors. 1 b. Use driving studs or other suitable means to prevent damage to threaded ends of 1 sectional rods. 1 c. Connect conductors to ground rods with exothermic weld,only.Compression or bolted 1 connectors are not permitted for any concealed grounding connections. 1 d. Provide sufficient slack in grounding conductor to prevent conductor breakage during 1 backfill or due to ground movement. 2 D e. Backfill excavation completely,thoroughly tamping to provide good,contact between 21 backfill materials and ground rods and conductors. 21 7. Do not use exothermic welding if it will damage the structure the grounding conductor is 21 being welded to.Exposed grounding conductor connections may be done with compression 2 or bolted connectors as long as they are installed where future inspections can be made. 2 B. Grounding Electrode System: 2 1. Provide a grounding electrode system in accordance with NFPA 70 Article 250 and as 2 indicated on the Drawings. 2 2. Grounding conductor terminations: 2 a. Ground bars mounted on wall,use compression type terminal and bolt it to the ground 3 bar with two bolts. 3 b. Ground bars in electrical gear,use compression type terminal and bolt it to the ground 3 bar. 3 c. Piping systems,use mechanical type connections. 3 t d. Building steel,,use compression type connector or exothermic weld. 35 e. Below grade and encased in concrete,use exothermic weld,only.Compression or 35 bolted connectors are not permitted for any concealed grounding connections. 37 f, At all above grade terminations,the conductors shall be labeled per Section 16010. 3 3. Ground ring grounding system: 3 a. Ground ring consists of ground rods and a grounding conductor looped around the structure. 4 b. Placed at a of 10 FT from the structure foundation and 2 FT-6 IN below 4 de- 4 c. Provide a minimum of four ground rods placed at the comers of the structure and additional rods so that the maximum distance between ground rods does not exceed 50 45 FT,or as shown on the drawings. 415 d. Structural grounding: 4 1) Bond metal support columns to the ground ring at all comers of the structure. 4 e. Grounding conductor. Bare conductor,size as indicated on the Drawings. 4 C. Supplemental Grounding Electrode: 5 1. Provide the following grounding in addition to the equipment ground conductor supplied 5 with the feeder conductors. A 5 Z 2, Metal light poles: 51 a. Connect metal pole to a ground rod. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16060-3 I b. Grounding conductor: Bare#6 AWG minimum at light poles,4/0 AWG in all other r� 2 locations below grade 3 3. Equipment support rack and pedestals mounted outdoors: 4 a. Connect metallic structure to a ground rod. 5 b. Grounding conductor: #6 AWG minimum,4/0 AWG in all other locations below 6 grade. 7 D. Low Voltage Transformer Separately Derived Grounding System: 8 1. Ground separately mounted step-down transformers XO terminal to one of the following: 9 a. Closest building steel using mechanical type terminal bolted to the steel,compression 10 type connection or exothermic weld. 11 b: Counterpoise ground ring,and/or as required by the NEC. Ground 12 2. step-down transformer integrally mounted in motor control center to motor control 13 center ground bus. 14 E. Raceway Grounding: 15 1. All metallic conduit shall be installed so that it is electrically continuous. 16 2. All conduits shall contain a grounding conductor with insulation identical to the phase 17 conductors.The use of raceway for grounding,even though accepted by the NEC is not 18 permitted on this project. 19 3. Provide grounding-type insulating bushings: 20 a. For all equipment not supplied with a conduit hub. 21 b. On ends of metallic ductbank conduit. 22 4. Provide double locknuts at all NEMA I panels and grounding type Meyers Hubs for all 23 NEMA,4X or 12 rated enclosures. 24 5. Bond all conduit,at entrance and exit of equipment,to the equipment ground bus or lug. 25 6. Provide bonding jumpers if conduits are installed in concentric knockouts. 26 7. Make all metallic raceway fittings and grounding clamps tight to ensure equipment r� 27 grounding system will operate continuously at ground potential to provide low impedance 28 current path for proper operation of overcurrent devices during possible ground fault 29 conditions. 30 F. Equipment Grounding: 31 1. Ground all equipment supplied from electrical gear through the gear's equipment ground 32 bus. Provide an equipment-grounding conductor connected to the ground bus and equipment 33 ground lug. 34 G. Manhole and Handhole Grounding: 35 1. Provide a ground rod in each manhole and handhole with a minimum of 4 IN of rod exposed 36 above the floor for connection to the rod. 37 2. Connect all exposed metal parts(e.g.,conduits and cable racks)to the ground rod. 38 3. Connect medium voltage cable shields to the ground rod. 39 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 40 A. Leave grounding system uncovered until observed by Owner. 41 B. Provide a continuity test on the components of the grounding electrode system. 42 C. Complete grounding system: Resistance of 5 ohms or less. 43 D. Test resistance of installed ground system after backfilling and before connection to any other 44 grounded system including underground piping,utility services or other building ground 45 systems. 46 1. Test ground grid resistance by fall-of-potential method. 47 2. Perform test at the main ground bar. {Perform test at the ground rod test station.) 48 END OF SECTION ^ 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16060-4 ° 1 2003/01/29 2 -SECTION 16120 3 WIRE AND CABLE-600 VOLT AND BELOW PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Material and installation requirements for: a. Building wire. b. Power control. 10 c. Control cable. I I d. Instrumentation cable. 12 e. Wire connectors. 13 f. Insulating tape. 14 g. Pulling lubricant. 1 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: if 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 A 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 k 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 15 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 A. Referenced Standards: 21 1. Insulated Cable Engineers Association: 22 a. S-58-679,Control Cable Conductor Identification. 2 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 2 a. ICS 4,Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use. 2 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association/Insulated Cable Engineers Association 2 (NEMA/ICEA): 2 a. WC 57/ICEA S-73-532,Standard for Control Cables. 2 b. WC 70/ICEA S-95-658,Standard for Nonshielded Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or 25 Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy. 3 4. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 31 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 3 5. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 3 a. 44,Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables. 3. b. 83,Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. 3 c. 467,Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 3 d. 486A,Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for use with Copper Conductors. 3 e. 486C,Splicing Wire Connections. 3 f. 510,Polyvinyl Chloride,Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape. 3 g. 1277,Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with Optional Optical-Fiber Members. 4 h. 1581,Reference Standard for Electrical Wires,Cables,and Flexible Cords. 4. i. 2250,Instrumentation Tray Cable. 4 1.3 DEFINITIONS 4 A. Cable: Multi-conductor,insulated,with outer sheath containing either building wire or instrumentation wire. 4 B. Instrumentation Cable: 1. Multiple conductor,insulated,twisted or untwisted,with outer sheath. 4 2. The following are specific types of instrumentation cables: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16120-1 I a. Analog signal cable: �1 2 1) Used for the transmission of low current(e.g.,4-20mA DC)or low voltage(e.g.,0- 3 10 Vdc)signals,using No. 16 AWG and smaller conductors. 4 2) Commonly used types are defined in the following: 5 a) UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 6 b) TSP: Twisted shielded pair. 7 c) TST: Twisted shielded triad. 8 b. Digital signal cable: Used for the transmission of digital signals between computers, 9 PLC's,RTU's,etc. 10 C. Power Cable: Multi-conductor,insulated,with outer sheath containing building wire,#8 AWG 11 and larger. 12 D. Control Cable: Multi-conductor,insulated,with outer sheath containing building wires,#16, 13 #14,#12 or#10 AWG. 14 E. Building Wire: Single conductor,insulated,with or without outer jacket depending upon type. 15 1.4 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Shop Drawings: 17 1. See Section 16010. 18 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 19 A. See Section 16010. 20 PART 2- PRODUCTS 21 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS �o%, 22 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 23 acceptable: 24 1: Building wire,power and control cable {and multiplex cable): 25 a. American Insulated Wire Corporation. 26 b. General Cable. 27 c. Rome Cable Corporation. 28 d. 29 e. Southwire Company. 30 2. Instrumentation cable: 31 a. Analog cable: 32 1) Alpha Wire Corporation. 33 2) American Insulated Wire Corporation. 34 3) Belden Wire and Cable. 35 4) General Cable. 36 5) Okonite. 37 3. Wire connectors: 38 a. Burndy Corporation. 39 b. Buchanan. 40 c. Ideal. 41 d. Ilsco. 42 e. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. 43 f. Teledyne Penn Union. 44 g. Thomas and Betts. 45 h. Phoenix Contact. 46 4. Insulating tape: 47 a. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. 48 b. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16120-2 1 C. 2 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 3 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 4 A. Building Wire: 5 1. Conductor shall be copper with 600 V rated insulation. 6 2. Conductors shall be stranded,except for conductors used in lighting and receptacle circuits 7 may be stranded or solid. 8 3. Surface mark with manufacturers name or trademark,conductor size,insulation type and UL label. 1 4. Conform to NEMA/ICEA WC 70/S-95-658 and UL 83 for type THHN/THWN and I THHN/11-lWN-2 insulation. 1 5. Conform to NEMA/ICEA WC 70/S-95-658 and UL 44 for type XHHW-2 insulation. 1 B. Power Cable: I I. Conductor shall be copper with 600 V rated insulation. 1 2. Surface mark with manufacturers name or trademark,conductor size,insulation type and 1UL label. 1 3. Conform to NEMA/ICEA WC 70/S-95-658 and UL 83 and UL 1277 for type 11 THHN/THWN insulation with an overall PVC jacket is 4. Number of conductors as required,including a bare ground conductor. 2 5. Individual conductor color coding: 21 a. ICEA Method 4. b. See Part 3 of this specification for additional requirements. 2 6. Conform to NFPA 70 Type TC. 2 C. Control Cable: 2 1. Conductor shall be copper with 600 V rated insulation 2 2. Surface mark with manufacturer's name or trademark,conductor size,insulation type and 2 UL label. 2 3. Conform to NEMA/ICEA WC 57/ 73-532 and UL 83 and UL 177 for type 2 THHNfI11WN insulation with an overall PVC jacket. 3 4. Number of conductors as required,provided with or without bare ground conductor of the 3 same AWG size. When a bare ground conductor is not provided,an additional insulated 3 conductor shall be provided and used as the ground conductor(e. .,6/c#1 w/g and 7/c#14 3 are equal). 3 5. Individual conductor color g: 3 a. NEMA/ICEA Method 1,Table - . 3 b. See Part 3 of this Specification for additional requirements. 3 6. Conform to NFPA 70 Type TC. 3 D. Instrumentation Cable: 3 1. Surface mark with manufacturers name or trademark,conductor size,insulation type and 4UL label. 4 2. Analog cable: 4 a. Tinned copper conductors. 4 b. 300 V PVC insulation with PVC jacket. c. Twisted or twisted with 100 percent foil shield coverage with drain wire. 4 ° d. Individual conductor color . ICEA Method 1,Table -2. 4 e. Conform to UL 2250,UL 1581 and NFPA 70 Type ITC. 4 3. Digital cable: 4 a. As recommended by equipment(e, .,PLC, manufacturer. 4 E. Wire Connectors: 5 1. T ' Vscrew on type: ,y 5 a. Insulated pressure or spring type solderless connector. 5 b. 600 V rated. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16120-3 I c. Ground conductors: Conform to UL 486C and/or UL 467 when required by local 2 codes. 3 d. Phase and neutral conductors: Conform to UL 486C. 4 2. Compression and mechanical screw type: 5 a. 600 V rated. 6 b. Ground conductors: Conform to UL 467. 7 c. Phase and neutral conductors: Conform to UL 486A. 8 3. Terminal block type: 9 a. High density,tubular compression screw barrier-type with white center marker strip. 10 b. 600 V and ampere rating as required,for power circuits. 11 c. 600 V,20 ampere rated for control circuits. 12 d. 300 V, 15 ampere rated for instrumentation circuits. 13 e. Conform to NEMA ICS 4 and UL 486A. 14 F. Insulating Tape: 15 1. Pressure sensitive vinyl 16 2. Premium grade. 17 3. Heat,cold,moisture,and sunlight resistant. 18 4. Thickness,depending on use conditions: 7,8.5,or 10 mil. 19 5. For cold weather or outdoor location,tape must also be all-weather. 20 6. Comply with UL 510. 21 G. Pulling Lubricant: Cable manufacturer's standard containing no petroleum or other products 22 which will deteriorate insulation. 23 PART 3- EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLATION 25 A. Permitted Usage of Insulation Types: 26 1. Type XHHW-2: 27 a. Building wire and power and control cable in architectural and non-architectural 28 finished areas. 29 b. Building wire and power and control cable in conduit below grade. 30 2. Type THHN/THWN and THHN/THWN-2: 31 a. Building wire and power and control cable No. 8 AWG and smaller in architectural and 32 non-architectural finished areas. 33 B. Conductor Size Limitations: 34 1. Feeder and branch power conductors shall not be smaller than No. 12 AWG unless 35 otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 36 2. Control conductors shall not be smaller than No. 14 AWG unless otherwise indicated on the 37 Drawings. 38 3. Instrumentation conductors shall not be smaller than No. 18 AWG unless otherwise 39 indicated on the Drawings. 40 C. Color Code All Wiring as Follows: 41 1. Building wire: 42 240 V,208 V,240/120 V, 480 V, 208/120 V 480/277 V Phase 1 Black Brown Phase 2 Red* Orange Phase 3 Blue Yellow Neutral White White or Gray Ground Green Green 43 *Orange when it is a high leg of a 120/240 V Delta system. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16120-4 1 2 a. Conductors#6 AWG or smaller: Insulated phase,neutral and ground conductors shall 3 be identified by a continuous colored outer finish along its entire length. 4 b. Conductors larger than#6 AWG: 5 1) Insulated phase and neutral conductors shall be identified by one of the following 6 methods: 7 a) Continuous colored outer finish along its entire length. 8 b) 3 IN of colored tape applied at the termination. ) Insulated grounding conductor shall be identified by one of the following methods: 1 a) Continuous green outer finish along its entire length. 11 b) .Stripping the insulation from the entire exposed length. 12 c) Using green tape to cover the entire exposed length. 13 3) The color coding shall be applied at all accessible locations,including but not 14 limited to: Junction and pull boxes,wireways,manholes and handholes. 1.5 . Power cables ILEA Method 4 with: 16 a. Phase and neutral conductors identified with 3 IN of colored tape,per the Table herein, 17 applied at the terminations. 18 b. Ground conductor: Bare. 19 3. Control cables CEA Method 1,Table E-2: 20 a When a bare ground is not provided,one of the colored insulated conductors shall be 21 re-identified by shipping the insulation from the entire exposed length or using green 22 tape to cover the entire exposed length. 23 b. When used in power applications the colored insulated conductors used as phase and 24 neutral conductors may have to be re-identified with 3 IN of colored tape,per the Table 25 herein,applied at the terminations. 26 D. Install all wiring in raceway unless otherwise indicated on the 27 E. Feeder,branch,control and instrumentation circuits shall not be combined in a raceway,cable 28 tray,junction or pull box,except as permitted in the following: 29 1. Where specifically indicated on the Drawings. 30 2. Where field conditions dictate and written permission is obtained from the Engineer. 31 3. Control circuits shall be isolated from feeder and branch power and instrumentation circuits 32 but combining of control circuits is permitted.The combinations shall comply with the 33 following: 34 a. 12 Vdc,24 Vdc and 48 Vdc may utilize a common raceway. 35 b. 125 Vdc shall be isolated from all other AC and DC circuits. 36 c. AC control circuits shall be isolated from all DC circuits. 37 4. Instrumentation circuits shall be isolated from feeder and branch power and control circuits 38 but combining of instrumentation circuits is permitted.The combinations shall comply with 39 the following: 40 a Analog signal circuits may utilize a common raceway. 41 b. Digital signal circuits may utilize a common raceway but isolated from analog signal 42 circuits. 43 c. Motor and bearing RTD circuits shall be installed in a dedicated conduit raceway from 44 the RTD to the MCC. 45 5. For lighting and receptacle circuits,multiple branch circuits may be installed in a raceway 46 as allowed by the NEC,with the wire ampacity derated in accordance with the requirements 47 of the NEC.Raceway fill shall not exceed the limits established by the NEC. 48 F. Ground the drain wire of shielded instrumentation cables at one end only.The preferred 49 grounding location is at the load(e. .,control panel),not at the source(e. .,field mounted 50 r). Provide a grounding terminal block for each individual shield. Provide jumpers to 51 connect all the grounding terminals together and provide ajumper or jumpers from the 52 grounding terminal blocks to the panel ground. Shipping back twisted shielded cables and 53 grounding all shields under one lug is prohibited. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16120-5 I G. Splices and taps for the following circuit types shall be made in the indicated enclosure type 2 using the indicated method. Splices and taps are only permitted in lighting and receptacle 3 circuits rated up to 250 volts AC. Any circuit associated with controls,power for process 4 equipment,or instrumentation shall be installed from power source to device without splice. 5 1. Feeder and branch power circuits: 6 a. Device outlet boxes: 7 1) Twist/screw on type connectors. 8 b. Junction and pull boxes and wireways: 9 1) Twist/screw on type connectors for use on#8 and smaller wire. 10 2) Compression,mechanical screw or terminal block or terminal strip type connectors 11 for use on#6 AWG and larger wire. 12 c. Motor terminal boxes(non-process related equipment only): 13 1) Twist/screw on type connectors for use on#10 AWG and smaller wire. 14 2) Mechanical screw type connectors for use on#8 AWG and larger wire. 15 d. Manholes or handholes(non-process-related circuits only): 16 1) Twist/screw on type connectors pre-filled with epoxy for use on#8 AWG and 17 smaller wire. 18 2) Watertight compression or mechanical screw type connectors for use on#6 AWG 19 and larger wire. 20 2. Control circuits: 21 a. Junction and pull boxes: Terminal block type connector(only where shown or 22 specifically specified,otherwise provide continuous conductors from source to device 23 without splice). 24 b. Manholes or handholes:Not permitted. 25 c. Control panels and motor control centers: Terminal block or strips provided within the 26 equipment. All field wiring shall be landed on terminal blocks. Connecting field wires 27 directly to panel-mounted devices is prohibited unless otherwise specifically approved 28 by the Engineer or Owner. 29 3. Instrumentation circuits shall NOT be spliced unless written permission is obtained from 30 the Engineer on a case-by-case basis.Maintain electrical continuity of the shield when 31 splicing twisted shielded conductors. 32 a. Junction and pull boxes: Terminal block type connector only where specifically shown 33 on the drawings. 34 b. Control panels and motor control centers: Terminal block or strip provided within the 35 equipment. All field wiring shall be landed on terminal blocks. Connecting field wires 36 directly to panel-mounted devices is prohibited unless otherwise specifically approved 37 by the Engineer or Owner. 38 4. Non-insulated compression and mechanical screw type connectors shall not be used. 39 H. Insulating Tape Usage: 40 1. For insulating connections of#8 AWG wire and smaller: 7 mil vinyl tape. 41 2. For insulating splices and taps of#6 AWG wire or larger: 10 mil vinyl tape. 42 3. For insulating connections made in cold weather or in outdoor locations: 8.5 mil,all 43 weather vinyl tape. 44 END OF SECTION 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16120-6 1 2002/12/27 2 SECTION 16121 3 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Material and installationrequirements for a. Medium voltage cable(601 V andabove). b. Cable terminations and splices. 1 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1-General Requirements. 12 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. Il 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Il A- Referenced Standards: U 1. Association of Edison Illuminating Companies(AEIC). 1 a. CS8,Extruded Dielectric,Shielded Power Cables Rated 5 Through 46kV. Il2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc.(IEEE): 15 a. 48,Alternating-Current Cable Terminations 2.5kV Through 756kV. 2 b. 386,Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 21 600V. 2 c° 404,Cable Joints for use with Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5000- 138,000V and 2 Cable Joints for use with Laminated Dielectric Cable Rated 2500-500,000V. 2 d. 51 ,High-Voltage and High-Power Testing. 2 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association/Insulated Association/Insulated Cable Engineers Association 2 A): 2 a. WC 74/S-93-639,Shielded Power Cable 5-46kV° 2 4. InterNational Electrical Testing Association(META): 2 a. Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and 3 Systems. 3 5. National Fire Protection Association A): 3 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 3 b. 70E,Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces. 3 6. Occupational Safety and Health Standards(U.S.Department of Labor)(OSHA). 3 7. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): 3 a. 486B,Wire Connectors for use with Aluminum Conductors. 3 b. 1072,Medium Voltage Power Cables. 3 B. Qualifications: 3 1. Cable technician: 4 a. Three years experience in handling,terminating and splicing medium voltage cables. 4 b. Specifically trained by a factory representative on the terminations d splices to be 4 used on the project On-site training by the factory representative shall be preformed 4 before any terminations or splices are made. The factory representative shall observe the cable termination work of each technician until each technician has installed at least 4 two terminations each. Each cable termination shall bear a permanent tag sighed by the 4 technician who installed the termination. 4 2. Cable testing: 13i02 City of fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16121-1 I a. The independent testing organization shall have been engaged in full practice in the in*., 2 final inspection,testing,calibration,and adjusting of electrical distribution systems,for 3 a minimum of five years. 4 b. The independent testing organization shall have a calibration program with accuracy 5 traceable every six months in an unbroken chain,to the National Institute of Standards 6 and Technology(MIST). 7 c. The independent testing organization shall have a designated safety representative on 8 the project.The standards followed shall include OSHA,NFPA 70E and IEEE 510. 9 d. Inspection,testing,and calibration shall be performed by an engineering technician, 10 certified by a national organization,such as the InterNational Electrical Testing 11 Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies, 12 with a minimum of five years experience inspecting,testing,and calibrating electrical 13 equipment,systems and devices.Information on the certified engineering technician 14 shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to the start of work. 15 e. The qualifications of the independent testing organization shall be submitted to the 16 Engineer for approval prior to the start of testing. Full membership to the 17 InterNational Electrical Testing Association constitutes proof of meeting all of the 18 above requirements. 19 1.3 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Shop Drawings: 21 1. See Section 16010. 22 2. Product data: 23 a. All products specified in Part 2. 24 B. Miscellaneous: 25 1. Cable Technician qualifications. 26 2. Independent testing organization qualifications. '^ 27 3. Engineering Technician qualifications. 28 4. Cable test reports signed by the engineering technician including the following information: 29 a. Summary of Project. 30 b. Description of equipment/components tested. 31 c. Visual inspection report 32 d. Description of tests. 33 e. Test results including appropriate test forms. 34 f. Conclusions and recommendations. 35 g. Identification of test equipment used. 36 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 37 A. Ship cable with removable watertight end seals,and store in dry place. 38 PART 2- PRODUCTS 39 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 40 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 41 acceptable: 42 1. Wire and cable: 43 a. Cablec Corporation. 44 b. Houston Wire and Cable Company. 45 c. American Insulated Wire Corporation. 46 d. The Okonite Company. 47 e. �� 48 f. Southwire Company. 49 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16121-2 1 g. Rome Cable Corporation:, 2 2. Lugs,connectors and terminations: 3 a. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing b. Raychem. 5 c. Elastimold. 6 d. Joslyn. 7 e. RTE. 8 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Spec' lion Section 01640. 9 2.2 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES 10 A. Ratings: TC rated,voltage class as specified or as indicated on the Drawings. I B. Standards: 12 1. NEMA WC 74/ICEA 5-93-639. 131 2. AEIC CS8. 14 3. UL 1072. 15 C. Conductor Material: 16 1. Regular or compressed concentric stranded copper(aluminum is not .. le). 17 D. Insulation: 18 1. Temperature r -105 per NFPA 7 . 1.9 2. Ethylene-Propylene Rubber(EPR). 20 3. 5 kV, 100percent insulation level,or as shown on the drawings. 21 E. Shielding: 22 1. Shielding on cables consists of 23 a. Semiconductor conductor screen. 24 b. Semiconductor insulation screen. 25 c. Copper tape. 26 2. 27 F. Jackets: 28 1. Direct buried cables are not permitted on this project 29 2. Cables installed in duct banks shall be rated for wet location. 3 3. Jacket: PVC. 31 23 CABLE ACCESSORIES 3 A. Lugs and Connectors: X 1. Lugs: 3 a. Compression type. 3, b. Standard: UL 486B for aluminum and copper cables. 3 c. Voltage rating. Up to 35 kV. 3 d. Current rating: Continuous operation at the rating of the cable. 3 e. Material: Brass or bronze,tin outerplating.. f. Number of holes: Two,except one on motor leads. . Aerial stem connectors: a. Same as lug type,except with a 6 IN copper stem. 4 . Splice connectors: 4 a. Standard: UL 486B for aluminum and copper cables. b. Voltage : Up to 35kV. 4 c. Current : Continuous operation at the rating of the cable. 4 d. Material: Brass or bronze,tin outerplating.. B. Terminations: 4 1. End caps: 4 a. Cold or hot shrink. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16121-3 I b. Used to environmentally seal and mechanically protect exposed cable ends. im*.. 2 2. Cold shrink kits: 3 a. Standard: IEEE 48,Class 1 termination. 4 b. Voltage rating: Same as the cable rating. 5 c. Current rating: Continuous operation at the rating of the cable. 6 d. One-piece design,where high-dielectric constant stress control is integrated within a 7 skirted insulator made of silicone rubber. 8 e. Suitable for contaminated indoor and outdoor locations. 9 3. Molded rubber kit:(Not permitted on this project) 10 a. Standard: IEEE 48. 11 b. Voltage rating: Same as the cable rating. 12 c. Current rating: Continuous operation at the rating of the cable. 13 d. One piece design or modular with stress cone and skirts,where high-dielectric constant 14 stress control is integrated within a skirted insulator made of EPDM rubber. 15 e. Suitable of contaminated indoor and outdoor locations. 16 4. Elbow connectors: 17 a. Standard: IEEE 386. 18 b. Voltage rating: Same as the cable rating. 19 c. Current rating: 200A or 600A as required. 20 d. One-piece design,comprised of an insulation shield,insulation layer and an outer shield 21 constructed of EPDM rubber. 22 e. Deadfront,loadbreak type with hot stick pulling eye,grounding tab and test point. 23 f. Accessories to be constructed in a similar manner as the elbow connector: 24 1) Bushing inserts. 25 2) Bushing well plugs. 26 3) Feed thru inserts. 27 4) Protective caps. 28 C. Splices:(Not permitted in straight runs of cables on this project without written permission of 29 the Owner or Engineer on a case-by case basis.) 30 1. Cold shrink kits: 31 a. Standard: IEEE 404. 32 b. Voltage rating: Same as the cable rating. 33 c. Current rating: Continuous operation at the rating of the cable. 34 d. One piece design,comprised of an insulation shield,insulation layer and a silicone 35 rubber body. 36 e. Suitable for indoor,direct burial or submersible applications. 37 2. Molded rubber kit:(Not permitted on this project) 38 a. Standard: IEEE 386 or 404. 39 b. Voltage rating: Same as the cable rating. 40 c. Current rating: Continuous operation at the rating of the cable. 41 d. One or multi piece design,comprised of an insulation shield,insulation layer and an 42 outer shield constructed of EPDM rubber. 43 e. Suitable for indoor,direct burial or submersible applications. 44 3. Modular separable molded rubber:(Permitted only by written permission on a case by case 45 basis.) 46 a. Standard: IEEE 386. 47 b. Voltage rating: Same as the cable rating. 48 c. Current rating: 600A. 49 d. One piece design,comprised of an insulation shield,insulation layer and an outer shield 50 constructed of EPDM rubber. 51 e. Deadfront,deadbreak type. 52 f. Components: T-body,insulating plug with cap,insulating plug with cap and stud,and 53 connecting plug. 54 g. Suitable for submersible applications. 55 4. Motor lead kits: (Required and permitted) 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16121-4 Voltage Same as the cable rating.' b. Current rating: Continuous operation at the rating of the cable. c. Material: EPDM rubber boot with nylon pin. d. On shielded cables provide and additional EPDM rubber cold shrink sleeve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Do not install cable during wet conditions. 1. Prior to pulling cables,drain or pump out manholes and other low points if standing water is present 1 2. Blow out conduits with dried compressed air if moisture is present in conduits. 1 3. Install end caps immediately on all cut ends of cable prior to pulling,and maintain end caps 11 while pulling in cable. 1 a. If end caps are damaged,remove and install new end caps. 1 b. Do not remove end caps until ready to terminate or splice cable. 1 B. Arc-proof all cables in manholes. if 1. Apply in spiral,half-overlap fashion to full exposed length of each cable in manhole. 1 1 2. Secure in l with glass cloth electrical tape. H a. Apply in reverse spiral toarc-proofingtape,at maximum interval of 9 IN and double is wrapped at each end. 2 C. Do not install conductors when ambient temperature is near minimum as recommended by 2 manufacturer for installation of the type of conductor insulation. 2 D. Provide voltage rated prefabricated terminations at each shielded cable termination. 2 1. Select correct termination to match cable diameter and construction. 2A 2. Form and install terminations in strict accordance with instructions of cable manufacturer 2 and termination manufacturer. E. Splices:(Not permitted except as specified above.) 2 1. Provide components in kit form,complete with instructions,supplied by a single approved 2 manufacturer and suitable for the type of cable being used.Prepare cable ends,provide 25 materials and follow all application steps in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3 a a minimum requirement 3 1) The cable ends shall be cut squarely. 3 2) The insulation shall be free from nicks or burrs after removal of jacket 3 3) The conductors shall be cleaned and an oxide inhibitor applied. 3 ) For splices,connector indents shall be filled with insulating putty to eliminate voids. 3( 5) Attach grounding lead to system ground. 3 2a Splices are prohibited without the written permission of the Engineer or Owner on a case- 3 by-case basis. 3 ; a. No more one spliceis permitted between termination points. 4 o splices are permitted in runs less than 100 FT long. 41 c. Splices will be made only at manholes or other accessible locations. 4 ! d. Do not pull splices into ductbanks or conduits or leave them under tension. 43 e. Splices in cable tray are prohibited. 44 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 45 A. After all terminations and splices have been made,and prior to connections to equipment, provide the following acceptance tests: 47 1. Shield continuity test 48 2. DC high-potential test 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16121-5 1 B. The acceptance tests shall be performed per NETA's Acceptance Testing Specifications For jjpp0°° 2 Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 3 END OF SECTION - 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16121-6 ak, SECTION 16125 HEAT TRACING CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I Heat tracing cable as required for heat tracing of pipes as indicated on the Drawings. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1-General Requirements. U 3. Section 15183 -Pipe,Duct and Equipment Insulation. 11 4. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. I 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers E)- I a. 515,Testing,Design,Installations,and Maintenance'of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications. 11 . National Electrical Manufacturers Association ): V a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volt ). 15 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (M): 2 a. 1588,Roof and Gutter De-Icing Cable Units. 21 . 2049,Residential Pipe Heating Cable. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ShopDrawings: 1. See Section 16010. 2 . Product technical data: 2 a. Power requirements for each circuit based upon actual length of heat trace and maintained temperature. 2 b. Circuit breaker rating based upon inrush current at minimum expected start-up 2 temperature. 31 c. Length of heat tape for each pipe size and run. 3 d. Coordinate and verify length and Watts/FT of heat tape required based upon pipe size and insulation thickness.Include the calculations to support the heat tape output. . Fabrication and/or layoutdrawings: 3 a. Wiring diagram showing hysi locations of thermostats and heat trace power 3 supply. b. Calculations for each heat trace installation showing the required watts-per-foot and 3 total watts re 3 B. Operation and Maintenance Manual: 3S 1. See Section 01 . C. Miscellaneous: 41 1. Test reports: Megger test results. 4 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 4 A. Shall be stored such that they are not exposed to sunlight or other UV rays. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station anion May 1 ,2006 16125-1 1 PART 2- PRODUCTS ^ 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following Manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. Thermon. 6 2. Chemelex Division;Raychem Corp. 7 3. Chromalox. 8 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 9 2.2 HEAT TRACING 10 A. Design Parameters: 11 1. Pipe diameter,length and material: See Drawings and Division 15 Specifications. 12 2. Flange,valve,pipe support size: See Drawings and Division 15 Specifications. 13 3. Pipe insulation type and thickness: See Drawings and Division 15 Specifications. 14 4. Temperatures requirements: 15 a. Low ambient temperature for the specific location: —20 DegF. 16 b. Start-up temperature(alarm thermostat set point): 17 1) Water/wastewater lines: 40 DegF. 18 2) Caustic feed lines: 80 DegF. 19 c. Maintain temperature(power thermostat set point): 20 1) Water/wastewater lines: 40 DegF. 21 2) Caustic feed lines: 80 DegF. 22 d. High temperature exposure with power off: 185 DegF. 23 5. Wind factor for the specific location: 20 MPH. 24 6. Electrical requirements: 25 a. Voltage: 120 V. 26 b. Circuit breaker: Field coordinate if other than 20A GFEPCI type. 27 7. Safety factor: 10 percent 28 B. Self-regulating or power-limiting parallel circuit construction consisting of an inner core of 29 conductive material between parallel copper bus wires,with inverse temperature-conductivity 30 characteristics with metal overbraid. 31 C. Thermostats adjustable between 35 and 200 DegF minimum with maximum differential range of 32 9 DegF,furnished complete with NEMA 4 enclosures in all areas,stainless steel temperature 33 bulb and capillary. 34 D. All necessary or required components and accessories,such as power connection boxes,end 35 seals,straps,tape and fitting brackets. 36 E. In non-corrosive and non-hazardous locations,insulation shall be Polyolefin. 37 F. In corrosive,hazardous and hydrocarbon locations insulation shall be Fluoropolymer(Teflon). 38 PART 3- EXECUTION 39 3.1 PREPARATION 40 A. Install materials after piping has been tested and approved. 41 3.2 INSTALLATION 42 A. Insulate and heat trace wet pipe systems as indicated on Drawings. ,OWN*., 43 B. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 44 1. Each circuit shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommended maximum length. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16125-2 I C. For metallic piping: Heat tracing shall be installed completely wired.Cut heat trace to lengths as 2 required and secure to pipe with glass or polyester fiber tape. 3 D. For non-metallic piping: Allow for extra heat trace output because non-metallic pipe has a lower 4 heat transfer.Heat tracing shall be installed completely wired.Cut heat trace to lengths as 5 required and secure to pipe with aluminum tape through out the length of the trace. 6 E. Protection and Control Requirements: 7 1. Protection by a GFEPCI circuit breaker. Breaker amperage rating shall be coordinated with 8 Contractor when different than the Contract Drawings. 9 2. {Provide two line sensing thermostats,one for power and one for alarm.) fProvide an 10 ambient sensing thermostat for power and line sensing thermostat for alarm.) 11 3. The alarm thermostat shall be placed on the opposite end of the circuit from the power 12 thermostat or power connection to allow for annunciation of partial failure of a circuit or the 131 loss of power from a tripped GFEPCI circuit breaker. 14 4. Provide a monitoring module that monitors the voltage(circuit breaker status)to each 15 circuit. 16 5. The alarm from the alarm thermostat and monitor module shall be annunciated on the 17 indicated control system. 18 3.3 TESTING 19K k Megger the cables at the manufacturers recommended voltage level three times. 20 1. Before installation. 21 2. After attachment to pipe but before insulation is installed. 22 3. After pipe insulation is installed but before energization. 23 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16125-3 I 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16125- 1 2 3/07/14 SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 5' 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. 1. Material and installation requirements for: a. Conduits. b. Conduit fittings. 1 c. Conduit supports. I 1 dL Wireways. I e. Outlet boxes. 13 f. Pull and junction boxes. 14 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 151 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 17 3. Section 05505 -Metal Fabrications. 18 4. Section 09905-Painting and Protective Coatings. 1 5. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 2 6. Section 16135-Electrical: Exterior Underground. 21 7, Section 16140-Wiring Devices. ,y 22 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE . 23 A. Referenced Standards: 2 ' 1. Aluminum Association Inc.(AA): 25' a. 1,Aluminum Standards and Data. 26 2. American Iron and Steel Institute(AIS . 27 3. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 2 , a. C80.1,Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc-Coated. 29 b. C0.5,Aluminum Rigid Conduit-(ARC).. 0 4. ASTM International( 31 a. A123,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron 32 and Steel Products. 33 b. A153,Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 34 c. D1784,Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Compounds and 35 Chlorinated Pol inyl Chloride)(CPVC)Compounds. 36 d. D2564,Solvent Cements for(PVC)Plastic Pipe,Tubing,and Fittings. 7 e. E84,Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8 f. F51 ,Standard Specification for Smooth-Wall of yl Chloride)(PVC)Conduit 39, and Fittings for Underground Installation. 40 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 41 a. OS 1,Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes,Device Boxes,Covers,and Box Supports. 42 b. RN 1,Polyvinyl-Chloride V )Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit 43 and Intermediate Metal Conduit. 44 c. TC 2,Electrical Plastic Tubing(EPT)and Conduit(EC-40 and C-8 ). 45 d. TC 3,PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 46 e. TC 6,PVC Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installations. 47 f. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 48 6. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 113 -1 I a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 2 7. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 3 4 a. 6,Rigid Metal Conduit. 5 b. 50,Standard for Safety Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 6 c. 360,Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. 7 d. 467,Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 8 e. 514A,Standard for Safety Metallic Outlet Boxes. 9 f. 514B,Fittings for Cable and Conduit. 10 g. 651,Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 11 h. 870,Wireways,Auxiliary Gutters,and Associated Fittings. 12 i. 886,Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous(Classified)Locations. 13 13 SUBMITTALS 14 A. Shop Drawings: 15 1. See Section 16010. 16 2. Identify dimensional size of pull and junction boxes to be used. 17 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 18 A. See Section 16010. 19 PART 2- PRODUCTS 20 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 21 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 22 acceptable: 23 1. Rigid metallic conduits: 24 a. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. 25 b. Triangle PWC Inc. 26 c. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 27 d. Wheatland Tube Company. 28 e. LTV Steel Company. 29 2. PVC coated rigid metallic conduits and repair kits: 30 31 a. Perma-Cote. 32 b. Rob-Roy Ind. 33 3. Rigid non-metallic conduit: 34 a. Carlon. 35 b. Certainteed Corporation. 36 37 c. Western Plastics Corporation. 38 4. Flexible conduit: 39 a. AFC Cable Systems. 40 b. Anamet,Inc. 41 c. Electri-Flex. 42 d. Flexible Metal Hose Company. 43 e. International Metal Hose Company. 44 f. Triangle PWC Inc. 45 g. LTV Steel Company. 46 5. Wireway: 47 a. Hoffman Engineering Company. 48 b. Wiegman. 49 c. Square D. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-2 1, 6. Conduit fittingsn and accessories: 2 a. Appleton 3 b. Carlon. c. Crouse-Hinds. 5 d. Killark. e. OZ Gedney Company. f. RACO. 8 g. Steel City. 91 h. Thomas and Betts. 14 i. Western Plastics Company. 11 7. . Support systems: 12 a. Unistrut Building Systems. 13 b. B-Line Systems Inc. 14 8. Outlet,pull and junction boxes: 15 a Appleton Electric Co. 16 b. Crouse-Hinds. 17 c. Killark. 18 d° 0-7,/Gedney. 19 e. Steel City. 26 f. Raco. 21 g. Bell. 22 h. Hoffman Engineering Co. , 23 i. Wiegman. 24 j. B-Line Circle AW. 25 k. Adalet . 26; B. Substitution: Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 27 2.2 RIGID METALLIC CONDUITS 28 1. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit(RGS):Not permitted for this project. 29 B. PVC-Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit(PVC-AL)-. 30 1. Nominal 40 mil Polyvinyl Chloride Exterior Coating: 31 a. Coating: Bonded to rigid aluminum conduit conforming to ANSI C80.1 32 b. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface: Greater am the tensile 33 strength of the coating. 34 2. Nominal 2 mil,minimum,urethane interior coating. 5, 3. Urethane coating on threads. 36 4. Conduit: Epoxy prime coated prior to application of PVC and urethane coatings. 37 5. Female Ends: Have a plastic sleeve extending a minimum of 1 pipe diameter or 2 IN, 38 whichever is less beyond the opening.The inside diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as 39 the outside diameter of the conduit to be used with it. 40 6. Standards: ANSI C80. ,UL 6,NEMA RN 1. 41 7. Intermediate Metal Conduit C):Not permitted for this project. 42 23 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT 43 A. Schedules 40(PVC-40): 44- 1. Polyvinyl-chloride(PVC)plastic compound which meets,as a minimum,ASTM D1784 5 cell classification PVC 12233-A,B,or C. 46 2. Rated for direct sunlight exposure. 47 3. Fire retardant and low smoke emission. 48 4. Shall be suitable for use with 90 DegC wire and shall be marked"maximum 90 a ". 49 5° Standards: ASTM D17 ,NEMA TC 2,UL 651. 50 2.4 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 51 1. Flexible Galvanized Steel Conduit(FLEX):Not permitted for this project 1.2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16130-3 I B. PVC-Coated Flexible Galvanized Steel(liquid-tight)Conduit(FLEX-LT): �wkl 2 1. Core formed of continuous,spiral wound,hot-dip galvanized steel strip with successive 3 convolutions securely interlocked. 4 2. Extruded PVC outer jacket positively locked to the steel core. 5 3. Liquid and vaportight. 6 4. Standard: UL 360. 7 2.5 WIREWAY 8 A. General: 9 1. Suitable for lay-in conductors. 10 2. Designed for continuous grounding. 11 3. Covers: 12 a. Hinged or removable in accessible areas. 13 b. Non-removable when passing through partitions 14 4. Finish: Rust inhibiting primer and manufacturers standard paint inside and out except for 15 stainless steel type. 16 5. Standards: UL 870,NEMA 250. 17 B. General Puipose(NEMA 1 rated)Wireway:Not permitted for this project. 18 1. 14 or 16 gage steel without knockouts. 19 2. Cover: Solid,non-gasketed and held in place by captive screws. 20 C. Raintight(NEMA 3R)Wiring Trough:Not permitted for this project. 21 D. Watertight(NEMA 4X rated)Wireway: 22 1. 14 GA Type 304 or 316 stainless steel bodies and covers without knockouts and 10 GA 23 stainless steel flanges. 24 2. Cover: Fully gasketed and held in place with captive clamp type latches. 25 3. Flanges: Fully gasketed and bolted. 26 E. Dusttight(NEMA 12 rated)Wireway: 27 1. 14 GA steel bodies and covers without knockouts and 10 GA steel flanges. 28 2. Cover: Fully gasketed and held in place with captive clamp type latches. 29 3. Flanges: Fully gasketed and bolted. 30 2.6 CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 31 A. Fittings for Use with Rigid Aluminum and PVC-AL: 32 1. Locknuts: 33 a. Malleable iron or cast aluminum. 34 b. Gasketed or non-gasketed. 35 c. Grounding type. 36 2. Bushings: 37 a. Threaded,insulated metallic. 38 b. Grounding type. 39 3. Hubs: Threaded,insulated and gasketed aluminum for rain tight connection. 40 4. Couplings: 41 a. Threaded straight type: Same material and finish as the conduit with which they are 42 used on. 43 b. Threadless type: Not permitted for this project. 44 5. Unions: 45 a. Threaded aluminum or zinc plated malleable iron. 46 6. Conduit bodies(elbows and tees): 47 a. Body: Cast copper free aluminum with threaded hubs. 48 b. Standard and mogul size. 49 c. Cover: Clip-on type with stainless steel screws.Gasketed cast copper free aluminum. 50 7. Conduit bodies(round): 51 a. Body: Cast copper free aluminum with threaded hubs. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-4 b. Cover: Threaded screw on type,gasketed,cast copper free aluminum. E 8. Sealing fittings: a. Body: Cast copper free aluminum with threaded hubs. . Standard and mogul size. c. With drain and breather. d. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting. 9. Hazardous location flexible coupling FLEX-):Not required for this project. 10. Service entrance head: a. Copper free aluminum. 1 b. Insulated knockout cover for use with a variety of sizes and number of conductors. 1] 11, Expansion couplings: 11 a. 2 IN nominal straight-line conduit movement in either direction. 1 . Aluminum with insulated bushing. 1 c. Gasketed for wet locations. 1 d. Internally or externally grounded V 12. Expansion/deflection couplings: I a. 3/4 IN nominal straight-line conduit movement in either direction. I b. 30-degree nominal deflection from the normal in all directions. I c. Metallic hubs,neoprene outer jacket and stainless steel jacket clamps. . Internally or externally grounded. 2 e. Watertight,raintight and concrete tight 13. Standards: UL 467,UL 514B,UL 886. 2 B. Fittings for Use with PVC-AL: . The same material and construction as those fittings listed under paragraph"Fittings for Use 2 with RGS and coated as defined under paragraph"PVC Coated Aluminum Conduit C- 2 AL) 27, C. Fittings for Use with EMT:Not permitted for this prof 28 D. Fittings for Use with FLEX:Not permitted for this project. 29 E. Fittings for Use with FLEX-LT: 3 . Connector: 31 a. Straight or angle type. 32 b. Aluminum construction,insulated and gasketed. 33 c. Composed of locknut,grounding ferrule and gland compression nut. 34 d. Liquid tight 35 2. Standard: UL 467,UL 514B. 36 F. Fittings for Use with Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit: 37 1. Coupling and adapters shall be of the same material,thickness,and construction as the 8 conduits with which they are used. 39 2. Standards: UL 651,NEMA TC 3. 40 . Solvent cement for welding fittings shall be supplied by the same manufacturer as the 1 conduit and fittings. 2 a. Standard: ASTM D2564. 43 Weather and Corrosion Protection Tape:Not permitted for this prof PVC-coated conduit and 44` conduit fittings shall be used. 45 2.7 ALL RACEWAY AND FITTINGS 46 A. Mark Products: 47 1. Identify the nominal trade size on the product 48 2. Stamp with the name or trademark of the manufacturer. 49 2.8 OUTLET BOXES 50; 1. Metallic Outlet Boxes:Not permitted for this project. 1?502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1613 -5 I B. Cast Outlet Boxes: 2 1. Die-cast copper free aluminum with manufacturers standard finish. 3 2. Threaded hubs and grounding screw. 4 3. Styles: 5 a. "FD"(type FS boxes are not permitted for this project). 6 b. 'Bell". 7 c. Single or multiple gang and tandem. 8 4. Accessories: 40 mil PVC exterior coating and 2-mil urethane interior coating. 9 5. Standards: UL 514A and UL 886. 10 C. See Section 16140 for wiring devices,wallplates and coveiplates. 11 2.9 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 12 A. NEMA 1 Rated: 13 1. Body and cover: 14 GA,galvanized steel or steel finished with rust inhibiting primer and 14 manufacturers standard paint inside and out. 15 2. With or without concentric knockouts on four sides. 16 3. Flat cover fastened with screws. 17 4. NEMA 4 Rated:Not permitted for this project. 18 B. NEMA 4X Rated(metallic): 19 1. Body and cover: 14 GA Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 20 2. Seams continuously welded and ground smooth. 21 3. No knockouts. 22 4. External mounting flanges. 23 5. Hinged door and stainless steel luggage type latches. Screw-clamps requiring tools to open 24 are not permitted. 25 6. Door with oil-resistant gasket. Iowa%, 26 7. NEMA 4X Rated(non-metallic):Not permitted for this project. 27 8. NEMA 7 and 9 Rated:Not required for this project. 28 C. NEMA 12 Rated: 29 1. Body and cover: 14 GA steel finished with rust inhibiting primer and manufacturers 30 standard paint inside and out. 31 2. Seams continuously welded and ground smooth. 32 3. No knockouts. 33 4. External mounting flanges. 34 5. Non-hinged cover held closed with captivated cover screws threaded into sealed wells or 35 hinged cover held closed with stainless steel luggage type latches. Screw-clamps requiring 36 tools to open are not permitted. 37 6. Flat door with oil resistant gasket. 38 D. Miscellaneous Accessories: 39 1. Rigid handles for covers larger than 9 SF or heavier than 25 LBS. 40 2. Split covers when heavier than 25 LBS. 41 3. Weldnuts for mounting optional panels and terminal kits. 42 4. Terminal blocks: Screw-post barrier-type,rated 600 volt and 20 ampere minimum. 43 E. Standards: NEMA 250,UL 50. 44 2.10 SUPPORT SYSTEMS 45 A. Multi-conduit surface or trapeze type support for cable tray, and pull or junction box supports: 46 1. Material requirements. 47 a. Galvanized steel:Not permitted for this project. 48 b. Stainless steel: AISI Type 316. 49 c. PVC coat galvanized steel: Not permitted for this project. 50 d. Aluminum:Not permitted for this project. 2502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-6 N B. Single conduit and outlet box'support fasteners: r 'x a. Material requirements: b. Stainless steel. PVC coat malleable iron: 2 a. 0 nul VC 2.11 OPENINGS AND PENETRATONS IN WALLS AND FLOORS A. Sleeves,smoke and fire stop fitting through walls and floors: . See Section 01800. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY INSTALLATION-GENERAL 10 A. Shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70. I 1 B. Size of Raceways: 11 1. Raceway sizes are shown on the Drawings,if not shown on the Drawings,then size in 13 accordance with NFPA 70. 14 2. Unless specifically indicated otherwise,the minimum raceway size shall be: 15 a. Conduit: 3/4IN. 16 b. Wireway: -1/2 IN x 2-1/2 IN minimum. 17 c. FLEX-LT:%IN. Provide reducing fittings at the device where the conduit fitting 18 provided is less than'/.-inch 1 C. Field Bending and Cutting of Conduits: 01,2 1. Utilize tools and equipment recommended by the manufacturer of the conduit,designed for 21 the purpose and the conduit material to make all field bends and cuts. 2 2. Do not reduce the internal diameter of the conduit when making conduit bends. 23 3. ,Prepare tools and equipment to prevent damage to the PVC coating.(Damaged PVC 24 coatings shall be cause to require the conduit be replaced with no increase in the Contract 25 Price. Conductors pulled in conduit with PVC-damaged coatings shall be removed and 26 replaced after new conduit is installed at no increase in the Contract Price. The Engineer or 27' Owner shall make the sole determination whether or not the PVC coating m `y be field- 28 repaired or replaced.) 29 4. Degrease threads after threading and apply aanti-seize'co •o. 30 5. Debur interior and exterior after cutting. 31 D. Male threads of conduit systems shall be coated with an electrically conductive anti-seize 32 compound. 33 E. The protective coating integrity of conduits, ,and accessories s be maintained. 34 1. 35 2. Repair PVC-AL utilizing a patching compound,of the same material as the coating, 36 provided by the manufacturer of the conduit;or a self-adhesive,highly conformable,cross- 37 linked silicone composition strip,followed by a protective coating of vinyl tape.The total 38 nominal thickness: 40 mil. (Damaged PVC coatings shall be cause to require the conduit 39 be replaced with no increase in the Contract Price. Conductors pulled in conduit with PVC- 40 ed coatings shall be removed and replaced after new conduit is installed at no 41 increase in the Contract Price. The Engineer or Owner shall make the sole determination 42 whether or not the PVC coating may be field-repaired or replaced.) 43 . Repair surfaces that will be inaccessible after installation prior to installation. 44 F. Remove moisture and debris from conduit before wire is pulled into place. 45 1. Pull mandrel with diameter nominally 1/4 IN smaller than the interior of the conduit,to 46 remove obstructions. 47 2. Swab conduit by pulling a clean,tight-fitting rag throughthe conduit. 48 3. Tightly plug ends of conduit with tapered wood plugs or plastic inserts until wire is pulled. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 16130-7 I G. Only nylon or polyethylene rope shall be used to pull wire and cable in conduit systems. loom*.' 2 H. Where portions of a raceway are subject to different temperatures and where condensation is 3 known to be a problem,as in cold storage areas of buildings or where passing from the interior 4 to the exterior of a building,the raceway shall be sealed to prevent circulation of warm air to 5 colder section of the raceway. 6 I. Fill openings in walls,floors,and ceilings and finish flush with surface. 7 1. See Section 01800. 8 3.2 RACEWAY ROUTING 9 A. Raceways shall be routed in the field unless otherwise indicated. 10 1. Conduit and fittings shall be installed,as required,for a complete system that has a neat 11 appearance and is in compliance with all applicable codes. 12 2. Run in straight lines parallel to or at right angles to building lines. 13 3. Do not route conduits: 14 a. Through areas of high ambient temperature or radiant heat. 15 b. In suspended concrete slabs. 16 4. Conduit shall not interfere with,or prevent access to,piping,valves,ductwork,or other 17 equipment for operation,maintenance and repair. 18 5. Provide pull boxes or conduit bodies as needed so that there is a maximum of 360 degrees 19 of bends in the conduit run or in long straight runs to limit pulling tensions. 20 B. All rigid conduits within a structure shall be installed exposed except as follows: 21 1. As indicated on the Drawings. 22 2. Concealed above gypsum wall board or acoustical tile suspended ceilings. 23 3. Concealed within stud frame,poured concrete,concrete block and brick walls of an 24 architecturally finished area. 25 4. Embedded in floor slabs or buried under floor serving equipment in non-architecturally 'O~, 26 finished areas that are not located on or near a wall or column and the ceiling height is 27 greater than 12 FT. 28 C. Maintain minimum spacing between parallel conduit and piping runs in accordance with the 29 following when the runs are greater than 30 FT: 30 1. Between instrumentation and telecommunication: 1 IN. 31 2. Between instrumentation and 125 V,48 V and 24 Vdc,2 IN. 32 3. Between instrumentation and 600 V and less AC power or control: 6 IN. 33 4. Between instrumentation and greater than 600 Vac power: 12 IN. 34 5. Between telecommunication and 125 V,48 V and 24 Vdc,2 IN. . 35 6. Between telecommunication and 600 V and less AC power or control: 6 IN. 36 7. Between telecommunication and greater than 600 Vac power: 12 IN. 37 8. Between 125 V,48 V and 24 Vdc and 600 V and less AC power or control: 2 IN. 38 9. Between 125 V,48 V and 24 Vdc and greater than 600 Vac power: 2 IN. 39 10. Between 600 V and less AC and greater than 600 Vac: 2 IN. 40 11. Between process,gas,air and water pipes: 6 IN. 41 D. Conduits shall be installed to eliminate moisture pockets.Where water cannot drain to openings, 42 provide drain fittings in the low spots of the conduit run. 43 E. Conduit shall not be routed on the exterior of structures except as specifically indicated on the 44 Drawings. 45 F. Where sufficient room exists within the housing of roof-mounted equipment,the conduit shall 46 be stubbed up inside the housing. 47 G. Provide all required openings in walls,floors,and ceilings for conduit penetration. 48 1. See Section 01800. 49 3.3 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-8 1 A. Permitted raceway types per wire or cable types for exposed installation: 2, 1. Power wire or cables:Rigid Aluminum. , 33 2. Control wire or cables: Rigid Aluminum. 4 3. Instrumentation cables: Rigid Aluminum except non-metallic may be used underground. 5 4. Motor leads from a VFD:'Not applicable for this project. 6 5. Telecommunication cables: Rigid Aluminum. 7 B. Permitted raceway types per area designations: 81 1. Dry areas: 9 a. Rigid Aluminum. 10 2. Wet areas: 11 a. Rigid Aluminum. 12 C. Permitted raceway types per routing locations: 13 1. In concrete block or brick walls: 14 a. PVC-AL. 15 b. Above acoustical tile ceilings:None for this project. 16 2. Embedded in poured concrete walls and floors: 17 a. PVC-40. 18 . RGS wrapped with factory applied weather a n d corrosion protection tape when 19 emerging from concrete into areas designated as dry,wet,corrosive or highly corrosive 0 is NOT permitted. Only PVC-AL shall be used where conduit exits concrete walls or 21 floors. 2 c. PVC-AL when emerging from concrete into areas designated as wet,corrosive or 23 highly corrosive. 24 3. Beneath floor slab-on-grade: 5 a. PVC-40. 26 4. Conduits designated to carry twisted-shielded triad cables for resistance-temperature- 27 detector(RTD)connections shall be routed in PVC-coated rigid galvanized steel from 28 source to switchgear including the portions that are travel through duct banks. RTD 29 circuits are not to be in icluded in any cable tray runs, 30 5. Through floor penetrations,see Section 01800: 31 a. RGS wrapped with factory applied weather and corrosion protection tape when 32 emerging from concrete into areas designated as dry,wet,corrosive or highly corrosive 33 is NOT permitted. Only PVC-AL shall be used where conduit exits concrete walls or 34 floors. 35 b. PVC-AL in areas. 36 1) Direct buried conduits(not permitted) 37 6, Concrete encased ductbanks: 313 a. PVC-40. 39 b. 90 degree PVC-AL elbows for transitions to above grade: 40 1) RGS wrapped with factory-applied weather and corrosion protection tape is NOT 41 permitted Only PVC-AL shall be used where conduit exits duct banks. 42 ) PVC-AL. 43 c. Long sweeping bends greater than 15 degrees: 44 1) PVC-AL for sizes 2 IN and larger. 45 7. FLEX conduits shall NOT be installed for this project 46 8. FLEX-LT conduits shall be install as the final conduit connection to light fixtures,dry type 7 transformers,motors,electrically operated valves,instrumentation primary elements,and 48 other electrical equipment that is liable to vibrate.The maximum length shall not exceed: 49 the length of a normal factory long sweep elbow in any case. Equipment that does not 50! vibrate shall NOT be connected with FLEX-LT conduit 51 D. NEMA 1 Rated ireay:Shall not be used for this project 52 1. Surface mounted in electrical rooms. ° 53 ' 2. Surface mounted above removable ceilings tiles of an architecturally finished area. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-9 I E. NEMA 3R Wiring Trough: Shall not be used for this project. 2 1. Surface mounted in exterior locations. 3 F. NEMA 4X Rated Wireway: 4 1. Surface mounted in areas designated as wet and or corrosive. 5 G. NEMA 12 Rated Wireway: 6 1. Surface mounted in areas designated as dry in architecturally and non-architecturally 7 finished areas. 8 2. Surface mounted in electrical rooms. 9 H. Underground Conduit: See Section 16135. 10 3.4 CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 11 A. Conduit Seals: 12 1. Installed in conduit systems located in hazardous areas as required by the NFPA 70. 13 B. Rigid non-metallic conduit and fittings shall be joined utilizing solvent cement. 14 1. Immediately after installation of conduit and fitting,the fitting or conduit shall be rotated 15 1/4 turn to provide uniform contact. 16 C. Install Expansion Fittings: 17 1. Where conduits span structural expansions joints. 18 2. Where conduits are exposed to the sun and conduit run is greater than 200 FT. 19 3. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings. 20 D. Install Expansion/Deflection Fittings: 21 1. Where conduits enter a structure. 22 a. Except electrical manholes and handholes. 23 b. Except where the ductbank is tied to the structure with rebar. 24 2. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings. 25 E. Threaded connections shall be made wrench-tight. 26 F. Conduit Joints shall be watertight: 27 1. Where subjected to possible submersion. 28 2. In areas classified as wet. 29 3. Underground. 30 G. Terminate Conduits: 31 1. In cast aluminum outlet boxes: 32 a. With an integral threaded hub. 33 b. 34 2. In NEMA 1 rated enclosures: 35 a. With an insulated grounding bushing and locknut. 36 3. In NEMA 12 rated enclosures: 37 a. With a threaded,insulated and gasketed hub. 38 4. In NEMA 4X rated enclosures: 39 a. With a threaded,insulated and gasketed hub. 40 5. In NEMA 7 and 9 rated enclosures:Not applicable for this project. 41 6. When stubbed up through the floor into floor mount equipment: 42 a. With an insulated grounding bushing. 43 H. Threadless couplings shall not be used. 44 3.5 CONDUIT SUPPORT 45 A. Permitted multi-conduit surface or trapeze type support system for conduit or cable tray per area 46 designations and conduit types: r� 47 1. All areas: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-10 a. Stainless steel system consisting of: Stainless steel channels and fittings,nuts and 2 hardware and conduit clamps..:. 3 2. Conduit type shall be compatible with the support system material. , 4 5 B. Permitted single conduit support fasteners per area designations and conduit ' s: a 2. All areas: 8 a. MaterialStainless steel. PVC-coated malleable iron for nested back conduit clamps or 9 beam clamps. . . . . M b. Types of fasteners: Straps,hangers with.bolts,clamps with bolts and bolt on beam 11 clamps. 12 3® :Conduit type shall be compatible with the support fastener material. 13 a° Stainless steel system maybe used with rigid alumimum and PVC-AL. 14 b. PVC coated fasteners may be used with PVC-AL. 15 C. In seismic locations provide required sway bracing per local building codes. 161 D. Conduit Support General Requirements: 17 1. Maximum spacing between conduit supports per NFPA 7 . 18 2. Support conduit from the building structure. 19' 3. Do not support conduit from process,gas,air or water piping;or from other conduits. 20' 4. Provide hangers and brackets to limit the maximum uniform load on a single support to 25 21 LBS or to the maximum uniform load recommended by the manufacturer if the support is 22 rated less than 25 LBS. 23 a. Do not exceed maximum concentrated load recommended by the manufacturer on any 24 support 25 b. Conduit hangers: Continuous threaded rods combined with struts or conduit clamps: 26 Do not use perforated straphangers and iron bailing wire. 27 c. Do not use suspended ceiling support systems to support raceways. 28 d, Hangers in metal roof decks: 29 1) Utilize fender washers. 30 2) Not extend above top of ribs. 31 3) Not interfere with vapor barrier,insulation,or roofing. 32 5. Conduit support system fasteners: 33 a. Use sleeve-type expansion anchors as fasteners in masonry wall construction.Do not 34 use concrete nails and powder-driven fasteners. :S'; 3.6 OUTLET,PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION 36 A. General: 37 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 38 2. See Section 16010 and the Drawings for area classifications. 39 3. Fill unused punched-out,tapped,or threaded hub openings with insert plugs. 40 4. Size boxes to accommodate quantity of conductors enclosed and quantity of conduits 41 connected to the box. 42, B. Outlet Boxes: 43 1) Permitted uses of metallic outlet boxes:Not used on this project. 41 a. Pull or junction box: 45' 1) In accessible locations. 46 2. Permitted uses of cast outlet boxes: 47 a. Housing of wiring devices surface mounted in non-architecturally finished dry or wet 48 areas. 49 b. Pull and junction box surface mounted in non-architecturally finished dry or wet areas. Sol 3. Mount device outlet boxes where indicated on the Drawings and at heights as scheduled in 51 Section 16010. 52 4. Set device outlet boxes plumb and vertical to the floor. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-11 1 5. Outlet boxes recessed in walls: 2 a. Locate in ungrouted cell of concrete block with bottom edge of box flush with bottom 3 edge of block and flush with the face of the block. 4 6. Place barriers between switches in boxes with 277 V switches on opposite phases. 5 7. Back-to-back are not permitted. 6 8. Cast aluminum outlet boxes in concrete or CMU walls shall be PVC coated in the same 7 manner as the conduit. 8 C. Pull and Junction Boxes: 9 1. Install pull or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated or required to facilitate pulling 10 of wires or making connections.Make covers of boxes accessible. 11 2. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X metallic enclosure: 12 a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in all areas designated as wet and/or corrosive. 13 3. Permitted uses of NEMA 12 enclosure: 14 a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in areas designated as dry. 15 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16130-12 1 2003/07/1 SECTION 16135 ELECTRICAL- EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Material and installation requirements for: a. Manholes. b. Handhole. H c. Underground conduits and ductbanks. 11 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 14 3. Section 02221 -Trenching,Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities. 15 4. Section 03002-Concrete. 16 5. Section 10400-Identification Devices. 17 6. Section 16010-Electrical:Basic Requirements. 18 7. Section 16060-Grounding. 1 8. Section 16120-Wire and Cable-600 Volt and Below. 2 9. Section 16130-Raceways and Boxes. 21 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 A. Referenced Standards: 23 1. American Association of State Highway&Transportation Officials( ): 24 a. Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. 25 2. ASTM International(AS 26 a 6,Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 27 3, National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 28 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 29 13 DEFINITIONS 30' A. Direct-buried conduit means individual(single)underground conduits without concrete 31 encasement Direct-buried conduitDirect- shall not be used on this projecL 32 B. Direct-buried duct bank means multiple underground conduits,arranged in one or more planes, 33 in a common trench,with or without concrete or flowable fill encasement.Direct-buried duct 34 bank shall not be used on this project. 35 C. Concrete encased ductbank means an individual(single)or multiple conduit(s),arranged in one 6 or more planes,encased in a common concrete envelope. 3T 1.4 SUBMITTALS 38 A. Shop Drawings: 39 1. See Section 16010. 40 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 41 1. See Section 0130. 12.502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16135-1 1 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. Sidewalk type handhole: 6 a. Crouse-Hinds. 7 b. OZ-Gedney. 8 c. Appleton Electric Company. 9 d. Killark. 10 2. Prefabricated composite handholes: 11 a. Quazite Composolite. 12 b. Armorcast Products Company. 13 c. Synertech. 14 3. Precast manholes and handholes: 15 a. Utility Vault Co. 16 b. Oldcastle Precast,Inc. 17 4. Manhole and handhole and ductbank accessories: 18 a. Neenah. 19 b. Unistrut. 20 c. Condux International,Inc. 21 d. Underground Devices,Inc. 22 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 23 2.2 MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES 24 A. Sidewalk Type Handholes: 25 1. Cast-iron box and cover,hot-dip galvanized. 26 2. Flange for flush mounting. 27 3. Checkered cover with neoprene gasket,pry bar slots and stainless steel screws. 28 4. Drilled and tapped holes. 29 5. Watertight NEMA 4 classification. 30 B. Prefabricated Composite Material Handholes: 31 1. Fiberglass reinforced polymer concrete. 32 2. Minimum load ratings(UL Tie. 10): 33 a. Design load: 10,400 LBS. 34 b. Test load: 22,568 LBS. 35 3. Solid bottom. 36 4. Stackable design as required for specified depth. 37 5. Cover. 38 a. Engraved legend of "ELECTRIC"or"COMMUNICATIONS". 39 b. Non-gasketed bolt down with stainless steel penta-head bolts. 40 c. One or multiple sections so the maximum weight of a section is 125 LBS. 41 6. Cover lifting hook: 24 IN minimum in length. 42 C. Precast Manholes and Handholes: 43 1. Fiberglass reinforced polymer concrete or steel reinforced cement concrete structures: 44 2. Shall have an AASHTO live load rating of H-20. 45 3. Mating edges shall be tongue and groove type. 46 D. Cast-in-Place Manholes: 47 1. Comply with Section 03002 Section 03108,Section 03208,Section 03308 and Section 48 03348. im*%, 49 2.3 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE MANHOLE AND HANDHOLE ACCESSORIES 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16135-2 .. _o .. I I cover and Frame. 2 1. Cast ductile iron:ASTM A536. 3 2. AASHTO live load rating:H-20. 4 3. Di ter:301N. 5 4. Cast the legend"ELECTRICAL"or"COMMUNICATIONS"into manhole and handhole 6 covers. 7 B. Cable Racks and Hooks: 8, 1. 3/16 IN stainless steel ornyl. o or PVC coated galvanized steel'. ,9 2. 120 LBS minimum loading capacity. 10 3. 0.25 IN maximum deflection. 11 4. Minimum 7-1/2 IN long hooks with three-point locking to resist twistifik. 12 C. Cable Pulling Irons: 13 1. 7/8 IN DIA hot-dipped galvanized steel. 14 2. 6000 LB minimum pulling load 1.5 D. Ground Rods and Grounding Equipment See Section 16060. 16, 2.4 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT AND ACCESSORIES 17 A. Concrete:Comply with Section 03002 Sections 03108,03208,03308 and 0338. 18' B. Duct Terminators: 19 1. Window type. 20 2. ABS plastic. 21 3. Provide for conduit entrance. 22 4. Designed for installation into manhole or handhole walls for a watertight seal. ' 23 5. Sufficient space between terminator walls to allow for placement of rebar and concrete. 24� C. Conduit:See Section 16130. 25 D. Duct Spacers/Supports: 26 1. High density polyethylene or high impact polystytpne. 27 2. Interlocking. 28 3. Provide 2 IN minimum spacing between conduits. 29 PART 3- EXECUTION 0 3.1 GENERAL 31 A. Drawings'indicate the intended location of manholes and handholes and routing of{precast 32 cable trenclij ductbanks and direct buried conduit.Field conditions may affect actual rout' 33 B. Manhole and Handhole Locations: 34 1. Approximately where shown on the Drawings. 35 2. As required for pulling distances. 36 3. As required to keep pulling tensions under allowable cable tensions. 37 4. As required for number of bends in ductbank routing. 3:8 5. Shall not be installed in a swale or ditch. 319 6. Determine the exact locations after careful consideration has been `vento the location of 40 other utilities,grading,and pavig. 41 7. Locations are to be approved by the Engineer prior to ez cavatioi and placement or 42 construction of manholes and handholes. 43 C. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 44 D. Install manholes and handholes in conduit runs where indicated or as required to facilitate 45 pulling of wires or making connections. 46 E. Comply with Section 02221 for trenching,backfilling and compacting. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16135-3 i 1 3.2 MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES �^ 2 A. Sidewalk Type Handholes: 3 1. For use in on grade sidewalks and bridge deck sidewalks where not subjected to vehicular 4 traffic. 5 2. Install flush with concrete surface and embedded in the concrete with a minimum of 1-1/2 6 IN of concrete. 7 3. Place handhole after reinforcement steel has been laid.The reinforcing steel shall not be 8 displaced without approval by the Engineer. 9 4. Size:As indicated on the Drawings,also in accordance with the NEC,for the number and 10 size of conduits entering. 11 B. Prefabricated Composite Material Handholes: 12 1. For use in areas subjected to occasional non-deliberate vehicular traffic. 13 2. Place handhole on a foundation of compacted 1/4 to 1/2 IN crushed rock or gravel a 14 minimum of 8 IN thick and 6 IN larger than handholes footprint on all sides. 15 3. Provide concrete encasement ring around handhole per manufacturers installation 16 instructions(minimum of 10 IN wide x 12 IN deep). 17 4. Install so that the surrounding grade is 1 IN lower than the top of the handhole. 18 5. Size:As indicated on the Drawings or as required for the number and size of conduits. 19 6. Provide cable rails and pulling eyes as needed. 20 C. Precast Manholes and Handholes: 21 1. For use in non-vehicular traffic areas. 22 2. Construction: 23 a. Grout or seal all joints,per manufacturers instructions. 24 b. Covers and frames:Paint with two coats asphalt paint before setting. 25 c. Support cables on walls by cable racks: 26 1) Provide a minimum of two racks,install symmetrically on each wall of manholes 27 and handholes.Provide additional cable racks,as required,so that both ends of 28 cable splices will be supported horizontally. 29 2) Equip cable racks with adjustable hooks:Minimum of two cable hooks per rack or 30 as required by the number of conductors to be supported with one spare hook on 31 each rack. 32 d. Install a cable-pulling iron in each wall opposite each ductbank entrance. 33 e. In each manhole and handhole,drive 3/4 IN x 10 FT long copper clad ground rod into 34 the earth with approximately 6 IN exposed above finished floor. 35 1) Drill opening in floor for ground rod 36 2) Connect all metallic conduits,racks,and other metallic components to ground rod 37 by means of#8 AWG minimum copper wire and approved grounding clamps. 38 f. Provide 12 IN x 12 IN or 12 IN DIA french drain in the bottom of each manhole or 39 handhole.{Provide an 18 IN DIA, 18 IN deep sump with aluminum grate in the bottom 40 of each manhole and handhole.} 41 3. Place manhole or handhole on a foundation of compacted 1/4 to 1/2 IN crushed rock or 42 gravel a minimum of 8 IN thick and 6 IN larger than manholes or handholes footprint on all 43 sides. 44 4. Install so that the top of cover is 1 IN above finished grade.Where existing grades are 45 higher than finished grades,install sufficient number of courses of curved segmented 46 concrete block between top of handhole and manhole frame to temporarily elevate manhole 47 cover to existing grade level. 48 5. After installation is complete,backfill and compact soil around manholes and handholes. 49 6. Handhole size: 50 a. As indicated on the Drawings or as required for the number and size of conduits 51 entering or as indicated on the Drawings. 52 b. Minimum floor dimension of 4 FT x 4 FT and minimum depth of 4 FT. �•� 53 7. Manhole size: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16135-4 1 a. As indicated on the Drawings or as required for the number and size of conduits entering or as indicated on the Drawings. 3 b. Minimum floor dimension of 6 FT x 6 FT and a minimum depth of 6 FT. D. Cast-in-Place Manholes: . For use in vehicular and non-vehicular traffic areas. 2. Constructed as detailed on the a. Covers and frames:Paint with two coats asphalt paint before setting. b. Support cables on walls by cable ks: 91, 1) Provide a minimum of two racks,install syraiiietrically on each wall of manholes. I OKI Provide additional cable racks,as requirtd,so that both ends of cable splices will be suported horizontally. p • ..12 Equip cable racks withj . l um of two cable hooks per rack or 13 as reqwired by the number of conductors to be supported with one spare hook on 14 each rack. 15 C. ' Install a cable-pulling iron in each wall opposite'each ductbank entrance. I d. In each manhole;drive 3/4 IN x 10 FT long copper clad ground rod into the earth with I approximately 6 IN eiposed above finished floor. 1 1) Connect all metallic conduits,racks,and other metallic components to..ground rod 19J by'me " of#8 AWG minimum copper wire and approved grounding clamps. 20 e. Provide 12 IN x 12 IN or 12 IN DIA french drain in the bottom of each 21 manhole.{Provide an 18 IN DIA,18 IN deep sump with aluminum grate in the bottom 22 of each manhole.) 23 3. Place manhole on a foundation of compacted 1/4 to 1/2 IN'crushed rock or gravel a 24 mmmum'of 8 IN thick and 6 IN larger than manholes footprint on all sides. 25 4. I unpaved areas,install so that the top of cover is 1"IN above finished grade.In paved areas, 26 install so that cover is flush with finished surface.Where existing grades are higher than 27, finished `,install sufficient number of courses of curved segmented concrete block 28 between top of handhole and manhole frame to temporarily elevate manhole cover to 29 existing grade level. 30 5. After installation is complete,backfill and compact soil around manholes and handholes. 31 6. Manhole size:As indicated on the Drawings or as required for the number and size of 32 conduits. 33 33 UNDERGROUND CONDUITS 34; A. General Installation Requirements: 35; 1. Ductbank types per location: 36; a. Reinforced concrete ductbank: " 37 1) Under roads. -. 38 2) Under parking areas or any other vehicle traffic area. 39 b. Concrete encased ductbank: 40 1) Under roads. 41 2) Conduits containing medium voltage cables. 42 c.` Direct-buried ductbanks: 43 1) Not permitted on this project unless specifically shown on the drawings or by 44 written permission of the Engineer or Owner on a case-by-case basis. 4:5 46 2. Do not place concrete or soil until conduits have been observed by the Engineer. 47 3. Ductbanks shall be sloped a minimum of 4 IN per 100 FT or as detailed on the 48 Low points shall be at manholes or handholes. 49 4. During construction and after conduit installation is complete,plug the ends of all conduits. 50 S. Provide conduit supports and separators of concrete,plastic,or other suitable nonmetallic 51 non-decaying material designed for that purpose. , 52; & Place supports and separators for rigid nonmetallic conduit on maximum centers as 53 indicated for the following trade sizes: 54 1) 1 IN and less:3 FT. 12502 C°sty of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16135-5 1 2) 1-1/4 to 3 IN:4.5 FT. 2 3) 3-1/2 to 6 IN:6 FT. 3 b. Place supports and separators for rigid steel conduit on maximum centers as indicated 4 for the following trade sizes: 5 1) 1 IN and less: 5 FT. 6 2) 1-1/4 to 2-1/2 IN: 7.5 FT. 7 3) 3 IN and larger: 10 FT. 8 c. Securely anchor conduits to supports and separators to prevent movement during 9 placement of concrete or soil. 10 6. Stagger conduit joints at intervals of 6 IN vertically. 11 7. Make conduit joints watertight and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 12 8. Accomplish changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 15 degrees by long sweep 13 bends having a minimum radius of 25 FT.Sweep bends may be made up of one or more 14 curved or straight sections or combinations thereof. 15 9. Furnish manufactured bends at end of runs.Minimum radius of 18 IN for conduits less than 16 3 IN trade size and 36 IN for conduits 3 IN trade size and larger. 17 10. Field cuts requiring tapers shall be made with the proper tools and shall match factory 18 tapers. 19 11. After the conduit run has been completed,pull a standard flexible mandrel having a length 20 of not less than 12 IN and a diameter approximately 1/4 IN less than the inside diameter of 21 the conduit through each conduit.Then pull a brush with stiff bristles through each conduit 22 to remove any foreign material left in conduit. 23 12. Pneumatic rodding may be used to draw in lead wire. 24 a. Install a heavy nylon cord free of kinks and splices in all unused new ducts. 25 b. Extend cord 3 FT beyond ends of conduit. 26 13. Transition from rigid non-metallic conduit to rigid PVC-AL conduit,per Section 16130, ten 27 (10)feet prior to entering a structure or going above ground.Except rigid non-metallic 28 conduit may NOT be extended directly to manholes,handholes,pad mounted transformer 29 boxes and other exterior pad mounted electrical equipment where the conduit is concealed 30 within the enclosure. In all cases transition to PVC-AL is required. 31 32 a. Terminate steel conduits with insulated bushings. 33 14. Place warning tape in trench"directly over ductbanks,direct-buried conduit,and direct- 34 buried wire and cable in accordance with Section 10400. 35 B. Concrete Encased Ductbank: 36 1. Ductbank system consists of conduits completely encased in minimum 3 IN of concrete and 37 with separations between different cabling types as required in Section 16130 or as detailed 38 on the Drawings. 39 2. Install so that top of concrete encased duct,at any point: 40 a. Is not less than 24 IN below grade(unless otherwise shown on the Drawings). 41 b. Is below pavement sub-grading. 42 3. Where identified and for a distance 10 FT either side of the area,the concrete shall be 43 reinforced.The reinforcement shall consist of#4 bars and#4 ties placed 12 IN on center,in 44 accordance with Section 03002,03208,or as detailed on the Drawings. 45 4. Conduit supports shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 2 IN between the bottom of 46 the trench and the bottom row of conduit. 47 5. Conduit separators shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 2 IN between conduits or 48 as required in Section 16130 for different cabling types. 49 a. Direct-Buried Ductbank: Not acceptable on this project. 50 b. Direct-Buried Conduit:Not acceptable on this project. 51 C. Conduits embedded in concrete structure(e.g.,sidewalks,bridge decks)where shown on the 52 Contract Drawings: 53 1. Shall not be considered to replace structurally the displaced concrete except as indicated in 54 the following: 55 2. Shall not be larger in outside diameter than one-third the thickness of concrete. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16135-6 1 1 Shall have a minimum spacing of 3 DIA OC. 2 4. In reinforced concrete construction: 3 a. Place conduit after reinforcing steel has been laid. 4 b. The reinforcement steel shall not be displaced by the conduit. c. Provide a minimum of 1-1/2 IN of cover over conduit. 6r END OF SECTION k 12502 City of fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16135-7 Illllluuuuuuu 1 12501 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16135-8 1; 32002/12/27 2 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL J1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:. . 1. Material and installation requirements for. a. Light switches. b. Receptacles. 10 c. Device wallplates and coverplates. 11 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions'of the t. 13 . Division 1 -General Requirements. 14, 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 15i 4. Section 16130-Raceways and Boxes. 1 5. Section 16442-Motor Control Equipment. 17 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Referenced Standards: 19 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 20 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). . 21 b. WD 1,Wiring Devices. 22 c. WD 6,Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. 3 . Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): 24 a. 20,General Use Snap Switches. 5 . 498,Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. 26 c. 51A,Metallic Outlet Boxes. 7 d. 894,Safety Switches for Use in Hazardous(Classified)Locations. 28 e. 943,Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters. 1010,Receptacle-Plug Combinations for Use in Hazardous(Classified)Locations. X 1.3 SUBMITTALS 31 A. Shop Drawings: 32 1. See Section 16010. 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 351 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 3,61 acceptable: 37 1. Light switches and receptacles: 38 a. Hubbell. 39 b. Bryant 40 c. Pass&Seymour. 41 d. Arrow Hart. 421 e. General Electric. 43 f. Leviton. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16140-1 I g. Crouse-Hinds. 2 h. Appleton Electric Co. 3 i. Killark. 4 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 5 2.2 LIGHT SWITCHES 6 A. General requirements unless modified in specific requirements paragraph of switches per 7 designated areas or types: 8 1. Toggle type,quiet action,Standard Specification grade. 9 2. Self grounding with grounding terminal. 10 3. Back and side wired. 11 4. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. 12 5. Rugged urea housing and one-piece switch arm. 13 6. Rated 20 A, 120/277 Vac. 14 7. Switch handle color: Ivory. 15 8. Types as indicated on the Drawings: 16 a. Single pole. 17 b. Double pole. 18 c. 3-way. 19 d. 4-way. 20 9. Standards: UL 20,UL 514A,NEMA WD 6. 21 B. Architecturally Finished Areas:Not used on this project. 22 1. Wallplate: Ivory colored nylon.Single or multiple gang as required. 23 C. Dry Non-architecturally Finished Areas: 24 1. Coverplate: Stainless steel with stainless steel mounting screws. Single or multiple gang as 25 required. loom**, 26 D. Wet Non-architecturally Finished Areas: 27 1. Coverplate: Aluminum with stainless steel screws utilizing rocker,front mounted toggle or 28 pull type switch. Single or multiple gang as required. 29 E. Corrosive Areas: 30 1. Corrosion resistant nickel plated metal parts. 31 2. Coverplate: Gasketed zinc plated malleable iron or copper free aluminum with stainless 32 steel screws utilizing rocker,front mounted toggle or pull type switch. Single or multiple 33 gang as required. 34 F. Highly Corrosive Areas:Not applicable for this project. 35 G. Hazardous Areas:Not applicable for this project. 36 2.3 RECEPTACLES 37 A. General requirements unless modified in specific requirements paragraph of receptacles per 38 designated areas: 39 1. Straight blade,Standard Industrial grade. 40 2. Nickle plated corrosion resistant brass triple wipe line contacts. 41 3. One piece grounding system with double wipe brass grounding contacts and self grounding 42 strap. 43 4. Back and side wired. 44 5. Rated 20 A, 125 Vac. 45 6. High impact nylon body. 46 7. Receptacle body color: 47 a. Normal power: Ivory. 48 b. Generator or UPS power: Red. 49 8. Types as indicated on the Drawings: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16140-2 a. Normal: Self grounding with grounding terminal. Z b. Ground fault circuit interrupter: Feed-through type with test and reset buttons. 3 9. Duplex or simplex as indicated on the Drawings. 4 10. Configuration: NEMA 5-20R. 5 11. Standards: UL 498,UL 514A,UL 943,NEMA WD 1,NEMA WD 6. 6 B. Architecturally Finished Areas:Not applicable on this project- 7 8� C. Dry Non-architechirally Finished Areas: 9 1. Coverplate: Stainless steel with stainless steel mounting screws. Single or multiple gang as W required. 11 D. Wet Non-architecturally Finished Areas: 12 1. Coverplate: Weather resistant zinc plated or aluminum,gasketed,self-closing cover using 13 stainless steel spring. 14 2. Corrosion resistant nickel plated metal parts. 15 3. Receptacle body color. Yellow. IJ E. Exterior Locations: 17' 1. Coverplate: Weatherproof(NEMA 3R)while in use,gasketed,flame retardant,UV I& stabilized polycarbonate,2.5 IN minimum cover depth. 19 2. Corrosion resistant nickel plated metal parts. 20 3. Receptacle body color. Yellow. 21 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS WIRING DEVICES 22 A. Manual Motor Starters: Horsepower rated with thermal overloads,see Section 16442. 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLATION 25 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 26 B. Mount devices where indicated on the Drawings and as scheduled in Section 16010. 27 C. See Section 16130 for device outlet box requirements. 28 ere mor,;than one receptacle is installed in a room,they shall be symmetrically arrangedL 29 . Provide blank plates for empty outlets. 30 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16140-3 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Coma Paulp Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16140-4 2002/12/27 A SECTION 16220 MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Motors. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 3. Division 11 Equipment 1 4. Division 13-Special Construction. 1 S. Division 16-Electrical. 1 C. When motors are furnished with driven equipment,the driven equipment supplier shall be 15 responsible for mounting the motor and driven equipment as a complete unit,correctly aligned 16 and coupled with the coupling or sheave specified on the driven equipment data sheet and for 17 designing vibration,special,or unbalanced forces resulting from equipment operation. 18 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A. Referenced Standards: 20 1. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association(AFB ). 21 2° American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 22 a. C50.41,Standard for Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations. 23 b. C50.70,Motor Testing and Temperature Measurement 24 3. Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers(IEEE): 25 a. 85,Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements or Rotating Electric Machinery. 26 b. 95,Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery 27 with High Direct Voltage. 28 c. 112,Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 29 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association ): 30 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volt Maximum). 31 b. MG 1,Motors and Generators. 32' S. U.S.Department of Labor,Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA). 33 1.3 SUBMITTALS 34 A. ShopDrawings: 35 1. See Section 16010: 36, B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 37 1. See Section 01340. 38, 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 39 A. Protect equipment during shipment,handling,and storage by suitable boxes,crates,.or other 40 complete enclosures.Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly 41 B. Protect painted surfaces against impact,abrasion,discoloration,and other damage.Repaint 421 damaged painted surfaces to satisfaction of Engineer. 43 C. Store all motors in a weathertight heated and ventilated enclosure until final installation. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expamon May 18,2006 16220-1 I D. Where space heaters are provided in motors,provide temporary electrical power and operate 2 heaters during storage and after motors are installed in permanent location until equipment is 3 placed in service. 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 6 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,only the following Manufacturers are 7 acceptable: 8 1. General Electric. 9 2. TICO-Westinghouse. 10 3. Siemens. 11 4. Reliance. 12 13 5. Baldor 14 B. 15 2.2 EQUIPMENT 16 A. General Requirements: 17 1. Identification tag number for each motor shipped to the site utilizing numbering system and 18 name utilized in Drawings. 19 2. Embossed stainless steel permanently attached nameplate including but not limited to the 20 following: 21 a. Horsepower(output). 22 b. RPM at full load. 23 c. Time rating. 24 d. Frequency. 25 e. Number of phases. 26 £ Model number. 27 g. Rated voltage. 28 h. Service factor. 29 i. Full load amps. 30 j. Insulation class. 31 k. NEMA design letter. 32 1. NEMA code letter. 33 m. Type. 34 n. Frame size. 35 o. Thermal protection(if supplied). 36 3. Where frequent starting occurs,design for frequent starting duty equivalent to duty service 37 required by driven equipment 38 4. NEMA standard Class"F" insulation with Class"B"temperature rise above 50 DegC 39 ambient on a continuous operation or intermittent duty at nameplate horsepower. 40 5. For motors 460 volts and less:Non-hygroscopic encapsulated or sealed windings. 41 Encapsulation shall be a silicone or epoxy seal after the windings have been dried to less 42 than 1 percent moisture.Motor leads shall be non-wicking with permanent identifiers. 43 6. Altitude: Under 3300 FT.For applications above 3300 FT,motors shall be specifically 44 designed and certified for operation at the specific altitude. 45 7. Motors shall have sufficient horsepower and torque capacity to drive the equipment Without 46 overloading under all conditions,without exceeding the nameplate rating of the motor and 47 without use of the service factor. " 48 8. Conduit box shall be gasketed and field adjustable in 90-degree increments. 49 9. Filtered breather and drain in each TEFC motor enclosure,Pyle-National Type VBD, 50 Crouse-Hinds"ECD Universal,"or equal. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16220-2 1 10. Slide rails for all belt or chain-drivoapplicitions. 2 11. Clamp-type grounding terminals inside motor conduit box. ., 3 12. Oversized external conduit box 4 1 . Cast-iron e,end brackets,and conduit box. 5 14.1 Design motors to meet NEMA B standards unless otherwise specified 6 AS. Motors 100 HP and larger shall be corrected to 95 percent lagging power factor with use of 7 power factor correction capacitors. 8 16.,Motors Iarger than 15 HP having a locked rotor inrush kVA.greater than 6-3/10 tunes motor 9 horsepower are not acceptable(Code G). 10 1 . Motors to meet NEMA MG 1 (NEMA Premium)efficiencies. If motor horsepower is not 11 covered in NEMA MG I,provide manufacturers"energy efficient":type. 2' B. 'Specihc. . . ents; 13 1. 460 V enclosures: 14 a. Outdoor: Totally enclosed fan cooled(TEFL): 15 b. Indoor. Totally enclosed fan cooled F ). 161 C. Fractional Horsepower Motors-Less Than 1/2 HP: 17 1. 1 PH, 115 V,60 Hz. 18 2. Enclosure: Totally enclosed non-ventilated or totally enclosed fan46oled CrEFC) 19 rolled steel enclosure permitted 20 3. Permanently lubricated sealed bearings conforming to AFBMA standards and having a L10 21 lifetime of 30,000 HRS., 22 4. Built-in manual or automatic reset thermal protector or furnished with integrally mounted, 23 suitably enclosed manual motor overload switch. 24 D. Motors 1/2 through 300 HP: 25 1. 230/460 V,60 Hz,3 PH: 26 2. s: 27 a. Motors 1/2 through 5 HP: Permanently lubricated sealed antifriction ball-bearings with 28 L10 lifetime of 50,000 HRS. 29 b. Motors 5 through 50 HP: Oil orgrease-lubricated antifriction ball-bearings with L10 30 lifetime of 50,000 HRS. 31 c. Motors 50 through 300 HP: Oil or grease-lubricated antifriction ball-bearings with L10 32 lifetime of 100,000 HRS. 3 d Vertical motor thrust and guide bearings shall conform to AFBMA standards and shall 34 have L10 lifetime ratings as specified for ball-bearings of the same horsepower range. 5 3. Two integ,al thermal protectors per phase for motors up to 150 HP suitable for connection 36 in pilot control circuit.Provide resistance type winding temperature protection included in 7 each phase winding to detect"hotspots"for motors 150 Hp.to 300 Hp.Where motors are 39 located in hazardous classified areas(Class I),provide box for potting compound to seal 39 connections in accordance with NEMA MG 1-12.52. 40 4. Oneresistance-type temperature detector in each bearing for motors 150 HP and larger. 41 Provide annunciation and motor shutdown. 42 5. Wire all temperature detectors to separate terminal box on motor.Terminal box shall be 43 weatherproof NEMA 4 with barrier- screw-post terminals.Wiring shall be in rigid 441 metal conduit Conduit entry shall be sized as shown on the electrical drawings or 2-inch 451 minimum. Mount no other devices in RTD terminal box. 46 6. 120 V space heaters for all motors 10 HP and larger.. 47 E. Motors 300 HP and Largen See specification Section 16151. 48 F. Hostile Environments: 49 1. NEC classified hazardous areas: 50 a. Class I,Division 1: Totally-enclosed fan-cooled,explosionproof,UL listed and 51 labeled Motors shall be UL rated for operation with VFD units where temperature rise ° 52 may be a problem at other than 60 12-02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion ay 18,2006 16220-3 I b. Class I Division 2: Motors shall comply with NEC 501-8 p y (b)as to construction and 2 temperature rise. 3 c. Class II,Division 1,Groups E,F,and G: Totally enclosed fan-cooled,dust- 4 ignitionproof,UL listed and labeled. 5 d. Class III: Totally enclosed fan-cooled.Contractor shall certify that motor will function 6 at full rating without developing maximum surface temperatures as limited by NEC 7 503-1. 8 e. Motors in chemical treatment areas,damp or wet areas which are not air-conditioned 9 where corrosion is likely to occur,shall be specially built to resist such corrosion. 10 Provide epoxy enamel on stators,rotors and frames;stainless steel rotor shafts, 11 nameplates,and"T"drains.Provide gasketed conduit boxes,silicone rubber on all 12 frame fits and corrosion resistant paint.Provide lip seals and double-shielded slinger- 13 type bearings.Chemical treatment areas include water treatment equipment and 14 chemical feed equipment 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLATION 17 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 18 B. Check motor installation for adequate mounting method,shaft alignment,adjustment, 19 cleanliness,and lubrication. 20 C. Ground all motors in accordance with Section 16060-Grounding. 21 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16220-4 'k 1 SECTION 16221 3 MEDIUM VOLTAGE HORIZONTAL ELECTRIC MOTORS 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 7 A. Description.`This section specifies the requirements for custom-built premium electric motors for the pumps as specified. The motors shall be single speed,single winding,in strict compliance with the requirements specified herein. The motors shall be designed to fit the space 10 shown on the drawings. The driven equipmentmanufacturer shall select exact motor speed. I1 1.2 RELATED WORK 12 A. .Division 1,General Requirements r,x . 13 1. Section 01340-Shop Dra ,Product Data and Samples 14 13 REFERENCE STANDARDS 15 A. ANSI/NEMA 16 1. -1: Motors and Generators., 17 2. MG-2: Installation and Operation of Electric Motors. 181 3. MG-3: Sound Level Prediction for Installed Rotating electrical Machines 19 B. UL 1004. Standard for S ety"for Electric Motors. 20 C. ANSUIEEE ....; 21 1. STD 1: General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment. 22 2. STD 43:Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery. 23 3. STD 85. Standard Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric 24 Machinery. 25 4. STD 112. Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motorsd Generators. 26 5. ` STD 275:Recommended Practice fdr Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC 7 Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils,Machines Rated 28 6,900 volts and Below. 2.9 6. STD 429:Standard Test Procedure for the Evaluation of Sealed Insulation'Systems for AC 30! "Electric Machinery Employing Form-would Stator Coils. 31 D. IEEE-85. A-weighted sound level. 32 E. Other Standards. Motors shall be built to all other applicable NEMA,ANSI and IEEE standards 33 not included above. 34 1.4 SUBMITTALS 5 A. Requirements. Comply with the itquiriinexits of Section 01340 Shopbiiwings,Product Data 36 and Samples;and the following paragraphs. 37 B. Design Information. For each motor specified under this Section,provide the followmig design 38 information on the Electric Motor Questionnaire included at the end of this Specification. 39 .1. Manufacturer. 40 2. Rated full load horsepower. 41 3. Rated volts. „Y, % 42 4. Number of phases. 43 5. Frequency in hertz. 44 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16 1-1 1 6. Full load amperes(FLA). i1 2 7. No load amperes. 3 8. Locked rotor amperes(LRA)at rated voltage or NEMA code letter. 4 9. Synchronous speed(srpm). 5 10. Guaranteed maximum slip at full load in percent. 6 11. NEMA insulation system classification and description of manufacturer's method of 7 application. 8 12. Temperature rise at rated full load,by resistance temperature detector. 9 13. Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed. 10 14. Maximum airflow through motor in cf n at maximum temperature rise. 11 15. Service factor. 12 16. Frame size,outline dimensions,net weight and weight of rotating element. For all motors 13 include surge protection dimensions and weight. 14 17. The limiting temperature rise shall be by resistive temperature detector method. 15 18. NEMA machine type(ODP,WP-1,TEFC,etc.). 16 19. Bearing size and calculation. 17 20. Lubrication(compatible with pump manufacture). 18 21. Safe stall time. 19 22. Maximum acceleration time with NEMA standard Wk2 value,at rated voltage and at 90% 20 of rated voltage. 21 23. Number of safe starts in succession when starting from a 50 degree Celsius ambient, 22 intermediate waiting periods and other conditions for driving equipment with a NEMA 23 standard wk2 value. 24 24. Efficiency at 1/4, 1/2,3/4,full load,and service factor. 25 25. Power factor at 1/4, 1/2,3/4,full load,and service factor. 26 26. Space heater voltage and wattage. 27 27. Surge protection information including mounting details. 28 28. Platinum resistance temperature detector(RTD)literature with wiring diagram. 29 29. Motor Damage Curve,safe stall time curve,and acceleration curve at 100%,90%and 80% 30 of motor rated terminal voltages applied. 31 C. Shop Drawings and Product Data. Provide the following information. 32 1. Data to be included on nameplate. 33 2. Dimensioned outline drawings. 34 3. Net weight of assembled motor and net weight of heaviest part to be.handled during field 35 assembly or disassembly. 36 4. Dimensions and internal arrangements of germinal boxes. 37 5. Stator and rotor thermal damage curves for inotor located in a 50 C ambient. 38 6. Actual information on manufactured unit when in variance with information previously 39 submitted under paragraph 1.04,Submittals. 40 1.5 FACTORY TESTS 41 A. General 42 1. The motors shall be tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 112. 43 2. Efficiencies may be determined by Method-F(equivalent circuit calculations)using 44 calculated values for friction,windage,and stray load losses. 45 B. Factory Test. The following tests shall be performed on one motor of each rating at the Factory. 46 1. Rotor static balance. 47 2. Winding resistance. 48 3. Rotor dynamic balance. Balance to 2.0 mils or 0.25 mil per pole peak to peak,whichever is 49 less,measured on all bearings. 50 4. No load current,power factor and speed. 51 5. Locked rotor current and torque at rated voltage and frequency. �\ 52 6. Readout of all RTDs under stabilized heat-run. 53 7. High potential test. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-2 l .8. Motor performance test including:current power factor,speed and efficiency at i/ ,3/2, ;2 3/4,full load,and service factor at rated voltage and frequency. 3 9. Heat run at rated full load for motor. 4 10. Certified noise level test according to IEEE Standard 85,with motor ramung uncoupled, 5 under no load,on an open factory floor. The method of physical measurement of sound in 6 ANSI 51. . 7 C. Test Reports. Provide certified copies of each factory test report 8, 9 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 10 A. Organization. Provide to the pump manufacturers for installation in the pump operation and 11 maintenance manual;refer to Section 1137 ,Paragraph 1.03. Include the following infbrmation: 12 1. Project record drawings clearly indicating operating features and including as-built shop 13 drawings,outline drawings,and schematic and wiring diagrams. 14 ®: Instructions for erection,alignment(including tolerances),and preparation for use. 15 3. Complete description of safety equipment,safety procedures,and saf6ty precautions. 16 4. Normal starting,running and shutdown procedures,as well as emergency shutdown 17, procedures. W 5. Recommended number of starts in any 24-hour period. 19 6. Normal maintenance,inspection and lubrication procedures. 20 7. Recommended spare parts list 21 1.7 JOB REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 22 A. Unit Responsibility. The electric motor shall be furnished guaranteed by the pumpmanufacturer 23 as specified in Section 11371,to assure single unit responsibility. 24 B. The Contractor,at no additional cost to the Owner,shall make structural,mechanical and 25 electrical changes that are necessitated because the Contractor selects equipment with 216 dimensional,power or mechanical differences from that shown on the Drawings. All 27 engmeenng costs associated with revisions shall also be borne by the Contractor. 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 RATING 30 k Temperature Rise..The motor shall have Class F insulation and shall be rated at the following 31 temperature rises. 32 1. Motor windings shall operate continually at rated load,voltage,and fiequency. The 33 temperature rise by embedded detector shall not exceed 70 C over 50 C ambient 34 temperature with motor loaded to its nameplate horsepower.. 35 2. The motor windings shall be capable of operating continually,at 115%of nameplate 36 horsepower,with rated voltage and frequency applied and with a temperature rise by 37 embedded detector not exceeding 80 C over a 50 C ambient temperature. 38 3. The motor manufacturer,in the questionnaire,shall state the limiting temperature rise. The 39 motor shall be rated at the limiting temperature rise,and stated on nameplate. 40 4. The ambient air temperature shall be defined as air immediately surrounding the motor. 41 B. Description. The motors shall be horizontal induction motors,single speed. The pump 42 manufacturer shall determine the speeds. 43 1. Motor shall be selected so that pump horsepower shall not exceed the motor na eplate(at 44 unity service factor)rating over the entire pump curve. 45 2. Air inlets and outlets shall be protected by vermin-proof,corrosion resistant louvers. Motor 46 shall have adequate lifting eyes. The air inlets shall be located on end or side and shall 7 include one platinum 100 ohm RTD. 48 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-3 1 3. The motors shall provide adequate air ventilation for cooling of the core of the motor. An *wow, 2 exhaust air temperature rise in excess of 40 degrees C with ambient temperature of 50 3 degrees C at rated horsepower shall be unacceptable. 4 4. Magnetic center shall be determine in the factory and provide a magnetic center indicator 5 located on the bearing housing. Provide a nameplate describing the end play limits and 6 magnetic center. 7 5. Each motor shall have couplings keyed to shafts. The coupling shall be limited-end-play 8 gear type. Coordinate with pump manufacturer with regard to finished product. 9 C. Voltage: Six lead,dual voltage,4000Y/2300 volts,3 phase. The motor will be connected 2300 10 volts and shall have all values submitted at 2300 and 4000 volts. The motor may be connected I 1 for a 4160-volt system in the future. 12 D. Frequency:60 Hertz. 13 E. Service Factor 1.15. 14 F. Minimum Power Factor at Full Load: 12 pole,at least 0.8; 10 pole or less,greater than 0.85. 15 G. Efficiency:Motor efficiency shall be evaluated and determined by the pump manufacturer to 16 achieve and guarantee the overall wire-to-water efficiency of the pumping unit. All motors shall 17 have the efficiency evaluated with pump. 18 H. Slip:Not more than 3.0%of synchronous speed but nevertheless the full load RPM shall match 19 or exceed the pump design RPM. 20 I. Starting-Full Voltage:Each motor shall be capable of producing the required starting torque as 21 required by the pump manufacturer. All motor driven pump units shall be readily capable of 22 starting with the pump primed and against a check valve having a static or operating head on the 23 discharge side. 24 J. Locked Rotor Current. The locked rotor current of the motor shall be limited in accordance with 25 the National Electrical Code,Maximum of Code Letter F,which permits 5.0-5.59 kVA per 26 horsepower and concurs with the NEMA Code F ratings. The code letter shall be clearly shown 27 on the nameplate. 28 K. Acceleration Time. Provide calculated acceleration time of the combined motor and driven load 29 and rated voltage and at 90%of rated voltage for review by the Engineer. 30 L. Safe Stall Time. Safe stall time shall not be less than 4 seconds more than the acceleration time 31 when hot,unless approved by the engineer. The motor manufacturer shall coordinate with the 32 supplier of the driven equipment to obtain inertia data,and shall calculate the acceleration times 33 when starting across the line. Include calculations with 100%of the rated nameplate motor 34 voltage,(I.E.2300 volts for a motor on a 2400 volt system),90%and 80%present at the motor 35 terminals. The Contractor shall submit acceleration curves plotting time vs speed,and 36 calculations to the Engineer for approval. 37 M. Noise Measurement. The noise level as measured by IEEE Standard 85,shall be submitted and 38 coordinated with pump manufacturer. 39 N. The motor shall be designed such that,with power factor corrections connected,the running 40 power factor shall be no lower than 95%guaranteed. The manufacturer shall provide the 41 maximum permissible KVAR for the motor and,shall present calculations showing the running 42 power factor the motor will present to the electrical system assuming the guaranteed motor 43 power factor. Assume that the power factor correction capacitors will be connected to the motor 44 in an enclosure located within 15 feet or less of the motor. 45 2.2 TYPE 46 A. Provide air-cooled,self-ventilated,squirrel-cage induction motors. 47 2.3 STATOR 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-4 2 A. The stator core shall be built up with high grade,no laminated silicon steel.C5 or better. 3 Each lamination core shall be plated to minimize eddy current losses.The laminations shall be 4 adequately keyed or dovetailed to the stator frame and securely held in place at each end.There 5 shall be no perceptible buzzing of laminations during operation.The coil slot wedges shall be 6 magnetic slot wedges. 7 B. The motor stator winding shall be provided with premium grade full Class F insulation or better. 8 Silicone rubber insulation is not acceptable 9 1. A split-component epoxy insulation system shall be used in order to provide high resistance 10 to moisture and other contaminates. 11 2. All windings shall be copper,assembled using form wound coils of the same size and shape. 12 Random wound coils are not acceptable. 13 3. The form wound coils shall be constructed with copper wire. The stator construction 14 method shall accommodate VIP treatment. The coils shall be covered with strand insulation 15 consisting of Dacron polyester glass fiber film or other high temperature insulating . 16 4. Provide full length Nomex slot wrapper rated 5000 volts minimum,which extends well 17 beyond the stator core iron to reduce the possibility of tracking to ground. 18 5. The turn-to-turn insulation shall be provided to ensure machine-winding pro °on against 19 surges at the machine terminals(L- of 2X peak rated line-to-line voltage with a rise time 20 of 1.3 microseconds. 21 6. Coil insulation shall be tightly applied to eliminate all air voids. 22 7. Insulation shall be applied to the end turns,as well as the slot portion of the coil,to ensure 23 all parts of all coils are fully insulated to ground for the voltage class of the machine. 24 8. Coils shall be tightly inserted into the stator slots without damage. Coils shall be secured to 25 surge ring or treated rope and securely laced to one another as necessary to prevent 26 distortion and expansion. 10 ININ, 27 9. The end turns shall be blocked top,sides and bottom with felt. The surge ring shall be 213 designed and installed to prevent movement during starting and short circuit conditions. 29 1 . After insertion of the coils in stator slots,all end connections shall be crimped and then 30' silver soldered. Clean all solvent and flux before applying insulation. 31 11. After the coils are properly installed,magnet slot sedges shall be installed and welded. End 32 turns shall be braced,and all moisture removed,the entire stator assembly shall be vacuum 33 pressure impregnated with thermal setting epoxy resin and then be heat cured. 34 12. An epoxy coat shall be applied after curing to prevent chemical,caustic or fungus corrosion. 5. 13. The entire stator shall then again be oven cured to provide a completely sealed insulation 36 system. 37 C. The motor stator shall be rewindable in a rewind shop. 38 2.4 ROTOR CONSTRUCTION 39 A. Rotor Shaft: 40 1. The shaft shall be forged or rolled steel,accurately machined,smoothly finished,with 41 sufficient strength to withstand all stresses resulting from normal operation at any speed up 42' to and including a 25%over-speed condition. 43 2. Provide shaft end details coordinated with pump and shaffing as specified. 44 B. Rotor Core: 45 1. The core shall be built up with high-grade non-aging silicon steel,each single piece 46 lamination core plated to minimize eddy current losses. 47 2. Core mechanical integrity shall not rely on any electrically active component 48 C. Rotor Bars: 49 1. Rotor bars and end ring shall be copper or copper alloy with uniform resistance 50 characteristics so as to equalize thermal stresses. 511 2. The bars shall be rectangular or shaped to meet motor starting and running torque 52 requirements. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16 I-5 1 3. Each copper rotor bar shall be mechanically locked or swaged in the rotor pole slots to -amw�' 2 minimize movement and vibration. 3 4. Rotor end rings shall be free of circumferential joints and shall be swaged to the rotor bars 4 by an induction or torch brazing process. 5 5. Rotor bar shall be in tension at all times and shall be brazed at the end ring connections. 6 6. ALUMINUM ROTOR BARS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 7 7. Low-pressure die cast aluminum rotors are acceptable,fabricated aluminum rotors are 8 unacceptable. 9 D. Rotors Balance: 10 1. Rotors shall be statically and dynamically balanced prior to assembly.Balancing shall be 11 checked after assembly with the motor running at rated speed. 12 2. Run out on the shaft shall be checked and in no case shall they exceed 0.001 inch measured 13 with a precision indicator with the reading taken at the end of the shaft 14 2.5 BEARINGS 15 A. Motors shall have anti-friction open or single-shield,vacuum-degassed steel ball or roller 16 bearings,electric motor quality,with extended pipe zerk fitting and 1/2-lb relief fitting for 17 external lubrication while machine is in operation.The bearing shield shall be on the motor 18 winding side of the bearing unless the design is a flow through system. If so,the bearings shall 19 not be shielded. 20 B. Heavy brackets mounted from the motor frame shall support the bearing housings. 21 C. The bearings shall have a rated fatigue life of L10 100,000 hours for direct coupled applications, 22 minimum. 23 D. When a continuous axial thrust condition exists,the motor shall be provided with a supplement 24 thrust bearing or two anti-friction bearings of adequate size to handle the momentary and �1 25 continuous thrust conditions specified. 26 E. A high quality bearing seal or shaft slinger shall be provided to prevent moisture and 27 contaminants from entering the shaft end into the bearing. This shall be supplied in addition to 28 tight mechanical bearing housing fits. 29 F. The rotor endplay limits and the shaft position,when magnetically centered shall be scribed on 30 the shaft and a suitable reference point shall be indicated on the bearing housing. The pump 31 supplier shall provide a limited end float coupling. A minimum of 1/2-inch total shaft end float is 32 required. 33 G. Metric size bearings are not acceptable. 34 2.6 LEADS 35 A. Motor Leads. Use ASTM B 173,Class G,stranded copper fully insulated to NEMA Class F or 36 H. 37 B. Provide permanent identification numbers on leads according to NEMA MG 1-2.02. Provide 38 each lead with additional identification within six inches of the stator frame. Use crimp-on, 39 solderless copper terminals on leads and place heat-shrink insulation sleeves or covers between 40 leads and terminals. 41 C. The motor leads shall have the same class of insulation as the motor stator windings. Leads 42 shall be numbered for clockwise rotation when facing the opposite the shaft end. 43 44 2.7 ENCLOSURE 45 A. One of the two following enclosures are acceptable: �1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-6 "Ao"1111, 1 1. ODP*:Provide a removable fabricated steel enclosure of guarded,open-drip proof,suitable 2, for indoor installation.Enclosure shall be designed for end or side air suction and side or top 3 discharged air directed upward. Provide oversized top hat with air discharge louvers such 4 that the air is directed upward.The top hat shall be removable and shall have high 5 temperature gasketing at all joints to minimize noise transmission due to vibration. Provide 6 sprayed on polyurethane foam or mechanically held polyurethane sheets in the top hat to 7 1Tljnimi7P air noise. Provide lifting lugs on motors and top hat 8 2. TEFC: Provide a totally enclosed fan cooled motor enclosure in accordance with NEMA V MG-1. 10 11 2.8 HARDWARE 12 A. Use structural bolts,washers,nuts,pins,and similar items manufactured of high-strength steel. 13 Use only hexagon-head bolts and hexagon nuts. Use corrosion-resistant materials or protect 14 hardware from corrosion by either hot-dip galvanizing or chrome plating. 15 161 2.9 NAMEPLATES 17 A- Main Nameplate. Provide each motor with an embossed stainless steel nameplate meeting the 18 requirements of NEMA MG 1-20.60 for squirrel-cage induction motors and the National 19 Electrical Code,Section 430-7. Include the following additional information on the main or a 20 additional nameplate: insulation system classification,connection diagram,direction of rotation 21 for driven equipment,electric phase rotation for NEMA standard direction of rotation. 22 B. Heater Nameplate. Voltage and wattage. 23 C. Bearings Nameplate. Bearing manufacturer's name and identifications and recommended 2.4 lubricant 25 D. Attachment Attach nameplates to the motor with stainless steel fastening pins or screws. 26 E. Dynamic Balance Nameplate. Furnish and mounted on motor. 27 2.10 TERMINAL BOXES 28 A cription. Provide custom built gasketed,oversized conduit boxe's and terminal housing 29 cabinets for all wiring connections to motor. The cable entrance to the box shall be from the 301 side or bottom. The boxes shall be constructed so that it may be rotated in 90-degree 31, increments.Verify exact location of cable entry before design from the Contract Drawings. 32 B. Main Terminal Housing. The main terminal box shall be custom designed to accommodate 33 lightning arrestors,and stand-off insulators with NEMA 2-hole pads. The cable feeding the 34 motor shall be 5 kV, 100%insulated,non-shielded EPR insulated cable. The motor terminal 35 box shall be sized to accommodate prefabricated shrink-on cable terminators as manufactured by 36 3-M or Ray Chem. Motor leads shall be marked for permanent identification. The main 371 terminal box shall be installed integral with the motor. 300 1. Provide NEMA I or 2-hole pads mounted on six standoff insulators to terminate the 31.9 incoming motor leads and all six of the motor leads and externally mounted power factor 40 correction capacitors. The motor shall be connected to run at 2300 volts. The insulators 41 shall be located to provide for adequate incoming cable training to prevent having to make 42 too sharp bends(12 times cable OD or 12-inch radium minimum). The insulators shall be 43 mounted on a factory-provided bracket. 44 2. Provide surge arrestors suitable for operation at 2300 volts in the main terminal box. 45 3. Provide grounding lug in box for incoming equipment grounding conductor. 46 4. Provide all interconnecting jumpers to connect the surge arrestors to the stand off insulators. 471 5. The in terminal box shall also accommodate a second conduit containing leads from 48 locally mounted power factor correction capacitors. Provide lugs on the standoff insulators 49 to land the leads from the power factor correction capacitor enclosure. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Purnp Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-7 1 6. There are four existing motors: 150 Hp,300 Hp,450 Hp and 500 Hp. The Contractor shall 2 inspect the existing motors and collect all required information to provide new motor 3 terminal boxes that meet these specifications to accommodate the new conductors shown on 4 the drawings as well as new leads from new power factor correction capacitors. 5 C. Space Heater Terminal Boxes.Provide separate terminal boxes for the motor space heater leads. 6 Do not combine the power lead,space heater or RTD terminal boxes. Provide 600 volt rated 7 molded insulation terminal blocks with ring-tongue terminals under screws. Use only corrosion- 8 resistant materials and brass screws.Permanently identify all leads and terminals. 9 D. RTD Terminal Box: Provide a separate terminal box for RTD leads. The box shall be over- 10 sized to accommodate a 2-inch conduit entrance. Provide 300-volt terminal blocks inside the 11 terminal box,either strap-screw type or spring steel spring-trap type. Tubular screw or tubular 12 clamp screw or other types of terminal blocks are not acceptable. Terminate ALL conductors 13 whether spare or active. Mark each RTD wire and terminal,and provide a detailed shop drawing 14 showing which RTD each triad connects. Provide a terminal to land every conductor and the 15 grounded shield drain wire. 16 17 2.11 SPACE HEATERS 18 A. Type. Electric resistance, 120 volts,silicon rubber clad or rubber epoxy or equivalent non- 19 oxidizing exterior,with maximum surface temperature of 130 degrees C(266 degrees F). 20 Alternatively,provide two stainless-steel-sheathed conventional space heaters,each with rated 21 watts at the specified voltage equal to twice the required value,and connect in series. 22 23 2.12 RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTORS(RTD'S) 24 A. Type: Platinum, 100 OHM at 0 degrees C 25 B. Quantities as listed below: 26 1. Six: Two per phase. 27 2. Two:One for each Motor Bearing if oil bath lubricated bearings is provided. Grease 28 lubricated bearing RTDs are not required unless deemed to be effective or required by the 29 motor manufacturer. 30 3. One:Ambient RTD 31 C. Electrical Contractor shall supply#16 shielded triad wire in conduit from Pump Bearing RTDs 32 to the control conduit box on the motor. The contractor shall extend all RTD connections to the 33 High Voltage starters via triads as shown on the Drawings. 34 2.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 35 A. Acceptable manufacturers are 36 1. General Electric 37 2. Siemens 38 3. TECO-Westinghouse 39 4. Reliance 40 5. No equal 41 B. The acceptable manufacturer shall be required to have prior experience(minimum 10 years)in 42 design and manufacturing of such motors. 43 C. Manufacturer's standard shop paints for prime and finish coats are acceptable. Include one pint 44 of finish paint for each motor. 45 PART 3 - EXECUTION loom*., 46 3.1 INSTALLATION 12>02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-8 2 A. These motors and pumps will be installed under the same Contract. Refer to Division I and 3 Division 11 of these Specifications. 4 B. The motor manufacturer shall provide the services of an experienced applications engineer for a 5 period of two days minimum per each motor finished,during the installation and startup of the 6 motors and pumping units. Pump supplier and the Contractor shall coordinate this activity. 71 3.2 TESTING 8 A. All 2300/4000-volt motors shall receive tests in accordance with NEMA MG-1 and IEEE 112, 9 latest edition. 10' 1. In addition,the motors shall receive a complete test in accordance with IEEE 112,and I I certified copies of the test data recorded on appropriate forms of IEEE 11 ,together with a 12 certified statement of compliance with minimum specified power factor and efficiencies 13 shall be finnished to the Engineer. The recorded data on the forms shall be in sufficient 14 clarity and detail to permit third-party longhand validation and verification of any computer 5 generated results. 16 2. Tests to be performed on each motor shall include,but not be limited to the following: 17 a. Reference Resistance per IEEE Std. 112,latest version. 18 b. Reference Ambient of 25 degrees centigrade. 19 c. Efficiency per either of the following: 20 d. Efficiency at rated voltage and frequency,by dynamometer(IEE Method B),6 points 21 minimum.Dynamometer correction shall be applied or 22 e. Efficiency using an equivalent circuit F with direct measurement of stray load loss per 3. IEEE Method F. 24 f. Bearing Loss Stabilization. 25 g. Locked Rotor Test(two line method). 26 h. Slip. 27 i. Core Losses and Friction and Windage Losses. 8' j. Power Factor(*see note below). 29 k. Load test at rated temperature rise(Stable to 1 D C within 30 s). 30 I. Speed-Torque and Speed Current Curves. 31 m. Stator Temperature Rise Measurements by embedded detector and resistance at rated 32 load per IEEE Std. 112,latest version. 33 n. High Potential Tests. 34 o. Winding Resistance Measurements. 35 p. Bearing Insulation Tests. 36 q. Noise Measurements per IEEE Std.85,latest version(4 positions). 37 r. Vibration Measurements. 38 s. No-load readings of current and speed at normal voltage and frequency. 39 t. Current input at rated frequency with rotor at standstill for squirrel-cage motors. 40 u. High-potential test per MG1-12. 41 V. *Note: Motor manufacturer will be required to test the motor with the power factor 42, correction capacitors installed to correct the power factor to 95%. 43 w. Substitutions for or waivers of the tests and methods listed above will not be permitted. 44 45 3. Following completion of factory tests,the Vendor shall furnish to the Engineer for review 46 and approval four O certified copies of all test data and test curves for each motor. The 47 Engineer shall promptly review test data and,upon determining that the motor meets 48 contract requirements,authorization will be given for shipment The manufacturer or 49 vendor shall not ship any motor without written approval of test data by the Engineer. 50 B. Field-Testing:The following tests shall be performed on the motors after installation in the field. 5'1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 1-9 1 1. Insulation Test: Apply 1000 volts DC between the winding and ground using a direct- 2 indicating,power-driven megohm-meter. Record the values every 1-minuet for a 10 minute 3 test. Minimum acceptable resistance values shall be in accordance to the Manufacturer's 4 instructions and recommendations. 5 2. Polarization Index Test:Measure and record the motor's insulation resistance polarization 6 index(10 minute\ 1 minute)per IEEE Standard 43. Minimum acceptable polarization 7 index ration is 2.0. 8 3. Motors shall have a I-hour run-in while uncoupled from the driven load. The motor 9 temperatures shall be monitored and recorded,every 5 minuets from just before start to the 10 end of the hour test.Record operating amps,voltage,and vibration levels. 11 4. Monitor motors during startup and commissioning to record operating amps,voltage and 12 operating vibrating levels. 13 5. Adjust vibration alarm and trip settings in accordance with the manufacturer's 14 recommendations. 15 C. Submit test report and all recorded field data. Submit copies of the raw data recorded in the 16 field,signed by the person recording the data,and typewritten reports certified by the 17 Contractor. The motors will not be accepted until the reports are submitted and approved. 18 19 3.3 SERVICE OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES 20 A. MOTOR MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE 21 1. The motor manufacturer shall furnish the services of a competent factory technician,who 22 shall have had a minimum of five years experience in the installation,adjustment,and 23 operation of the equipment that is being furnished under this contract. This service is to 24 ensure proper installation and adjustment of the motor,instruct personnel in proper 25 operation,maintenance,and care of the equipment,for making operation tests of equipment, 26 and recommendations for obtaining the most efficient use thereof. �1 27 2. The service representative shall arrive at the site after the motor installation but prior to 28 testing and start-up. He shall verify the proper installation,alignment,wiring,lubrication, 29 and connection of all appurtenances prior to start-up. He shall be present during testing,and 30 start-up and shall certify to the Owner in writing that the motors have been properly 31 installed and operate satisfactorily. 32 3. The minimum time required to be on-site for 2 days,not including travel time,is as follows: 33 4. Check motor installation I days (1 trips minimum) 34 5. Pump start-up and testing 2 days (1 trips minimum) 35 6. Troubleshooting 2 days (2 trips minimum) 36 7. Personnel training 1 days (1 trip minimum) 37 38 39 END OF SECTION 40 125502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-10 N ELECTRICAL QUESTIONNAIRE MOTOR DATA Manufacturer. Motor H.P. Frame: Enclosure: 1 . RPM: 11, 1 Voltage: Phases: Hertz: 1 P Insulation Class: Duty: 1 P Full Load S: No Load AMPS: 1 1 Locked Rotor S: Locked Rotor Time: 1 20 Locked Rotor Torque: %Breakdown Torque: 21 2s Locked Rotor KV Rotor WK2(lb- ): 23 NEMA Design: Service Factor: 25 26 Maximum KVAR permitted: 27 28 Guarenteed Power Factor at V4,�la�'/�,and Full load 29 30 Guaranteed Power Factor Correction at'/4,®a,'!�,and Full load with Maximum KVAR 31 applied 32 33 Inrush Current(%of Full Load): 4' 5 Max Safe Stalled Time(Seconds): 31 37 Number of Safe Starts Per Day: 38 39 Number of Consecutive Starts: 40 41 * Full Load Temp Rise,degrees C over 50 degrees C Ambient(at 1.0 S.F.): 2, 43 * Service Factor Temp Rise,degrees C over 50 degrees C(at 1.15 .F.): 44 45 * Limiting Temperature Rise 46 47 Resistance(at 25 degrees ): 48 : Life Lubrication 49'' 50 Starting Method: Exhaust CFM 51 5: Shaft: Size Exhaust Air Temp Rise degrees F 53 54' 55 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16221-11 I 1 ELECTRIC MOTOR QUESTIONNAIRE(CONTINUED) 2 3 4 Efficiency: Power Factor: 5 6 1.15 S.F.Load: 1.15 S.F.Load: 7 8 4/4 Load: 4/4 Load: 9 10 3/4 Load: 3/4 Load: 11 12 1/2 Load: 1/2 Load: 13 14 1/4 Load: 1/4 Load: 15 16 17 * Temperature rise measured by embedded detectors and not by resistance. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16221-12 2002/12/27 SECTION 16275 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Distribution pad-mounted transformers. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division I -General Conditions. 11 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 12 4. Section 16121 -Cable: Medium Voltage. 13, 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1 American National Standards Institute(ANSI)and Institute of Electronic and Electrical 16 Engineers(IEEE): 17 a. 386,Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution 18 Systems Above 600 V. 191, b. 592,Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and 20 Separable Insulated Connectors. 21 c. C57.12.00,General Requirements for Liquid-immersed Distribution,Power,and 22 Regulating Transformers. 23 d. C57.12.26,Standard for Pad-Mounted Compartmental-Type,Self-Cooled,Three-Phase 24 Distribution Transformers for Use with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors. 25 e. C57.12.28,Pad-Mounted Equipment-Enclosure Integrity. 26 f C57.12.70,Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power 27 Transformers. 28 g. C57.12.80,Terminology for Distribution and Power Transformers. 29 h. C57.12.90,Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,Power,and 30� Regulating Transformers. 31: i. C62.1 1,Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power 31 1 Circuits. 33 1.3 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Shop Drawings: 35 1. See Section 16010. 36 2. Product technical data: 3T a. Technical data. 38 b. Nameplate drawing. 39 3. Test reports: 40 a. Factory tests. 41 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 42 1. See Section 01340. 43 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 44 2.1 THREE PHASE TRANSFORMER 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16275-1 I A. General: iom*-, 2 1. Transformer to be designed and constructed in accordance with ANSI Standard C57.12.00, 3 C57.12.26,C57.12.70, C57.12.80. 4 B. Ratings: 5 1. Type: Outdoor,pad-mounted,liquid-immersed,self-cooled,compartmental type. 6 2. Fluid:Envirotemp FR3 insulating fluid 7 3. Operation and application: Step-down operation. 8 4. Configuration: 9 a. Dead-front,radial-feed primary. 10 5. Voltage and kVARatings: As specified on the Drawings. 11 6. Number of phases: Three(3). 12 7. Frequency: 60 Hz. 13 8. Polarity: ANSI standard. 14 9. Connections: 15 a. Delta or Wye:As indicated on the Drawings. 16 b. Primary: 200 ampere bushing wells. 17 c. Secondary: 18 1) Less than 750 kVA: Six-hole,spade-type minimum or as required. 19 2) 750 kVA and greater: 12-hole,spade-type minimum or as required. 20 10. Tap-changer: De-energized type on H-winding,five total with: 21 a. Two 2.5 percent above and two 2.5 percent below nominal tap. 22 11. Provide a Delta-Wye switch on the primary such that the transformer may be connected 23 4160Y or 2400 V Delta on the primary side,and 480Y/277 volts on the secondary. 24 C. Components: 25 1. Windings: Copper. Aluminum is not acceptable. 26 2. Tank: 27 a. Sealed-tank construction with welded main cover and bolted tamper-resistant handhole. �1 28 b. Steel divider between high-voltage and low-voltage compartments. 29 c. No exposed screws,bolts,or other fastening devices that are externally removable. 30 d. No openings through which foreign objects such as sticks,rods,or wires may contact 31 live parts. 32 e. 24 IN deep cabinet(minimum) 33 f. One-inch upper fill plug. 34 g. One-inch drain valve with sampling device. 35 h. Automatic pressure relief device. 36 i. Stainless steel NEMA 2-hole ground pads. 37 3. Door: 38 a. Each compartment will have removable,three-point latching hinged doors equipped for 39 latching in the open position. 40 b. The high-voltage compartment door will have a fastening device that is accessible only 41 through the low-voltage compartment. 42 c. The hinge assemblies made of corrosion-resistant material. Provide stainless-steel 43 hinge pins of 3/8 IN minimum diameter. 44 d. Both compartment doors capable of securing with a single padlock having a maximum 45 1/2 IN DIA shackle. 46 4. Unit protection: 47 a. Provide unit protection with a partial-range current limiting fuse on each primary phase 48 (under oil,factory replaceable only). 49 b. Provide an expulsion-type,bayonet fuse(under oil,user serviceable)in series with the 50 current limiting fuse. 51 5. Finish: 52 a. Manufacturer's standard corrosion protection system. 53 b. Dark"padmount"green_ 54 6. Permanently affix nameplate to outside of tank stamped"Non PCB". 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16275-2 1 7. Accessories: 2 a. Liquid level indication. 3 b. Dial-type thermometer. c. Provisions for pressure vacuum gage. d. Stainless steel or laser-scribed anodized aluminum nameplate,with date of manufacturer. 2.2 SURGE ARRESTORS A. Standards: IEEE 386,592 and C62.11. I B. MOV gapped elbow type. I I C. Elbow Connector: 1 1. One piece design,comprised of an insulation layer and outer shield constructed of EPDM 13 rubber. 14 2. 200A,dead front,load break type with hot stick pulling eye and grounding tab. is D. Voltage Class: As indicated on Drawings. 16 E. Arrestor kV Rating: 2400 volt Delta system or as indicated on Drawings. .17, 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 1 8 A. Factory Tests: Test transformers in accordance with ANSI C57.12.90. 19 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 20 A. Touch-up paint,two separate one quart containers. 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLATION 23 A. Install on pad as detailed on Drawings and in accordance with manufacture's instructions. 24 B. Transformer locations as shown on drawings are intended to be used as a guide. Field 25 conditions may affect actual transformer location.Coordinate final location with Owner. 26, C. See Section 16121 for cable termination requirements. 27, END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16275-3 i z . 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Conio Pamp Station Expansion May 18,2006 16275-4 2001/03/12 SECTION 16285 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A- Section Includes: 1. Equipment for power factor correction. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10! 2. Division I -General Requirements. 1.1 3. Section 16010-Electrical:Basic Requirements. 12 4. Section 16442-Motor Control Equipment �, J 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A- Referenced Standards: R1. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(IEEE). 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 18 a- 70,National Electric Code(NEC). 19 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc(UL). 20 1-3 SUBMITTALS 21.1 A. Shop Drawings: 22 1. See Section 16010. 2:3 2. Product technical data: 24 a. Verification from each motor manufacturer for each applicable motor that the capacitor 25 KVAR selected does not exceed the maximum allowed for its associated motor and that 26 the capacitor will correct the motor branch circuit power factor to 95 percent based on 27 the guaranteed power factor of the motor. 28, B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 29 1. See Section 01340. 30 C. Back-to-back capacitor switching study. 31 , PART 2- PRODUCTS 32 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 33 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 34 acceptable: 35 1. Capacitors: 36 a. Eaton Electric/Cutler-Hammer. 37 b. General Electric. 38 c. Siemens. 39 d. Square D 40 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 41 2.2 MATERIALS 12102 City of Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16285-1 I A. Power Factor Correction Capacitors: 2 1. UL listed. 3 2. Meets NEMA,IEEE,NEC and UL requirements. 4 5 B. 6 2.3 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 7 A. Design Requirements 8 9 1. Operation Range: -40 to+115 DegF. 10 11 2. Built-in discharge resistor to reduce voltage to 50 V or less in 1 minute for capacitors of 600 12 V or less. 13 14 3. Current-limiting fuses meeting NEC requirements. 15 16 4. KVAR rating as required by motor manufacturer. 17 18 5. Rating not to exceed corrective KVAR established by motor manufacturer. 19 20 6. Sized to achieve 95 percent power factor correction of motor at full load. 21 22 7. Dielectric: Non-chlorinated biodegradable dielectric liquid. 23 24 8. Capacitor Material: Self-healing polypropylene film. 25 26 9. Internal Connection: Three-phase delta. 27 28 10. Capacitance tolerance: -5%/+ 15% 29 30 11. Discharge mechanism: Resistors,one per phase. 31 32 12. Discharge time and voltage: less than 50 volts in 5 minuets. 33 34 13. Losses at 20 degrees C: (average): 0.16 WAR fused 35 36 14. Rated voltage/frequency: 4160 volts/60 Hz(Vr) 37 38 15. Insulation level/BIL: 12 kV/75 kV BIL 39 40 16. Continuous over voltage: 1.1 X Vr 41 42 17. Continuous over current: 1.3 X Ir 43 44 18. Temperature range: -40 degrees C to+45 degrees C. 45 46 19. Highest mean temperature over 24 hours: 45 degrees C 47 48 20. Highest mean temperature over 1 year: 35 degrees C. 49 50 21. Case: Steel. 51 loom%%, 52 22. Terminal Cover:Steel. 53 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16285-2 B. -Provide additional inductance in the capacitor'circuit to limit current inrush and decrease high frequency ringing during back-to-back capacitor switching. C. Standards: 1. NEMA CP 1,C-37.43 2. IEEE 824 and 1036 as applicable 3. ANSI as applicable 11 1 2.4 FABRICATION 1 A. Case:Welded. 14 B. Terminal Cover:Dustproof. 1 2.5 ACCESSORIES 16 A. Manufacturer's standard rack and fiaming for free-standing units. U B. Manufacturer's standard wall-mounted rack and framing with ground terminal for wall mounted 19 units. 11 C. NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure for installation of the capacitors to be located near the 2 motors as shown on the drawings. The enclosure shall be provided with a hasp to be pad 2 lockable and shall have quick-release luggage type latches requiring no tools to fasten or 2 unfasten. 23 D. Inductors to limit high frequency inrush currents between on line capacitors and off line 24 capacitors when off line capacitors come on line with their associated motor. The requirements 25 for inductors and their size shall be determined by the results of the back-to-back capacitor 26 switching study as specified. 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLATION 29 A. Install near the motors as shown on the Drawings,unless otherwise indicated. 30 B. Adjust the motor protective relays to compensate for the power factor correction where the 31 capacitors are connected the load side of motor starter protective relay. 32 C. Install in accordance with the NEC and manufacturer's recommendations,including the motor 33 manufacturer,on all motors 100 HP and above. 34 D. Provide a back-to-back capacitor switching study that includes the following. 35 1. Assume all motors on the same bus with one main breaker open,one main breaker closed 36 and the tie breaker in the MCC closed. 37 2. Assume all motors can be running at the same time. 38 3. Assume feeding the entire MCC lineup from one 1500 kVA transformer. 39 4. The study shall find the worst case of starting one motor with the other motors running and 40 capacitors charged with no additional inductance in the capacitor circuit. 41 5. Determine if the system will produce inrush current and or ringing frequencies that will 42 damage the capacitors or blow the capacitor protective fuses. 43, 6. Re-calculate the results with additional inductance installed should the initial calculations 44� show that capacitors may be damaged for capacitor fuses blown. 45 7. Submit the study to the Engineer and Owner for review. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD:)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16285-3 1 8. The final study shall be sealed by a registered engineer registered in the State of Texas. 2 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16 5- SECTION 16340 MEDIUM VOLTAGE METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR ANDMO' TOR'CONTROL CENTER PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I Material and installation requirements for: a. Medium voltage metal-enclosed switchgear. I b. Medium voltage metal-enclosed motor control center. c. Medium voltage fuses. 1( d. Medium voltage motor starters and associated protective relays. I I B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division I -General Requirements. Id 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 11 4. 1 5. Section 16492-Electrical Metering Devices. 1 6. Section 16493-Control Equipment Accessories. 1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A. Referenced Standards: 20 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 21 a. C2,National Electrical Safety Code(NESC). 22, b. C57.13,Requirements for Instrument Transformers. 23 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 2 a- ICS 3,Industrial Control and Systems: Medium Voltage Controllers Rated 2001 to 25 7200 Volts AC 2 b. ICS 6,Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures 2 c. SG 5,Power Switchgear Assemblies 28 3. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 29 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 30 4. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 31 a. 347,High Voltage Industrial Control Equipment 32 B. Qualifications: 33 1. History of service in similar applications for not less than 3 years. 34; 1.3 SUBMITTALS 31 A. Shop Drawings: 36 1. See Section 16010. 37 2. Product technical data: 38 a. Bill of material. 39 b. General arrangement drawings. 40 c. Cross sections,elevations and details. 41 d. Complete single-line and three-line diagrams. 421 e. AC and DC schematics. 43 f. Wiring diagrams. 44 g. Instrument transformer performance curves and data. 45 h. Nameplate data for all equipment 46, i. Mounting and loading information for concrete foundation design. 47 j. Installation instructions and procedures. 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-1 1 3. Test reports: 2 a. Certified reports of all design tests. 3 b. Certified reports of all factory production tests. 4 c. Results of all field tests. 5 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 6 1. See Section 01340. 7 C. Miscellaneous: 8 1. Record of test results,inspections and procedures witnessed or performed by factory service 9 representative. 10 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 11 A. See Section 16010. 12 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS 13 A. Switchgear assembly shall perform as intended under the following conditions without damage 14 to equipment,structure,or derating: 15 1. At ambient temperatures from-30 DegC through+40 DegC. 16 2. At altitude through 3300 FT. 17 B. Effect of solar radiation may be neglected. 18 C. Switchgear shall be suitable for installation in the space available(see Drawings). 19 D. Other Special Conditions: 20 1. None. 21 PART 2- PRODUCTS ^ 22 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 23 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 24 acceptable: 25 26 1. 27 2. Cutler-Hammer. 28 3. General Electric. 29 4. Siemens. 30 5. Square D Company. 31 R. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 32 2.2 MEDIUM VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 33 A. Ratings: 34 1. Voltage: 5 kV class,operated at 2400 Volt Delta. 35 2. Amperage: As indicated on the Drawings. 36 3. Number of phases: 3. 37 4. Number of wires: 3. 38 5. Frequency: 60 Hz. 39 6. High resistance grounded delta. 40 7. Assembly short circuit withstand rating: The greater of: 41 a. Interrupting rating of the contactor. 42 b. MVA level indicated on the Drawings. 43 c. 250 MVA minimum 44 B. Construction: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-2 1. Standards: ANSI C37.20.2;NEMA ICS 6,SG 5. 2. Individual,freestanding,vertical sections housing various combinations of fused contactors and auxiliaries and bolted together to form a rigid metal-enclosed assembly. The maximum length shall NOT exceed 27-feet. 3. Front access only. 4. Vertical sections isolated from adjoining sections by grounded metal barriers. 5. Fused contactors,fused switches,buses,instrument transformers,control power transformers and cable terminations isolated from each other by grounded metal barriers. 6. Provide shutters that close automatically when the contactor is withdrawn. 1 7. Hinged front doors over each circuit breaker or auxiliary equipment compartment. 1 8. Enclosure: I a. NEMA I gasketed. I b. Thermostatically controlled space heaters to prevent condensation,internally powered I from integrally mounted control power transformer in switchgear. 1 9. Interior and exterior steel surfaces cleaned and painted with rust inhibiting primer and I manufacturers standard paint 17 10. Provide mounting rails for embedment in the housekeeping pad to support the switchgear I lineup across a building expansion joint installed to accommodate the new building space. I See the structural drawings. 2 11. Design the MV MCC considering that it will be mounted on a 4-inch housekeeping pad. 21 The NEC 3-meter rule shall be applied considering the additional 4-inches of height used 2 by the housekeeping pad mounting.Meters,switches and nameplates shall not be mounted 23 high on the switchgear front that would require a ladder to reach or read. 24 C. Buses: 25 1. Material: Insulated tin--plated copper. 26 2. Bus supports,standoff insulators and sleeves: Porcelain or epoxy. 27 3. Main bus: Amperage rating as indicated on the Drawings. 28 4. Ground bus: 114 x 2 IN copper,continuous over length of the motor control center. 29 5. Provisions for future extension shall be provided for switchgear lineups less than 27 feet 30 long where there is room for another standard width cubicle. 31 6. Bus joints,when required,fully insulated and connected using through bolts and conical 32 spring-type washers for maximum conductivity. 331 7. Arrange bus work so that Phase A,B and C are arranged from left to right,front to back or 34I top to bottom. 31� 1.3 COMPONENTS 36 37' A. Motor starters/contactors. 313 1. Standards: NEMA ICS-3 Class E2;UL 347. 39� 2. Ratings: 401, a. Voltage: 5 kV class to operate on a 2400 Volt Delta system indicated on the Drawings. 41 b. Continuous current: As indicated on the Drawings. 42 c. MVA Class: As indicated on the Drawings. 43 d. Frequency: 60 Hz. 44 3. Full Voltage Non-Reversing(FVNR): 451 a. Vacuum type contactors with wear indicators. 46 b. Fused with current limiting power fuses, 47 c. wout type. 48 d. Non-load-break,quick-make,quick-break isolation switch operated by an externally 49 mounted handle. so e. Interlocks to prevent: 51 1) Inadvertent operation of isolation switch under load. 52 2) Opening high voltage compartment door when isolation switch is in the ON 53 position. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-3 1 3) Closing isolation switch with high voltage compartment door open. r~ 2 4) Operating contactor with isolation switch in intermediate position. 3 5) Closing line contactor with door open. 4 4. Control power current transformer. 5 a. 120 Vac secondary. 6 b. Primary and secondary fused. 7 c. Size: 140 percent of required load. 8 5. Auxiliary control devices: 9 a. Selector switches,pushbuttons,indicating lights and control relays as required or 10 indicated on the Drawings. 11 B. Power Factor Correction Capacitors 12 1. Power factor correction capacitors(PFCC)shall be provided in separate enclosures as 13 shown on the drawings. 14 2. The MV MCC manufacturer in accordance with the requirements in Section 16411 shall do 15 the sizing of the PFCC and associated series inductors for each motor. 16 3. Provide sufficient inductance in series with the PFCC to lower the charging current inrush 17 and decrease the frequency of the charging current. A back-to-back capacitor switching 18 study shall be done in accordance with Section 16411 to determine the need for and proper 19 sizing of inductors. The inductors shall be installed in series with each phase of the PFCC 20 The inductors,if required,and shall protect the capacitors from charging current damage 21 and shall prevent nuisance blowing of the capacitor fuses from high charging current. 22 C. Protective Relays: 23 1. General: 24 a. Microprocessor based multi-function type. 25 b. Functions: As indicated on the Drawings: 26 2. Main circuit breaker relay:None—See Section 16360. 27 a. Device 50151 -3 PH overcurrent and short circuit. 28 b. Device 50G-Instantaneous ground fault. 29 c. Device 51G-Time delay ground fault. 30 3. Feeder circuit breaker relay:None—See Section 16360 31 a. Device 50/51 -3 PH overcurrent and short circuit. 32 b. Device 50G-Instantaneous ground fault. 33 c. Device 51G-Time delay ground fault. 34 4. Tie circuit breaker relay:None—See Section 16360 35 a. Device 50/51 -3 PH overcurrent and short circuit. 36 b. Device 50G-Instantaneous ground fault. 37 c. Device 51G-Time delay ground fault. 38 5. Motor circuit breaker relay:None—See Section 16360 39 a. Device 50/51 -3 PH overcurrent and short circuit. 40 b. Device 50G-Instantaneous ground fault. 41 c. Device 51G-Time delay ground fault. 42 d. Motor starter relay: GE Multilin 439 no equal 43 D. Control Switches: 44 1. General: 45 a. Double-sided,double-wiping,knife-type rotary contacts. 46 b. Silver plated contacts. 47 c. Engraved escutcheon plate. 48 2. Breaker control:None—See Section 16360 49 3. Lockout Relays:None—See Section 16360 50 E. Auxiliary Control Devices: 51 1. Selector switches,pushbuttons,indicating lights and control relays as specified in Section 52 16493. 53 F. Metering: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-4 1. Utility. Provided in separate outdoor metering enclosure by Utility. . Owner: GE Mulitlin PQM asindicated on the Drawings.No equal. See Section 16492 for meter requirements. G. Current Transformers: 1. Standards: ANSI C57.13. 2. Current ratios: As indicated on the Drawings. 3. Mechanical and thermal ratings coordinated with breaker ratings. 4. Window type current transformers shall be accessible from front of cubicle to permit changing or adding,without disconnecting bus joints. 1 5. Accuracy,minimum: Standard relay accuracy as listed in ANSI C37. . . 1 6.' Ground sensor current transformers: 1 a. Window type. I b. Single ratio: 5015. 1 IL Potential Transformers: 1 1. Standard: ANSI C57.13. 1 2. Indoor,dry type. 1 3® Accuracy class: 0.3 at burden W thru Z and 0.6 at burden ZZ. 18 4. Thermal burden rating: Exceed maximum connected burden. 19 I. Auxiliary Equipment Control Power Transformer: 20 1. Indoor,dry type. 21 2. Number of phases: Single-phase. 22 3. Rated primary voltage: As indicated on the Drawings. 23 4. Rated secondary voltage: 120/240 V. 24 S. Continuous : As indicated on the Drawings. 25 J. Test Switches: 26 1, Base and cover constructed of polycarbonate insulating material. 71 2. Semi-flush,through panel mounting with screw or stud type terminal connections on rear of 8: switches separated by poly carbonate barriers. 9 3. Individual switches: 30 a. Ratings: 600 V,30 amp. 31 b. Knife blade type separated by insulated barriers. 3.2 c. Phenolic insulated handle with provisions for identification cards. :3 d. Provisions for horizontal interlocking bar. 4' e. s: 35 1) Potential( fo er)non-shorting. 36$ ) Current(transformer)non-shorting with test jack. 7 3) Current( former)shorting,make-before-break. 8 4. Type of switches and configuration of the switches as indicted on the 39 5. Test plugs: 40 a. Provide one separate source test plug for each s itch ear or MCC lineup. 41 b. Provide one series test plug for each different test switch configuration for each 42 switchgear or MCC lineup. 43 K° Current Transformer Shorting Terminal Blocks: 44 1. Ratings: 600 V,30 amps. 45 2. Molded one piece thermoplastic body. 46 3. Washer head terminal screws to accommodate up to a#10 AWG wire. 47 4. Short circuiting strip for shorting screws and screw"parking stations". 48 5. Number of poles as indicated on the Drawings. 49 L. Stationary Batteries and Charger: 50 1® None. 51 M. Surge Arresters: 52 1. Standards: ANSI C62.11. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-5 1 2. MCOV rating: As indicated on the Drawings for operation on a 2400 Volt Delta system. �^ 2 3. Metal oxide type,distribution class. 3 4 N. Load Interrupter Switch 5 6 1. The main switches shall be 1200-ampere-rated load interrupter(break)type and shall be 7 fused and manually operated with fuses as shown on the drawings. 8 2. The tie switch shall be a 600-ampere(minimum)load interrupter(break)type and shall be 9 non-fused and manually operated. 10 3. The transformer feeder switch shall be load interrupter(break)'type and shall be fused and 11 manually operated. 12 4. Each interrupter switch shall be a 3-pole,single-throw unit,manually operated by stored 13 energy over-toggle spring mechanism such that the speed of switch opening or closing shall 14 be independent of the operator. Each switch shall be provided with a means of manually 15 opening or closing. 16 5. The interrupter switches shall be air-break type,3-pole,2-position(open-close)with arc 17 chutes,or some other suitable method of cooling and quenching an arc quickly,rated as 18 specified for continuous amp service as shown. The switches shall be for use in a 5 kV,3- 19 phase system and shall have the following ratings: 20 21 Design voltage 5 kV(Operated at 2400V) Impulse withstanding rating 60 kV Interrupting ampere rating 1200 amps and 600 amps oonk, Fault closing ampere&Momentary(10 cy) 61,000 amps Rated Short Time(2-seconds) 38,000 amps 22 23 6. Power fuses shall be furnished for fault protection. The fuses shall be one of the types 24 below: 25 26 a. Current limiting type,where available in rating,of the self-contained design to provide 27 fast,clean interruption with minimum let-through current. Fuses shall operate during 28 the first half-cycle on maximum fault condition with no expulsion of gas or vapor. 29 30 b. Where ratings or current limiting fuses are not available,expulsion power fuses with 31 fast-acting characteristics shall be furnished. 32 33 c. Fuse rating shall be selected per the specified short circuit study. 34 35 d. Provisions shall be included to indicate blown fuses with dry contacts wired to 36 indicating lights on the door. Additional dry contacts shall be available for connection 37 to the pump station SCADA system. 38 39 7. Access control shall be provided as follows: 40 41 a. Doors providing access to interrupter switches with power fuses shall be mechanically 42 or key interlocked to guard against: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-6 �I 1) Opening the fuse door if the interrupter switch on the source:side of the power fuse is closed 2) Closing the interrupter switch if the door is open. b. Fuse compartment door shall be interlocked with the switch mechanism to prevent access with the switch closed c. A high impact type contact-viewing window shall be provided in each door over the switch. d. Interlock the main switches with the tie switch to prevent all three being closed at one time. 11 0. High Resistance Grounding(HRG) I 1. Provide two HRG systems,one for each MV MCC Bus. The cubicles may be a part of the 1 MCC lineup or mounted separately provided the over all length of the MV MCC does 1 not exceed 27 feet. I . The HRC system shall present high impedance to any ground fault currents so that the 1 system will continue to operate if one phase is grounded Provide a relay to alarm a 1 grounded phase. The alarm shall include a light,hom,acknowledge,test and reset I pushbuttons mounted in the door.of the HRG cubicle,and dry output contacts for SCADA. 1 3. The HRC system shall be of the manufacturer's choosing from one of the following olio : 1 a. Zig-zag transformer with neutral resistor and appropriate ground detection relay. 2 b. WYE-DELTA transformer with a closed delta secondary and neutral resistor with an 2 appropraite ground detection relay. 2 c. WYE-DELTA transformer with a resistor and appropriate relay across an open comer 2 in the secondary delta. . The sizing of the grounding transformer and resistor shall be determined by the MV MCC 2 supplier based on the results of the short circuit and protective device study specified in Section 16411. 2 2 2.4 ACCESSORIES 25 A. The motor control center shall be mounted on a nominal 4-inch housekeeping pad. Provide a 3 lifting device to enable the starter,once racked out,to be moved about the room or lowered 31 to the floor. 32 3 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 3 Switchgear shall be completely assembled and wired at factory,with functional checks of all 3 g and controls,and then disassembled as required for shipment. 3q B. Factory Tests: 31, 1. Make design tests specified in ANSI C37.20.2. 3 2. Make production tests specified in ANSI C37.20. ,including: a. Low frequency withstand, 1 minute. 4 b. Mechanical operations. 4 c. Grounding of instrument transformer cases. d Control wiring continuity. 43 e. Control wiring insulation. 44 f. Polarity verification. 45 g. Sequence tests. 46 2.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 47 A. Extra Materials: Furnish paint for touch up and application instructions. 48, B. Spare Parts: 4 1. Spare current limiting fuses: 5 a. For 3 PH potential transformer banks: 3 spares for each fuse type and size. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16 -7 I b. For 1 PH potential transformers: {I spare) {2 spares) for each fuse type and size. 2 c. For control power transformer: {I spare) {2 spares). 3 2. Spare fuses for AC auxiliary and DC control power: 2 spares for each type and size used in 4 switchgear. 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLATION 7 A. Install switchgear in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 8 B. Arrange switchgear as shown on the Drawings. 9 C. Indoor Locations: 10 1. NEMA I enclosure. 11 2. Install on concrete housekeeping pad.Align front of switchgear with top edge of pad 12 chamfer and securely bolt or weld to floor sills set level(within 1/8 IN)and embedded in 13 the concrete. 14 D. Miscellaneous: 15 1. Provide circuit protective devices and other associated equipment as indicated on the 16 Drawings. 17 2. Neatly lace all control wires and have flexibility at hinge locations. 18 3. Paint any scratched surfaces with touch-up paint. 19 4. Tag switchboard and all circuit breakers per Section 16010. 20 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 21 A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the 22 equipment has been installed,adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's 23 recommendations. 24 B. Perform the following acceptance tests: 25 1. Main bus: 26 a. Megger test. 27 2. Starters: 28 a. Operational tests. 29 b. Megger test. 30 c. Measure DC resistance of power carrying circuit from terminal to terminal(use 100 31 ADC minimum). 32 d. Test vacuum interrupter integrity by method recommended by breaker manufacturer. 33 3. Current transformers: 34 a. Ratio and polarity tests. 35 b. Megger test secondaries and associated wiring. 36 4. Potential transformers: 37 a. Ratio and polarity tests. 38 b. Megger test. 39 5. Switchgear accessories: 40 a. Operational test of all heaters. 41 C. Operational test each starter for the following: 42 1. Electrical and mechanical trip/close. 43 2. Safety interlocks: 44 a. Interlock to prevent insertion of incorrect breaker into compartment. 45 b. Interlock to automatically discharge the closing springs when breaker is withdrawn 46 from cubicle. 47 c. Interlock to prevent moving breaker to or from connected position if closed. �1 48 d. All other safety interlocks. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-8 3. Starter status indicating lamps. 4. Position targets on control switches and mechanism. 5. All operational tests and checks recommended by breaker manufacturer. 3.3 TRAINING A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall provide the Owner with 4 HRS of on-site training in the operation and maintenance of the switchgear and it's components. END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BB)SET Como PuW Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-9 i Z 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16340-10 y 1 2003/09/18 °' SECTION 16410 SAFETY SWITCHES PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Safety switches. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1J 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. '12 4. Section 16490-Overcurrent and Short Circuit Protective Devices. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 1 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volt Maximum). 11 b. KS-1,Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches. H 2. National Fire Protection Association(NFP ): is a. 7 ,National Electrical Code 2C 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): ,{ 21 a. 98,Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 2, A. ShopDrawings: 2 1. See Section 16010. 2 2. Associate safety switch type and rating with connect equipment tag number. 2 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 21 1. See Section 01340. 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 30 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following safety switch manufacturers 31 are acceptable: 32 1. Cutler-Hammer. 3 . General Electric Company. 34 3. Square D Company. 3., 4. Siemens. 3 5. Appleton Electric Company. 3 6. Crouse-Hinds. 38 7. Klllark. 39 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 40 2.2 SAFETY SWITCHES 41 A. General: 12502 City of Fort Worth BUD SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 19,2006 1 10-1 1 1. Non-fusible or fusible as indicated on the Drawings. �~ 2 2. Suitable for service entrance when required. 3 3. NEMA Type HD heavy-duty construction. 4 4. Switch blades will be fully visible in the OFF position with the enclosure door open. 5 5. Quick-make/quick-break operating mechanism. 6 6. Deionizating arc chutes. 7 7. Double-break rotary action shaft and switchblade shall be manufactured as one common 8 component. 9 8. Clear line shields to prevent accidental contact with line terminals. 10 9. Operating handle(except NEMA 7 and 9 rated enclosures): 11 a. Red and easily recognizable. 12 b. Padlockable in the OFF position 13 c. Interlocked to prevent door from opening when the switch is in the ON position with a 14 defeater mechanism. 15 10. Circuit breaker type switches are not acceptable. 16 B. Ratings: 17 1. Horsepower rated of connected motor. 18 2. Voltage and amperage: As indicated on Drawings. 19 3. Short circuit withstand: Equal to or greater than the upstream equipment. 20 C. Accessories: 21 1. Provide when indicated in PART 3 or on the Drawings. 22 2. Neutral kits. 23 3. Ground lug kits. 24 4. Auxiliary contact kits with 1 N.O.and 1 N.C.contact. 25 D. Enclosures: 26 1. NEMA 1 rated:Not applicable for this project. 1000W., 27 2. NEMA 4 rated:Not applicable for this project 28 3. NEMA 4X rated(metallic): 29 a. Body and cover: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 30 b. No knockouts,external mounting flanges,hinged and gasketed door. 31 4. NEMA 4X rated(non-Metallic):Not applicable for this project. 32 5. NEMA 7 and 9 rated:Not applicable for this project 33 6. NEMA 12 rated: 34 a. Body and cover: Sheet steel finished with rust inhibiting primer and manufacturers 35 standard paint inside and out 36 b. No knockouts,external mounting flanges,hinged and gasketed door. 37 E. Overcurrent and short circuit protective devices: 38 1. Fuses. 39 2. See Section 16490 for overcurrent and short circuit protective device requirements. 40 F. Standards: NEMA KS-1,UL 98. 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION 42 3.1 INSTALLATION 43 A. Install as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 44 B. Switches shall be installed adjacent to the equipment they are intended to serve unless otherwise 45 indicated on the Drawings. 46 C. Provide auxiliary contact kit on local safety switches for motors being controlled by a variable 47 frequency drive. The VFD is to be disabled with the switch is in the open position. 48 D. Permitted uses of NEMA 1 enclosure:Not applicable for this project. 12i02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16410-2 " ", E. Permitted uses of NEMA 4 enclosure:Not applicable for this project F. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X metallic enclosure: 1. Surface mounted in areas designated as wet and/or corrosive. G. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X non-metallic enclosure:Not applicable for this project. H. Permitted uses of NEMA 7 enclosure:Not applicable for this project. L Permitted uses of NEMA 9 enclosure:Not applicable for this project. J. Permitted uses of NEMA 12 enclosure: L" Surface mounted in areas designated as dry in non-architecturally finished areas. 10 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BM SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16410-3 1 a 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 10-4 �- 1 2001/03/12 2 SECTION 16411 3 TRANSFER SWITCHES 1.1 GENERAL A. Section Includes: 1. 2. Automatic transfer switches. B. Related Sections'include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11, 3. Section 16010-Electrical:Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association ): 15 a. S-1,Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches. 16 2. National Fire Protection Association ): 17 a. 70,National Electric Code(NEC). 18 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 19 a. 98,Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches. 20 b. 1008,Standard for Safety Switch Equipment 21 1.3 SUBMITTALS 22 A. ShopDrawings: 23 1. See Section 16010. 24 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 25 1. See Section 01340. 26 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 27 A. See Section 16010. 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 30 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the listed manufacturers are acceptable: 31 1. Automatic transfer switches: 37 a. Automatic Switch Company. 33 b. Kohler. .34 c. Onan. 35 d. Russelectric. 36 e. Zenith Products. 37 2. Manual transferswitches: 38 a. Automatic Switch Company. 39 b. Cutler-Hammer. 40 c. General Electric Company. 41 d. Russelectric. 42 e. Square D Company. 43 f. Siemens. 44 g. Zenith Products. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 1 11-1 I B. Substitution: Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 2 2.2 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 3 A. Construction: 4 1. Electrically operated mechanically held,double throw,air-break type. 5 2. Silver-surface main contacts and protect by arcing contacts. 6 3. Switch shall have provisions for visual inspection of switchblades and contacts. 7 4. Mechanical design will positively open all ungrounded conductors from normal source 8 before connection is made to alternate source and will positively open alternate source 9 before connection is made to normal source. 10 5. Mechanical interlock to ensure the switch cannot be readily disabled,disconnected, 11 improperly adjusted,removed or otherwise made inoperative. 12 6. Make all contacts and coils readily accessible for replacement from front of panel without 13 major disassembly. 14 7. Ratings: 15 a. Continuous duty in both normal and emergency. 16 b. Three phase,three pole,four wire. 17 c. Voltage and current ratings as indicated on the Drawings. 18 d. Short circuit withstand rating equal to or greater than the normal source electrical gear. 19 8. Standards: ANSUUL 1008. 20 B. Operation: 21 1. Microprocessor based control module. 22 2. Red and green indicating lights with fuses,identification nameplates,and test switch on 23 front to simulate normal power failure at switch. 24 3. Engine starting contacts and all other auxiliary contacts and accessory devices for functions 25 to be performed. 26 4. Supervisory voltage relays on each phase of normal source and single-phase supervisory 27 voltage and frequency relay for emergency source. 28 a. Normal source voltage sensing. 29 1) Adjustable pickup from 85-100 percent of rated voltage,factory set 90 percent. 30 2) Adjustable dropout from 75-98 percent of pickup setting,factory set 85 percent. 31 b. Emergency source voltage and frequency sensing: 32 1) Adjustable pickup from 85-100 percent of rated voltage,factory set 90 percent. 33 2) Fixed voltage dropout at 85 percent of pickup setting. 34 3) Adjustable pickup from 90-100 percent of rated frequency,factory set 95 percent. 35 4) Fixed frequency dropout at 88 percent of pickup setting. 36 5. Inphase monitor: 37 a. Compare the phase relationship and frequency difference between the normal and 38 emergency sources and permit transfer the first time the sources are within 15 electrical 39 degrees and only if transfer can be accomplished within 60 electrical degrees as 40 determined by monitoring the frequency differences. Inphase transfer accomplished if 41 both sources are within 2 Hz of rated frequency and 70 percent or more of rated 42 voltage. 43 C. Enclosure: 44 1. NEMA 12 rated. 45 2. Body and cover: Sheet steel finished with a rust inhibiting primer and manufacturers 46 standard paint inside and out. 47 3. No knockouts,hinged and lockable door. 48 PART 3 - EXECUTION 49 3.1 INSTALLATION 50 A. Install as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16411-2 B. Connect as indicated in one-line diagram. T C. Mounting of manual transfer switches:Wall-mounted. D. Mounting of automatic transfer switches: . Wall-mounted or floor mounted on 4 IN high concrete pad 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Automatic Transfer Switch Testing: 1. Simulate power outage by opening normal source overcurrent device.Verify engine generator starts and switch transfers in the specified time. 2. Close normal source overcurrent device to simulate the return of normal power.Verify the 1 switch retransfers and engine generator shuts down in the specified time. 1 . Perform a manual transfer and re transfer. 1 4. Verify the indicator lights function properly. i" END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como P=p Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 11-3 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 11-4 SECTION 16415 POWER SYSTEM STUDY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: This section specifies that the CONTRACTOR prepare a short circuit study, a coordination study,a flash-bum hazard study and a back-to-back capacitor switching study for the Como Pump Station electrical power system. The electrical power system shall be deemed to include the utility company's existing pad-mount transformers,Electric Utility Company's line side transformer protective device,the OWNER'S 2400V-power distribution system,the H OWNER'S 240OV-480V dry-type transformer and the 480V power distribution system at the 1 I Pump Station.The short circuit and coordination study reports shall provide an evaluation of the L electrical power systems and the model numbers and settings of the protective relays or devices Il and metering or motor monitoring devices for setting y the CONTRACTOR. The Study shall ld include settings for all motor protective relays and electric system monitoring devices. I B. Scope: IlI. The Contractor shall include the use of his own forces to obtain all pertinent data necessary Il for the successful completion of the specified Studies. All cable and raceway data,data for 1. new and existing motors,data from all existing or new Switchgear,motor control centers, Il panel boards,and separately mounted fuses,starters or circuit breakers. Obtain all existing 2 or new protective device information to include all present settings. The Contractor shall be 21 obtained any needed data or information from Contract Documents,various suppliers,the Ar 2 Electric Utility and from conducting his own field investigations. The data obtained shall be 2" organized and submitted to the Owner to show that all the necessary data gathering work 2 has been done. 2 2. Provide a complete short circuit study. Include three phase and phase-to-ground 2 calculations. Provide an equipment interrupting or withstand evaluation based on the actual 2 equipment and model numbers provided on this project Generic devices are not acceptable. 2 Normal system operating method,alternate operation,and operations that could result in 2; maximumfault conditions shall be thoroughly addressed in the study.The study shall 3. assume all motors operating at rated voltage with the exception that motors identified as 3' "standby"shall not be included. Electrical equipment bus impedance shall be assumed zero. 3 Short circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties shall be calculated on the basis of 1 maximum available fault current at the switchboard busses and motor control centers. The 3d Study shall be performed using actual available short circuit currents available as obtained 3 from the Electric Utility. An assumption of infinite bus for the purposes of the Study is not 3 le. 3 3. A protective device coordination study shall be performed to determine appropriate relay 3 settings.The study shall include all electrical equipment provided under this contract and 35 any up-stream equipment that has an impact on the coordination study. The study shall 4 show transformer damage curves,cable short circuit withstand curves and motor curves. 41 Include all medium voltage Switchgear,distribution switchboards,motor control centers, 4 and pane board main circuit breakers. Complete the short circuit study down to the main 4 breaker or main lugs on all pane boards. Panel board branch circuit devices need not be considered. The phase over current and ground-fault protection shall be included as well as 4! settings for all other adjustable protective devices. All motor monitoring relays and protective or monitoring devices that are a part of a supplier's equipment(such as soft 4 starters or variable frequency drives)shall be in included. Include the last protective device in the Electric Utilities system feeding each facility being considered. 4 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 1 -1 1 4. Provide Time-Current Curves on I IX17 log-Iog paper. Do not put more than one branch of 2 protective devices on any one coordination curve. Include a one-line diagram and the 3 names of each protective device in the branch. Use the names designated in the Contract 4 Documents. Include motor and transformer damage curves,and cable short circuit 5 withstand curves. 6 5. An equipment evaluation study shall be performed to determine the adequacy of the fault 7 bracing of all bus from the panel board level up to the main Switchgear or protective device. 8 Include circuit breakers,controllers,surge arresters,busway,switches,and fuses by 9 tabulating and comparing the short circuit ratings of these devices with the available fault 10 currents. 11 6. All studies shall be performed,sealed and signed by a Registered Professional Engineer 12 licensed in the state of Texas. 13 7. Any problem areas or inadequacies in the equipment shall be promptly brought to the 14 ENGINEER'S attention. 15 8. Use industry standard short circuit software,SKM Captor and Dapper or an equal approved 16 by the Engineer. 17 1.2 REFERENCES 18 A. This Section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this Section as 19 specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of 20 the listed documents,the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 21 B. Reference Title: 22 1. IEEE 141-86;Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants 23 2. IEEE 242-86;Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and 24 Commercial Power Systems 25 3. NFPA 70E/ASTM F1506 26 4. OSHA 29 CFR 1910 27 5. IEEE 1584 Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations 28 1.3 SCHEDULE 29 A. The approved studies shall be completed and a copy sent to the electrical distribution equipment 30 manufacturer 45 days before the equipment is shipped to the Work site.The report shall be 31 provided to the ENGINEER NO LATER THAN 90 days before the equipment is shipped to the 32 Work site. 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 REPORTS 35 A. The product shall be a certified report summarizing the short circuit and coordination study and 36 conclusions or recommendations that may affect the integrity of the electric power distribution 37 system. As a minimum,the report shall include the following: 38 1. The equipment manufacturer's information used to prepare the study. 39 2. Assumptions made during the study. 40 3. Provide a One-Line diagram showing the short circuit calculations listing short circuit levels 41 at each bus. Provide the same data in tabular from. Use the same names to designate the 42 various pieces of equipment as employed in the Contract Documents. 43 4. Coordination study time-current curves(11xl7 log-log type)including the instrument 44 transformer ratios,model numbers of the protective relays,and the relay settings associated 45 with each breaker. Organize the curves as specified here in. Place no more than one branch 46 on a single drawing. 47 5. Comparison of short circuit duties of each bus to the interrupting capacity of the equipment 48 that is protecting that bus. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16415-2 6. All data that was used as input to the report. This data shall include cable impedance, conduit type,source impedance,equipment ratings,etc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide a short-circuit and coordination study on the electrical power distribution system,as specified. The study shall be performed in accordance with IEEE Standards 141 and 242 and shall utilize the ANSI method of short circuit analysis in accordance with ANSI C37.010. The 1 study shall be performed using actual equipment data for all equipment. The coordination study 1 I shall use the data from the manufacturer of protective devices. 1 3.2 QUALIFICATIONS 1A. ,The short circuit and coordination report shall be performed by the by an electrical testing 1.d service who is regularly engaged in power system studies. A Licensed Professional Engineer l.. with proficiency in electrical power engineering shall conduct the study and shall seal and sign I the studies. The Professional Engineer shall be licensed to practice engineering in the State of 1. Texas. 18 3.3 SHORT CIRCUIT STUDIES 19 A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to obtain and verify all data needed to perform the 20 studies. 21 B. Asa mini um,each short circuit study shall include the following: 22 1. One-Line Diagram 23 a. Location and function of each protective device in the system,such as relays,direct- 24 acting trips,fuses,etc. 25 b. Type designation,current rating,range or adjustmient,manufacturers style and catalog 26 number for all protective devices. 27 c. Power and voltage ratings,impedance,primary and secondary connections of all 28 transformers. Use the ratings of the actual transformers being provided where available. 29 d. Type,manufacturer,and ratio of all instrument transformers energizing each relay. 30 e. Nameplate ratings of all motors and generators with their subtransient reactances. 31 Transient reactances of synchronous motors and generators and synchronous reactances 32 of all generators. Obtain data on the actual equipment being provided. Generic or 33 average data numbers are not acceptable. 34 f. Sources of short circuit currents such as utility ties,generators,synchronous motors, 35 and induction motors. Provide short circuit studies using each source of power 36 separately. The study shall determine if there is sufficient short circuit current to 37 adequately cause interruption of a protective device using the weaker power source 3 (typically local generation),and shall determine if the equipment can safely interrupt the 39 fault if the greater power source is connected_ Additional short circuit calculations shall 40 include emergency as well as normal switching conditions as well as normal and 41 emergency power sources described here in. 42 g. All significant circuit elements such as transformers,cables,breakers,fuses,reactors, 43 etc shall be included. 44 h. The time-current setting of existing adjustable relays and direct-acting trips,if 45 applicable. 46 2. Impedance Diagram: 47 a. Available MVA or impedance from the utility company. 43 b. Local generated capacity impedance. 49 c. Bus impedance. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pun3p Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 1S-3 I d. Transformer and/or reactor impedances. oft%, 2 e. Cable impedances. 3 f. Equipment impedances. 4 g. System voltages. 5 h. Grounding scheme(resistance grounding,solid grounding,or no grounding). 6 i. Motor contribution assuming the presently installed motors shown on the drawings all 7 running at the same time. 8 9 3. Calculations: 10 a. Determine the paths and situations where short circuit currents are the greatest. 11 Assume bolted faults and calculate the 3-phase and line-to-ground short circuits of each 12 case. 13 b. Calculate the maximum and minimum fault currents. 14 15 3.4 COORDINATION STUDY 16 A. As a minimum,the coordination study for the power distribution system shall include the 17 following on 5-cycle,log-log graph paper: 18 1. Time-current curves for each protective relay or fuse showing graphically that the settings 19 will provide protection and selectivity within industry standards.Each curve shall be 20 identified,and the tap and time dial settings shall be specified. 21 2. Time-current curves for each device shall be positioned to provide for maximum selectivity 22 to minimize system disturbances during fault clearing.Where selectivity cannot be 23 achieved,the ENGINEER shall be notified as to the cause. 24 3. Time-current curves and points for cable and equipment damage. 25 4. Circuit interrupting device operating and interrupting times. 26 5. Indicate maximum fault values on the graph. 27 6. Sketch of bus and breaker arrangement. 28 3.5 ARC FLASH BURN HAZARD ANALYSIS 29 A. Profiee base arc-flash calculations for each operation mode 30 B. Provide tables for the following: 31 1. Flash hazard boundary 32 2. Cal/cm2 flash hazard at 8 inches 33 3. PPE level 34 4. kV shock hazard 35 5. Bolted fault current 36 37 END OF SECTION 38 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16415-4 1 2002/12/27 SECTI0�116441 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lighting and appliance p 1 2. Power distribution panelboards: . Panelboards mounted in Motor Control of applicable for this project) I B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1 . Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 1 1 4. Section 16490-Overcurrent and Short Circuit Protective Devices. If 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 A. Referenced Standards: is 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 19 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts ). 2C b. PB 1,Panelboards. 21 2. National Fire Protection Association(NFP ): 22 a. 70,National Electrical Code(NEC). 23 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): 2 a. 50,Cabinets and Boxes. 2 b. 67,Panelboards. 2 1.3 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Shop Drawings: 28 1. See Section 16010. 29 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: 30 a. Panelboard layout with alphanumeric designation;branch circuit breakers size and type, 31 as indicated in the panelboard schedules. 32 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 33 1. See Section 01340. 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 36 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 37 acceptable: 38 1. Cutler-Hammer. 391 2. General Electric Company. 40 3. Square D Company. 41 4. Siemens. 42 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16441-1 1 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 2 A. Standards: NEMA PB 1,NFPA 70,UL 50,UL 67. 3 B. Ratings as follows unless indicated otherwise on Drawings: 4 1. Current,voltage,number of phases,number of wires as indicated on the Drawings. 5 2. Panelboards rated 240 Vac or less: 25,000 amp minimum short circuit rating. 6 3. Panelboards rated 480 Vac: 42,000 amp minimum short circuit rating. 7 4. Series rated panelboards are not acceptable. 8 C. Construction: 9 1. Service entrance rated as indicated on Drawings. 10 2. Interiors factory assembled and designed such that switching and protective devices can be 11 replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors. 12 3. Multi-section panelboards: Feed-through or sub-feed lugs. 13 4. Main lugs: Solderless type approved for copper and aluminum wire. 14 D. Bus Bars: 15 1. Main bus bars: Plated aluminum or copper sized to limit temperature rise to a maximum of 16 65 DegC above an ambient of 40 DegC.Drilled and tapped and arranged for sequence 17 phasing of the branch circuit devices. 18 2. Ground bus and isolated ground bus,when indicated on Drawings: Solderless mechanical 19 type connectors. 20 3. Neutral bus bars: Insulated 100 percent rated or 200 percent rated,when indicated on the 21 Drawings and with solderless mechanical type connectors. 22 E. Enclosure: 23 1. Boxes: Code gage galvanized steel,furnish without knockouts. 24 2. Trim assembly: Code gage steel finished with rust inhibited primer and manufacturers 25 standard paint inside and out. 26 3. Lighting and appliance panelboard: 27 a. Trims supplied with hinged door over all circuit breaker handles. 28 b. Trims for surface mounted panelboards,same size as box. 29 c. Trims for flush mounted panelboards,overlap the box by 3/4 IN on all sides. 30 d. Doors lockable with corrosion resistant chrome-plated combination lock and catch,all 31 locks keyed alike. 32 e. Nominal 20 IN wide and 5-3/4 IN deep with gutter space in accordance with NEC. 33 f. Clear plastic cover for directory card mounted on the inside of each door. 34 g. NEMA 3R or 12 rated: Door gasketed. 35 4. Power distribution panelboard: 36 a. Trims cover all live parts with switching device handles accessible. 37 b. Less than or equal to 12 IN deep with gutter space in accordance with NEC. 38 c. Clear plastic cover for directory card mounted front of enclosure. 39 d. NEMA 3R or 12 rated: Doors gasketed and lockable with corrosion resistant chrome- 40 plated combination lock and catch,all locks keyed alike. 41 F. Overcurrent and Short Circuit Protective Devices: 42 1. Main overcurrent protective device: 43 a. Bolt-on'type molded case circuit breaker. 44 2. Branch overcurrent protective devices: 45 a. Bolt-on type molded case circuit breaker. 46 3. Plug-in type molded case circuit breakers are unacceptable. 47 4. See Section 16490 for overcurrent and short circuit protective device requirements. 48 5. Factory installed. �m*., 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16441-2 t PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION AL Install as indicated on Drawings,in accordance with the NEC,and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Support panelboard enclosures from wall studs or modular channels support structure,per Section 16010. C. Provide NEMA 12 rated enclosure as indicated on the Drawings. D. Provide panelboard labeling as specified in Section 16010. E. Provide each panelboard with a typed directory: I 1. Identify all circuit locations in each panelboard with the load type and location served. I" 2. Mechanical equipment shall be identified by Owner-furnished designation if different than designation indicated on 1' . Room names and numbers shall be final building room names and numbers as identified by 1 the Owner if different than designation indicated on END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16441-3 1 fi 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 1-4 2001/05/15 SECTION 16442 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. w voltage Motor control centers. of applicable for this project) . Low voltage Separately mounted motor starters(including those supplied with equipment). . Low voltage Manual motor starters. H B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 1 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 1, 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 1 1 . Section 16490-Overcurrent and Short Circuit Protective Devices. P 5. Section 16491 -Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices(S ). 11 6. Section 16492-Electrical Metering Devices. H 7. Section 16493-Control Equipment Accessories. 15 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 A. Referenced Standards: X 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). 2 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE). 2 . National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 2 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volt ). 2 b. ICS 2,Industrial Control Devices,Controllers,and Assemblies. 2 . Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. ): 2 a. 50 ,Industrial Control Equipment 2 b. 845,Electric Motor Control Centers. 2 B. Miscellaneous: 3 1. Verify motor horsepower loads,other equipment loads,and controls from approved shop 31 drawings and notify Engineer of any discrepancies. 3 2. Verify the required instrumentation and control wiring for a complete system and notify 3T Engineer of any discrepancies. 34 13 SUBMITTALS 35 A. Shop Drawings: 36 1. See Section 16010. 31 2. Fabrication and/or layout s: 3 a. Front elevation and plan drawing of the assembly. 3 b. Conduit spacelocations within the assembly. 4 c. Single line 4' d. Unit wiring diagrams for motor starter controls. 4 e. Starter and component schedule. 4 f Typical control power transformer size calculation for each starter size. 44 g. Discrepaneies between equipment sizes on drawing and actual installed equipment. ` 45 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 46 1. See Section 01340. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16442-1 I C. Miscellaneous: 2 1. Ground fault protection system test report signed by the projects supervising electrical 3 foreman. 4 PART 2- PRODUCTS 5 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 6 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 7 acceptable: 8 1. 9 2. Cutler Hammer. 10 3. General Electric Company. 11 4. Square D Company. 12 5. Siemens. 13 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 14 2.2 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS(NOT APPLICABLE FOR THIS PROJECT) 15 2.3 SEPARATELY MOUNTED COMBINATION STARTERS 16 A. Standards: 17 1. NEMA 250,ICS 2. 18 2. UL 508. 19 B. Enclosure: 20 1. NEMA 4 rated:(Not applicable for this project) 21 2. NEMA 4X rated: r%" 22 a. Body and cover: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 23 b. No knockouts,external mounting flanges,hinged and gasketed door. 24 3. NEMA 7 and 9 rated: (Not applicable for this project) 25 4. NEMA 12 rated: 26 a. Body and cover: Sheet steel finished with rust inhibiting primer and manufacturer's 27 standard paint inside and out. 28 b. No knockouts,external mounting flanges,hinged and gasketed door. 29 C. Operating Handle: 30 a. With the door closed the handle mechanism allows complete ON/OFF control of the 31 unit disconnect and clear indication of the disconnect status. 32 b. Circuit breaker and MCP operators includes a separate TRIPPED position. 33 c. Mechanical interlock to prevent to prevent the opening of the door when the disconnect 34 is in the ON position with a defeater mechanism for use by authorized personnel. 35 d. Mechanical interlock to prevent the placement of the disconnect in the ON position 36 with the door open with a defeater mechanism for use by authorized personnel. 37 e. Padlockable in the OFF position. 38 39 D. External mounted overload relay pushbutton. 40 E. Control Devices: 41 1. Provide control devices as indicated on the Drawings per Section 16493. The following 42 devices are the minimum required: 43 a. Three position switch(hand-off-auto). 44 b. Red ON indicator light. 45 c. Green OFF indicator light. 46 2. Devices will be accessible with the door closed. 47 F. Control Power Transformer: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16442-2 I.- ;120Vseco 2. Fused on primary and secondary side. . Sized for 140 percent of required load- G. Fault Current Withstand Rating: Equal to the rating of the electrical gear from which it is fed. H. Motor Starters: See requirements within this section. I. Disconnect Switch: Non-fusible(Fusible),double break,rotary blades and quick-make,quick- brake action. J. Overcurrent and Short Circuit Protective Devices: 1 Motor protection with full voltage starters: H a. Motor circuit protector. 11 2. Motor protection with reduced voltage starters: 14, a. Molded case circuit breaker. 1 . See Section 16490 for overcurrent and short circuit protective device requirements. Id 4. Factory installed. 1, 2.4 MOTOR STARTERS U A. Standards: Y 1. NEMA ICS 2. 11 2. UL 508. 15 B. Full Voltage Non-Reversing(FVNR)Magnetic Starters: 2 1. NEMA full size rated contactor. 2 & NEMA half sizes and IEC contactors are not permitted. 2 . Double-break silver alloy contacts. 2 3. Overload relays: 24 a. Ambient compensated,bimetallic type with interchangeable heaters,24 percent 2 adjustability,single phase sensitivity,an isolated arm contact and manual reset. 2 b. Ambient insensitive,adjustable solid-state type with phase loss protection,phase 21 imbalance protection and manual reset 2 4. Interlock and auxiliary contacts,wired to terminal blocks: 25 a. Holding circuit contact,normally open. 3 b. Overload alarm contact,normally open. 3 c. Normally open auxiliary.contact,for remote run status. 3 d. Additional field replaceable auxiliary contacts as required per the Sequence of 3 Operation. 34 e. Two additional normally open spare field replaceable auxiliary contacts. 3 C. Full Voltage Reversing )Magnetic Starters:(Not applicable for this project) 36 D. Full Voltage Two-Speed(FV2S)Magnetic Starters:(Not applicable for this project) 37 E. Reduced Voltage Auto former VAT)Starter: of applicable for this project) 38 F. Reduced Voltage Solid State(RVSS)Starters:(Not applicable for this project) 39 G. Variable Frequency Drives: of applicable for this project) 40 41 2.5 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS 42 A. Standards: 43 1. NEMA 250,ICS 2. 44 2. UL 508. 45 B. Quick-make,quick-break toggle mechanism that is lockable in the OFF position. 46 C. Types: 47 1. Horsepower rated,for ON/OFF control. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16442-3 1 2. Horsepower rated,for ON/OFF control and thermal overload protection. Switch to clearly �1 2 indicate ON,OFF,and TRIPPED position. 3 D. Voltage and current ratings and number of poles as required for the connected motor. 4 E. Enclosures: 5 1. NEMA 1 rated: (Not applicable for this project) 6 2. NEMA 4 rated:(Not applicable for this project) 7 a. 8 3. NEMA 4X rated: 9 a. Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 10 b. No knockouts,external mounting flanges. 11 4. NEMA 7 and 9 rated:(Not applicable for this project) 12 5. NEMA 12 rated: 13 a. Body and cover: Sheet steel finished with rust inhibiting primer and manufacturer's 14 standard paint inside and out. 15 b. No knockouts,external mounting flanges. 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 3.1 INSTALLATION 18 A. Install as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations 19 and instructions. 20 B. Mounting height for surface mounted equipment: See Section 16010. 21 C. Overload Heaters: 22 1. Size for actual motor full load current of the connected motor. 23 2. For motors with power factor correction capacitors,size to compensate for the capacitors 24 effect on load current. 25 D. Combination and Manual Starter Enclosures: 26 1. Permitted uses of NEMA 1 enclosure:(Not applicable for this project) 27 2. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X enclosure: 28 a. Surface mounted in areas designated as wet and/or corrosive. 29 3. Permitted uses of NEMA 7 enclosure:(Not applicable for this project) 30 4. Permitted uses of NEMA 9 enclosure:(Not applicable for this project) 31 5. Permitted uses of NEMA 12 enclosure: 32 a. Surface mounted in areas designated as dry. 33 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Test the ground fault protection system as indicated in Section 16490. 35 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16442-4 1 2003/06/03 2. "SECTION 16460 3 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 4 PART1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY , 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Dry-type transformers, 1000 kVA and less. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited ' 9 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. l l 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 1.2 4. Section 16060-Groun . 1.3 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 1.5 1. American National Standards Institute 16 a. C57.96,Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers. 1.7 b. C9.2,Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications. 1.8 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association ): 1.9 a. ST 20,Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications. 20 b. -1,Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers. 21 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 22 a. 506,Specialty Transformers. 23 b. 1561,Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Tmn sformers. 24 1.3 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Shop Drawings: 26 1. See Section 16010. 27 2. Product technical data: 28 a. UL nameplate data. 29 3. Certifications: 30 a. Sound level certifications. 31 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 32 1. See Section 01340. 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 35 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following ufacturers are 36 acceptable: 37 1. Cutler-Hammer. 38 2. General Electric Company. 39 3. Square D Company. 40 4. Siemens. 411 5. Sol evi-Duty. 42 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 43 2.2 GENERAL PURPOSE DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 12502 City offort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 -1 I A. Ventilated or non-ventilated,air cooled,two winding type. 2 B. Cores: High grade,non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability,and low hysteresis 3 and eddy current losses.Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point. 4 C. Coils: Continuous wound with electrical grade copper(aluminum not acceptable). 5 D. Ventilated Units: 6 1. Core and coils assembly impregnated with non-hygroscopic,thermosetting varnish and 7 cured to reduce hot spots and seal out moisture and completely isolated from the enclosure 8 by means of vibration dampening pads. 9 2. Dripproof,NEMA 1,steel enclosure finished with a weather-resistant enamel and 10 ventilation openings protected from falling dirt. 11 E. Furnish Taps for Transformers as Follows: 12 1. I PH,2 kVA and below: None. 13 2. 1 PH,3 to 25 kVA: Two 5 percent FCBN. 14 3. 1 PH,25 kVA and above: Two 2.5 percent FCAN and four 2.5 percent FCBN. 15 4. 3 PH,3 to 15 kVA: Two 5 percent FCBN. 16 5. 3 PH, 15 kVA and above: Two 2.5 percent FCAN and four 2.5 percent FCBN. 17 F. Sound Levels: Manufacturer shall guarantee not to exceed the following: 18 1. Up to 9 kVA: 40 dB. 19 2. 10 to 50 kVA: 45 dB. 20 3. 51 to 150 kVA: 50 dB. 21 4. 151 to 300 kVA: 55 dB. 22 G. Efficiency: 23 1. Ventilated, 15 kVA and larger: Energy efficient meeting NEMA TP-I requirements. 24 H. Insulating Material(600 V and below): ^ 25 1. 3 to 15 kVA units: 185 Deg C insulation system with a 80 Deg C rise. 26 2. 15 kVA and above units: 220 Deg C insulation system with a 115 Deg C rise. 27 I. Ratings: 60 Hz,Voltage,KVA and phase,as indicated on the Drawings. 28 J. Finish: Rust inhibited primer and manufacturers standard paint inside and out. 29 K. Standards: ANSI C57.96,ANSI C89.2,NEMA ST 20,NEMA TP-1,UL 506,UL 1561. 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLATION 32 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 33 B. Indoor Locations: 34 1. Provide ventilated type for 15 kVA units and above. 35 2. Provide non-ventilated type for 9 kVA units and below and were indicated on the Drawings. 36 3. Mount 9 kVA units and below on wall. 37 4. Mount 15 kVA units and above on chamfered 4 IN high concrete housekeeping pad or from 38 wall and/or ceiling,at 7 FT above finished floor,using equipment support brackets per 39 Section 16010. 40 5. Provide rubber vibrations isolation pads. 41 C. Enclosures: Painted steel in all areas except stainless steel in highly corrosive areas. 42 D. Ground in accordance with Section 16060. 43 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16460-2 1 2002/12/31 2 SECTION 16490 3 OVERCURRENT AND SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 1. Low voltage circuit breakers. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 11 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: .14 1. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc.(IEEE): 15 a. 242,Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 16 Book). 17 b. 399,Power System Analysis(Brown Book). 18 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association ): 19 a. AB 1,Molded Case Circuit Breakers,Molded Case Switches,and Circuit-Breaker 20 Enclosures. 21 3. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. )a 22 a. 489,Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. 23 b. 943,Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters. 2 1.3 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Shop 2 1. See Section 16010. 2 2. Reports: 28 a. Short circuit study report 29 b. Protective coordination study report. 30 B. Operation and Maintenance Manual: 31. 1. See Section 0130. 32 C. Miscellaneous: 33 1. Ground fault protection system test reports signed by the projects supervising electrical 34 foreman. 35 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 37 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 38 acceptable: 39 1. Circuit breakers: 40 a. Cutler-Hammer. 41 b. General Electric Company. 42 c. Square D Company. 4.3 d. Siemens. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16490-1 I B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. r� 2 2.2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS 3 A. Molded case type: 4 1. General: 5 a. Standards: NEMA AB 1,UL 489. 6 b. Unit construction. 7 c. Over-center,toggle handle operated. 8 d. Quick-make,quick-break,independent of toggle handle operation. 9 e. Manual and automatic operation. 10 f. All poles open and close simultaneously. 11 g. Three position handle: On,off and tripped. 12 h. Molded-in ON and OFF markings on breaker cover. 13 i. One-,two-or three-pole as indicated on the Drawings. 14 j. Current and interrupting ratings as indicated on the Drawings. 15 k Bolt on type. 16 2. Thermal magnetic type: 17 a. Inverse time overload and instantaneous short circuit protection by means of a thermal 18 magnetic element. 19 b. Frame size 150 amp and below: 20 1) Non-interchangeable,non-adjustable thermal magnetic trip units. 21 c. Frame sizes 225 to 250 amp: 22 1) Interchangeable and adjustable instantaneous thermal magnetic trip units. 23 d. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter(GFCI)Listed: 24 1) Standard: UL 943. 25 2) One-or two-pole as indicated on the Drawings. 26 3) Class A ground fault circuit. �� 27 4) Trip on 5 mA ground fault(4-6 mA range). 28 e. HACR listed: 29 1) Heating,air conditioning and refrigeration applications. 30 3. Solid state trip type: 31 a. Inverse time overload,instantaneous short circuit and ground fault protection by means 32 of a solid state trip element,associated current monitors and flux shunt trip mechanism. 33 b. Frame size 400 amp to 1200 amp: 34 1) Standard rating. 35 2) Interchangeable current sensor or rating plug. 36 3) Adjustable long time pick-up setting.Adjustable from 50 to 100 percent of the 37 current sensor or rating plug. 38 4) Adjustable short time pick-up setting. 39 5) Adjustable instantaneous pick-up. 40 6) Fixed ground fault pick-up,when indicated on the Drawings. 41 c. Frame size 1600 amp and above: 42 1) 100 percent rated. 43 2) Interchangeable current sensor or rating plug. 44 3) Adjustable long time pick-up setting. Adjustable from 50 to 100 percent of the 45 current sensor or rating plug. 46 4) Adjustable long time delay setting. 47 5) Adjustable short time pick-up setting. 48 6) Adjustable instantaneous pick-up setting. 49 7) Adjustable ground fault pick-up setting,when indicated on the Drawings. 50 8) Adjustable ground fault delay setting,when indicated on the Drawings. 51 4. Motor circuit protector: 52 a. Adjustable instantaneous short circuit protection by means of a magnetic or solid state 53 trip element. 54 b. Sized for the connected motor. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16490-2 I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A Current and interrupting ratings as indicated on the Drawings. B. Series rated systems not acceptable. C. Devices shall be ambient temperature compensated. D. Circuit Breakers: 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall incorporate the following,unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings: a. Frame sizes 250 amp and less shall be thermal magnetic type. 1 b. Frame sizes 400 amp and larger shall be solid state trip type. 1 1) Current sensor or rating plugs long time pick-up setting shall be set so that the 1 indicated trip level is near the 75 percent trip point- c. Frame sizes 1000 amp and above shall include integral ground fault protection,when 1 indicated on the Drawings. 1 d. Motor circuit protectors sized for the connected motor. 1 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 I Adjustable Circuit Breakers: 1 E 1. Set all circuit breaker adjustable taps as defined on the Drawings. is 2. Test and verify all circuit breaker trip functions using a test set provided by the 2 manufacturer for that purpose for circuit breakers 1200 A and above. 2 B. Ground Fault Protection System: 2 1. Single source system: 2 a. Main breaker using the residual sensing method system (coordinated with individual 2 feeder breakers using the residual sensing method). 2 b. The main and feeder breakers shall utilize four individual current sensors,the phase 2 sensors are integral to the circuit breaker and the neutral sensor is external to the circuit 2 breaker. 2 C. Ground Fault Protection System Testing: 2, 1. Performance test installed ground fault protection system as required by the NFPA 70. 3 2. Use high current injection method to test system. 3 3. Test report shall indicate: 3 a. Device settings. 3 b. Tripping time in cycles for each device. 3 c. Test current. 3. d. Date of test. 3 e. Name of certified testing firm that performed the test 31 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 1 - 1 „ 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 I 40-4 1 2002/06/21 SECTION 16491 .. LOW VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES(SPD) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUAUdARY A. Section Includes: 1. Type 1 SPD-Service Entrance equipment locations(switchgear,switchboard,panelboards or motor control centers),integrally mounted. 2. Type 2 SPD-Service Entrance equipment locations(switchgear,switchboard,panelboards 1 or motor control centers),externally mounted 1 3. Type 3 SPD-Switchboard,Panelboard and Motor Control Center locations,integrally 1 mounted. 1... 4. Type 4 SPD-Switchboard,Panelboard and Motor Control Center locations,externally 1 mounted. 1 5. Type 5 SPD-Individual equipment locations,external,parallel connection. 1 6. Type 6 SPD-Individual equipment locations,single phase,series connection. 1 7. Type 7 SPD-Individual equipment plug-in device. 11 8. Type 8 SPD-Analog instrumentation signal device,field mounted 1 9. Type 9 SPD-Analog instrumentation signal device,control panel mounted. 2i 10. Type 10 SPD-Discrete instrumentation signal and data line device,control panel mounted. 2 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 2 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 2 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 24 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 2 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 A. Referenced Standards: 2 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). 2 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE): 2 a. C62.41,Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 31 b. C62.45,Guide on Surge Testing For Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power 31 Circuits. 3 3. Military Standard: 3 a. MIL-STD-220A,Method of Insertion-Loss Measurement. I4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): a. LS 1,Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices. 5. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): a. 497B,Standard for Safety-Protectors for Data Communication and Fire Alarm Circuits. b. 1283,Standard for Safety-Electromagnetic Interference Filters. c. 1363,Standard for Safety-Relocatable Power Taps. d. 1449,Standard for Safety-Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. B. Qualifications: 1. Provide devices from a manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the development, design,testing,listing and manufacturing of SPDs of the types and ratings required for a period of ten years or more and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.Upon request,suppliers or manufacturers shall provide a list of not less than three customer references showing satisfactory operation. 1 yr02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-1 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 2 A. Clamping Voltage: The applied surge shall be induced at the 90 degree phase angle of the 3 applied system frequency voltage.The voltage measured at the end of the 6 IN output leads of 4 the SPD and from the zero voltage reference to the peak of the surge. 5 B. Let-Through Voltage: The applied surge shall be induced at the 90 degree phase angle of the 6 applied system frequency voltage.The voltage measured at the end of the 6 IN output leads of 7 the SPD and from the system peak voltage to the peak of the surge. 8 C. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage(MCOV): The maximum steady state voltage at 9 which the SPD device can operate and meet it specification within its rated temperature. 10 D. Maximum Surge Current: The maximum 8 x 20 microsecond surge current pulse the SPD 11 device is capable of surviving on a single-impulse basis without suffering either performance 12 degradation or more than 10 percent deviation of clamping voltage at a specified surge current. 13 Listed by mode,since number and type of components in any SPD may very by mode. 14 E. MCC: Motor Control Center. 15 F. Protection Modes: This parameter identifies the modes for which the SPD has directly 16 connected protection elements,i.e.line-to-neutral(L-N),line-to-line(L-L),line-to-ground(L- 17 G),neutral-to-ground(N-G). 18 G. Surge Current per Phase: The per phase rating is the total surge current capacity connected to a 19 given phase conductor.For example,a wye system surge current per phase would equal L-N 20 plus L-G; a delta system surge current per phase would equal L-L plus L-G.The N-G mode is 21 not included in the per phase calculation. 22 H. System Peak Voltage: The electrical equipment supply voltage sine wave peak(i.e.for a 23 480/277 volt system the L-L peak voltage is 679V and the L-N peak voltage is 392V). 24 1.4 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Shop Drawings: 26 1. See Section 16010. 27 2. Product technical data: 28 a. Manufacturer's experience. 29 b. Electrical and mechanical drawing showing unit dimensions,weights,mounting 30 provisions,connection details and layout diagram of the unit. 31 c. SPD Types 1 through 5: 32 1) UL 1449 product listing data. 33 2) Signed and Certified Clamping Voltage data from a third party testing laboratory, 34 including oscilloscope waveform snapshots for the indicated IEEE C62.41 35 Category waveforms.Testing shall be in accordance with IEEE C62.45.Clearly 36 identify the voltage reference level. 37 3) Signed and Certified spectrum analysis from a third part testing laboratory 38 verifying the device meets the indicated noise attenuation.Testing shall be in 39 accordance with MIL-STD-220A. 40 4) Signed and Certified Surge Current data from a third party testing laboratory. 41 5) Signed and Certified Repetitive Surge Current data from a third party testing 42 laboratory. 43 d. SPD Type 6 and 7: 44 1) UL 1449 product listing data. 45 2) Applicable manufacturer laboratory test data verifying catalog data sheet 46 performance(i.e.,clamping voltage,surge current,noise attenuation,etc.) 47 e. SPD Types 8 through 10: 48 1) UL 497B product listing data. 49 2) Applicable manufacturer laboratory test data verifying catalog data sheet 50 performance(i.e.,clamping voltage,surge current,noise attenuation,etc.) 12302 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-2 I B. Operation and Maintenance Manual: 2 1. See Section 01340. 3 1.5 WARRANTY 4 A. The manufacturer shall provide a 5-yeartinuted Warranty from date of shipment against failure 5 when installed in compliance with applicable national/local electrical codes and the 6 manufacturer's installation,operation and maintenance instructions. 7 PART 2- PRODUCTS 8 2.1 TYPE 1 SPD 9 A. Product: 10 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to N2. Integrally mounted in switchgear,switchboards or MCCs. 3. Hybrid solid-state high performance suppression system.Do not use a suppression system 13 with gas tubes,spark gaps or other components which might short or crowbar the line 14 resulting in interruption of normal power flow to connected loads. 1.5 4. Do not connect multiple SPD modules in series to achieve the specified performance. 16 5. Designed for parallel connection. 17 6. Field connection: Use mechanical or compression lugs for each phase,neutral and ground 18 that will accept bus bar or#10 through#1/0 conductors. 19 7. Device Monitor: Provide long-life,solid state,externally visible indicators and Form C dry 20 contact(s)that monitors the on-line status of each mode of the units suppression filter 21 system and power loss in any of the phases.A fuse status only monitor system is not 22 acceptable. 23 8. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD,including any internal fusing and 6 IN lead 2• length. 25 B. Operating Voltage: The nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on 26 Drawings. 27 C. Modes of Protection: All modes. 28 1. Three phase(delta): L-L,L-G. 29 2. Three phase(wye): L-N,L-L,L-G and N-G. 3 3. Single phase(2 pole): L-L,L-N,L-G and N-G. 31 4. Single phase: L-N,L-G and N-G. 3 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 3. E. Operating Frequency: 45 to 65 Hz. 3 F. Maximum Surge Current: 250,000A per phase, 125,000A per mode minimum. 3 G. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: 5000 impulses with no degradation greater than 3 10 percent deviation of the clamping voltage. 3 H. Fusing: The SPD may contain internal fuses,but a C3 or B3 combination wave shall not cause 3 the fuse to open the circuit to the SPD circuitry. 3 I. Maximum Clamping Voltages,including 6 IN lead length and measured from the zero voltage 4 reference: 4 1. ANSI/IEEE C3 combination wave: 500 percent of system peak voltage. 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 350 percent of system peak voltage. 3. Mode N-G clamping voltage may be 175 percent higher than the L-G levels. 1. EMI-RFI Noise Rejection: Provide attenuati6n greater than 55 dB for frequencies between 100 4 kHz and 100 MHz. 4 2.2 TYPE 2 SPD 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-3 I A. Product: �� 2 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to 3 2. Externally mounted next to switchgear,switchboards or MCCs. 4 3. Hybrid solid-state high performance suppression system.Do not use suppression system 5 with gas tubes,spark gaps or other components which might short or crowbar the line 6 resulting in interruption of normal power flow to connected loads. 7 4. Do not connect multiple SPD modules in series to achieve the specified performance. 8 5. Designed for parallel connection. 9 6. Enclosure: 10 a. Metallic NEMA 4 or 12 for interior locations. 11 b. Metallic NEMA 4 or 4X for exterior locations. 12 7. Field connection: Provide unit with mechanical or compression lugs for each phase,neutral 13 and ground that will accept#10 through#1/0 conductors or preinstalled#2 conductors with 14 5 FT of lead length. 15 8. Device Monitor: Long-life,solid state,externally visible indicators and Form C dry 16 contact(s)that monitor the on-line status of each mode of the units suppression filter system 17 or power loss in any of the phase.A fuse status only monitor system is not acceptable. 18 9. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD,including any internal fusing and 6 IN lead 19 length. 20 B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 21 Drawings. 22 C. Modes of Protection: All modes. 23 1. Three phase(delta): L-L,L-G. 24 2. Three phase(wye): L-N,L-L,L-G and N-G. 25 3. Single phase(2 pole): L-L,L-N,L-G and N-G. 26 4. Single phase: L-N,L-G and N-G. 27 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 28 E. Operating Frequency: 45 to 65 HZ. 29 F. Maximum Surge Current: 250,000A per phase, 125,000A per mode minimum. 30 G. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: 5000 impulses with no degradation of more than 31 10 percent deviation of the clamping voltage. 32 H. Fusing: The SPD may contain internal fuses,but a C3 or B3 combination wave shall not cause 33 the fuse to open the circuit to the SPD circuitry. 34 I. Maximum Clamping Voltages,including 6 IN lead length and measured from the zero voltage 35 reference: 36 1. ANSI/IEEE C3 combination wave: 500 percent of system peak voltage. 37 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 350 percent of system peak voltage. 38 3. Mode N-G clamping voltage may be 175 percent higher than the L-G levels. 39 J. EMI-RFI Noise Rejection: Provide attenuation greater than 55 dB for frequencies between 100 40 kHz and 100 MHz. 41 2.3 TYPE 3 SPD 42 A. Product: 43 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to { }. 44 2. Integrally mounted in a switchboard,panelboards or motor control centers. 45 3. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system. Do not use gas tubes,spark gaps 46 or other components in suppression system which might short or crowbar the line resulting 47 in interruption of normal power flow to connected loads. 48 4. Do not connect multiple SPD modules in series to achieve the specified performance. 49 5. Designed for parallel connection. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-4 1. 6. Field connection:, Provide the unit with mechanical or compression lugs for each phase, 2 neutral and ground that will accept bus bar or#10 through#1/0 conductors. 3 7. Device Monitor: Long-life,solid state,externally visible indicators and Form C contact(s) 4 that monitor the on-line status of each mode of the units suppression filter system or power 5 loss in any of the phases.A fuse status only monitor system is not acceptable. 6 8. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD,including any internal fusing and 6 IN lead 71 length. 8 B. Operating Voltage: The nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 9 10 C. Modes of Protection: All modes. 11 1. Three p (delta): L- . 12 2. Three phase(Wye): , - ,L-G and N-G. 13 3. Single phase(2pole): L-L,L-N,L-G and N-G. 14 4. Single phase: L-N,L-G and N-G. 15 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 16 E. Operating Frequency: 45 to 65 Hz. 17 F. Maximum Surge Current: 160,000A per phase,80,000A per mode minimum. 18 G. Minimum Repetitive Surge CurrentCapacity: 5000 impulses with no degradation of more than 19 10 percent deviation of the clamping voltage. 2 H. Fusing: The SPD may contain internal fuses,but a B3 combination wave or B3 ring wave shall 21. not cause the fuse to open the circuit to the SPD circuitry. 2 I. Maximum Clamping Voltages,including 6 IN lead length and measured from the zero voltage 2 reference: 2 1. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 350 percent of system peak voltage. 2 2. ANSUIEEE B3 ring wave: 250 percent of system peak voltage. 2 . Mode -G clamping voltage may be 175 percent higher than the L-G levels. 2 J. EMI-RF1 Noise Rejection: Provide attenuation greater than 55 dB for frequencies between 100 2 kHz and 100 MHz. 2.4 TYPE 4 SPD 3 A. Product: 3 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to 3. 2. Externally mounted next to Switchgear,Switchboards or Motor Control Centers. 3' 3. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system.Do not use gas tubes,spark gaps or 3 other suppression system components which might short or crowbar the line resulting in 3. interruption of normal power flow to connected loads. 3 4. Do not connect multiple SPD modules in series to achieve the specified performance. 3 5. Designed for parallel connection. 3 6. Enclosure: 3. a. Metallic NEMA 4 or 12 for interior locations. 4 b. Metallic NEMA 4 or 4X for exterior locations. 4 7. Field connection: Provide unit with mechanical or compression lugs for each phase,neutral 4 and ground that will accept#10 through#1/0 conductors or preinstalled#2 conductors with 4 5 FT of lead length. 8. Device Monitor: Long-life,solid state,externally visible indicators and Form C dry 4 contact(s)that monitor the on-line status of each mode of the units suppression filter system 4 or power loss in any of the phase.A fuse status only monitor system is not acceptable. 4 9. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD,including any internal fusing and 6 IN lead 4 length. 32502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16491-5 I B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 2 Drawings. 3 C. Modes of Protection: All modes. 4 1. Three phase(delta): L-L,L-G. 5 2. Three phase(Wye): L-N,L-L,L-G and N-G. 6 3. Single phase(2 pole): L-L,L-N,L-G and N-G. 7 4. Single phase: L-N,L-G and N-G. 8 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 9 E. Operating Frequency: 45 to 65 HZ. 10 F. Maximum Surge Current: 160,000A per phase,80,000A per mode minimum. 11 G. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: 5000 impulses with no degradation of more than 12 10 percent deviation of the clamping voltage. 13 H. Fusing: The SPD may contain internal fuses,but a B3 combination wave or B3 ring wave shall 14 not cause the fuse to open the circuit to the SPD circuitry. 15 I. Maximum Clamping Voltages,including 6 IN lead length and measured from the zero voltage 16 reference: 17 1. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 350 percent of system peak voltage. 18 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 ring wave: 250 percent of system peak voltage. 19 3. Mode N-G clamping voltage may be 175 percent higher than the L-G levels. 20 J. EMI-RFI Noise Rejection: Provide attenuation greater than 55 dB for frequencies between 100 21 kHz and 100 MHz. 22 2.5 TYPE 5 SPD 23 A. Product: 24 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to { }. 25 2. Externally mounted next to equipment or internally to control panel for point-of-use loads. 26 3. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system.Do not use gas tubes,spark gaps or 27 other suppression system components which might short or crowbar the line resulting in 28 interruption of normal power flow to connected loads. 29 4. Designed for parallel connection. 30 5. Enclosure: 31 a. Metall'_o NEMA 4 or 12 for interior locations. 32 b. Metallic NEMA 4 or 4X for exterior locations. 33 6. Field connection: Provide the unit with mechanical or compression lugs for each phase, 34 neutral and ground that will accept#10 through#1/0 conductors or preinstalled#10 35 conductors with 12 IN of lead length. 36 7. Device Monitor: Long-life,solid state,externally visible indicators and Form C dry 37 contact(s)that monitor the on-line status of each mode of the units suppression filter system 38 or power loss in any of the phase.A fuse status only monitor system is not acceptable. 39 8. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD,including any internal fusing and 6 IN lead 40 length. 41 B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 42 Drawings. 43 C. Modes of Protection: All modes. 44 1. Three phase(delta): L-L,L-G. 45 2. Three phase(Wye): L-N,L-L,L-G and N-G. 46 3. Single phase(2 pole): L-L,L-N,L-G and N-G. 47 4. Single phase: L-N,L-G and N-G. 48 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-6 I E. Operating Frequency: 45 to 65 Hz. 2 F. Maximum Surge Current: 100,000A per phase,50,000A per mode minimum. 3 G. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: 1000 impulses with no degradation of more than 10 percent deviation of the clamping voltage. 5 H. Fusing: The SPD may contain internal fuses,but a B3 combination wave or B3 ring wave shall not open the circuit to the SPD circuitry. I. Maximum Clamping Voltages,including 6 IN lead length and measured from the zero voltage reference: 1. ANSUIEEE B3 combination wave: 350 percent of system peak voltage. 10 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 ring wave: 250 percent of system peak voltage. 11 3. ANSI/IEEE A3 ring wave: 200 percent of system peak voltage. 12 4. Mode N-G clamping voltage may be 175 percent higher than the L-G levels. 13 J. .EMI-RFI Noise Rejection: Provide attenuation greater than 55 dB for frequencies between 100 14 kHz and 100 MHz. 15 2.6 TYPE 6 SPD I A. Product: I 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to I 2. Mounted internally to control panels for point-of-use loads. 1 3. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system. Do not use gas tubes,spark gaps 2 or other suppression system components which might short or crowbar the line resulting in 2 interruption of normal power flow to connected loads. 2 4. Designed for series connection. 2 5. Enclosure: Metallic or plastic,flange or DIN rail mounting. 2 6. Field connection: Provide unit with external terminal screws for each phase,neutral and 2. ground that will accept#14 through#10 conductors. 2 7. Device Monitoring: Long-life,solid state,externally visible indicators that monitor the on- 2 line status of the units suppression filter system or power loss in any of the phases.A fuse 2 status only monitor system is not acceptable. 2 8. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD,including any internal fusing. 3 B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 3 Drawings. 3 C. Modes of Protection: All modes,L-N,L-G and N-G. 3 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 3 E. Operating Frequency: 45 to 65 Hz. 3 F. Maximum Surge Current: 20,000A per phase, 10,000A per mode minimum. 3 G. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: 1000 impulses with no degradation of more than 3 10 percent deviation of the clamping voltage. 31 H. Fusing: The SPD may contain internal fuses,but a B3 combination wave or 133 ring wave shall 35 not open the circuit to the SPD circuitry. 4 I. Maximum Clamping Voltages,measured from the zero voltage reference: 4 1. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 300 percent of system peak voltage. 4 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 ring wave: 200 percent of system peak voltage. 4 3. ANSI/IEEE A3 ring wave: 200 percent of system peak voltage. 41 4. Mode N-G clamping voltage may be 175 percent higher than the L-G levels. 4 J. EMI-RFI Noise Rejection: Provide attenuation greater than 55 dB for frequencies between 100 4 kHz and 100 MHz. 12i02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-7 1 2.7 TYPE 7 SPD 2 A. Product: 3 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to 4 2. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system.The suppression system shall not 5 utilize gas tubes,spark gaps or other components which might short or crowbar the line 6 resulting in interruption of normal power flow to connected loads. 7 3. Designed for plug-in devices. 8 4. Enclosure: Metallic or impact resistant plastic. 9 5. Field connection: The minimum line cord shall be#14 three conductor with a single piece 10 strain relief NEMA 5-15P plug.The minimum plug-in strip shall have six single NEMA 5- 11 15R receptacles. 12 6. Device Monitoring: Long-life,solid state,externally visible indicators that monitor the on- 13 line status of the units suppression filter system or power loss in any of the phases.A fuse 14 status only monitor system is not acceptable. 15 7. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD,including any internal fusing and switches. 16 B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 17 Drawings. 18 C. Modes of Protection: All modes,L-N,L-G and N-G. 19 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 20 E. Operating Frequency: 45 to 65 Hz. 21 F. Maximum Surge Current: 20,000A per phase, I O,01)OA per mode minimum. 22 G. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: 1000 impulses with no degradation of more than 23 10 percent deviation of the clamping voltage. �1 24 H. Fusing: The SPD may contain internal fuses,but a B3 combination wave or B3 ring wave shall 25 not open the circuit to the SPD circuitry. 26 I. Maximum Clamping Voltages,measured from the zero voltage reference: 27 1. ANSMEEE B3 combination wave: 300 percent of system peak voltage. 28 2. ANSMEEE B3 ring wave: 200 percent of system peak voltage. 29 3. ANSMEEE A3 ring wave: 200 percent of system peak voltage. 30 4. Mode N-G clamping voltage may be 175 percent higher than the L-G levels. 31 J. EMI-RFI Noise Rejection: Provide attenuation greater than 55 dB for frequencies between 100 32 kHz and 100 MHz. 33 2.8 TYPE 8 SPD 34 A. Product: 35 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to { }. 36 2. For protection of equipment connected to 4-20mA analog signal loops. 37 3. Mounted directly to an unused conduit entry on a process transmitter housing. 38 4. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system. 39 5. Designed for series connection. 40 6. Enclosure: 1/2 IN stainless steel conduit pipe nipple. 41 7. Field connection: Minimum of 6 IN of conductor lead wires.Provide five conductors 42 a. Input: positive,negative and ground. 43 b. Output: positive and negative. 44 8. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD. 45 B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 46 Drawings. loom*., 47 C. Modes of Protection: All modes,L-L and L-G. 12 02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-8 � I D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage:'Less than 130 percentof system peak voltage. 2 E. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: The SPD shall meet one of the following. 3 1. 1000 occurrences of a 200A, 1Ox1000 microsecond waveform. 4 2. 400 occurrences of a 500A, I Ox1000 microsecond waveform. 5 3. 100 occurrences of a 400A, 10000 microsecond waveform. 6 4. 100 occurrences of a 2000A,8x20 microsecond waveform. 7 5. 10 occurrences of a 10,000A,8x20 microsecond waveform. 8 F. Maximum Clamping Voltages,L-L.The SPD shall meet one of the following- 9 1. 400A, 10000 microsecond waveform: 200 percent of system voltage. 10 ..... ANSMIEEE B3 combination wave: 225 percent of system voltage. 11 G. Maximum Clamping Voltages,L-G.The SPD shall meet one of the following: 12 1. 400A, 10000 microsecond waveform: 400 percent of system voltage. 13 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 300 percent of system voltage. 14 2.9 TYPE 9 SPD 15 A. Product: 16 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to }. 17 2. Mounted internally to control panels for protection of equipment connected to analog signal 18 loops. 19 3. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system. 20 4. Designed for series connection. 21 5. Enclosure: Metallic or plastic,flange or DIN rail mounting. 22 6. Field connection: The unit shall have external terminal screws for line and ground 23 conductors. 24 7. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD. 25 B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 26 Drawings. 27 C. Modes of Protection: All modes,L-L and L-G. 28 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 29 E. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: The SPD shall meet one of the following. 30 1. 1000 occurrences of a 200A, 10 x 1000 microsecond waveform 31 2. 400 occurrences of a 500A, 10 x 1000 microsecond waveform. 32 3. 100 occurrences of a 400A, 10 x 700 microsecond waveform. 33 4. 100 occurrences of a 2000A,8 x 20 microsecond waveform. 34 5. 10 occurrences of a I O,000A,8 x 20 microsecond waveform. 35 F. Maximum Clamping Voltages,L-L.The SPD shall meet one of the following: 36 1. 400A, 10000 microsecond waveform: 200 percent of system voltage. 37 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 225 percent of system voltage. 38 G. Maximum Clamping Voltages,L-G.The SPD shall meet one of the following. 39 1. 400A, 10000 microsecond waveform: 400 percent of system voltage. 40 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 300 percent of system voltage. 41 2.10 TYPE 10 SPD 42 A. Product: 43 1. SPD tag number or electrical equipment tag number SPD is connected to 44 2. Mounted internally to control panels for protection of equipment connected to a discrete 45 signals. 46 3. Hybrid solid state high performance suppression system. 47 4. Designed for series connection. 48 5. Enclosure: Metallic or plastic,flange or DIN rail mounting. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-9 1 6. Field connection: Provide unit with external terminal screws for line and ground 2 conductors. 3 7. Test reports shall represent the installed SPD. 4 B. Operating Voltage: Nominal unit operating voltage and configuration as indicated on the 5 Drawings. 6 C. Modes of Protection: All modes,L-L(Pos-Neg)and L-G. 7 D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Less than 130 percent of system peak voltage. 8 E. Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capacity: The SPD shall meet one of the following: 9 1. 1000 occurrences of a 200A, 10 x 1000 microsecond waveform. 10 2. 400 occurrences of a 500A, 10 x 1000 microsecond waveform. 11 3. 100 occurrences of a 400A, 10 x 700 microsecond waveform. 12 4. 100 occurrences of a 2000A,8 x 20 microsecond waveform. 13 5. 10 occurrences of a 10,000A,8 x 20 microsecond waveform. 14 F. Maximum Clamping Voltages,L-L(Pos-Neg).The SPD shall meet one of the following: 15 1. 400A, 10000 microsecond waveform: 200 percent of system voltage. 16 2. ANSI/IEEE B3 combination wave: 225 percent of system voltage. 17 G. Maximum Clamping Voltages,L-G.The SPD shall meet one of the following: 18 1. 400A, 10000 microsecond waveform: 400 percent of system voltage. 19 2. ANSLUEE B3 combination wave: 300 percent of system voltage. 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 21 3.1 INSTALLATION 22 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 23 B. Type 1 SPD 24 1. Connected in parallel to the equipment. 25 2. Install in dedicated service equipment compartment or bucket at the factory before 26 shipment. 27 3. Provide leads that are as short and straight as possible. 28 4. Maximum lead length: 12 IN. 29 5. Minimum lead size:42 stranded AWG or bus bar. 30 6. Connect leads to the service equipment bus through a 40A circuit breaker if the SPD is not 31 internally fused or molded case switch or knife blade type switch. 32 a Provide circuit breaker or switch operable from the service equipment exterior or from 33 behind a hinged door. 34 C. Type 2 SPD 35 1. Mount on wall or support structure adjacent to service equipment to be protected. 36 2. Provide leads that are as short and straight as possible. 37 3. Maximum lead length: 5 FT. 38 4. Minimum lead size:#2 stranded AWG. 39 5. Provide a minimum of four twists per foot in the lead conductors and install in 1 1/2 IN 40 conduit. 41 6. Connect leads to the service equipment bus through a 40A circuit breaker if the SPD is not 42 internally fused or molded case switch. 43 D. Type 3 SPD 44 1. Install in dedicated electrical equipment compartment,bucket or panelboard box at the 45 factory before shipment. 46 2. Provide leads that are as short and straight as possible. 47 3. Maximum lead length: 12 IN. 12-502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-10 1 4. Minimum lead size:#2 stranded AWG or bus bar. 2 5. Connect leads to the electrical equipment bus through a 40A circuit breaker if the SPD is 3 not internally fused or molded case switch. 4 a. Provide circuit breaker or switch operable from the service equipment exterior or from 5 behind a hinged door. 61 E. Type 4 SPD 7 1. Mount on wall or support structure adjacent to electrical equipment to be protected. 8 2. Leads shall be as short and straight as possible. 9 3. Maximum lead length: 5 FT. 10 4. Minimum lead size:#2 stranded AWG- 11 5. Provide a minimum of four twists per foot in the lead conductors and install in 11/2 IN 12 conduit, 13 6. Connect leads to the electrical equipment bus through a 40A circuit breaker if the SPD is 14 not internally fused or molded case switch. 15 F. Type 5 SPD 16 1. Mount on wall or support structure adjacent to electrical equipment to be protected. 17 2. Provide leads that are as short and straight as possible. is 3. Maximum lead length: 5 FT. 19 4. Minimum lead size:#10 stranded AWG. 20 5. Provide a minimum of four twists per foot in the lead conductors and install in 3/4 IN 21 conduit. 22 6. For control panel installations,connect all other SPDs in the panel to the same grounding 23 point. 24 G. Type 6 SPD 25 1. Connected in series with the equipment. 26 2. Flange mount or DIN rail mount in control panel. 27 3. Connect all SPDs in the panel to the same grounding point. 28 H- Type 7 SPD 29 1. Locate under desk near equipment to be protected. 30 I. Type 8 SPD 31 1. Connect in series with the equipment 32 2. Attach to spare conduit entry to transmitter. 33 3. Bond transmitter to a grounded structure or provide a ground rod. 34 4. Ground shield at control panel end. 35 5. Verify SPDs series resistance and capacitance does not interfere with the transmitters signal. R J. Type 9 SPD 3 1. Connect in series with the equipment 3 2. Mount inside control panel. 35 3. Connect all SPDs in the control panel to the same grounding point. Verify SPDs series resistance and capacitance does not interfere with the transmitters signaL 4 K. Type 10 SPD 42 1. Connect in series with the equipment 4.: 2. Mount inside control panel. 3. Connect all SPDs in the control panel to the same grounding point 41 4. Verify SPDs series resistance and capacitance does not interfere with the transmitters signal. 4� END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BD)SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-11 0 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump station Expansion May 18,2006 16491-12 � g 1 2001/03/13 2 SECTION 16492 3 ELECTRICAL METERING DEVICES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Digital metering equipmentm 8 2. Analog metering equipment(Not applicable for this project) B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 -General Requirements. 12 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 16 a. C12.16,Solid-state Electricity Meters. 17 2. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 18 a. 50 ,Industrial Control Equipment 19 1.3 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Shop Drawings: 21 1. See Section 16010. 22 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 23 1. See Section 01340. 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 2 acceptable: 2 2 1. General Electric Company. 3 31 32 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 33 2.2 DIGITAL METERING DEVICES 34 A. General: 35 1. Direct reading metered or calculated values. 3 Microprocessor based. 3 3. Integral LED or LCD display. 3 4. Current and potential transformers as required. 3 5. Integral fusing. J 6. Operating temperature: 0 DegF to 150 DegF. 41 7. Standards: 12502 City of Fort worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 16492-1 I a. ANSI C 12.16. 2 b. UL 508. 3 B. Type'A'low range meter: (GE EPM 2000)Display the following minimum electrical 4 parameters(accuracy): 5 1. RMS current per phase(+0.3 percent full scale). 6 2. RMS voltage line-to-line and line-to-neutral(+0.3 percent full scale). 7 C. Type'B'midrange meter: (GE EPM 5350P) Display the following minimum electrical 8 parameters(accuracy): 9 1. RMS current per phase(+0.3 percent full scale). 10 2. RMS voltage line-to-line and line-to-neutral(+0.3 percent full scale). 11 3. Real power(W): Three phase total(+0.6 percent full scale). 12 4. Apparent power(VA): Three phase total(+0.6 percent full scale). 13 5. Reactive power(VAR): Three phase total(+0.6 percent full scale). 14 6. Power factor(+1.0 percent). 15 7. Frequency(+0.17 percent). 16 8. Percent current total harmonic distortion(3 1"). 17 9. Percent voltage total harmonic distortion(3 1 ). 18 D. Type'C' high range meter: (GE PQMII)Display the following minimum electrical parameters 19 (accuracy): 20 1. RMS current per phase(+0.2 percent full scale). 21 2. RMS voltage line-to-line and line-to-neutral(+0.2 percent full scale). 22 3. Real power(W): Three phase total(+0.4 percent full scale). 23 4. Apparent power(VA): Three phase total(+0.4 percent full scale). 24 5. Reactive power(VAR): Three phase total(+0.4 percent full scale). 25 6. Power factor(+1.0 percent). 26 7. Frequency(+0.04 percent). 27 8. Percent current total harmonic distortion(50th). 28 9. Percent voltage total harmonic distortion(50`h). 29 10. Watt-hours(0.5 percent). 30 11. VAR-hours(1.0 percent). 31 12. VA-hours(0.5 percent). 32 13. Ampere demand(+0.2 percent full scale). 33 14. Watt demand(+0.4 percent full scale). 34 15. VAR demand(+0.4 percent full scale). 35 16. VA demand(+0.4 percent full scale). 36 17. ANSI C12.16 accuracy. 37 PART 3- EXECUTION 38 3.1 INSTALLATION 39 A. Install as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 40 END OF SECTION 12 02 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16492-2 1 2002/09/16 2 SECTION 16493 3 CONTROL EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 1. Operator control devices(selector switches,pushbuttons,indicator lights,etc.).. 8 2. Control devices(timers,relays,contactors, .). 9 3. Control panels and operator stations. 10 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2, Division 1 -General Requirements. 13 3. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 I. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 17 a. ICS 2,Industrial Control Devices,Controllers,and Assemblies. ' 18 b. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volt Maximum). 1 2. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL):(Panels shall be assembled in aUL-compliant shop 2 and shall bear the UL label as a completed control assembly.) 21 a. 508,Industrial Control Equipment. 2 1-3SUBMITTALS 23 A. Shop Drawings: 2 1. See Section 16010. 2. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 2 1. See Section 01340. 21 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 3 table: 3 1. Pilot devices and relays: 3 a. Idec. 3 b. Potter&Brumsfield. 3. c. Time Mark. 3. d. ATC Diversified Electronics. 3 2. Contactors: 3 a. Automatic Switch Company(ASCO). 3 b. Cutler-Hammer. 3. c. General Electric Company. d. Square D Company. 4 e. Siemens. 4 f. Allen Bradley. 4 3. Photocells and time clocks: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16493-1 I a. Grasslin. 2 b. Tork. 3 c. Intermatic. 4 d. Paragon. 5 4. Alarm devices: 6 a. Edwards Signaling. 7 b. Federal Signal Corp. 8 5. Terminal blocks: 9 a. Phoenix Contact. 10 b. Allen-Bradley. 11 6. Enclosures: 12 a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 13 b. Wiegmann. 14 c. B-Line Circle AW. 15 d. Adalet. 16 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 17 2.2 PILOT DEVICES 18 A. General Requirements: 19 1. Standards: NEMA ICS 2,UL 508. 20 2. Heavy-duty NEMA 4/13 watertight/oiltight 21 3. Heavy-duty NEMA 4AX corrosion resistant 22 4. Mounting hole: 30.5 mm. 23 5. Contact blocks: 10 amp,NEMA A600 rated,number as required to fulfill functions shown 24 or specified. 25 6. Legend plate marked as indicated on Drawings or specified. 26 B. Selector Switches: 27 1. Two,three-or four-position rotary switch as required to fulfill functions shown or specified. 28 2. Maintained contact type. 29 3. Knob or lever type operators. 30 C. Pushbuttons: 31 I. Non-illuminated type: 32 a. Protective boot. 33 b. Momentary contact. 34 c. Standard flush and mushroom operators. 35 d. Red colored buttons for START or ON and black color for STOP or OFF. 36 e. Emergency stop pushbuttons: Mushroom head operator and maintained contact 37 2. Illuminating type: 38 a. Protective boot tpe not permitted. NEMA rating shall be provided without protective 39 boots. 40 b. Momentary contact 41 c. Standard flush operator. 42 d. Serves as both pusbbutton control and indicating light. 43 e. Red colored lenses for START or ON and green color for STOP or OFF. 44 f. Resistor-type full voltage light unit with lens and panel gasket 45 D. Indicating Lights: 46 1. Allowing replacement of bulb without removal from control panel. 47 2. Lamp: LED, 120 V or 24 V as required. 48 3. Full voltage type. 49 4. Pusb-to-test indicating lights. 50 5. Glass lens. 51 6. Color code lights as follows: 52 a. Green: OFF or stopped;valve closed. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16493-2 1 b. Amber: Standby;auto mode;ready. r 2 c. Red: ON or running;valve open - 3 2.3 RELAYS 4 A. General Requirements: 5 1® Standards: NEMA ICS 2,UL 508. 6 B. ControlRelays: 7 1. General purpose(ice cube)type: 8 a. Plug-in housing. q b. Clear polycarbonate dust cover with clip fastener. 10 c. Coil voltage: 120 Vac or as required. 11 d Contacts: 12 1) 10 amp continuous. 13 2) Silver cadmium oxide. 14 3) Minimum of 3 SPDT contacts. 15 e. Sockets: DIN rail mounted. 16 f Internal neon or LED indicator is lit when coil is energized 17 . Manual operator switch. 18 Industrial type: I a it voltage: 120 Vac or as requiredL 2 . Contacts: 21 1) 10 amp,NEMA A600 rated 2 2) Double break,silver alloy. 2 3) Convertible from normally open to normally closed or vice versa,without 2 re o ' any ' . 2 4) Expandable from 2 poles to 12 poles. 2 c. Provide contacts for all required control plus two spares. 2 C. Time Delay Relays: 2 1. General purpose 2 a. Timing modes: On and Off delay,interval,one shot and repeat cycle. 3 b. Plug-in housing. 3 c. Polycarbonate dust cover with clip fastener. 3 d. Coil voltage: 120 Vac or as required 3 e. Contacts: 39 1) 10 amp continuous. 3 ) Silver cadmium oxide. 3 ) Two normally open and two normally closed DPDT contacts. 3 E Sockets: DIN rail mounted 3 g. External tinting adjustment knob. 3 h. Timing ranges: 0.05 seconds to 16.65 HRS. i® Repeat accuracy: +1 percent. 4 2. Solid State industrial e: 4 a. Timing modes: On and Off delay and repeat cycle. 4 b. Industrial housing. c. Coil voltage: 120 Vac or as required 4 d. Contacts: 4 1) 5 amp,NEMA B 150 rated 4 ) Silver alloy. 4 ) Convertible On Delay and Off Delay contacts. 4 ) One normally open and one normally closed timed contacts. 5 5) One normally open and one normally closed instantaneous contacts. 5 e. Furnish with"on"and"timing out"indicators. 1 5 f. External timing adjustment knob. 5. g. Timing ranges: 0.05 seconds to 10 HRS. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16443-3 I h. Repeat accuracy: +1 percent. �~ 2 3. Mechanical industrial type: 3 a. Timing modes: On and Off delay. 4 b. Coil voltage: 120 Vac or as required. 5 c. Contacts: 6 1) 10 amp,NEMA A600 rated. 7 2) Double break,silver alloy. 8 3) Convertible On Delay and Off Delay contacts. 9 4) Convertible normally open and normally closed timed contacts. 10 5) Convertible normally open instantaneous contacts. ; 11 d. External timing adjustment knob. 12 e. Timing ranges: 0.2-60 sec or 5- 180 sec. 13 f. Repeat accuracy: Greater than+10 percent. 14 2.4 CONTACTORS 15 A. General Requirements: 16 1. Standards: NEMA ICS 2,UL 508. 17 B. Lighting and Remote Control Switches: 18 1. Electrically operated,electrically held.{Electrically operated,mechanically held.) 19 2. Coil voltage: 120 Vac or as required. 20 3. Contacts: Totally enclosed,double-break silver-cadmium-oxide. 21 4. Rated for ballasted lighting,tungsten and general use loads. 22 5. Number of poles,continuous ampere rating and voltage,as indicated on Drawings or as 23 specified. 24 6. Auxiliary control relays,as indicated on Drawings or as specified. 25 7. Auxiliary contacts,as indicated on Drawings or as specified. 26 C. Definite Purpose: 27 1. Coil voltage: 120 Vac or as required. 28 2. Contacts: Totally enclosed,double-break silver-cadmium-oxide. 29 3. Resistive load and horsepower rated. 30 4. Number of poles,continuous ampere rating and voltage,as indicated on Drawings or as 31 specified. 32 5. Auxiliary contacts,as indicated on Drawings or as specified. 33 2.5 PHOTOCELLS AND TIME CLOCKS 34 A. Photocells: 35 1. Weatherproof enclosure. 36 2. Adjustable turn-on range,initially set at 1.0 footcandles.Turn-off level approximately three 37 times turn-on. 38 3. Provide time delay device to eliminate nuisance switching. 39 4. Voltage,amperage and/or wattage ratings as required for the application. 40 B. General Requirements for Time Clocks: 41 1. Separate manual on-off operation without disturbing automatic settings. 42 2. Enclosure: 43 a. NEMA 1 for indoor locations. 44 b. Stand alone or DIN rail for mounting in control panel. 45 c. NEMA 3R or 4 for exterior locations. 46 3. Voltage,amperage and/or wattage ratings as required for the application. 47 C. Electromechanical: 48 1. 24-hour dial powered by a self-starting synchronous motor. 49 2. Minimum of 16-hour carryover power utilizing a spring-driven reserve with automatic 50 rewind or rechargeable battery. 51 3. Minimum of 12 pairs of on-off trippers and a skip-a-day device. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16493-4 D. Electromechanical: 1, 7-day dial powered by a self-starting synchronous motor. 2. Minimum of 24-hour carryover power utilizing a spring-driven reserve with automatic rewind or rechargeable battery. 3. Minimum of 1 pair of on-off trippers per day. E. Electronic: 1. 24 HR and 7-day programmable using solid state technology.': . Minimum of 72 HR carryover power utilizing rechargeable battery or capacitor. ® Minimum of 7-on and 7-off set points. 10 F. Electronic: 11 1® 365 programmable using solid state technology with block 1 2. Minimum of 72 HR carryover power utilizing rechargeable battery or capacitor. 1 3. Minimum of 48 events per week, 16 individual holiday overrides,daylight'savings or 1 standard time selectable,automatic leap year correction. 1 G. Astronomical Clocks: 1 1® Adjustable for the installed latitude.Settings for astro on/astro off,astro on/time off or time 1 on/astro off. 1 2. 365 y programmable using solid state technology with block programming. . is 3. Minimum of 72 HR carryover power utilizing rechargeable battery or capacitor. 20 4. Minimum of 48 events per week 16 individual holiday overrides daylight savings or 21 standard time selectable,automatic leap year correction, 2 2.6 ALARM DEVICES 23 A. Alarm Horns: 24 1. Vibrating horn type. r, 25; 2. PLC compatible as requiredL A 3. Heavy-duty die cast housing with corrosion resistant finish. 27 4. Adjustable volume: 78 to 103 dB at 10 FT. 28• 5. Voltage: 120 Vac or as required. 29 6. Enclosures/mountings: 30 a. Flush wall or panel mounting in dry areas. 31 b. NEMA 4X panel mounting in wet areas. 32 c. Surface mounting in dry areas. 3, d. NEMA 4X surface mounting in wet areas. C e. NEMA 4X,hazardous location surface mounting in wet and hazardous areas. 35 1) Fixed volume: 97 dB at 10 FT. 36, B. Alarm Lights: 37 1. Panel mounted: 38 a. Strobe type. 39 b. Shatter resistant polycarbonate lens and base. 40' c. Lens color as indicated on Drawings. 41 d_ NEMA 4X enclosure. 42, e. PLC compatible. 43 f. Voltage: 120 Vac. 44 2. Wall mounted: 45 a. -duty strobe type. 46 b. Weatherproof shatter resistant polycarbonate lens and cast base. 47 c. Optically designed fresnel lens with color as indicated on Drawings. 8 d. Immune to shock and vibration,no moving parts. 49 e. Xenon flash tube providing a minimum of 65 single flashes per minute. 50 f° Mounting: Wall or corner wall brackets. 51, 3. Hazardous,wet and corrosive locations: 52' a. Heavy-duty strobe type. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 1 9 -5 I b. Weatherproof and rated for the indicated hazardous location. 2 c. Body: Zinc plated cast iron or cast copper free aluminum and/or coated with 20 mils of 3 PVC. 4 d. High impact glass dome with guard. 5 e. Shatter resistant polycarbonate lens with color as indicated on Drawings. 6 f. Immune to shock and vibration,no moving parts. 7 g. Xenon flash tube providing a minimum of 65 single flashes per minute. 8 h. Mounting: Wall bracket or pendant. 9 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES 10 A. Run Time Meters: 11 1. Six-digit wheels including a 1/10 digit. 12 2. Non-reset type. 13 3. Time range in hours. 14 4. Automatic recycle at zero. 15 5. Accuracy: 1 percent. 16 6. Sealed against dirt and moisture. 17 7. Tamperproof 18 2.8 TERMINATION EQUIPMENT 19 A. General Requirements: 20 1. Modular type with screw compression clamp. 21 2. Screws: Stainless steel. 22 3. Current bar: Nickel-plated copper alloy. 23 4. Thermoplastic insulation rated for-40 to+90 DegC. 24 5. Wire insertion area: Funnel-shaped to guide all conductor strands into terminal. 25 6. End sections and end stops at each end of terminal strip. im%, 26 7. Machine-printed terminal markers on both sides of block. 27 8. Spacing: 6 mm. 28 9. Wire size: 22-12 AWG. 29 10. Rated voltage: 600 V. 30 11. DIN rail mounting. 31 B. Standard-type block: 32 1. Rated current: 30 A. 33 2. Color: Gray body. 34 C. Bladed-type disconnect block: 35 1. Terminal block with knife blade disconnect which connects or isolated the two sides of the 36 block. 37 2. •Rated current: 10 A. 38 3. Color: 39 a. Panel control voltage leaves enclosure-normal: Gray body,orange switch. 40 b. Foreign voltage entering enclosure: Orange body,orange switch. 41 D. Grounded-type block: 42 1. Electrically grounded to mounting rail. 43 2. Terminal ground wires and analog cable shields. 44 3. Color: Green and yellow body. 45 E. Fuse Holders: 46 1. Blocks can be ganged for multi-pole operation. 47 2. Spacing: 9.1 mm. 48 3. Wire size: 30-12 AWG. 49 4. Rated voltage: 300 V. 50 5. Rated current: 12 A. 51 6. Fuse size: 1/4 x 1-1A. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16493-6 1 '7. Blown fuse indication 2 8. DIN rail mounting. 2.9 ENCLOSURES A. Control Panels: . . 1. NEMA 4 rated:(Not applicable for this project) 2. NEMA 4X rated: 7 a. Body and cover: 14 GA Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. b. Seams continuously welded and ground smooth. 91 c. No knockouts. 10 d. External mounting flanges. 11 e. Hinged door and stainless steel screws and clamps. 12 f. Door with oil-resistant gasket. 13 3. . NEMA 7 and 9 rated:(Not applicable for this project) 14 4. NEMA 12 enclosure: 1 a. Body and cover: 14 GA steel finished with rust inhibiting primer and manufacturers I standard paint inside and out. 17 b. No knockouts. 1 c. External mounting flanges. 19 d. Non-hinged stainless steel cover held closed with captivated cover screws threaded into 20 sealed wells or hinged cover held closed with stainless steel screws and clamps. 21 e. Flat door with oil resistant gasket 22 5. Control panel miscellaneous accessories: 23 a. Back plane mounting panels: Steel with white enamel finish or Type 304 stainless 24 steel. 2 b. Interiors shall be white or light gray in color. 2 c. Wire management duct 27 1) Bodies: PVC with side holes. 2$ 2) Cover: PVC snap-on. 2 ) Size as required. 30 d. Rigid handles for covers larger than 9 SF or heavier than 25 LBS. 31 e. Split covers when heavier than 25 LBS. 32 f. Floor stand kits made of same material as the enclosure. 33 g. Weldnuts for mounting optional panels and terminal kits. 4< 6. Standards: NEMA 250,UL 508. 35 B. Operator Control Stations: 36 1. NEMA 4/13 rated:(Not Applicable for this project) 7`', a. Die cast aluminum body with manufacturers standard finish. 38 . Gasketed die cast aluminum cover with manufacturers standard finish. 39 c. Number of device mounting holes as required. 40 2. NEMA 4X rated: 1 a. Type 304 or 316 stainless steel body. 2, b. Gasketed Type 304 or 316 stainless steel cover. 43 c. Number of device mounting holes as required. 44 3. NEMA 7 and 9 rate of applicable for this project) 45, 2.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 46 A. Provide 100 percent replacement lamps for indicating lights. 47 B. Provide 10 percent replacement caps for indicating lights. 48 PART 3 - EXECUTION 49 3.1 INSTALLATION 12502 City of Fort WorthBID SET Como Pump Station Expansion ay 18,2006 16493-7 I A. Install as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 2 B. Control Panels: 3 1. Size as required to mount the equipment. 4 2. Completed control panels shall be assembled in a UL-compliant panel shop and bear the UL 5 label as a completed control assembly in accordance with UL 508 and other applicable UL 6 panel standards. 7 3. Permitted uses of NEMA 4 enclosure:(Not applicable for this project) 8 9 4. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X enclosure: 10 a. Surface mounted in areas designated as wet and/or corrosive or highly corrosive. 11 5. Permitted uses of NEMA 7 enclosure:(Not applicable for this project) 12 13 6. Permitted uses of NEMA 12 enclosure: 14 a. Surface mounted in areas designated as dry architecturally or non-architecturally 15 finished areas. 16 C. Operator Control Stations: 17 1. Permitted uses of NEMA 4/13 enclosure: 18 a. (Not Applicable for this project) 19 2. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X enclosure: 20 a. Surface mounted in areas designated as wet and/or corrosive or highly corrosive. 21 3. Permitted uses of NEMA 7 enclosure:(Not applicable for this project) 22 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 23 A. See Section 16010. 24 END OF SECTION 12M2 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16493-8 1 2002/01/14 2 SECTION 16500 3 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5� 1.1 SUMMARY ti A. Section Includes: 7 1. Material and installation requirements for: 8 a. Interior building lighting fixtures. 9 b. Exterior building and site lighting fixtures. 10 c. Lamps. 11 d. Ballasts. 12 e. Lighting poles. 1:3 f Lighting control. 14 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract. 16 2. Division I -General Requirements. 17 3. Section 03002-Concrete. 18 4. Section 16010-Electrical: Basic Requirements. 19 5. Section 16120-Wire and Cable-600 Volt and Below. 20 6. Section 16493-Control Equipment Accessories. 21 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22''' A Referenced Standards: 3 1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 24 a. C82 Series,Standards for Electric Lamp Ballasts. 25 b. 05.1,Wood Poles-Specifications and Dimensions. 26 2. Certified Ballast Manufacturers(CBM). 27 3. Code of Federal Regulations(CFR): 28 a. 47 CFR 1 ,Industrial,Scientific and Medical Equipment. 29 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ): 0 a. C62.41,Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 31 5. National Electric Manufacturers Association ): 3:2 a. 250,Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1Volts ). 33 b. LE 4,Recessed Luminaires,Ceiling Compatibility. 34 6. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): ;S a. 101,Life Safety Code. 36 7® Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. : 37 a. 198C,High-Interrupting-Capacity Fuses,Current Limiting Type. 38 b. 844,Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous(Classified)Locations. 39 c. 924,Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment 40 d. 935,Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts. 41 e. 1029,High Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts. 42 f° 1570,Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures. 43 g. 1571,Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. 44 h. 157 ,High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 45 8. United States Department of Energy(USDOE): 46 a. EPACT,the National Energy Policy Act. 47 1.3 SUBMITTALS 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 165 -1 I A. Shop Drawings: 2 1. See Section 16010. 3 2. Product technical data: 4 a. Identify fixtures by Fixture Schedule number. 5 b. Fixture data sheet including: 6 1) Photometric performance data including candlepower distribution and coefficient 7 of utilization(CU)table. 8 2) Fixture EPA's for pole mounted fixtures. 9 c. Pole data shall include: 10 1) Pole wind loading. 11 2) Anchor bolt template. 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 14 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following manufacturers are 15 acceptable: 16 1. Lighting fixtures: See Fixture Schedule. 17 2. Lamps: 18 a. Osram/Sylvania. 19 b. General Electric. 20 c. Philips. 21 3. Ballasts: Fixture manufacturer's standard,electronic type energy efficient,low temperature 22 rated 23 4. Emergency ballasts: Bodine. 24 5. Poles: Fixture manufacturer's standard. 25 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 26 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 27 A. All lighting fixtures and electrical components: 28 1. UL labeled. 29 2. Fixtures complete with lamps and ballasts. 30 3. Rated for area classification as indicated on Drawings. 31 B. Provide all recessed fixtures with gaskets of rubber,fiberglass,or equivalent material to prevent 32 light leaks around flush trim.Provide recessed fixtures with trim gaskets cemented in proper 33 position. 34 C. Reflector coating having a minimum 89 percent reflectance factor. 35 D. No live parts normally exposed to contact 36 E. When intended for use in wet areas: Mark fixtures"Suitable for wet locations." 37 F. When intended for use in damp areas: Mark fixtures"Suitable for damp locations"or"Suitable 38 for wet locations." 39 2.3 LIGHT FIXTURES 40 A. Incandescent: 41 1. UL 1571. 42 2. Lamp base. 43 a. Less than or equal to 30OW: Medium base. 44 b. Greater than 30OW: Mogul base. 45 3. Visibly marked to indicate maximum lamp wattage that can be used with the fixture. 46 B. Fluorescent: 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 I6500-2 1� 1. UL 1570. 2. NEMA LE 4 for recessed locations. , 3. Lenses: As indicated in Fixture Schedule,with the following minimums: a. Troffer: 100 percent virgin acrylic,conical shaped,female 0.1875 IN,square based prisms,aligned 45 degrees to the length and width,0.125 IN nominal thickness. 4. Finish: Manufacturer's standard polyester,acrylic enamel or epoxy powder coating applied .......'., after fabrication.Manufacturer's standard color or special color specified in Fixture Schedule. 5. Prewired and provided with lamps that are properly mated to the ballast operating 1 . characteristics. 11 C. ffigh Intensity Discharge: 1 1. UL 1572. 13 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard polyester,acrylic enamel or epoxy powder coating applied 14 after fabrication.Manufacturer's standard color or special color specified in Fixture 15 Schedule. 16 3. Prewired and provided with lamps that are properly mated to the ballast operating 17 characteristics. is 4. Provided with safety chain. 191 D. Exit Signs and Emergency Lighting Units: 20 1. UL 924. 21 2. NFPA 101. 22 2.4 LAMPS 23 A. Incandescent: 24 1. Type as indicated in fixture schedule. 25 2. Meet the current Federal Energy Standards(EPACT 1992). 2 B. Fluorescent: 2 1. T12(430 mA)rapid-start medium bipin lamps. 2 a. Correlated color temperature of 3500 degrees Kelvin. 2 b. Minimum color rendering index(CRI)of 70. 3 c. Minimum initial lumen ratings for each lamp type shall be: 31 1) 2025 lumens for 36 IN,25 or 30 watt F30T121 3 ) 2750 lumens for 48 IN,34 watt F40T12 lamp. 33 ) 2730 lumens for 22.5 IN,34 or 40 watt F40 1 /61 (U-shaped 6 IN le 34 spacing). 35 2. T8(265 mA)rapid-start medium bipin lamps. 36' a. Correlated color temperature of 3500 degrees Kelvin. 37 b. Minimum color rendering index(C of 70. 38 c. Minimum initial lumen ratings for each lamp type shall be: 39 1) 1300 lumens for 24 IN, 17 watt F17T8 lamp. 4 ) 20251umens for 36 IN,25 watt F25T8 lamp. 41'' ) 2800 lumens for 48 IN,32 watt F32T8 lamp. 42 ) 5700 lumens for 96 IN,59 watt F96T81 43 5) 27251umens for 22.5 IN,32 watt F32T8/U/6 lamp(U-shaped 6 IN leg spacing). 44 3. T5 rapid-start 4 pin(2G11 base)compact fluorescent lamps. 45 a. Correlated color temperature of 3500 degrees Kelvin. 46' b. Minimum color rendering index(CRI)of 80. 471 c. Minimum initial lumen ratings for each lamp type shall be: $, 1) 1250 lumens for 10.5 IN, 18 watt F18BX lamp. 49 ) 18001umens for 12.8 IN,24 or 27 watt F27BX lamp. 50 ) 2850 lumens for 16.5 IN,36 or 39 watt F39BX lamp. 51 4) 31501umens for 22.5 IN,39 watt F39BX lamp. 52' 4. T4 twin-tube, ,and/or triple -tube compact fluorescent lamps. 53' a. Correlated color temperature of 3500 degrees Kelvin. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 1 ,2006 165 -3 I b. Minimum color rendering index(CRI)of 80. 2 c. Minimum initial lumen ratings for preheat 2-pin twin-tube lamps with a G23 or GX23 3 base shall be: 4 1) 580 lumens for 6.5 IN,9 watt CF9TT lamp. 5 2) 800 lumens for 7.1 IN, 13 watt CF13TT lamp. 6 d. Minimum initial lumen ratings for rapid-start 4-pin quad-tube lamps with a G24q-1, 7 G24q-2 or G24q-3 base shall be: 8 1) 9001umens for 5.2 IN, 13 watt CF 13QT lamp. 9 2) 1160 lumens for 5.8 IN, 18 watt CF18QT lamp. 10 3) 1700 lumens for 6.5 IN,26 watt CF26QT lamp. 11 e. Minimum initial lumen ratings for rapid-start 4-pin triple twin-tube lamps with a 12 GX24q-2 or GX24q-3 base shall be: 13 1) 1120 lumens for 4.6 IN, 18 watt CFI8TTT lamp. 14 2) 1610 lumens for 5.2 IN,26 watt CF26TTT lamp. 15 3) 2200 lumens for 5.8 IN,32 watt CF32TTT lamp. 16 C. High Intensity Discharge(HID)Lamps: 17 1. Metal halide lamps: 18 a. Correlated color temperature of 4000 degrees Kelvin. 19 b. Minimum color rendering index(CRI)of 65. 20 2. High pressure sodium lamps: 21 a. Correlated color temperature of 2100 degrees Kelvin. 22 b. Minimum color rendering index(CRI)of 21. 23 c. High pressure sodium lamps are designated on the lighting Fixture Schedule by the 24 prefix BPS. 25 3. Uncoated(clear)unless identified as coated in the fixture schedule. 26 4. The specified fixture in the fixture schedule shall dictate the required lamp operating 27 position and base type. 28 5. Provide lamps that have the correct bulb shape for the fixture specified. 29 2.5 BALLASTS 30 A. Fluorescent Electromagnetic Ballasts: 31 1. UL 935. 32 2. High-efficiency energy saving electromagnetic core and coil design. 33 3. CBM certification for full light output. 34 4. Operate lamps at a frequency of 60 Hz. 35 5. Power factor: Greater than 90 percent. 36 6. Input current with Total Harmonic Distortion(THD)of less than 32 percent. 37 7. Lamp current crest factor: Less than 1.7,in accordance with lamp manufacturer's 38 recommendations and ANSI C82.1. 39 8. Ballast factor: Greater than 0.925 for rapid start 265 mA(T8)and 430 mA(T12)ballasts 40 per ANSI C82.1. 41 9. Audible noise rating: Greater than or equal to Class A for rapid start 265 mA(T8)and 430 42 mA(T 12)ballasts. 43 10. Coil temperature not to exceed 65 DegC(150 DegF)temperature rise over 40 DegC(105 44 DegF)ambient.Maximum case temperature not to exceed 90 DegC(195 DegF). 45 11. Meet the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission Rules and Regulations, 46 Part 18(47 CFR 18),for non-consumer equipment for EMI and RFI. 47 12. Meet all applicable ANSI and IEEE standards regarding harmonic distortion and transient 48 protection such as IEEE C62.41,Cat.A,for transient protection. 49 13. Underwriters'Laboratories(UL)listed(Class P). 50 14. Fully encapsulated(potted)to ensure maximum thermal and structural integrity. 51 15. Contain no polychlorinated biphenyls(PCBs). 52 B. Fluorescent High Frequency Electronic Ballasts: 53 1. UL 935. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16500-4 q 1 2. "High Frequency"electronic operating lamps at a frequency of 20 KHz or higher without 2 visible flicker. 3 3. Power factor: Greater than 90 percent. 4 4. Input current total harmonic distortion(THD)of less than 20 percent . 5 5. Lamp current crest factor: Less than 1.7,in accordance with Iamp manufacturer's 6 recommendations and ANSI C82.11. 7 6. Instant start with lamps wired in parallel 8 7. Support a sustained short to ground or open circuit of any output leads without damage to 9 the ballast. 10 8. Ballast Factor: Greater than 0.85 per ANSI C82.11. 11 -- Audible noise rating: Class A or better. 12 10. Operation in ambient temperatures up to 40 DegC(105 DegF)without damage. 13 11. Light output to remain constant for a line voltage fluctuation of+5 percent 14 12. Meet the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission Rules and Regulations, 15 Part 18(47 CFR 18),for non-consumer equipment for EMI and RFI. 16 13. Meet ANSI C82.11 standards regarding harmonic distortion, 17 14. Meet IEEE C62.41 Cat A for transient protection. 18 15. Comply with all applicable state and federal efficiency standards. 119 16. Underwriters'Laboratories(UL)listed(Class P). 20 17. Contain no Polychlorinated Biphenyls(PCB's). 21 C. Fluorescent Emergency Ballasts: 22 1. UL 924,NFPA 101. 23 2. High temperature,24 Watt-hour,maintenance-free nickel cadmium battery with charger. 24' 3. Charging indicator light(LED)to monitor the charger and battery. 2.5 4. Double-pole test switch. 26 5. Light one lamp for 90 minutes in 1,2 and 3-lamp fixtures.Light two lamps for 90 minutes 27 in 4-lamp fixtures. 28 6. Dual input voltage(120/277V),4 Watts input. 29 7. Compatible with the install lamp type. 30 8. Initial lumen output: 975 to 1400. 31 9. Contain no Polychlorinated Biphenyls(PCB's). 32, D. High Intensity Discharge Ballasts: 33 1. ANSI C82.4,UL 1029. 34 2. Metal halide: 35 a. Input voltage variation: +10 percent 6 b. Maximum lamp regulation spread: 20 percent 37' c. Minimum power factor: 90 percent 38 d_ Starting current: Not greater than operating current 39 e. Maximum input voltage dip: 40 percent 40 f. Crest factor. 1.5 to 1.8. 41 g. Types: 42 1) Lead-type regulators: Constant wattage autotransformer(CWA)and pulse start. 43 2) Lag-type regulators: Magnetic regulator and pulse start. 44 h. Contain no Polychlorinated Biphenyls(PCBs). 45 3. High pressure sodium: 46' a. Input voltage variation: +10 percent 47 b. Maximum lamp regulation spread: 30 percent 48 c. Minimum power factor: 90 percent 49' d. Starting current: Not greater than operating current. 50' e. Maximum input voltage dip: 20 percent 51 f. Crest factor: 1.6 to 1.8. 52 g. The Volts-Watts trace shall be within the lamp manufacturer's trapezoid. 9n, 53 h. Types: kwM,... 54 1) Lead-type regulators: Constant wattage autotransformer(CWA). 55' 2) Lag-type regulators: Magnetic regulator and regulated lag. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16500-5 I i. Ballast shall not contain Polychlorinated Biphenyls(PCB's). 2 4. Ballasts for interior use: 3 a. Encased and potted type. 4 b. Audible noise rating of B or better. 5 c. Built-in automatic resetting thermal protection switch. 6 5. Ballasts for exterior use: 7 a. Starting temperature: -20 DegF. 8 2.6 POLES 9 A. As scheduled or noted on the Drawings. 10 2.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 11 A. Furnish a minimum of 2 or 10 percent of total of each type and wattage of lamps,whichever is 12 greater. 13 B. Furnish a minimum of 10 percent of total of each type and amperage of fuses for fixtures 14 indicated to be fused. 15 C. Spare parts are to be stored in a box clearly labeled as to its contents. 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 3.1 INSTALLATION 18 A. Coordinate fixture types with ceiling construction.Provide mounting hardware for the ceiling 19 system in which the fixture is to be installed. 20 B. Fasten lighting fixtures supported by suspended ceiling systems to ceiling framing system with ^ 21 hold down clips. 22 C. Provide mounting brackets and/or structural mounting support for wall-mounted fixtures. 23 1. Do not support fixture from conduit system. 24 2. Do not support fixture from outlet boxes. 25 D. Provide pendant incandescent,compact fluorescent,and/or HID fixtures with swivel hangers 26 which will allow fixture to swing in any direction but will not permit stem to rotate. 27 1. Provide hangers with enclosure rating(NEMA 1,4,or 7)equal to enclosure requirements of 28 area in which they are installed. 29 2. Swivel hangers for fixtures in mechanical equipment areas: Shock absorbing type. 30 3. Secure HID fixtures with safety chain. 31 E. Pendant mounted,open,industrial fluorescent fixtures: 32 1. Not in continuous rows,shall be supported.by conduit or by approved chains: 33 a. Hardwired to ceiling mounted junction box. 34 2. In continuous rows,shall be rigidly supported with conduit and fasten fixtures to each other 35 or mount on continuous metal channel per Section 16010. 36 a. Hardwired to ceiling mounted junction box. 37 b. Provide reflector alignment clips. 38 F. Locate fixtures in accordance with reflected ceiling plans. 39 G. Locate in exact center of tile when indicated.Relocate misplaced fixtures and replace damaged 40 ceiling materials. 41 H. Mount lighting fixtures at heights indicated in Section 16010 or per fixture schedule or as 42 indicted on Drawings. 43 I. Install exterior fixtures so that water can not enter or accumulate in the wiring compartment. 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16500-6 1. J. Where indicated provide 2-level control of 3 and/or 4 lamp fluorescent fixtures.Provide 2 2 ballasts per fixture and control inside lamp(s)in each fixture by one switch or set of switches and the outside 2 lamps by a second switch or group of switches. 4 K. Ground fixtures and ballasts. 51 3.2 POLE INSTALLATION 6 A. Steel and Aluminum Poles: 7 1. Mounted on cast-in-place foundations,as detailed on Drawings. 8 a. Concrete and reinforcing steel,in accordance with Section 03002, {03108,03208, 9 03308 and 03348}. 10 2. Protect pole finish during installation.Repair damage to pole finish with manufacturer I approved repair kit. 12 B. Set wood poles straight and firm.Dig holes large enough to permit proper use of tampers to the 13 full depth of the hole.Place earth into the hole in 6 IN maximum layers,then thoroughly tamped 14 before the next layer is placed.Place surplus earth around each pole in a conical shape and 16 packed tightly to drain water away from poles. 16 1. Pole setting depth: As shown on the Drawings. 17 C. Ground poles as indicated on the Drawings. '18 D. Conductors: 19 1. See Section 16120 for required underground conductors. 20 2. Use interior building wire,as specified in Section 16120,from pole base to fixture,#12 21. AWG minimum. 22 E. Overcurrent and Short Circuit Protection: 23 1. Protect each phase with a UL Class CC fuse: 24 a. Size: 3 times load current. 25 b. Standard: UL 198C. 26 2. Fuseholder. 27 a. Watertight,in-line and break-a-way style. 28 b. Accept up to a 30 A,600 V fuse. 29 c. Neutral conductor shall utilize a fuseholder with a solid copper rod. 30 d. Conductor terminal: Adequate size for the installed conductors. 31. 3.3 LIGHTING CONTROL 32 A. See Section 16493 for lighting control equipment. 33 B. Exterior wall mounted and pole mounted fixtures controlled as detailed on Drawings. 34 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN 35 A. See Section 01710. 36 B. Replace all inoperable lamps with new lamps prior to final acceptance. 37 C. Aim all emergency lighting units,so that,the path of egress is illuminated. 38 END OF SECTION 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16500-7 F . 1 12502 City of Fort Worth BID SET Como Pump Station Expansion May 18,2006 16500-8 �i J u lug I G PART F I W DATE(MMrD--Y) ACOR ,. CATE LIABILITY INSURANCE /15/2 PRODUCER (432)571-4900 FAX (432)692-3963 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTEROF INFORMATION Stoltz and Company, Ltd. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 33 North Street, Ste 11 HOLDER-THIS CERTIFICATE NOT END,EXTEND O ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Midland, TX 7705 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC INSURED o n r ; C src7on C y IN A: Steadfast Ins (Zurich) Holloman Operating Corp; Omega DraftingINS-ERB: American Zurich Ins Co (Zurich) L & P Pipeline and Construction, Inc. INSURERC: Texas Mutual Insurance Company P 0 Box 69410 INSURER D: Odessa, 77 - 1 INSUF2Bt E COVERAgES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED.NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITIONOF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WTH RESPECT TO V&IfCH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADD'L Tye OF IN POLICY NU POLICY EFFECTIVE Y RATION LIMITS DATE(MMMOMO GENERAL LIABILITY 27525 - 1 1110112005 11/01/2006 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITYDAMAGE TO RENTED $ 50,000 CLAIMS MADEFCOCCUR MED EXP(Any am persDn) $ 5,000 A PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,0w,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMLI APPLIES PER PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY JMCT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 275257- 11/ 1/2 5 11/01/2006 COMBIN111111LILMIT $ ANY AUTO (Ea 1,000,000 ALL OKMED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) $ HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Pea t) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per t) Aowk GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESSAMBRELLALIAearrY 2752 7-01 1110212005 11/ 1/2 EACH OCCU E $ 10, ,000 41 OCCUR ❑CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ 10,000,()00 $ XIDEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $ 10, $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND TSF0001147655 09/17/2006 0911712007 X I WCSrATU- OTH TORYLIMITS1 ER EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY C ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTN CUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT 'i $ 1,000,000 OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEES 1 OW,000 If yes,describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS lbw EL.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1 O OTHER ffSCIPTION OF pPERATIo r L T s r vF LEs r LxcLu s r R NT I L nI et waver o rogation o r � Li I ,ty, to L, , , y, and Workpolicies as required y written contract with respects to work performedthe named insured ( ). Blanket additional insured General Liability and Auto Liability as required y written contract with respects to work nrformed by the named insured (s). CERTIFICATE CANCEUADQN SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCIRMED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE City of Fort Worth EXIPMATIION DATE THIMIEDF,THE k-SUING IN1WRER WLLENDEAVOR TO MAIL Attn: Chris Harter 10 DAYS wRrrTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT Expansion of the Cam Pump Station Project #P264-607160029080 BUT FAR.URE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY 1000 Throckmorton St OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. Fort Worth, TX 76102 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE y1, d IMar A S It S /�/-,/ ACORD 25(20 11 8) C CORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s),authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or after the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25(2001108) PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § Bond No.46BCSDT7865 COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we(1) HOLLOMAN CORPORATION , a(2) corporation of Texas hereinafter called Principal,and(3)HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPAgY a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State connecticutmd fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of: Three Million, Seventy-Nine Thousand, Seven Hundred Forty-One and 00/100--- ($3,079,741.00 ) Dollars in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,Tarrant County,Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made,we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDMON OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth,the Owner,dated the LT th day of S'P 6,bi ,A.D. 2006 ,a copy of which is Askk hereto attached and made a part hereof,for the construction of- Expansion of the Como Pumn Station designated as Project No.(s) P264-607160019080, a copy of which contract is hereby attached, referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein,such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the"work". NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well,truly,and faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans,specifications,and contract documents during the original term thereof,and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise to remain in full force and effect. F-1 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety,for value received,hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this instrument is executed in 7 counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original,this the I'L day of Sep b�,6,r- A.D.,2006. ATTEST: HOLLOMAN CORPORATION C]P (Principal)Secretary ' BY: (SEAL) 624 W. University Dr., Box 430, DVton TX 76201 (Address) Awak HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Surety Witness as to Principal pl d , (Address) (Attorney-in-fact) (5)Carolyrt'J. Goodenough AM : 'AITNESS: c . P.O. Box 30927, Dallas TX 75313-0927 (Surety) (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of (SEAL) Contract (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation, a Partnership or an Individual,as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety ••--.. (4) If Contractor is Partnership all Partners C° should execute Bond Witness as to Sur (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be 16600 Dallas Pkwy.,Ste 300, Da s TX 75248 attached to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact.. (Address) F-2 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § Bond No.46BCSDT7865 COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) HOLLOMAN CORPORATION a(2) corporatio.n of Texas hereinafter called Principal,and(3)HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, and unto all person,firms, and corporations who may furnish materials,for or perform labor upon the building or improvements hereinafter referred to in the penal sum of: Three Million, Seventy-Nine Thousand, Seven Hundred Forty-One and 00/100---- ($3,079,741.OpDollars in lawful money of the United States,to be paid in Fort Worth,Tarrant County,Texas,for the payment of which sum well and truly be made,we hereby bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators and successors,jointly and severally,firmly to these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Cityof Fort Worth,the Owner,dated the (Z day of 5� �, Y PM"'bii A.D., 2006,a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part thereof,for the construction of- Expansion of the Como Pump Station designated as Project No.(s)P264-607160019080,a copy of which contract is hereto attached,referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the`work". NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as defined in Article 5160,Revised Civil Statutes of Texas,supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. THIS BOND IS MADE AND ENTERED into solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract,as claimants are defined in said Article 5160, and all such claimants shall have a direct right of action under the bond as provided in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes. F-3 PROVIDED FURTHER,that if any legal action be filed upon this bond,venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this instrument is executed in 7 counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original,this the 12- day of Se PkM 6,/ A.D.,2006. HOLL MMAN CORPORATION ATTEST: PRINCIPAL (4) BY: (Principal)Secretary 624 W. Univer4y X., Box 430,i6entan TX 76201 (SEAL) Address) Ll ter. HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Witness as to principal ) Surety' j BY: (Attorney-in-fact) (5)Carolyn,'J" Goodenough (Address) P.O. Box 3097, Dallas TX 75313-0927 xAcMESMITNESS: (Address) ,). NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of -,...ki-c,4.. Contract (Surety) (SEAL) (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation, a Partnership or an Individual,as case may be - (3) Correct name of Surety Witness as to Surety (4) If Contractor is Partnership all Partners 16600 Dallas Pkwy., Ste 300 should execute Bond (Address) (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be Dallas TX 75248 attached to Bond by Attomey-in-Fact. F-4 Otgftk MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § Bond No. 46BCSDT7865 COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That (1) HOLLOMAN CORPORATION as Principal, acting herein by and through (2) corporation its duly authorized in Texas and (3) HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut . as surety, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation, chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, at Fort Worth, in Tarrant County, Texas the sum of Three Million, Seventy-Nine Thousand, Seven Hundred Forty-One and 00/100---- ($3,079,741.00 ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City of Fort Worth and its successors, said Contractor and surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors,administrators,assigns and successors,jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned,however;that, WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth,dated 17- day of 5!g�.r6r/ ,2006 for the performance of the following described public work and the construction of the following descnbed public improvements: A"`► Expansion of the Como Pump Station all of same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as Project No.(s)P264- 607160019080 ;and said contract,including all of the specifications,conditions and written instruments referred to therein as contract documents being hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes and made a part hereof, the same as if set out verbatim herein;and, WHEREAS,in said Contract,Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during the period Two (2) Years after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City;and WHEREAS,said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of TWO(2)YEARS;and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, it be necessary;and, WHEREAS,said Contractor binds itself,upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said work as herein provided. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract,these presents shall be null F-5 .•r and void,and have no force or effect. Otherwise this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect,and said City shall have and recover from the said Contractor and its surety damages in the premises prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. WHEREAS,all parties covenant and agree that if any legal action be filed upon this bond,venue shall lie in Tan-ant County,Texas;and, IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this instrument is executed in 7 counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original,dated See kn b.r 17- 2006, ATTEST: HOLLOMAN CORPORATION PRINCIPAL (4) (Principal)Secretary BY: /':/A (SEAL) 624 W. Univ si Dr., Box 430 Denton X 6201 (Address) HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY „Jc Surety BY: a _� A , r� Witness as to Principal (Attorney-in-fact) (5) Carolyn d'Goodenough P.O. Box 30927, Dallas TX 75313-0927 (Address) (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of ABC WITNESS: Contract (1) Correct Name of Contractor (Surety) (2) A Corporation, a Partnership or an Individual,as case may be (SEAT,) (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If. Contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attomey-in-Fact. Witness as to Surety 16600 Dallas Pkwy., Ste 300, Dallas TX 75248 (Address) F-6 Direct Inquiries/Claims to: .. POWER OF ATTORNEY P.O.B x"o HO9 D S--44ORDYLUM ENUE HARTFORD,CONNECTICUT 06115 calf.888-266-3488 or fax:860-757-5835 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: Agency Code: 46-505376 X� Hartford Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut X� Hartford Casualty Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana X� Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Twin City Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida having their home office in Hartford,Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the"Companies')do hereby make, constitute and appoint, up to the amount of unlimited: Sammy Joe Mullis,Jr,John William Newby, Robert Donald Hurst, Patricia Lee Bartlett,Julie Storm, Wilbert Raymond Watson, Carolyn J. Goodenough, Sandra Lee Roney of Dallas, TX their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof,on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons,guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on July 21, 2003 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed,duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further,pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies,the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. ��t�''f� e • r �y4� '1 Y g:\rrrei�enrf� ••tom' �1874 t 70 tea `2 7979 1 .OgR4� r4.f60� rA ,�� • t,Y,�ylip,4 r�e1N�• Paul A.Bergenholtz,Assistant Secretary David T.Akers,Assistant Vice President STATE OF CON N ECTICUT ss. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD ) On this 4th day of August,2004, before me personally came David T.Akers,to me known,who being by me duly sworn,did depose and say:that he resides in the County of Hampden, Commonwealth of Massachusetts; that he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seals of the said corporations;that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. ' �• Scott E.Paseka Not r Public CERT�ICATE My Commission Expires October 31,2007 I,the undersigned,Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,which is still in full force effective as of Srph,b-r2 2006 Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. 029-79. �a•1a , \u„ea,f� •r M1► sit 910 : I�\t D 7 0JJ7 Gary W.Stumper,Assistant Vice President POA 2005 �I o .. . . H Tr-: TFORD ti Claims Inauiries Notice Hartford Fire Insurance Company Twin City Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of the Southwest Please address inquiries regarding Claims for all surety and fidelity r ucts issued by The Hartford's underwriting companies to the following: Phone Number: : -266- 8 Fax m-Claims 860-757-5835 or 860-547-8265 E-mail claims 1 ste s et .co Mailing Address : The Hartford BOND, -4 690 Asylum Avenue Hartford, CT 06115 Claims Inquiries Notice 2003 �I CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW �I Pursuant to Article 8308-3.23 of Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of it's employees employed on City of Fort Worth Project Number P264-607160019080 II CONTRACTOR By. Titl GIrV Date STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared .known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of [ r for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVE -�N UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL�F OFFICE this �day of 2006. No P blic in and for he State of Texas AMA MOM loll My CrOMMI lan E*&" ► 2&20M7 �II a PART G PART G-CONTRACT THE STATE OF TEXAS § 'COUNTY OF TARRANT § THIS CONTRACT,made and entered into by and between the City of Fort Worth,a home-rule municipal corporation located in Tarrant County,Texas,acting through its City Manager thereunto duly authorized so to do,Party of the First Part,hereinafter termed"OWNER", and & Iry of the City o ,County of and State o , Party of the Second Part, hereinafter termed "CONTRACTOR". WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to 1w,made and performed by the Party of the First Part (Owner), said Party of the Second Part(Contractor) hereby m agrees with the said Party of the First Part(Owner)to commence and complete certain improvements described as follows: EXPANSION OF THE COMO PUMP STATION PROJECT NUMBER P264-607160019080 and all extra work connected therewith,under the terms as stated in the Contract Documents, and at his(their)own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies,machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, bonds,insurance,and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction,in accordance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents, which include all maps, plats, blueprints and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, and the specifications thereof, as prepared by the Engineers employed by the Owner, each of which has been identified by the endorsement of the Contractor and the Engineers thereon, together with the Contractor's Written Proposal and the other parts of the Contract Documents hereto attached, including the Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents and General Specifications, all of which are made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work within ten(10)days after the date written notice to do so shall have been givento him,and to substantially complete same within the time stated in the proposal. G' G-1 The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the Proposal submitted therefor, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof,and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties to these presents have executed this Contract in sextuplicate in the Ma and day first above written. City of Fort Worth.Texas( ATTEST: of the First Part B Marc Ott,Assistant City Manager Marty Hendrix,Clity Secretary (SEAL) ,,I i t:;. : :. r a t i o P of the Second Part n Contractor Date ITNESSES: E APPR CO ND D: �kpprove oast orm anti ..p.... S.Frank Crumb,P. .,Director Assistant City torny 1 Water Department G-2 ' a I APPENDIX "A" GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION COMO PUMP STATION EXPANSION FORT WORTH, TEXAS MAS-TEK PROJECT NO: E04-0911 SEPTEMBER 24, 2004 PRESENTED TO: HDR ENGINEERING DALLAS, TEXAS PRESENTED BY. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING&ASSOCIA TES, INC. 3228 HALIFAX STREET,SUITE B - Dallas Texas 75247 MARK J. FARROW, P.E. PRINCIPAL MAS-TEK Engineering & Associates, Inc. September 24, 2004 Mr. Luis Rodington, P.E. Phn: (972) 960-4418 HDR Engineering Fax: (972) 960-4471 17111 Preston Rd., Suite#200 Dallas, Texas 75248-2096 Re: Geotechnical Investigation Como Pump Station Expansion Fort Worth, Texas MAS-TEK Report No. E04-0911 Dear Mr. Rodington: Please find enclosed our report summarizing the results of the geotechnical investigation performed for the above referenced project. We trust the recommendations derived from this investigation will provide you with the information necessary to complete your proposed project successfully. For your future geotechnical investigations and construction materials testing and related quality control requirements, it is recommended that the work be performed by Mas-Tek Engineering &Associates in order to maintain continuity of inspection and testing services for the project under the direction of the geotechnical project engineer. We thank you for the opportunity to provide you with our geotechnical services. If we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned at (972)444-8889. Sincerely, MAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES Michael D. Roland Mark J. Far Project Manager Principal ,, , 4 K J. FARR Geotechnical Consulting & Materials Testing 3228 Halifax,Suite B Dallas,Texas 75247 972 709-7384 i TABLE OF CONTENTS COMO PUMP STATION EXPANSION FORT WORTH, TEXAS PAGE 1.0 INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------__ _________ _- 1 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION -------------------------------------------------------------1 1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGA I 1 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING------------------------------------------------- - 2 4.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS-------2 4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS --- - 4.2 SITE GEOLOGY----- 3 4.3 IBC SEISMIC CLASSIFICATION- 4.4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS-- 4.5 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS 5.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 6.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 6.1 SOIL MOVEMENT 6.2 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATIONS 6 6.2.1 ALLOWABLE BEARING VALUES-STRAIGHT SHAFT PIERS 6.2.2 GROUP EF 'i 7 6.2.3 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS-- - 7 6.2.4 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS-DRILLED SHAFTS 8 6.3 GRADE BEAMS 8 6.4 SLAB 9 6.4.1 STRUCTURALLY SUPPORTED FLOOR SLAB 6.4.2 SLAB-ON-GRADE CONSTRUCTION ---- ----10 6.4.3 EXCAVATION AND REPLACING WITH SELECT FILL 11 6.4.4 FLOOR SLAB CONSIDERATIONS 12 6.5 FLAT WORK CONSIDERATION 12 i fS•TEK ENGINEERING &ASSSOCIATES E04-0911 TABLE OF CONTENTS COMO PUMP STATION EXPANSION FORT WORTH, TEXAS (continued) PAGE .0 EARTHWORK GUIDELINES—---___________-----------_.._------—__-------__ --- 12 7.1 SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE-------------12 .2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION ___________13 7.3 PROOFROLLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION-------------------------13 7.4 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN PAVEMENT AND LANDSCAPING AREAS------------------_-------__—---—-------------------14 7.5 SELECT FILL_____.________-_ --___-- ____________________ _.___14 7.6 CRUSHED CONCRETE-- ---- 14 8.0 FIELD SUPERVISION ------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 i 9.0 LIMITATIONS -----------------______- ----____-..__--- --________-____ _ -___ 15 ILLUSTRATIONS FIGURE PLAN OF BORINGS 1 LOG OF BORING LEGEND - KEY TO LOG TERMS & SYMBOLS 'i SWELL TEST RESULT IN AS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSSOCIATES E04-0911 1% GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION COMO PUMP STATION EXPANSION FORT WORTH, TEXAS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The project site is located at the existing Como Pump Station located at the northeast corner of the intersection of Bryant Irving Road and Blackmore Avenue in Fort Worth, Texas. It is understood that the existing pump station is to be expanded by about 1,000 s.f. It is further understood that the existing pump station is an at-grade structure supported by continuous footings founded at a depth of about 9 feet. The proposed expansion will be constructed in an area presently covered by a driveway and a grass covered landscaped area. 1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purposes of this geotechnical investigation were to: 1) explore the subsurface ti conditions at the site, 2) evaluate the pertinent engineering properties of the subsurface materials, 3) provide foundation recommendations, 4) provide recommendations for subgrade preparation and slab-on-grade construction, and 5) provide comments and recommendations for site grading and drainage. 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION The field investigation consisted of drilling one (1) deep test boring within the proposed building expansion area. A truck-mounted auger drill rig was used to advance these borings and to obtain samples for laboratory evaluation. The boring was located at the approximate locations shown on the Plan of Borings (Figure 1). The drilling operations did not encounter any unusual difficulties or obstructions during drilling. The limestone formation is hard to very hard as indicated on the boring logs. Undisturbed samples of cohesive soils were obtained at intermittent intervals with standard, thin-walled, seamless tube samplers. These samples were extruded in the field, logged, sealed, and packaged to protect them from disturbance and maintain their in-situ moisture content during transportation to our laboratory. The bearing capacity characteristics of the S-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 1 limestone strata were evaluated by the Texas Department of Transportation Cone Penetration Test. This test consists of measuring the penetration of a 3-inch diameter cone driven with a 170-pound hammer falling 24 inches. The results of the boring program are presented on the Log of Boring, Figures 2. A key to the descriptive terms and symbols used on the log is presented on Figure 3. 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests were performed on representative samples of the soil to aid in classification of the soil materials. The tests included Atterberg limits tests, moisture content tests, and dry unit weight determinations. Unconfined compression tests were performed on selected cohesive soil samples to provide foundation bearing properties of the subsurface strata. Hand penetrometer tests were performed on the cohesive soil samples to provide indications of the swell potential and the foundation bearing properties of the subsurface strata. To provide additional information about the swell characteristics of these soils at their in-situ moisture conditions, absorption swell tests were performed on selected samples of the clay i soils. The results of our testing program are presented on the Log of Boring, Figure 2 and on the Swell Test Results, Figure 4. 4.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS The project site is located at the existing Como Pump Station located at the northeast comer of the intersection of Bryant Irving Road and Blackmore Avenue in Fort Worth, Texas. The area of the proposed expansion is primarily covered with asphalt paving. The southem portion of the proposed expansion area consists of grass covered landscaping with a few small trees and a concrete sidewalk. Water sprinklers are present within the landscaped area. The subject area is relatively flat with slight drainage away from the existing structure. The asphalt paving area is about 6 inches lower in elevation than the landscaping area. Based MAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 2 upon current grades and the floor elevation of the existing structure, minor amounts of cuts and fills will be required for the proposed expansion. 4.2 SITE GEOLOGY As shown on the Dallas Sheet of the Geologic Atlas of Texas, the site is located in an area underlain by the Duck Creek Formation. The formation typically consists of limestone with interbedded shale seams. Soils derived from this formation are typically moderately to highly plastic clays exhibiting a moderate to high shrink/swell potential with variations in moisture content. 4.3 IBC SEISMIC CLASSIFICATION Based on the average penetration resistance and undrained shear strength within the depth of boring, it is our opinion that this site would be considered Site Class C based on the 2000 IBC. 4.4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the borings, including descriptions of the various strata and their depths and thickness, are presented on the Log of Boring, Figure 2. Note that depth on the boring refers to the depth from the existing grade or ground surface present at the time of the investigation. Boundaries between the various soil types are approximate. As indicated on the Boring Log, active dark brown clay (CH) soils are present to a depth of 3 feet below existing grade. The dark brown clay soils are underlain by sandy clay (CL) soils with numerous calcareous deposits which extend to a depth of 8 feet. The sandy clay soils are underlain by tan and light gray shaley clay (CH) soils with calcareous deposits and weathered limestone seams which extend to a depth of 13 feet. The shaley clay soils are underlain by fractured hard to very hard tan weathered limestone which extends to a depth of 21 feet. The weathered limestone is underlain by hard to very hard gray limestone which extends to the termination depth of the boring at a depth of 30 feet. 4.5 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS The boring was advanced using continuous flight auger methods. Advancement of the boring using these methods allows observation of the initial zones of seepage. Water level i MAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 3 readings were obtained during drilling and at completion of drilling. Due to limited access to the property, the bore hole was backfilled and patched upon completion of drilling. No groundwater was encountered during drilling or after completion of drilling. It is not possible to accurately predict the magnitude of subsurface water fluctuations that might occur based upon short-term observations. The subsurface water conditions are subject to change with variations in climatic conditions and are functions of subsurface soil conditions, rainfall, water sprinkler usage, and water levels within the nearby creeks. 5.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Four ( ) alternatives have been considered for the proposed addition. Based on the results of our recent boring, estimates of differential settlements reported below (between the existing facility and the proposed addition) assume that the settlements of the existing facility have reached equilibrium where no appreciable additional settlement is anticipated. Therefore, any settlement of new foundations will result in a similar magnitude of differential settlement between the existing facility and the proposed addition. 1. Continuous footings at 9 foot depths may be used to match the foundation system reportedly used for the existing building. This will require underpinning the existing footings and bracing the existing footing stem wall prior to any deep excavation i adjacent to the building. If a 9 foot cut is made adjacent to a tall footing stem wall, this stem wall would be subject to large unbalanced lateral soil pressure caused by backfill adjacent to the existing stem wall. Bracing will be required. Differential settlements between the addition and the existing building could be on the order of 1 inch. 2. Continuous footings at 4 foot depths may be used. This should eliminate any need to underpin the existing footings. The need for bracing the existing footing stem wall may be required. The structural engineer would have to make this determination based on actual structural details used for the existing facility. Differential settlement between the addition and the existing building could be in the range of 1.0 to 1.5 inches. 3. Belled piers at 9 foot depths may be used. Depending on existing footing width and � proposed belled pier dimensions, the piers would have to be offset several feet away from the existing facility in order to miss the existing footing and allow belling. A MAS,TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 4 clear space of at least 3 feet should be allowed between the edge of the existing footing and the edge of new belled piers (if belled piers at 9 foot depths are ). Underpinning and bracing of the existing footing stem wall and footing should not be required if belled piers are used. Differential settlement between the proposed addition and the existing facility would be in the range of 0.5 to 1.0 inches. 4. Straight shaft piers into the gray unweathered limestone would be the preferred foundation system for several reasons as described below. a. These foundations should be subject to negligible settlement. Therefore, differential settlements between new and old construction should also be negligible. b. The use of straight shaft piers will allow these foundations to be installed near the exterior edge of the existing footing. This will allow a minimized offset from the existing facility. C. The use of straight shafts should not require underpinning or bracing of the existing footing stem wall and footing. Due to the considerations described above, we recommend the use of straight shaft piers for the proposed addition. y; Regardless of which foundation system is used, excavation will be required adjacent to the footing stem wall of the existing facility in order to allow placement of select fill soils (for slab- on-grade construction). The structural engineer should determine if bracing of the existing stem wall is required during excavation based on his analysis of the structural details used for the existing facility. The at rest pressure on the existing stem wall will depend on the type of backfill soil used to backfill the footing stem wall. Estimates of at-rest pressures on the existing stem wall are presented below for 3 backfill conditions. 1. Low PI Select Fill: 55 pcf 2. Lean Clay: 70 pcf 3. Highly Plastic Clay: 85 pcf 6.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 6.1 SOIL MOVEMENT The subsurface exploration revealed the presence of highly expansive clay soils to a depth of 3 feet. The highly expansive clay soils are underlain by moderately expansive sandy clay soils that extended to a depth of 8 feet. The sandy clay soils are underlain by highly BIAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 5 expansive shaley clay soils that extended to a depth of 13 feet. Limestone was encountered beneath these shaley clay soils. The clay soils will have a moderate to high shrink/swell potential depending upon the soil moisture condition at the time of construction. It should be noted that the clay soils were in a moist to average moisture condition at the time of this investigation at Boring B-1. Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) calculations were performed using swell test results, pocket penetrometer readings, and moisture content tests to estimate the swell potential of the soil. Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) values based upon the current moist to average soil moisture conditions have been estimated to be on the order of 2.5 inches of swell based on current grades and existing soil moisture conditions. It should be noted that the test boring was performed in an area covered with asphalt pavement. The asphalt pavement will help seal moisture and prevent excessive drying. Other areas of the building expansion that are not covered with pavement would be more susceptible to drying (especially in areas near the small trees). It is possible that the subsurface soils present in areas outside of the pavement areas could be drier than the moisture conditions found at the test boring. In a dry condition, the soil swell PVR would be over 4+ inches. 6.2 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATIONS 6.2.1 ALLOWABLE BEARING VALUES -STRAIGHT SHAFT PIERS It is recommended that straight shaft piers be founded in the unweathered hard to very hard gray limestone encountered at depth of 21 feet below the existing ground surface. Straight shafted piers bearing in hard gray limestone will develop their load carrying capacity by end bearing and skin friction. Field monitoring requirements for pier installations at this site are also summarized below. TABLE 1. SUMMARY OF ALLOWABLE BEARING W "VABLE;"BIMWA0.- HARD !LRED!LIMES1,iurir-.- x��i.".,.,,�,,, 'g � Aa SKIN wims D BEA . 1 A 8,000 psf 45,000 psf For compression loading. For sustained uplift loads, the recommended allowable skin friction is 50% of the values indicated above. Skin friction load transfer should not be BIAS,-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 6 counted on for the upper 1 foot of penetration into hard gray unweathered limestone. The upper layer of gray weathered limestone (identified by tan seams or iron-stained fractures) should not be counted on for the specified pier penetration during pier construction. All drilled shafts should have a minimum penetration depth into the hard to very hard gray unweathered limestone of 3 feet. Skin friction and uplift resistance may be considered after a penetration of 1 foot into the hard to very hard gray unweathered limestone. It should be verified during pier installations that the specified design penetration is into hard gray unweathered limestone. If weathered limestone with tan weathered seams or iron-stained fractures is encountered within the gray limestone, the piers should be deepened until the specified design penetrations are achieved into continuous hard gray unweathered limestone. All design penetrations should be measured from the bottom of the temporary casings seated in the hard gray limestone. Specified pier penetrations should not be counted on within the cased length of any pier. 6.2.2 GROUP EFFECTS In order to develop full load carrying capacity, adjacent shafts should have a minimum clear spacing of 2D (2 times the diameter of the larger shaft). Closer spacing will require some reductions in skin friction. For piers touching, a 50% reduction in skin friction should be used. Where the clear spacing is 2D, no reduction is necessary. For a spacing between 0 and 213, a straight line interpolation should be used. This would also apply to existing piers whereby a clear spacing of 2D is provided between new and existing pier foundations. 6.2.3 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS The piers will be subject to uplift loads as a result of swelling within the overlying clays. The straight shafts provided with the minimum penetrations recommended above should provide adequate anchorage to resist potential uplift loads induced by soil swell in the overlying clays. The piers should have sufficient continuous vertical reinforcing steel extending to the bottom of the piers to resist the computed net uplift loads (uplift less dead load). The magnitude of the uplift loads varies with the shaft diameter, soil parameters, free water sources, and the depth of the active clays acting on the shaft. The uplift pressures can be approximated at this site by assuming a uniform uplift pressure of 1,500 pounds per square foot acting on the shaft perimeter for a depth of 13 feet. IS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 7 6.2.4 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS— DRILLED SHAFTS Excavations for the shafts should be maintained in the dry. No groundwater was encountered within the test boring during drilling. If construction proceeds during wet periods f the year, groundwater could possibly be encountered during installation of the shafts. In most if not all cases, rapid placement of steel and concrete should permit shaft installation to proceed without the need for casing. Seepage rates that result in excessive water infiltration into the shafts prior to concrete placement will require pumping and/or the use of temporary casing for installation of these shafts. If required, temporary casing should be seated in the unweathered hard gray limestone and properly sealed below the seepage zone to prevent excessive seepage into the drilled shaft excavation. Care must then be taken that a sufficient head of plastic concrete is maintained within the casing during extraction. If casing is required, specified pier penetrations should be measured from the bottom of the casing. Pier penetrations should not be counted on within the cased length of any pier. Concrete used for the shafts should be designed to have a slump of 5 inches plus or minus 1 inch and be placed in a manner that minimizes concrete striking the reinforcing steel and walls of the shaft during placement. Complete installation of individual shafts should be accomplished within an 8 hour period in order to prevent deterioration of bearing surfaces. The drilling of individual shafts should be excavated in a continuous operation and concrete placed as soon as practical after completion of the drilling. No shaft should be left open for more than 8 hours. We recommend that Mas-Tek be retained to observe and document the drilled pier construction. The engineer, or his representative, should document the shaft diameter, depth, penetration length, cleanliness, plumbness of the shaft, the type of bearing material and casing installations. Significant deviations from the specified or anticipated conditions should be reported to the owner's representative and to the structural engineer. The drilled pier excavation should be observed after the bottom of the hole is cleaned of any mud or extraneous material, and dewatered, if necessary. i 6.3 GRADE BEAMS Grade beams and wall panels supported by piers should be constructed over a void space_ A minimum void space of 4 inches should be provided between the bottom of these IU'IAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 8 members and the subgrade assuming subgrade preparation measures are taken to reduce the anticipated soil swell PVR to less than one-half inch as specified below. Otherwise, a minimum void space of 8 inches should be provided. Structural cardboard forms are one acceptable means of providing this void beneath these members. Care must be exercised during concrete placement to avoid collapsing the cardboard void boxes. The cardboard carton forms should not be allowed to become wet prior to concrete placement. The exterior portions of the grade beams along the perimeter of the buildings should be carefully backfilled with on—site clayey soils unless specified otherwise below. The backfill soils should be placed in maximum 8 inch lifts at a moisture content between +1 and +4 percentage points wet of optimum. The fill should be compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor). 6.4 FLOOR SLAB The estimated PVR value for slab-on-grade construction based upon the current moist to average soil moisture conditions is 2.5 inches. In a dry condition, the soil swell PVR could be over 4+ inches (See Section 6.1 — Soil Movement). As a result, the floor slab should either be structurally supported over a void space to eliminate floor movement or should be placed on a prepared building pad to reduce future floor movements. 6.4.1 STRUCTURALLY SUPPORTED FLOOR SLAB Due to the potential for upward slab movements, one floor system that would eliminate the effects of soil swell movements in areas sensitive to movement would be the use of structurally supported floor slabs suspended above the underlying soils by a crawl space or a minimum eight (8) inch void space. The void space created between the bottom of the floor slab and the subgrade will serve to prevent distress resulting from swell pressures generated by the clays. The void space should be drained and ventilated. If a structurally supported floor slab is used, structural cardboard forms could be used to provide a minimum 8 inch void beneath all grade beams, floor slabs and adjacent entry slabs at building entrances. If structural floors are used, the soil swell uplift pressure in Section 6.2.3 should be increased to 2000 psf. If carton forms are used, care should be taken to assure that the void boxes are not allowed to become wet or crushed prior to or during concrete placement and finishing operations. Corrugated steel or masonite, placed AS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 9 on the top of the carton forms, could be used to reduce the risk of crushing of the carton forms during concrete placement and finishing operations. As a quality control measure during construction, "actual' concrete quantities placed should be checked against "anticipated" quantities. Significant concrete 'overage" would be an early indication of a collapsed void. All void spaces should be drained and ventilated. A polyethylene moisture barrier is recommended below all floor slabs where floor coverings or painted floor surfaces will be applied with products which are sensitive to moisture or if products stored on the building floors are sensitive to moisture. Procedures for installation of vapor barriers are recommended in ACI 302 Section 2.4.1. 6.4.2 SLAB-ON-GRADE CONSTRUCTION A slab on grade floor system may be used at this site if upward slab movements can be tolerated. Excavation and replacement with low PI select fill is recommended per the following Section 6.4.3 to reduce the anticipated differential soil swell to one-half inch as specified by the structural engineer. The following measures may be taken during design and construction to reduce the risk of free water sources and soil swelling near the expansion. • Using elevated landscaped beds over lined bottoms in lieu of recessed planters to prevent ponding water conditions and continual percolation near the structures. Gutter downspout extensions should be added in all areas containing landscaped beds to prevent downspout discharge into the beds. Downspouts should not discharge into landscape areas. i • Sprinkler lines should not be installed adjacent to the foundation, if possible. A would be preferred that the system be designed so that the lines themselves are as far away from the structure as possible. Sprinkler heads should be used with a capacity to direct water toward the structure from distances of several feet. • Utility under-drains with impervious barriers along the trench bottoms may be used as an additional safeguard at lots where it is desired to minimize post-construction upward movement. • Positive drainage away from the structure should be provided: 5% minimum (10% preferred). Otherwise, soil swell movements and differential foundation movements could exceed the estimates contained in this report. • Rapid repair of any utility leak including water lines, sewer lines, sprinkler lines, and sprinkler heads. M.A-S TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 10 m ¢; 6.4.3 EXCAVATION AND REPLACING WITH SELECT FILL 1. Strip the area of vegetation, topsoil and pavement. 2. Excavate to depths of 6 feet below existinggrade or 6 feet below the final pad grade, whichever is deeper. Excavation should extend a minimum of 2 feet beyond building lines or 2 feet beyond adjacent entries and sidewalks whichever is greater. Excavation should not extend within 2' of the top of the existing footing for a distance of 3 feet from the exterior edge of the footing in order to minimize the risk of footing disturbance. 3. Test pits should be performed by Mas-Tek below the base of the required cut to verify that deeper dry clay is not present below the excavated subgrade (whereby the additional PVR would be in excess of one-half inch). If dry clay soils are encountered, additional over-excavation and replacement with select fill will be required. 4. After excavation has been approved, the upper 10 inches of existing subgrade soil at the base of cut should be scarified and compacted at +2% to +5% above optimum to 95% ASTM D698. Clayey sand or very sandy clay having at Pl of less than 15 should be compacted at optimum to +3% above optimum to 95%ASTM D698. 5. Fill to final pad grade with non-expansive select fill having PI of 8 to 14. The required select fill limits are specified in Item 2 above. Compact at-2% to +2% of optimum to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). The upper 18 inches of fill in unpaved areas near the building should consist of compacted on—site clay to minimize water infiltration into the select fill. The clay should be compacted in 6 inch lifts at +1% to +4% above optimum moisture content to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. 6. if wet weather construction is anticipated, the upper 4 to 6 inches of select fill could consist of crushed stone flex base or recycled crushed concrete flex base compacted at or above optimum to 95% Modified Proctor density (ASTM D1557) to provide a more stable pad during wet weather conditions. The base materials should comply with TxDOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 1. Excavation will be required adjacent to the footing stem wall of the existing facility in order to allow placement of select fill soils. The structural engineer should determine if bracing of the existing stem wall is required during excavation based on his analysis of the structural details used for the existing facility. The at rest pressure on the existing stem wall will depend on the type of backfill soil used to backfill the footing stem wall. Estimates of at-rest pressures are presented below for 3 backfill conditions. Iii'IAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 11 1. Low PI Select Fill: 55 pcf 2. Lean Clay: 70 pcf 3. Highly Plastic Clay: 85 pcf 6.4.4 FLOOR SLAB CONSIDERATIONS A polyethylene moisture barrier is recommended below all floor slabs where floor coverings or painted floor surfaces will be applied with products which are sensitive to moisture or if products stored on the building floors are sensitive to moisture. Procedures for installation of vapor barriers are recommended in ACI 302 Section 2.4.1. 6.5 FLAT WORK CONSIDERATIONS Provisions should be made for post-construction differential upward movement of adjacent flat work. Site grading plans should include provisions for the effects of soil movements on access and entry slabs and adjacent sidewalks. To prevent potential tripping hazards, access and entry slabs should be elevated above the adjacent sidewalks and pavement slabs. If a structural supported floor slab is used, we recommend that all access and entry slabs also be structurally supported on drilled shafts and suspended above the active clays by a minimum 8 inch void space. To prevent potential tripping hazards, these access and entry slabs should be elevated above adjacent sidewalks and pavement slabs or hinged at tie beam connections. All void spaces should be drained. We recommend that Mas-Tek Engineering be retained to review the project drawings and specifications to ensure compliance with the geotechnical report. 7.0 EARTHWORK GUIDELINES 7.1 SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE All grading should provide positive drainage away from the proposed structure and should prevent water from collecting or discharging near the foundations. Water must not be permitted to pond adjacent to the structures during or after construction. Otherwise, differential soil swell movements, and resulting differential foundation movements could exceed the estimates contained within this report. II AS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 12 y Leave outs for drilled shafts or around the perimeter of the structures should not be allowed to collect and hold water. These leave outs should be pumped out as needed. i Surface drainage gradients should be designed to divert surface water away from the buildings and edges of pavements. Surface drainage gradients of sidewalks, pavements, and landscaping, within 10 feet of the building should be constructed with maximum slopes allowed by local codes. Provisions should be made for post-construction differential upward movement of adjacent flat work. Site grading plans should include provisions for the effects of soil movements on access and entry slabs and adjacent sidewalks. The roofs should be provided with gutters and downspouts to prevent the discharge of rainwater directly onto the ground adjacent to the building foundations. Downspouts should discharge directly onto well-drained areas or drainage swales, if possible. Roof downspouts and surface drain outlets should discharge into erosion—resistant areas. Water permitted to 9 pond in planters, open areas, or areas with unsealed joints next to the structures can result in excessive slab or pavement movements as indicated in this report. Exterior sidewalks and pavements will be subject to some post construction movement as indicated in this report. These potential movements should be considered during preparation of the grading plan. Flat grades should be avoided. Where concrete pavement is used,joints should also be sealed to prevent the infiltration of water. Since some post construction movement of pavement and flat work may occur, joints particularly around the building should be periodically inspected and resealed where necessary. 7.2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION Trench excavation for utilities should be sloped or braced in the interest of safety. Attention is drawn to OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR 1926/1910), Subpart P, regarding trench excavations greater than 5 feet in depth. Fill placement in trenches should be performed as specified below. 7.3 PROOFROLLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION Prior to placing fill, the exposed subgrade in areas to receive fill should be stripped and proofrolled using a fully loaded dump truck. Soft areas should be undercut and replaced with MAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 13 i compacted on—site soils. The surface should then be scarified to a depth of 8 inches and recompacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 between -1% and +4 percentage points above its optimum moisture content. 7.4 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN PAVEMENT AND LANDSCAPING AREAS The on—site surficial clays may be used for general grading and filling. The fill materials should be free of surficial vegetation or debris. Clay materials should be spread in loose lifts, less than 8 inches thick and uniformly compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor) between -1% and +4 percentage points above its optimum moisture content. 7.5 SELECT FILL Select fill soils or crushed concrete can be used in the building areas to retain moisture in the underlying clay soils during dry weather. The material used as select fill should be a very sandy clay to clayey sand with a liquid limit of 32 or less. We recommend the plasticity index of this material be between 8 and 14. The fill should be spread in loose lifts, less than 9 inches thick, and uniformly compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM Standard D 698 between -2% and +2 percentage points above the soil's optimum moisture content. The upper 12 inches of fill in unpaved areas near the building should consist of compacted on—site clay to minimize water infiltration into the select fill.Compact in 6" lifts to 95%ASTM D698. 7.6 CRUSHED CONCRETE Base manufactured by Big City Crushed Concrete with a gradation meeting requirements of TxDOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 1, compacted at or above optimum moisture content to a minimum of 95% Modified Proctor density (ASTM D1557). (Contact Mason Brown for pricing and delivery at (972) 243-5820). Big City Crushed Concrete has a plant at Walnut Hill and Stemmons in Dallas. Crushed Chico limestone flex base from Bridgeport meeting these requirements may also be used as an equal alternative to crushed concrete. 8.0 FIELD SUPERVISION Many problems can be avoided or solved in the field if proper inspection and testing ' services are provided. It is recommended that all p pier excavations, proofrolling, site and MAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 14 Jyl " aim, subgrade preparation, and building pad preparation be monitored by a qualified engineering technician. Density tests should be performed to verify compaction and moisture content of any earthwork. Inspection should be performed prior to and during concrete placement operations. The Mas-Tek Engineering & Associates employs a group of experienced, well- trained technicians for inspection and construction.materials testing who would be pleased to assist you on this project. 9.0 LIMITATIONS The professional services, which have been performed, the findings obtained, and the recommendations prepared were accomplished in accordance with currently accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. The possibility always exists that the subsurface conditions at the site may vary somewhat from those encountered in the boreholes. The number and spacing of test borings were chosen in such a manner as to i decrease the possibility of undiscovered abnormalities, while considering the nature of loading, size, and cost of the project. If there are any unusual conditions differing significantly from those described herein, the Mas-Tek Engineering & Associates should be notified to review the effects on the performance of the recommended foundation system. The recommendations given in this report were prepared exclusively for the use of the client and their consultants. The information supplied herein is applicable only for the design of the previously described development to be constructed at locations indicated at this site and should not be used for any other structures, locations, or for any other purpose. We will retain the samples acquired for this project for a period of 30 days subsequent to the submittal date printed on the report. After this period, the samples will be discarded unless i otherwise notified by the owner in writing. I MAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 PAGE 15 FIGURES I i MA TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES E04-0911 i I I i . v _ t 1 OM GRE 0 I I _ b I _ G .'S O N O II m i Q i i i id bIs Como Pump Station Addition PLAN OF BORINGS FCU MAS-TEK Fort Worth Texas ENGINEERING LOG OF BORING B-1 Project: Como Pump Station Expansion -Fort Worth,Texas Project No.: E04-0911 / " Date: 09/17/2004 Elev.: Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: was: Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION/ MC °S MMOLS QL` DESCRIPTION... PL -z00 DD P.PEN UNCON Strai DEPTH LER n (feet) (I FIELD TEST DATA i i ` i tef kof i 0 2"ASPHALT over 6"crushed stone base _ — 3.4 Dark brown CLAY 21 53 20 33 — 3.4 3.7 Reddish brown, tan & light gray sandy CLAY l 16 42 16 26 - 110.1 3.2 — numerous calcareous deposits&clayey sand ' 5 seams 13 122.4 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 Tan & light gray shaley CLAY l calcareous - deposits &weathered limestone seams 16 63 19 3' 119. . 3.5 2.8 9.6 10 Hard to very hard tan weathered LIMESTONE, 50/0.25» fractured wl clay seams 15 5®/®» 50/0.5» 20 5D/D.5.. Hard to very hard gray LIMESTONE 50/0.25" 25 50/O» 50/0.5» 30 50®0» Boring terminated at 30' ...35 Notes: Drilled by:Jesus Garcia FIGURE: 2 MTE, INC. KEY TO LOG TERMS & SYMBOLS Symbol Description ta Sew Asphaltic Paving CLAY R'ft" CLAYsandy CLAY, shaley LIMESTONE, weathered ;. Limestone 1 Sa Tars Thin Wall Shelby Tube nAuger THD Cone Penetration Test 1. E�lo a ory borings were drilled on dates indicated using truck mct'ed drilling equipment. . W4tar level observations are noted on boring logs. 3. Re 13L is of tests conducted on samples recovered are reported on the r" n ' logs. Abbreviations used are: VD = natural dry density (pcf) LL = liquid limit ($) C = natural moisture content PL = plastic limit ($) U'no1).= unconfined compression (tsf) PI = plasticity index P.P' n.= hand penetrometer (tsf) -200 = percent passing #200 A, c Cores ell� REC = (Recovery) sum of core sample recovered divided by length of run, expressed as percentage. RQD = (Rock Quality Designation) sum of core sample recovery 4" or greater in length divided by the run, expressed as percentage. FIGURE:3 MTE, INC. r� ny SWELL TEST RESULTS BORING DEPTH UNIT ATTERBERG IN-SITU FINAL % NO. (FEET) WEIGHT LIMITS MOISTURE MOISTURE CONTENT (pSF) VERTICAL LL PL PI CONTENT N -SWELL B-1 1-2 106.3 53 20 33 20.8 23.9 188 3.2 B-1 3-4 110.7 42 16 26 16.1 17.1 438 1.0 B-1 9-10 115.9 53 � 19 34 15.9 17.0 1,188 1. PROCEDURE; 1. Sample placed in confining ring, design load (including overburden) applied, free water with surfactant made available, and sample allowed to swell completely. 2. Load removed and final moisture content determined. SWELL. TEST RESULTS COMO PUMP STATION EXPANSION FORT WORTH,TEXAS MAS-TEK ENGINEERING E04-0911 FIGURE 4 i APPENDIX "B" i 26227 Research Road sales@hsq.com Hayward, California 94545-3725 http://www.hsq.com TECHNOLOGY Telephone: (510)259--1334 ♦ Facsimile: (510)259--1392' Via email Christopher.Harder@FortWorthGov.org April 19,2006 City of Fort Worth Attention: Christopher Harder Reference: Como Pump Station RTU City of Fort Worth,Texas HSQ Quotation 0604-0007-AN-A Gentlemen: HSQ Technology is pleased to offer you a quotation per the instructions and Contract Drawings that were e-mailed to us by Christopher Harder. Included • Supply one (1)new HSQ Model 25X86 RTU with a required I/O,radio, backup dial-up modem,power supply, and battery backup all installed in a NEMA 12 stainless steel enclosure. • Displays,reports, and database at central. • Required software for the RTU. �~ • Engineering, submittals, testing, and spares as required. • On site testing and startup of RTU. • All materials are priced FOB jobsite. Excluded • Installation_ • Antenna mast. • Sales tax. • Bonds. Our total lump sum price for the above is $48,860.00 and is valid for a period of ninety (90) days. Please note that HSQ will assume that the contractor has completed all installation, and checked out all wiring and equipment, before scheduling the startup trip. Additional trips will be invoiced at$1,500.00 per day plus expenses in accordance with our normal Service Pricing Sheet. HSQ needs a minimum of 3 weeks notice to schedule the startup trip. Please call the undersigned at 800/486-6684 if you have any questions. Sincerely yours, HSQ TECHNOLOGY Alan T.Nelson Estimating Manager cc: Tim Allen tim.allen@fortworthgov.org Promote Safety. . . Every Day/ An Equal Opportunity Employer California Contractor's License 378393 C bequest Review Page 1 of 2 Home I Council Agenda I M&C I Employee Directory Morning Report, t Ads: I PRS I IT Online I Departments I Site Map Print M&C 4OUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 9/12/2006 - Ordinance No. 17166-09-2006 & 17166-09-2006 RMWAIWANOM DATE: 9/12/2006 REFERENCE NO.: C-21679 LOG NAME: 6000MO PS CODE: C TYPE: NON-CONSENT PUBLIC HEARING: NO SUBJE T: Adopt Appropriation Ordinances and Authorize Execution of Contract with Holloman Corporation for the Expansion of the Como Pump Station Project REC EMENDATION: It is rec mmended that the City Council: 1. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Water Capital Projects Fund (Retail Water Impact Fee Account) by $2,648,577.00 from available funds; 2. Transfer$2,648,577.00 from the Water Capital Projects Fund (Retail Water Impact Fee Account) to the Water Capital Projects Fund; 3. Ad pt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Water Capital Projects Fund in the amount of$2,648,577.00 from available funds; and 4. Authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Holloman Corporation in the amount of $3,079,741.00 for the Expansion of the Como Pump Station. DISCUS'SION: The exiting Como Pump Station was constructed in 1956 to provide additional pumping capability from the Holly pressure plane to the Westside of Fort Worth. In order to meet the increasing peak day demands in the Westside of Fort Worth, the 2004 Water Master Plan recommended that Como Pump Station be expanded prior to the summer of 2007. On February 17, 2004, (M&C C-19968) the City Council authorized the City Manager to execute an engineering agreement with HDR Engineering, Inc. in the amount of$632,577.00 for the preparation of plans and specifications for the Como Pump Station expansion, along with a new 30" diameter water transmission pipeline originating from the discharge of the Como Pump Station. This pump station expansion is designed to increase the firm pumping capacity from 30 million gallons per day (MGD) to 45 MGD with provisions to increase the firm pumping capacity to 60 MGD. The scope of work within this pump station expansion contract includes adding a 15 MGD pump, adding a new pump slot for a future pump, new piping and valves providing increased reliability and flexibility, new electrical switchgear designed for new equipment and as required to replace aged equipment, and a pump station building expansion required to house the additional pumps. The proj ct was advertised for bid in the Commercial Recorder on May 18 and May 25, 2006. On June 22, 2006, the following bids were received: I R TOTAL BID CONTRACT TIME HOLL MAN CORPORATION $3,079,741.00 290 CALENDAR DAYS http://www.cfwnet.org/council_packet/mc—review.asp?refnum=C-21679 10/2/2006 M&G Request Review Page 2 of 2 OSCAR RENDA CONTRACTING $3,485,000.00 In addition to the contract cost, $92,000 is provided for project contingencies and $30,000 is provided for staff time to inspect and manage the project. This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 7. Holloir an Corporation is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 19% MNVBE participation. The City's goal on this project is 18%. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Finance Director certifies that upon approval of the above recommendations, and adoption of the attached appropriation ordinances, funds will be available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Water Capital Projects Fund. O Fund/Account/Centers FROM Fund/Account/Centers _4W53 488023 060530200050 $2,648,577.00 2)PW53 538040 060530200050 $2,648,577.00 1 PW53 538040 060530200050 $2.648,577.00 4)P264 541200 607160019083 $3.079.741.00 P264 472053 607160019083 $2.648.577.00 3W264 541200 607160019083 $2,648,577.00 Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Marc Ott(8476) Originating Department Head: S. Frank Crumb (8207) Additional Information Contact: S. Frank Crumb (8207) ATTACHMENTS 6000MO PS - REC 1 a.doc 60Como PS - REC 3.doc http://wwNv',c et.org/council_p c et/mc review.asp?refnum=C-21679 10/2/2006